The first and second volumes of Chronicles. [vol. 3 (i.e. The Third Volume of Chronicles)] comprising 1 The description and historie of England, 2 The description and historie of Ireland, 3 The description and historie of Scotland: first collected and published by Raphaell Holinshed, William Harrison, and others: now newlie augmented and continued (with manifold matters of singular note and worthie memorie) to the yeare 1586. by Iohn Hooker aliàs Vowell Gent and others. With conuenient tables at the end of these volumes.

❧ Henrie the eight, sonne and successor to Henrie the seuenth. (Book Henry VIII)

AFter the death of the noble prince Henrie the sea∣uenth, his sonne Henrie the eight began his reigne the two and twen∣tith daie of Aprill in the yeare of the world 5475, after [line 10] the birth of our sa∣uiour 1509,* 1.1 and in the eightéenth yeare of his age, in the sixtéenth yeare of Maximilian then being emperour, in the eleuenth yeare of Lewes the twelfe that then reigned in France, and in the twentith yeare of king Iames the fourth as then ruling ouer the Scots. Whose stile was proclamed by the sound of a trumpet in the citie of London,* 1.2 the thrée and twentith daie of the said moneth, with much gladnesse and reioising of the [line 20] people. And the same daie he departed from his ma∣nou•• of Richmond, to the Tower of London, where he remained closelie and secret with his councell, till the funerals of his father were finished.

* 1.3Although this king now comming to the crowne, was but yoong (as before is said) yet hauing béene in his first yeares trained vp in learning, did for respect of his owne suertie and good gouernement of his people, prudentlie (by the aduise of his grandmoother the countesse of Richmond and Derbie) elect & choose [line 30] foorth of the most wise and graue personages to be of his priuie councell, namelie such as he knew to be of his fathers right déere and familiar fréends, whose names were as followeth.* 1.4 William Warham arch∣bishop of Canturburie and chancellor of England, Richard Fox bishop of Winchester, Thomas Ho∣ward earle of Surrie, and treasuror of England, George Talbot earle of Shrewesburie, and lord ste∣ward of the kings houshold, Charles Summerset lord chamberleine, sir Thomas Louell, sir Hen∣rie [line 40] W••at, doctor Thomas Ruthall, and sir Edward Poinings.

These graue and wise councellors, fearing least such abundance of riches and welth as the king was now possessed of, might mooue his yoong yeares vn∣to riotous forgetting of himselfe (for vnto no king at anie time before, was left greater or the like ri∣ches,* 1.5 as well in readie coine, as in iewels and other mooueables, as was left to him by his father) they therefore his said councellors trauelled in such pru∣dent [line 50] sort with him,* 1.6 that they got him to be present with them when they sat in councell; so to acquaint him with matters perteining to the politike gouern∣ment of the realme, that by little and little he might applie himselfe to take vpon him the rule and admi∣nistration of publike affaires, with the which at the first he could not well indure to be much troubled, be∣ing rather inclined to follow such pleasant pastimes as his youthfull yoong yeares did more delite in, and therefore could be verie well contented, that other graue personages should take paines therein.

The same daie also that the king came to the Tower, the lord Henrie Stafford brother to the duke of Buckingham was arrested, and committed to the Tower: and the same daie also doctor Ruthall was named bishop of Durham. The fiue and twen∣tith daie of Aprill was proclamed, that the kings grace ratified all the pardons granted by his father, and also pardoned all such persons as were then in sute for anie offense whatsoeuer it was; treason, mur∣ther, and fellonie onelie excepted. And now,* 1.7 whereas the performance of the deceassed kings will was thought right expedient with all spéed to be perfor∣med, a proclamation was also set foorth and publi∣shed thorough the realme, that if anie man could prooue himselfe to be hurt, and depriued of his goods wrongfullie by the commissioners of the forfeitures; he should come and present his pla••nt to the king, be∣ing readie to satisfie euerie one of all iniuries su∣steined.

After this proclamation was notified abroad, all such as had béene constreined either by right or by wrong (as Polydor saith) to paie anie thing for anie forfeitures of lawes and customes by them trans∣gressed, came flocking to the court, & there declared their gréefs, in what sort they had wrongfullie béene compelled (as they surmised) to paie this or that summe. The councell heard euerie mans complaint, and such as were found to haue paid anie thing with∣out plaine proofe of iust cause, they tooke such order for them, that they had their monie againe. Which being once knowne, it was a strange thing to sée how thicke other came in;* 1.8 yea euen those that had béene worthilie fined & punished for their disorderlie trans∣gressions, making earnest sute for restitution, fei∣ning and forging manie things to make their cause séeme good, and to stand with equitie.

And the better to be heard in their sute, they made friends as well with bribes and large gifts as other∣wise, leauing no waies vnassaied to compasse their desires. Which gréedines in such multitude of suters, brought the commissioners, and others that had delt in the forfeitures into danger, and did themselues no good: for the councell perceiuing that it was not pos∣sible to satisfie them all, refused to heare anie further complaints or sutes for restitution: but thought it best to commit those to prison, by whom the complai∣nants pretended themselues to haue beene wronged. And herevpon was sir Richard Empson knight,* 1.9 and Edmund Dudleie esquier, great councellors to the late king attached, and brought to the Tower, there∣by to quiet mens minds, that made such importu∣nate sute to haue their monie againe restored, which in the late kings daies they had béene compelled to

disburse, thorough the rigorous procéedings, as they alleged, of the said two councellors, and others.

Trulie great exclamation was made against them, as often happeneth; that where anie thing is doone contrarie to the liking of the people, those that be dealers vnder the prince, and by his commande∣ment procéed in the execution thereof, run in hatred of the multitude. But how so euer it was, their ap∣prehension and committing to prison was thought by the wise to be procured by the malice of them that [line 10] in the late kings daies were offended with their au∣thoritie. Shortlie after (as Edward Hall saith) were apprehended diuerse other persons,* 1.10 that were called promoters, as Canbie, Page, Smith, Derbie, Wright, Simson, and Stocton; of which the more part ware papers, and stood on the pillorie. [And (as an other saith,* 1.11 who termeth them ringleaders of false quests in London) they rode about the citie with their faces to the horsses tailes, and papers on their heads, and after they had beene set on the pillorie in Corne∣hill, [line 20] they were brought againe to Newgate, where they died all within seauen daies after for verie shame.]

When all things were prepared readie for the fu∣nerall of the late king, his corps with all sumptuous pompe and solemne ceremonies, was conueied from Richmond to saint Georges field,* 1.12 where the clergie of the citie met it: and at the bridge the maior and his brethren with manie commoners all clothed in blacke likewise met it, and gaue their attendance on [line 30] the same thorough the citie, to the cathedrall church of saint Paule, where was soong a solemne dirige and masse, and a sermon made by the bishop of Rochester Iohn Fisher. The next daie the corps was had to Westminster, and there the daie following, put into the earth with all due solemnities as apperteined. [Notwithstanding this breefe remembrance of king Henries solemne funerall, might seeme sufficient in the iudgement of some, without further amplifi∣cation; yet bicause it is good in others opinion (and [line 40] those not of meanest wit) to set downe things of state at large, if conuenient helps thereto maie be had: therefore you shall haue the whole solemnitie of the said roiall funerall, as it is found recorded by Edward Hall.

* 1.13After that all things (saith he) necessarie for the interrement and funerall pompe of the late king, were sumptuouslie prepared and doone: the corps of the said deceassed king was brought out of his pri∣uie chamber into the great chamber, where he rested [line 50] thrée daies, and euerie daie had there dirige and masse soong by a prelat mitred. From thense he was con∣ueied into the hall, where he was also three daies, and had like seruice there; and so thrée daies in the chap∣pell. And in euerie of these thrée places, was a hearse of wax garnished with baners, and nine mourners giuing their attendance all the seruice time: and eue∣rie daie they offered, and euerie place hanged with blacke cloth.* 1.14 Upon Wednesdaie the ninth daie of Maie, the corps was put into a charriot, couered [line 60] with blacke cloth of gold, drawne with fiue great coursers all couered with blacke veluet, garnished with cushins of fine gold: and ouer the corps was an image or representation of the late king, laied on cushins of gold, and the said image was apparelled in the kings rich robes of estate, with a crowne on the head with ball and scepter in the hands: the char∣riot was garnished with baners and pencels of the armes of his dominions, titles and genealogies.

When the charriot was thus ordered, the kings chappell,* 1.15 and a great number of prelats set forward praieng. Then followed all the kings seruants in blacke, then followed the charriot: and after the char∣riot nine mourners, and on euerie side were caried long torches & short, to the number of six hundred, & in this order they came to saint Georges field, from Richmond. There met with them all the préests and clerks and religious men within the citie & without, which went formost before the K. chappell. The maior and his brethren with manie commoners all clothed in blacke, met with the corps at London bridge, and so gaue their attendance on the same through the ci∣tie. And in good order the companies passed thorough the citie, whereof the stréets on euerie side were set with long torches, and on the stals stood yoong children holding tapers; & so with great reuerence the charri∣ot was brought to the cathedrall church of S. Paule,* 1.16 where the bodie was taken out and caried into the quire, and set vnder a goodlie hearse of war garnished with baners, pencels, and cushins, where was soong a solemne dirige and a masse with a sermon made by the bishop of Rochester. During which time, the kings houshold and the mourners reposed them in the bishops palace.

The next daie the corps in like order was remoo∣ued towards Westminster: sir Edward Howard bearing the kings baner on a courser trapped in the armes of the deceased king. In Westminster was a curious hearse, made of nine principals,* 1.17 all full of lights, which were lighted at the comming of the corps, which was taken out of the charriot by six lords and set vnder the hearse; the image or the representa∣tion lieng vpon the cushin on a large pall of gold. The hearse was double railed; within the first railes sat the mourners, and within the second raile stood knights bearing baners of saints, and without the same stood officers of armes. When the mourners were set, Gartier king at armes, cried; For the soule of the noble prince king Henrie the seauenth lat•• king of this realme: then the quire began Placebo, and so soong dirige: which being finished, the mourners departed into the palace, where they had a void, and so reposed for that night. The next daie were thrée masses solemnelie soong by bishops, and at the last masse was offered the kings baner and courser, his coat of armes, his sword, his target, and his helme: and at the end of masse the mourners offered vp rich palles of cloath of gold and baudekin: and when the quire sang, Libera me;* 1.18 the bodie was put into the earth.

Then the lord treasuror, lord steward, lord cham∣berleine, the treasuror and comptrollor of the kings houshold, brake their staues and cast them into the graue. Then Gartier cried with a lowd voice; Viue le roy Henrie le huictesme, roy d'Angleterre, & de France, sire d'Irland. Then all the mourners, and all other that had giuen their attendance on this fune∣rall obsequie, departed to the palace, where they had a great and a sumptuous feast. Woonder it were to write of the lamentation that was made for this prince amongst his seruants, and other of the wisest sort; and the ioie that was made for his death by such as were troubled by rigour of his law: yet the to∣ward hope which in all points appeared in the yoong king did both repaire and comfort the heauie hearts of them, which had lost so wise and sage a prince: and also did put out of the minds of such as were relee∣ued by the said kings death, all their old grudge and rancor, and confirmed their new ioie by the new grant of his pardon.

After that the funerals of the said late king were once ended, great preparation was made for the co∣ronation of the new king, which was appointed on Midsummer daie next insuing. During the time of which preparation, the king was aduised by some of his councell to take to wife the ladie Katharine, late wife to his brother prince Arthur, least she hauing so great a dowrie as was appointed to hir, might mar∣rie

out of the realme,* 1.19 which should be to his hinde∣rance. The king being hereto persuaded, espoused the said ladie Katharine the third daie of Iune, the which marriage was dispensed with by pope Iulie, at the sute of hir father king Ferdinando. On the ele∣uenth daie of this moneth of Iune, the king came from Gréenewich to the Tower ouer London bridge and so by Grace church, with whome came manie a gentleman richlie apparelled, but speciallie the duke of Buckingham,* 1.20 which had a gowne all of gold∣smiths [line 10] worke, verie costlie.

On fridaie the two and twentith day of Iune, the king with the quéene being in the Tower of Lon∣don, made foure and twentie knights of the Bath. And the morow following, being saturdaie the foure and twentith of Iune, his grace with the quéene de∣parted from the Tower through London, the streets being hanged with tapestrie and cloth of arras, ve∣rie richlie; and a great part of the south side of Cheape with cloth of gold, & so was some part of Cornehill. The stréets were railed & barred on the one side, from [line 20] ouer against Grace church to Bredstréet in Cheape∣side,* 1.21 where euerie occupation stood in their liueries in order, beginning with base and meane occupations, and so ascending to the worshipfull crafts. Highest and lastlie stood the maior with the aldermen. The goldsmiths stals vnto the end of the Old change,* 1.22 be∣ing replenished with virgins in white, with branches of white wax: the priests and clearkes in rich copes, with crosses and censers of siluer, with censing his [line 30] grace and the queene also, as they passed. The features of his bodie, his goodlie personage, his amiable vi∣sage, princelie countenance, with the noble qualities of his roiall estate, to euerie man knowen, néedeth no rehersall, considering that (for lacke of cunning) I cannot expresse the gifts of grace and of nature that God indued him with all.

Yet partlie to describe his apparell, it is to be no∣ted,* 1.23 his grace ware in his vppermost apparell, a robe of crimsin veluet, furred with ermins, his iacket or [line 40] coat of raised gold, the placard imbrodered with dia∣monds, rubies, emerands, great pearles, and other rich stones, a great bauderike about his necke of great balasses. The trapper of his horsse damaske gold, with a deepe purfle of ermins. His knights and esquiers for his bodie in crimsin veluet; and all the gentlemen, with other of his chappell, and all his offi∣cers and houshold seruants were appareled in scar∣let. The barons of the fiue portes bare the canopie or cloth of estate. For to recite vnto you the great estates by name, the order of their going, the number [line 50] of the lords spirituall & temporall, knights, esquiers, and gentlemen, and their costlie and rich apparell of seuerall deuises and fashions, who tooke vp his horsse best, or who was richest beseene; it would aske long time, and yet I should omit manie things, and faile of the number, for they were verie manie: wherefore I passe ouer. But this I dare well saie, there was no lacke or scarsitie of cloth of tissue, cloth of gold, cloth of siluer, broderie, or of goldsmiths works: but in more plentie and aboundance than hath beene séene [line 60] or read of at anie time before, and thereto manie and great numbers of chaines of gold, & bauderikes both massie and great.

Also before the kings highnesse rode two gentle∣men richlie apparelled,* 1.24 and about their bodies ouer∣thwart, they bare two robes, the one of the duchie of Guien, and the other for the duchie of Normandie, with hats on their heads powdered with ermins, for the estate of the same. Next followed two persons of good estate, the one bearing his cloke, the other his hat, apparelled both in goldsmiths worke and brode∣rie, their horsses trapped in burned siluer, drawen o∣uer with cordes of gréene silke and gold, the edges and borders of their apparell being fretted with gold of damaske. After them came sir Thomas Brandon master of the kings horsse, clothed in tissue, brodered with roses of fine gold, and ouerthwart his bodie a great bauderike of gold, great and massi••; his horsse trapped in gold, leading by a raine of silke; the kings spare horsse trapped bard wise, with harnesse brodred with bullion gold, curiouslie wrought by goldsmiths. Then next followed the nine children of honor vpon great coursers, appareled on their bodies in blue vel∣uet, powdered with floure delices of gold, & chaines of goldsmiths worke, euerie one of their horsses trap∣ped with a trapper of the kings title, as of England and France, Gascoigne, Guien, Normandie, An∣giou, Cornewall, Wales, Ireland, &c: wrought vp∣on veluets, with imbroderie, and goldsmiths worke.

Then next following in order, came the quéenes retinue, as lords, knights, esquiers,* 1.25 and gentlemen in their degrées, well mounted, and richlie apparelled in tissue, cloth of gold, of siluer, tinsels, and veluets imbrodered, fresh and goodlie to behold. The quéene then by name Katharine, sitting in hir litter borne by two white palfries, the litter couered and richlie appareled, and the palfries trapped in white cloth of gold; hir person apparelled in white satin imbrodered, hir haire hanging downe to hir backe of very great length, beautifull and goodlie to hehold, & on hir head a coronall set with manie rich orient stones. Next af∣ter, six honorable personages on white palfries all ap∣parelled in cloth of gold, and then a chariot couered, and the ladies therein all apparelled in cloth of gold. And another sort of ladies, and then another chariot, then the ladies next the chariot, and so in order, euerie one after their degrées in cloth of gold, cloth of siluer, tinsels, and veluet, with imbroderies. Euerie couple∣ment of the said chariots, and the draught harnesses were powdered with ermins mixt with cloth of gold: & so with much ioy & honour they came to Westmin∣ster, where was high preparation made, aswell for the said coronation, as also for the solemne feasts and iusts therevpon to be had and doone

The morrow following being sundaie,* 1.26 and also Midsummer daie, this noble prince with his quéene at time conuenient, vnder their canopies borne by the barons of the fiue ports, went from the said pa∣lace to Westminster abbaie vpon cloth, called vul∣garlie cloth of raie; the which cloth was cut and spoi∣led by the rude and common people, immediatlie af∣ter their repaire into the abbaie; where, according to the sacred obseruance & ancient custome, his grace with the quéene were annointed and crowned by the archbishop of Canturburie, with other prelats of the realme there present, and the nobilitie, with a great multitude of commons of the same. It was deman∣ded of the people, whether they would receiue, obeie, and take the same most noble prince for their king? Who with great reuerence, loue, and desire, said and cried; Yea yea.* 1.27 After the which solemnitie and coro∣nation finished, the lords spirituall and temporall did to him homage, and returned to Westminster hall with the quéenes grace, euerie one vnder their cano∣pies; where, by the lord Marshall & his tipped staues was made roome, and euerie lord, and other noble men, according to their tenures, before claimed and viewed, séene and allowed by the lords, and other of his graces councell, entred into such roome and office that daie, to execute their seruices accordinglie.

The kings estate on the right hand, & the queenes on the left hand, the cupboord of nine stages, their no∣ble personages being set: first, at the bringing of the first course, the trumpets sounded. And in came the duke of Buckingham, mounted vpon a great cour∣ser, richlie trapped and imbrodered, and the lord stew∣ard in likewise on an horsse trapped in cloth of gold,

riding before the seruice, which was sumptuous, with manie subtilties, strange deuises, with seuerall po∣ses, and manie deintie dishes. At the kings feet vn∣der the table were certeine gentlemen; and in like∣wise with the queene, who there continued, during that long and roiall feast. What should I speake or write of the sumptuous, fine, and delicate meats pre∣pared for this high and honorable coronation, proui∣ded for aswell in the parties beyond the seas, as in manie and sundrie places within this realme, where God so aboundantlie hath sent such plentie and foi∣son? [line 10] Or of the honorable order of the seruices, the cleane handeling and breaking of meats, the orde∣ring of the dishes, with the plentifull abundance? So that none of anie estate being there did lacke, nor no honorable or worshipfull person went vnfeasted.

The second course being serued: in at the hall doore entered a knight,* 1.28 armed at all points, his bases rich tissue embrodered, a great plume and a sumptu∣ous of ostrich feathers on his helmet, sitting on a great courser, trapped in tissue, and embrodered with [line 20] the armes of England, and of France, and an herald of armes before him. And passing through the hall, he presented himselfe with humble reuerence before the kings maiestie, to whome Gartier king of heralds cried and said with a lowd voice; Sir knight from whence come you, and what is your pretense? This knights name was sir Robert Dimmocke, champi∣on to the king by tenure of his inheritance, who an∣swered the said king of armes in effect after this ma∣ner: Sir, the place that I come from is not materi∣all, [line 30] nor the cause of my repaire hither is not concer∣ning anie matter of anie place or countrie, but one∣lie this: and therewithall commanded his herald to make an O yes.* 1.29 Then said the knight to the king of armes; Now shall ye heare the cause of my cōming and pretense. Then he commanded his owne herald, by proclamation to saie; If there be anie person, of what estate or degree soeuer he be, that will saie or proue, that king Henrie the eight is not the rightfull inheritor and king of this realme, I sir Robert [line 40] Dimmocke here his champion, offer my gloue, to fight in his quarell with any person to the vtterance. Which proclamation was made in sundrie places of the hall: and at euerie time his gantlet cast downe, in the maintenance thereof.

* 1.30After these seuerall proclamations doone, and of∣fers made, the said knight or champion eftsoones re∣paired to the kings presence, demanding drinke; to whome the kings grace sent a cup of gold with wine, [line 50] whereof after this knight had drunke, he demanded the couer of the said cup, which to him also was deli∣uered: that doone he departed out of the hall, with the said cup and couer as his owne. The maner of his tenure is this, that at the coronation of the king, he shall go to the armorie, and there take the kings best harnesse saue one, the best and rich bases sauing one, then of the plumes or other things for the garnish∣ing of his creast or helme; and so to the stable, there taking the next courser or horsse to the best, with like [line 60] trappers, & so furnished, to enter (as afore) and his of∣fice doone, to haue all these things with the cup of gold and couer to his owne vse. After the departure of the said champion, the king of armes with all the heralds and other officers of armes, made procla∣mations in seuerall places of the hall, crieng lar∣gesse. Brieflie I passe ouer this high and long solem∣nitie of this honorable coronation and feast, more ho∣norable than of the great Cesar, whome manie hi∣storiographers so highlie set out and magnifie.

* 1.31Now when the tables were voided, the wafers were brought. Then sir Stephan Genings that time maior of London, whome the king before he sat downe to dinner had dubbed knight, which began the earles table that daie, arose from the place where he sat, to serue the king with ipocras in a cup of gold: which cup, after his grace had dronken thereof, was with the couer giuen vnto the said sir Stephan, like as other his predecessors, maiors of the said citie, were woont to haue at the coronation of the king. Then after the surnap laied, and that the kings grace and the quéene had washed, euerie of them vnder their cloths of estate, the tables being auoided, went vnto their chambers. For the more honour and in∣nobling of this triumphant coronation,* 1.32 there were prepared both iusts and turneis to be doone in the pa∣lace of Westminster, where, for the kings grace and the quéene, was framed a faire house, couered with tapestrie, and hanged with rich clothes of arrais, and in the said palace was made a curious founteine and ouer it a castell, on the top therof a great crowne imperiall, all the imbatelling with roses and pome∣granats gilded.

Under and about the said castell, a curious vine, the leaues and grapes thereof gilded with fine gold, the walles of the same castell coloured white & gréene losengis, and in euerie losing either a rose or a pome∣granat, and a sheafe of arrowes, or else H. and K. gil∣ded with fine gold, with certeine arches and turrets gilded, to support the same castell. And the targets of the armes of the defendants, appointed for the said iusts, therevpon sumptuouslie set. And out at seue∣rall places of the same castell, aswell on the daie of the coronation, as on the said daies of the iusts & tur∣neies, out of the mouthes of certeine beasts or gar∣gels did run red, white, and claret wine. The enter∣prisers of these iusts, was Thomas lord Howard,* 1.33 heire apparant to the earle of Surrie, sir Edward Howard admerall his brother, the lord Richard bro∣ther to the Marques Dorset, sir Edmund Howard, sir Thomas Kneuet, and Charles Brandon esquier. The trumpets blew to the field, the fresh yoong ga∣lants and noble men gorgeouslie apparrelled, with curious deuises of cuts and of embroderies, as well in their coates as in trappers for their horsses, some in gold, some in siluer, some in tinsels, and diuerse o∣ther in goldsmithes worke, goodlie to behold.

These first entred the field, in taking vp & turning their horsses, netlie and freshlie.* 1.34 Then followed a de∣uise (caried by strength of men and other prouision) framed like a castell, or a turret, wrought with fine cloth of gold: the top whereof was spred with roses and pomegranats, hanging downe on euerie side of the said deuise; wherein was a ladie, bearing a shield of christall named Pallas. After whom the said lord Howard with his companions followed, armed at all points, their bases and bards, or trappers, were of gréene veluet, beaten with roses and pomegra∣nats of gold, brodred with fringes of damaske gold. The said deuise or turret,* 1.35 being brought before the king, the ladie Pallas presented the said persons, whom she named hir scholers, to the kings highnes, beséeching the same to accept them as hir scholers, who were desirous to serue him, to the increase of their honours; which said scholers had about them on foot to the number of an hundred persons, freshlie ap∣parrelled, in veluets of sundrie colours, with hose & bonets according to the same. And further, the said ladie desired the king, that it might please his grace, that hir said scholers might be defendants to all commers, which request was granted.

Then came in an other band of horssemen,* 1.36 fresh∣lie and well apparelled in cloth of gold, in siluer, in goldsmithes worke, & broderie, to the number of three score, with trappers according to their garments, with great bauderikes, collars, and chaines of gold about their necks and trauerse their bodies, euerie man with a coife of gold on his head, and a great

plume of feathers therevpon, some of one colour and some of an other, entering before into the field with drums and fifes a great number, euerie man taking vp his horsse in his best maner, as well for their la∣dies, as also for laud or praise to be giuen them. After whome followed a good number of footmen, in vel∣uets and other silkes, cut and embrodered, with hose to the same accordinglie, and bonets and other fur∣niture, after a fresh and lustie fashion. Next to them came on horssebacke eight persons, whose names [line 10] were,* 1.37 sir Iohn Pechie, sir Edward Neuill, sir Ed∣ward Guildeford, sir Iohn Carre, sir William Parre, sir Giles Capell, sir Griffith Dun, and sir Rouland, armed also at all points, with shields of their owne armes, with rich plumes, and other deui∣ses on their head péeces, their bases and trappers of tissue, cloth of gold, siluer and veluet; and next before them, a gentleman on horssebacke, in a coat of blue veluet, embrodered with gold, and his horsse trapped in the same sute, with a speare of gold on his thigh, [line 20] and the same presented to the quéene: saieng, that it was informed those knights of his companie, how that dame Pallas had presented six of hir scholers to the king, but whether they came to learne, or to teach feats of armes they knew not.

He further declared, that his knights were come to doo feats of armes, for the loue of ladies. Wherfore he besought hir grace, to licence those knights to prooue themselues against dame Pallas scholers: and that in case hir scholers brake more speares on [line 30] the said knights, by the view of the iudges, and the report of the heralds, than the same knights should doo on them; then the said scholers of Pallas knights to haue the speare of gold for their prise. And if the knights brake more speares than dame Pallas scholers, the said knights to haue the christall shield. The which request to them granted, the iusts began, where euerie man did acquite himselfe well and va∣liantlie: but who had the prise of other, I know not. The night cōming on, the iusts ended. The next daie [line 40] approached the foresaid defenders, scholers to Pallas on horssebacke, armed * 1.38 cape a pie, the one side of their bases and bards of their horsses white veluet, embrodered with roses of gold and other embrode∣ries; the other side gréene veluet embrodered with pomegranats of gold, euerie one of them on his head péece had an heare of flat gold of damaske, and so presented themselues before the king readie to tourneie.

* 1.39Then immediatlie on the other part came in the [line 50] forenamed eight knights, readie armed, their bases and bards of their horsse gréene sattin, embrodered with fresh deuises of bramble branches, of fine gold curiouslie wrought, powdered all ouer. And after them a great number of hornes blowne, by men ap∣parrelled in gréene cloth, with caps and hosen of like sute, as foresters or kéepers; & a pagent made like a parke,* 1.40 paled with pales of white and gréene, wherein were certeine fallow deare, and in the same parke curious trees made by cra••••, with bushes, fernes, and [line 60] other things in likewise wrought, goodlie to behold. The which parke or deuise, being brought before the quéene, had certeine gates thereof opened, the deare ran out therof into the palace, the greiehounds were let slip and killed the deare: the which deare so killed, were presented to the quéene and the ladies by the foresaid knights.

Crocheman, which the daie before brought in the speare of gold, there declared, that the same knights were seruants to Diana, and being in their pastime of hunting, newes were brought vnto them, that dame Pallas knights were come into those parts, to doo déeds of armes: wherefore they had left their hunting and chase, and repaired also thither, to en∣counter with the knights of Pallas, and so to fight with them for the loue of ladies, to the vtterance: saieng, that if Pallas knights vanquished the other, or made them to leaue the field, then they to haue the deare killed, and the greiehounds that slue them. And in case Dianas knights ouercame the other, they to haue their swords, and none other thing more. Wherevpon the queene and ladies sent to the king to haue his aduise and pleasure in this behalfe.* 1.41 His grace conceiuing that there was some grudge and displeasure betwéene them, thinking if such request were to them granted some inconuenience might insue, would not therevnto agrée: so that for the ap∣peasing thereof it was awarded, that both parties should tourneie togither, giuing but some certeine strokes, which doone they departed: and so these iusts brake vp, and the prises giuen to euerie man after his deserts.]

The king pardoned the lord Henrie brother to the duke of Buckingham,* 1.42 committed to the Tower (as yee haue heard) vpon suspicion of treason: but when nothing could be prooued against him, he was set at libertie, and at the parlement after created earle of Wilshire. Also this yeare the king ordeined fiftie gentlemen to be speares, euerie of them to haue an archer, a demilance, and a custrell; and euerie speare to haue thrée great horsses to be attendant on his person, of the which band the earle of Essex was lieu∣tenant, and sir Iohn Pechie capteine. This ordinance continued but a while, the charges was so great; for there were none of them, but they and their horsses were apparrelled and trapped in cloth of gold, siluer & goldsmithes worke.* 1.43 This yeare also was a great pe∣stilence in the towne of Calis, so that the king sent one sir Iohn Pechie with thrée hundred men to tar∣rie there vpon the defense of that towne till the sick∣nesse was ceassed. Furthermore,* 1.44 this yeare the king summoned his parlement in the moneth of Nouem∣ber, to begin in the moneth of Ianuarie next ensu∣ing: whereof sir Thomas Inglefield was chos•••• speaker.

At this parlement sir Richard Empson knight,* 1.45 and Edmund Dudleie esquier late councellors vn∣to king Henrie the seauenth, were atteinted of high treason. They were charged with manie offenses committed in the late kings daies, as partlie before yée haue heard;* 1.46 who being brought before the coun∣cell, as they were graue and wise personages, and both of them learned and skilfull in the lawes of the realme: so had they vtterance verie readie whereby to deliuer the conceipts of their minds with singular dexteritie, speciallie in a case of importance; in so much that when the said parties were conuented be∣fore the assemblie of the lords, they alleged for them∣selues right constantlie (in their owne defenses) much good and sufficient matter, of whome Empson (being the elder in yeares) had these words.

A speech vttered by Empson to the lords of the councell to find fauour.

I Know (right honorable) that it is not vnknowne to you, how profitable and necessarie lawes are for the good preseruation of mans life: without the which neither house, towne, nor citie can long continue or stand in safetie. Which lawes heere in England, thorough negligence of magi∣strates, were partlie decaied, and partlie quite forgotten and worne out of vse; the

mischeefe whereof dailie increasing, Henrie the seauenth a most graue and prudent prince wished to suppresse, and therefore appointed vs to see, that such lawes as were yet in vse might continue in their full force; and such as were out of vse might a∣gaine be reuiued and restored to their for∣mer state; & that also those persons which transgressed the same, might be punished according to their demerits. Wherein we [line 10] discharged our dueties in most faithfull wise, and best maner we could, to the great aduantage & commoditie (no doubt) of the whole commonwealth. Wherfore we most humblie beseech you in respect of your ho∣nours, courtesie, goodnesse, humanitie, and iustice, not to decree any greeuous sentence against vs, as though we were worthie of punishment, but rather to appoint how [line 20] with thankfull recompense our paines & trauell may be worthilie considered.

Manie of the councell thought that he had spoken well, and so as stood with great reason: but yet the greater number (supposing that the reuiuing of those lawes had procéeded rather of a couetous meaning in the king and them, than of anie zeale of iustice, and hauing also themselues felt the smart latelie be∣fore for their owne offenses and transgressions) had [line 30] conceiued such malice towards the men,* 2.1 that they thought it reason, that such as had béene dealers therein, were worthie to lose their heads, in like sort as they had caused others to lose their monie. Héere∣vpon, their accusors were mainteined, and manie od matters narrowlie sought out against them, as by two seuerall indictments framed against sir Ri∣chard Empson (the copies whereof I haue séene) it may well appeare. [line 40]

* 2.2In the one he is charged, that to win the fauour and credit of the late king, not weieng his honor nor the prosperitie of him, or wealth of his realme, hee had (in subuersion of the lawes of the land) procured diuerse persons to be indicted of diuerse crimes and offenses surmised against them, and therev••on to be committed to prison, without due proces of law; who not suffered to come to their answers, were kept in durance, till they had compounded for their fines, to their great importable losses, and vtter impouerish∣ment. Also diuerse vntrue offices of intrusions and [line 50] alienations, made by sundrie the late kings liege people, into manors, lands, and tenements were found; it being vntrulie alleged, that they held the same of the king In capite. And when such persons as were thus vexed, offered to trauerse those offices, they could not be admitted thereto, in such due and lawfull forme as in such cases the law prouideth,* 2.3 till they had compounded to paie great fines and ran∣somes. [line 60]

Moreouer the kings wards, after they had ac∣complished their full age,* 2.4 could not be suffered to sue their liueries, till they had paied excessiue fines and ransomes, vnto their great annoiance, losse, and dis∣quieting, and to no lesse contempt of the said king. And further, whereas diuerse persons had béene out∣lawed, as well at the sute of their aduersaries, as of the said late king; they could not be allowed to pur∣chase their charters of pardon out of the chancerie, according to the law of the realme, till they were dri∣uen to answer halfe the issues and profits of all their lands and tenements by the space of two yeares, which the king receiued to his vse, by the said Richard Empsons procurement, who informed him that hée might lawfullie take the same, although he knew that it was contrarie to the lawes and customes of the realme. Wherevpon the people, vexed and mole∣sted by such hard dealings, sore grudged against the said late king, to the great perill and danger of his person and realme, and subuersion of the lawes and ancient customes thereof.

Also it was alleged against the said Empson, that he had sent foorth precepts directed vnto diuerse per∣sons, commanding them, vpon great penalties, to appeare before him, and other his associats, at cer∣teine daies and times within his house in S. Brides parish, in a ward of London, called Farringdon without: where they making their appearances, ac∣cording to the same precepts,* 2.5 were impleaded afore him and other his said associats, of diuerse mur∣thers, felonies, outlawries, and of the articles in the statute of prouisors conteined; also of wilfull escapes of felonies, and such like matters and articles apper∣teining to the plées of the crowne, and common lawes of the realme. And that doone, the said per∣sons were committed to diuerse prisons, as the Fléet, the Tower, and other places, where they were deteined, till they had fined at his pleasure, as well for the commoditie of the said late king, as for the singular aduantage of the said sir Richard Emp∣son.

Moreouer, whereas the said Empson, being re∣corder of Couentrie,* 2.6 and there sate with the maior and other iustices of the peace, vpon a speciall gaole deliuerie within that citie, on the monday before the feast of saint Thomas the apostle, in the sixtéenth yeare of the late kings reigne; a prisoner that had beene indicted of felonie, for taking out of an house in that citie, certeine goods to the value of twentie shillings, was arreigned before them. And bicause the iurie would not find the said prisoner giltie, for want of sufficient euidince (as they after alleged) the said sir Richard Empson, supposing the same eui∣dence to be sufficient, caused them to be committed to ward, wherein they remained foure daies togi∣ther, till they were contented to enter bond in fortie pounds a péece, to appeare before the king and his councell, the second returne of the tearme then next insuing, being Quindena Hilarij. Wherevpon they kéeping their daie, and appearing before the said sir Richard Empson, and other of the kings councell, according to their bonds, were adiudged to paie e∣uerie of them eight pounds for a fine, and according∣lie made paiment thereof, as they were then thought well worthie so to doo. But now this matter so long past, was still kept in memorie, and so earnest some were to inforce it to the vttermost against the said Empson, that in a sessions holden at Couentrie now in this first yeare of this kings reigne,* 2.7 an indictment was framed against him for this matter, and thereof he was found giltie, as if therein he had committed some great and heinous offense against the kings peace, his crowne and dignitie.

Thus haue I thought good to shew what I find hereof, to the end ye may perceiue how glad men were to find some colour of sufficient matter, to bring the said sir Richard Empson, and maister Ed∣mund Dudleie, within danger of the lawes; whereby at length they were not onelie condemned by act of parlement, through malice of such as might séeme to seeke their destruction for priuat grudges; but in the end also, they were arreigned: as first the said Ed∣mund Dudleie in the Guildhall of London, the se∣uentéenth of Iulie; and sir Richard Empson at Northampton in October next insuing: and being there condemned, was from thence brought backe againe to the Tower of London, where he remai∣ned till the time of his execution▪ as after yée shall

heare.

* 2.8This yeare the plague was great, and reigned in diuerse parts of this realme.* 2.9 The king kept his Christmas at Richmond. The twelfe of Ianuarie, diuerse gentlemen prepared to iust,* 2.10 and the king and one of his priuie chamber called William Comp∣ton, secretlie armed themselues in the little parke of Richmond, & so came into the iustes, vnknowne to all persons. The king neuer ran openlie before, and did exceeding well. Maister Compton chanced [line 10] to be sore hurt by Edward Neuill esquier, brother to the lord of Aburgauennie, so that he was like to haue died. One person there was that knew the king, and cried; God saue the king: and with that, all the peo∣ple were astonied, and then the king discouered himselfe, to the great comfort of the people. The king soone after came to Westminster, and there kept his Shrouetide with great bankettings, dansings, and other iollie pastimes.

And on a time the king in person, accompanied [line 20] with the earles of Essex,* 2.11 Wilshire and other noble men, to the number of twelue, came suddenlie in a morning into the queenes chamber, all apparelled in short coates of Kentish Kendall, with hoodes on their heads & hosen of the same, euerie one of them his bow and arrowes, and a sword and a buckler, like outlawes, or Robin Hoods men. Whereat the queene, the ladies, and all other there were abashed, as well for the strange sight, as also for their sudden comming, and after certeine danses and pastime made, they departed. On Shrouesundaie the same [line 30] yeare,* 2.12 the king prepared a goodlie banket in the par∣lement chamber at Westminster, for all the ambas∣sadors, which then were here out of diuerse realmes and countries. The banket being readie, the king leading the quéene, entered into the chamber, then the ladies, ambassadours, and other noble men follo∣wed in order.

The king caused the queene to keepe the estate, and then sate the ambassadours and ladies, as they were marshalled by the K. who would not sit, but walked [line 40] from place to place, making cheare to the quéene and the strangers: suddenlie the king was gone. And shorlie after, his grace, with the earle of Essex, came in apparelled after the Turkie fashion,* 2.13 in long robes of baudekin, powdered with gold, hats on their heds of crimsin veluet, with great rolles of gold, girded with two swords called cimiteries, hanging by great bauderiks of gold. Then next came the lord Henrie earle of Wilshire, and the lord Fitzwater, in two long gownes of yellow sattin, trauersed with [line 50] white sattin, and in euerie band of white was a band of crimsin sattin after the fashion of Russia or Rus∣land, with furred hats of graie on their heads, either of them hauing an hatchet in their hands, and boots with pikes turned vp.

And after them came sir Edward Howard then admerall, and with him sir Thomas Parre, in dub∣lets of crimsin veluet, voided low on the backe, and before to the chanell bone, lased on the breasts [line 60] with chaines of siluer, and ouer that short cloakes of crimsin sattin, and on their heads hats after dan∣sers fashion, with feasants feathers in them: they were apareled after the fashion of Prusia or Spruce. The torchbearers were apparelled in crimsin sattin and gréene, like Moreskoes, their faces blacke: and the king brought in a mummerie. After that the quéene, the lords, & ladies (such as would) had plaied, the said mummers departed, and put off the same ap∣parell, and soone after entered into the chamber in their vsuall apparell. And so the king made great cheere to the quéene, ladies and ambassadours. The supper or banket ended, and the tables voided, the king in communication with the ambassadours, the queene with the ladies tooke their places in their degrées.

Then began the dansing, and euerie man tooke much heed to them that dansed. The king perceiuing that, withdrew himselfe suddenlie out of the place, with certeine other persons appointed for that pur∣pose. And within a little while after there came in a drum and a fife apparelled in white damaske & gréene bonnets, and hosen of the same sute.* 2.14 Then certeine gentlemen followed with torches, apparelled in blue damaske, purfelled with amis greie, fashioned like an albe, and hoods on their heads, with robes and long tippets to the same of blue damaske, in visards. Then after them came a certeine number of gentle∣men, whereof the king was one, apparelled all in one sute of short garments, little beneath the points, of blue veluet and crimsin, with long sléeues, all cut and lined with cloth of gold. And the vtter part of the garments were powdered with castels and sheafes of arrowes of fine ducket gold; the vpper parts of their hosen of like sute and fashion, the nether parts were of skarlet, powdered with timbrels of fine gold, on their heads bonnets of damaske, with siluer flat wouen in the stole, & therevpon wrought with gold, and rich fethers in them, all with visors.

After them entered six ladies, whereof two were apparelled in crimsin sattin and purple,* 2.15 embrodered with gold, and by viniets ran floure delices of gold, with maruellous rich & strange tiers on their heads. Then two ladies in crimsin and purple, made like long slops embrodered and fret with gold after an∣tike fashion: and ouer that garment was a short garment of cloth of gold scant to the knee, fashioned like a tabard all ouer, with small double rolles, all of flat gold of damaske, fret with frised gold, and on their heads skarfs and wrappers of damaske gold, with flat pipes, that strange it was to behold. The other two ladies were in kirtels of crimsin & purple sattin, embrodered with a viniet of pomegranats of gold, all the garments cut compasse wise, hauing but demie sléeues, naked downe from the elbowes, and ouer their garments were vochets of pleasants, rolled with crimsin veluet, and set with letters of gold like characts, their heads rolled in pleasants and tipets like the Aegyptians, embrodered with gold. Their faces, necks, armes, and hands, couered in fine pleasants blacke: some call it Lumbardines, which is maruellous thin; so that the same ladies see∣med to be Nigers or blacke Mores. Of these foresaid six ladies, the ladie Marie, sister vnto the king was one, the other I name not.* 2.16 After that the kings grace and the ladies had dansed a certeine time, they depar∣ted euerie one to his lodging.

In this yeare also came ambassadors, not onelie from the king of Arragon and Castile, but also from the kings of France, Denmarke, Scotland, and o∣ther places, which were highlie welcomed, and noblie interteined. It happened on a daie,* 2.17 that there were certeine noble men made a wager to run at the ring and parties were taken, and which partie atteined or tooke awaie the ring oftnest with certeine courses, should win the wager. Whereof the kings grace hearing, offered to be on the one partie with six com∣panions. The ambassadors hearing thereof,* 2.18 were much desirous to see this wager tried, and speciallie the ambassadours of Spaine, who had neuer séene the king in harnesse. At the daie appointed, the king was mounted on a goodlie courser, trapped in purple veluet cut, the inner side whereof was wrought with flat gold of damaske in the stoole, and the veluet on the other side cut in letters: so that the gold appeared as though it had beene embrodered with certeine rea∣sons or posies. And on the veluet betwéene the let∣ters were fastened castels and sheafs of arrowes of

ducket gold, with a garment, the sléeues compassed ouer his harnesse, and his bases of the same worke, with a great plume of feathers on his head péece, that came downe to the arson of his saddle, and a great companie of fresh gentlemen came in with his grace richlie armed and decked, with manie other right gorgeouslie apparelled, the trumpets before them goodlie to be hold, whereof manie strangers (but speciallie the Spaniards) much reioised; for they had neuer séene the king before that time armed. [line 10]

On the other side came in another band of gen∣tlemen freshlie apparelled, and pleasant to behold, all apparelled in cloth of gold, checkered with flat gold of damaske, & poudered with roses; and so euerie man ran: but to conclude, the prise was giuen vnto the king. Euerie man did run twelue courses, the king did beare away the ring fiue times, and atteined it thrée. And these courses thus finished, the Spanish ambassadours desired to haue some of the badges or deuises, which were on the kings trapper. His grace [line 20] therof knowing, commanded euerie of them to take thereof what it pleased them, who in effect tooke all or the more part; for in the beginning they thought they had béene counterfeit, and not of gold; as they were. On Maie day then next folowing in the second yeare of his reigne,* 2.19 his grace being yoong, and wil∣ling not to be idle, rose in the morning verie earlie to fetch maie or greene boughs, himselfe fresh & rich∣lie apparelled; and clothed all his knights, squiers and gentlemen in white sattin, and all his gard and yeo∣men of the crowne in white sarcenet: and so went e∣uerie [line 30] man with his bow and arrowes shooting to the wood, and so repaired againe to the court, euerie man with a gréene bough in his cap.

Now at his returning, manie hearing of his going on maieng, were desirous to sée him shoot, for at that time his grace shot as strong and as great a length as anie of his gard. There came to his grace a certeine man with bow and arrowes, and desired his grace to take the muster of him,* 2.20 and to sée him [line 40] shoot; for at that time his grace was contented. The man put the one foot in his bosome, and so did shoot, and shot a verie good shoot, and well towards his marke: whereof, not onelie his grace, but all other greatlie maruelled. So the king gaue him a reward for his so dooing; which person afterwards of the peo∣ple, and of them in the court, was called, Foot in bo∣some. The same yeare in the feast of Pentecost, hol∣den at Gréenwich,* 2.21 that is to say, the thursdaie in the same wéeke, his grace with two other with him, [line 50] chalenged all commers, to fight with them at the barriers with target, and casting the speare of eight foot long; and that doone, his grace with the said two aides to fight euerie of them twelue strokes with two handed swordes, with and against all commers, none excepted being a gentleman; where the K. be∣haued himselfe so well, and deliuered himselfe so vali∣antlie by his hardie prowesse and great strength, that the praise and laud was giuen to his grace, and his aides: notwithstanding that diuerse and strong per∣sons [line 60] had assailed him and his aides.

From thense the whole court remooued to Wind∣sor, then begining his progresse, & exercising himselfe dailie in shooting, singing, dansing, wrestling, casting of the barre, plaieng at the recorders, flute, virgi∣nals, in setting of songs, and making of ballads; he did set two full masses, euerie of them fiue parts, which were soong oftentimes in his chappell, and af∣terwards in diuerse other places. And when he came to Oking, there were kept both iustes and turneies: the rest of this progresse was spent in hunting, haw∣king,* 2.22 and shooting. ¶ Doctor Colet deane of Poules erected a frée schoole in Poules church yard in Lon∣don, and committed the ouersight thereof to the ma∣sters and wardens of the mercers, bicause himselfe was borne in London, & was sonne to Henrie Co∣let mercer, sometime lord maior of the citie of Lon∣don. On Midsummer night,* 2.23 the king came priuilie into Cheape, in one of the cotes of his gard; and on saint Peters night, the king and quéene came ri∣ding roiallie to the kings hed in Cheape, there to be∣hold the watch of the citie.]

Now when the said progresse was finished, his grace, the quéene, with all their whole traine, in the moneth of October following, remooued to Gréene∣wich. The king not minded to sée yoong gentlemen vnexpert in martiall feates, caused a place to be pre∣pared within the parke of Greenwich, for the quéene and the ladies to stand & sée the fight with battle axes that should be doone there,* 2.24 where the king himselfe armed, fought with one Giot a gentleman of Al∣maine, a tall man, and a good man of armes. And then after they had doone, they marched alwaies two and two togithers, and so did their feats and enter∣prises euerie man verie well. Albeit, it happened the said Giot to fight with sir Edward Howard, which Giot was by him striken to the ground. The morow after this enterprise doone, the king with the quéene came to the Tower of London. And to the intent that there should no displeasure nor malice be borne by anie of those gentlemen, which fought with the ax against other; the king gaue vnto them a certeine summe of gold, valued at two hundred markes, to make a banket among themselues withall. The which banket was made at fishmongers hall in Thames stréet, where they all met to the number of foure and twentie, all apparelled in one sute or liuerie, after Al∣maine fashion; that is to say, their vtter garments all of yellow sattin, yellow hosen, yellow shooes, gir∣dels, scabberds, and bonnets with yellow feathers, their garments and hosen all cut & lined with white sattin, and their scabberds woond about with sattin. After their banket ended, they went by torchlight to the Tower, & presented themselues before the king, who tooke pleasure to behold them.

From thence the eight day of Nouember, his grace remooued to Richmond,* 2.25 and willed to be declared to all noble men and gentlemen, that his grace with two aides, that is to wit, maister Charles Brandon, and maister Compton, during two daies would an∣swer all commers; with speare at the tilt one daie, and at turneie with swords the other. And to accom∣plish this enterprise, on the thirtéenth day of Nouem∣ber, his grace armed at all péeces with his two aides entered the field, their bases and trappers were of cloth of gold, set with red roses, wrought with gold of broderie. The counterpart came in freshlie appa∣relled, euerie man after his deuise. At these iustes the king brake more staues than anie other, & therefore had the prise. At the turneie in likewise, the honour was his. The second night were diuerse strangers of Maximilian the emperours court and ambassadors of Spaine with the king at supper. When they had supped, the king willed them to go into the quéenes chamber, who so did.

In the meane season, the king with fifteene other,* 2.26 apparelled in Almaine iackets of crimsin and purple sattin, with long quartered sléeues, and hosen of the same sute, their bonnets of white veluet, wrapped in flat gold of damaske, with visards and white plumes, came in with a mununerie; and after a certeine time that they had plaied with the quéene and the stran∣gers, they departed. Then suddenlie entered sir min∣strels richlie apparelled, plaieng on their instru∣ments; and then followed fourtéene persons,* 2.27 gentle∣men, all apparelled in yellow sattin, cut like Al∣mains, bearing torches. After them came six disgui∣sed in white sattin and gréene, embrodered and set

with letters and castels of fine gold in bullion, the garments were of strange fashion, with also strange cuts, euerie cut knit with points of fine gold, and tas∣sels of the same, their hosen cut and tied in likewise, their bonnets of cloth of siluer woond with gold. The first of these six was the king, the earle of Essex, Charles Brandon, sir Edward Howard, sir Thomas Kneuet, and sir Henrie Guilford.

Then part of the gentlemen bearing torches de∣parted, and shortlie returned, after whom came in six [line 10] ladies, apparelled in garments of crimsin sattin em∣brodered and trauersed with gloth of gold, cut in pomegranats and yokes, stringed after the fashion of Spaine. Then the said six men dansed with these six ladies: and after that they had dansed a season, the ladies tooke off the mens visors, whereby they were knowen: whereof the quéene and the strangers much praised the king, and ended the pastime. It is to be noted, that at this time the quéene was great with child, & shortlie after this pastime, she tooke hir cham∣ber [line 20] at Richmond, for the which cause the king kept his Christmasse there. And on Newyeares daie the first daie of Ianuarie the quéene was deliuered of a prince to the great gladnesse of the realme,* 2.28 for the ho∣nour of whome fiers were made, and diuerse vessels with wine set for such as would take thereof in cer∣teine stréets in London, and generall processions therevpon to laud God. As touching the preparation of the princes christening, I ouerpasse, which was ho∣norablie doone, whose godfathers at the font were [line 30] the archbishop of Canturburie, and the earle of Sur∣reie, & godmother the ladie Katharine countesse of Deuonshire, daughter to king Edward the fourth: his name was Henrie.

Against the twelfe daie or the daie of the Epipha∣nie at night,* 2.29 before the banket in the hall at Rich∣mond, was a pageant deuised like a mounteine, glistering by night as though it had béene all of gold and set with stones, on the top of which mounteine was a tree of gold, the branches and boughes frised with gold, spreading on euerie side ouer the moun∣teine [line 40] with roses and pomegranats, the which moun∣teine was with vices brought vp towards the king, and out of the same came a ladie apparelled in cloth of gold, and the children of honour called the hench∣men, which were freshlie disguised, and dansed a mo∣rice before the king; and that doone, reentred the mounteine, which then was drawen backe, and then was the wassaill or banket brought in, and so brake vp Christmasse. Shortlie after and before the quéenes [line 50] churching, the K. rode to Walsingham. The quéene being churched or purified, the king and she remooued from Richmond to Westminster, where was prepa∣ration for solemne iusts in the honor of the quéene;* 2.30 the king being one, and with him thrée aides: his grace being called Cure loial, the lord William erle of Deuonshire called Bon voloire, sir Thomas Kne∣uet named Bon espoir, sir Edward Neuill called Va∣liant desire, whose names were set vpon a goodlie table, & the table hanged in a tree curiouslie wrought, and they were called Les quater cheualiers de la for∣rest [line 60] saluigne, these foure to run at the tilt against all commers, with other certeine articles comprised in the said table.

A place in the palace was prepared for the king and queene, richlie hanged, the inner part with cloth of gold, & the vtter with rich cloth of arras. These iusts began the thirtéenth daie of Februarie. Now after that the quéene with hir traine of ladies had taken their places,* 2.31 into the palace was conueied a pageant of a great quantitie, made like a forrest with rockes, hils, and dales, with diuerse sundrie trées, floures, ha∣thornes, ferne, and grasse, with six foresters standing within the same forrest, garnished in cotes and hoods of gréene veluet, by whome laie a great number of speares; all the trées, hearbs, and floures of the same forrest were made of gréene veluet, greene damaske, & silke of diuerse colours, as sattin & sarcenet. In the middest of this forrest was a castell standing made of gold, and before the castell gate sat a gentleman freshlie apparelled, making a garland of roses for the prise. This forrest was drawen as it were by strength of two great beasts, a lion and an ante∣lop; the lion florished all ouer with damaske gold, the antelop was wrought all ouer with siluer of da∣maske, his beames or hornes and tuskes of gold.

These beasts were led with certeine men apparel∣led like wild men, or woodhouses, their bodies, heads, faces, hands, and legs couered with gréene silke flos∣shed: on either of the said antelop and lion sat a la∣die richlie apparelled, the beasts were tied to the pa∣geant with great chaines of gold, as horsses be in the cart. When the pageant rested before the quéene,* 2.32 the forenamed foresters blew their horns, then the deuise or pageant opened on all sides, and out issued the foresaid foure knights armed at all peeces, euerie of them a speare in his hand on horssebacke with great plumes on their heads, their bases and trappers of cloth of gold, euerie of them his name embrodered on his base and trapper. On the other part with great noise aswell of trumpets as of drums entered into the field, the erle of Essex, the lord Thomas Howard with manie other cleane armed, their trappers and bases all of crimsin satin embrodered with branches of pomegranats of gold and posies; with manie a fresh gentleman riding before them, their footmen well apparelled: and so the iusts began and endured all that daie.

The morrow, being the thirtéenth of Februarie af∣ter dinner, at time conuenient, the queene with the ladies repaired to sée the iusts, the trumpets soun∣ded,* 2.33 and in came manie a noble man and gentleman richlie apparelled, taking vp their horsses; after whom followed certeine lords apparelled, they and their horsses in cloth of gold and russet tinsell: knights in cloth of gold and russet veluet; and a great number of gentlemen on foot in russet sattin and yellow, and yeomen in russet damaske and yellow, all the nether part of euerie mans hosen scarlet and yellow caps. Then came the king vnder a pauilion of cloth of gold and purple veluet embrodered,* 2.34 and powdered with H. and K. of fine gold, the compasse of the pauilion a∣boue embrodered richlie, and valansed with flat gold, beaten in wire, with an imperiall crowne in the top of fine gold, his bases and trappers of cloth of gold, fretted with damaske gold, the trapper pendant to the taile. A crane and chafron of stéele, in the front of the chafron was a goodlie plume set full of musers or trembling spangles of gold. After followed his three aids, euerie of them vnder a pauilion of crimsin da∣maske and purple, powdered with H. and K. of fine gold, valansed and fringed with gold of damaske: on the top of euerie pauilion a great K. of goldsmiths worke.

The number of the gentlemen and yeomen at∣tending on foot, apparelled in russet and yellow,* 2.35 was an hundred thréescore and eight. Then next these paui∣lions came twelue children of honour, sitting euerie of them on a great courser richlie trapped and em∣brodered in seuerall deuises and fashions, where lac∣ked neither broderie nor goldsmiths worke, so that e∣uerie child and horsse in deuise and fashion was con∣trarie to other, which was goodlie to behold. Then on the contrarie part entered sir Charles Brandon, first on horssebacke in a long robe of russet sattin, like a recluse or religious person, and his horsse trapped in the same sute, without drum or noise of minstrelsie, putting a bill of petition to the quéene, the effect wher∣of

was, that if it would please hir to licence him to run in hir presence, he would doo it gladlie; and if not, then he would depart as he came. After that his re∣quest was granted, then he put off his said habit, and was armed at all péeces with rich bases and horsse also richlie trapped, and so did run his horsse to the tilt end, where diuerse men on foot apparelled in russet sattin waited on him.

* 2.36Next after came in alone yoong Henrie Guilford esquier, himselfe and his horsse in russet cloth of gold [line 10] and cloth of siluer, closed in a deuise, or a pageant made like a castell or a turret, wrought of russet sar∣cenet Florence, wrought and set out in gold with his word or posie, and all his men in russet sattin & white, with hosen to the same, and their bonets of like co∣lours, demanding also licence of the queene to run; which to him granted, he tooke place at the tilts end. Then came next the marquesse Dorset and sir Tho∣mas Bullen like two pilgrims from saint Iames,* 2.37 in taberds of blacke veluet, with palmers hats on [line 20] their helmets, with long Iacobs staues in their hands, their horsse trappers of blacke veluet, their ta∣berds, hats, and trappers set with scalop shels of fine gold, and strips of blacke veluet, euerie strip set with a scalop shell, their seruants all in blacke sattin with scalop shels of gold in their breasts. Soone after came in the lord Henrie of Buckingham earle of Wilshire, himselfe and his horsse apparelled in cloth of siluer, embrodered with his posie or word, and ar∣rowes of gold in a posie, called La maison du refuge, [line 30] made of crimsin damaske brodered with roses & ar∣rowes of gold, on the top a greihound of siluer, bea∣ring a tree of pomegranats of gold, the branches whereof were so large that it ouerspred the pageant in all parts.

Then entered sir Giles Capell, sir Rouland with manie other knights richlie armed and apparelled. And thus began the iusts, which was valiantlie atchi∣ued by the king and his aids, among whom his grace atteined the prise. These iusts finished, euerie man [line 40] withdrew, the king was disarmed, and at time con∣uenient he and the queene heard euensong, and that night all the ambassadors supped with the king and had a great banket. After supper, his grace with the quéene, lords & ladies came into the White hall with∣in the said palace, which was hanged richlie, the hall was scaffolded and railed on all parts. There was an enterlude of the gentlemen of his chapell before his grace, and diuerse fresh songs: that doone, his grace called to him a great man, or a lord of Ireland [line 50] called O neall,* 2.38 whome in the presence of the said am∣bassadors he made knight: then the minstrels be∣gan to plaie, the lords & ladies began to danse. Now in the midst of this pastime, when all persons were most attentiue to behold the dansing, the king was suddenlie gone, vnknowen to the most part of the people there, vnlesse it were of the quéene and cer∣teine other. Within a little while after his departing, the trumpets at the end of the hall began to sound.

Then was there a deuise or a pageant vpon whéels [line 60] brought in, out of the which pageant issued out a gentleman richlie apparelled, that shewed how in a garden of pleasure there was an arbor of gold,* 2.39 wher∣in were lords and ladies, much desirous to shew pas∣time to the quéene & ladies, if they might be licenced so to doo: who was answered by the quéene, how she & all other there were verie desirous to sée them and their pastime. Then a great cloth of arras that did hang before the same pageant was taken away, and the pageant brought more néere. It was curiouslie made and plesant to behold, it was solemne and rich; for euerie post or piller thereof was couered with frised gold, therin were trees of hathorne, eglantine, rosiers, vines, and other pleasant floures of diuerse colours, with gillofers, and other hearbs all made of sattin, damaske, siluer and gold, accordinglie as the naturall trees, hearbs, or floures ought to be.

In this arbor were six ladies, all apparelled in white satin and greene, set and embrodered full of H. and K. of gold, knit togither with laces of gold of damaske, and all their garments were replenished with glittering spangels gilt ouer, on their heads were bonets all opened at the foure quarters, ouer∣frised with flat gold of damaske, the orrellets were of rolles, wrethed on lampas doucke holow, so that the gold shewed through the lampas doucke; the fassis of their head set full of new deuised fashions. In his garden also was the king and fiue with him apparel∣led in garments of purple sattin, all of cuts with H. and K. euerie edge garnished with frised gold,* 2.40 and e∣uerie garment full of posies, made of letters of fine gold in bullion as thicke as they might be, and euerie person had his name in like letters of massie gold. The first Cure loial, the second Bon voloire, the third Bon espoir, the fourth Valiant desire, the fift Bon foy, the sixt Amour loial, their hosen, caps, and coats were full of posies, with H. & K. of fine gold in bullion, so that the ground could scarse appeere▪ & yet was in euerie void place spangles of gold. When time was come, the said pageant was brought foorth into presence, and then descended a lord and a ladie by couples, and then the minstrels which were disguised also dansed, and the lords and ladies dansed, that it was a pleasure to behold.

In the meane season the pageant was conueied to the end of the palace, there to tarie till the danses were finished, & so to haue receiued the lords & ladies againe; but suddenlie the rude people ran to the pa∣geant, and rent, tare, and spoiled the pageant,* 2.41 so that the lord steward nor the head officers could not cause them to absteine, except they should haue foughten and drawen bloud, and so was this page∣ant broken. Then the king with the queene and the la∣dies returned to his chamber, where they had a great banket, and so this triumph ended with mirth & glad∣nes. At this solemnitie a shipman of London caught certeine letters, which he sold to a goldsmith for three pounds fourtéene shillings & eight pence; by reason wherof it appéered that the garments were of a great value. After this great ioy came a sorowfull chance,* 2.42 for the yoong prince which was borne vpon New-yeares day last past, vpon the two and twentith daie of Februarie, being then the euen of saint Matthie, departed this world at Richmond, and from thence was caried to Westminster and buried. The king like a wise prince tooke this dolorous chance wonde∣rous wiselie; and the more to comfort the quéene he dissembled the matter, and made no great mourning outwardlie: but the queene, like a naturall woman, made much lamentation; how beit, by the kings good persuasion and behauiour, hir sorow was mitiga∣ted, but not shortlie.

In the moneth of Februarie this yeare came am∣bassadors from the king of Arragon and Castile,* 2.43 to require an aid of fiftéene hundred archers to be sent to the same king, hauing at that time war against the Moores, enimies of the christian faith. The king hearing their message gentlie granted their re∣quest. And bicause the lord Thomas Darcie a knight of the garter,* 2.44 made humble sute to the king to be ge∣nerall of the crue that should be thus sent into Spaine, the king vpon trust of his approued valian∣cie granted his desire. There were appointed to go with him the lord Anthonie Greie brother to the mar∣quesse Dorset, Henrie Guilford, Weston Browne, and William Sidneie esquiers of the kings house, sir Robert Constable, sir Roger Hastings, and sir Rafe Elderton, with other gentlmen to be capteins.

* 2.45In this second yeare, the king being foorth on his progresse, heard euerie daie more & more complaints of Empson and Dudlei••, set foorth and aduanced no doubt by the drift of their deadlie enimies. Where∣fore,* 2.46 he sent writs to the▪ shiriffes of London, to put them to execution, and so the seuentéenth daie of Au∣gust, they were both beheaded at the Tower hill, and both their bodies and heads buried, the one at the White friers, and the other at the Blacke friers. The king about this season was much giuen to plaie at [line 10] te••isse,* 2.47 and at the dise, which appetite certeine craftie persons about him perceiuing, brought in French∣men and Lombards to make wagers with him, & so lost much monie; but when he perceiued their craft, he eschued their companie and let them go.

¶On the first daie of Maie the king accompanied with manie lustie batchelers,* 2.48 on great and well doo∣ing horsses rode to the wood to fetch Maie, where a man might haue séene manie a horsse raised on high with carrier, gallop, turne, and stop, meruellous to [line 20] behold:* 2.49 where he & three other, as sir Edward How∣ard, Charles Brandon, and Edward Neuill, which were challengers with the king, shifted themselues into coats of gréene sattin garded with crimsin vel∣uet. On the other part the earles of Essex, of Deuon∣shire, the marquesse Dorset, & the lord Howard were all in crimsin satin, garded with a pounced gard of gréene veluet. And as they were returning on the hill, a ship met with them vnder saile: the maister hailed the king and that noble companie, and said [line 30] that he was a mariner,* 2.50 and was come from many a strange port, and came thither to sée if anie déeds of armes were to be doone in the countrie, of the which he might make true report in other countries. An herald demanded the name of his ship; he answered she is called Fame, & is laden with good Renowme: then said the herald, If you will bring your ship into the baie of Hardinesse, you must double the point of Gentlenesse, and there you shall sée a companie that will meddle with your merchandize. Then said the [line 40] king, Sithens Renowme is their merchandize, let vs buie it if we can. Then the ship shot a peale of guns, and sailed foorth before the kings companie, full of flags and banners, till it came to the tilt yard.

At after noone, the king and his thrée fellowes en∣tered into the field, their bards and bases of crimsin and blue veluet, cut in quadrant cuts, embrodered full of pomegranats, and all the waiters in silke of the same colour. The other partie were in crimsin sattin and greene veluet. Then began the trumpets to sound, and the horsses to run, that manie a speare [line 50] was burst, and manie a great stripe giuen: and for a truth the king excéeded in number of staues all other euerie daie of the three daies. Wherefore on the third daie,* 2.51 the queene made a great banket to the king and all them that had iusted: and after the banket doone, she gaue the chiefe prise to the king, the second to the earle of Essex, the third to the earle of Deuonshire, and the fourth to the lord marquesse Dorset. Then the heralds cried; My lords, for your noble feats in armes, God send you the loue of your ladies that [line 60] you most desire. The king euer desirous to serue Mars, began another iusts the fiftéenth daie of the said moneth. The king & his band were all in gréene silke, and the earle of Essex and his band in blue, gar∣ded with gold, and all the speares were painted of the same colours. There was good running and manie a speare brust: but for all the sport euerie man feared least some ill chance might happen to the king, and faine would haue had him a looker on rather than a dooer, and spake thereof as much as they durst: but his courage was so noble that he would euer be at she one end.]

* 2.52In this meane time, the lord Darcie and other ap∣pointed to the viage against the Moores, made such diligence, that they and all their people were readie at Plimmouth by the middes of Maie, and there mu∣stered their souldiers before the lord Brooke, and other the kings commissioners. The lord Darcie as cap∣teine generall, ordeined for his prouost marshall Henrie Guilford esquier, a lustie yoong man, & wel-beloued of the king, for his manifold good seruice. On the mondaie in the Rogation wéeke, they de∣parted out of Plimmouth hauen with foure ships roiall, and the wind was so fauourable to them, that the first daie of Iune, being the euen of the feast of Pentecost, he arriued at the port of Calis in south Spaine; and immediatlie by the aduise of his coun∣cell, he dispatched messengers to the king, whom they found beside the citie of Ciuill where he then laie, and declared to him, how the lord Darcie by the king their maisters appointment, was come thither with six∣téene hundred archers, and laie still at Calis to know his pleasure. The king of Castile answered them gentlie, that the lord Darcie and all other that were come from his louing sonne were welcome, and har∣tilie thanked them of their paines, requiring the mes∣sengers to returne to their capteine, and tell him that in all hast he would send certeine of his councell to him.

¶ Herevpon they departed from the king,* 2.53 and made report to the lord Darcie, which kept his ship in great estate, and would not land, but onelie suffered such as were sicke and feeble, and few other to go a∣land. The Englishmen which went aland, fell to drin∣king of hot wines,* 2.54 & were scarse maisters of them∣selues, some ran to the stewes, some brake hedges and spoiled orchards and vineyards, and orenges be∣fore they were ripe, and did manie outragious déeds: wherefore the chiefe of the towne of Calis came to complaine to the lord Darcie in his ship, which sent foorth his prouost marshall, who scarselie with paine refrained the yeoman archers, they were so hot and wilfull, yet by commandement & policie they were all brought on bord to their ships.]

Then vpon saturdaie, the eight of Iune, a bishop and other of the kings councell came to Calis,* 2.55 and there abode till wednesdaie, being the euen of Cor∣pus Christi; at which daie, the lord capteine tooke land, and was honorablie receiued of the king of Ara∣gons councell, and on the morrow was highlie fea∣sted at dinner and supper. And at after supper, the bi∣shop declared the king his maisters pleasure, giuing to the lord capteine as heartie thankes for his pains and trauell, as if he had gone forward with his enter∣prise against the Moores. But whereas by the aduise of his councell, circumspectlie considering the suer∣tie of his owne realme, vpon perfect knowledge had that the Frenchmen meant to inuade his domini∣ons in his absence, he had altered his former deter∣mination, and taken an abstinence of war with the Moores, till an other time.

He therefore required the lord Darcie to be con∣tented to returne home againe, promising him wa∣ges for all his soldiers; and if it should please him to come to the court, he should receiue high thanks of the king, and such chéere as there could be made him, The lord Darcie was nothing pleased with this de∣claration, but sith he saw there was no remedie,* 2.56 he said, that whatsoeuer the king had concluded, he could not be against it, considering he was sent to him: but suerlie it was against his mind to depart home, without dooing anie thing against Gods enimies, with whome he had euer a desire to fight. And as for his comming to court, he said, he could not leaue his men whome he had brought out of their countrie, without an head; and as for the kings banket, it was not the thing that he desired.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

On the next daie in the morning, monie was sent to paie the souldiers their wages for their conducti∣on againe into England, with diuerse gi••ts giuen to the lord Darcie, and other gentlemen; yet notwith∣standing, he was highlie displeased: howbeit, like a wiseman he dissembled the matter.* 2.57 The same daie, being the fourtéenth daie of Iune, and fridaie, there chanced a fraie to be begun in the towne of Calis, betwixt the Englishmen, and them of the towne; by reason that an Englishman would haue had for his [line 10] monie a loafe of bread from a maid that had beene at the bakers to buie bread, not to sell, but to spend in hir mistresse house.* 2.58 Howbeit the Englishman fol∣lowed hir, as making proffer not to be denied, in so much that the maid perceiuing what he went about, cried out; A force, a force. Then was the common bell roong, and all the towne went to harnesse, and those few Englishmen that were a land, went to their bowes. The Spaniards cast darts, and the Englishmen shot. But the capteins of England, and [line 20] the lords of the councell for their part, tooke such paine, that the fraie was ceassed, and but one Eng∣lishman slaine, though diuerse were hurt: and of the Spaniards diuerse were slaine. Thus of a sparkle was kindled a flame to the spoiling of manie; which is no rare thing to see, according to the scriptum est:

Concitat ingentes flammas scintilla minuta.

After this, vpon request made by the lords of Spaine, the lord Darcie and all his men the same night went aboord their ships, but Henrie Guilford, [line 30] Weston Browne, and William Sidneie, yoong and lustie esquiers, desired licence to see the court of Spaine:* 2.59 which being granted, they went thither, where they were of the king highlie interteined. Henrie Guilford and Weston Browne were made knights by the king, who also gaue to sir Henrie Guilford a canton of Granado, and to sir Wolston Browne an egle of Sicill on a chefe, to the aug∣mentation of their armes. William Sidneie so ex∣cused himselfe, that he was not made knight. When [line 40] they had soiourned there a while, they tooke their leaue of the king and quéene, and returned through France into England.

During which season, the lord Darcie made saile toward England,* 2.60 and arriuing at Plimmouth, came to the king at Windsore, and so this iourneie ended. During the time that the lord Darcie was in Spaine, the ladie Margaret duches of Sauoie, and daughter vnto Maximilian the emperour, and go∣uernour of Flanders, Brabant, Holland, Zeland, [line 50] & other the low countries apperteining to Charles the yoong prince of Castile,* 2.61 sent in the end of Maie to the king of England, to haue fiftéene hundred ar∣chers, to aid hir against the duke of Gelders, which sore troubled the countries aforesaid. The king ten∣derlie regarding the request of so noble a ladie, most gentlie granted hir request, and appointed sir Ed∣ward Poinings, knight of the garter, and comptrol∣ler of his house, a valiant capteine and a noble war∣riour, to be lieutenant and leader of the said fiftéene [line 60] hundred archers.

This gentleman accompanied with his sonne in law the lord Clinton, sir Matthew Browne, sir Iohn Digbie, Iohn Werton, Richard Whethrill, & Shrel∣leie esquiers, with other gentlemen and yeomen, to the foresaid number of fiftéene hundred, tooke their ships a mile beside Sandwich, the eightéenth daie of Iulie, and landed at Armew the nineteenth daie, not without some trouble, by reason of a little storme. From thence they were conducted to Barowe, whi∣ther the ladie Regent came to welcome them. On the sundaie, being the seuen & twentith of Iulie, they departed to Rossindale, and on thursdaie the last of Iulie they came to Bulduke. And the next daie the whole armie of the Almans, Flemings, and other apperteining to the said ladie▪ met with the English∣men without Bulduke, where they set foorth in order; the ladie Regent being there present, which tooke hir leaue of all the captein••, and departed to Bal∣duke.

The armie to the number of ten thousand, beside the fifteene hundred English a••chers, passed forward; and the tenth daie of August, being saint Laurence daie, came before a little castle, standing on the high∣er side of the Maze, called Brimnoist, belonging to the bastard of Gelderland. The same night,* 2.62 Thomas Hert, cheefe gouernour of the ordinance of the Eng∣lish part, made his approach; and in the morning, made batterie so, that the assault therevpon being giuen, the fortresse was woone, and the capteine with eightie and od men were slaine, and ninetéene taken; of the which, eleuen were hanged. Iohn Morton, cap∣teine of one hundred Englishmen, and one Guiot an esquier of Burgognie, crieng saint George, were the first that entered; at which assault, there was but one Englishman slaine. On thursdaie, the fourteenth of August, the armie feried ouer the riuer of Maze into Gelderland. The next daie, they came to a little towne called Aiske.

The people were fled, but there was a little ca∣stell rased, and cast downe, which was newlie built vp on the side of the said riuer. Upon the twentith daie of August, they burnt the foresaid towne of Aiske, and all the countrie about it,* 2.63 and came at the last to a towne called Straulle, being verie strong, double diked and walled. Within it were thrée hun∣dred & sixtie good men of war, beside the inhabitants. At the first, they shewed good countenance of defense but when they saw their enimies approach néere vnto them with rampiers and trenches, they yeelded by composition, so that the souldiers might depart with a little sticke in their hands. But the townesmen re∣sted prisoners, at the will of the prince of Castile. And so on S. Bartholomews day the admerall of Flan∣ders, and sir Edward Poinings entred the towne with great triumph.

On the six and twentith daie, the armie came be∣fore Uenlow, and sent an herald called Arthois, to summon the towne; but they within would not heare but shot guns at him. On the eight and twentith daie, the armie remooued vnto the north side of Uen∣low, and part went ouer the water,* 2.64 and made tren∣ches to the water, & so besieged the towne as streict∣lie as their number would giue them leaue; but yet for all that they could doo without, they within kept one gate euer open. At length, the English capteins perceiuing that they laie there in vaine, considering the strength of the towne, and also how the armie was not of number sufficient to enuiron the same on each side, wrote to the king, who willed them with all speed to returne, and so they did. Sir Edward Poi∣nings went to the court of Burgognie, where he was receiued right honorablie of the yoong prince of Castile and of his aunt the ladie Margaret.

Iohn Norton, Iohn Fog, Iohn Scot, and Tho∣mas Linde, were made knights by the prince. And the ladie Margaret perceiuing the soldiers coates to be worne and foule with lieng on the ground (for e∣uerie man laie not in a tent) gaue to euerie yeoman a coate of woollen cloth of yeallow, red, white,* 2.65 and greene colours, not to hir little laud & praise among the Englishmen. After that sir Edward Poinings had béene highlie feasted and more praised of all men for his valiantnesse and good order of his people, he returned with his crue into England, and had lost by war and sicknesse not fullie an hundred persons. When the Englishmen were departed, the Gelders issued out of the gates of Uenlow, dailie skirmished

with the Burgognions, and asked for their archers, and héerewith winter began sharplie to approach, and the riuer of Maze by aboundance of raine rose so high, that it drowned vp the trenches: so that all things considered, the capteins without determined to raise their siege, and so they did, and after they had wasted all the countrie about Uenlow, they retur∣ned euerie man to his home.

In Iune the king being at Leicester, heard ti∣dings, that one Andrew Barton a Scotishman and pirat of the sea, saieng that the king of Scots had [line 10] warre with the Portingals, robbed euerie nation, and stopped the kings streames,* 2.66 that no merchant al∣most could passe. And when he tooke Englishmens goods, he bare them in hand that they were Portin∣gals goods, and thus he ha••ted and robbed at euerie hauens mouth. The king displeased herewith, sent sir Edward Howard lord admerall of England, and lord Thomas Howard, sonne and heire to the earle of Surrie in all hast to the sea, which hastilie made readie two ships, and taking sea, by chance of wea∣ther [line 20] were seuered.* 2.67 The lord Howard lieng in the downes, perceiued where Andrew was making to∣ward Scotland, and so fast the said lord chased him, that he ouertooke him; and there was a sore battell betwixt them. Andrew euer blew his whistle to in∣courage his men, but at length the lord Howard and the Englishmen did so valiantlie, that by cleane strength they entered the maine decke. The Scots fought sore on the hatches:* 2.68 but in conclusion An∣drew was taken, and so sore wounded, that he died [line 30] there. Then all the remnant of the Scots were ta∣ken with their ship called the Lion.

All this while was the lord admerall in chase of the barke of Scotland, called Iennie Pirwine, which was woont to saile with the Lion in companie, & so much did he with other, that he laid him aboord: and though the Scots manfullie defended themselues, yet the Englishmen entered the barke, slue manie, and tooke all the residue. Thus were these two ships taken, and brought to Blackewall the second of Au∣gust [line 40] [and all the Scots were sent vnto the bishop of Yorkes place,* 2.69 where they remained at the kings charge, till other direction was taken for them. After this, the king sent the bishop of Winchester, and cer∣teine of his councell, to the archbishop of Yorkes place, where the Scots were prisoners: and there the bishop rehearsed to them, whereas peace was yet betweene England and Scotland, that they contra∣rie to that, as théeues & pirats, had robbed the kings [line 50] subiects within his streames. Wherefore they had de∣serued to die by the law, and to be hanged at the low water marke. Then said the Scots; We acknow∣ledge our offense, and aske mercie and not the law. Then a preest which was also a prisoner, said; My lords we appeale from the kings iustice to his mer∣cie.

Then the bishop asked him if he were authorised by them to saie so, and they cried all; Yea, yea. Then (said he) you shall find the kings mercie aboue his iu∣stice. [line 60] For where you were dead by the law, yet by his mercie he will reuiue you; wherefore you shall depart out of this realme within twentie daies, vp∣on paine of death, if you be found after the twentith daie; and praie for the king: and so they passed into their countrie.] Thus was their captiuitie conuer∣ted into libertie, and their liues saued by the kings mercie. The king of Scots hearing of the death of Andrew Barton, and the taking of the two ships, was woonderfull wroth, and sent letters to the king requiring restitution, according to the league and a∣mitie. The king wrote to the king of Scots againe with brotherlie salutation, of the robberies doone by the said Andrew, and that it became not a prince to laie breach of peace to his confederat, for dooing iu∣stice vpon a pirat and theefe: and that all the Scots that were taken, had deserued to die by iustice, if he had not extended his mercie. And with this answer the Scotish herald departed.

About this season,* 2.70 the French king made sharpe warre against pope Iulie: wherefore the king of England wrote to the French king, that he should leaue off to vex the pope in such wise, being his fréend and confederat. But when the French king séemed little to regard that request, the king sent him word to deliuer him his lawfull inheritance both of the duchie of Normandie and Guien, and the countries of Aniou & Maine, and also of his crowne of France; or else he would come with such a power, that by fine force he would obteine his purpose: but notwithstanding those writings, the French king still pursued his warres in Italie. Wherevpon the king of England, ioining in league with Maximili∣an the emperour, and Ferdinando king of Spaine, with diuerse other princes, was resolued by aduise of his councell to make warre on the French king and his countries, and made preparation both by sea and land, setting foorth ships to the sea for safegard of his merchants.

¶ The foresaid pope Iulie, the kings confederat,* 2.71 was (before his aduancement to the popedome) car∣dinall of saint Petri ad Uincula, a man mightie in freends, reputation, and riches, who had drawne to him the voices of so manie cardinals, that entering the conclaue, he was with an example all new and without shutting the conclaue, elected pope the verie same night following the deceasse of his predecessor pope Pius (those that were of the contrarie opinion not daring to oppose against him.) He, either hauing regard to his first name Iulie, or (as coniectures were made) to signifie the greatnesse of his concep∣tions, or lastlie bicause he would not giue place to A∣lexander, no not in the excellencie of name, tooke vp∣on him the name of Iulie, the second of that name. Amongest all the popes that had passed, it was woon∣dered that by so great consent, they had created for pope, a cardinall who was knowne to be of a dispo∣sition rigorous and terrible, and in whome was no ex∣pectation of rest and tranquillitie,* 2.72 hauing consumed his youth in continuall trauels, offended manie by necessitie, and exercised hatreds against manie great personages; a man to whose wit nothing was more more familiar, than the inuention of trouble, faction, and conspiracie.

But on the other side, the causes of his election to that degrée appeared cléerelie, and surmounted all o∣ther difficulties: for he had béene of long time a car∣dinall of great power and might, & with his magni∣ficence, wherein he had alwaies excéeded the residue, and with the greatnesse of his spirit, by the which he did great things, he had not onelie made himselfe mightie in opinion and freends; but by times and de∣grées had erected high his authoritie in the court of Rome, bearing the name, title, and dignitie of the principall defendor of the ecclesiastike libertie. But that which serued most to his aduancement, was the promises immoderate and infinite which he made to the cardinals, princes, and barons,* 2.73 and to all others whome he might make profitable to him in that ac∣tion. Besides, he had the meane to distribute monie, benefices, and spirituall dignities, as well such as were his owne, as those that were the rights of o∣thers; for that such was the brute & renowme of his liberalitie, that manie made willing offers to him to dispose as he best liked of their treasures, their names, their offices, and benefices.

They considered not that his promises were farre too great, than that being pope he was either able or

ought to obserue, for that he had of so long conti∣nuance inioied the name of iust and vpright, that pope Alexander himselfe (his greatest enimie) spea∣king ill of him, in all other things could not but con∣fesse him to be true of his word. A praise which he made no care to defile and staine, to the end to be∣come pope; knowing that no man more easilie be∣guileth an other, than he that hath the custome and name neuer to deceiue anie. Which practise of dissi∣mulation was much frequented of those that aspired [line 10] & possessed the popedom; insomuch that the same was in Alexander the sixt so notable, that it was a pro∣uerbe ordinarilie in Rome,* 2.74 that the pope did neuer the thing which he said, and his sonne the duke of Ua∣lentinois seldome spake that which he ment. Which kind of people (pretend they what they will) are ex∣cluded from the rest of Sion, as the psalmist saith:

* 2.75Quem fraudis expers simplicitas iuuat, Vrgétque rectum propositi tenax, Nec mente saeuus grata blandam [line 20] Edocuit simulare linguam, Perpetua requie fruetur.]

In this yeare the king kept his Christmasse at Greenewich, [year 1512] where was such abundance of viands serued to all comers of anie honest behauiour,* 2.76 as hath béene few times séene. And against Newyéeres night was made in the hall a castell, gates, towers, and dungeon, garnished with artillerie and weapon after the most warlike fashion: and on the front of the castell, was written Le forteresse dangereux, and within the castell were six ladies, cloathed in russet [line 30] sattin, laid all ouer with leaues of gold, and euerie one knit with laces of blew silke and gold. On their heads, coifs, and caps all of gold. After this castell had béene caried about the hall, and the quéene had beheld it, in came the king with fiue other, apparel∣led in coats, the one halfe of russet sattin, spangled with spangles of fine gold, the other halfe of rich cloth of gold, on their heads caps of russet sattin, embro∣dered with works of fine gold bullion. [line 40]

These six assaulted the castell. The ladies seeing them so lustie and couragious,* 2.77 were content to solace with them, & vpon further communication, to yéeld the castell and so they came downe & dansed a long space. And after the ladies led the knights into the ca∣stell, and then the castell suddenlie vanished out of their sights. On the daie of the Epiphanie at night, the king with eleuen other were disguised, after the maner of Italie,* 2.78 called a maske, a thing not seene be∣fore in England: they were apparelled in garments long and broad, wrought all with gold, with visors [line 50] and caps of gold. And after the banket doone, these maskers came in, with six gentlemen disguised in silke, bearing staffe torches, and desired the ladies to danse; some were content, and some refused. And af∣ter they had dansed, and communed togither, as the fashion of the maske is, they tooke their leaue and de∣parted, and so did the quéene, and all the ladies.]

The fiue and twentith daie of Ianuarie began the parlement,* 2.79 where the bishop of Canturburie began [line 60] his oration with this verse Iustitia & pax osculatae sunt. Upon which words he declared how iustice should be ministred, and peace should be nourished, and by what meanes iustice was put by, and peace turned into warre. And therevpon he shewed how the French king would doo no iustice in restoring to the king his right inheritance: wherfore for lacke of iustice, peace of necessitie must be turned into warre. In this par∣lement was granted two fiftéens of the temporaltie, and of the clergie two tenths. After that it was con∣cluded by the whole bodie of the realme in the high court of parlement assembled, that warre should be made on the French king and his dominions. Wher∣vpon was woonderfull spéed made in preparing all things necessarie both for sea and land.

In this parlement was sir Robert Sheffeld knight, sometime recorder of London,* 2.80 speaker for the commons. During this parlement, in the moneth of March, a yeoman of the crowne, one of the kings gard, named Newbolt,* 2.81 slue within the palace of Westminster a seruant of maister Willoughbies, for the which offense the king commanded to be set vp a new paire of gallowes in the same place where the said seruant lost his life; and vpon the same the said Newbolt was hanged, and there remained on the gallowes by the space of two daies. A notable exam∣ple of iustice, whereby the king verefied the report that was commonlie noised abroad of him; namelie that he could not abide the shedding of mans bloud, much lesse wilfull murther. Wherein he shewed how tender he was ouer his subiects, and also how seuere against malefactors, speciallie mankillers; whome he thought vnworthie of life, that had béene the in∣struments of others death; according to the law:

—oculos oculis & dentibus esse* 2.82 Pensandos dentes: sic par erit vltio culpae.

¶ In this season one Ierome Bonuise,* 2.83 which was borne in Luke, and was factor in London for mer∣chants of that nation, and had plaied bankerupt, and was conueied out of the realme for debt, was now in such fauour with pope Iulie, that he made him his collector and proctor in England: & so he kept a great port, and resorted to the king and his councell for the popes affaires (which then was sore troubled by the French king) so that he knew both the popes coun∣cell and the kings, and falselie and vntrulie resorted by night to the French ambassadours lieng in Lon∣don, and to them discouered what the king and the pope intended, which was not so closelie doone, but the king knew it: and so he was laid for, & was taken communing with one of the said ambassadours vp∣on London wall at midnight, and brought to the Tower, where he remained vntill by the sute of his freends he was deliuered, and shortlie for shame voi∣ded the realme.]

The king of Aragon also, hauing at that time warre with the French king,* 2.84 wrote to his sonne in law king Henrie, that if he would send ouer an ar∣mie into Biskaie, and so to inuade France on that side, for the recouerie first of his duchie of Guien; he would aid them with ordinance, horssemen, beasts, and cariages, with other necessaries apperteining to the fame. The king and his councell putting their affiance in this promise of king Ferdinando, prepa∣red a noble armie all of footmen, and small artille∣rie, appointing the noble lord Thomas Greie mar∣quesse Dorset to be chéefe conductor of the same.* 2.85 The king dailie studieng to set foorth his warre which he had begun against the French king, caused sir Ed∣ward Howard his admerall with diligence to make readie diuerse goodlie tall ships, as the Souereigne and others, to the number of eighteene, beside other smaller vessels.

Therewith hauing in his companie sir Weston Browne, Griffith Downe, Edward Cobham;* 2.86 Tho∣mas Windham, Thomas Lucie, William Pir∣ton, Henrie Shirbourne, Stephan Bull, George Wi••wange, Iohn Hopton, William Gunston, Thomas Draper, Edmund Cooke, Iohn Burdet, and diuerse others, he tooke the sea, and scowring the same, about the middest of Maie he came before Portesmouth. About the verie selfe time the lord mar∣quesse Dorset, and other noblemen appointed for the iournie of Biskaie, as the lord Howard sonne and heire to the earle of Surrie, the lord Brooke, the lord Will••ugh••le, the lord Ferrers; the lord Iohn, the lord Anthonie, and the lord Leonard Greies, all thrée brethren to the marquesse; sir Griffith ap Ri••e, sir

Morris Berkeleie, sir William Sands, the baron of Burford, sir Richard Cornewall brother to the said baron, William Husseie, Iohn Melton, William Kingston esquiers, sir Henrie Willoughbie, and di∣uerse others, with souldiers to the number of ten thousand.

Amongst these were fiue hundred Almans clad all in white, vnder the leading of one Guiot a gentle∣man of Flanders, all which (with the residue aboue∣named) came to Southampton, and there mustered their bands which were appointed and trimmed in the [line 10] best maner. On the sixtéenth daie of Maie they were all bestowed aboord in Spanish ships furnished with vittels, and other necessaries for that iournie. The wind serued so well for their purpose, that they ca••ie all in safetie on the coast of Biskaie at the port of Passagh southwest of Fonterabie;* 2.87 and so the third daie of Iune they landed, and tooke the field, imbat∣telling themselues for their safegard right strong∣lie. Within thrée daies after that the armie was [line 20] thus aland, there came to the marquesse an earle and an other noble man, to welcome him and his companie.

Then the lord capteine remooued his field, & tooke an other place néerer to Fonterabie, where he laie a long time, looking euerie daie to haue aid of horsse∣men and artillerie of the king of Aragon, but none came. Sir Iohn Stile caused to be bought two hun∣dred mulets and asses of such price as the Spaniards gained greatlie,* 2.88 and when they were put to carie and [line 30] draw, they would not serue the turne, for they were not exercised thereto before that time; and so for want of beasts to draw such ordinance as the Englishmen had there with them, they lost the dooing of some great exploit against the Frenchmen on the fron∣tiers of Gascoigne, for they might haue run a great waie into that countrie, being as then destitute and vnpurueied of men and munitions.

On a daie the Frenchmen made a skrie toward the English campe, but the Englishmen perceiuing them, passed the riuer that was betwixt them, and [line 40] with arrowes chased the Frenchmen; so that for hast manie of their horsses foundered, and fell, yer they came to Baion: if there had béene anie horssemen a∣mongst the Englishmen, they had sore indamaged their enimies.* 2.89 The king of Nauarre doubting least the Englishmen were come into those parties for no good meaning towards him, sent to the lord mar∣quesse a bishop, and diuerse other, offering to mini∣ster vittels vnto the Englishmen for their monie, if [line 50] it should stand so with his pleasure. The lord mar∣quesse thanked him for the offer, and promised that if they of Nauarre would vittell his people, they should paie them well and trulie for the same.

He said also that he would warrant their passing and repassing in safetie, and that by the Englishmen no preiudice should be doone to his realme. Herevpon were the Englishmen vittelled out of Nauarre, to their great comfort. After that the armie had laine thirtie daies in the second campe, there came from the king of Aragon a bishop and other nobles of his [line 60] councell. This bishop was the same that made the answer to the lord Darcie at Calis the last yeare. The effect of his message was,* 2.90 to desire the lord cap∣teine and his people to take patience for a while, and they should see that such preparation should be made for the furnishing of their enterprise, as should stand with the honour of his maister and their aduance∣ments.

The Englishmen sore discontented with their idle lieng still in the field, misliked with his excuses, sup∣posing the same (as they prooued in déed) to be no∣thing but delaies. In the meane time that the Englishmen thus lingered without attempting any exploit, their vittels were much part garlike, & they eating thereof with all their meats, and drinking hot wines, & féeding also on hot fruits, procured their bloud to boile within their bellies,* 2.91 that there fell sicke thrée thousand of the flix: & thereof died an eightéene hundred persons. The lord marquesse perceiuing this mischeefe, sent to the king of Spaine certeine of his capteins to know his pleasure. The king told them that shortlie the duke of Alua should ioine with them, bringing with him a mightie power; so that they might the more assuredlie procéed in their en∣terprise. With this answer they returned to the lord marquesse, who liked it neuer a deale; bicause he iud∣ged that the king meant but to driue time with him, as after it prooued.

In the meane time there began a mutinie in the English campe thorough a false report, contriued by some malicious person; which was, that the cap∣teins should be allowed eight pense for euerie com∣mon souldier; where the truth was, that they had allowed to them but onelie six pense. The lord ge∣nerall aduertised that the souldiers began to gather in companies, found meanes to apprehend the cheefe beginner, and deliuered him vnto William King∣ston esquier, then prouost marshall; and so was he put to death to the terrour of all other. Whilest the Englishmen laie thus in campe on the borders of Biskaie towards Guien, the archers went often∣times a forraging into the French confines almost to Baion, and burnt manie pretie villages.* 2.92 The king of Spaine raised an armie, and sent foorth the same vnder the leading of the duke of Alua, which came forward as though he meant to haue come to the Englishmen; who being aduertised of his approch, were maruellouslie glad thereof, in hope that then they should be imploied about the enterprise for the which they were come.

But the duke intending an other thing, when he was aduanced foorth within a daies iournie of them, suddenlie remooued his armie toward the realme of Nauarre, and entering the same, chased out of his realme the king of that land, and conquered the same to the king of Spains vse, as in the historie of Spaine more plainelie it dooth appeare. After that the king of Spaine was thus possessed of the king∣dome of Nauarre, he sent vnto the lord marquesse,* 2.93 promising to ioine with him shortlie, and so to in∣uade the borders of France; but he came not. Wherefore the Englishmen thought themselues not well vsed: for it gréeued them much, that they should lie so longidle, sith there was so great hope conceiued at their setting foorth, that there should be some great exploit atchiued by them, thorough the aid that was promised by the king of Spaine.

Thus whilest the armie lingered without re∣moouing,* 2.94 there chanced an affraie to rise betwixt the Englishmen and the townes-men of Sancta Maria, a village so called, wherevnto such Eng∣lishmen as fell sicke, had their resort; and therevp∣on the alarms brought into the campe, the Eng∣lishmen and Almans ran in great furie to the suc∣cour of their fellowes: and notwithstanding all that the capteins could doo to staie them, they slue and robbed the people without mercie. The Bis∣kaines that could get awaie, fled ouer that water into Guien. The capteins yet so ordered the mat∣ter, that all the pillage was restored, and one and twentie souldiers were condemned, which were apprehended as they were fléeing awaie with a boo∣tie of ten thousand duckats into Gascoigne; seauen of them were executed, and the residue pardoned of life, at the sute of certeine lords of Spaine, which were as then present.

The Frenchmen hearing of this riot came foorth

of Baion, to see and vnderstand the maner thereof: but perceiuing that the Englishmen had descried them,* 2.95 suddenlie they returned. The Englishmen fol∣lowed, & comming to the towne of S. Iehan de Lu∣cie, they burnt and robbed it, & slue the inhabitants. Diuerse other villages they spoiled on the borders of Guien; but bicause they wanted both horsses of seruice, and horsses to draw foorth their ordinance, they could not doo anie such damage as they might and would haue doone, if they had béene furnished ac∣cording [line 10] to their desires in that point. Thus continu∣ed the English armie in such wearisome sort till the moneth of October, and then fell the lord marquesse sicke, and the lord Howard had the chéefe gouernance of the armie.

Then were sent from the king of Spaine diuerse lords of his priuie councell vnto the said lord Ho∣ward, to excuse the matter for that he came not ac∣cording to his promise, requiring them, that sith the time of the yeare to make warre was past, it might [line 20] please them to breake vp their campe, and to diuide themselues abroad into the townes and villages of his realme till the spring time of the yeare, that they might then go forward with their first pretended en∣terprise. The lord Howard shewed well in words that the Englishmen could not thinke well of the king of Spaines fained excuses, and vnprofitable de••aies, to his small honor & their great hinderance & losse, hauing spent the king their maister so much treasure, and doone so little hurt to his aduersaries. [line 30] The Spaniards gaue faire words; and so in courte∣ous maner departed.

Then about the end of October it was agréed amongest all the lords of the English hoast that they should breake vp their campe,* 2.96 and so they did. The lord marquesse and his people went to saint Seba∣stian, the lord Howard and his retinue to Rendre, the lord Willoughbie to Garschang, and sir William Sands with manie other capteins repaired to Fo••∣terabie, and so euerie capteine with his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was placed in one towne or other. The king of England [line 40] aduertised of the king of Spaine his meaning, sent an herald called Windsor with letters vnto his ar∣mie▪ willing his men there to tarie, & promising to send ouer to them right shortlie a new supplie, vnder the guiding of the lord Herbert his chamberleine.

When this letter was read, and the contents thereof notified,* 2.97 the souldiers began to be so highlie displeased; and spake such outragious words, as it was maruell to heare: & not contented with words, they were bent to haue doone outragious déeds; inso∣much [line 50] that in their furie they had slaine the lord Ho∣ward and diuerse others, if they had not followed their intents: and herevpon they were glad to hire ships, and so imbarked themselues in the moneth of Nouember. When the lord marquesse was brought aboord, he was so weake and féeble of remembrance thorough sickenesse, that he asked where he was. In the beginning of December they landed here in England,* 2.98 and were glad to be at home, and got out of such a countrie, where they had little health, lesse [line 60] pleasure, and much losse of time. The king of Spaine séemed to be sore discontented with their departure, openlie affirming, that if they had taried vntill the next spring, he would in their companie haue inuaded France.

About the same time that the marquesse went in∣to Spaine,* 2.99 that is to wit, about the middest of Maie, sir Edward Howard lord admerall of England, be∣ing on the sea afore Portesmouth, made foorth againe to the sea, and directing his course towards Britaine on Trinitie sundaie arriued at Berthram baie with twentie great ships, and suddenlie set his men on land, and there wan a bulworke, which the Britains kept and defended a while; but being ouercome, fled out of their hold, & left it to the Englishmen. Then the lord admerall passed seauen miles into the coun∣trie, burning and wasting townes and villages, and in returning, skirmished with diuerse men of ames, and slue some of them: and notwithstanding that the Britains ••ought valiantlie in defense of their coun∣trie; yet they were put to the worsse, and so the lord admerall returned to his ships.

On the thrée & twentith daie of Maie being mon∣daie, he landed in the morning,* 2.100 and commanded to burne the house of the lord Piers Moguns, with the towne of Conquet, & diuerse other places, and cha∣sed the Britains into the castell of Brest: and not∣withstanding all the assemblies and shewes that the Britains made, yet they suffered the English peace∣ablie to returne with their preies and booties. The first of Iune the Englishmen tooke land in Cro••ton baie, and then the lords of Britaine sent word to the lord admerall, that if he would abide, they would giue him battell. The admerall rewarded the messenger, and willed him to say to them that sent, that all that day they should find him in that place tarieng their comming.

Then to incourage diuerse gentlemen the more earnestlie to shew their valiancie,* 2.101 he dubbed them knights; as sir Edward Brooke, brother to the lord Cobham, sir Griffith Downe, sir Thomas Wind∣ham, sir Thomas Lucie, sir Iohn Burdet, sir Willi∣am Pirton, sir Henrie Shirborne, and sir Stephan Bull. When the lord admerall saw the Frenchmen come, he comforted his men with pleasant words, therby the more to incourage them. The whole num∣ber of the Englishmen was not much aboue 25 hundred, where the Frenchmen were at the least ten thousand; and yet when they saw the order of the Englishmen, they were suddenlie astonied.

Then a gentleman of good experience and credit amongest them, aduised the other capteins not to fight; but to retire a little and take a strong ground, there to remaine till the Englishmen returned to∣ward their ships: and then to take the aduantage. And so the capteins began to retire, which when the commons saw, they all ran awaie as fast as they might, supposing that the capteins had seene or knowne some great perill at hand, bicause they were not priuie to the purpose of their capteins. The lord admerall séeing what happened, when the night came departed to his ships. After this the gentlemen of Britaine sent to the admerall for a safeconduct for di∣uerse persons, which they ment to send to him about a treatie. The lord admerall was of his gentlenesse content to grant their request. Then certeine lords of Britaine tooke a bote, and came to the ship of the lord admerall, where he was set with all his councell of the armie about him.

The request of the Britains was,* 2.102 that it might please him to surcease his cruell kind of warre, in burning of townes and villages: but the admerall plainlie told them, that he was sent to make warre and not peace. Then they required a truce for six daies, which would not be granted;* 2.103 and to their re∣proofe, the admerall told them, that gentlemen ought to defend their countrie by force, rather than to sue for peace. And thus (making them a banket) he sent them awaie. And after hearing that there was ships of warre on the seas; he coasted from thence alongst the countrie of Normandie, still scowring the sea; so that no enimie durst appeare. And at length he came and laie by the Ile of Wight, to see if anie enimies would appéere. During which time, diuers ships were kept in the north seas, vnder the conduct of sir Ed∣ward Ichingham, Iohn Lewes, Iohn Louedaie, and others.

* 2.104This yeare also in Iune, the king kept a solemne iustes at Gréenewich, the king & sir Charles Bran∣don taking vpon them to abide all commers. ¶ First came the ladies all in white and red silke,* 2.105 set vpon coursers trapped in the same sute, freated ouer with gold; after whom followed a founteine curiouslie made of russet sattin, with eight gargils spowting water: within the founteine sat a knight armed at all peeces. After this founteine followed a ladie all in blacke silke dropped with fine siluer, on a courser [line 10] trapped in the same. Then followed a knight in a horsselitter, the coursers & litter apparelled in blacke with siluer drops. When the fountein came to the tilt, the ladies rode round about, and so did the foun∣teine, and the knight within the litter. And after them were brought two goodlie coursers apparelled for the iusts: and when they came to the tilts end, the two knights mounted on the two coursers abiding all commers. The king was in the founteine, and sir Charles Brandon was in the litter. Then sudden∣lie [line 20] with great noise of trumpets entred sir Thomas ••••euet in a castell of cole blacke, and ouer the ca∣stell was written, The dolorous castell, and so he and the earle of Essex, the lord Howard, and other ran their courses with the king and sir Charles Bran∣don, and euer the king brake most speares, and like∣lie was so to doo yer he began▪ as in former time; the prise fell to his lot: so luckie was he and fortunat in the proofe of his prowes in martiall actiuitie, whereto from his yong yéers he was giuen, as the poet saith: [line 30]

Huic erat à teneris annis ars bellica cordi.]

After this, the king hauing prepared men and ships readie to go to the sea vnder the gouernance of sir Anthonie Oughtred, sir Edward Ichingham, William Sidneie, and diuerse other gentlemen, ap∣ponited them to take the sea, and to come before the Ile of Wight, there to ioine with the lord admerall, which they did, but in their passage a gallie was lost by negligence of the maister. The king hauing a de∣sire to see his nauie togither,* 2.106 rode to Portesmouth, and there appointed capteins for one of his chiefest [line 40] ships called the Regent, sir Thomas Kneuet ma∣ster 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his horsses, & sir Iohn Carew of Deuonshire; and to the Souereigne he appointed for capteins, sir Charles Brandon, and sir Henrie Gilford; and with them in the Souereigne were put threescore of the tallest yeoman of the kings gard. Manie other gen∣tlemen were ordeined capteins in other vessels. And the king made them a banket before their setting for∣ward,* 2.107 and so commited them to God. They were in [line 50] number fiue and twentie faire ships of great bur∣den, well furnished of all things necessarie.

The French king in this meane while had prepa∣red a nauie of thirtie nine saile in the hauen of Brest; and for chiefe he ordeined a great Carrike of Brest, apperteining to the quéene his wife, called Cordelier a verie strong ship,* 2.108 and verie well appointed. This nauie set forward out of Brest the tenth of August, and came to Britaine baie, in the which the same day was the English fléet ariued. When the Englishmen [line 60] perceiued the Frenchmen to be issued foorth of the hauen of Brest, they prepared themselues to battell, and made foorth towards their enimie, which came fiercelie forward; and comming in sight ech of other, they shot off their ordinance so terrible togither, that all the sea coast sounded of it. The lord admerall made with the great ship of Déepe, and chased hir; sir Henrie Gilford and also sir Charles Brandon made with the great Carrike of Brest, being in the Souereigne, and laid stem to stem to the Carrike; but by negligence of the master, or else by smoke of the ordinance, or otherwise, the Souereigne was cast at the sterne of the Carrike, with which aduan∣tage the Frenchmen shouted for ioy.

But when sir Thomas Kneuet, who was readie to haue boorded the great ship of Déepe, saw that the Souereigne missed the Carrike, suddenlie he cau∣sed the Regent (in the which he was aboord) to make to the Carrike, and to grapple with hir a long boord And when they of the Carrike perceiued they could not depart, they let slip an anchor, and so with the streame the ships turned, and the Carrike was on the weather side, and the Regent on the lie side.* 2.109 The fight was cruell betwixt these two ships, the archers on the English side, & the crossebowes on the French part dooing their vttermost to annoie each other:* 2.110 but finallie the Englishmen entered the Carrike, which being perceiued by a gunner, he desperatlie set fire in the gunpowder, as some say; though there were that affirmed, how sir Anthonie Oughtred folowing the Regent at the sterne, bowged hir in diuerse pla∣ces, and set hir powder on fire.

But howsoeuer it chanced, the whole ship by rea∣son of the powder was set on fire, & so both the Car∣rike and the Regent being grappled togither, so as they could not fall off,* 2.111 were both consumed by fire at that instant. The French nauie perceiuing this, fled in all hast, some to Brest, and some to the Iles ad∣ioining. The Englishmen made out boats to helpe them in the Regent: but the fire was so terrible, that in maner no man durst approch; sauing that by the Iames of Hull certeine Frenchmen that could swim were saued. Capteine of this Carrike was sir Piers Morgan, and with him he had in the same nine hundred men: and with sir Thomas Kneuet and sir Iohn Carew were seuen hundred; but all drowned and burnt. The Englishmen that night laie in Berthram baie, for the French fléet was disperst (as ye haue heard.) The lord admerall after this mis∣chance thus happened to these two worthie ships, made againe to the sea, and scowred all alongest the coasts of Britaine, Normandie, and Picardie, ta∣king manie French ships, and burning such as they could not well bring away with them.

The king of England hearing of the losse of the Regent, caused a great ship to be made,* 2.112 such a one as the like had neuer béene séene in England, and na∣med it Henrie grace de Dieu. The French king about the same time sent to a knight of the Rhodes called Priour Iehan, a Frenchman borne, of the countrie of Guien, requiring him to come by the streicts of Marrocke into Britaine: the which he did, bringing with him thrée gallies of force, with diuerse foists and row-gallies, so well ordin•••••••••• and trimmed, as the like had not beene séene in these parties before his comming. He had laine on the coasts of Barbarie to defend certeine of the religion,* 2.113 as they came from Tripolie. This yeare in the moneth of Nouember the king called his high court of parlement, in the which it was concluded, that the king himselfe in per∣son with an armie roiall shuld inuade France; wher∣vpon notice being giuen to such as shuld attend, they made their purueiance with all diligence that might be.* 2.114 In this parlement was granted to the king tws fiftéens, and foure demies; and head monie, of euerie duke ten markes, an earle fiue pounds, a lord foure pounds, a knight foure marks, & euerie man rated at right hundred pounds in goods, to paie foure marks, and so after that rate, till him that was valued at fortie shillings, paied twelue pence, and euerie man that tooke fortie shillings wages twelue pence, and euerie man and woman of fiftéene yeares or vp∣ward foure pence.* 2.115 The steeple and lanterne of Bow church in Cheape was this yeare finished. By fire this yeare a great part of the kings palace of West∣minster, and the chappell in the Tower of London,* 2.116 and manie other places in England were burned. In Aprill, the king sent a great nauie of twelue

thousand men to the sea. On Maie euen, Edmund de la Poole was beheaded on the Tower hill,* 2.117 his bro∣ther Richard was after slaine in France.]

After this parlement was ended, the king kept a solemne Christmasse at Gréenwich, [year 1513] with danses and mummeries in most princelie maner. And on the Twelfe daie at night came into the hall a mount, called the rich mount.* 2.118 The mount was set full of rich flowers of silke, and especiallie full of broome slips full of cods, the branches were gréene sattin, and the [line 10] flowers flat gold of damaske, which signified Plan∣tagenet. On the top stood a goodlie beacon giuing light, round about the beacon sat the king and fiue o∣ther, all in cotes and caps of right crimsin veluet, embrodered with flat gold of damaske, their cotes set full of spangles of gold. And foure woodhouses drew the mount till it came before the quéene, and then the king and his companie descended and dan∣sed. Then suddenlie the mount opened, and out came six ladies all in crimsin sattin and plunket, embrode∣red [line 20] with gold and pearle, with French hoods on their heads, and they dansed alone. Then the lords of the mount tooke the ladies and dansed togither: and the ladies reentered, and the mount closed, and so was conueied out of the hall. Then the king shifted him, and came to the queene, and sat at the banket which was verie sumptuous.

After Candlemasse, the king created sir Charles Brandon vicount Lisle.* 2.119 In March following was the kings nauie of ships roiall & other set foorth to the [line 30] number of fortie and two, beside other balangers vn∣der the conduct of the lord admerall, accompanied with sir Walter Deuereux, lord Ferrers, sir Wol∣stan Browne, sir Edward Ichingham, sir Anthonie Pointz, sir Iohn Wallop, sir Thomas Windam, sir Stephan Bull, William Fitz Williams, Arthur Plantagenet,* 2.120 William Sidneie esquiers, and di∣uerse other noble and valiant capteins. They sailed to Portesmouth, and there laie abiding wind, and when the same serued their turne, they weied anchor, [line 40] & making saile into Britaine, came into Berthram baie, and there laie at anchor in sight of the French nauie, which kept it selfe close within the hauen of Brest, without proffering to come abroad.

The English perceiuing the maner of the French men,* 2.121 determined to set on them in the hauen, and ma∣king forward in good order of battell, at their first en∣trie one of their ships, whereof Arthur Plantagenet, was capteine, fell on a blind rocke, and burst in sun∣der, by reason whereof, all the other staied: and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 [line 50] English capteins perceiuing that the hauen was dangerous to enter without an expert lodesman, they cast about, and returned to their harborough at Berthram baie againe. The Frenchmen percei∣uing that the Englishmen meant to assaile them, moored their ships so neere to the castell of Brest as they could, and placed bulworks on the land on eue∣rie side, to shoot at the Englishmen. Also they trapped togither foure and twentie great hulkes that came to the baie for salt, and set them on a row, to the in∣tent [line 60] that if the Englishmen had come to assault them, they would haue set those hulks on fire, and haue let them driue with the streame amongst the English ships.

Prior Iehan also laie still in Blanke sable baie, and plucked his gallies to the shore, setting his basi∣liskes and other ordinance in the mouth of the baie, which baie was bulworked on euerie side, that by water it was not possible to be woone. The lord ad∣merall perceiuing the French nauie thus to lie in feare,* 2.122 wrote to the king to come thither in person, and to haue the honour of so high an enterprise: which writing the kings councell nothing allowed, for put∣ting the king in ieopardie vpon the chance of the sea. Wherefore the king wrote to him sharplie againe, commanding him to accomplish that which appertei∣ned to his duetie: which caused him to aduenture things further than wisedome would he should (as after yée shall heare) to his vtter vndooing and ca∣sting awaie, God hauing ordeined the means by his prouidence, which the pagans implied (though wan∣ting the light of grace) in the name of destinie, of them counted ineuitable.* 2.123 [A destinie lamentable considering the qualitie of the person, with the ma∣ner of his dieng. Wherein although manie vainlie dispute, that fortune led him to so miserable an acci∣dent: yet if we will lift vp our considerations to God, we shall find that he hath reserued such a prero∣gatiue ouer all things which he hath created, that to him onelie belongeth the authoritie to dispose all things by the same power wherewith he hath created them of nothing.] And yet the foolish world (doting in blind ignorance, but pretending a singular in∣sight in matters of secrecie) blusheth not to talke or rather to asseuere, casualtie, chancemedlie, misfor∣tune, and such like foolish imaginations: whereas (in∣déed) the prouidence of God compasseth all things whatsoeuer, for nothing can be priuileged from the amplenesse of the same.

Prior Iehan kéeping him still within his hold,* 2.124 as a prisoner in a dungeon, did yet sometime send out his small foists to make a shew before the Eng∣lish nauie, which chased them to the baie. But bicause the English ships were mightie vessels, they could not enter the baie: and therefore the lord admerall caused certeine boats to be manned foorth, which tooke one of the best foists that Prior Iehan had, and that with great danger: for the gallies and bulworks shot so freshlie all at one instant, that it was mar∣uell how the Englishmen escaped. The lord admerall perceiuing that the Frenchmen would not come a∣broad, called a councell, wherein it was determined,* 2.125 that first they would assaile Prior Iehan and his gal∣lies lieng in Blanke sable baie, and after to set on the residue of the French fléet in the hauen of Brest. Then first it was appointed, that the lord Ferrers, sir Stephan Bull, and other, should go ala••d with a conueuient number to assault the bulworkes, while the admerall entered with row barges and little gallies into the baie, and so should the Frenchmen be assailed both by water and land.

The lord admerall by the counsell of a Spanish knight called sir Alfonse Charant, affirming that he might enter the baie with little ieopardie, called to him William Fitz Williams, William Cooke, Iohn Colleie, and sir Wolstan Browne, as his chéefe and most trustie fréends, making them priuie to his intent; which was to take on him the whole en∣terprise, with their assistance. And so on S. Markes daie, which is the fiue and twentith of Aprill, the said admerall put himselfe in a small row barge, appoin∣ting thrée other small rowing ships, and his owne ship bote to attend him;* 2.126 and therewith vpon a sud∣den rowed into the baie, where Prior Iehan had moored vp his gallies iust to the ground: which gal∣lies with the bulworkes on the land, shot so terriblie, that they that followed were afraid. But the adme∣rall passed forward, & as soone as he came to the gal∣lies, he entered & droue out the Frenchmen. Willi∣am Fitz Williams within his ship was sore hurt with a quarell. The baie was shallow, and the other ships could not enter, for the tide was spent.

Which thing the Frenchmen perceiuing, they en∣tered the gallies againe with moris pikes, and fought with the English in the gallies. The admerall per∣ceiuing their approch, thought to haue entred againe into his row barge, which by violence of the tide was driuen downe the streame, and with a pike he was

throwne ouer the boord,* 2.127 and so drowned, and also the forenamed Alfonse was there slaine: all the other boates and vessels escaped verie hardlie awaie: for if they had taried, the tide had failed them, and then all had béene lost. The lord Ferrers and the other capteins were right sorowfull of this chance: but when there was no remedie, they determined not to attempt anie further, till they might vnderstand the kings pleasure, and so they returned into Eng∣land. [line 10]

The Frenchmen perceiuing that the English fléet departed from the coasts of Britaine and drew towards England, did come foorth of their hauens, and Prior Iehan set foorth his gallies and foists, and drawing alongst the coasts of Normandie and Bri∣taine, coasted ouer to the borders of Sussex with all his companie,* 2.128 and there landed, and set fire on cer∣teine poore cotages. The gentlemen that dwelt néere, raised the countrie, and came to the coast, and droue Prior Iehan to his gallies. The king was right sorie [line 20] for the death of his admerall; but sorrow preuaileth not when the chance is past. Therefore the king hea∣ring that the French nauie was abroad, called to him the lord Thomas Howard eldest brother to the late admerall,* 2.129 and sonne and heire apparant to the earle of Surrie, whome he made admerall, willing him to reuenge his brothers death. The lord Ho∣ward humblie thanked his grace of the trust that he put in him, and so immediatlie went to the sea, and scowred the same, that no Frenchman durst shew [line 30] himselfe on the coast of England, for he fought with them at their owne ports.

The king hauing all his prouisions readie for the warre, and meaning to passe the sea in his owne per∣son, for the better taming of the loftie Frenchmen, appointed that worthie councellor and right redoub∣ted chéefteine, the noble George Talbot earle of Shrewesburie,* 2.130 high steward of his houshold, to be capteine generall of his fore-ward; and in his com∣panie were appointed to go, the lord Thomas Stan∣leie [line 40] earle of Derbie, lord Decowreie prior of saint Iohns, sir Robert Ratcliffe lord Fitzwater, the lord Hastings, the lord Cobham, sir Rice ap Thomas, sir Thomas Blunt, sir Richard Sacheuerell, sir Iohn Digbie, sir Iohn Askew, sir Lewes Bagot, sir Tho∣mas Cornewall, and manie other knights, esqui∣ers, and souldiers; to the number of eight thousand men. These passed the sea, and came all to Calis a∣bout the middle of Maie.

The lord Herbert called sir Charles Summer∣set, [line 50] lord chamberleine to the king, in the end of the same moneth followed the said earle of Shrewesbu∣rie, with six thousand men: in whose companie were the erls of Northumberland Percie, of Kent Greie, of Wilshire Stafford, the lord Dudleie, the lord De∣laware, and his sonne sir Thomas West, sir Ed∣ward Husseie, sir Edward Dimmocke, sir Dauid Owen, with manie other knights, esquiers, and gentlemen. After they had soiourned certeine daies in Calis, and that all their necessaries were readie, they issued foorth of the towne, so to begin their [line 60] campe. And first the earle of Shrewesburie and his companie tooke the field, and after him the lord Her∣bert with his retinues in manner of a rere-ward. Then followed that valiant knight sir Rice ap Tho∣mas, with fiue hundred light horssemen and archers on horssebacke, who ioined himselfe to the fore-ward, a gentleman of such spirit and hardinesse, that he is named the floure of the Welshmen, as the poet saith:

—Ricius Thomas flos Cambrobritannûm.

These two lords thus imbattelled did remooue the seuentéenth of Iune to Sandifield, & on the eightéenth they came to Marguison, on the further side of the water, as though they would haue passed streight∣waies to Bullongne.* 2.131 But they meaning an other thing, the next daie tooke an other waie, and so coasted the countrie with such diligence, that the two and twentith of Iune they came before the strong citie of Terrouan, and pight their tents a mile from the towne. The same night (as certeine capteins were in councell within the lord Herberts tent) the baron Carew was slaine with a bullet shot out of the towne;* 2.132 which sudden aduenture much dismaied the assemblie, but the lord Herbert comforted them with manlie words, and so his death was passed ouer. All the countrie of Artois and Picardie fortified their holds, and made shewes as the English armie pas∣sed, but they durst not once assaile them.

The citie of Terrouan was stronglie fortified with walles, rampiers, bulworks, and large ditches.* 2.133 The lord Pontremie was gouernour within it, ha∣uing with him six hundred horssemen, and 2500 Al∣mans, besides the inhabitants. The walles & towers were full of ordinance, which oftentimes did much dis∣pleasure to the Englishmen.* 2.134 The earle of Shrewes∣burie planted his siege on the northwest side of the towne, and the lord Herbert on the east side, causing great trenches to be made to couer his people with∣all: for on that side there was no hill to succour or defend him. The Frenchmen and Almans would di∣uerse times issue out, but the archers were euer rea∣die to beat them into the citie againe. The earle of Shrewesburie got into an hollow ground or vallie néere to the citie, and likewise the lord Herbert (by reason of his trenches) approched likewise verie néere to the ditches.

The seuen and twentith daie of Iune being mon∣daie, sir Nicholas Uaux and sir Edward Belknap, hauing with them foure hundred and thrée score men set from Guisnes to conduct foure and twentie carts laden with vittels towards the siege at Terrouan; but the duke of Uandosme lieutenant of Picardie with eight hundred horssemen set on them as they passed through Ard, and found them so out of order, that notwithstanding all that the English capteins could doo to bring men into arraie, it would not be: for the Frenchmen set on so readilie, that they kept the Englishmen in sunder. Yet the horssemen of Guisnes, being not past foure and twentie in all, tooke their speares and ioined with the Frenchmen right manfullie, and likewise thrée score archers shot freshlie at their enimies; but the Frenchmen were so manie in number, that they obteined the place, slue eight gentlemen, and diuerse archers. Sir Nicholas Uaux and sir Edward Belknap fled toward Guis∣nes.

Thus were the vittels lost, and yet the French∣men went not awaie with cleere hands: for those few archers that closed togither, shot so egerlie, that they slue and hurt diuerse Frenchmen; and on the field laie foure score and seuen great horsses, which died there in the place, and neuer went further. On the fiftéenth day of Iune the K. departed from Gréene∣wich, taking his iourneie towards Douer,* 2.135 whither he came by easie iournies, and the quéene in his com∣panie. After he had rested a season in the castell of Douer, and taken order for the rule of the realme in his absence, he tooke leaue of the queene, and entring his ship the last daie of Iune, being the daie of saint Paule: he sailed ouer to Calis, where he was recei∣ued with great ioy by the deputie sir Gilbert Talbot and all other there. At his entring into Calis, all the banished men entred with him, and were restored to the libertie of the towne. The king laie in Calis a certeine time, till all his prouisions were readie, but the armie laie in campe at Newnham bridge.

On the one and twentith of Iulie, the kings ma∣iestie passed foorth of Calis, and tooke the field, diui∣ding

the armie which he had there with him into three battels.* 2.136 The lord Lisle marshall of the host was cap∣teine of the fore-ward, and vnder him thrée thousand men: sir Richard Carew with three hundred kept on the right side of the same fore-ward as a wing there∣to: and the lord Darcie with other three hundred men was a wing on the left hand. The fore-riders of this battell were the Northumberland men on light geldings. The earle of Essex was lieutenant gene∣rall of the speares, and sir Iohn Pechie was vicego∣uernour [line 10] of all the horssemen, and sir Iohn Burdet standard-bearer to the kings spears. An eight hun∣dred Almans went on a plumpe by themselues be∣fore the kings battell, and the duke of Buckingham with six hundred men was on the kings left hand, e∣quall with the Almans, in like maner as sir Edward Poinings was on the right hand, with other six hun∣dred men equall with the Almans.

In the kings battell, where was the standard of the armes of England borne by sir Henrie Guilford, [line 20] there were thrée thousand; & the lord of Aburgauenie with eight hundred men was wing on the right hand, and sir William Compton with the retinue of the bishop of Winchester, and of maister * 2.137 Woolseie the kings almoner, being in number eight hundred was in manner of a rere-gard. Sir Anthonie Ough∣tred and sir Iohn Neuill with the kings speares that followed were foure hundred, and so the whole armie conteined eleuen thousand and three hundred men. The number of the cariages were thirtéene hundred, [line 30] and the number of them that attended the same were ninetéene hundred men, and all these were rec∣koned in the battell: but of good fighting men & soul∣diers appointed for the purpose, there were not full nine thousand. In this order the king with his armie marched forward through the confines of his eni∣mies to the siege of Terrouan, entring into the French ground the fiue and twentith of Iulie being mondaie. On the morrow after as the armie mar∣ched forward, by negligence of the carters that mi∣stooke [line 40] the waie, a great curtall (called the Iohn E∣uangelist) was ouerthrowne in a déepe pond of wa∣ter and could not quicklie be recouered.

The king being aduertised that the Frenchmen approched to fight with him, left the gun (bicause the maister carpenter vndertooke to weie it shortlie out of the water) & set forward, passing on by Tornohan, which he left on his right hand, and a little beyond pit∣ched downe his field abiding for his enimies, the which (as he was informed) were not far off.* 2.138 On the [line 50] morrow after being wednesdaie, the Reliefe of the speares brought word that they had ascried the French armie comming forward in order of battell, to the number of eleuen thousand footmen, and foure thousand horssemen. Capteins of this armie were the lord de la Palice, the lord de Priennes, the duke of Longuile, the earle of S. Paule, the lord of Flo∣ringes, the lord of Cleremont, & Richard de la Poole a banished man, son to Iohn duke of Suffolke. They came within two miles of the kings armie, and there [line 60] the footmen staled, and came no further.

But certeine of the horssemen to the number of thrée thousand came forward, and at the end of a wood shewed themselues in ope•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the English ar∣mie. And thus they stood countenancing the Eng∣lishmen.* 2.139 Some of the northerne prickers made to them, and in skirmishing with them, tooke some of them prisoners. About noone the same daie, that va∣liant Welsh knight sir Rice ap Thomas with his re∣tinue of horssemen being departed from the siege of Terrouan came to the king, and streightwaies was sent to the earle of Essex, which with two hundred speares was laid in a stale, if the Frenchmen had come neerer. When they were ioined togither, they drew about the hill, hauing with them sir Thomas Guilford, with two hundred archers on horssebacke, meaning to set on the Frenchmen: which percei∣uing that, and doubting least more companie had fol∣lowed, they suddenlie drew backe, and ioined them with their great battell.

Then the earle of Essex and the English horsse∣men followed them, till they came néere to the armie of France, and then scaled and sent foorth light horsse∣men to view the demeanor of the Frenchmen. When the Frenchmen of armes were returned to their battell, then both the horssemen and footmen with∣drew in order of battell, and still the English currors followed them for the space of three leagues, and then returned to the earle, making report to him of that they had séene, who then brake vp his stale, and came to the king, declaring to him how the Frenchmen were gone backe.* 2.140 This was called the drie wednes∣daie; for the daie was woonderfull hot, and the king with his armie stood in order of battell, from six of the clocke in the morning till three of the clocke in the af∣ter noone. And some died for lacke of moisture, and generallie euerie man was burned about the mouth with heat of the stomach; for drinke lacked, and wa∣ter was not neere.

After this the king remooued toward Terrouan, and as he was setting forward, the lord Walon of Flanders came to him with his horssemen, which were alreadie in the kings wages. As the armie pas∣sed, by negligence the same daie in a lane was o∣uerthrowne one of the kings bombards of iron,* 2.141 cal∣led the red gun, and there left. The king lodged that night two miles from saint Omers on the north side of the towne. On the thursdaie, being the eight and twentith of Iulie, the maister carpenter with an hun∣dred carpenters and labourers, without knowledge of the marshall, went to weie vp the great gun that was in the pond (as ye haue heard) and by force of engins drew it vp, and carted it readie to bring a∣waie:* 2.142 but suddenlie there came an eight hundred Frenchmen with speares, crossebowes, and hand∣guns, which set on the labourers so fiercelie, that not∣withstanding their manfull defense, the most part of them were slaine and the residue taken, and both they and the péece of ordinance conueied to Bullongne.

The Frenchmen glad of this chance, assembled a great number to fetch the other gun, which laie yet in the lane. But the lord Berners being capteine of the pioners, and hearing all these things, prepared to re∣couer that gun; and so in the morrow ment to fetch it. There were appointed to go backe to see him safe con∣ducted, the earle of Essex with his companie of speares, sir Rice ap Thomas with his retinue, and sir Iohn Neuill with the Northumberland men. The Almans also were commanded to retire backe to the succours of them that were gone for the gun. The Al∣mans went foorth, till they came within two miles of the place where the gun laie, and further they would not go. The Frenchmen to the number of nine or ten thousand men (as some estéemed) were abroad, and came toward the place where the Englishmen were carting the peece of ordinance.

The Northumberland horssemen hauing espied them, gaue knowledge to the residue of the English∣men, who prepared themselues to defend their ground against the enimies: and the earle of Essex sent to the lord Walon, willing him with his compa∣nie to come to his aid:* 2.143 but the lord Walon sent word againe, that he was come to serue the king of Eng∣land more than for one daie, and therefore he wished that all the Englishmen would returne, sith that with the great power of France they were not able to match. This answer was much displeasant to the earle of Essex and the other capteins. In this m••ane

time the foreriders of the French part were come to the hands of the Englishmen, and so they fell in skir∣mish very hotlie: but at length all things considered, and speciallie the small number of the Englishmen, being not aboue seuen hundred horssemen, it was thought best that they should returne and follow the gun, which they had sent forward.

Herevpon they retreited in order, and not in anie flieng manner, still following the gun. The French∣men perceiuing that, pricked forward to the number [line 10] of two thousand horssemen, & came iust to the backs of the Englishmen, who therewith cast about, and made returne to the Frenchmen. Sir William Ti∣ler and sir Iohn Sharpe were the first that charged, and after all the other Englishmen. The Frenchmen fled immediatlie so fast backe, that happie was he that might be formost. The whole host séeing their horssemen thus had in chase, suddenlie returned. The earle of Essex withdrew to an hill, and there caused his trumpet to blow to the standard for feare of sub∣tile [line 20] dealing; and when his men were come in, and ga∣thered togither,* 2.144 he returned. On the same daie be∣ing fridaie, the nine and twentith of Iulie, the king came to Arkes, & there incamped; whither the earle of Essex came to him, and declared what had beene doone that daie, the king thanking him and other the capteins for their paines and diligence.

* 2.145The king laie here at Arkes till mondaie the first of August, and then remooued to a village midwaie betwixt Terwine and saint Omers, where he lay till [line 30] thursdaie the fourth of August, and came that daie in good order of battell before the citie of Terwine, & there pight vp his tents and pauillions in most roiall manner,* 2.146 fensing his campe right stronglie with ordi∣nance and other warlike deuises. [The king for him∣selfe had a house of timber with a chimnie of iron, and for his other lodgings he had great and goodlie tents of blew water worke garnished with yellow and white, diuerse roomes within the same for all offi∣ces necessarie. On the top of the pauillions stood the [line 40] kings beasts holding fanes, as the lion, the dragon, the greihound, the antelope, the dun cow: all within the lodging was pointed full of the sunnes rising, the lodging was one hundred and fiue and twentie foote in length.]

The king lieng before Terwine, his great ordi∣nance did sore beat the towne walles, & they within likewise shot ordinance out of the towne, and slue di∣uerse Englishmen in the trenches, among which shots they had one gun that euerie daie and night was ordinarilie shot at certeine houres without [line 50] faile: this gun was of the Englishmen called the whistling gun, but it neuer did harme in the kings field. The siege thus lieng before the citie of Terwine, sir Alexander Bainam a capteine of the miners, caused a mine to be enterprised to enter into the towne: but the Frenchmen perceiuing that, made a countermine, and so destroied the other mine, and di∣uerse miners slaine within the same. The French ar∣mie houered euer a farre to take the Englishmen at [line 60] aduantage, as they went a forraging; and manie a skirmish was doone, and manie good feates of armes atchiued on both sides, and diuerse prisoners taken. Among the Frenchmen were certeine light horsse∣men called Stradiots, with short stirrops, beuer hats small speares,* 2.147 and swords like cimiteries of Turkie: diuerse times the northerne light horssmen vnder the conduct of sir Iohn Neuill skirmished with these Stradiots and tooke diuerse of them prisoners, and brought them to the king.

While the king laie thus before Terwine, the capteine of Bullongne knowing by his espials, that manie of the garrison of Calis were with the king at the siege, and also that vittels were dailie brought out of England to Calis to succour the campe, ima∣gined a great enterprise, and sent for all the men of warre vnder his dominion and rule, and declared to them what honour they should obteine if they hurted or spoiled the out parts of Calis, the king of England on that side of the sea. The men of warre perceiuing the good courage of the capteine, assented to his pur∣pose, and so with all diligence they, to the number of a thousand men, in the euening set forward, & came to Newnam bridge by thrée of the clocke in the mor∣ning, and found the watchmen that kept the bridge asléepe, & so entred the bulworke and slue the watch∣men, and tooke the ordinance of the bridge, and then let the bridge fall, so that all entred that would.

The capteine of Bullongne kept six hundred men for a stale at the bridge, & sent the other into the ma∣rishes and medows to fetch awaie the beasts and cat∣tell which they should find there. This was doone, and some of them came so néere the walles of Calis, that they were escried. And about a six score coupers, ba∣kers, shipmen & other which laie without the towne, hearing the alarme, got togither, & setting on those Frenchmen which were aduanced so néere the towne, slue them downe that abode,* 2.148 chased them that fled euen into Newnam bridge, and recouered the same, and put backe their enimies. About fiue of the clocke in the morning, the gate of Calis called Bullongne gate was opened, and then by permission of the deputie, one Culpeper the vnder-marshall with two hundred archers vnder a banner of saint George issued foorth.* 2.149

All these in great hast came to Newnam bridge, where they found the other Englishmen that had woone the bridge of the Frenchmen, and so altogi∣ther set forward to assaile the Frenchmen that kept the stale, and taried till the residue of their companie which were gone a forraging vnto Calis walles were come: for the other that had spoiled the mari∣shes were returned with a great bootie. At the first, when the Frenchmen saw the Englishmen approch, they thought they had bene their owne fellowes. But when they saw the banner of saint George, they per∣ceiued how the matter went, & so determined to de∣fend themselues against their enimies; but the Eng∣lishmen set so fiercelie on, that finallie the French∣men were discomfited, and foure and twentie of them slaine, beside twelue score that were taken prisoners, and all the ordinance and bootie againe recouered.

These prisoners were brought to Calis, & there sold in open market. [Among all other,* 2.150 a couper of the towne of Calis bought a prisoner of this bootie that dwelt in Bullongne, and had of the prisoner an hun∣dred crowns for his ransome. When the monie was paied, the Frenchman praied the couper to sée him safe deliuered, and to conduct him out of danger.* 2.151 The couper gentlie granted, and without anie know∣ledge of his friends, all alone went with the French∣man till he came beyond the causeie, & there would haue departed: but the Frenchman perceiuing that the couper was aged, and that no reskue was nie, by force tooke the couper prisoner, and caried him to Bullongne, & made him paie two hundred crowns for his ransome: thus through follie was the poore cou∣per deceiued. Wherefore it is wisedome for a man to hold fast his possession, and to supplie his want of strength by subtiltie; imitating therein the fox, which although in force he be inferior to the lion, as not able to beare the yerking of his taile, or a pelt of his paw; yet in craft he goeth beyond that boisterous beast, and so escapeth danger, which otherwise he might susteine.]

On the eleuenth day of August, being thursday, the king lieng at the siege of Terwine, had knowledge that Maximilian the emperour was in the towne of

Aire.* 2.152 The king prepared all things necessarie to méet with the emperour in triumph. The noble men of the kings campe were gorgeouslie apparelled, their coursers barded with cloth of gold, of damaske and broderie, their apparell all tissue, cloth of gold and sil∣uer, and goldsmiths woorke, great chains of baude∣rikes of gold, and belles of bullion: but in especiall the duke of Buckingham, he was in purple sattin, his apparell and his bard full of antelops and swans of fine gold bullion, and full of spangles, & little bels [line 10] of gold maruellous costlie and pleasant to behold. The K. was in a garment of great riches in iewels and stone, he was armed in a light armour. The ma∣ster of his horsse followed him with a spare horsse, the henchmen followed bearing the kings péeces of harnesse, euerie one mounted on a great courser.

The one bare his helmet, the second his grangard, the third his speare, the fourth his axe, and so euerie one had something belonging to a man of armes.* 2.153 The apparell of the nine henchmen were white cloth of [line 20] gold, and crimsin cloth of gold, richlie embrodered with goldsmithes worke, the trappers of the coursers were mantell harnesse coulpened, and in euerie vent a long bell of fine gold, and on euerie pendent a déepe tassell of fine gold in bullion, which trappers were ve∣rie rich. The king and the emperour met betwéene Aire and the campe, in the foulest weather that light∣lie hath béene seene. The emperour gentlie intertei∣ned the king, and the king likewise him, and after a little communication had betwene them, bicause the [line 30] weather was foule, they parted for that time. The em∣perour & all his men were at that daie all in blacke cloth, for the empresse his wife was latelie deceased.

Within a day or two after this interuiew, and that the king was returned to his campe,* 2.154 thither came a king at armes of Scotland called Lion, with his cote of armes on his backe, who within short time was by Gartier king of armes brought to the kings presence, where he being almost dismaid to see the king so noblie accompanied, with few words & meet∣lie [line 40] good countenance, deliuered a letter to the king, which his grace receiued and read it himselfe; and therewith hauing conceiued the whole contents thereof, made this answer immediatly to the herald.

Now we perceiue the king of Scots our brother in law,* 2.155 and your master to be the same person whom we euer tooke him to be, for we neuer estéemed him to be of anie truth: and so now we haue found it. For notwithstanding his oth, his promise in the word of a king, and his owne hand and seale; yet [line 50] now he hath broken his faith & promise to his great dishonour and infamie for euer, and intendeth to in∣uade our realme in our absence, which he durst not once attempt, our owne person being present. But he sheweth himselfe not to be degenerat from the conditions of his forfathers, whose faiths (for the most part) haue euer béene violated, and their promises neuer obserued, further than they list. Therefore tell thy master, first, that he shall neuer be comprised in anie league wherein I am a confederat; and also that [line 60] I suspecting his truth (as now the déed prooueth) haue left an earle in my realme at home, which shall be a∣ble to defend him and all his power. For we haue prouided so, that he shall not find our land destitute of people as he thinketh to doo: but this saie to thy ma∣ster, that I am the very owner of Scotland, & that he holdeth it of me by homage. And insomuch as now. contrarie to his bounden dutie, he being my vassall, dooth rebell against me, with Gods helpe I shall at my returne expell him his realme, and so tell him.

Sir said the king of armes, I am his naturall sub∣iect, and he is my naturall lord, and that he comman∣deth me to say, I may boldlie say with fauour, but the commandements of other I may not, nor dare say to my souereigne: but your letters, with your honor sent, may declare your pleasure, for I may not say such words of reproch to him, to whom I owe onelie mine allegiance and faith. Then said the king, Wher∣fore came you hither? will you receiue no answer? Yes said Lion, but your answer requireth dooing and no writing, that is, that immediatlie you should re∣turne home. Well said the king; I will returne to your damage, and not at thy maisters summoning. Then the king commanded Gartier to take him to his tent, and to make him good cheare, which so did, and cherished him well: for he was sore abashed.

After he was departed, the king sent for all the capteins, and before them and his councell caused the letter to be read, the contents wherof were,* 2.156 that king Henrie had not dealt with him vprightlie in sundrie points, as in mainteining of those which had slaine his people of Scotland by sea, and also in succouring bastard Heron with his complices, which had (vnder trust of daies of méeting for iustice) slaine his war∣den. Also his wiues legacie was by him withholden: & moreouer, where first he had desired him in fauour of his dere cousin the duke of Gelder, not to attempt anie thing against him; yet had he sent his people to inuade the said dukes countrie, which did what in them lay to destroie and dishinherit the said duke, that had nothing offended against him.

And now againe, where he had made the like re∣quest for his brother & cousine the most christian king of France: yet notwithstanding, had the king of England caused him to lose his duchie of Millaine, and at this present inuaded his realme with all his puissance, to destroie him and his subiects, whereas yet the said king of France had béene euer fréend to him, & neuer giuen him occasion thus to doo. In con∣sideration of which iniuries receiued in his owne per∣son, and in his friends, he must néeds seeke redresse, and take part with his brother and cousine the said king of France. Wherefore he required him to desist from further inuasion and destruction of the French dominions, which to doo if he refused, he plainlie de∣clared by the same letters, that he would doo what he could to cause him to desist from further pursute in that his enterprise, & also giue letters of marque to his subiects for the deniall of iustice made to them by the king of England.

The letters thus sent to the king of England, were dated at Edenburgh the six and twentith daie of Iulie, and giuen vnder the signet of the said Sco∣tish king. When the king had thus caused these let∣ters to be read, and throughlie considered of them as apperteined, he sent them straight to the earle of Surrie, which then laie at Pomfret,* 2.157 and caused other letters to be deuised to the king of Scots, the effect whereof was; that although he well perceiued by the kings letters, which he had receiued from him, in what sort, vnder colour of contriued occasions and feined quarrelles, he meant to breake the peace, he did not much maruell thereat, considering the ancient accustomed manners of some his progenitors.

Howbeit, if loue and dread of God,* 2.158 nighnesse of blood, honour of the world, law and reason had bound him, it might be supposed, that he would neuer so farre haue procéeded; wherein the pope and all prin∣ces christned might well note in him dishonorable de∣meanor, which had dissembled the matter, whilest he was at home in his realme; and now in his absence thus went about vpon forged causes to vtter his old rancor, which in couert manner he had long kept se∣cret. Neuerthelesse, vpon mistrust of such vnstedfast∣nesse, he had put his realme in a readinesse to resist his enterprises, as he doubted not through Gods fa∣uour, and the assistance of his confederats, he should be able to resist the malice of all schismatikes, and

their adherents, being by generall councell expreslie excommunicated & interdicted, trusting in time con∣uenient to remember his friends, & requite his foes.

Moreouer, he willed him to set before his eies the example of the king of Nauarre,* 2.159 who for assistance giuen to the French king was now a king without a realme. And as touching answere to be made to the manifold griefs in the Scotish kings letters sur∣mised, if law or reason could haue remooued him from his sensuall opinions, he had beene manie times al∣readie [line 10] answered sufficientlie to the same; vnlesse to the pretended griefs therein amongst other compri∣sed, for denieng of a safe conduct to the Scotish am∣bassadour to haue beene lastly sent vnto him. Wher∣vnto thus he answered; that the same safe conduct had béene granted, if the Scotish herald would haue taken it with him.

And finallie, as touching the Scotish kings re∣quest,* 2.160 to desist from further attempting against the French K. he signified to him, that he knew him for [line 20] no competent iudge of so high authoritie, as to re∣quire him in that behalfe, and therefore God willing he ment with the aid and assistance of his confede∣rats & alies to prosecute his begun attempt. And as the Scotish king should doo to him, & to his realme, so it should be hereafter remembred and acquited. These letters were written in the campe before Terwine the twelfe of August, and giuen vnder the kings signet, and therewith deliuered to Lion king of armes, who had of the king 100 angels in reward. [line 30]

Then departed he with his letters into Flan∣ders,* 2.161 there to take ship to saile into Scotland, but yer he could haue a vessell and wind for his purpose, his maister was slaine, as after ye shall heare. In this meane while the Frenchmen being assembled and lodged in campe at Blangie on this side Amiens, the French king appointed that all the horssmen to the number of eight thousand (as Paulus Iouius recor∣deth) should go with vittels vnto Terwine,* 2.162 and put the same into the towne, if by anie meanes they [line 40] might, for that those within stood as then in great necessitie for want of vittels.

* 2.163The charge of this conueie was committed vn∣to Monsieur de Piennes, because he was lieutenant of those marches: notwithstanding there were a∣mongst the number, other noble men of more high degrée in honor, and also of great prowesse, fame, and experience, furnished with sundrie bands of men at armes of long approoued valiancie, and vsed to go a∣waie with victorie in manie a dangerous conflict and [line 50] battell, wanting at this present nothing but their old accustomed good fortune. Whilest the Frenchmen were thus prepared to come with vittels to Ter∣wine,* 2.164 the emperour Maximilian came from Aire to the kings campe before Terwine the twelfe of Au∣gust, wearing a crosse of saint George as the kings souldier, & receiuing of him salarie for seruice; which Anglorum praelia noteth as noteworthie, saieng:

Subrege Anglorum magnus meret induperator.

The emperour was honourablie receiued, and lod∣ged [line 60] in a rich tent of cloth of gold prepared for him, according as was conuenient for his estate. He ta∣ried vntill sundaie being the foureteenth of August, and then returned to Aire: and on the morrow after came againe being mondaie the fiftéenth of August, on which daie there chanced a great fraie betwixt the Almans of the kings campe,* 2.165 and the Englishmen, insomuch that manie were slaine. The Almans ran to the kings ordinance and tooke it, and imbattelled themselues, and bent the ordinance against the king and his campe. The English prepared their bowes, and the Almans made redie their pikes: but the cap∣teins tooke such paines in the matter, that the fraie was appeased.

Now as this trouble was in hand, the emperour came from Aire, and saw all the demeanour of both parts, and was glad to behold the discréet behauiour of the capteins.* 2.166 After that the emperour was thus come to the kings field, the king called a councell, at the which the emperour was present, where it was de∣bated, by what meanes they might best constreine them within to deliuer vp the towne, and especial∣lie how to kéepe them from vittels & other succours, which the French armie (as it was knowne) meant verie shortlie to minister vnto them. Some were of this mind, and namelie the emperour; that bridges should be made ouer the riuer, to passe ouer a part of the armie to besiege the towne on that side; where o∣therwise the French armie might vittell the towne at their pleasures.

Others were of a contrarie mind, doubting what might happen, if the armie should be so diuided, least the Frenchmen setting on the backe of the one part of the armie, and they within the towne to sallie out in their faces, some misfortune might happen yer the other part could passe the riuer to the succour of their fellowes. Yet at length the former purpose was al∣lowed as most necessarie; and therefore commande∣ment was giuen to the maister of the ordinance, that in all hast he should cause fiue bridges to be made ouer the water for the armie to passe.* 2.167 The car∣penters so applied their worke that night, that the bridges were made by the next morow, and all the horssemen first passed ouer, and then the king with his whole battell, and the great ordinance followed and passed ouer to the other side of the water. This was on the sixteenth daie of August being tuesdaie.

On the same morning the Frenchmen were com∣ming with their conueie of vittels to refresh the towne, hauing appointed one part of their troops to kéepe on that side the riuer where the English armie was first incamped, and where the earle of Shrewes∣burie still kept his field; that in offering the skir∣mish on that side, the residue of the horssemen might with more ease and safetie put the vittels and other necessarie things into the towne on the other side. Here might a man haue séene of what force in wars sudden chance is oftentimes.* 2.168 For the king thus with his battell passing the riuer, meaning to besiege the towne on euerie side, and the Frenchmen at that same instant hauing also passed the riuer with other carriages laden with vittels, purposing to reléeue the towne on that side, caused no small doubt to be conceiued of ech others meaning, on both parts, least that the one, hauing knowlege of the others purpose, had béene prepared for to hinder the same.

And yet was it nothing so, for neither the king knew of the Frenchmens approch that daie, neither they of his passing ouer the water.* 2.169 But when the king had aduertisement giuen him (by the light horssemen that were sent abroad to discouer the countrie) how the Frenchmen were at hand; he pre∣pared himselfe to the battell, and first set foorth his horssemen,* 2.170 and then followed himselfe with his bat∣tell of footemen. The French capteins being hereof aduised, determined not to fight without their foot∣men; and therefore with all spéed sent backe their carriages, and staied with their horssemen, vntill the carriages might haue leasure to get out of danger. In the meane time the Englishmen aduanced for∣ward, and their horssemen mounted vp the hill, where the French horssemen were in troope, with thirtie and three standards spred, & might sée the Eng∣lishmen comming, and the kings battell marching forward with the Almans.

There were amongest the Frenchmen certeine companies of Estradiots, which being placed before the French hoast, as they came downe the hill to

skirmish with the Englishmen saw where the ban∣ners of the English horssemen were comming,* 2.171 and the kings battell following vpward, weening vere∣lie that all had béene horssemen, wherevpon they cast themselues about and fled. The Frenchmen were so fast in arraie, that the Estradiots could not enter; and so they ran still by the ends of the Frenchmens ranks. Herewith the English horssemen set on, and about an hundred archers on horsse-backe, being lighted beside their horsses, and set by an hedge all a∣longest [line 10] a village side called Bomie, shot freshlie at their enimies; & also certeine culuerings being pla∣ced on the top of an hill were discharged amongest the thickest prease of the Frenchmen; so that finallie the French were discomfited: for those that were be∣hind saw the fall of some of their standards, which the Englishmen ouerthrew, and their Estradiots also (in whome they had great confidence) returne.

They that were furthest off fled first, and then the Englishmen & Burgognian horssemen,* 2.172 which were [line 20] with them, egerlie followed the chase, in the which were taken the duke of Longuile, brother to the earle of Dunois that had married the daughter and heire to the marquesse of Rothlois, the lord of Clere∣mont, capteine Baiard, monsieur de Busie, and o∣ther, to the number of twelue score prisoners, and all brought to the kings presence with six standards, which were likewise taken. The Burgognians brought not their prisoners to sight. Monsieur de la Palice, and monsieur de Imbrecourt being taken [line 30] of them and knowne, were put to their ransomes, and licenced maintenantlie to depart vpon their word. Thus was the power of the French horsse∣men by the sharpe incounter of the English horsse∣men, and full fight of the battels of the footmen, fol∣lowing in arraie at the backs of the horssemen, and the discharging of certeine culuerings amongst them, quickelie put to flight without anie great resi∣stance.

The emperour Maximilian was present with the [line 40] king,* 2.173 and ware saint Georges crosse, greatlie in∣couraging the Almans to shew themselues like men, sith the place was fortunate to him and them, to trie the chance of battell in: as they might call to remembrance by the victorie there obteined against the Frenchmen a foure and twentie yeares past. This incounter chancing thus on the sixtéenth daie of August, being tuesdaie, in this fift yeare of king Henries reigne, which was the yeare after the incar∣nation 1513,* 2.174 was called the battell Des esprons, by [line 50] the Frenchmen themselues, that is to saie, the bat∣tell of spurres: forsomuch as they in stéed of sword and lance vsed their spurres, with all might and maine to pricke foorth their horsses to get out of dan∣ger; so that in them was verefied the old prouerbe, One paire of heeles is worth two paire of hands.

That wing of the horssemen also, which was ap∣pointed to skirmish with the Englishmen on the o∣ther side the riuer, whilest the other might haue con∣ueied the vittels into the towne, was fiercelie bea∣ten [line 60] backe by the martiall prowesse of the valiant erle of Shrewesburie, sir Rice ap Thomas, and other wor∣thie capteins, which laie on that side the water. The duke of Alanson, the earle of saint Paule, and mon∣sieur de Florenges, had the leading of those French∣men. They within the towne were in great hope of succour this daie, and when they saw the French power approch, they sallied foorth on that side where the lord Herbert laie, and skirmished with his people verie proudlie, but they were repelled to the gates of their towne, and manie of them slaine by the high valiancie of the said lord Herbert and his cap∣teins.

After that the Englishmen were returned from the chase of the Frenchmen, whome they had follow∣ed a thrée long miles from the field, the king made sir Iohn Pechie a baneret, and Iohn Carre knight, which was sore hurt: sir Iohn Pechie had his guidon taken, and diuerse of his men hurt,* 2.175 they followed so farre in the chase. After this ouerthrow of the French horssemen, the K. compassed the towne more streict∣lie on ech side, and the batterie was brought so nigh the wals as might be, wherwith breaches were made in sundrie places, by meanes whereof the lord Pon∣tremie despairing any long time to kéepe the towne, fell to a composition, and yéelded it vp to the kings hands. This incounter and ouerthrow,* 2.176 with the gi∣uing vp of Terwine, is extant to the knowledge of forren nations (to be read) recorded as followeth:

Francorum pugnax equitatus praelia miscet, Succurrúntque suis, sed frustra infirmior arma Turba capit; palmam bellando potentior Anglus Aufert, laethifera transfossis hostibus hasta. Diruta turrifragis bombardis moenia praebent Brutigenae ingressum facilem, Gallísque timorem Inijciunt, tandem Terrouana deditur Anglo.

Howbeit this yéelding vp of the said towne was with condition, that the souldiers might depart with horsse and armour, & that such townesmen as would there remaine, might haue their liues and goods sa∣ued. Thus (I saie) was the citie of Terwine deliue∣red vp to the king of England, with all the ordinance and munitions then being found within the same. This was on the eightéenth of August. The earle of Shrewesburie entered the same night, and caused the banner of saint George to be set vp in the highest place of the towne in signe of victorie. When the lord Pontremie, and all the souldiers were departed, and that the earle of Shrewesburie had searched all the towne to sée that euerie thing was sure, he called the townesmen afore him,* 2.177 and sware them to be true to the king of England. The foure and twentith of Au∣gust the king himselfe entered the towne with great and roiall triumph, and dined in the bishops palace. At after noone he returned to his campe, and on the six and twentith daie of August he remooued againe to Guingate, where he first incamped after the chase of the French horssemen.

Here it was determined in councell, that the wals and fortifications of Terwine should be ra∣sed, which was doone, and the towne burned;* 2.178 except the cathedrall church and the palace. All the ordinance was sent to Aire to be kept there to the kings vse. Af∣ter this, it was concluded that the king should laie siege to the citie of Tornaie;* 2.179 wherevpon he set for∣ward in thrée battels: the earle of Shrewesburie lea∣ding the va-ward, the king and the emperour gouer∣ning the battell, and the lord Chamberleine follow∣ing with the rere-ward. The first night they incam∣ped beside Aire. Diuerse Englishmen tarieng be∣hind at Terwine for pillage, were surprised by the Frenchmen, which slue some of them, & cast some into the fire.* 2.180 Those that fled escaped verie narrowlie. The king with his armie passed forward towards Tor∣naie, and by the waie visited the yoong prince of Ca∣stile and the ladie Margaret, gouernor of the prince, in the towne of Lislie, whilest his armie laie abroad in the fields beyond Pont Auandien.

There was appointed to attend the king vnto Lis∣lie the duke of Buckingham, the lord marquesse Dorset, the earle of Essex, and the lord Lisle, with di∣uerse other; the charge of his campe he committed for the time to his councell. Then mounted the king vpon a courser, his apparrell & bard were cloth of sil∣uer of small quadrant cuts trauersed and edged with cut cloth of gold, and the border set full of red roses,* 2.181 his armour fresh & set full of iewels. The maister of his horsse sir Henrie Guilford, and the henchmen

followed (as you haue heard before) and the coursers richlie apparelled, and so were manie capteins that waited on the king: by the waie met the king the lord Rauesten with manie noble men. And a mile without the towne there met with him the burges∣ses of Lisle, and presented to him the keies of the towne, saieng, that the emperor their souereigne lord had so commanded them to doo.

The king praised their obedience to their soue∣reigne, and thanked the emperour and them for so high a present as the keies of such a towne. Neuer∣thelesse, [line 10] he had such confidence in them, that he trust∣ed them no lesse than his owne subiects, and so deli∣uered the keies to the prouost of the towne, which was well accompanied. Then met the king a great number of nobles of Flanders, Brabant, Holland, and Henaud,* 2.182 which noblie receiued him. After them came the countie Palatine or Palsgraue, one of the electors of the empire, with thirtie horsses, all his men gorgiouslie apparelled after the fashion of his countrie, and humblie saluted the king. At the gate [line 20] of Lisle the capiteine of the towne stood with a gar∣rison in armor well appointed, all the stréets were set on both sides with burning torches and diuerse good∣lie pageants pleasant to behold. Thus he passed tho∣rough the towne with his sword and maces borne be∣fore him, and alighted at the hall doore with his sword borne, where met with him the emperour, the prince of Castile, and the ladie Margaret, and humblie salu∣ted him.

Then for reuerence of the emperour, the king [line 30] caused his sword to be put vp, and his maces to be laid downe; & so was the king and all other nobles lodged and feasted according to their degrées. In the towne of Lisle was a noise that thrée gunners with handguns should haue slaine the king:* 2.183 for which ru∣mor manie were attached, but nothing prooued. But when these tidings came to the campe, they were ne∣uer merrie till they saw the king againe. Great was the cheere, with bankets, plaies, comedies, maskes, and other pastimes that were shewed to the king in [line 40] the court of Burgognie, and so in solace he soiorned there sundaie and mondaie the nineteenth daie of September. On the twentith daie he sent word that his armie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 remooue toward Tornaie, and so they remooued to a place conuenient betwéene Tor∣naie and Lisle, and certeine capiteins were appoin∣ted to kéepe the passage at the bridge of Auandien.

After that the king had taried at Lisle thrée daies, and had well reposed himselfe, he tooke his leaue, and [line 50] thanked the emperour and the yoong prince, the la∣die Margaret & all the ladies for all his high chéere and solace; and about six of the clocke at night, he de∣parted out of Lisle, and the noble men brought the king foorth and so returned, and then the capteine shut the gates. When the king was a mile and more out of the towne, he asked where his campe laie? And no man there could tell the waie, and guide had they none, the night was so darke & mistie. Thus the king taried a long while,* 2.184 and wist not whither to go; at last [line 60] they met with a vitteler comming from the campe, which was their guide and brought them thither. The maister of the ordinance shot diuerse peeces of ordi∣nance, but they were not heard; but in safetie the king with all his companie returned.

On the one and twentith daie of September the king remooued his campe toward Tornaie, and lod∣ged within thrée miles of the citie, on a corne ground by the riuer. On which night came to the king the emperour and the Palsgraue, which were lodged in rich tents, and noblie serued of all viands and things necessarie. The people about Tornaie were with their goods fled to the citie, and yet the citie had no men of warre to defend it, but with multitude of in∣habitants the same was well replenished. The king commanded sir Rice and his horssemen to view one quarter, and the earle of Essex and his companie an∣other quarter; and the lord Wallon and the lord Lignie the other quarters. Then the two and twen∣tith daie of September, these foure capteins at one time were soone openlie with banners displaied be∣fore the towne, and there made a long stale, and re∣turned.

Then the king sent Gartier king of armes to sum∣mon them to yeeld it ouer into his hands,* 2.185 to whome they made answer, that they receiued no citie of the king of England to kéepe, nor anie would they ren∣der him, with which answer he departed. Then they fortified their wals, and made prouision for vittels, corne, wine, and artillerie, and for all fortifications that might be gotten. And the citie of it selfe was strong, well walled, and turrited with good bul∣works and defenses. But when they saw the king with such a puissance draw néere the citie, they were sore abashed, and called a generall councell. Then the prouost said; Brethren,* 2.186 you know how that the king of England sent an herald to summon vs to render vp to him this citie, or else he would put it and vs to the sword, fier, and bloud. We answered we would be at defense.

Now he is come in our sight to fulfill the message sent by the herald, & now is come the time of our defense.

Howbeit in this matter standeth thrée mischéefs, one is our bounden duetie and allegiance that we owe to our souereigne lord king Lewes of France; the second the liues of vs, our wiues, children, and neighbors; the third how to defend the finall destruc∣tion of this ancient citie, now likelie to fall, which citie was neuer conquered. Now our citie is whole, your liues in safetie, your goods your owne; deter∣mine whether you will haue war or peace. Then the common people cried all; War, war, war. Then said the prouost, Take compassion of wiues and children and of the old folke; consider if you haue no quicke rescue, you cannot continue against yonder puis∣sance, although your courages were neuer so great, this the wisest of the citie and I haue considered.

Then suddenlie was there in the councell a vaunt∣parler, a botcher, which hearing this, called a great number of his affinitie, and went out of the councell and so out of the gates, and set fire of the suburbs on all sides. When the councell saw the minds of the commons, and that their waies might not be follo∣wed, they comforted the people, and mainteined them for their defense.

After this the king approched the citie with his whole armie, and they of the citie issued foorth to prof∣fer the skirmish: but the archers beat them backe. Also the carriage men that came with the herbin∣gers, saw where certeine wagons were entring the citie, vnto the which they ran, and tooke some of them. At this skirmish the horsse of the lord Iohn Graie was slaine vnder him, as he came to defend the car∣riage men; but he himselfe had no hurt. The king with his battell planted his siege on the north side the citie. The earle of Shrewsburie with the fore∣ward lodged toward the south side of the riuer,* 2.187 and there laie that night. The lord Herbert with the rere∣ward incamped himselfe on the west side, and beat the wals and towers of the citie with the great ordi∣nance. The next daie after their comming thither, being the thrée and twentith of September, the earle of Shrewesburie with the fore-ward passed the riuer, & planted his siege on the southside of the citie, stret∣ching to the east end, and bent his ordinance against the walles. And thus was the citie of Tornaie besie∣ged on all parts.

On the fiue and twentith daie of September, the

king receiued letters from the earle of Surrie with the Scotish kings gantlet, whereby he was certified of the slaughter of the said king, and how all things had béene handled at the battell of Floddon,* 2.188 whereof héereafter yee shall find further mention. The king thanked God of the newes, and highlie commended the prowesse of the earle, and other the capteins: howbeit he had a secret letter, that Ches∣shiremen and other fled from sir Edmund Howard in the battell, which letter caused great hartburning, [line 10] and manie words: but the king tooke all things in good part, and would that no man should be disprai∣sed. On the six and twentith daie, fiers were made in the hoast, in token of that victorie against the Scots, and on the seauen and twentith daie being tuesdaie, masse was soong by them of the kings chappell, with Te Deum, and the bishop of Rochester made a sermon, declaring the death of the king of Scots, and lamen∣ting his euill hap and periurie. But now to our pur∣pose of the siege of Tornaie. [line 20]

* 2.189¶ The king of England lieng afront before Tor∣naie, caused his great ordinance to be planted round about the citie, and diuerse trenches were cast, and rampiers made, and the lord Lisle and the lord Wil∣loughbie were appointed to mainteine the ordinance with their bands, and the earle of Kent was lodged before the gate called port Ualencien; so that the ci∣tizens could not issue out, nor no aid could come in. The ordinance dailie beat the gates, towers, & wals, which made a great batterie: and a few Englishmen [line 30] assaulted the port coquerell, but they were too few in number; and if they had béene more in number, they had taken the towne, as the Tornasins confessed after. The citizens of Tornaie considering their e∣state came togither to councell, and there the prouost said in effect as followeth.* 2.190

Friends and bretheren of this noble citie, I cannot too much praise your truth and fidelitie to your souereigne lord the king of France; considering how manfully you haue defen∣ded this citie since the beginning of this siege. [line 40]

But alas! although it be written on the gates gra∣uen in stone, Iammes ton ne a perdeu ton pucellage, that is to saie; Thou hast neuer lost thy maidenhed: yet if this citie had not béene well furnished and euer at the daie appointed sure of rescue, it could not haue continued. Now you see that rescue faileth, our gates be rased, our towers beaten downe, our chiefe tower like to fall, so that if this perilous siege continue, or else if our enimies assault vs, we be not able to de∣fend vs: wherefore now, all these things considered, I would know whether you will treat with the king [line 50] of England or abide the chance. Then they which at the last councell cried War, war; now cried Peace, peace: yet all were not agreed. Then one wise man said, Sirs if the towne be assaulted once againe with a great number, suerlie it will be taken: you saw the experience at the last assault, and then consider if it be taken by force, who is there that can saie he is sure of his life: but by intreatie, the king of England is so mercifull that we may fortune to saue both life and goods.

Then finallie all agréed to treat. [line 60]

Then the prouost sent to the king a trumpet, desi∣ring a safe conduct for him & certeine other to come and to speake with him: which request was to him granted.* 2.191 Then the prouost of the citie, accompanied with eleuen with him of the best of the citie, came to the armie, & spake with the lords of the councell, and after were led to the kings presence. The prouost knéeled downe and all his companie, and said:

Right high and mightie prince, although the citie of Tor∣naie is strong, well walled, well replenished with people, vittels, artillerie, yea and the people in feare and dread of nothing; yet we know that against your great puissance it can not continue long, although it were ten times as strong as it is. Wherefore we knowing by report your honor, your wisedome, your iustice, & noble hart, are content to become your sub∣iects & vassals, so that we may haue and inioy our old lawes, customes, liberties, and franchises, vnder you; as we haue before this doone vnder other princes.

Then said the king; We haue well heard your petition, we will common with our councell & make you answer. And when he had communed with his councell, he answered saieng: Sirs, he that asketh mercie of vs, shall not be denied; and séeing you come to treat, we remit you to our councell. Then they went into the tent of councell, & there the Tor∣nasins fell at a point, and in conclusion they yéelded the citie and ten thousand pounds sterling for the re∣demption of their liberties, and so departed to the ci∣tie, making relation of the king and his noble cou∣rage. On thursdaie the nine and twentith daie of September, the king was in his rich tent of cloth of gold vnder his cloth of estate, to whome came the citi∣zens of the citie, and were sworne to him, and became his subiects.

Then the king appointed the lord Lisle,* 2.192 the lord A∣burgauenie, & the lord Willoughbie to take possessi∣on, which with six thousand men entered the citie, and tooke the market place and the wals, and searched the houses for feare of treason. Then maister Thomas Woolsie the kings almoner called before him all the citizens yoong and old, and sware them to the king of England, the number whereof was foure score thou∣sand. Thus the king of England by conquest came to the possession of the citie of Tornaie. On sundaie the second daie of October, the king entered the citie of Tornaie at port founteine, and foure of the chiefe of the citie ouer him bare a canopie with all the armes of England. Euerie person was in his best apparell, the ladies & gentlewomen laie in the win∣dowes beholding the king and his nobilitie, euerie citizen had in his hand a staffe torch. The king him∣selfe was richlie apparelled in rich armour on a bar∣ded courser, his henchmen bearing his péeces of war, as ax, speare, and other, their coursers were barded with the armes of England, France, Ireland, and o∣ther the kings dominions all richlie brodered. Thus the king with his nobilitie all richlie apparelled with his sword borne before him, his heralds and serge∣ants of armes with trumpets and minstrelsie ente∣red the citie, and came to our ladie church, and there Te Deum was soong.

Then the king called to his presence,* 2.193 Edward Guilford, William Fitz Williams, Iohn Danfie, William Tiler, Iohn Sharpe, William Husse, Iohn Sauage, Christopher Garnish, and diuerse other vali∣ant esquiers, and gaue to them the order of knight∣hood, and then went to his lodging, and at after noone he came to the market place, were was prepared for him a roome. Then he caused a proclamation to be made in his name king of England & France, that no man should gréeue the citizens. During which pro∣clamation the Tornasins scarse looked vp, nor shew∣ed once to him any amiable countenance, which was much marked. The crie finished, the king departed to his campe, leauing the citie in safe keeping. This wéeke the king rode to sée the castell of Morton, and there his grace tooke great pleasure. The king re∣membring the great chéere that the prince of Castile and the ladie Margaret had made him at Lisle, which was but twelue miles English from Tornaie, desi∣red the said prince & ladie, with diuerse other to come to him to his citie of Tornaie, and made preparation for the same, and appointed a iusts, whereof he him∣selfe would be one; and caused a tilt to be made in the market place.

While these things were preparing, the king and

his councell ordered for the sure kéeping of the citie of Tornaie,* 2.194 and there ordeined sir Edward Poi∣nings knight of the order of the garter to be his lieu∣tenant with foure hundred archers, with capteins, horssemen, and artillerie conuenient, and to haue aid of Henaud and other the kings friends adioining; and of his gard he left there foure hundred archers, and ordinance was appointed for the defense of the same. On mondaie the eleuenth daie of October the king without the towne receiued the prince of Ca∣stile, [line 10] the ladie Margaret, and diuerse other nobles of their countries, and them brought into Tornaie with great triumph. The noise went that the lord Lisle made request of mariage to the ladie Marga∣ret duches of Sau••ie, and daughter to the emperour Maximilian, which before that time was departed from the king with manie rich gifts and monie bor∣rowed: but whether he proffered mariage or not, she fauoured him highlie. There the prince and duches so∣iourned with great solace by the space of ten daies. [line 20]

* 2.195During which time, the eightéenth daie of Octo∣ber began the iusts, the king and the lord Lisle answe∣ring all commers: vpon the king attended foure & twentie knights on foot in coats of purple veluet and cloth of gold. A tent of cloth of gold was set in the place for the armorie & Reliefe. The king had a base and a trapper of purple veluet both set full of SS of bullion, and the lord Lisle in the same suite, there were manie speares broken, and manie a good buffet giuen; the strangers, as the lord Walon and lord E∣merie [line 30] and other did right well. When the iusts were doone, the king & all the other vnhelmed them, & rode about the tilt, and did great reuerence to the ladies, and then the heralds cried to lodging. This night the K. made a sumptuous banket of an hundred dishes to the prince of Castile and the ladie Margaret, and to all other lords and ladies; and after the banket the la∣dies dansed, and then came in the king and eleuen in a maske, all richlie apparelled with bonets of gold, and when they had passed the time at their pleasure, [line 40] the garments of the maske were cast off amongst the ladies, take who could take.

* 2.196On the twentith daie of October, the prince of Ca∣stile and the ladie Margaret (with manie great gifts to them giuen) returned to Lisle and all their traine. After that the king was informed that all directions were taken, and euerie thing put in an order for the sure kéeping of the citie of Tornaie, he betooke the same to sir Edward Poinings knight, which vali∣antlie kept it in good order and iustice. The king & his [line 50] councell before this considering, that the French∣men would giue them no battell, and that winter ap∣proched, which was no time to lie at siege of other townes, concluded to kéepe Tornaie safelie, and to breake vp his campe for that winter, and to begin a∣gaine warre in the spring of the yeare. This was a full conclusion taken by the king and his councell, and so the king and all his people (except such as were appointed to be with sir Edward Poinings) departed out of Tornaie the twentith daie of Sep∣tember:* 2.197 [line 60] and the king and the noble men made such spéed, that shortlie they came to Calis.

Thither came the lord admerall, whome the king heartilie thanked of his paines, and there euerie man was paied his full wages and conduct monie, and ships prepared for the passage; and so the foure and twentith daie of September, the king with a priuie companie tooke ship, and the same day landed at Do∣uer, and shortlie after all his people followed; then he with a small companie rode to Richmond in post to the queene, where was such a louing méeting, that e∣uerie creature reioised.* 2.198 This season began a great mortalitie in London and other places, where much people died. All this winter the kings nauie kept the seas, and robbed and spoiled the Frenchmen on their coasts, so that they were euerie foot afflicted by the English, & wist not which way to remedie it, bearing grudge in their hearts, and wishing a generall de∣struction of their enimies, against whome they did swell with malignitie and indignation, both for their late ouerthrowes and losses aswell of lands as liues; the surrender of Terwin sticking in their stomachs, and the yéelding of Tornaie nipping them at the heart, which had lost the propertie, & was now forced to obeie new lords and new lawes, as our poet saith:

—dominorum serua nouorum, * 2.199Accipit ecce nouas Henrico principe leges.

But now I must returne to speake of the dooings in the North parts, betweene the Englishmen and Scots. Whilest the king was occupied in his warres against France in the summer of this yeare (as be∣fore is mentioned) yée haue heard how the king of Scots sent his letters vnto the king, as then lieng at the siege before Terwine, and what answer was made thereto by the king. Immediatlie vpon the sen∣ding of those his letters conteining in effect a defi∣ance, the king of Scots assembled his people to in∣uade the English confines: but before his whole po∣wer was come togither,* 2.200 the lord Humes that was lord chamberleine of Scotland, on a day in August entered England with seuen or eight thousand men, and getting togither a great bootie of cattell, thought to haue returned therewith into his countrie.

But as he came to passe through a field ouer∣growne with broome, called Milfield,* 2.201 the English men vnder the leading of sir William Bulmer, and other valiant capteins, hauing with them not past a thousand souldiers, being laid within that field in ambushment, brake foorth vpon him: and though the Scots on foot defended themselues right manfullie, yet the English archers shot so wholie togither,* 2.202 that the Scots were constreined to giue place. There were of them slaine at this bickering fiue or six hun∣dred, and foure hundred or more taken prisoners; the lord chamberleine himselfe escaped by flight,* 2.203 but his banner was taken. This was called by the Scots the ill rode. In the meane time was the whole power of Scotland assembled, with the which king Iames approching to the borders,* 2.204 and comming to Norham castell, laid siege thereto, hauing there with him an hundred thousand men.

After he had beaten this castell with his ordinance for the space of six daies togither,* 2.205 the same was deli∣uered vp into his hands; for the capteine was so libe∣rall of his shot and powder, spending the same so freelie before he had cause so to doo, that when it shuld haue stood him in stead, he had none left to aid him, so that in the end he yeelded himselfe without more resistance.* 2.206 In which meane time the earle of Sur∣reie being lieutenant of the north parts of England, in absence of king Henrie, had giuen order to assem∣ble a power of six and twentie thousand men; and comming to Alnwike the third of September being saturdaie, taried there all the next day till the whole number of his people were come, which by reason of the foule way were staied,* 2.207 and could not come for∣ward with such spéed as was appointed. This fourth daie of September then being sundaie, his sonne the lord admerall, with a thousand souldiers and able men of warre, which had beene at sea, came to his fa∣ther; whereof he greatlie reioised for the great wise∣dome, manhood, and experience, which he knew to be in him.

Then the earle and his councell,* 2.208 with great deli∣beration appointed his battels in order, with wings, and with horsmen necessarie. First of the fore-ward was ordeined capteine the lord Howard admerall of England, as well with such as came with him from

the sea, as others. First the lord Clifford, the lord Coniers, the lord Latimer, the lord Scroope of Up∣sall, the lord Ogle, the lord Lomlie, sir Nicholas Ap∣pleyard maister of the ordinance, sir Stephan Bull, sir Henrie Shirburne, sir William Sidneie, sir Ed∣ward Ichingham, sir William Bulmer, with the power of the bishoprike of Durham, sir William Gascoigne, sir Christopher Ward, sir Iohn Euering∣ham, sir Thomas Metham, sir Walter Griffith, and manie others. [line 10]

Of the wing on the right hand of the fore-ward, was capteine sir Edward Howard knight marshall of the host, & with him Brian Tunstall, Rafe Brear∣ton, Iohn Laurence, Richard Bold, esquiers: sir Iohn Booth, sir Thomas Butler, knights: Ri∣chard Done, Iohn Bigod, Thomas Fitz Williams, Iohn Claruis, Brian Stapleton, Robert Warcop, Richard Cholmleie, with the men of Hull, and the kings tenants of Hatfield, and others. Of the wing on the left hand, was capteine sir Marmaduke [line 20] Constable, with his sonnes and kinsmen, sir Willi∣am Persie, and of Lancashire a thousand men. Of the rere-ward was capteine the earle of Surreie himselfe, and with him the lord Scroope of Bolton, sir Philip Tilneie, sir George Darcie, sir Thomas Berkleie, sir Iohn Rocliffe, sir Christopher Pike∣ring, Richard Tempest, sir Iohn Stanleie, with the bishop of Elies seruants, sir Brian Stapleton, Lio∣nell Persie, with the abbat of Whitbies tenants, Christopher Clapham, sir William Gascoigne the [line 30] yoonger, sir Guie Dawneie, maister Magnus, mai∣ster Dalbies seruants, sir Iohn Normanuile, the citi∣zens of Yorke, sir Ninian Markanuile, sir Iohn Willoughbie, with others.

Of the wing on the right hand, was capteine the lord Dacres with his power. Of the left hand wing, was capteine sir Edward Stanleie knight, with the residue of the power of the two counties palantine of Chester and Lancaster. Thus was the host appoin∣ted and diuided into wards and wings at the first, [line 40] though afterward (vpon occasion) this order was somewhat altered. And now that euerie man knew what to doo, the earle of Surrie with his power com∣ming toward the place where he thought to find the Scotish host, was informed how king Iames be∣ing remooued six miles from Norham,* 2.209 laie imbat∣telled vpon a great mounteine called Floddon, a place of such strength, as it was not possible for the Englishmen to come néere him, but to their great disaduantage: for at the foot of the same hill on the [line 50] left hand, there was a great marish ground full of réed and water.

On the right hand it was defended with a riuer called Till, the course whereof being so swift, and the chanell in some places so deepe, that it might not con∣uenientlie be passed. On the backe halfe there were such craggie rocks and thicke woods, that it was not possible to assaile him to anie aduantage that waie foorth. And on the forepart of the campe, where na∣ture had left an easie entrie for men to come to the [line 60] same, all his ordinance was planted aloft vpon the sides of such trenches, as he had caused to be cast for defense on that part. The earle of Surrie herevpon, considering with himselfe, that vnlesse he might de∣uise some policie to cause the Scotish armie to des∣cend the hill, it were not possible for him to accom∣plish his desire, he called about him his councell, and with them tooke aduise in this point.

* 2.210At length it was concluded and determined a∣mong other things, to send Rouge Crosse, purseuant at armes, with a trumpet to the king of Scots, with a message and certeine instructions: which in sub∣stance was, to shew and declare vnto the said king of Scots, that where he (contrarie vnto his oth and league, and vnnaturallie against all reason and con∣science) had entered and inuaded this his brothers realme of England, and done great hurt to the same, in casting downe castels, towers, and houses, bur∣ning, spoiling, and destroieng the same, and cruellie murthering the king of England his brothers sub∣iects; he the said earle would be readie to trie the rightfulnesse of the matter with the king in battell, by fridaie next comming at the furthest, if he of his noble courage would giue him tarieng and abode. And the same did the said earle promise, as he was a true knight vnto God & the king of England his maister.

And before Rouge Crosse should depart with the said instructions,* 2.211 the lord admerall gaue him in cre∣dence to shew the said king of his comming, and part of his companie from the sea with him, and that he had sought the Scotish nauie then being on the sea, but he could not méet with them, bicause they were fled into France by the coast of Ireland. And in as much as the said king had diuerse and manie times caused the said lord to be called at daies of truce, to make redresse for Andrew Barton a pirat of the sea,* 2.212 long before that vanquished by the same lord adme∣rall, he was now come in his owne proper person, to be in the vant-gard of the field, to iustifie the death of the said Andrew against him and all his people, and would sée what could be laid to his charge the said daie.

Furthermore, that he nor none of his companie should take no Scotish noble man prisoner, nor anie other; but they should die if they came in his danger, vnlesse it were the kings owne person; for he said he trusted to none other courtesie at the hands of the Scots. And in this maner he should find him in the vant-gard of the field, by the grace of God, and saint George, as he was a true knight. Yet before the de∣parting of Rouge Crosse, with the said instructions and credence, it was thought by the earle & his coun∣cell, that the said king would faine and imagine some other message, to send an herald of his with the same, onelie to view and ouersée the manner and or∣der of the kings roiall armie, ordinance, and artille∣rie then being with the earle, whereby might haue insued great danger to the same.

And for the eschuing thereof,* 2.213 he had in comman∣dement, that if anie such message were sent, not to bring anie person comming therewith within thrée or two miles of the field at the nighest, where the said earle would come, and heare what he would saie. And thus departed Rouge Crosse, with his trumpet, appa∣relled in his coat of armes. On mondaie the fift daie of September, the earle tooke his field at Bol∣ton in Glendale, as he had appointed, where all the noble men and gentlemen met him with their reti∣nues, to the number of six and twentie thousand men. And about midnight next insuing came the trumpet which went to Rouge Crosse, and declared how the king of Scots, after the message doone to him by Rouge Crosse, according to his instructions, the said king deteined him,* 2.214 & sent one Ilaie an herald of his with him vnto the earle, to declare to him the kings pleasure; to whom the earle sent Yorke herald at armes, to accompanie the said Ilaie, at a village cal∣led Milo, two miles from the field, vntill the com∣ming thither of the said earle the next morow.

On the sixt daie of September, earlie in the mor∣ning, the earle accompanied with the most part of the lords and knights, and gentlemen of the field, euerie man hauing with him but one seruant to hold his horsse, rode vnto the place: and so the said herald met with the earle, and with blunt reuerence decla∣red to him that he was come from his maister the king of Scots, which would know whether the earle

sent anie such message by Rouge Crosse. The earle iustified the same, saieng further; that Rouge Crosse had the same message of him in writing, signed with his owne hand. Wherevnto the said Ilaie said: As to the abiding for battell betwéene that and fridaie then next following,* 2.215 the king his maister bade him shew to the earle, that he was as welcome as anie noble man of England vnto the said king, and that if be h••d béene at home in his towne of Edenburgh, there receiuing such a message from the said earle, [line 10] he would gladlie haue come, and fulfilled the said earles desire.

And the herald assured the earle, on the king his masters behalfe, that the same king would abide him battel at the daie prefixed. Wherof the said earle was right ioious, and much praised the honorable agrée∣ment of the said roiall king, and esteemed the same to proceed of an high and honorable courage, promising the herald, that he, and good suertie with him should be bound in ten thousand pounds sterling, to kéepe the [line 20] said daie appointed; so that the king would find an earle of his, and thereto a good suertie with him to be bound in like summe, for the performance of the same. And furthermore the earle bade the herald to saie vnto his maister the king; that if he for his part kept not his appointment, then he was content that the Scots should baffull him,* 2.216 which is a great reproch among the Scots, and is vsed, when a man is openlie periured, and then they make of him an image pain∣ted, reuersed, with his héeles vpward, with his name, [line 30] woondering, crieng, and blowing out on him with hornes, in the most despitefull manner they can, in token that he is worthie to be exiled the companie of all good creatures. Then Ilaie deliuered to the earle a little schedule written with the kings secreta∣ries hand vnsigned, as followeth.

The tenor of the said schedule.

[line 40]

AS to the causes alledged of our comming into England against our band and promise (as is alled∣ged) thereto we answere; our bro∣ther was bound as farre to vs, as we to him. And when we sware last before his ambassador, in presence of our councell; we expressed especiallie in an othe, that we would keepe to our brother, if our brother kept to vs, and not else. We sweare our [line 50] brother brake first vnto vs. And since his breach we haue required diuers times him to amend; & latelie we warned our brother, as he did not vs, yer he brake. And this we take for our quarrell, and with Gods grace shall defend the same at your affixed time, which with Gods grace we shall a∣bide.

[line 60]

* 3.1And forsomuch as the king kept Rouge Crosse with him, who was not yet returned, the same earle caused the same Ilaie to be in the kéeping of sir Humfrie Lisle and Yorke herald in the same vil∣lage, vntill the time that a seruant of the same Ilaie might ride in all hast to the king of Scots, for the de∣liuering of the said Rouge Crosse. Then the earle ioious of the kings answer, returned to his campe, and set forward fiue miles, to a place called Woller Haugh, in such order of battell, as euen then he should haue fought, and there lodged for that night, three little miles from the king of Scots. And be∣twéene the king & him was a goodlie & large corne field called Milfield, which was a conuenient & faire ground for two hosts to fight on: there either host might perceiue other. The earles desire was to pro∣cure the Scots to descend the hill into some euen ground, where he might fight with them without dis∣aduantage of place.

But the king, though he had a great desire to fight, yet vpon diuerse considerations, by aduise of his councell he still kept his ground, and meant not to remooue at all out of his strength. Wherevpon the earle of Surrie not able long to continue in such grounds of disaduantage, by reason of mires, and marishes, amongst the which he lodged with his ar∣mie that was almost famished for lacke of sufficient vittels, which could not be recouered in such a barren countrie, determined to séeke all waies possible, if he might constreine the Scotish king to come downe beside the hill. He therefore raised his campe, and leauing his enimies on the left hand,* 3.2 and passing o∣uer the water of Till, he drew into a more commo∣dious ground, at the end of Barmore wood; to the end he might refresh his souldiers some what hereby after they had beene toiled for the space of thrée daies togither in cloggie mires, and foule filthie waies, to their disease and wearinesse.

The earle of Surrie being thus lodged, the wa∣ter of Till ran betwixt the two campes of Scots and Englishmen, diuiding them in sunder: and still by reason the one was within the shot of a culuering of the other, they ceassed not to bestow shot and pon∣der either at other, though without dooing anie great hurt at all. For the English campe on that part which laie toward the Scots, was couered with an hill rising from the hither banke of Till water, with an easie steepenesse to the height of a miles space or thereabouts. Thomas lord Howard sonne and heire to the earle of Surrie,* 3.3 from the top of this hill beholding all the countrie on euerie side about him, declared to his father, that if he did eftsoons remooue his campe, and passe the water of Till againe in some place a little aboue, and by fetching a small com∣passe come & shew himselfe on the backe halfe of his enimies, the Scotish king should either be inforced to come downe foorth of his strength and giue battell, or else be stopped from receiuing vittels or anie other thing out of Scotland.

The earle of Surrie desirous of nothing so much as to ioine with the Scots in battell;* 3.4 after he vnder∣stood that his sonne had informed him nothing but truth, he raised his field: and marching a thrée miles vpward by the riuer side, passed ouer his armie in two parts at two seuerall bridges, all at one time. King Iames when he saw this manner of his eni∣mies, and perceiuing what their meaning was, by coniecture of their dooings, thought it stood not with his honor to sit still, and suffer himselfe to be forestal∣led foorth of his owne realme: and againe, that it might sore diminish the opinion of his princelie pow∣er, if he seemed to remaine as it were besieged with∣in a fortresse, hauing more confidence in strength of the place, than in the manhood of his people: where∣vpon immediatlie he raised his campe, and got an hill, which he doubted least the enimie should haue ta∣ken before him.

But by such diligence as he vsed, and by reason of the great smoke which was raised and spred ouer all the countrie, by burning of the litter and cabbins wherein the Scots had lodged, purposelie set on fire to the same intent, he was got to the place whither he intended, before the Englishmen knew for anie cer∣teintie that he was dislodged, though they were as then within a mile of him. Thus king Iames kéep∣ing the tops of the hils, the earle of Surrie with the English armie came to the foot of the same hils, and staieng there a while, for so much as he saw how the

hill to the which the Scots were gotten, was neither steepe nor hard to ascend,* 3.5 he determined to mount the same, and to fight with the Scotish hoast yer they should haue leasure to fortifie their campe.

Héerewith calling his people togither, he made vnto them a bréefe oration, declaring vnto them both what necessitie there was for them to shew their manhood, and what iust causes they had also to fight against those enimies, that against both the lawes of God and man had most cruellie inuaded the relme of England, in the quarrell of a schismatike, and one [line 10] that was accurssed and excommunicated by the cen∣sures of the church. The Englishmen kindled with desire to fight, the more thorough those words of the earle, required incontinentlie to be led foorth against the Scots, that they might shew what earnest wils they had to be reuenged; not onelie of new receiued wrongs, but also of ancient iniuries; for there should neither heigth of hill, nor anie other obstacle hinder them, but they would either returne with victorie, or [line 20] else lose their liues in the paine.

The earle of Surrie conceiued no small hope of victorie in this chearefull readinesse of his souldi∣ors,* 3.6 and therevpon with all spéed (as the occasion then mooued him at that instant) diuided his armie into thrée battels, or rather foure: vnto the vant-gard whereof, the lord Howard was capteine, his brother sir Edmund Howard was ioined as a wing; the earle himselfe led the midle-ward, and the rere-ward was guided by sir Edward Stanleie, afterwards [line 30] created lord Mounteagle. The lord Dacres with a number of horssemen was set apart by himselfe to succor where need should séeme to appeare. The ordi∣nance was placed in the front of these battels, & in places betwéene, as was thought expedient. In this order, forward they made with manlie courages to∣wards the Scots a good marching pase.

In the meane time, king Iames beholding all the demeanor of the Englishmen, from the heigth of the hill,* 3.7 thought with himselfe, that there was offered him that daie a goodlie occasion of victorie, if he [line 40] might come to fight with the enimies at such aduan∣tage of place and number. And therfore, being hast∣ned forward through the strenable force of destinie, or rather Gods ordinance, he commanded his stand∣ards to be raised and spred, and euerie man to resort to his appointed place, that they might foorthwith in∣counter the enimies, that presumed thus to séeke bat∣tell. And héerewith turning him to the lords and cap∣teins that stood about him, he spake vnto them ma∣nie [line 50] comfortable words touching the occasion offered them at that present, to gaine both a famous victo∣rie, and to reuenge so manifold iniuries and displea∣sures, as they had susteined diuerse waies foorth at the Englishmens hands.

He had scarse made an end of his tale, but the sol∣diers with great noise and clamor cried; Forward, Upon them; shaking their weapons in signe of an earnest desire they had (as then they shewed) to buc∣kle with the Englishmen. Wherevpon, without de∣laie, [line 60] king Iames putting his horsse from him,* 3.8 all o∣ther as well nobles as meane men did the like, that the danger being equall, as well to the greatest as to the meanest, and all hope of succour taken awaie, which was to be looked for by flight, they might be the more willing to shew their manhood, sith their safe∣gard onelie rested in the edges and points of their weapons.* 3.9 Then was the whole armie diuided into fiue wards or regiments, to this intent, that the bat∣tell wherein the king himselfe stood with his standard, might be inclosed as it were with two wings, on ei∣ther side one. In the right wing, the earles of Hunt∣leie, Crawford, and Montrosse, were placed as cheefe leaders thereof; and in the left were the earles of Lenox, and Argile, with the lord Hume, lord cham∣berleine of Scotland, being men of great skill in warlike affaires, as was reported.

Moreouer, in euerie band (almost generallie tho∣roughout) there was a knight appointed for capteine and guider,* 3.10 and amongst them certeine French cap∣teins, the which king Lewes had sent ouer into Scot∣land latelie before, to traine the Scots in the practise of warres. The ordinance was lodged in places most conuenient; though by reason they marched downe the hill, their shot did small damage to the English∣men comming vpwards towards them, and yet they bestowed it freshlie on either side one vpon an other. Héerwith sir Edmund Howard with his wing was got vp on the hill side,* 3.11 with whome the lord Hume and the two foresaid earles of Lenox and Argile in∣countered with such violence, that this battell of Scots with speares on foot on that part, beat downe and broke that wing of the Englishmen, in such wise that sir Edmund Howard was in maner left alone, and felled to the earth, that (had not bastard Heron come to his succours at that instant) he had béene slaine there without all remedie.

On the other part, the lord Dacres watching to aid where need appeered,* 3.12 came in on the sides of the Scots, & gaue a charge on them with his horssemen, wherby sir Edmund Howard being somewhat relie∣ued, escaped to the English vant-gard, which was led (as before is mentioned) by his brother, lord How∣ard, who being now also got aloft on the hill, preassed still forward to renew the battell, & to succour those whome he saw put to the worse, so that thereby they tooke new courages, & laid about them againe. Here∣with the earles of Crawford & Montrosse came with their battell of speares also on foot, and incountring with the said lord Howard, after sore fight on both sides continued, with more malicious hatred than force of the parties, both the said earles were slaine,* 3.13 besides a great number of other; the whole battell which they led being put to flight and chased out of the field, maimed, wounded, and slaine. And though they did what they could to the vttermost resistance, in hope to haue bathed their blades in English blood; yet the contrarie came to passe, as in stories is left recorded, to the honour of the English; namelie:

Sustinet inflictos duris vmbonibus ictus, Imbuit & gladios manante cru••re Britannus.

On the left hand at the same instant,* 3.14 sir Edward Stanlie hauing begun to incounter with the Scots on that side, forced them to come downe into a more euen ground; and brought to that point with such in∣cessant shot of arrowes as his archers bestowed a∣mongst them, that to auoid the danger of that sore and sharpe storme, the Scots were constreined to breake their arraie, & to fight not closed togither in order of battell, but insunder one separated from an∣other, so that their standards began to shrinke here and there. Which thing when sir Edward Stanleie perceiued, foorthwith bringing about thrée bands▪ which he had kept in store for such like purpose; he in∣uaded the open sides of his enimies by a fresh onset, and put them in such disorder, that they were not able anie longer to abide the violence of the Englishmen mightilie preassing vpon them: so that taking them∣selues to flight, and running headlong downe the stiepe descent of the mounteine,* 3.15 they escaped to the woods and there saued themselues. But the earles of Argile and Lenox, dooing what they could to staie their people from running awaie, were slaine in the same place.

In the meane time, the king, who a little before had ioined with the earle of Surreie, perceiuing that the wings of his battell were distressed, and that his e∣nimies began to inclose him on ech side, he bashed

nothing at the matter,* 3.16 but with assured countenance exhorted those that were about him to sticke to him, and to remember their worthie ancestors, in commit∣ting nothing that might anie waies foorth sound to their reproch. And herewith rushing against his eni∣mies, a new battell more egre than the first began to arise;* 3.17 for that battell being well appointed and armed passed litle for the Englishmens arrowes, in so much that persing the earles battell, they entred well néere so farre within the same, that they were at point to [line 10] haue ouerthrowne his standards.

There were on either part a number of tall men of bodie, chosen foorth of purpose by the capteins, for the good opinion conceiued of their hardie valiancie, & the battell betwixt them séemed long time doubt∣full and variable, now one while fauourable to the one part,* 3.18 and an other while to the other. The king himselfe on foot euen in the foremost ranke, fought right valiantlie, incouraging his people, as well by example as exhortation, to doo their deuoirs. Nei∣ther [line 20] did the earle of Surrie for his part faile in the dutie of a right worthie generall. But while the bat∣tell was thus foughten in most earnest maner about the standards with doubtfull chance of victorie, the lord Howard and sir Edward Stanleie hauing van∣quished the enimies in either wing, returned to the middle-ward, and finding them there thus occupied, they set on, in two parts seuerallie, with great vio∣lence.

At the same time, the lord Dacres came with his [line 30] horssemen vpon the backs of the Scots; so that they being thus assailed behind and before, and on either side, were constreined (as inuironed about) to fight in a round compasse. King Iames as he beheld sir A∣dam Forman his standard-bearer beaten downe,* 3.19 thought suerlie then, there was no waie for him but death, and that euen out of hand. Wherefore to deli∣uer himselfe from such despitefull reproch, as was like to follow, he rushed foorth into the thickest prease of his enimies; and there fighting in most desperat wise,* 3.20 was beaten downe and slaine. And a little be∣side [line 40] him, there died with like obstinate wilfulnesse, or (if ye list so to terme it) manhood, diuerse honorable prelats, as the archbishop of saint Andrewes, and two other bishops, besides foure abbats; also of lords and knights of honor a six and thirtie.

* 3.21The lord Hume and the earle of Huntleie got horsses, and escaped awaie togither with certeine bands, placed in two the hindermost wards, which of all that daie neuer came to handstrokes, but stood still [line 50] and gaue the looking on. Thus thorough the power of God, on fridaie being the ninth of September, in the yeare 1513 was Iames the fourth of t••••t name, king of Scots, slaine at Bramxston, and his armie discomfited by the earle of Surrie, lieutenant to Henrie the eight king of England, which a little be∣fore had woone the towne of Terwine, and was then preparing to go to besiege Tornaie. There were slaine in this battell on the Scotish part, of all sorts, the number of eight thousand persons at the least:* 3.22 some saie twelue thousand, besides prisoners that [line 60] were taken, as sir William Scot, chancellor to the said king, and sir Iohn Forman his sergeant porter, with diuerse others. Also in maner, all the Scotish ensignes were taken, and a two and twentie péeces of great ordinance, amongest the which were seauen culuerings of a larg•• ass••se, and verie faire peeces. King Iames named them (for that they were in ma∣king one verie like to an other) the seauen sisters.* 3.23 This conflict with egernesse on both sides was con∣tinued thrée full houres, as Anglorum praelia saith:

I am tres integras pugnatum est cominùs h••ras.

Though the victorie thus remained with the Eng∣lishmen, yet they bought it déere, loosing no small number of their people, as well of those that were slaine in the field, as of others that were taken priso∣ners; for the Scots fought verie stoutlie, and gaue it not ouer for a little, insomuch that there were taken and slaine about fifteene hundred men, as appeared by the booke of wages, when the souldiers were paid. Manie Englishmen that followed ouer rashlie in the chase of the Scots, went so farre,* 3.24 that they wist not which waie to returne, and so were taken of the Scots that were in the two battels that went awaie with cleare hands, and neuer fought. Also, diuerse were taken by the lord chamberleine, which fought with the wing of sir Edmund Howard, and were ca∣ried awaie by him and his companie into Scotland, as Iohn Fitton esquier, and others. During the time of the fight, and the night after, manie English∣men lost their horsses, and such stuffe as they left in their tents and pauilions, by the robbers of Tindale and Tiuidale.

When the field was doone, and that the skouts brought word that there was no more appearance of the Scots, but that they were all auoided and gone, the earle gaue thanks to God, and called to him cer∣teine lords and gentlemen, and them made knights; as sir Edmund Howard his sonne, the lord Scroope, sir William Persie, sir Edward Gorge, and diuerse others. The earle and the lord admerall departed to Bermar wood, & there lodged that night, leauing sir Philip Tilneie knight and diuerse other worthie cap∣teins, with a conuenient power of men, to kéepe the place where the field had béene fought, for safegard of the ordinance. The bodie of the king of Scots was not found vntill the next daie,* 3.25 and then being found and knowne by the lord Dacres, there appeared in the same diuerse deadlie wounds, and speciallie, one with an arrow, and an other with a bill. But some saie he died of two, both which were inflicted vpon him to his deadlie bane (and well worthie for truce-breaking) by the sword; as Anglorum praelia reporteth:

Vulneribus Scotus acceptis cadit ense duobus, Perfidiae meritas fuso dans sanguine poenas.

The same daie, there appeared some Scots on a hill,* 3.26 but one William Blackenall that had the chéefe rule of the ordinance, caused such a peale to be shot off at them, that the Scots fled; or else the lord admerall, which was come to view the field, had béene in great danger; as was supposed. But now that the Scots were fled, and withdrawne, all the ordinance was brought in safetie to Eitill, and there remained for a time. After that the earle of Surrie had taken order in all things, and set the North parts in good quiet, he returned to the quéene with the dead bodie of the Scotish king cered. When the king was returned into England from his conquest made in France of the cities of Terwine and Tornaie, he forgat not the good seruice of those that had beene with the earle of Surrie at the battell at Bramxton:* 3.27 wherefore he wrote to them his louing letters, with such thanks and fauourable words, that euerie man thought him∣selfe well rewarded.

On the daie of the Purification of our ladie, [year 1514] at Lambeth, the king created the earle of Surrie duke of Norffolke, with an augmentation of the armes of Scotland, and sir Charles Brandon vicount Lis∣le he created duke of Suffolke, and the lord How∣ard high admerall he created earle of Worcester: and after this, he also made sir Edward Stanleie (for his good seruice shewed at Bramxston field) lord Mounteagle: and in March following was maister Thomas Wolsie the kings almoner, consecrated bi∣shop of Lincolne. This man was borne at Ipswich, and was a good philosopher,* 3.28 verie eloquent and full of wit; but passinglie ambitious, as by his dooings it well appeared. In the time of king Henrie the sea∣uenth

it was agréed betwixt the said king and Philip king of Castile (that Charles king Philips eldest son should marrie the ladie Marie, daughter to the said king Henrie, with a dower to hir appointed: but for want of sufficient assurance of the dower, the rest of couenants were made void, and yet had the king highlie prouided for the sending of hir ouer, now af∣ter his comming from Tornaie.

This yeare the citizens of London, finding them∣selues gréeued with the inclosures of the common [line 10] fields about Islington, Hoxton, Shorditch, and other places néere to the citie,* 3.29 whereby they could not be suffered to exercise their bowes, nor other pastimes in those fields, as before time they had bene accusto∣med, assembled themselues on a morning, and went with spades and shouels vnto the same fields, and there (like diligent workemen) so bestirred them∣selues, that within a short space, all the hedges about those towns were cast downe, and the ditches filled. The kings councell comming to the graie friers, to [line 20] vnderstand what was meant by this dooing, were so answered by the maior and councell of the citie, that the matter was dissembled: and so when the worke∣men had doone their worke, they came home in quiet maner, and the fields were neuer after hedged.

* 3.30George Monox for this yeare Maior of London, of his godlie disposition reedified the decaied stéeple of the parish church of Walthamstow, in the countie of Essex, adding therevnto a side Ile, with a chappell, where he lieth buried. And on the northside of the [line 30] churchyard there, he founded a faire large almes∣house for an almose priest or schoolemaister, and thir∣téene poore almes folke, eight men, and fiue women, appointing to the said almes priest or schoolmaister for his yearelie wages, six pounds thirtéene shillings foure pence; and to euerie one of the said almes folke seuen pence a weeke, and fiue pounds to be bestowed yearelie amongst them in coles. And ordeined that the said almes priest should on sundaies and festiuall daies, be helping and assistant to the vicar or curat [line 40] there in celebration of diuine seruice, & on the wéeke daies fréelie to applie and teach yoong children of the said parish,* 3.31 to the number of thirtie, in a schoolehouse by him there builded for that purpose. Moreouer, hée gaue to the parish clearke there for the time being, a yearlie stipend of twentie six shillings eight pence, for euer, and a chamber by the said almes house, to the intent he should helpe the said schoolemaister to teach the said children. And hath giuen faire lands and tenements in the citie of London, for the perpe∣tuall [line 50] maintenance of the premisses to Gods glorie for euer. He also for the great commoditie of trauel∣lers on foot, made a continuall causie of timber ouer the marshes from Walthamstow to Locke bridge towards London.

* 3.32In the moneth of Maie, the king and the new duke of Suffolke were defenders at the tilt against all commers. The king was in a scopelarie mantle, an hat of cloth of siluer, and like a white hermit, and the duke apparelled like a blacke hermit, all of blacke [line 60] veluet, both their berds were of damaske siluer: and when they had ridden about the tilt, & shewed them∣selues to the quéene, then they threw off their apparell, and sent it to the ladies for a larges. Then was the king in blacke, and the duke in white, with blacke staues, on the staues was written with white letters, Who can hold that will away: this posie was iud∣ged to be made for the duke of Suffolke, and the du∣chesse of Sauoie. At these iustes were the duke of Longuile, & the lord Cleremont, and there the king & duke did so valiantlie, that they obteined the prise. At these iustes were broken an hundred and fourteene speares in a short space. The king at this season sent againe into Flanders, for the performance of the mariage of the yoong prince of Castile, and the faire ladie Marie his sister, and shewed how he had prepa∣red all things necessarie and conuenient for such an high estate. The councell of Flanders answered, that they would not receiue hir that yeare, with manie subtill arguments; by reason wherof, the perfect loue betwene England and the low countries was much slaked.

On the nineteenth daie of Maie was receiued into London a cap of maintenance & a sword,* 3.33 sent from pope Iulie, with a great companie of nobles and gen∣tlemen, which was presented to the king on the sun∣daie then next insuing, with great solemnitie in the cathedrall church of saint Paule. Touching this pope (saith Guicciardine) disappointed of so manie hopes,* 3.34 we may laie him in comparison with that which is written by the poets of Anteus, that being tamed by the forces of Hercules, as often as he was throwne to the ground, so often did appeare in him a greater strength and courage; such wéening had the pope a∣midst his aduersities, for when he seemed most aba∣sed and oppressed, it was then that he did most lift vp him selfe with a spirit more constant and resolute, promising better of his fortune than euer.

After he had plaied all his troublesome pageants, and had got by sundrie aspiring practises I wot not what péerelesse primasie, he fell sicke.* 3.35 And happilie he was then more full of high conceipts and trauelling thoughts than at anie time before: for notwithstan∣ding he had brought his fortune to be equall with his desires, & obteined the thing he aspired vnto, yet his deuises and plots did nothing diminish, but grew in∣creasing by the same meane which should haue satis∣fied them.* 3.36 He had determined in the beginning of the spring and first opening of the yeare, to send to the enterprise of Ferrara which he so much desired, and his opinion was, that that state was able to make no resistance, both for that it was naked of all suc∣cours, and bicause the Spanish armie was to ioine with his companies: he had secretlie bought of Ce∣sar for the price of thirtie thousand duckets, the citie of Sienna for the behoofe of the duke of Urbin, to whome (except Pesera) he would neuer giue anie thing of the estate ecclesiastike, to the end to reserue to himselfe the whole glorie to haue simplie and one∣lie studied for the exaltation of the church. He agreed to lend to Cesar fortie thousand duckats, receiuing Modona in gage. He threatned them of Lucquoie, who in the heat of the affaires of the duke of Ferra∣ra, were become lords of Garsagnana▪ making in∣stance that they would deliuer it to him.

He was out of conceit with the cardinall of Me∣dicis,* 3.37 for that he thought him to cleaue more to the king catholike, than to him. And bicause he knew he was not able to dispose of the citie of Florence as he thought, he studied alredie new plots, and new practises to alter that estate. He was ill contented with the cardinall of Sion, from whome he tooke the name of legat, and inioined him to come to Rome, for that in the duchie of Millan he had appropriat to himselfe a yearelie rent of more than thirtie thou∣sand duckats, of the estates and goods of diuerse per∣sons. The better to assure the duke of Urbin of Si∣enna by intelligences of his neighbours, he had of new taken into his paie Charles Baillon, to chase out of Perousa Iohn Paule, who by affinitie was verie neere ioined to the sonnes of Pandolffe Pe∣truccio successours to the greatnesse of their father. He would of new create duke of Genes, Octauian Fregosa, deposing Ianus from that dignitie: an action wherevnto did consent the others of the house of Fregosa, bicause for the degrée that his ancestors held in that state, it séemed best to apperteine vnto him.

He studied continuallie either how he might worke out of Italie the Spanish armie, or cut it in péeces by the aid of the Swizzers, whome aboue all others he exalted and imbraced. In this deuise hée had this intention, that the kingdome of Naples be∣ing occupied by him, Italie should remaine frée from strangers; a speach that often passed out of his mouth: and to that end hée had hindered that the Swizzers did not confederate with the king catho∣like. And yet, as though it had beene in his power to [line 10] batter all the world at one time, he continued his ac∣customed rigour against the French king. And not∣withstanding he had hard a message from the queene, yet he stirred vp to make warre, the king of Eng∣land, to whome he had transferred by publke decree of the councell of Lateran,* 3.38 the name of Christianissimo, whereof there was alreadie a bull written, and in it likewise was conteined the priuation of the digni∣tie & name of the king of France, giuing his king∣dome to who could occupie it. [line 20]

In these conceptions, no lesse strange for their varietie, than great for the importance they drew, and perhaps in other thoughts more secret and singu∣lar (for in a mind so fierce and terrible, all sorts of i∣maginations, how great and vaine so euer they be, are not incredible) after the continuation of his sick∣nesse for manie daies, he declined towards death: and féeling the end of his mortalitie to hasten on, and the same to preuent the execution of his high thoughts, he caused to call togither the consistorie, [line 30] which albeit he could not assist in person by reason of his disease; yet by the authoritie of it, he caused to be confirmed the bull which he had published before a∣gainst such as by simonie would clime vp vnto the popedome.* 3.39 He declared, that the election of his suc∣cessor apperteined to the college of cardinals, and not to the councell: and that the cardinals schisma∣tikes could haue no presence or communitie there, to whom he protested there to pardon the iniuries they had doone him, and praied to God to forgiue them the [line 40] wrongs they had doone to his church. After this he be∣sought the college of cardinals, that in his fa∣uor, and for his sake, they would grant to the duke of Urbin his nephew, the citie of Pesera in patro∣nage or vicarage, alledging the consideration, that by meane of the duke it had béene recouered to the church after the death of Iohn Sforce. In no other matter he expressed anie priuate or particular af∣fection.

* 3.40Insomuch as Madame Felice his daughter (ioi∣ning [line 50] with hir the petitions of manie others) beseech∣ing him with great importunitie, to create cardi∣nall Guido de Montfalcon being hir brother by the mothers side, he answered roundlie, that he was not worthie of that degree. He made not his affections conformable to their desires. In that last action of life he shewed no parcialitie in worldlie causes: his present debilitie could diminish nothing of his anci∣ent resolution, but expressed in all things the same constancie and seueritie, togither with that iudge∣ment and force of mind which he had before his sick∣nesse: [line 60] in which firme estate and disposition of spirit, he receiued deuoutlie the offices of the church, and the one and twentith daie of Februarie he ended his course of these mortall and present paines. He was a prince of incredible constancie and courage,* 3.41 but so full of furie & vnrulie conceptions, that the reuerence that was borne to the church, the discord of princes, & the conditions of times, did more to staie him from his ruine, than either his moderation or his discreti∣on; worthie no doubt of great glorie, if either he had béene a prince secular, or if that care and intention which he had to raise the church into temporall great∣nesse by the meane of warre, had béene imploied to exalt it by the meane of peace in matters spiri∣tuall.

Neuerthelesse, he was lamented aboue all his predecessors, & no lesse estéemed of those, who hauing either lost the true consideration of things, or at least ignorant how to distinguish and peise them rightlie, iudged it an office more duelie apperteining to popes to increase the iurisdiction of the sée apostolike by armes and blood of christians, than by good example of holie life and due curing and correction of corrupt maners, to trauell for the sauing of those soules, for whom they glorie so much that Iesus Christ hath na∣med them his vicars in earth: and therefore it is a good consequent that he is a branch or rather a brand of the diuell, as one concludeth against him, saieng:

Impius est igitur natus cacodaemone papa,* 3.42 Turpibus & genijs est homicida satus.]

About the same time the warres yet continuing betwéene England & France, Prior Iehan (of whom ye haue heard before in the fourth yéere of this kings reigne) great capteine of the French nauie, with his gallies and foists charged with great basilisks and o∣ther artillerie, came on the borders of Sussex in the night season,* 3.43 at a poore village there called Bright∣helmston, & burnt it, taking such goods as he found. But when the people began to gather, by firing the becons, Prior Iehan sounded his trumpet, to call his men aboord, and by that time it was daie. Then cer∣teine archers that kept the watch folowed Prior Ie∣han to the sea, and shot so fast, that they beat the gallie men from the shore; and wounded manie in the foist, to the which Prior Iehan was constreined to wade and was shot in the face with an arrow,* 3.44 so that he lost one of his eies, and was like to haue died of the hurt: and therefore he offered his image of wax be∣fore our ladie at Bullongne, with the English arrow in the face for a miracle.

The lord admerall offended with this proud part of the Frenchmen, in making such attempt on the English coasts,* 3.45 sent sir Iohn Wallop to the sea with diuers ships, which sailing to the coasts of Nor∣mandie, landed there, and burnt one and twentie vil∣lages and townes, with diuerse ships in the hauen of Treaport, Staples, and other where. Men maruelled greatlie at the manfull dooings of sir Iohn Wallop, considering he had not past an eight hundred men, and tooke land there so often. In Iune sir Thomas Louell was sent ouer to Calis with six hundred men to strengthen that towne, and other the fortresses within the English pale, for doubt of anie sudden at∣tempt to be made by the Frenchmen; bicause mon∣sieur de Pontremie, with a mightie armie and great ordinance was come downe néere to Ard: howbeit be taried not long, but raised his campe within a while after his comming thither, and returned with∣out anie more dooing. The French king perceiuing what losses he had susteined by the warres against England;* 3.46 and doubting least one euill lucke should still follow in the necke of an other, determined to make sute for peace; and first agr••eing with pope Leo, desired him to be a meane also for the procuring of some agréement betwixt him and the king of Eng∣land.

¶This pope Leo, of that name the tenth, before his election, cardinall of Medicis,* 3.47 bare but seauen and thirtie yeeres of age, which albeit was so much the more maruellous and wonderfull, by how much the election was contrarie to custome; yet the yong car∣dinals were the principall causers of it by their in∣dustrie, hauing long time afore secretlie agréed a∣mongst themselues to create the first pope of their number. The most parts and nations of christen∣dome reioised much at this election, euerie one in∣terteining an assured expectation of his vertues, as

well by the present and gréene memorie of the valor of his late father, as for an vniuersall reputation that went of his owne inclinations and liberalities. To this estimation was ioined a generall opinion of his continencie and life not atteinted, togither with a gladsome hope, that by the example of his father▪ he would be a furtherer of learning, and beare fauor to wits disposed to studie and knowledge. So that vnto these hopes was much helping the manner of the election, being made in his person sincerelie, and [line 10] without simonie or suspicion of other corruption.

* 3.48The first act of this new pope was his coronati∣on, which was represented according to the vsage of his predecessors in the church of saint Iohn de Late∣ran. The pompe was so great both of his familie and his court, and also of the prelates and multitudes that were there, togither with the popular and vniuersall assemblies of people, that by the opinion and iudge∣ment of men, the pride and maiestie of that action did farre surpasse all the celebrations doone in Rome [line 20] since the tyrannies of the Goths and sauage nations. In this same solemnitie the Gonfalon of the church was caried by Alfonso de Este, who hauing obtei∣ned a suspension of his censures & paines, was come to Rome, with great hope, that by the clemencie and facilitie of the pope, he should be able to compound for his affaires. The Gonfalon of the religion of Rhodes was borne by Iulio de Medicis mounted vpon a statelie courser armed at all points: by his nature he bare an inclination to the profession of [line 30] armes; but by destinie he was drawen to the life ec∣clesiastike, in which estate he maie serue as a wonder∣full example of the variation of fortune.

One matter that made the memorie of that daie wonderfull,* 3.49 was this consideration; that the person who then in so high & rare pompe was honored with the most supreme and souereigne dignitie of the world, was the yéere before, and on the verie same daie miserablie made prisoner. The great magnifi∣cence that appéered vpon his person, and his expenses, confirmed in the generalitie and multitude of men, [line 40] the expectation that was had of him; euerie one pro∣mising that Rome should be happie vnder a pope so plentifullie indued with the vertue of liberalitie, whereof that daie he had giuen an honorable experi∣ence, his expenses being aboue an hundred thousand duckats. But wise men desired in him a greater grauitie and moderation: they iudged that neither such a maiestie of pompe was conuenient for popes, neither did the condition of the present time require, [line 50] that he should so vnprofitablie disperse the treasures that had beene gathered by his predecessour to other vses.]

The vessell of amitie betwéene the king of Eng∣gland & the French being first broched by this popes letters, the French king by an herald at armes sent to the king of England, requiring of him a safe con∣duct for his ambassadors, which should come to in∣treat for a peace and attonement to be concluded be∣twixt them and their realmes. Upon grant obteined thereof, the French king sent a commission with the [line 60] president of Rome and others, to intreat of peace and aliance betwixt both the princes. And moreouer, bi∣cause they vnderstood that the mariage was broken betwéene the prince of Castile and the ladie Marie,* 3.50 they desired that the said ladie might be ioined in mariage with the French king, offering a great dowrie and suerties for the same. So much was offe∣red, that the king mooued by his councell, and name∣lie by Woolsie the bishop of Lincolne, consented vp∣on condition, that if the French king died, then ••he should (if it stood with hir pleasure) returne into Eng∣land againe with all hir dowrie and riches.

After that they were accorded vpon a full peace, and that the French king should marrie this yoong ladie, the indentures were drawen, ingrossed,* 3.51 & sea∣led, and peace therevpon proclamed the seuenth daie of August; & the king in presence of the French am∣bassadors was sworne to kéepe the same: and like∣wise there was an ambassage sent out of England to see the French king sweare the same. The dowrie that was assigned vnto the bride to be receiued after hir husbands deceasse,* 3.52 if she suruiued him, was na∣med to be 32000 crownes of yearelie reuenues, & to be receiued out of certeine lands assigned foorth therefore during all hir naturall life. And moreouer, it was further agreed & couenanted, that the French king should content and paie yearelie vnto king Henrie, during the space of fiue yeares, the summe of one hundred thousand crownes.* 3.53 By conclusion of this peace was the duke of Longuile with the other prisoners deliuered, paieng their ransoms, and the said duke affied the ladie Marie in the name of his maister king Lewes.

In September following, the said ladie was con∣ueied to Douer by the king hir brother & the queene, and on the second daie of October she was shipped, and such as were appointed to giue their attendance on hir, as the duke of Norffolke, the marquesse Dor∣set, the bishop of Durham, the earle of Surreie, the lord de la Ware, the lord Berners, the lord Montea∣gle, the foure brethren of the said marques, sir Mau∣rice Berklie, sir Iohn Pechie, sir William Sands, sir Thomas Bulleine, sir Iohn Car, and manie other knights, esquiers, gentlemen and ladies. They had not sailed past a quarter of the sea, but that the wind arose and seuered the ships, driuing some of them to Calis, some into Flanders, and hir ship with great difficultie was brought to Bullen not without great ieopardie at the entering of the hauen, for the mai∣ster ran the ship hard on shore.

But the boats were readie, and receiued the ladie out of the ship, and sir Christopher Garnish stood in the water and tooke hir in his armes, and so caried hir to land, where the duke of Uandosme, and a cardinall, with manie other great estates receiued hir with great honor. From Bullen with easie iournies she was conueied vnto Abuile, & there entered the eighth of October [where she was receiued by the Dolphin with great honour,* 3.54 she was apparelled in cloth of sil∣uer, hir horsse was trapped in goldsmiths worke ve∣rie richlie. After hir followed 36 ladies all their pal∣fries trapped with crimsin veluet embrodered. After them followed one chariot of cloth of tissue, the se∣cond cloth of gold, & the third crimsin veluet embro∣dered with the kings armes & hirs, full of roses. Af∣ter them followed a great number of archers, and then wagons laden with their stuffe. Great was the riches in plate, iewels, monie, apparell, and hangings that this ladie brought into France.]

On the morrow following being mondaie, and S. Denise day,* 3.55 the mariage was solemnized betwixt the French king and the said ladie, with all honour, ioy, & roialtie, both apparelled in goldsmiths worke. Then a great banket and sumptuous feast was made, where the English ladies were honorablie intertei∣ned, according to the dignitie of the persons, and to the contentment of them that had no dregs of ma∣lice or misliking settled in their harts. For vnpossi∣ble it is, that in a great multitude meeting togither, though all about one matter, be it of pleasure and de∣light, there should not be one of a repugnant disposi∣tion, and (though not apparantlie perceiued trauel∣ling with grudge) malignant mind; as we sée some apples vnperished and othersome wormeaten, albeit one bough beare them, and one trée giue them say.

¶ On the tuesdaie being the tenth daie of Octo∣ber, all the Englishmen,* 3.56 except a few that were offi∣cers

with the said quéene,* 3.57 were discharged; which was a great sorrow for them, for some had serued hir long in hope of preferment, & some that had honest roomes left them to serue hir, and now they were without seruice, which caused them to take thought, in so much some died by the waie returning, and some fell mad, but there was no remedie. After the English lords had doone their commission, the French king willed them to take no longer paine, and so gaue to them good rewards; and they tooke their leaue of the queene and returned. Then the Dolphin of France called [line 10] lord Francis duke of Ualois,* 3.58 and by his wife duke of Britaine, for the more honour of this mariage before the Englishmen departed from Abuile, caused a so∣lemne iusts to be proclamed, which should be kept at Paris in the moneth of Nouember next insuing.

Namelie, that he with his nine aids should an∣swer all commers, being gentlemen of name and of armes. First to run fiue courses at the tilt with pée∣ces of aduantage, & also fiue courses at randon with [line 20] sharpe speares, and twelue strokes with sharpe swords; and that doone, he and his aids to fight at the barriers with all gentlemen of name and of armes. First six foines with hand speares, and after that eight strokes to the most aduantage if the speare so long held, and after that twelue strokes with the sword: and if anie man be vnhorssed or felled with fighting on foot, then his horsse and armour to be ren∣dered to the officers of armes: and euerie man of this chalenge must set vp his armes and name vpon [line 30] an arch triumphant, which shalbe made at the place where the iustes shalbe, and further shall write to what point he will answer, to one or to all.

When this proclamation was reported in Eng∣land by the noble men that returned from the ma∣riage:* 3.59 the duke of Suffolke, the marquesse Dorset, and his foure bretheren, the lord Clinton, sir Ed∣ward Neuill, sir Giles Capell, Thomas Cheneie, and other sued to the king to be at the chalenge, which re∣quest he gratiouslie granted. Then the lords and [line 40] knights prepared all things necessarie for their en∣terprise, and shipped there horsses and harnesse, and did so much by iourneie, that they came to Paris at the end of October, which were hartilie welcomed of the king and the Dolphin: but most of all of the French queene which then laie at saint Denise, and was not yet crowned nor entered into Paris. The Dolphin desired the duke of Suffolke and the lord marquesse Dorset, to be two of his immediat aids, which thereto assented. [line 50]

Therefore was erected an arch of widnesse at the tornels beside the stréet of saint Anthonie,* 3.60 directlie before the bastell, on the which were set foure targets or scutchions, the one siluer, and he that set his name vnder that shield, to run at tilt according to the ar∣ticles. He that put his name vnder the golden target should run with the sharpe speares and fight with sharpe swords. They that put their names to the blacke shield, should fight on foot with speares and swords for the one hand. And he that touched the taw∣nie [line 60] shield should cast a speare on foot with a target on his arme, and after to fight with a two hand sword. On this arch aboue stood the armes of the king & the queene, and beneath them stood the armes of the Dol∣phin and his aids, and vnderneath stood the foure scut∣chions that you haue heard of, and vnder them all the armes and names of such as set their names to anie of the said foure scutchions.

While all these things were preparing, the ladie Marie of England the fift daie of Nouember,* 3.61 then being sundaie, was with great solemnitie crowned queene of France in the monasterie of S. Denise, and the Dolphin all the season held the crowne ouer hir head, bicause it was of great weight to hir gree∣uance, at which coronation were the lords of Eng∣land, all according to their degrées well intertei∣ned. On mondaie the sixt daie of Nouember,* 3.62 the said queene was receiued into the citie of Paris after the order that followeth. First the gard of the citie met with hir without saint Denise all in coats of gold∣smiths worke, with ships gilt, and after them met hir all the priests and religious, esteemed to be thrée thou∣sand. The quéene was in a chaire couered about (but not ouer hir person) in white cloth of gold; the horsses that drew it, in cloth of gold; on hir head a coronall all of great pearles, hir necke and brest full of iewels.

Before hir went a gard of Almans after their fashion, and after them all noblemen, as the Dol∣phin, the duke of Alanson, the duke of Burbon, the duke of Uandosme, the duke of Longeuile, and the duke of Suffolke, the marquesse Dorset, fiue cardi∣nals, and a great number of estates; about hir person rode the kings gard, which were Scots. Thus was this queene receiued into Paris, and so conueied to the cathedrall church, and there offered, & from thence to the palace, where she offered at the holie chappell; and from thence she went to hir lodging for that night: for whome was prouided a great supper, and the heralds cried a largesse, and had to them giuen a ship of siluer and gilt, and other plate,* 3.63 to the value of two hundred marks, and after supper began dansing and pastime. On the morow began the iusts, and the Dolphin with his aids entered the field, the apparell and bards were cloth of gold, cloth of siluer, and crim∣sin veluet kanteled togither all in one sute, they shewed themselues before the king and quéene, who were on a goodlie stage, and the queene stood so that all men might sée hir, and woondered at hir beautie: but the king was feeble & laie on a couch for weakenesse.

Then entered the counter part by a raile for com∣bring the place. These iusts continued thrée daies,* 3.64 in the which were answered thrée hundred and fiue men of armes, and euerie man ran fiue courses, and with sharpe speares; diuerse were slaine & not spoken of. At the randon and turneie the duke of Suffolke hurt a gentleman, so that he was like to die. The Marques Dorset stroke monsieur Grue an Albanois with his speare, persed his headpéece, and put him in ieopar∣die. The duke of Suffolke in the turneie ouerthrew a man of armes, horsse & man; and so did the lord Mar∣quesse another, and yet the Frenchmen would in no wise praise them. At this turneie the Dolphin was hurt in the hand, so that he could not performe his chalenge at the barriers, and put one of his aid in his roome. The next daie after began the fight at the bar∣riers. And bicause the Dolphin was not present, the duke of Suffolke and the lord Marques Dorset that daie began the field, and tooke the barriers with speares in his hand abiding all commers.

The Dolphin brought a man secretlie,* 3.65 which in all the court of France was the tallest & the strong∣est man, and he was an Alman, and put him in the place of an other person to haue had the duke of Suf∣folke rebuked. The same great Alman came to the bars fiercelie with face hid, bicause he would not be knowne, and bare his speare to the duke of Suf∣folke with all his strength, and the duke him receiued and for all his strength put him by strong strokes from the barriers, and with the but end of the speare strake the Alman that he staggered: but for all that the Alman strake stronglie and hardlie at the duke, and the iudges suffered manie more strokes to be foughten than were appointed; but when they saw the Alman reele and stagger, then they let fall the raile betwéene them. The lord marquesse Dorset at the same time, euen at the same barre fought with a gentleman of France that he lost his speare, and in maner withdrew. When the raile was let fall, these

two noble men put vp their visers and tooke aire, and with swords, the points and edges abated, they came to the barriers.

The Alman fought sore with the duke, which imagined that he was a person set on for the nonce,* 3.66 but the duke by pure strength tooke him about the necke, and pomeled him so about the head that the bloud issued out of his nose, and then they were par∣ted, and the Alman was conueied by the Dolphin least he should be knowne. These two noblemen of [line 10] England that daie fought valiantlie diuerse feats, and the Frenchmen likewise noblie them defended. But it happened the lord Marquesse on a time to put for his aid his yoongest brother called the lord Ed∣ward Greie of the age of nintéene yeare, and to him was put a gentleman of France of great stature and strength,* 3.67 to the intent to plucke him ouer the barres, but yet the yoong lord was of such strength, power, & policie, that he so stroke his aduersarie that he disarmd him, all the face bare. Thus were these en∣terprises [line 20] finished to the land of all parties, & the Eng∣lishmen receiued much honor and no spot of rebuke, yet they were priuilie set at & in manie ieopardies.

For the declaration of this triumph, he that saw it can tell how goodlie the coursers trotted, bounded, and quicklie turned: how valiantlie the men of armes behaued themselues,* 3.68 and how the duke of Burbons band was apparrelled and bassed in taw∣nie veluet, and cloth of siluer cloudie, the band of the earle of saint Paule apparrelled and barded in pur∣ple [line 30] veluet all to cut on purple sattin, the infant of Arragon, sonne to Frederike last king of Naples, and his band all in cloth of gold and siluer paled. This lord was but yoong, but yet verie toward. The duke of Uandosme and his band in cloth of gold and plun∣ket veluet. The Dolphin and his aids were euerie daie new apparrelled at his cost, one daie in siluer and gold, another in crimsin veluet and yellow vel∣uet, and another daie in white veluet and greene, some daie mixed with sattin, some daie embrodered, some [line 40] daie pounced with gold, and so euerie daie in change as the woorkers fantasie could deuise, but the Eng∣lishmen had euer on their apparrell red crosses to be knowne for loue of their countrie.

At this triumph the countie Galeas came into the place on a genet trapped in blew satten, and he himselfe likewise apparrelled, and ran a course with a speare, which was at the head fiue inches on euerie side square, that is twentie inches about, and at the butt nine inches square, that is six and thirtie inches, [line 50] this speare was massie timber, and yet for all that he ran cleane with it a long course and slightlie auoided it to his great honour.* 3.69 Also there was another gen∣tleman called Anthonie Bounarme, which came in∣to the field all armed, and on his bodie brought in sight ten speares, that is to wit, three speares set in euerie stirrop forward, and vnder euerie thigh two speares vpward, and vnder his left arme was one speare backward, and the tenth in his hand; and when he came before the quéene, he let his horsse run, and [line 60] neuer stopped till he had taken euerie speare after o∣other and broken it on the ground, and he neuer stop∣ped his horsse till all were broken. This gentleman was highlie praised, and so he was worthie. When all this great triumph was doone, the lords of England tooke their leaue, and were highlie thanked of the king, queene, Dolphin, and all the lords, and so depar∣ted and came into England before Christmas. ¶In Nouember the quéene was deliuered of a prince which liued not long after.]

Touching the accord of peace betwéene England and France, you shall heare the report of Guicciar∣dine, which to this place maketh passage to know∣ledge, as oile giueth maintenance of light to the lampe. [At the first opening of this practise for peace,* 3.70 there fell out manie difficulties, for that the king of England demanded Bullongne in Picardie,* 3.71 with a great summe of monie: but at last all the diffe∣rences fell vpon the towne of Tornaie, the king of England striuing to reteine it, and the French ob∣iecting some difficultie: in so much as the king of England dispatched in post to the French king the bishop of Tricaro, whome he charged, without im∣parting in what nature of particularitie consisted the difficultie, to declare to the king from him, that in regard of so great a benefit, he should not stand vpon so manie subtile difficulties, but to consider that in a prince reason shuld beare more imperie than passion.

The French king, bicause he would neither doo wrong to his crowne, nor ill content his people, the towne of Tornaie being verie noble and loiall to the crowne of France,* 3.72 caused the matter to be de∣bated in full councell, wherein was an assistance of the principals of his court, who aduised him with one voice to imbrace peace, yea vnder the condition offe∣red. And yet in that time the king catholike did what he could to breake it, offering the king manie plots and deuises, but speciallie to minister to him all his means and fauours to conquer the duchie of Millan. But the answer being returned into Eng∣land, that the French king stood content with the reso∣lution of Tornaie, the peace succéeded & was conclu∣ded in the beginning of August betwéene the two kings during their liues, & a yeare after their death.

In the capitulation it was expressed, that Tor∣naie should remaine to the king of England,* 3.73 to whom the French king should paie six hundred thou∣sand crownes, and that in such sort of distribution, that the French king should make paiment of an hundred thousand franks euerie yeare, vntill the full paiment was satisfied: that they should be bound to defend their estates mutuallie and reciprocallie with ten thousand footmen if the warre went by land, and with six thousand onelie if the warre were made by sea: that the French king should be bound to serue the king of England in all his affaires with twelue hundred lances, and the king of England likewise to minister to his seruices with ten thousand foot∣men: the expenses to be defraied by either of them that should haue néed of the men: both the one and the other of them named the Scotish king, the arch∣duke, & the empire: but Cesar and the king catholike were not named: the Swizzers had a nomination, but it bare a condition, that whosoeuer would defend against the French king, the estate of Millan, Ge∣nes, or Ast, should be excluded out of the nomination.

This peace, which was made with a woonderfull readinesse,* 3.74 was confirmed by the marriage of the kings sister of England with the French king, vn∣der condition, that he should acknowledge to haue receiued foure hundred thousand crownes for hir dowrie: the contract or handfastings were made in England, where the king catholiks ambassador was not in presence, for the great hatred the king of England bare to the king his maister. And euen vp∣on the conclusion and resolution of this peace, came to the court of France the instrument of ratificati∣on which Cesar had made, togither with his commis∣sion, and the king catholiks, for conclusion of the marriage that was solicited betweene Ferdinando de Austrich and the second daughter of France not yet foure yeares of age: but the practise of that mar∣riage vanished presentlie by reason of the peace that was now established: and the French king to satis∣fie better the king of England, gaue order that the duke of Suffolke, capteine generall of the lance-knights that were in his paie, should depart the do∣minions of France, in whome the honours and re∣compenses

that the king made to him ouercame all occasions of discontentment, the bountie and libera∣litie of the one being no greater than the affabiliti•• and disposition of the other.]

In December, one Richard Hun a merchant tai∣lor of London,* 3.75 that was laid in Lollards tower by commandement of the bishop of London, called Ri∣chard Fitz Iames, and his chancellor doctor Horssie, was found dead, hanging by the necke in a girdle of silke within the said tower. That ye maie vnder∣stand [line 10] the cause of his imprisonment, the beginning was this. The same Hun had a child that died in his house, being an infant; the curat claimed the bearing shéet for a mortuarie. Hun answered, that the infant had no propertie in the shéet. Wherevpon, the préest ascited him in the spirituall court. He taking to him counsell, sued the curat in a premunire: and when this was knowne, meanes was found, that Hun being accused of heresie, was attached, and laid in Lollards tower, where he was found dead, as ye [line 20] haue heard. Much adoo was made about his death, for the bishop and the chancellor said, that he hanged himselfe.

But manie of the temporaltie affirmed, that he was murthered,* 3.76 greatlie lamenting the case: for he was well beloued, and namelie of the poore, which cried out against them that were suspected to haue made him awaie. He was a good almes-man, and greatly reléeued the needie. The question of his death was so farre put foorth, that vpon the suspicion he [line 30] should be murthered, twelue men were charged be∣fore the coroner. After they had taken view of the bodie, the same was burned in Smithfield by the bi∣shops appointment: notwithstanding the coroners quest indicted doctor Horssie, with one Iohn Spal∣ding, otherwise called Belringer, and Charles Io∣seph the summoner of the murthered; howbeit, vpon his arreignement, through great sute and corruption of monie (as manie iudged) the kings attorneie de∣clared doctor Horssie not to be giltie. [line 40]

This Christmasse on Newyeares night, the king, the duke of Suffolke,* 3.77 & two other were in mantels of cloath of siluer lined with blew veluet, the siluer was pounst in letters that the veluet might be séene thorough, the mantels had great capes like to the Portingall slops, and all their hosen, dublets, and coats were of the same fashion cut, and of the same stuffe. With them were foure ladies in gowns, after the fashon of Sauoie, of blew veluet, lined with cloath of gold, the veluet all cut, and mantels like [line 50] tipets knit togither all of siluer, and on their heads bonets of burned gold, the foure torch-bearers were in sattin white and blew. This strange apparell plea∣sed much euerie person, and in especiall the quéene. And thus these foure lords & foure ladies came into the quéenes chamber with great light of torches, and dansed a great season, and then put off their visors, and were all well knowne, and then the quéene har∣tilie thanked the kings grace for hir goodlie pastime and disport. [line 60]

* 3.78Likewise on the Twelfe night, the king and the quéene came into the hall of Greenewich, & suddenlie entered a tent of cloath of gold, and before the tent stood foure men of armes, armed at all points with swords in their hands; and suddenlie with noise of trumpets entered foure other persons all armed, and ran to the other foure, and there was a great and a fierce fight. And suddenlie came out of a place like a wood eight wildmen, all apparelled in gréene mosse, made with sleued silke, with ouglie weapons & ter∣rible visages, and there fought with the knights eight to eight; and after long fighting, the armed knights droue the wild men out of their places, and followed the chase out of the hall: and when they were depar∣ted, the tent opened, and there came out six lords and six ladies richlie apparelled, and dansed a great time: when they had dansed their pleasure, they entered the tent againe, which was conueied out of the hall; then the king & the quéene were serued with a right sump∣tuous banket.

On the third day of Februarie, the king made a so∣lemne iusts,* 3.79 and he and the marquesse Dorset would answer all commers, their apparell and bar••s were of blew veluet and cloath of siluer, all to cut in sub∣till knots, richlie embrodered, all the seruitours in white & blew silke. The counterpart, which were foure∣teene in number, richlie apparelled in veluet, cloath of gold, and embroderie, euerie man after his owne deuise. The king was that daie highlie to be praised, for he brake thrée and twentie speares beside atteints and bare downe to ground a man of armes and his horsse: the lord marquesse and all other did valiant∣lie, and had much praise, for euerie man did passing well, which is seldome séene in such a case. But the king for a suertie excéeded all other.

On the fourth daie of October,* 3.80 the king remooued to Lambeth, and on the morow began the high court of parlement, sir Thomas Neuill was then speaker. In this parlement were diuerse acts made, but in e∣speciall two, which were much spoken of: the one was the act of apparell, and the other act for labou∣rers: of these two acts was much communing, and much businesse arose. For the labourers would in no wise labour by the daie, but all by taske & in great, and therefore much trouble fell in the countrie, and in especiall in haruest time, for then husbandmen could skarse get workemen to helpe in their haruest. This parlement continued vntill Easter, in the which di∣uerse subsidies were granted to the king, toward his great costs and charges that he had béene at in his viage roiall to France.

After Easter the nineteenth daie of the moneth of Aprill, the king deliting to set foorth yoong gentle∣men, called Nicholas Carew, and Francis Brian, and caused diuerse other yoong gentlemen to be on the counter part, and lent to them horsse and harnesse to incourage all youth to séeke déeds of armes. This yeare died at Rome by poison (as was reported) the archbishop of Yorke and cardinall,* 3.81 called doctor Ben∣brike, who was the kings ambassadour there: this was a wiseman and of a iollie courage. The king then gaue the said archbishoprike to Thomas Wol∣sie, then bishop of Lincolne, who at that time bare all the rule about the king, and what he said was o∣beied in all places. Now when he was once archbi∣shop, he studied daie and night how to be a cardinall, and caused the king, and the French king to write to Rome for him, and at their requests he obteined his purpose, as you shall heare afterward.

At this time was much communing, and verelie (as it appeared) it was intended,* 3.82 that the king in person would passe the sea to Calis, and there on the marches of the same, the French king and quéene to come and sée the king their brother: and for the same iournie manie costlie works were wrought, much rich apparell prouided, and much preparation made against the next spring: but death which is the last end of all things let this iournie. For before the next spring the French king died at the citie of Paris, the first daie of Ianuarie, when he had béene married to the faire ladie Marie of England foure score and two daies [whom he so feruentlie loued, that he gaue himselfe ouer to behold too much hir excellent beautie bearing then but eighteene yeares of age,* 3.83 nothing considering the proportion of his owne yeares, nor his decaied complexion; so that he fell into the rage of a feauer, which drawing to it a sudden flux, ouer∣came in one instant the life, that nature gaue ouer

to preserue anie longer. He was a king iust & much beloued of his people, but touching his condition, nei∣ther before he was king, nor after he had the crowne he neuer found constancie nor stabilitie in either for∣tune.

For, rising from a small duke of Orleance with great happinesse to the crowne, and that by the death of Charles yoonger than he, and two of his sonnes, he conquered with a verie great facilitie the duchie of Millan and the kingdome of Naples, and almost [line 10] all the residue of the regions of Italie, being gouer∣ned for manie yeares by his direction: he recouered with a verie great prosperitie, the state of Genes that was in rebellion: and vanquished with no lesse glorie the armies of the Uenetians, being in person at both those victories. But on the other side, euen when he was in his youth and best disposition of bo∣die,* 3.84 he was then constreined by king Lewes the eleuenth to marrie his daughter that was both bar∣ren and deformed; and yet could neuer get the good will nor countenance of his father in law. [line 20]

And after his death, such was the greatnesse of the ladie of Burbon, that he could neuer get the in∣stitution of the new king, being then in minoritie, being almost compelled to retire himselfe into Bri∣taine: where being taken in the battell of saint Au∣bin, he liued two yeares in the calamitie of a priso∣ner. To these afflictions maie be added the siege and famine of Nauarre, the manie discomfits he had in the realme of Naples, the losse of the estate of Mil∣lan, Genes, and all the townes which he had taken [line 30] from the Uenetians: and lastlie the gréeuous warre he had in France against verie mightie enimies, his eies beholding into what lamentable perils his realme was brought: neuerthelesse, before he died it séemed he had conquered all his aduersities, and for∣tune shewed good tokens of hir reconcilement, both for that he had defended his kingdome against migh∣tie enimies, and also established a perpetuall peace and aliance with the king of England, with whome [line 40] by how much his amitie was great and assured, by so much it gaue him hope to be able to reconquer the duchie of Millan.]

The king of England being aduertised of the French kings death, caused a solemne obsequie to be kept for him in the cathedrall church of S. Paule, with a costlie hearse: at which manie nobles were present. After this he sent a letter to comfort the quéene his sister, requiring to know hir pleasure, whether she would continue still in France, or re∣turne into England. And when he was aduertised [line 50] of hir mind (which was to returne into England) the duke of Suffolke,* 3.85 sir Richard Wingfield deputie of Calis, and doctor West, with a goodlie band of gen∣tlemen and yeomen, all in blacke, were sent into France, and comming to Paris, were well receiued of the new French king, Francis the first of that name [who was the next heire male of the bloud roi∣all and of the same line of the dukes of Orleance: he was preferred to the succession of the kingdome be∣fore [line 60] the daughters of the dead king by vertue and di∣sposition of the law Salike, a law verie ancient in the realme of France, which excludeth from the roiall dignitie all women; so long as there is anie issue male of the same line.

The world had such a hope in his vertues, and such an opinion of his magnanimitie, and such a con∣ceipt of his iudgement and wit, that euerie one confessed, that of verie long time there was none rai∣sed vp to the crowne with a greater expectation.* 3.86 He was made the more agreeable to the fansies of men, by the consideration of his age bearing then but two and twentie yeares; his excellent feiture and propor∣tion of bodie, his great liberalitie, and generall hu∣manitie, togither with the ripe knowledge he had in manie things. But speciallie he pleased greatlie the nobilitie, to whome he transferred manie singu∣lar and great fauours. Unto this king Francis de Angoulesine did the foresaid English nobilitie de∣clare the effect of their commission, which was to re∣ceiue the quéene Dowager, according to the coue∣nants of the marriage.]

The councell of France (by the kings appoint∣ment) assigned foorth hir dowrie, and the duke of Suffolke put in officers, and then was the quéene de∣liuered to the duke by indenture,* 3.87 who behaued him∣selfe so towards hir, that he obteined hir good will to be hir husband. It was thought, that when the king created him duke of Suffolke, he perceiued his si∣sters good will towards the said duke; and that he meant then to haue bestowed hir vpon him; but that a better offer came in the waie. But howsoeuer it was now, he wan hir loue; so as by hir consent, he wrote to the king hir brother, méekelie beséeching him of pardon in his request, which was humblie to desire him of his good will and contentation.

The king at the first staid, but after long sute, and speciallie by meane of the French quéene hir selfe, and other the dukes fréends, it was agreed that the duke should bring hir into England vnmarried, and at his returne to marrie hir in England: but for doubt of change he married hir secretlie in Paris at the house of Clugnie, as was said. After he had re∣ceiued hir with hir dower appointed, & all hir apparell,* 3.88 iewels, and houshold stuffe deliuered, they tooke leaue of the new French king, and so passing thorough France, came to Calis; where she was honourablie interteined, and after openlie married with great honour vnto the said duke of Suffolke. Doctor West (as then nominated bishop of Elie) remained behind at Paris, to go through with the full conclusi∣on of a new league betwixt the king of England, and the new French king.

¶The court lieng at Gréenewich,* 3.89 the king and the quéene, accompanied with manie lords and ladies, road to the high ground of shooters hill to take the o∣pen aire; and as they passed by the waie, they espied a companieof tall yeomen, clothed all in gréene with gréene hoods, and bowes and arrowes, to the num∣ber of two hundred. Then one of them, which called himselfe Robin hood, came to the king, desiring him to sée his men shoot; and the king was content. Then he whisteled, and all the two hundred archers shot and losed at once; and then he whisteled againe, and they likewise shot againe; their arrowes whisteled by craft of the head, so that the noise was strange and great, and much pleased the king, the quéene, and all the companie. All these archers were of the kings gard, and had thus apparelled themselues to make solace to the king.

Then Robin hood desired the king and quéene to come into the greene wood, and to sée how the out∣lawes liued. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 king demanded of the queene & hir ladies, if they durst aduenture to go into the wood with so manie outlawes. Then the quéene said, that if it pleased him she was content. Then the hornes blew, till they came to the wood vnder shooters hill, & there was an arbor made of boughes with a hall, and a great chamber; and an inner chamber verie well made and couered with floures & swéet hearbs, which the king much praised. Then said Robin hood; Sir, outlawes breakefasts is venison, and therefore you must be content with such fare as we vse. Then the king and quéene sat downe, and were serued with venison and wine by Robin hood and his men, to their great contentation.

Then the king departed and his companie, and Robin hood and his men them conducted; and as they

were returning,* 3.90 there met with them two ladies in a rich chariot drawen with fiue horsses, and euery horsse had his name on his head, and on euerie horsse sat a ladie with hir name written. On the first courser called Caude, sat Humidite, or Humide. On the se∣cond courser called Mem••on road ladie Uer. On the third called Pheton sat ladie Uegetiue. On the fourth called Rimphon sat ladie Pleasant. On the fift called Lampace sat sweet Odour. And in the chaire sat la∣die Maie, accompanied with ladie Flora, richlie appa∣relled, [line 10] and they saluted the king with diuerse goodlie songs, and so brought him to Gréenewich. At this maieng was a great number of people to behold it to their great solace and comfort.

The same after noone, the king, the duke of Suf∣folke, the marquesse Dorset, and the earle of Essex, their bardes and bases of gréene veluet and cloth of gold, came into the field on great coursers, on whome waited diuerse gentlemen in silke of the same co∣lour. On the other side entered sixtéene lords and gentlemen, all apparelled richlie after their deuises, [line 20] and so valiantlie they ran their courses appointed: & after that, they ran volant one as fast as he might ouertake another,* 3.91 which was a goodlie sight to sée: and when all was doone they departed, and went to a goodlie banket. This summer the king tooke his pro∣gresse westward, and visited his townes and castels there, and heard the complaints of his poore commu∣naltie; and euer as he road he hunted and liberallie departed with venison.]

This yeare in September, the king being at his [line 30] manour of Oking, after his returne from his pro∣gresse which he made that yeare into the west parts, the archbishop of Yorke came thither to him. Whi∣lest he soiourned there,* 3.92 a letter was brought to the said archbishop from Rome, aduertising him that he was elected cardinall, which letter incontinentlie he shewed to the king, disabling himselfe in words, though his intent was otherwise; and so the king did incourage him, and willed him to take that dignitie vpon him, and called him from thensefoorth my lord [line 40] cardinall. But his hat, bull, nor other ceremonies were not yet come.* 3.93 In Nouember, the king assem∣bled his high court of parlement at Westminster, wherein, diuerse acts made in the sixt yeare were re∣formed and altered, and especiallie the act of apparell, and the act of labourers, as by the booke of statutes more plainelie appéereth.

At the end of this parlement, doctor Warham archbishop of Canturburie, and as then lord chancel∣lour, perceiuing how the new lord cardinall medled [line 50] further in his office of chancellorship than he could well suffer, except he should aduenture the kings dis∣pleasure; for this and for other considerations gaue vp his office of chancellor into the kings hands, and deliuered to him the great seale, which incontinentlie was deliuered by the king vnto the lord cardinall,* 3.94 and so was he made lord chancellor. He was no soo∣ner in that office, but he directed foorth commissions into euerie shire, for the execution of the statutes of apparell and labourers, and in all his dooings shewed [line 60] himselfe more loftie and presumptuous than became him.* 3.95 ¶And he himselfe on a daie called a gentleman named Simon Fitz Richard, and tooke from him an old iacket of crimsin veluet and diuerse brooches, which extreame dooing caused him greatlie to be ha∣ted: and by his example manie cruell officers for malice euill intreated diuerse of the kings subiects, in so much that one Shinning, maior of Rochester, set a yoong man on the pillorie for wearing of a riuen or gathered shirt.]

* 3.96In the end of Nouember, the cardinals hat was sent into England, which the gentlemen of Kent re∣ceiued, and brought to London with such triumph, as though the greatest prince in Europe had béene come to visit the king [much like that of the people at Rome in the yeare 1515, when were séene in the said citie two elephants, a nature of creatures which happilie had not béene séene in Italie since the tri∣umphs and publike plaies of the Romans. Emanu∣ell king of Portingall sent to pope Leo the tenth a verie honorable ambassage, and withall presented him with these huge and statelie elephants, which his ships had brought by sea from India; their entring into Rome was celebrated with a verie great con∣course of people, some woondering at the strange forme and stature of the beasts, some maruelling to what vses their nature inclined them, and some con∣iecturing the respects and purposes of such a present, their ignorance making their woonder farre greater than their reason.]

No lesse adoo was there at the bringing of the car∣dinals hat, who on a sundaie (in S. Peters church at Westminster) receiued the same, with the habit, the piller, and other such tokens of a cardinall. And now that he was thus a perfect cardinall, he looked a∣boue all estates, which purchased him great hatred and disdaine on all sides. For his ambition was no lesse discernable to the eies of the people, than the sunne in the firmament in a cléere and cloudlesse summer daie; which procured against him the more hatred among the noble and popular sort; for that his base linage was both noted and knowne, in so much that his insatiable aspiring to supereminent degrees of dignitie kindled manifest contempt and detesta∣tion among such as pretended a countenance of good will and honorable dutie vnto him, though in verie deed the same parties (if fréelie and without checke they might haue spoken their fansie) would haue in∣tituled him a proud popeling; as led with the like spi∣rit of swelling ambition, wherwith the rable of popes haue béene bladder like puffed and blowne vp: a di∣uelish and luciferian vice, in the iudgements of men abhominable, and in the sight of God most damna∣ble; as the poet in this distichon trulie witnesseth:

Dij superi fastum, fastum mortales abhorrent, Hac homini leuitas displicet atque Deo.* 3.97

After the end of the parlement, sir Edward Poi∣nings laboured to be discharged of the kéeping of Tornaie, bicause he could not haue health there:* 3.98 and so he was discharged, and sir William Blunt lord Mountioy was sent thither to haue that roome, and for marshall was appointed sir Sampson Norton. Immediatlie vpon their comming thither chanced a great riot, raised by the souldiers,* 3.99 so that to appease them, the lord Mountioy was put in ieopardie of his life. In conclusion, to quiet them sir Sampson Nor∣ton was banished the towne for euer, but what the matter was I haue not found rehearsed by anie writer. After that the citie was appeased, and euerie thing thought to be forgotten, diuerse of the offen∣dors were executed, and diuerse banished the towne, some fled, and were confined both out of England and the towne.

After the parlement was ended, the king kept a solemne Christmasse at his manor of Eltham;* 3.100 and on the Twelfe night in the hall was made a goodlie castell, woonderouslie set out; and in it certeine ladies and knights, and when the king and queene were set, in came other knights and assailed the castell, where manie a good stripe was giuen;* 3.101 and at the last the as∣sailants were beaten awaie. And then issued out knights and ladies out of the castell, which ladies were rich and strangelie disguised: for all their appa∣rell was in braids of gold, fret with moouing spangls of siluer and gilt, set on crimsin sattin loose and not fastned: the mens apparell of the same sute made like Iulis of Hungarie; and the ladies heads and

bodies were after the fashion of Amsterdam. And when the dansing was doone, the banket was ser∣ued in of two hundred dishes, with great plentie to euerie bodie.]

This yéere the new league accorded betwixt king Henrie & the French king was openlie proclaimed through the citie of London by a trumpet. Marga∣ret quéene of Scots eldest sister to the K. came this yere into England, & at Harbottell castell was deli∣uered of a daughter,* 3.102 begot by hir second husband the [line 10] lord Archembald Dowglasse earle of Angus. This daughter was called at the fontstone after hir mo∣ther Margaret. The said quéene after the death of hir late husband king Iames married the said earle of Angus, without consent of hir brother king Hen∣rie, or other of hir friends; chéeflie (as some haue thought) for hir sonnes sake, doubting if she should not haue taken hir choise at home, she should haue maried in some other place, and so haue béene seque∣stred from hir sonne, whose bringing vp apperteined [line 20] now chéeflie vnto hir. But such contention rose shoot∣lie after in Scotland amongst the lords,* 3.103 that both she and hir husband were glad to séeke succor in England at hir brothers hand, who was contented to releeue them, assigning them the said castell of Har∣bottell to lie in, with apparell and all other necessa∣ries, till his further pleasure should be knowne. The eightéenth daie of Februarie this yeere, [year 1518] the ladie Ma∣rie,* 3.104 daughter to king Henrie the eight was borne at Gréenewich. This was she that afterwards was [line 30] quéene of this realme, & married the king of Spaine. This yéere also died the king of Aragon, father to the queene; for whom was kept a solemne obsequie in the cathedrall church of Paules.

* 3.105As ye haue heard the last yéere how the quéene of Scots with hir husband was come for succor into England, and laie at Harbottell in Northumber∣land, till the kings pleasure was to send for them; so now know you that he (like a naturall brother) sent for hir and hir husband to come to his court for their [line 40] solace:* 3.106 for the which kindnesse the earle humblie than∣ked the king, and promised to giue his attendance on the queene his wife to the court. Wherevpon the king sent William Blacknall esquier, clerke of his spicerie with siluer vessell, plate, and other things necessarie for the conueiance of hir, and sent to hir all manner of officers for hir estate conuenient. Now when she was readie to depart, she asked for hir husband, but he was departed into Scotland, and left hir alone; nothing remembring his promise. [line 50] Which sudden departing much made hir to muse: howbeit,* 3.107 the lords of England greatlie incouraged hir to kéepe hir promise with the king hir brother.

Now when she was somewhat appeased, she set for∣ward; and in euerie towne she was well receiued, & so on the third day of Maie she made hir entrie into London, riding on a white palfreie (which the quéene of England had sent vnto hir) behind sir Thomas Parre richlie beséene, and with a great companie of lords and ladies she rode through the citie to Bai∣nards [line 60] castell, and from thence she was conueied to Gréenewich, and there receiued ioiouslie of the king, the quéene,* 3.108 the French quéene hir sister, and highlie was she feasted. And when the king heard that the earle of Angus hir husband was departed, he said it was doone like a Scot. This quéene sometime was at the court, and sometime at Bainards castell, and so she continued in England all this yéere.

The king for the honour of his sister the ninetéenth and twentith daie of Maie prepared two solemne daies of iusts: and the king himselfe, and the duke of Suffolke, the earle of Essex, and Nicholas Carew esquier, tooke on them to answer all commers. The apparell of them and their horsses was blacke veluet, couered all ouer with branches of honie-suckles of fine flat gold of damaske of loose worke, euerie leafe of the branch moouing, the embroderie was verie cunning and sumptuous. On the king was atten∣ding in one sute on horssebacke, the lord marquesse Dorset, the earle of Surrie, the lord Aburgauennie, the lord Hastings, sir Iohn Pechie, the lord Ferrers, sir William Fitz Williams, and twelue other knights. All these were in frockes of blew veluet, garded with rich cloth of gold, and their horsse trap∣pers of blew veluet fringed with gold: and on foot were fortie persons all in blew sattin garded with cloth of gold. And so they entred the field with trum∣pets, drumslades and other minstrelsie. Then in came the counterpartie richlie apparelled, to the number of twelue: and on that daie euerie man did well, but the king did best, and so was adiudged; and so at night they ceased, and came to supper.

The king the next daie and his companie were apparelled (horsse and all) in purple veluet,* 3.109 set full of leaues of cloth of gold ingrailed with fine flat gold of damaske embrodered like to rose leaues, and e∣uerie leafe fastned to other with points of damaske gold, and on all their borders were letters of gold bullion. And on the king waited fiue lords, fourtéene knights in frockes of yellow veluet, garded and bound with rich cloth of gold: and thirtie gentlemen were in like apparell on foote, and fortie officers in yellow sattin edged with cloth of gold. Thus with great triumph they entred the field. Then the coun∣terpartie entred all clothed and barded in white sat∣tin trauersed with cloth of gold richlie. This daie was manie a great stripe giuen. The king and sir William Kingston ranne togither; which sir Wil∣liam Kingston was a strong and a tall knight, & yet the king by strength ouerthrew him to the ground. And after that the king and his aids had performed their courses, they ranne volant at all commers, which was a pleasant sight to sée. And when night approched, they all disarmed them, and went to the quéenes chamber, where was a great banket for the welcome of the quéene of Scots.

In this moneth of Maie were sent out of Eng∣land twelue hundred masons and carpenters,* 3.110 and thrée hundred laborers to the citie of Tornaie; for the king and his councell considered that the garrison that was kept there was chargeable: and therefore it was determined that there should be builded a castell to chastise the citie if they rebelled, and to minish the garrison. And therefore these workemen were sent thither, which this yéere began a strong castell, and wrought still on it. In this yéere, by the cardinall were all men called to accompt that had ••he occupi∣eng of the kings monie in the warres or elsewhere,* 3.111 not to euerie mans contentation: for some were found in arrerages, and some saued themselues by policie and briberie, and waxed rich, and some inno∣cents were punished. And for a truth, he so punished periurie with open punishment, and open papers wearing, that in his time it was lesse vsed. He pu∣nished also lords, knights, and men of all sorts, for riots bearing and mainteining in their countries, that the poore men liued quietlie: who perceiuing that he punished the rich, complained without number, and brought manie an honest man to trouble and vexation.

Now when the cardinall at the last perceiued their vntrue surmises,* 3.112 and feined complaints for the most part, he then waxed wearie of hearing their causes, and ordeined by the kings commission diuerse vnder courts to beare complaints by bill of poore people. The one was kept in the White hall, the other before the kings almoner doctor Stokesleie, a man that had more learning than discretion to be a iudge, the

third was kept in the lord treasurors chamber be∣side the starre chamber, and the fourth at the rols at the after noone. These courts were greatlie haunted for a time: but at the last the people perceiued that much delaie was vsed in these courts, and few mat∣ters ended, and when they were ended, they bound no man by the law; then euerie man was werie of them and resorted to the common law.

It was strange to sée the cardinall (a man not skil∣led in the laws) fit in the seat of iudgement and pro∣nounce the law, being aided at the first by such as (ac∣cording [line 10] to the ancient custome) did sit as associats with him: but he would not sticke to determine sun∣drie causes, neither rightlie decided nor adiudged by order of law. And againe, such as were cleare cases, he would sometime prohibit the same to passe, call them into iudgement, frame an order in controuer∣sies, and punish such as came with vntrue surmises afore the iudges, & sharpelie reprooue the negligence of the iudges themselues, which had receiued such sur∣mises, [line 20] and not well considered of the controuersies of the parties.* 3.113 And such was the administration of the cardinall vnder a colour of iustice at the first:* 3.114 but bicause the same seemed at length to be but a verie shadow or colour in déed, it quicklie vanished awaie, he taking vpon him the whole rule himselfe, for that he saw the king made small account of anie other but onelie of him.

Whereby it came to passe, that manie of the péeres and high estates of the realme withdrew them from [line 30] the court;* 3.115 as first the archbishop of Canturburie, and the bishop of Winchester, which got them home into their diocesses. But yet before their departure (as good fathers of their countrie) they instantlie be∣sought the king that he would not suffer anie seruant to exceed and passe his maister: borrowing that sen∣tence out of the gospell of saint Iohn, where our Sa∣uiour speaking to his disciples, saith to them; Uere∣lie, verelie, I say vnto you, the seruant is not greater than his maister. Herevnto the king, knowing that [line 40] they meant this by the cardinall, made this answer, That he would diligentlie sée, that euerie seruant should obeie, and not command. But the cardinall notwithstanding (during the time of his flattering felicitie) held out, thinking scorne to be counterman∣ded; behauing himselfe more like a prince, than a prelat, so blinded was he with vaineglorie, and drun∣ken with the transitorie delights of the world: obsti∣nate impediments and most horrible hinderances to the permanent ioies of heauen, as the poet saith: [line 50]

* 3.116Delicias mundi fragiles qui mente sequetur, Perdidit aeterni certissima gaudia coeli.

After this, the duke of Norffolke departed home into his countrie, and last of all the duke of Suffolke also followed the other. For he hauing spent liberal∣lie in his iournies when he went as ambassador into France, also in the solemnization of his marriage, and in houskéeping since he was maried, borrowed great summes of monie of the king,* 3.117 which he hoped should haue béene forgiuen him: but the cardinall [line 60] would not haue it so, to the intent that the duke be∣ing behind hand in debt, should be the more at com∣mandement. For as wealth maketh men loftie, so dooth want make them lowlie. In the moneth of Oc∣tober,* 3.118 in this eight yeare of king Henrie, Matthew bishop of Sion or Sittin, a cardinall (commonlie cal∣led the cardinall of the Swizzes) came into England from the emperour Maximilian.

At the contemplation of this cardinall, the king lent to the emperour a great summe of monie. But the chiefest matter that mooued the king to be so frée to Maximilian, was bicause the same monie should be imploied on men of warre against the French king, towards whome the king (or rather cardinall Woolseie) of late had conceiued a grudge, as thus. True it is, that the king bestowed the reuenues of the see of Tornaie vpon the cardinall, at what time that sée came into the kings hands: and therefore the cardinall being desirous to assure to himselfe the same, made sute to the French king, that he would prouide Guillard the former bishop of Tornaie of some other bishoprike in France, so that he might resigne the bishoprike of Tornaie clearelie into his hands. The French king, perceiuing how much this should make against his purpose, that vpon occa∣sion hoped euer to recouer the possession of Tornaie, would not gratifie the cardinall herein.

Wherevpon the cardinall turning the kings mind at his plasure, persuaded him,* 3.119 that the next way to abate the French kings puissance (which in the be∣gining of his reigne had recouered Millan, and grew euerie daie in power more than other) should bée to mainteine the emperour with monie against him, so as the Frenchmen should be chastised without the trauell of him or his people. Herevpon was Richard Pase sent first into Germanie with a great summe of monie to wage the Swizzes, which vnder the con∣duct of the emperor Maximilian inuaded the duchie of Millan; but without anie great gaine returned from thence, leauing Millan in the Frenchmens hands at that time. And now for a new reliefe was this cardinall of Sion sent from Millan, at whose in∣stance monie was assigned to be deliuered, and cer∣teine Genowaies vndertooke the exchange, which made not paiment thereof at the day, although they had receiued it of the king.

In this yeare the king kept his Christmasse at his manor of Gréenwich, & on the Twelfe night,* 3.120 accor∣ding to the old custome, he and the queene came into the hall: and when they were set, and the quéene of Scots also, there entered into the hall a garden arti∣ficiall, called the garden of Esperance. This garden was towred at euerie corner, and railed with railes gilt, all the bankes were set with flowers artificiall of silke and gold, the leaues cut of gréene sattin, so that they séemed verie flowers. In the midst of this garden was a piller of antique worke, all gold set with pearles and stones; and on the top of the piller, which was six square, was a louer or an arch em∣bowed, crowned with gold: within which stood a bush of roses red and white, all of silke and gold, and a bush of pomegranats of like stuffe. In this garden wal∣ked six knights, and six ladies richlie apparelled; and then they descended and dansed manie goodlie dan∣ses, and so ascended the garden againe, and were con∣ueied out of the hall, and then the king was serued of a great banket. After this Christmasse the king ex∣ercised himselfe much in hawking.

¶ This yeare, and about this time,* 3.121 Richard Fox bishop of Winchester builded and founded Corpus Christi college in Oxford, and minded to haue appoin∣ted the same for a house of monks: but Hugh Ol∣dom then bishop of Excester changed his mind from that purpose by these meanes. This Hugh Oldom albeit hée were not the best learned of himselfe, yet verie much and well affected towards learning and learned men; and was minded to haue inlarged Ex∣cester college. But being denied the preferment of a scholer, which stood then in election for a roome, his good will was withdrawne from that college, and he would haue ioined with William Smith bishop of Lincolne, who then was in building of Brasen nose college; but it tooke no effect. And then being aduer∣tised that Richard Fox bishop of Winchester was in hand to build Corpus Christi college, hee did send his letters vnto him, and offered to ioine with him therein, who was verrie glad thereof and well con∣tented. Now these two bishops conferring togither

what maner of house they should build, and to what end and purpose.

Bishop Fox was of the mind and determination to haue made the college for religious men.* 3.122 But bi∣shop Oldom (whether it was bicause he fauoured not those sects of cloistered moonks, or whether hée foresaw anie fall towards of those sects) disuaded bishop Fox what he could from that his purpose and opinion, and said vnto him;

What my lord, shall we build houses, and prouide liuelodes for a compa∣nie [line 10] of bussing moonks, whose end and fall we our selues maie liue to sée? No, no, it is more méet a great deale, that we should haue care to prouide for the increase of learning, and for such as who by their learning shall doo good in the church and common∣wealth.

To this bishop Fox at length yeelded, and so they procéeded in their buildings. Wherin Oldom reseruing to Fox the name of the founder, was con∣tented with the name of a benefactor,* 3.123 and verie libe∣rallie did contribute great masses of monie to the [line 20] same: and since (according to his wish and desire) the same college hath bene and is the nursse of manie notable good scholers.]

About this season there grew a great hartburning and malicious grudge amongst the Englishmen of the citie of London against strangers; and namelie the artificers found themselues sore grieued, for that such numbers of strangers were permitted to resort hither with their wares, and to exercise handie crafts to the great hinderance and impouerishing of the [line 30] kings liege people. Besides that, they set nought by the rulers of the citie, & bare themselues too too bold of the kings fauor, wherof they would insolentlie boast; vpon presumption therof, & they offred manie an in∣iurious abuse to his liege people, insomuch that a∣mong other accidents which were manifest, it fortu∣ned that as a carpenter in London called William∣son had bought two stockdooues in Cheape,* 3.124 and was about to pay for them, a Frenchman tooke them out of his hand, and said they were not meate for a [line 40] carpenter.

Well said the Englishman I haue bought them and now paid for them,* 3.125 and therefore I will haue them. Naie said the Frenchman I will haue them for my lord the ambassadour. And so for better or woorsse, the Frenchman called the Englishman knaue, and went awaie with the stockdooues. The strangers came to the French ambassador, and sur∣mised a complaint against the poore carpenter. And the ambassador came to the lord maior, and said so [line 50] much, that the carpenter was sent to prison: and yet not contented with this, so complained to the kings councell, that the kings commandement was laid on him.* 3.126 And when sir Iohn Baker knight and other worshipfull persons sued to the ambassador for him, he answered by the bodie of God that the English knaue should lose his life, for he said no Englishman should denie that the Frenchmen required, and other answer had they none.

There was also a Frenchman that had slaine a [line 60] man, and should abiure the realme, and had a crosse in his hand. Then suddenlie came a great sort of Frenchmen about him, and one of them said to the constable that led him; Sir is this crosse the price to kill an Englishman. The constable was somewhat astonied & answered not. Then said another French∣man, On that price we should be banished all by the masse. This saieng was noted to be spoken spiteful∣lie. Howbeit, the Frenchmen were not alonelie op∣pressors of the Englishmen. For a Lombard called Francis de Bard, entised a mans wife in Lombard stréet to come to his chamber with hir husbands plate, which thing she did. After, when hir husband knew it, he demanded his wife, but answer was made he should not haue hir:* 3.127 then he demanded his plate, and in like maner answer was made that he should neither haue plate nor wife. And when he had sued an action against the stranger in the Guildhall, the stranger so faced the Englishman, that he fain∣ted in his sute. Then the Lombard arrested the poore man for his wiues boord, while he kept hir from hir husband in his chamber.

This abuse was much noted, so that the same and manie other oppressions doone by them, increased such a malice in the Englishmens harts, that at the last it burst out. For amongst other that sore grud∣ged at these matters, there was a broker in Lon∣don called Iohn Lincolne,* 3.128 that busied himselfe so farre in the matter, that about Palme sundaie in this eight yeare of the kings reigne, he came to one doctor Henrie Standish with these words; Sir I vnderstand that you shall preach at the sanctuarie spittle on mondaie in Easter wéeke, and so it is, that Englishmen, both merchants and other are vndoone, for strangers haue more libertie in this land than Englishmen, which is against all reason, and also against the common-weale of the realme. I beséech you therefore to declare this in your sermon, and in so dooing yée shall deserue great thanks of my lord maior, and of all his brethren: and héerewith he of∣fered vnto the said doctor Standish a bill, conteining this matter more at large.

But doctor Standish (wiselie considering that there might more inconuenience rise thereof, than he would wish, if he should deale in such sort) both wiselie refused the bill, and told Lincolne plainlie, that he ment not to meddle with anie such matter in his sermon. Wherevpon the said Lincolne went vn∣to one doctor Bele a chanon of the foresaid spittle, that was appointed to preach likewise vpon the tuesdaie in Easter wéeke at the same spittle, whome he persuaded to read his said bill in the pulpit. Which bill in effect conteined how miserablie the common artificers liued,* 3.129 and scarse could get anie worke to find them, their wiues & children: there were such a number of artificers strangers that tooke awaie all their liuing in manner. And also how the Eng∣lish merchants could haue no vtterance, for the mer∣chant strangers bring in all silkes, cloth of gold, wine, oile, iron, and such other merchandize, that no man almost buieth of an Englishman.

Furthermore, they carie out so much English wooll,* 3.130 tinne, and lead, that Englishmen who aduenture outward can haue no liuing: which things (said Lin∣colne) hath béene shewed to the councell, and cannot be heard. And further (said he) the strangers com∣passe the citie round about, in Southwarke, in Westminster, Temple barre, Holborne, saint Mar∣tins, saint Iohns street, Algate, Tower hill, and saint Katharins, and forestall the market, so that no good thing for them commeth to the market: which is the cause that Englishmen want and starue, & they liue aboundantlie in great pleasure. Wherfore (said Lin∣colne) maister doctor, sith you were borne in London, and see the oppression of the strangers, and the great miserie of your owne natiue countrie, exhort all the citizens to ioine in one against these strangers, ra∣ueners, and destroiers of your countrie. Maister doctor hearing this, said he much lamented the case, if it were as Lincolne had declared.

Yes said Lincolne, that it is, and much more. For the Dutchmen bring ouer iron, timber, leather,* 3.131 and weinscot readie wrought; also nailes, locks, baskets, cupboords, stooles, tables, chests, girdles, with points, saddles & painted clothes, so that if it were wrought héere, Englishmen might haue some worke and li∣uing by it. And besides this, they grow into such a multitude, that it is to be looked vpon: for I saw on a

sundaie this Lent, six hundred strangers shooting at the popingaie with crosbowes, and they keepe such as∣semblies and fraternities togither, and make such a gathering to their common box, that euerie votcher will hold plée with the citie of London. Well said the doctor, I will doo for a reformation of this matter as much as a préest maie do, and so receiued Lincolns ••ill, and studied for his purpose. Then Lincolne verie ioious of his enterprise, went from man to man, saieng that shortlie they should heare news, and dai∣lie excited yoong people and artificers to beare ma∣lice [line 10] to the strangers. When Easter came, and doctor Bele should preach the tuesdaie in Easter wéeke, he came into the pulpit, and there declared, that to him was brought a pitifull bill, and read it in this wise.

The tenor of the bill of complaint which doctor Bele read in open audi∣ence at the Spitle.

[line 20]

TO all you the worshipfull lords & maisters of this citie,* 4.1 that will take compassion ouer the poore people your neighbours, and also of the great importable hurts, losses, and hinderances, whereof proceedeth the ex∣treame pouertie to all the kings subiects, that inhabit within this citie and suburbs of the same. For so it is, that the aliens & [line 30] strangers eat the bread from the father∣lesse children, and take the liuing from all the artificers, and the intercourse from all merchants, whereby pouertie is so much increased, that euerie man bewaileth the miserie of other; for craftsmen be brought to beggerie, and merchants to needinesse. Wherfore the premisses considered, the re∣dresse must be of the commons, knit and v∣nited to one part. And as the hurt and da∣mage [line 40] greeueth all men, so must all men set to their willing power for remedie, & not to suffer the said aliens so highlie in their wealth; & the naturall borne men of this region to come to confusion. ¶ Of this letter was more, but the doctor read no further.

When he had read this letter, or the chiefest part thereof, comprehending (as ye haue heard) much sedi∣tious [line 50] matter,* 4.2 he began with this sentence, Coelum coeli Domino, terram autem dedit filijs hominum, and vpon this text he intreated, how this land was giuen to Eng∣lishmen. And as birds defend their nests, so ought Englishmen to cherish and mainteine themselues, and to hurt and grieue aliens for respect of their com∣mon-wealth. And vpon this text Pugna pro patria, he brought in, how by Gods law it was lawfull to fight for their countrie. And thus he subtilie mooued or ra∣ther vndiscréetlie prouoked the people to rebell a∣gainst [line 60] strangers. By this foolish sermon, manie a light person tooke courage, and openlie spake against strangers. And as vnhap would, there had béene di∣uerse euill parts plaied of late by strangers, in and about the citie of London, which kindled the peoples rancour the more furiouslie against them.

Now as the diuell would, the sundaie after at Gréenwich in the kings gallerie was Francis de Bard, who (as yee haue heard) kept an Englishmans wife and his goods, and yet he could haue no remedie; and with him were Domingo, Anthonie Caueler, and manie more strangers, and there they talking with sir Thomas Palmer knight, iested and laughed how that Francis kept the Englishmans wife,* 4.3 sai∣eng that if they had the maiors wife of London they would kéepe hir. Sir Thomas said; Sirs you haue too much fauour in England. There were diuerse Eng∣lish merchants by, who heard them laugh, and were not content, in so much as one William Bolt a mer∣cer said; Well you whoreson Lombards, you reiois•• and laugh, by the masse we will one daie haue a fling at you, come when it will. And that saieng the other merchants affirmed. This tale was reported about London, and the yoong and euill disposed people said they would be reuenged on the merchants strangers as well as on the artificers strangers. ¶On monday the morow after, the king remooued to his manor of Richmond.]

On the eight and twentith daie of Aprill,* 4.4 diuerse yoong men of the citie piked quarels to certeine strangers as they passed by the stréets, some they did strike, some they buffeted, and some they threw into the kennell: wherfore the maior sent some of the Eng∣lishmen to prison, as Stephan Studleie skinner, Bets, Stephanson, and diuerse other. Then sudden∣lie rose a secret rumour, and no man could tell how it began, that on Maie daie next the citie would re∣bell and slea all the aliens, insomuch that diuerse strangers fled out of the citie. This brute ran so into euerie mans eares, that it came to the knowledge of the kings councell, wherevpon the lord cardinall sent for the maior, and other of the councell of the citie, gi∣uing them to vnderstand what he had heard.

The maior, as one ignorant of the matter, told the cardinall that he doubted not but so to gouerne the citie, as peace should be obserued.* 4.5 The cardinal wil∣led him so to doo; and to take good heed, that if anie such riotous attempt was intended, he should with good policie preuent it. The maior came from the car∣dinals house at foure of the clocke in the after noone on Maie éeuen, and in all hast sent for his brethren to the Guildhall; yet was it almost seuen of the clocke yer the assemblie was set. Upon conference had of the matter touching the rumour that was spred a∣broad of the rebellion against the strangers, some thought it necessarie that a substantiall watch should be set, of the honest citizens housholders which might withstand the euill dooers, if they went about anie misrule.

But other were of this opinion, that it was dan∣gerous to raise men in armour,* 4.6 bicause it was hard to tell whome they might trust▪ but rather they thought it best that commandement should be giuen to euerie man through euerie ward, to shut in his doores, & to kéepe his seruants within. Before eight of the clocke the recorder was sent to the cardinall with these opinions; who hearing the same, allowed the latter for best and most surest. And then the re∣corder and sir Thomas More (late vndershiriffe of London, and now of the kings priuie councell) came to the Guildhall halfe an houre before nine of the clocke, and there shewed the pleasure of the kings councell; wherevpon euerie alderman sent to his ward, that no man should stirre after seauen of the clocke out of his house, but to keepe his doores shut, and his seruants within, till nine of the clocke in th•• morning.

After this commandement giuen, in the euening,* 4.7 as sir Iohn Mundie (an alderman) came from his ward, and found two yoong men in Cheape plaieng at the bucklers, and a great manie of yoong men loo∣king on them (for the commandement was then scarse knowne) he commanded them to leaue of. And for that one of them asked, why? he would haue had him to the Counter. Then all the yoong prentises stept to, and resisted the alderman, taking the yoong fellow from him, & cried; Prentises and clubs. Then

out at euerie doore came clubs and weapons. The al∣derman fled and was in great danger.* 4.8 Then more people arose out of euerie quarter, and foorth came seruingmen, watermen, courtiers, and others; so that by eleuen of the clocke, there were in Cheape, six or seuen hundred; and out of Paules churchyard came thrée hundred, which knew not of the other. So out of all places they gathered, & brake vp the coun∣ters, tooke out the prisoners that the maior had thither committed for hurting the strangers, and came to Newgate, and tooke out Studleie and Petit com∣mitted [line 10] thither for that cause.

The maior and shiriffes were present there, and made proclamation in the kings name, but nothing was obeied.* 4.9 Herewith being gathered in plumpes, they ran thorough saint Nicholas shambles, and at saint Martins gate there met with them sir Tho∣mas More, and others, desiring them to go to their lodgings. And as they were thus intreating, and had almost persuaded the people to depart, they within saint Martins threw out stones, bats, and hot water; [line 20] so that they hurt diuerse honest persons that were there with sir Thomas More, persuading the rebelli∣ous persons to ceasse, insomuch as at length one Ni∣cholas Downes a sergeant of armes being there with the said sir Thomas More,* 4.10 & sore hurt amongst others, in a furie, cried; Downe with them. And then all the misruled persons ran to the ••••ores and win∣dowes of the houses with saint Martins, and spoiled all that they found.

After that, they ran headlong into Cornehill, [line 30] & there likewise spoiled diuerse houses of the French men that dwelled within the gate of maister Mew∣tas house called Gréene gate. This maister Mewtas was a Picard borne, and reputed to be a great bea∣rer of Frenchmen in their occupiengs and trades, contrarie to the lawes of the citie.* 4.11 If the people had found him, they would suerlie haue striken off his head: but when they found him not, the watermen and certeine yoong préests that were there fell to rif∣ling, and some ran to Blanchapelton, and brake vp [line 40] the strangers houses, and spoile•• them. Thus from ten or eleuen of the clocke, these riotous people con∣tinued in their outragious dooings till about three of the clocke, at what time they began to withdraw, and went to their places of resort: and by the waie they were taken by the maior and the heads of the citie, and sent some of them to the Tower, some to New∣gate, and some to the Counters, to the number of thrée hundred. [line 50]

Manie fled, and speciallie the watermen, preests, & seruingmen, but the prentises were caught by the backs and had to prison. In the meane time, whilest the hottest of this ruffling lasted, the cardinall was aduertised thereof by sir Thomas Parre: wherevp∣on the cardinall strengthened his house with men and ordinance. Sir Thomas Parre rode in all ••ast to Richmond,* 4.12 where the king laie, and informed him of the matter; who incontinentlie sent foorth hastilie to London, to vnderstand the state of the citie, and [line 60] was truelie aduertised how the riot was ceassed, and manie of the misdooers apprehended. The lieutenant of the Tower sir Roger Cholmeleie (no great fréend to the citie) in a frantike furie, during the time of this vprore, shot off certeine péeces of ordinance against the citie. And though they did no great harme; yet he wan much euill will for his hastie dooing, bicause men thought he did it of malice, rather than of anie discretion.

* 4.13About fiue of the clocke the earles of Shrewesbu∣rie and Surrie, Thomas Dokerci•• lord of saint Iohns, George Neuill lord of Aburgauennie, and others, which had heard of this riot, came to London with such strength as they could make vpon that sud∣den, and so did the Innes of court. But before they came, whether with feare of the brute of their com∣ming, or otherwise, the riotous assemblie was bro∣ken vp, and manie of the misdooers taken (as ye haue heard.) Then were the prisoners examined, and the sermon of doctor Bele called to remembrance, and he taken and sent to the Tower. Herewith was a commission of oier and determiner directed to the duke of Norffolke, and to diuerse other lords,* 4.14 to the lord maior of London, and the aldermen, and to all the iustices of England, for punishment of this in∣surrection. [The citie thought the duke bare them a grudge for a lewd preest of his, which the yeare before was slaine in Cheape, insomuch that he then in his furie said; I praie God I maie once haue the citi∣zens in my danger! And likewise the duke thought that they bare him no good will; wherefore he came into the citie with thirtéene hundred men in harnesse to keepe the oier and determiner.

Now vpon examination it could neuer be prooued of anie méeting, gathering, talking, or conuenticle, at anie daie or time before that daie; but that the chance so happened without anie matter prepensed of anie creature sauing Lincolne, and neuer an ho∣nest person in maner was taken but onelie he. Then proclamations were made, that no women should come togither to babble and talke, but all men should kéepe their wiues in their houses. All the stréets that were notable stood full of harnessed men, which spake manie opprobri••us words to the citizens, which grée∣ued them sore: and if they would haue béene reuen∣ged, the other had had the woorsse: for the citizens were two hundred to one, but like true subiects they suffred patientlie.] Now for the due correction (accor∣ding to law) of this disorder, all the iustices with all the kings councell learned in the lawes, assembled at the house of sir Iohn Fincur lord cheefe iustice of England néere to saint Brides by Fléetestréet,* 4.15 to take aduise, and conclude vpon the order which they should follow in this matter, and first there was read the statute of the third yeare of Henrie the fift, the ef∣fect whereof insueth in these words following.

The statute made in anno tertio of Henrie the fift.

BIcause that diuers nations com∣prised within the truces conclu∣ded as well by our souereigne lord the king that now is, as by his right noble father, haue beene robbed and spoiled by the kings lieges and subiects, as well on the maine seas as within the ports and coasts of England, Ireland, & Wales, by reason whereof, the truces and safe con∣ducts haue broken and violated, to the da∣mage, dishonour, and slander of the king, and against his dignitie, & the manslaiers, spoilers, robbers, & violaters of the same truces and safe conducts (as before is de∣clared) haue beene recetted, procured, coun∣selled, vpholden, and mainteined by diuerse of the kings liege people vpon the coasts: our said souereigne lord the king by the ad∣uise and assent abouesaid, and at the praier of the said commons, hath ordeined and e∣stablished, that all such manslaiers,* 5.1 rob∣bers, spoilers, breakers of truces, and safe conducts granted by the king, and the wil∣full recetters, abbetters, procurers, coun∣sellors, susteiners and mainteiners of such persons, hereafter in time to come, being

anie of the lieges & subiects of this realme of England, Ireland, & Wales, are to be adiudged and determined as giltie of high treason committed against the crowne & dignitie of the king. And further, in euerie hauen and port of the sea, there shall be from hense-foorth made and assigned by the king, by his letters pattents, one lawfull officer named a conseruator of truces and safe conducts granted by the king, which [line 10] officer shall dispend at the least ten pounds in land by yeare, &c: as in the statute more at large is expressed.

The which statute being read and well considered of, bicause there was diuerse leagues of truces be∣twixt the king and diuerse other princes, as one be∣twixt him and the French king,* 5.2 and another betwixt him and the archduke of Burgognie, and another be∣twixt him & the king of Spaine (all the which truces [line 20] were violated by the said insurrection) it was deter∣mined by the whole councell there assembled, that the kings sergeants and attournies should go to the lord chancellor, to haue a sight of all the said leagues and charters of truces, to the intent they might frame their indictments according to the matter. And note that iudge Fineux said,* 5.3 that all such as were parties to the said insurrection, were guiltie of high treason, as well those that did not commit anie robberie, as [line 30] those that were principall dooers therein themselues, bicause that the insurrection in it selfe was high trea∣son, as a thing practised against the regall honour of our souereigne lord the king.

And the same law holdeth of an insurrection (said Fineux) made against the statute of laborers. For so (said he) it came to passe, that certeine persons with∣in the countie of Kent began an insurrection, in dis∣obedience of the statute of labourers, and were at∣teinted therfore of high treason, and had iudgement [line 40] to be drawne, hanged, and quartered. He shewed where and when this chanced. It was further deter∣mined by the said Fineux, and all the iustices of the land, that vpon the said commission of oier and terminer in London, the iustices named in the said commission,* 5.4 might not arreigne the offendors, and proceed to the triall in one selfe daie, no more than might the iustices of peace. But iustices in oier might so doo, aswell as the iustices of gaole deliuerie: and as the sufficiencie of the iurors within the citie [line 50] to passe betwixt the king and the said traitors, the iu∣stices determined, that he that had lands, and goods, to the value of an hundred marks, should be inabled to passe vpon the said indictments. And this by the equitie of the statute of Anno vndecimo Henrici septi∣mi, the which will, that no man be admitted to passe in anie inquest in London in a plée of lands, or other action, in which the damages shall passe the value of fourtie shillings, except he be woorth in lands or goods the value of an hundred markes. [line 60]

On saturdaie the second of Maie, in this ninth yeare,* 5.5 all the commissioners, with the lord maior, al∣dermen, and iustices, went to the Guildhall, where manie of the offendors were indicted, as well of the insurrection, as of the robberies by them committed against the truces. Herevpon they were arreigned, & pleading not guiltie, had day giuen till monday next insuing. On which daie being the fourth of Maie, the lord maior, the duke of Norffolke, the earle of Sur∣rie and others came to sit in the Guildhall, to procéed in their oier and terminer as they were appointed. When the lords were set, the prisoners were brought through the stréets tied in ropes, some men, and some lads of thirtéene yéeres of age. Among them were diuerse not of the citie, some priests, some husband∣men, and labourers.* 5.6 The whole number amounted vnto two hundred thrée score and eightéene persons.

This daie was Iohn Lincolne indicted as a prin∣cipall procurer of this mischieuous insurrection, and therevpon hée was arreigned, and pleading not giltie, had daie giuen ouer till wednesdaie, or (as Hall saith) till thursday next insuing. He was charged with such matter (as before ye haue heard) concerning his sute vnto doctor Standish, and doctor Bele,* 5.7 for the reading of this bill in their sermons, and opening the matter (as before ye haue heard) all which matter with the circumstances he had confessed on sundaie the third of Maie, vnto sir Richard Cholmleie, sir Iohn Dansie, & sir Hugh Skeuington. Diuers other were indicted this mondaie, and so for that time the lords departed. The next daie the duke came againe, & the erle of Surrie with 2000 armed men, which kept the stréets. When the maior; the duke, the earles of Shrewesburie and Surrie were set, the prisoners were arreigned, and thirtéene found guiltie, and ad∣iudged to be hanged, drawne, and quartered. For execution whereof were set vp eleuen paire of gal∣lowes in diuerse places where the offenses were doone, as at Algate, at Blanchappelton,* 5.8 Gratious stréete, Leaden hall, and before euerie counter one, also at Newgate, at saint Martins, at Aldersgate, and at Bishopsgate.

Then were the prisoners that were iudged brought to those places of execution: and executed in most ri∣gorous maner, in the presence of the lord Edmund Howard son to the duke of Norffolke, & knight mar∣shall, who shewed no mercie, but extreme crueltie to the poore yoonglings in their execution:* 5.9 and likewise the dukes seruants spake manie opprobrious words, some bad hang, some bad draw, some bad set the citie on fire, but all was suffered. On thursdaie the se∣uenth of Maie, was Lincolne, Shirwin, and two bre∣thren called Bets, and diuerse other adiudged to die. Then Lincolne said, My lords, I meant well: for if you knew the mischiefe that is insued in this realme by strangers, you would remedie it, & manie times I haue complained, and then I was called a busie fel∣low: now our Lord haue mercie on me. They were laid on hardels, & drawne to the standard in Cheape; and first was Iohn Lincolne executed.* 5.10 And as the other had the ropes about their neckes, there came a commandement from the king to respit the execu∣tion. Then the people cried, God saue the king, and so was the oier and terminer deferred till another daie, and the prisoners sent againe to ward: the armed men departed out of London, and all things set in quiet.

On the eleuenth daie of Maie, the king came to his manor of Gréenwich,* 5.11 where the recorder of Lon∣don and diuerse aldermen came to speake with his grace, and all ware gownes of blacke colour. And when they perceiued the king comming out of his priuie chamber into his chamber of presence, they knéeled downe, and the recorder said:* 5.12

Our most na∣turall, benigne, and souereigne lord, we know well that your grace is displeased with vs of your citie of London, for the great riot late doone: we ascerteine your grace, that none of vs, nor no honest person were condescending to that enormitie, and yet wée, our wiues, and children, euerie houre lament that your fauour should be taken from vs. And forsomuch as light and idle persons were the dooers of the same, we most humblie beséech your grace to haue mercie of vs for our negligence, and compassion of the of∣fendors for their offense and trespasse.

Trulie said the king,* 5.13 you haue highlie displeased and offended vs, and you ought to waile and be sorie for the same.

And where as you saie that you the sub∣stantiall

persons were not consenting to the same, it appeareth to the contrarie. For you neuer mooued to let them, nor stirred once to fight with them, which you say were so small a number of light persons. Wherefore we must thinke, and you can not denie, that you did winke at the matter, but at this time we will grant to you neither our fauour nor good will, nor to the offendors mercie, but resort to the cardi∣nall our lord chancellour, and he shall make you an answer, and declare our pleasure.

And with this an∣swer [line 10] the Londoners departed, and made relation to the maior.

On the eightéenth day of this moneth, the quéene of Scots,* 5.14 which had béene at the court, and at Bai∣nards castell, a whole yeare at the kings charge, and was richlie appointed of all things méet to hir estate, both of iewels, plate, tapistrie, arras, coine, horsses, & all other things of the kings gift & liberalitie, de∣parted out of London toward Scotland with great riches, albeit she came into England with great po∣uertie, [line 20] and she entered into Scotland the thirtéenth daie of Iune, whome hir husband receiued at Ber∣wike, but the Englishmen smallie regarded him. All hir charges within the realme, comming to the court and returning, were of the kings pursse.

* 5.15On thursdaie the two & twentith daie of Maie, the king came into Westminster hall, for whome at the vpper end was set a cloth of estate, and the place han∣ged with arras. With him was the cardinall, the dukes of Norffolke and Suffolke, the earles of Shrewsburie, of Essex, of Wiltshire, & Surrie, with [line 30] manie lords and other of the kings councell. The ma∣ior & aldermen, with all the chiefe of the citie were there in their best liuerie (according as the cardinall had appointed them) by nine of the clocke. Then the king commanded that all the prisoners should bée brought foorth, so that in came the poore yoonglings and old false knaues bound in ropes all along, one af∣ter another in their shirts, and euerie one a halter a∣bout his necke, to the number of foure hundred men, [line 40] and eleuen women. And when all were come before the kings presence, the cardinall sore laid to the ma∣ior and communalti•• their negligence, and to the pri∣soners he declared that they had deserued death for their offense. Then all the prisoners togither cried; Mercie gratious lord, mercie. Herewith the lords al∣togither besought his grace of mercie, at whose sute the king pardoned them all.* 5.16 Then the cardinall gaue vnto them a good exhortation, to the great gladnesse of the hearers. [line 50]

Now, when the generall pardon was pronounced, all the prisoners showted at once, & all togither cast vp their halters into the hall roofe, so that the king might perceiue they were none of the discréetest sort. Here is to be noted, that diuerse offendors, which were not taken, hearing that the king was inclined to mercie, came well apparelled to Westminster, and suddenlie stripped them into their shirts with halters, and came in among the prisoners willing∣lie, to be partakers of the kings pardon. By which [line 60] dooing, it was well knowne, that one Iohn Gelson yeoman of the crowne was the first that began to spoile, and exhorted other to doo the same: and bicause he fled and was not taken, he came in with a rope a∣mong the other prisoners,* 5.17 and so had his pardon. This companie was after called the blacke wagon. Then were all the gallowes within the citie taken downe, and manie a good praier said for the king, and the citi∣zens tooke more héed to their seruants. But the kings mercie ministred abundant matter of communica∣tion, euerie one (speciallie the pardoned and their a∣lies) sounding the benefit of his roiall clemencie, whereby of dead men they became liuing, and had susteined the seuere sentence of law, had not mercie remitted the fault and the punishment, which brea∣keth the force of iudgement, as the poet trulie saith:

Iudicij neruos frangit miseratio clemens.

In Iune the king had with him diuerse ambassa∣dours, for solace of whome he prepared a costlie iu∣stes, he himselfe & twelue more against the duke of Suffolke and other twelue.* 5.18 His base and bard was the one halfe cloth of siluer, & the other halfe blacke tinsell. On the siluer was a curious lose worke of veluet imbrodered with gold, cut on the siluer, and euerie cut ingrailed with gold, so that that side was gold, siluer, and veluet. On the blacke tinsell side was blacke veluet imbrodered with gold, and cut, and euerie cut was ingrailed with flat gold of da∣maske. The base and bard were brodered with great letters of massie gold bullion, full of pearles and stones, maruellous rich: all his companie were in like sute, sauing that they had no iewels. The king had on his head a ladies sleeue full of diamonds. On the king attended gentlemen, armourers, and other officers,* 5.19 to the number of an hundred and twentie fiue persons, all in white veluet and white sattin, horsse and harnesse for horssemen, caps and hosen for footmen, all white, at the kings cost. Thus roiallie the king and his companie with his waiters came to the tilts end.

Then entered the duke of Suffolke, with the marques Dorset, the earls of Essex and Surrie, and eight other of his band, in bards and bases of white veluet and crimsin sattin losenged, set full of letters of C. M. of gold, for Charles and Marie, and they tooke the other end of the tilt.* 5.20 Then the trumpets blue, and the king and the duke ran fiercely togither, and brake manie speares, and so did all the other, that it was hard to saie who did best. But when the cour∣ses were run, they ran volant one at another, so that both by the report of sir Edward Gilford maister of the armourie, and also of the iudges and heralds, at these iustes were broken fiue hundred and six spears: and then the king the same night made the ambassa∣dours a sumptuous banket, with manie riddels and much pastime. After this great triumph, the king appointed his ghests for his pastime this summer; but suddenlie there came a plague of sickenesse, cal∣led the sweating sickenesse, that turned all his pur∣pose.

This maladie was so cruell, that it killed some within thrée houres, some within two houres,* 5.21 some merrie at dinner, and dead at supper. Manie died in the kings court, the lord Clinton, the lord Graie of Wilton, and manie knights, gentlemen, and offi∣cers. For this plague Michaelmasse tearme was adiourned. And bicause that this maladie continued from Iulie to the midst of December, the king kept himselfe euer with a small companie, and held no solemne Christmasse, willing to haue no resort for feare of infection: but much lamented the number of his people, for in some one towne halfe the people died, and in some other towne the third part, the sweat was so feruent and infectuous. [By the extre∣mitie whereof,* 5.22 and the multitudes with such sudden∣nesse and present mortalitie dropping awaie: it should seeme that they little remembred, or at least∣wise neglected the preseruatiue remedie vsed in the first great sweating sickenesse in * 5.23 king Henrie the seuenths time, whereby as then manie a mans life was saued, so now the like benefit (by applieng of the same wholsome meanes) might haue redounded to the patients.]

In the beginning of this yeare,* 5.24 Trinitie tearme was begun at Oxenford, where it continued but one daie, and was againe adiourned to Westminster.* 5.25 This yeare came to Calis from pope Leo, a legat De latere, called Laurence Campeius borne in Bul∣logne

la Grasse,* 5.26 commonlie called cardinall Cam∣peius, to require the king of aid against the Turke. At the request of the king of England, and also of the French king (which sought now to be receiued into fréendship with the king of England chéeflie by cardi∣nall Woolsies meanes) pope Leo constituted the said cardinall Woolsie his legat in England, ioining him in commission with the said Campeius, the which staid at Calis vntill the bulles were brought from Rome touching that matter.* 5.27 There was also [line 10] another cause that staid Campeius at Calis, & that was a sute which cardinall Woolsie had mooued for the obteining of the bishoprike of Bath, which bene∣fice cardinall Adrian Castalian inioied by the colla∣tion of king Henrie the seuenth.

This cardinall Adrian being fallen in the popes displeasure, withdrew out of the court of Rome vn∣to Uenice: and in the meane time cardinall Cam∣peius, at the instance of cardinall Woolsie, wrote to the pope, that cardinall Adrian might be depriued of that bishoprike, to the end that cardinall Woolsie [line 20] might haue the same. Which request was accompli∣shed, and the bulles sent vnto Calis; so that then car∣dinall Campeius, after he had remained at Calis thrée moneths, came ouer into England, and was receiued with all pompe & honour that might be de∣uised.* 5.28 ¶ Insomuch that cardinall Woolsie had sent to the legat (whilest he laie at Calis) red cloth to cloath his seruants, which at their comming to Calis were but meanelie apparelled. And when all things were [line 30] readie, he passed the sea and landed at Douer; and so kept foorth his iournie toward London.

At euerie towne as they passed, he was receiued with procession,* 5.29 and accompanied with all the lords & gentlemen of Kent. And when he came to Blacke∣heath, there met him the duke of Norffolke, with a great number of prelats, knights, & gentlemen, all richlie apparelled. And in the waie he was brought into a rich tent of cloath of gold, where he shifted him∣selfe into the robe of a cardinall, edged with ermins; and so tooke his mule riding towards London. The [line 40] night before he came to London, the cardinall of Yorke, to furnish the carriages of the cardinall Campeius, sent to him twelue mulets with emptie coffers couered with red: which twelue mulets were led thorough London amongest the mulets of Cam∣peius, which were but eight; and so these twentie mu∣lets passed thorough the stréets, as though they had béene full of treasures, apparell, & other necessaries.

* 5.30Now when they came into Cheape, one of the mu∣lets brake from hir kéeper, and ouerthrew the chests, [line 50] and ouerturned two or thrée other mulets carriages, which fell with such a violence, that diuerse of them vnlocked; & out of some fell old hosen, broken shooes, and roasted flesh, peeces of bread, egges, and much vile baggage. At which sight the boies cried; Sée, sée my lord legats treasure: and so the muletters were ashamed, and tooke vp all their stuffe and passed foorth. About thrée of the clocke in the after noone on the twentie ninth day of Iulie the said legat entered the citie, and in Southworke met him all the clergie of [line 60] London, with crosses, censors, and copes, and censed him with great reuerence. The maior and aldermen, with all the occupations of the citie in their best liue∣ries stood in the stréets, and him highlie honoured: to whome sir Thomas More made a bréefe oration in the name of the citie.

Now when he came to Paules, there he was recei∣ued with bishops mitred, and vnder a canopie ente∣tered the church: which canopie his seruants tooke for their fees. And when he had offered, he gaue his bene∣diction to all the people, & tooke againe his mule, & so with all his traine aforesaid was conueied to Bath place, and there rested: where he was welcommed of cardinall of Yorke. On sundaie next insuing,* 5.31 these two cardinals as legats tooke their barges, & came to Gréenewich, ech of them had besides their crosses two pillers of siluer, two little axes gilt, and two cloake-bags embrodered, & the cardinals ha••s borne before them. And when they came to the kings hall, the cardinall of Yorke went on the right hand: and there the king roiallie apparelled and accompanied, met them euen as though both had come from Rome and so brought them both vp into his chamber of pre∣sence.

Then a solemne oration was made by an Italian, declaring the cause of the legacie to be in two arti∣cles, one for aid against Gods enimies, and the se∣cond for reformation of the clergie. And when masse was doone, they were had to a chamber, and serued of lords and knights, with much solemnitie: and after dinner they tooke their leaue of the king, and came to London, and rode through the citie togither, in great pompe and glorie to their lodgings.] This cardinall Campeius for his fréendship shewed in hel∣ping the cardinall of England to the bishoprike of Bath, was considered (besides other great rewards) with the bishoprike of Salisburie, the profits where∣of he receiued, vntill the act was established, that no forrenner should inioie anie spirituall benefice with∣in this realme. But for the chéefest errand that this cardinall Campeius came, he could haue no toward answer: which was (as you haue heard) to haue lea∣uied a summe of monie by waie of tenths in this realme, to the maintenance of the warre in defense of the christian confines against the Turke.

There were at the same time other legats sent in∣to other parts of Christendome about the same mat∣ter, as into France, Spaine, and Germanie.* 5.32 For pope Leo calling to remembrance, that the feare con∣ceiued of the Turkes had brought no small gaines to diuerse of his predecessors, he began to feare too. But for that such feare was now too well knowne to be v∣sed as an ordinarie shift of the popes, when they stood in néed of monie, this practise was at this time vsed in vaine; so that Campeius hearing that it tooke not place in other parties, left off his earnest sute a∣bout it, and with great rewards receiued of the king and cardinall, returned to Rome, not without hope yet (by reason of promises made vnto him by his fréends) that the popes request might hereafter be granted, according to his motion. There attended him to Rome one Iohn Clearke a lawier, as am∣bassadour from the king.

This man obteined for the cardinall, authoritie to dispense with all men for offenses committed a∣gainst the spirituall lawes, which part of his power legantine was verie profitable and gainefull. For then he set vp a court, and called it the court of the legat: in the which he prooued testaments,* 5.33 and heard causes, to the great hinderance of all the bishops of this realme. He visited bishops, and all the cleargie exempt and not exempt, and vnder colour of refor∣mation he got much treasure. For thorough bribes & rewards, notorious offendors were dispensed with, so that nothing was reformed, but came to more mis∣chéefe. The example of his pride,* 5.34 caused préests and all spirituall persons to wax so proud, that they ruf∣fled it out in veluet and silks, which they ware both in gounes, iackets, doublets, and shooes. They vsed o∣pen lecherie, and bare themselues so stout by reason of his authorities and faculties, that no man durst reprooue any thing in them. So that we sée here vere∣fied in proofe how forcible the examples of great men be in the inferior sort; as the wise man truelie saith:

Qualis erit princeps, talis praefectus habetur,* 5.35 Nobilitas qualis, plebs quoque talis erit.

[But before we inferre further processe of other

accidents, it were good to heare a full discourse, for the exact vnderstanding of the popes affaires, where∣abouts he addressed so manie cardinals into so ma∣nie parts of christendome, as solicitors to obteine succour against the Turke. ¶ Now followeth (saith mine author) the yeare 1518,* 5.36 in which the regions of Italie, contrarie to the precedent of manie yeares before, felt not the least impression or motion of war, yea there appeared the selfe same disposition in all other princes of christendome,* 5.37 betweene whome by the operation of the pope, though happilie more with [line 10] faire reason, than with substantiall counsels, was so∣licited an vniuersall expedition of all christendome aginst the pride of Selim prince of the Turkes.

This man the yeare before, had so inlarged and extended his greatnesse, that comparing with his power, his ambition to be greater, pushed on with manie helpes of nature, it was worthilie to be doub∣ted, that if he were not preuented by the inuasions of the christians, he would in his pride lift vp his vic∣torious hands against them. For Selim discerning [line 20] that Baiseth his father, reduced to extreme old age, sought to establish the succession of the empire in the person of Acomath his elder brother, drew into rebel∣lion against him, and by force of armes, concurring the corruption of the souldiors of his gard, constrei∣ned him to resigne vp to him the authoritie of the go∣uernment: and not suffering his ambition to staie there,* 5.38 it was beleeued of all men, that for his more absolute assurance he tooke awaie his life by poison: and afterwards giuing an ouerthrow to his brother [line 30] in an inconter of a battell, he confirmed fullie the seat of his empire, by depriuing him of his life in publike shew, exercising the like rage of crueltie vp∣on Corcu the yongest brother of all. And being not satisfied according to the tyrannie of the house of Ot∣tomanni, with the bloud and slaughter of all his ne∣phues, or anie others that remained of that line and stocke, he was in thought oftentimes (by the rage and furie of his disposition) to take awaie the life of Soliman his onelie sonne. [line 40]

Of these beginnings bréeding one warre vpon another, after he had subdued the Aduliti, a people of the mountaines, he passed ouer into Persia against the Sophi, to whome he gaue battell and ouerthrew him, and in that felicitie of warre he tooke the citie of Tauris the souereigne seat of that estate,* 5.39 togither with the greatest part of Persia which he was con∣streined to abandon, not through the valour of his enimies, who for their disabilitie to support their army [line 50] were retired into the mounteins and places desert, but for the vniuersall dearth and barrennesse of that yeare, he fell into an extreme want of vittels: he re∣turned soone after this expedition to Constantinople, where after he had doone execution vpon certeine souldiers seditious, and for certeine moneths had re∣freshed his armie, he gaue out that he would eftsoons returne to make warre vpon Persia. But indeed he turned his forces against the Soldan king of So∣ria and Aegypt, a prince not onelie of most ancient [line 60] reuerence and dignitie for that religion; but most mightie for the amplitude of dominion, most rich in tributes,* 5.40 and verie glorious by the discipline of the Mammelukes, of whose armes and forces that state was possessed with great reputation thrée hundred yeares.

For that empire, being ruled of the Soldans, they not by succession but by election ascended to it, and to the supreme seat of gouernement were not preferred but men of manifest vertue, and confir∣med by all the degrees of warre, in the administra∣tion of prouinces and armies, and also the sinewes and strengthes of their forces stood not vpon souldi∣ors mercenarie and forreine, but of men elected, who taken of children in the prouinces adioining, and trained vp by succession of yeares in hardnesse of fare, in suffering of labour and toile, and in the exer∣cise of armes and all customes apperteining to the discipline and law of warre, they ascribed and inrol∣led them in the order of the Mammelukes. There suc∣céeded from hand to hand in this order, not the sons of the Mammelukes that were dead, but others, who being taken of children for slaues, had their rising by the same discipline, and by the same industrie and artes, by the which their predecessours had passed from hand to hand.

These not being in number aboue seuenteene or eighteene thousand,* 5.41 held subiected vnder a most hea∣uie yoke, all the people of Aegypt and Soria, whom they spoiled of the vse of all armes, and practise to manage horsses: yea such was their fiercenesse and valour, that oftentimes they made warre of them∣selues, for that of their numbers and by their electi∣on were chosen the Soldans, and in their power re∣sted all authoritie to distribute the honours, offices, and profits of that most rich empire. By the opor∣tunitie of which, hauing subdued manie nations ad∣ioining, and reduced to obedience the Arabians, and mainteined manie warres with the Turkes, they were manie times victorious, but verie seldome or neuer vanquished of others. Against these people did Selim conuert his forces, whome he ouerthrew in manie battels fought in plaine field, wherein was slaine the Soldan,* 5.42 and afterwards in an other bat∣tell was taken prisoner the other Soldan his succes∣sor, whome he caused to be publikelie murthered with an vnworthie kind of torment. Thus hauing sa∣tisfied his bloudie humour with such great slaugh∣ters, and also wasted the name of the Mammelukes, he procéeded to the inuasion of Cairo a most popu∣lous citie, wherein w••re resident the Soldans, and in short time subdued vnder his iurisdiction all So∣ria and Aegypt.

These drew vnto him so great an increase of im∣perie, such amplification of tribute and reuenue, and remoouing the impediments of so mightie enimies, and of so great reputation, that with great reason hée was to be feared of the christians. A feare which tooke his degrees of increasing by this consideration, that to so great a power and valour was ioined a settled impression of ambition to beare rule, & by manie vic∣tories, to make glorious his name to all posterities: wherein reading oftentimes the legends and actions of the great Alexander, and Iulius Cesar,* 5.43 he séemed to suffer griefe and perplexitie of mind, that his ac∣tions & exploits of warre could in no wise hold com∣parison with so manie great triumphs and victories. In which humour, refurnishing continuallie his ar∣mies, and building of new a great number of ships, and leuieng all prouisions necessarie for the warre, it was fered when his preparations were accompli∣shed, that he would inuade Rhodes, the bulworke of the christians in the east parts, or else the kingdome of Hungaria, made fearefull by the valour of the in∣habitants to the nation of the Turks, which at that time was in diuision amongst themselues, and made weake by the minoritie of their king, who was go∣uerned by the priests and barons of the realme.

Others were of opinion, that he had addressed all his thoughts to the inuasion of Italie, taking his in∣couragement vpon the discord of the potentates and naturall princes, whome he knew to be much shaken with the long warres of those regions. To this was ioined the memorie of Mahomet his grandfather, who with a power farre lesse than his, and with a small name sent vpon the coasts of the realme of Naples, had woone by assault the citie of O••ronto: and (sauing he was preuented by death) had both o∣pened

the way, and established the meane to perse∣cute the regions of Italie with continuall vexati∣ons:* 5.44 so that the pope togither with the whole court of Rome being made astonished with so great suc∣cesse, and no lesse prouident to eschew so great a dan∣ger, making their first recourse vnto the aid and succour of God, caused to be celebrated through Rome most deuout inuocations, which he did assist in presence bare-footed.

And afterwards calling vpon the helpe of m••n▪ [line 10] he wrote letters to all christian princes, both admo∣nishing them of the perill, and persuading them to lay aside all ciuill discords and contentions, and at∣tend spéedilie to the defense of religion & their com∣mon safetie, which he affirmed would more and more take increase of most grieuous danger, if with the vnitie of minds, and concordances of forces, they sought not to transferre the warre into the empire of the Turks, & inuade the enimie in his owne coun∣trie. Upon this aduise and admonition, was taken [line 20] the examination and opinion of men of warre,* 5.45 and persons skilfull in the discouerie of countries, the dis∣posing of prouinces, and of the nature and vsage of the forces and weapons of that kingdome, and there∣vpon a resolution was set downe to make great le∣uies of monie by voluntarie contributions of prin∣ces, and vniuersall imposts of all people of christen∣dome.

It was thought necessarie that Cesar accompa∣nied with the horssemen of Hungaria and Polonia, [line 30] nations warlike, and practised in continuall warre a∣gainst the Turke, and also with the footmen of Ger∣manie, should saile along Danubi into Bossina cal∣led ancientlie Misia, and from thence to Thracia, and so to draw neare Constantinople,* 5.46 the seat of the em∣pire of Ottomanes: that the French king with all the forces of his kingdome, the Uenetians, and the other potentates of Italie, accompanied with the infanterie of Swizzerland, should passe from the port of Brindisi in Albania, a passage verie easie & short, to inuade Greece, a countrie full of christian inhabi∣tants, [line 40] and for the intollerable yoke of the Turkes, most readie to rebell: that the kings of Spaine, of England, and Portugall, assembling their forces to∣gither in Cartagenia, and the ports thereabouts, should take their course with two hundred ships full of Spanish footmen and other souldiers, to the streict of Galipoli, to make rodes vp to Constanti∣nople, hauing first of all subdued the castels and forts standing vpon the mouth of the streict: and the pope to take the same course, imbarking at Ancona, with [line 50] an hundred ships armed.

* 5.47With these preparations, séeming sufficient to couer the land, and ouerspread the sea, it was thought that of a warre so full of deuotion and pietie, there could not be but hoped a happie end, speciallie adding the inuocation of God, and so manie seuerall inua∣sions made at one time against the Turkes, who make their principall foundation of defense, to fight in the plaine field. These matters were solicited with no small industrie, and to stop all matter of imputa∣tion [line 60] against the office of the pope, the minds of prin∣ces were throughlie sounded, and an vniuersall truce for fiue yeares betweene all the princes of christen∣dome, published in the consistorie, vpon paine of most grieuous censure to such as should impugne it. So that the negociation continuing for all things apperteining to so great an enterprise, he assigned ambassadours to all princes: to the emperour he sent the cardinall S. Sisto, to the French king he dispat∣ched the cardinall of S. Maria in Portico, the cardi∣nall Giles to the king of Spaine,* 5.48 and the cardinall Campeius to the king of England.

All cardinals of authoritie, either for their experi∣ence in affaires, or for opinion of their doctrine, or for their familiaritie with the pope. All which things albeit they were begun with great hope and expec∣tation, and the vniuersall truce accepted of all men, and all men with no little ostentation and brauerie of words, made shew of their readinesse with their forces to aduance so good a cause: yet, what with the consideration of the perill estéemed vncerteine and farre off, and extending more to one prince than to another, and what by the difficulties and long tract of time that appeared, to introduce a zeale and vnion so vniuersall, priuat interests and respects particular séemed to preuaile more,* 5.49 than the pietie of the expe∣dition: insomuch that the negociation stood not one∣lie naked of all hope and issue, but also it was follo∣wed verie lightlie, and as it were by ceremonie.

This being one propertie in the nature of men, that those things which in their beginnings appeare fearefull, doo dailie take such degrées of diminution and vanishing, that vnles the first feares be reuiued by new accidents▪ they lead men in processe of time to securitie. Which propertie of negligence, both tou∣ching the affaires publike, and affection of priuate and particular men was well confirmed by the death that succéeded not long after to Selim, who,* 5.50 hauing by a long maladie suspended the preparations of the warre; was in the end consumed by the passions of his disease, and so passed into the other life, leauing so great an empire to Soliman his sonne, yoong in yeares, and iudged to beare a wit and mind not so dis∣posed to the warres, although afterwards the effects declared the contrarie.

At this time appeared betweene the pope and the French king a most great and streict coniuncton: for the king gaue to wife to Laurence his nephue,* 5.51 the ladie Magdalen noblie descended of the bloud and house of Bullognie, with a yearelie reuenue of ten thousand crownes, whereof part was of the kings gift, and the residue rising of hir owne patrimonie. Besides, the king hauing borne to him a sonne, the pope required that in his baptisme, he would impose vpon him his name. By which occasion Laurence making preparations to go to marrie his new wife, for his more spéed, performed his iournie by post in∣to France, where he was receiued with manie ami∣ties and much honour of the king, to whome he be∣came verie gratious and of deare account, the rather for that (besides other generall respects) he made a de∣dication of himselfe wholie to the king, with promise to follow in all accidents, his fortune.]

And now to returne to cardinall Woolsie, who grew so into excéeding pride,* 5.52 that he thought him∣selfe equall with the king. For when he said masse (which he did oftener to shew his pompe, rather than for anie deuotion) he made dukes and earles to serue him of wine, with a say taken, and to hold to him the bason at the lauatorie. Thus was the pride of the car∣dinall and other priests so past the compasse of rea∣son, that in maner all good persons abhorred and dis∣deined it [as altogither degenerating from the ex∣ample of Christ & his poore traine, of whome in name and title they séemed to be professors, but of their maners and trade of life open defiers; yea in such manifest sort, both in apparell and diet, as also in all other respects, that few there were (if they perceiued anie thing by discretion) but saw the euident abuses of their behauiours, tending greatlie to the disho∣nour of the place which they possessed, as also to the no small offense of the modester sort of the cleargie, wherof some did so well like of this ruffling and mas∣king presbyterie, that they abhorred it as strong poi∣son in their broth.]

It fortuned that the archbishop of Canturburie wrote to the cardinall, anon after that he had recei∣ued

his power legantine, the which letter after his old familiar maner he subscribed thus:* 5.53 Your bro∣ther William of Canturburie. With which subscrip∣tion, bicause the archbishop wrote him brother, he was so much offended, as though the archbishop had doone him great iniurie, that he could not temper his mood, but in high displeasure said, that he would so worke within a while, that he should well vnderstand how he was his superiour, and not his brother. When the archbishop (being a sober wise man) heard of the [line 10] messenger that bare the letter, how the cardinall tooke it not well, but so as it might seeme there was a great fault in the letter, and reported the tale as one that misliked the cardinals presumption herein: Peace (said the archbishop) knowest thou not how the man is become mad with too much ioy. And thus the cardinall forgetting to hold the right path of true laud and praise, sought to be feared rather than belo∣ued of all good men.

In this meane time the French king greatlie co∣ueting [line 20] to redeeme the citie of Tornaie out of the hands of the king of England, and knowing that he must make waie therevnto thorough the cardinals fréendship, ceassed not with high gifts to win his good will, and moreouer in often writing to him, ex∣alted him with titles of honor,* 5.54 and so magnified him, that the cardinall, as one tickled with vaine-glorie more than can be imagined, thought that he could not doo pleasure enough to the French king, that did estéeme so much of him. Herevpon the French king [line 30] hoping to compasse his desire, after he perceiued the cardinals good will towards him, signified his mea∣ning vnto the said cardinall; who found meanes to breake thereof to the king, in such wise as he was contented to heare the French kings ambassadors, that should be sent hither to talke of that matter.

The French king then vnderstanding the king of England his pleasure, sent ouer the lord Boniuet high admerall of France,* 5.55 and the bishop of Paris as chéefe ambassadours, accompanied with a great [line 40] sort of lustie gentlemen of the French kings court, to the number of foure score and aboue, on whome at∣tended such a companie of other of the meaner sort, that the whole number amounted to twelue hundred one and other,* 5.56 which were thought to be manie for an ambassage. ¶ On mondaie the twentie seuenth daie of September, the earle of Surrie high admerall of England, in a coat of rich tissue cut on cloath of sil∣uer, on a great courser richlie trapped, and a great whistle of gold, set with stones and pearle, hanging [line 50] at a great and massie chaine baudricke wise, accom∣panied with an hundred and sixtie gentlemen, richlie apparelled, on goodlie horsses came to Blackeheath, and there amiablie receiued the ambassadours of France. The yoong gallants of France had coats garded with one colour, cut in ten or twelue parts verie richlie to behold: and so all the Englishmen ac∣coupled themselues with the Frenchmen louinglie togither, and so road to London. After the two ad∣merals followed foure and twentie of the French [line 60] kings gard, accompanied with foure and twentie of the English gard. And after them a great num∣rer of archers, to the number of foure hundred. And in this order they passed thorough the citie to tailors hall, and there the chéefe ambassadours were lodged, and the remnant in merchants houses about.

When these lords were in their lodgings, then the French harder men opened their wares, & made the tailors hall like the paund of a mart. At this doo∣ing manie an Englishman grudged, but it auailed not. The last daie of September, the French ambas∣sadours tooke their barge,* 5.57 and came to Greenewich. The admerall was in a gowne of cloath of siluer rai∣sed, furred with rich sables; and all his companie al∣most were in a new fashioned garment, called a she∣mew, which was in effect a gowne cut in the middle. The gentlemen of France were brought into the kings presence, where the bishop of Paris made a solemne oration; which being ended, & answer made thereto, the king highlie interteined the admerall and his companie, and so did all the English lords and gentlemen.]

The ambassadours after this were dailie in coun∣cell, till at length an agréement was concluded, vn∣der pretense of a marriage to be had betweene the Dolphin of France, and the ladie Marie, daugh∣ter to the king of England: in name of whose mar∣riage monis▪ Tornaie should be deliuered vnt•• the French king, he paieng to the king of England for the castell which he had made in that citie;* 5.58 six hun∣dred thousand crownes, to be paid in twelue yeares space, that is to saie, fiftie thousand euerie yeare du∣ring that terme. And if the marriage chanced not to take effect, then should Tornaie be againe restored to the king of England. For performance of which article, hostages should be deliuered, that is to wit, monsieur de Montmorancie, monsieur de Montpe∣sac, monsieur de Moie, monsieur de Morret. Moreo∣uer the French king should paie to the lord cardinall of England a thousand marks of yearelie pension, in recompense of his reuenues before time receiued of the bishoprike of Tornaie: and likewise to other of the kings councell he should also giue certeine summes of monie as yearelie pensions, in like ma∣ner as his ancestors had doone to the councellors of the kings of England before time.

The French K. agreed to call backe the duke of Al∣banie out of Scotland, that the suertie of K. Iames might the better be prouided for, and lesse occasion of trouble ministred to the king of England. And fur∣ther the French king was contented that the said king Iames should be receiued as a confederat in this peace. When all things were concluded, the king and the ambassadours road to the cathedrall church of saint Paule in London from Durham place, where the cardinall of England sang the masse in most pompous maner: and after that masse was ended, doctor Pace the kings secretarie made an eloquent oration in praise of peace: and that doone, the king and his nobles with the ambassadours went to the bishops palace, and there dined, and after din∣ner, the king rode againe to Durham place.* 5.59 That night the cardinall of Yorke made to the ambassa∣dors a solemne banket, and them accompanied ma∣nie lords and ladies of England. And when the ban∣ket was doone, in came six minstrels, richlie disgui∣sed, and after them followed thrée gentlemen in wide and long gownes of crimsin sattin, euerie one ha∣uing a cup of gold in their hands.

The first cup was full of angels and roials, the se∣cond had diuerse bales of dice, and the third had cer∣teine paires of cards. These gentlemen offered to plaie at mumchance, and when they had plaied the length of the first boord, then the minstrels blew vp, and then entered into the chamber certeine ladies disguised, on whome attended twelue knights dis∣guised bearing torches. All these thirtie & six persons were in one sute of fine gréene sattin, all couered o∣uer with cloth of gold, vnder tied togither with laces of gold, and masking hoods on their heads: the ladies had tiers made of braids of damaske gold with long haire of white gold. All these maskers dansed at one time, and after they had dansed, they put off their vi∣sors, and so were they all knowne. The admerall and lords of France hartilie thanked the king, that it pleased him to visit them with such disport. Then the king & his companie were banketted, and had high chéere: and so they departed euerie man to his lod∣ging.

The eight of October at Gréenewich, was soong a solemne masse by the bishop of Durham, and after masse,* 5.60 doctor Tunstall, maister of the rolles, made an eloquent proposition in praise of the matri∣monie to be had betwixt the Dolphin and the ladie Marie. All that daie were the strangers feasted, and at night they were brought into the hall, where was a rocke full of all maner of stones,* 5.61 verie artificiallie made, and on the top stood fiue trées, the first an oliue tree, on which hanged a shield of the armes of the [line 10] church of Rome; the second a pineaple trée, with the armes of the emperour; the third a rosier, with the armes of England; the fourth a branch of lillies, bea∣ring the armes of France; and the fift a pomegra∣nat trée, bearing the armes of Spaine: in token that all these fiue potentats were ioined togither in one league against the enimies of Christes faith.

In and vpon the middest of the rocke sate a faire ladie, richlie apparelled with a dolphin in hir lap. In this rocke were ladies and gentlemen apparelled in [line 20] crimsin sattin, couered ouer with floures of purple sattin, embrodered vpon with wrethes of gold, knit togither with golden laces, and on euerie floure a hart of gold moouing. The ladies apparell was after the fashion of Iude, with kerchifes of pleasance, hat∣ched with fine gold, and set with letters of Gréeke in gold of bullion; and the edges of their kerchifes were garnished with hanging perle. These gentlemen and ladies sat on the nether part of the rocke, and out of a caue in the said rocke came ten knights, armed at [line 30] all points, and fought togither a faire tournie. And when they were seuered and departed, the disguisors descended from the rocke, and dansed a great space: and suddenlie the rocke mooued and receiued the dis∣guisors, and immediatlie closed againe.

Then entered a person called Report, apparelled in crimsin sattin full of toongs, sitting on a flieng horsse with wings and féet of gold called Pegasus. This person in French declared the mening of the rocke, the trées,* 5.62 and the tournie. After this pastime en∣ded, [line 40] the king and the ambassadours were serued at a banket with two hundred and sixtie dishes, and after that a voidee of spices with sixtie spice plates of sil∣uer and gilt, as great as men with ease might beare. This night the cupboord in the hall was of twelue stages all of plate of gold, and no gilt plate. When that euerie man had béene plentiouslie serued, the tables were taken vp, and the king with the quéene and all the strangers departed to their lodgings.

After diuerse iusts & feasts made for the said am∣bassadours [line 50] by the king and lords: sir Thomas Ex∣mew maior of London made to them a costlie din∣ner at Goldsmiths hall, which dinner they highlie praised, it was so well ordered. And when the time came, they tooke their leaue of the king, the quéene, and the kings councell, and deliuered into the kings possession their foure hostages (as you haue heard be∣fore.) At which departing the king gaue to the adme∣rall of France a garnish of gilt vessell, a paire of co∣uerd basens gilt,* 5.63 twelue great gilt boles, foure paire [line 60] of great gilt pots, a standing cup of gold, garnished with great pearles: and to some other also, he gaue plate, to some chains of gold, to some rich apparell, and to some great horsses with rich bards, so that euerie gentleman was well rewarded; which liberalitie the strangers much praised: and after that all their trus∣ses were readie they departed towards the sea, and tooke ship and landed at Bullogne.]

* 5.64Shortlie after their departure, the earle of Wor∣cester, lord chamberleine, the bishop of Elie, the lord of saint Iohns, sir Nicholas Uaux, sir Iohn Pe∣chie, sir Thomas Bullen, as ambassadours from the king of England, accompanied with thrée score and ten knights, gentlemen and yeomen, to the num∣ber of foure hundred and aboue, passed the sea to Ca∣lis, and so from thense went to Paris, where they were noblie receiued, & being brought to the French kings presence, the bishop of Elie made a solemne oration touching the mariage and peace concluded. [To interteine the English ambassadours and gen∣tlemen,* 5.65 the French king had made a banketting house in the bastill of Paris betwéene foure old walles. This house was couered with cords streined by craft, and euerie cord was woond about with box, and so laid crossewise one ouer an other in fret, and at the méetings a great knop gilt with gold foile. O∣uer their cords was streined woollen cloaths of light blew: this roofe was foure score foot high, and on e∣uerie side three stages high: all the pillers of the sta∣ges were couered with antike works, & the brests of the stages curiouslie wrought with armes, viniets, and branches: the roofe was set full of starres gilt & furnished with glasses betwéene the frets. In this house was two hundred and twelue branches gilt hanged, & on euerie branch a great number of lights of white wax.

Diuerse sorts of maskes were shewed also that night: and at euerie side of the palace a great cup∣boord of massie plate of much greatnesse was set, the French king welcomming the lords and ambas∣sadours with good countenance.] Here is to be re∣membred, that immediatlie after the conclusion of the marriage, a rumor was raised, that the Dolphin was dead before, and that this marriage was but a colourable pretext, deuised of the Frenchmen for a policie to come by their purpose: and therefore, after that the English ambassadours had beene feasted and interteined with banketting and princelie pastime, the bishop of Elie, with sir Thomas Bullen, and sir Richard Weston, were appointed to go vnto Coniacke to see the Dolphin, where they were hono∣rablie receiued, and brought vnto the presence of the Dolphin, being a goodlie yoong child, whome they kis∣sed and imbraced in most louing wise.

The earle of Worcester, and with him sir Nicho∣las Uaux, sir Iohn Pechie, sir Edward Belknap, [year 1520] and diuerse others at the same time, tooke leaue of the French king, and rode to Tornaie to sée the citie deliuered to the Frenchmen. Wherevpon, the eight of Februarie, the lord Chatillon came thither with one and twentie hundred men; and after some con∣trouersie mooued about the deliuerie of his commis∣sion, and sealing an indenture, which the earle had there readie ingrossed, conteining the articles of a∣greement, in consideration whereof it was deliue∣red, the capteine sir Richard Ierningham was dis∣charged, and the Frenchmen suffered to enter with drumslads and minstrelsie,* 5.66 but not with standards nor banners, which the Englishmen caused them to roll vp greatlie against their wils. Before they came to the gates, they sealed the indenture, confessing how they receiued the citie as a gift, and not as a right, and deliuered their commission, whereby they were authorised to receiue it, which at the first they re∣fused to doo, affirming that it was sufficient for them to shew it.

Thus was Tornaie deliuered in this tenth yeare of the kings reigne, on the eight daie of Februarie, & the Englishmen returned into England, sore dis∣pleased in their minds. For thereby manie a tall yeo∣man lacked liuing, the which would not labour after their returne, but fell to robbing, pilfering, shifting, and other extraordinarie meanes of maintenance, whereas before they were staied vpon a certeintie of hope, so long as they had allowance by the king. So that this resignation of Tornaie, though it were an∣swerable to the desire of the French king, and com∣modious for his people, yet that benefit of theirs bred

to the English soldiors detriment and losse: who wi∣shed in their harts to haue left their liues behind them in defense of possession, rather than it should re∣uert into the hands of them, by whome it was surren∣dred & giuen vp to the English power, whom (bicause they were not able to incounter) they let in at their gates by a voluntarie motion and common consent for their better safetie, as a late writer witnesseth:

Angligenas passis intra sua moenia portis Sponte intromittens. [line 10]

¶During this time remained in the French court diuerse yoong gentlemen of England,* 5.67 and they with the French king rode dailie disguised through Pa∣ris, throwing egges, stones, and other foolish trifles at the people, which light demeanour of a king was much discommended and ieasted at. And when these yoong gentlemen came againe into England, they were all French, in eating, drinking, and apparell, yea, and in French vices and brags, so that all the estates of England were by them laughed at: the [line 20] ladies and gentlewomen were dispraised, so that no∣thing by them was praised, but if it were after the French turne, which after turned them to displesure, as you shall heare.

After the kings ambassadours were returned, and Tornaie deliuered to the Frenchmen vpon the con∣ditions aforesaid, the hostages that were here left for the paiment of the great summes and perfor∣mance of the conditions comprised in the league (of the which one was, that if the marriage tooke none effect, then the citie of Tornaie should be redeliuered [line 30] vpon repaiment of the same summes) the said hosta∣ges knew not in what case they stood, but when they knew it, they were verie heauie and sorowfull: how∣beit, they dissembled the matter in the best wise they could. The king vsed familiarlie these foure hostages, and on the seuenth daie of Maie prepared a disgui∣sing,* 5.68 and caused his great chamber at Gréenwich to be staged, and great lights to be set on pillors that were gilt, with basons gilt, and the roofe was couered [line 40] with blue sattin set full of presses of fine gold and flowers: and vnder was written Iammes, the mea∣ning whereof was, that the slower of youth could not be oppressed.

Into this chamber came the king, and the quéene, with the hostages, and there was a goodlie comedie of Plautus plaied; and that doone, there entered into the chamber eight ladies in blacke veluet bordered a∣bout with gold, with hoopes from the wast downe∣ward,* 5.69 and sléeues rusted and plited at the elbow, and [line 50] plaine in the middest, full of cuts, plucked out at eue∣rie cut with fine camerike, & tired like the Aegypti∣ans verie richlie. And when these ladies had passed a∣bout the place, in came eight noble personages in long gownes of taffata set with flowers of gold bul∣lion, and vnder that apparell cotes of blacke veluet embrodered with gold all to cut, and plucked out with cuts of white sarcenet, and euerie man had buskins of blacke veluet full of agglets of gold.

Then the eight men dansed with the eight ladies [line 60] all being visarded, and suddenlie the men cast off their large gownes, and then their vnder apparell was séene. And when all was doone, euerie lord and ladie put off their visards, and then it was knowne that the king, the duke of Suffolke, and the French quéene were there, which were present at the plaie time. On the eight daie of March was a solemne iu∣stes,* 5.70 the king himselfe, and eight yoong gentlemen based and barded in blacke veluet embrodered with gold; against the duke of Suffolke, and eight of his band, all in white satten with drops of gold. And that daie they all ran excéeding well, which the strangers highlie commended.]

About the end of March, the king sent for all the yeomen of the gard that were come from Tornaie,* 5.71 and after manie good words giuen to them, he gran∣ted to euerie of them foure pence the daie without attendance, except they were speciallie commanded.* 5.72 ¶ And here it seemeth requisit to adde the report of a forreine chronicler touching the league of amitie and conditions of the same, knit vp in breuitie and good tearmes as followeth. Now (saith he) the differences betwéene the French and English were also recon∣ciled. And for the more stabilitie of which agreement, it was confirmed with a contract of parentage and aliance, wherein the king of England promised to giue his onelie daughter, to whome hauing no sons, there was hope of the descending & succession of the kingdome to the Dolphin the eldest sonne of the crowne of France,* 5.73 adding for a portion foure hun∣dred thousand duckets. Both the one and the other bore yet so tender age, that infinit accidents might happen, before perfection of yeeres would make them able to establish matrimonie. There was made betwene them a league defensiue, wherin were com∣prehended Cesar, and the king of Spaine, in case they would ratifie it in a certeine time.

The king of England bound himselfe to restore Tornaie, receiuing presentlie for defraiments ex∣pended vpon that towne, two hundred and threescore thousand duckets, and thrée hundred thousand to bée defalked of the portion, and to paie thrée hundred thou∣sand more in the space of twelue yeares. The French king also was bound, that if the peace and the paren∣tage folowed not, to render vp againe into the hands of the English, the towne of Tornaie. Manie am∣bassadours were sent from both the realmes to ne∣gociat this league, and to receiue the ratifications and othes, by whome in the courts of both the kings the acts of the accord were dispatched with great so∣lemnitie and ceremonie, with a resolution of an in∣teruiew of both the kings betwéene Calis and Bul∣longne, immediatlie after the restitution of Tor∣naie.

About the same time, the daughter of the French king, appointed to be married to the king of Spaine, being dead,* 5.74 the former peace and capitulation was eftsoones reconfirmed betwéene them, wherein was promised the marriage of the second daughter of France. Both the kings celebrated this coniunction with most great demonstrations of perfect amitie: for the king of Spaine, hauing paied in at Lions an hundred thousand duckets, ware publikelie the order of saint Michaell vpon the day of the celebration of the same, and in recompense of that honour: the French king, vpon the daie dedicated to saint An∣drew, was honorablie attired in the robes and colour of the golden fléece.

About this time, Iohn Ia. Triuulce, whome nei∣ther old age reduced almost to the last time,* 5.75 nor his vertue so oftentimes expressed in the seruice of the truce of France could anie waie aid or comfort (be∣ing both ambicious and impatient, and therefore en∣uied) following the French court, fell sicke at Char∣ters, where he gaue vp to the king, his innocencie and complaints, and made to God the last reckoning of his aged daies. He was a man in the iudgement of manie, and confirmed by sundrie experiences, of singular valour in the discipline of warre, and ran a race alwaies opposed to the inconstancie of fortune, who (according to hir mutabilitie) made him feele the operation of both hir humors, sometimes reioising in hir fauour, and erst againe finding hir sowre and of a bitter tast. By his commandement were writ∣ten vpon his toome these words, not disagreeable to the variable condition and course of his naturall life:

I find the rest within my graue, Which in my life I could not haue.]

* 5.76In this yeare the twelfe of Februarie, died the emperour Maximilian, for whome the king caused a solemne obsequie to be kept in Poules church. ¶ Hée died at Luiz, a towne vpon the marches of Austrich, where he remained for his delight and plesure in hunting the wild bore, and other chases of the field. He liued alwaies vnder one condition of fortune,* 5.77 who manie times fauoured him, in offering him ma∣nie faire occasions, & as often wrought against him in not suffering him to take the fruit and effect of [line 10] them. He was by nature inconstant and remooue∣able, and had conceipts and impressions verie ill dis∣posed and different from the iudgement of other men, ioined to an excessiue prodigalitie and dissipati∣on of monie.

Matters which cut off from him the effects and successe of all occasions, being otherwise a prince most perfect and instructed in the ordering of warre, secret to laie and dispose a plot, diligent to follow it, of bodie able and suffering, of mind affable and easie, [line 20] and replenished with manie other excellent gifts and ornaments. Unto some of these properties, the good seruice which he did the king of England at Terwin giueth proofe, at what time both he and his people marched vnder the English ensigne, and receiued paie as stipendarie souldiors; whose wages the king had a care to paie, as maie appeare by his coining of siluer monie, whereof was scarsitie in his campe, in respect of gold, wherewith the souldiors were well stored, as one dooth verie well make report, saieng: [line 30]

Pro mercede nihil nisifuluum soluitur aurum, Auri militibus radiantis copia totis Tanta fuit castris, vt rex cudisse coactus Nummum exargento fuerit.

Assoone as the emperour was dead, the French king and the king of Spaine began manifestlie to aspire to the empire,* 5.78 the purchase whereof albeit was a matter of right great importance, and no lesse the emulation running betwéene two so mightie prin∣ces, yet they ordered their ambition with great mo∣destie, [line 40] neither vsing words of iniurie, nor threats of armes; but either one labouring by his authoritie, & by his meanes, to draw on his side the electors. The French king sundrie times reasoned touching the election with great comelinesse with the Spanish ambassadours, to whom he said it was a matter both agréeable and conuenient, that either of them seue∣rallie should séeke by honest meanes to increase the honour of his house by so great a dignitie: which for that in times before had bene transferred into the fa∣milies of their predecessours, there was now the lesse [line 50] occasion to bréed betwéene them two matter of iniu∣rie, nor diminution of their amitie and good will.

But rather he wished, that in the action of the empire, they might follow the example and order of two yoong louers, who albeit they follow the quest of one ladie, and either one laboureth by his industrie to carie hir; yet they forbere to come to contention. The king of Spaine alluded with good right, that the em∣pire apperteined to him,* 5.79 as hauing continued by a long succession of time in the house of Austrich, and [line 60] that it had not béene the custome of the electors to depriue the issue of the emperour, without mani∣fest cause of their disabilitie, neither was there anie in Germanie of that puissance and authoritie to make him equall to stand competitor with him in that election. And least of all did he hold it iust or like∣lie, that the electors would transport to a forreine or strange prince, so great a dignitie continued by so manie ages in the nation of Germanie.

And albeit some particular amongst them, ei∣ther through the insinuation of monie, or other pro∣pertie of corruption, might be allured to another intention, yet he hoped to stop him with force prepa∣red in time conuenient, not doubting also but the o∣ther electors also would oppose against him, and the princes and frée townes of Germanie would not in∣dure so vniuersall an infamie, speciallie to suffer it to be laid vpon the person of the French king, which would be no other thing than to make great the puis∣sance of a king enimie vnto their nation, and from whome there was no suertie that the imperiall dig∣nitie would euer returne into Germanie: he thought it would be an action easie to obteine and reduce to perfection, that which had bin solicited by his grand∣father, who had alreadie compounded for recompen∣ses and donations, and other diuidents for euerie of the electors.

On the other side, the desire of the French king was as great, and no lesse were his hopes,* 5.80 which tooke their principall foundation vpon an opinion he had to corrupt the voices of the electors with his huge summes of monie: especiallie for that there were a∣mongest them both pensionaries to him, and other∣wise assured by manie good offices, who incouraging him with the facilitie of the enterprise, pushed him on to imbrace it. And for his part, as mortall men are apt to beléeue the thing they desire, so he nourished that hope with reasons rather apparant than true: he knew that commonlie it was a matter grieuous to the princes of Germanie to haue the emperors mightie; being gealous that in so great a puissance, they would not either in part or in all, quarrell the iu∣risdictions and authorities imperiall occupied by manie of them. In which reason he persuaded him∣selfe, that they would in no sort consent to the election of the Spaniard, & so of themselues to subiect them∣selues to an emperor more mightie than had beene since a long descent and race of emperors. A matter which in his person séemed to be qualified, for that ha∣uing neither estates nor ancient aliances in Ger∣manie, they had no occasion of suspicion of his great∣nesse.

The same reason also made him beleeue well of the conformitie of the frée townes, in whome much lesse that the regard of the glorie of the nation would carie it from him, séeing it would helpe to peize the ballance on his side, for that with most men the mo∣tions of proper and priuate interest maie doo more, than the respect of publike and generall profit.* 5.81 He knewe it was not a little grieuous to manie noble houses of Germanie, pretending to be capable of such a dignitie, to see the empire continue so long time in one house; but much more did it discontent them to suffer that so great an estate, which of right ought sometimes to be giuen to one of them, and sometime to passe to another, should become a perpetuall des∣cent and succession in one line: insomuch as they might call inheritance and succession that election, which durst not leaue the line of the emperors. That in that sort the empire was translated from Albert de Austrich to Frederike his brother, and from Fre∣derike to Maximilian his sonne; and now there was deuise to passe it from Maximilian to the person of Charles his grandchild.

By these humors and indignations of the prin∣ces of Germanie, he tooke hope that the discords and gealousies among •• themselues might helpe on his cause, the rather for that it often happeneth in the con∣tentions of men, that he that is excluded, or the par∣tie whome he fauoureth, runneth with a naturall rashnesse rather to call in, and to aduance a third, than to giue place to him that hath opposed against his intention. Moreouer,* 5.82 the French king was not without his hopes in the fauour of the pope, both in regard of the amitie and aliance newlie past betwixt them; and also for that he was not ignorant how in∣conuenient it would be to the sée apostolike to haue

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

the imperiall crowne inuested in Charls, nor so much for his owne greatnesse, as for that by the opportuni∣tie and neighbourhood of the realme of Naples to the estate of the church, and the adherencie of the barons of the Gebelins, he had a plaine and open passage to run vp to the gates of Rome.

But in that discourse he considered not that the same reason, which he iudged true against Charles, was also against himselfe: for that the empire being ioined to his person, he was no lesse to be feared of [line 10] the pope & all others, than Charles. For that though the one of them possessed happilie more realmes and states; yet the other was not to be lesse esteemed, ha∣uing his power not dispersed nor separate in manie places, but was prince of a realme entierlie assem∣bled and vnited, where the obedience and fidelitie of his subiects was no lesse woonderfull, than his trea∣sure and riches infinite. Neuerthelesse, not knowing in himselfe that which he considered in an other, he had recourse to the pope, and implored his fauor vn∣der [line 20] the offer and protestation of his person and king∣doms, with all other deuotions of a louing son. Not∣withstanding all this, the French king was abused by his vaine hope, which fed him with fansies of the empire, where to he was not allotted nor elected.

* 5.83For on the twentie eight of Iune was elected to be emperor Charles king of Castile, and nephue to the quéene, by the whole assent of the electors of the em∣pire: namelie, the archbishop of Maience, the arch∣bishop of Cullen, the count Palatine, and the duke [line 30] of Saxon. Although the French king sent his great maister to cause him to be elected to the high maie∣stie of the empire; yet his ambassador and great mai∣ster of his houshold (called Gonffier lord of Boisie, and brother to William Gonffier lord Boneuet, ad∣merall of France, which was ambassador in Eng∣land the last yéere, as you haue heard) did not so his message that it tooke anie effect. The king which had sent doctor Pace his secretarie for the aduancement of his nephue the king of Castile, to the dignitie im∣periall, [line 40] because he had the duchie of Austrich, and manie other seigniories in Almaine, was verie ioi∣ous of this election, and caused a solemne masse to be soong at Paules the seuenth daie of Iulie: at which masse was present the cardinall Campeius, the car∣dinall of Yorke, the duke of Buckingham, of Norf∣folke, & Suffolke, with the ambassadours of Spaine, France, Uenice, and Scotland.

After masse was doone, the quier sang Te Deum, and then all the lords departed to Bainards castell to [line 50] dinner, and that night were solemne fires made thorough London, and great plentie of wine giuen by Italians, Dutchmen, and Spaniards for these newes. In this yeare the king with all the knights of his order being in England, rode on double horsses, with the henchmen following the king from Col∣brooke to Windsore in gorgious apparell, and there he kept with great solemnitie the feast of saint George, and dined in the hall. The bishop of Winchester pre∣lat of the order sat at the boords end alone. The king [line 60] was solemnelie serued and the surnap cast like the feast of a coronation. All things were plentious to strangers that resorted thither. At the masse of Re∣quiem were offered the banner & other habillements of honour belonging to Maximilian the emperour late deceassed.

After this feast ended, the king came to Rich∣mond, and so to Gréenewich, and there laie all Maie. In which moneth the kings councell secretlie com∣muned togither of the kings gentlenesse and libera∣litie to all persons:* 5.84 by the which they perceiued that certeine yoong men in his priuie chamber, not regar∣ding his estate or degree, were so familiar and home∣lie with him, that they forgat themselues. Which things although the king of his gentle nature suffe∣red, and not rebuked nor reprooued it: yet the kings councell thought it not méet to be suffered for the kings honour, and therefore they all togither came to the king, beseeching him to haue more regard to his roialtie.

To whome the king answered, that he had cho∣sen them of his councell, both for the maintenance of his honour, and for the defense of all things that might blemish the same: wherefore if they saw anie about him misuse themselues, he committed it vnto their reformation.* 5.85 Then the kings councell caused the lord chamberleine to call before them diuerse of the priuie chamber, which had béene in the French court, and banished them the court for diuerse consi∣derations, laieng nothing particularlie to their char∣ges, & they that had offices were commanded to go to their offices. Which discharge out of court gréeued sore the hearts of these yoong men, which were called the kings minions. Then was there foure sad & an∣cient knights put into the K. priuie chamber, whose names were; sir Richard Wingfield, sir Richard Ierningham, sir Richard Weston, and sir William Kingston; and diuerse officers were changed.

In this summer the queene desired the king to bring to hir manor of Hauering in the Bower in Essex the gentlemen of France being hostages,* 5.86 for whose welcomming the purueied all things in the most liberall manner: and especiallie she made to the king such a sumptuous banket, that the king thanked hir hartilie, & the strangers gaue hir great praise. The king lieng there did shoot, hunt, and run dailie with the hostages to their great ioy. This yéere in September the king laie at his manor of New∣hall in Essex, otherwise called Beaulieu,* 5.87 where the king had newlie builded a costlie mansion, there to welcome the queene, the lords, and the French gen∣tlemen, he made to them a sumptuous banket, and all along the chamber sat a ladie & a lord, or a knight, which were plentiouslie serued.

After the banket ended, with noise of minstrels entered into the chamber eight maskers with white beards,* 5.88 and long and large garments of blew sa••tin paned with sipers, poudered with spangles of bulli∣on gold, and they dansed with ladies sadlie, and com∣muned not with the ladies after the fashion of mas∣kers, but behaued themselues grauelie. Wherfore the quéene plucked off their visors, and then appeared the duke of Suffolke, the earle of Essex, the marquesse Dorset, the lord Aburgauennie, sir Richard Wing∣field, sir Robert Wingfield, sir Richard Weston, sir William Kingston: all these were somewhat aged, the yoongest man was fiftie at the least. The ladies had good sport to see these ancient persons maskers.

When they departed, the king and the foure ho∣stages of France, and the earle of Deuonshire with six other yoong gentlemen entered the chamber,* 5.89 of the which six were all in yellow sattin, hose, shooes, and caps, and six other were in like maner in greene: the yelow sattin was fretted with siluer of damaske, and so was the greene verie richlie to behold: then euerie masker tooke a ladie and dansed. When they had dansed and communed a great while, their visors were taken off, and they knowne, and the king gaue manie brooches and proper gifts where he liked.] In the moneth of Nouember the king came from Lambeth to Westminster hall,* 5.90 and so to the Star∣chamber, and there were brought before him the lord Ogle, the lord Howard, sir Matthew Browne, sir William Bulmer, and Iohn Scot of Camerwell, for diuerse riots, misdemeanors, & offenses by them committed: but the king speciallie rebuked sir Wil∣liam Bulmer knight, bicause he being his seruant sworne, refused the kings seruice, and became ser∣uant

to the duke of Buckingham: yet at length vp∣on his humble crauing of mercie, still knéeling on his knées before his grace, the king pardoned him his offense: and likewise he pardoned the lord Ho∣ward, and sir Matthew Browne, their offenses: but bicause the lord Ogles matter concerned murther, he remitted him to the common law. And then he rose and went to his barge, and by the waie made Iames Yarford maior of the citie of London knight, and so returned to Lambeth.

The French king desirous to continue the friend∣ship [line 10] latelie begun betwixt him and the king of Eng∣land, made meanes vnto the cardinall, that they might in some conuenient place come to an inter∣uiew togither, that he might haue further knowlege of king Henrie, and likewise king Henrie of him. But the same went that the cardinall desired great∣lie, of himselfe, that the two kings might méet, who mesuring by his will what was conuenient, thought it should make much with his glorie, if in France al∣so [line 20] at some high assemblie of noble men,* 5.91 he should be séene in his vaine pompe and shew of dignitie: hee therefore breaketh with the king of that matter, de∣claring how honourable, necessarie, and conuenient it should be for him to gratifie his friend therein, and thus with his persuasions the K. began to conceiue an earnest desire to sée the French king, and there∣vpon appointed to go ouer to Calis, and so in the marches of Guisnes to meet with him.

Then were there sent vnto Guisnes, vnder the rule of sir Edward Belknap three thousand artifi∣cers,* 5.92 [line 30] which builded out of the earth on the plaine be∣fore the castell of Guisnes, a most pleasant palace of timber, right curiouslie garnished without and with∣in. Herewith were letters written to all such lords, ladies, gentlemen, and gentlewomen, which should giue their attendance on the king and quéene, which incontinentlie put themselues in a readinesse after the most sumptuous sort. Also it was appointed that the king of England, & the French king, in a campe [line 40] betwéene Ard and Guisnes, with eightéene aides, should in Iune next insuing abide all commers be∣ing gentlemen, at the tilt, at tourneie, and at barri∣ers, whereof proclamattion was made by Orleans king of armes of France here in the court of Eng∣land, and by Clarenceaux king of armes of Eng∣land in the court of France, and in the court of Bur∣gognie, and in diuerse other courts and places in Al∣manie and Italie.

During the time of these preparations, newes were brought to the king,* 5.93 that Charles his nephue e∣lected [line 50] emperour of Almanie, would shortlie depart out of Spaine by sea, and come by England to go to Acon or Aix (a citie of fame and renowme in Ger∣manie, for the ancient residence and sepulchre of Charlemaine) where he receiued the first crowne. Wherefore the king hearing of this determination of the emperour, caused great prouisions to be made at euerie hauen, for the receiuing of his welbeloued nephue and friend; & dailie prouisions were made on [line 60] all sides for these noble méetings of so high princes: and especiallie the quéene of England, and the ladie Dowager of France, made great cost on the appa∣rell of their ladies and gentlewomen.

On the first daie of Februarie being Candle∣masse éeuen, as the king and quéene were come from euensong at there manour of Greenwich,* 5.94 before the quéenes chamber there blew a trumpet suddenlie, and then entered into the quéens chamber foure gen∣tlemen apparelled in long and large garments of blew damaske bordered with gold, and brought with them a tricke waggon, in the which sat a ladie rich∣lie apparelled, with a canopie ouer hir head: and on the foure corners of the waggon were foure hed∣peeces called armites, euerie péece being of a sundrie deuise. The said ladie put vp a bill to the king, the ef∣fect whereof was, that the foure gentlemen present would (for the loue of their ladies) answer all com∣mers at the tilt at a daie by the king to be appointed: which daie was appointed at Shrouetide next insu∣ing. At which daie the foresaid gentlemen valiantlie accomplished their enterprise, with great lauds of the king, the quéene, and the ladies.

Moreouer, now that it was concluded, that the kings of England and France should méet (as yee haue heard) then ••oth the kings committed the order and manner of their méeting,* 5.95 and how manie daies the same should continue, & what preheminence each should giue to other, vnto the cardinall of Yorke, which to set all things in a certeintie, made an instru∣ment, conteining an order and direction concerning the premisses by him deuised and appointed.

The tenour of the said instrument mad by the cardinall.

THomas archbishop of Yorke and cardinall, &c.* 6.1 Albeit that by the treatie and meeting of the right high, and right puissant princes, Henrie by the grace of God, king of Eng∣land, and of France, lord of Ireland, my so∣uereigne lord: and Francis by the same grace, K. of France right christened, made and concluded at London the eight daie of October, the yeare of our Lord one thou∣sand fiue hundred and eighteene, be among other things concluded and accorded, that the same meeting shall be in place indiffe∣rent, and not subiect to any of the said prin∣ces. Neuerthelesse we, considering the ho∣nour, profit, and vtilitie, that shall redound by the interuiew of the said two princes, and not onelie to the said two princes, their realmes and subiects, but also to all chri∣stendome, after declaration herevpon had with the said princes.

Also considering that the said illustre king of England my souereigne lord, in pas∣sing the sea with his retinue, shall susteine great costs and expenses, and dispose him∣selfe to great labors and dangers, leauing his realme and puissance for certeine time, we haue thought & esteemed, that he should not be wholie satisfied to the honour and dignitie of the same, right illustre king of England my souereigne lord, and should not haue in regard condigne of his labours and dangers, if the said interuiew or mee∣ting after the first treatie shuld be in place indifferent. Wherefore it is that we desi∣ring to weie equallie the honor and digni∣tie of the said two kings, by vertue and power of the commissions to vs giuen, of whom the tenours shall bee hereafter de∣clared: we haue made, declared, and ordei∣ned certeine articles accepted & approoued by the same princes respectiuelie, which they will obserue, and by these presents we make, declare, and ordeine as followeth.

And first we declare and ordeine, that before the end of the moneth of Maie next comming,* 6.2 the said illustre king of England shall come personallie to the castle of Guis∣nes, with his bedfellow the queene, and his

sister the Dowaresse of France: & sembla∣blie the right christened K. of France, shall come in person to his castle of Ard with the queene & his mother: and some day, houre, and time, within foure daies at the most, after the end of Maie, that shall be assig∣ned by the commissioners of the one and the other partie, the said king of England shall issue out of his castell of Guisnes half a mile long, without that that he shall issue [line 10] out of the limits of his demain of Guisnes, and shall come towards the said castell of Ard: and there within the territorie of the said castell of Guisnes, he shall rest in some place not fortified nor walled, and neere the limits of France, that the said commissio∣ners shall assigne (as aboue said.)

* 6.3And the said right christened king, par∣ting from his castell of Ard, shall come to∣ward [line 20] the said king of England the same day, place, time, and houre, that shall tarie him within the demaine of Guisnes, as is said. In the which shall not bee set or dres∣sed anie pauilions or tents, and there the said two kings being on horssebacke, with their retinue shall see the one the other, and salute each other, and speake together fa∣miliarlie, and common in that sort and ma∣ner, [line 30] and so long as shall seeme to them good. And after the said salutation and commu∣nication finished for that time, the said il∣lustre king of England shall returne to his castell of Guisnes, and the said right chri∣stened king to his castell of Ard.

* 6.4Item, for so much that we thinke to be satisfied touching the labours, dangers, & honour of the said king of England, my so∣uereigne lord of so much, that the said [line 40] right christened king at the first speaking, he shall come forward vnto, and within his territorie of Guisnes, we will keepe the ho∣nour of the said kings: & therefore declare and ordeine, that on the morrow after the first interuiew, the same kings shall meet togither in some fit place, indifferent be∣tweene Ard and Guisnes, that shall be as∣signed by the said commissioners. [line 50]

And after the salutation made on the one and the other partie, the said right illu∣stre king of England shall go to the castell of Ard, to see, salute, and visit the queene of France, and also the sister of the said chri∣stened king, with whome he shall dine pri∣uilie. And likewise the said right christened king shall go to the castell of Guisnes, to visit and salute the queene of England, and [line 60] the Dowaresse of France, with whome he shall dine. In the which places the said princes shall be receiued familiarlie and a∣miablie, vnto mutuall loue, and also to the honour of the said princes.

Item, as the said serene princes of En∣gland & France, be like in force corporall, beautie, & gift of nature, right expert & ha∣uing knowledge in the art militant, right cheualrous in armes,* 6.5 & in the flower and vigor of youth, wherby seemed to vs a right assemblie, that for to adorne and honor the same assemblie, and to shew their for∣ces in armes, they shall take counsell and dispose themselues to doo some faire fea•• of armes, as well on foot as on horssebacke, against all commers: we declare and or∣deine, that the place where shall be the sa••d fight and feat of armes, shall be chosen be∣tweene Guisnes and Ard, and assigned by the commissioners of the one and the other partie.

And for a suertie of the persons of the said kings & their companie, the said place shall be apparelled, diched, fortified, and kept of the one and the other partie, by e∣quall number of men of armes, respectiue∣lie committed and deputed that to doo. And during the time of the said iusts and feats of warre, the same kings and queenes with their retinue, shall see ech other familiarlie, and conuerse and speake togither. And e∣uerie daie towards the euening, after the iusts, triumphs, bankets, & familiar com∣munications doone, the said kings with their retinue shall returne into their ca∣stels, that is to say, the king of England into his castell of Guisnes, & the said right christened king into his castell of Ard; and thus they shall doo dailie, during the said fight and feat of armes.

Item, we declare and ordeine,* 6.6 that when the same king of England and the queene his bedfellow, & the Dowaresse of France his sister, with their retinue, shall go to the territorie and entrie of the foresaid right christened king, the superioritie and prehe∣minence shall be giuen to the said king of England, to the queene his bedfellow, and to their retinue respectiuelie, during the time that they shall tarie and be there: and semblablie when the said right christened king, and the queene his bedfellow and his right illustre ladie and moother, with their retinue shall come to the territorie and en∣trie of the said illustre king of England, the superioritie and preheminence shall be gi∣uen to the said right christened king, to the queene his bedfellow, and to his moother, and to their retinue during the time that they shall continue and abide there.

Item, forsomuch as the castels and pla∣ces where the said interuiew shall be, be so little and narrow, that if entrie and licence to come thither be giuen to all them that would go thither, diuers annoiances, trou∣bles & impechments should follow: wher∣fore it is so, that we the cardinall aboue said, by these presents declare and ordeine, that none of the retinue of the said kings,* 6.7 queenes, or other lords and nobles, of what estate, qualitie, or condition that he or they be of, shall not come to the said assemblie with more great number of persons or horsse, than shall be written by letters sub∣scribed by the said kings: the which shall conteine the estates and conditions of the persons, as well men as women, and num∣ber of seruants and horsse, except the com∣mon consent and licence of the said kings.

Item, forsomuch as peraduenture it shall come that the said princes, lords, gen∣tlemen,

and houshold seruants, shall see and conuerse togither familiarlie,* 6.8 to the end that it maie ingender betweene them an a∣mitie more firme and stable, for that cause, and that more suerlie and agreeablie they may be togither, as well by day as by night without any danger or feare, which we de∣sire to prouide: we declare and ordeine that two gentlemen, with sufficient companie of equall & like number, be committed and [line 10] deputed, respectiuelie by the said kings for the keeping and suertie of the waies and watches, that shall be made continuallie during the assemblie of the said kings. The which gentlemen, with their companies, shall ordeine and depute explorators and spies in the vallies, forrests, woods, towns, burrowes, villages, castels, passages, and waies, and other places dangerous and [line 20] suspect: from time to time, and houre to houre, as well towards Flanders, as Pi∣cardie, Artois, & England, to exploit and watch there.

And if anie be found suspect, them to re∣pulse and take awaie, to the end that not onelie the said princes, their gentlemen, and houshold seruants, maie suerlie and without feare visit the one the other, as said is; but also those that shall bring vit∣tels [line 30] necessarie to the said assemblie, maie without danger, trouble, impechement, or noisance go and come: the which explora∣tors shall be bounden euerie daie in the morning and euening, to make report to the said princes or to their said councellors respectiuelie, of that which they found, and in what estate the waies be. We declare further and ordeine,* 6.9 that all men of armes [line 40] and of warre, of the one and the other par∣tie, shall not approch neerer than two iour∣nies, to the place where the said interuiew shall be, except the retinue and men of war that be committed and deputed to keepe Bullongne and Calis: and that the same men of warre nor none other, during the assemblie of the said princes, shall not pre∣sume to come neerer, vnlesse by the consent, [line 50] accord, and licence of the said princes.

Item, we cardinall aboue said, by ex∣presse authoritie and power to vs giuen, by these presents, bind the said princes to doo, fulfill, and accomplish, all and euerie things aboue said herein conteined. Final∣lie,* 6.10 we declare and ordeine, that ech of the said kings on his partie, shall ratifie, con∣firme, and approoue all and euerie the chap∣ters [line 60] and articles aboue said, by their let∣ters pattents sealed with their hands. And by the same letters of ratification they shall be bounden, to accomplish with good faith and word of a king, all and eue∣rie the things aboue said: the which let∣ters made, subscribed, and sealed, as is said, they shall giue the one the other, and shall change in the citie of London, within one moneth next after the date of these presents. Made the twelfe of March, the yeare of our Lord a thousand fiue hun∣dred and nineteene.

The peeres of the realme receiuing letters to pre∣pare themselues to attend the king in this iournie, and no apparant necessarie cause expressed, why nor wherefore; séemed to grudge, that such a costlie iour∣nie should be taken in hand to their importunate charges and expenses, without consent of the whole boord of the councell. But namelie the duke of Buc∣kingham, being a man of a loftie courage, but not most liberall, sore repined that he should be at so great charges for his furniture foorth at this time, saieng; that he knew not for what cause so much monie should be spent about the sight of a vaine talke to be had, and communication to be ministred of things of no importance. Wherefore he sticked not to saie, that it was an intollerable matter to o∣beie such a vile and importunate person.

The duke indeed could not abide the cardinall, and speciallie he had of late conceiued an inward malice against him for sir William Bulmers cause,* 6.11 whose trouble was onelie procured by the cardinall; who first caused him to be cast in prison. Now such grée∣uous words as the duke thus vttered against him, came to the cardinals eare; wherevpon he cast before hand all waies possible to haue him in a trip, that he might cause him to leape headlesse. But bicause he doubted his fréends, kinnesmen, and alies, and chéef∣lie the earle of Surrie lord admerall, which had mar∣ried the dukes daughter, he thought good first to send him some whither out of the waie, least he might cast a trumpe in his waie. There was great enimitie be∣twixt the cardinall and the earle, for that on a time, when the cardinall tooke vpon him to checke the earle, he had like to haue thrust his dagger into the cardi∣nall.

At length there was occasion offered him to com∣passe his purpose, by occasion of the earle of Kil∣dare his comming out of Ireland. For the cardinall knowing he was well prouided of monie, sought occasion to fléece him of part thereof. The earle of Kildare being vnmarried, was desirous to haue an English woman to wife; and for that he was a suter to a widow contrarie to the cardinals mind, he ac∣cused him to the king, of that he had not borne him∣selfe vprightlie in his office in Ireland, where he was the kings lieutenant. Such accusations were fra∣med against him when no bribes would come,* 6.12 that he was committed to prison, and then by the cardinals good preferment the earle of Surrie was sent into Ireland as the kings deputie, in lieu of the said earle of Kildare, there to remaine rather as an exile, than as lieutenant to the king, euen at the cardinals plea∣sure, as he himselfe well perceiued.

In the beginning of Aprill,* 6.13 the said earle passed ouer into Ireland, and had with him diuerse gentle∣men that had béene in the garrison of Tornaie, and one hundred yeomen of the kings gard, and others, to the number of a thousand men,* 6.14 where he by his manhood and policie brought the earle of Desmond and diuerse other rebels to good conformitie and or∣der. He continued there two yeares, in which space he had manie bickerings and skirmishes with the wild Irish. There rested yet the earle of Northum∣berland, whome the cardinall doubted also,* 6.15 least he might hinder his purpose, when he should go about to wreake his malice against the duke of Bucking∣ham: and therefore he picked a quarell to him,* 6.16 for that he had seized vpon certeine wards which the car∣dinall said apperteined of right to the king. And bi∣cause the earle would not giue ouer his title, he was also committed to prison, & after tooke it for a great benefit at the cardinals hands, that he might be deli∣uered out of his danger.

Now in this meane while, the cardinall ceassed not to bring the duke out of the kings fauour, by

such forged tales, and contriued surmises, as he dai∣lie put into the kings head: insomuch that (through the infelicitie of his fate) diuerse accidents fell out to the aduantage of the cardinall; which he not omit∣ting, atchiued the thing whereat he so studiouslie (for the satisfieng of his canckered & malicious stomach) laid full aime. Now it chanced that the duke com∣ming to London with his traine of men, to attend the king into France, went before into Kent vnto a manor place which he had there. And whilest he staid [line 10] in that countrie till the king set forward, greeuous complaints were exhibited to him by his farmars and tenants against Charles Kneuet his surueiour, for such bribing as he had vsed there amongest them. Wherevpon the duke tooke such displeasure against him, that he depriued him of his office, not knowing how that in so dooing he procured his owne destruc∣tion, as after appeared.

The kings maiestie perseuering in purpose to méet with Francis the French king,* 6.17 remooued with [line 20] the quéene,* 6.18 and all his court, the one & twentith day of Maie being mondaie, from his manor of Gréen∣wich towards the sea side: and so on the fridaie the fiue and twentith of Maie, he arriued at the citie of Canturburie, intending there to keepe his Whit∣suntide. On the morrow after, the emperour being on the sea returning out of Spaine, arriued with all his nauie of ships roiall on the coast of Kent, direct to the port of Hieth the said daie by noone, where hée was saluted by the viceadmerall of England, sir [line 30] William Fitz William, with six of the kings great ships well furnished, which laie for the safegard of passage betwixt Calis and Douer. Towards eue∣ning the emperour departed from his ships, and en∣tered into his bote, and comming towards land, was met and receiued of the lord cardinall of Yorke with such reuerence as to so noble a prince apperteined.

Thus landed the emperour Charles the fift at Douer,* 6.19 vnder his cloth of estate of the blacke eagle, all spread on rich cloth of gold. He had with him ma∣nie [line 40] noble men, and manie faire ladies of his bloud. When he was come on land, the lord cardinall con∣ducted him to the castell of Douer, which was prepa∣red for him in most roiall maner. In the morning, the king rode with all hast to the castell of Douer to wel∣come the emperour,* 6.20 and entering into the castell, a∣lighted. Of whose comming the emperour hauing knowledge, came out of his chamber, and met him on the staires, where either of them embraced other in most louing maner, and then the king brought the [line 50] emperour to his chamber.* 6.21 On Whitsundaie earlie in the morning, they tooke their horsses, and rode to the citie of Canturburie, the more to kéepe solemne the feast of Pentecost: but speciallie to sée the quéene of England his aunt was the emperour his intent, of whome ye may be sure he was most ioifullie recei∣ued and welcomed.

Thus the emperour and his retinue, both of lords and ladies, kept their Whitsuntide with the king and quéene of England, in the citie of Canturburie with [line 60] all ioy and solace. The emperour yet himselfe séemed not so much to delight in pastime and pleasure, but that in respect of his youthfull yeares,* 6.22 there appea∣red in him a great shew of grauitie: for they could by no meanes bring him to danse amongst the resi∣due of the princes, but onelie was contented to be a looker on. Peraduenture the sight of the ladie Marie troubled him, whome he had sometime loued, and yet through fortunes euill hap might not haue hir to wife. The chiefe cause that mooued the emperour to come thus on land at this time, was to persuade that by word of mouth, which he had before done most ear∣nestlie by letters; which was, that the king should not meet with the French king at anie interuiew: for he doubted least if the king of England & the French king should grow into some great friendship and faithfull bond of amitie, it might turne him to dis∣pleasure.

But now that he perceiued how the king was forward on his iournie,* 6.23 he did what he could to pro∣cure, that no trust should be committed to the faire words of the Frenchmen: and that if it were possi∣ble, the great friendship that was now in bréeding betwixt the two kings, might be dissolued. And forso∣much as he knew the lord cardinall to be woone with rewards, as a fish with a bait: he bestowed on him great gifts, and promised him much more, so that hée would be his friend, and helpe to bring his purpose to passe. The cardinall not able to susteine the least as∣sault by force of such rewards as he presentlie recei∣ued, and of such large promises as on the emperours behalfe were made to him, promised to the empe∣rour, that he would so vse the matter, as his purpose should be sped: onelie he required him not to disalow the kings intent for interuiew to be had, which he de∣sired in anie wise to go forward, that he might shew his high magnificence in France, according to his first intention,

The emperour remained in Canturburie till the thursdaie, being the last of Maie,* 6.24 and then taking leaue of the king, and of his aunt the queene, depar∣ted to Sandwich, where he tooke his ships and sailed into Flanders. The same daie, the king made saile from the port of Douer,* 6.25 and landed at Calis about eleuen of the clocke, and with him the quéene and la∣dies, & manie nobles of the realme. His grace was receiued into the checker, and there rested. The fourth of Iune, the king and quéene with all their traine re∣mooued from Calis, to his princelie lodging newlie erected beside the towne of Guisnes, the most noble & roiall lodging that euer before was seene. ¶ For it was a palace, the which was quadrant,* 6.26 and euerie quadrant of the same palace was thrée hundred and twentie eight foot long of assise, which was in com∣passe thirtéene hundred and twelue foot about. This palace was set on stages by great cunning & sump∣tuous worke.

At the entering into the palace before the gate, on the plaine gréene, was builded a fountaine of un∣bowed worke, gilt with fine gold, and bice, ingra••led with antike works: the old god of wine called Bac∣chus birling the wine, which by the conduits in the earth ran to all people plentiouslie with red, white, and claret wine, ouer whose head was written in letters of Romane in gold, Faicte bonne chere qui vouldra. On the other hand or side of the gate was set a piller, which was of ancient Romane worke, borne with foure lions of gold, the pillers wrapped in a wreath of gold curiouslie wrought and intrailed, and on the summit of the said piller stood an image of the blind god Cupid, with his bow and arrows of loue, readie by his séeming to strike the yoong people to loue.

The foregate of the same palace or place with great and mightie masonrie by sight was arched,* 6.27 with a tower on euerie side of the same port, rered by great craft, and imbattelled was the gate and tower, and in the fenesters and windowes were images resem∣bling men of warre, readie to cast great stones. Also the same gate or tower was set with compas∣sed images of ancient princes, as Hercules, Alex∣ander, and other by intrailed worke, richlie limmed with gold and albine colours: and well and warilie was made ouer the gate loups, and inforced with bat∣telments, and in the same gate a lodge for the porter, which there appeared, and other sumptuouslie appa∣relled like vnto kings officers. By the same gate all people passed into a large court faire and beau∣tifull,

for in this court appeared much of the outward beautie of this place,* 6.28 for from the first water table, to the raising or reisin péeces, were baie windowes, on euerie side mixed with cleare stories curiouslie glased, the posts or moinels of euerie window was gilt.

Thus the outward part of the place lumined the eies of the beholders, by reason of the sumptuous w••••ke. Also the tower of the gate (as séemed) was builded by great masonrie, and by great engine of mans wit, for the sundrie countenances of euerie i∣mage [line 10] that there appeared, some shooting, some ca∣sting, some readie to strike, and firing of gunnes, which shewed verie honorablie. Also all the said qua∣drants, baies, and edifices, were roiallie intrailed, as ••a••re as vnto the same court apperteined.* 6.29 And direct against the gate was deuised a halpas, and at the entrie of the staire, were images of sore and terri∣ble countenances, all armed in curious worke of argentine. The baie of the same halpas pendant by craft of timber, & vnder it antike images of gold in∣••••roned [line 20] with verdor of olifs cast in compasse, moun∣••••ring their countenances toward the entring of the palace. The staire of the said halpas was cast of pas∣sage by the wents of brode steps, so that from the first foot or lowest step, anie person might without paine go vnto the highest place of the same halpas.

* 6.30On euerie hand was their chamber doores and enterings into the chambers of the same palace, which were long and large, and well proportioned, to receiue light and aire at pleasure: the roofes of them [line 30] from place to place, and chamber to chamber were sieled, and couered with cloth of silke, of the most faire and quicke inuention that before time was séene. For the ground was white ingraild, embowed, and batoned with rich clothes of silkes, knit and fret with cuts and braids, and sundrie new casts, that the same clothes of silke shewed like bullions of fine burned gold: and the roses in losenges, that in the same roofe were in kindlie course, furnished so to [line 40] mans sight, that no liuing creature might but ioy in the beholding thereof. For from the iaw péece of the said sieling (which péece was gilt with fine gold) were workes in pane paled, all the walles to the crest in∣countering the cleare stories, the same crest which was of large deepnesse, the worke was antike knots with bosses cast and wrought with more cunning than I can write, all which works and ouerages were gilt, and to set it the more to the glorie, the flouri∣shing bise was comparable to the rich ammell.

Also at the foot of the same palace was another crest [line 50] all of fine set gold,* 6.31 whereon hanged rich & maruelous clothes of arras wrought of gold and silke, compas∣sed of manie ancient stories, with which clothes of ar∣ras euerie wall and chamber were hanged, & all the windowes so richlie couered, that it passed all other sights before séene. In euerie chamber and euerie place conuenient were clothes of estate, great and large of cloth of gold, of tissue, and rich embroderie, with chaires couered with like cloth, with pommels [line 60] of fine gold, and great cushins of rich worke of the Turkie making, nothing lacked of honourable fur∣nishment.* 6.32 Also to the same palace was reared a chappell with two closets, the quire of the said chap∣pell sieled with cloth of gold, and thereon fret ingrai∣led bent clothes of silke, all was then silke and gold. The altars of this chappell were hanged with rich re∣••esture of cloth of gold and tissue, embrodered with perles. Ouer the hie altar was hanged a rich canopie of maruellous greatnesse, the altar was apparelled with fiue paire of candlesticks of gold, and on the al∣tar an halpas, and thereon stood a crucifix all of fine gold, and on the same halpas stood twelue images of the bignes of foure yeares of age, all gold.

All the copes and vestments were so rich as might be prepared or bought in the citie of Florens, for they were all but of one péece, so wouen for the purpose, cloth of tissue and powdered with red roses purpled with fine gold. The Orfris set with pearles and pre∣cious stones. And all the walles and deskes of this chappell were hanged with right cloth of gold,* 6.33 & thrée rich great crosses were there readie to be borne at festiuall times, and basens and censers, gospellers, paxes, crewets, holie water vessels, and other orna∣ments all of gold. Also in the first closet was a tra∣uerse for the kings person of cloth of gold, & in it his place & chaire, with cushins of cloth of gold:* 6.34 before the trauerse was an altar of presence, which altar was adorned with cloth of broderie, and rich pearles and precious stones, set in goldsmiths worke of fine gold. On the altar was a deske or halpas, whereon stood a patible of the crucifix of fine gold, with an image of the Trinitie, an image of the virgine Marie, and twelue other images, all fine gold & precious stones, two paire of candlesticks of fine gold, with the ba∣sens, crewets, paxes, and other ornaments.

The said closet was hanged with tapets embro∣dered with rich worke fret with pearles and stones, the roofe of the same closet was sieled with worke of inmouled, gilt with fine gold, and senoper, and bise. The second closet was for the queens person, in which was a trauerse of rich cloth of gold,* 6.35 the altar so richlie apparelled, that there lacked neither pearles nor stones of riches. On the altar were twelue great i∣mages of gold, the closet hanged with cloth of gold, all other iewels missall I suppose neuer such like were séene, and the roofe of the same closet was sieled with like worke that the kings closet was,* 6.36 as is be∣fore rehearsed. And from this palace or place into the mightie & strong fortresse & castell roiall of Guisnes, was a gallerie for the secret passage of the kings person into a secret lodging within the same castell,* 6.37 the more for the king ease. Also to this palace was all houses of offices, that to such an honourable court should apperteine, that is to wit, the lord chamberlein, lord steward, lord treasuror of the houshold, for the comptrollor, the office of gréene cloth, wardrobes, iewell house, and office of houshold seruice, as ewrie, pantrie, cellar, butterie, spicerie, pitcher house, larder and poultrie, and all other offices so large and faire, that the officers might & did maruell, as in the craft of viands, by ouens, harthes, reredorses, chimnies, ranges, & such instrumens as there were ordeined.

In this palace (as ye haue heard) was the kings grace lodged, and all the nobles after their degrées. And for that the towne of Guisnes was little, and that all the noble men might not there belodged,* 6.38 they set vp tents in the field, to the number of twen∣tie and eight hundred sundrie lodgings, which was a goodlie sight. Thus was the king in his palace roiall at Guisnes. Francis the French king was with all his nobles of the realme of France come to the towne of Ard, which was prepared for his comming, manie tents, halles, and pauilions were set and pit∣ched in the field. On the French partie also there was at the same towne of Ard builded the French kings lodging full well, but not finished. Much was the prouision in Picardie on euerie part thorough all. The French king commanded his lodging to bée made a little out of the towne of Ard, in the territo∣rie of an old castell, which by the warre of old time had béene beaten. On the same place was edified a house of solace and sport,* 6.39 of large and mightie com∣passe, which was chieflie susteined by a great mightie mast, whereby the great ropes and tackle streined, the same mast was staied. All the roofe of the same house hoóng on the same mast, and with tackle was streined & borne by the supporters of the same mast

or trée, the colours of the same was all blew, set with starres of gold foile, and the orbs of the heauens by the craft of colours in the roofe, were curtouslie wrought in maner like the skie or firmament, and a cressant strained somedeale towards the towne of Ard, this cressant was couered with frets and knots made of iuie bushes, and box branches, and other things that longest would be gréene for pleasure.

Now like as diuerse of the French nobilitie had visited the king of England whilest he laie in Calis, [line 10] so likewise the lord cardinall, as ambassadour to the king, rode with a noble repaire of lords, gentle∣men, and prelates, to the towne of Ard, where he was of the French king highlie interteined, with great thanks, for that by his meanes hée had ioined in friendship with the king of England, to his high con∣tentation and pleasure, as hauing obteined the thing which he had long desired. The noble port, sumptuous shew,* 6.40 and great traine of gentlemen, knights, lords, and number of seruants, in rich apparell & sutes of li∣ueries [line 20] attendant on the cardinall, made the French men greatlie to woonder at his triumphant dooings.

The king of England had giuen vnto the said cardinall full authoritie, power, and libertie, to af∣firme and confirme, bind and vnbind, whatsoeuer should be in question betwéene him and the French king: and the like authoritie, power, and libertie, did the French king by his sufficient letters patents,* 6.41 grant to the same cardinall, which was accepted to be a signe of great loue, that he should commit so [line 30] great a trust vnto the king of Englands subiect. The daie of the meeting was appointed to be on the thurs∣daie the seauenth of Iune, vpon which daie the two kings met in the vale of Andren, accompanied with such a number of the nobilitie of both realmes, so richlie appointed in apparell, and costlie iewels, as chaines, collars of SS, & other the like ornaments to set foorth their degrees and estates, that a woonder it was to behold and view them in their order and roomes, which euerie man kept according to his ap∣pointment. [line 40]

The two kings méeting in the field, either saluted other in most louing wife, first on horsebacke, and after alighting on foot estsoones imbraced with cour∣teous words, to the great reioising of the beholders: and after they had thus saluted ech other, they went both togither into a rich tent of cloath of gold, there set vp for the purpose, in the which they passed the time in pleasant talke, banketting, and louing deuises, till it drew toward the euening, and then departed for [line 50] that night, the one to Guisnes, the other to Ard. At this meeting of the two kings in open sight, I then well perceiued (saith Hall) the habillements roiall of the French king.* 6.42 His garment was a chemew, of cloath of siluer, culponed with cloath of gold, of da∣maske, cantell wise, and garded on the borders with the Burgon bands.

Ouer that he had a cloake of broched sattin, with gold of purple colour, wrapped about his bodie tra∣uerse, beded from the shoulder to the wast, fastned in [line 60] the loope of the first fould: this said cloake was richlie set with pearles and pretious stones. This French king had on his head a coife of damaske gold set with diamonds, and his courser that he rode on was co∣uered with a trapper of tissue, brodered with deuise, cut in fashion mantell wise, the skirts were embow∣ed and fret with frized worke, and knit with cor∣belles & buttons tasseled of Turkie making, raines and headstall answering of like worke: and verelie of his person the same Francis the French king, a goodlie prince,* 6.43 statelie of countenance, merie of chéere, browne coloured, great eies, high nosed, big lipped, faire brested, broad shoulders, small legges, & long féet.

On saturdaie the ninth of Iune,* 6.44 in a place with∣in the English pale were set vp in a field called the campe, two trées of much honour, the one called the Aubespine, that is to saie, the hawthorne in English, for Henrie: and the other the Framboister, which in English signifieth the raspis berie, after the signi∣fication in French. These trees were curiouslie wrought, the leaues of gréene damaske, the bran∣ches, boughs, and withered leaues of cloath of gold; and all the bodies and armes of the same cloath of gold laid on timber: they were in height from the foot to the top thirtie foure foot of assize, in compasse a∣bout an hundred twentie and nine foot, & from bough to bough fortie thrée foot: on these trées were flowers and fruits in kindlie wise, with siluer and Uenice gold: their beautie shewed farre.

On the same daie the two kings came to those trées of honour, noblie accompanied,* 6.45 in such roiall sort as was requisit. The campe was in length nine hundred foot, and in bredth thrée hundred and twentie foot, ditched round about (sauing at the entries) with broad and déepe ditches. Diuerse scaffolds were rea∣red about this campe for the ease of the nobles. On the right side of the field stood the quéene of England, and the quéene of France, with manie ladies. The campe was stronglie railed and barred on euerie end: in the entrie there were two lodgings prepared for the two kings, wherein they might arme them∣selues, and take their ease. Also in the same compasse there were two great cellars couched full of wine, which was liberallie bestowed on all men. The two kings, as brethren in armes,* 6.46 vndertooke to deliuer all persons at iusts, tournie, and barriers.

With these two kings were associate by the order of armes, the duke of Uandosme, the duke of Suf∣folke, the countie saint Paule, the marquesse Dor∣set, monsieur de Roche, sir William Kingston, mon∣sieur Brian, sir Richard Ierningham, monsieur Ca∣naan, sir Giles Capell, monsieur Buccall, maister Nicholas Carew, monsieur Montafilion, and mai∣ster Anthonie Kneuet. On mondaie the eleuenth of Iune,* 6.47 the two quéenes of England and of France came to the campe, where either saluted other right honourablie, and went into a stage for them prepa∣red. At the houre assigned, the two kings armed at all peeces mounted on horssebacke, and with their companies entered the field; the French king on a courser barded, couered with purple sattin, broched with gold,* 6.48 & embrodered with corbins fethers round and buckled, the fether was blacke and hatched with gold: on his head péece he bare a sléeue. All the par∣teners of the French kings chalenge were in like ap∣parell, euerie thing correspondent in cloath of silke embrodered, on his person were attendant on horsse∣backe noble persons, and on foot foure persons all ap∣parelled in purple sattin.

The king of England was vpon a fresh courser, the trappers of cloth of gold, of tissue,* 6.49 the arson man∣tell wise, and on the brunt of the trapper bard fashion, cut in waues of water worke, and euerie waue raw wrought and frized with damaske gold: this worke was laid loose on russet veluet, and knit togither with points of gold, which waues signified the lordship of the narrow seas. All the parteners of the kings chalenge were in the same sute, their horsses as well as their persons. Attendant on the king on horsse∣backe were sir Henrie Guilford maister of the kings horsse, sir Iohn Pechie deputie of Calis, sir Edward Guilford maister of the kings armie, and monsieur Moret of the French court. All these foure were appa∣relled in the kings liuerie, which was white on the right side, and the left side gold and russet both hose and garment: on him were attendant on foot six ho∣nourable knights, twentie esquiers, and officers to

the number of an hundred and twelue persons, of the which number all the knights and gentlemen had coats, the one halfe siluer, and the other cloath of gold and russet veluet, and the other officers coats were of right sattin of the same colour, and all their hosen were of the same sute verie costlie.

Thus with honour and noble courage these two noble kings with their companies entered into the field,* 6.50 and them presented vnto the quéenes. After re∣uerence doone, they rode round about the tilt, and so tooke their places appointed, abiding the answers: [line 10] which was for the first the duke of Alanson and ten men of armes on his band, on coursers barded, the bards couered with white and blacke veluet, fastened the one within the other, garded with Burgon bands of tinsell sattin, as well their garments as their bards. Then entered on coursers barded twelue gen∣tlemen of the band of the lord admerall of France, their garments and bards were russet sattin, broched with gold and white and purple sattin, after the deuise [line 20] of their pleasure with great plumes. When these bands were entred the field, they shewed themselues about the tilt, and did reuerence vnto the queenes. The band of the duke of Alanson tooke first place, they made them prest on both sides, the French king was the first that ran, he did valiantlie and brake speares mightilie.

Then ran the king of England to monsieur Grandeuile with great vigor;* 6.51 so that the speares brake in the kings hand to the vantplate all to shi∣uers. [line 30] And at the second course he gaue the said mon∣sieur Grandeuile such a stroke, that the charnell of his headpéece, although the same was verie strong, was broken in such wise that he might run no more, wher∣by the king wanted three courses. Then ran the duke de Uandosme, & met his counter part right noblie, and brake speares right valiantlie. The noble duke of Suffolke charged his course, and met right vali∣antlie his counter part, and furnished the fiue cour∣ses right noblie togither like good men of armes. [line 40] And when all parties of the chalenge had right vali∣antlie furnished their courses, then ran againe the two noble kings, who did so valiantlie, that the be∣holders had great ioy, after which courses the heralds tried Desarmee, and the trumpets sounded to lod∣ging.

* 6.52On tuesdaie the twelfe of Iune at houre conue∣nient the two quéenes tooke their stages, and the band of chalenge in the field prest to answer and deliuer all commers, to whome came ten gentlemen armed [line 50] on barded horsses of the band of monsieur de Swies, their bards and apparell cloath of veluet full of friers knots siluer. After they had presented them vnto the quéenes, then they tooke the end of the tilt, and so course after course they ran to the chalengers right egerlie, and the chalengers of the partie of the two kings deliuered to the end of their articles of iusts. Then entered eleuen men of armes of the band of monsieur de Tremoiell, on horsses barded with yel∣low veluet, losenged with friers knots of blacke vel∣uet: [line 60] and after they had saluted the quéenes, they like∣wise tooke the end of the tilt, and course after course ran vntill they were deliuered of their chalenges of iusts. Ualiantlie this daie was finished.

* 6.53On wednesdaie the thirtéenth of Iune, the two hardie kings armed at all peeces, entered into the field right noblie apparelled. The French king and all his parteners of chalenge were arraied in purple sat∣tin, broched with gold and purple veluet, embrodered with little rolles of white sattin, wherein was writ∣ten, Quando: their bards & garments were set full of the same, and the residue where was no rolles were poudered & set with the letter elle, as thus. L. which in French is she, which was interpreted to be, Quando elle, when she: and insuing the deuise of the first daie, it signifieth togither, Hart fastened in paine endles, when she.* 6.54 The king of England with all the band or parteners of his chalenge were likewise on horsse∣backe, apparelled in trappers of losenges russet vel∣uet and cloath of siluer of damaske, embrodered and set in euerie losenge a branch of eglantine of gold, the apparell of the persons were of the same corre∣spondent to the trapper. This eglantine trée is sweet, pleasant and greene, if it be kindlie and fréendlie handeled; but if it be rudelie dealt with, it will pricke and he that will pull vp the whole trée by the top, his hands will be hurt.

The two kings with their companies thus appa∣relled, presented themselues to the quéenes, and so tooke the end of the tilt. Then entered into the field monsieur Leskew called lord Leskin, with him came eleuen men of armes, himselfe the twelfe on horsses barbed and richlie apparelled, and so rode about the tilt and saluted the queenes, and tooke the end of the tilt.* 6.55 Monsieur de Leskew and his eleuen compani∣ons had their bases and bards all of blacks cloath of gold of damaske all cut on blacke sattin, their gar∣ments had mantell sléeues on the left arme, to the wast behind iust to the shoulder, which was praised for the strangenesse. The French king ran to mon∣sieur de Ambois, one of the band of monsieur Les∣kew, and the king of England charged his course and ran to monsieur Leskew, and so furnished their courses (as they saie) right noblie and valiantlie in breaking speares that were strong. Thus course after course ech with other, his counter partie did right valiantlie: but the two kings surmounted all the rest in prowesse and valiantnesse.

This band thus furnished, entered the marquesse de Salons and his band,* 6.56 twelue persons all riding on coursers barded and apparelled in white sattin and blacke, broched with gold and siluer, with cuts and culpins much after tawnie and blacke sattin billots: & after reuerence doone to the queenes, they tooke the end of the tilt. To the marquesse de Salons ran the king of England, and the king of France to an other of the same band, still course after course ran all the noble men, till the marques de Salons and his band were deliuered, who bare them right valiantlie: then blew the trumpets the retreit, & the two kings them vnarmed and after departed, the French king vnto Ard, and the king of England to his castell of Guis∣nes.

On thursdaie the thirtéenth daie of Iune by the noonetide the two quéenes met in the campe & tooke their places, the people were come to behold the ho∣nour, and to sée the two kings,* 6.57 who all readie armed entered the field, to receiue and deliuer all men by answer of iusts. Then entered the earle of Deuon∣shire, on his band the lord Montacute, lord Herbert, lord Leonard Greie, maister Arthur Poole, maister Francis Brian, maister Henrie Norris, and foure other all richlie apparelled, the one side blew veluet embrodered with a mans heart burning in a ladies hand holding a garden pot stilling with water on the heart:* 6.58 the other side was white sattin embrodered with letters of gold. This companie rode about the tilt, and did reuerence to the queenes, and so abode at the end of the same.

The earle of Deuonshire charged his speare, and the French king likewise charged his course to meet the same earle, and ran so hard togither, that both their speares brake, and so mainteined their courses noblie. Then ran the king of England to monsieur Memorancie, and him encountered, & both bare to∣gither and gaue great strokes; the kings most noble grace neuer disuisored nor breathed vntill he ran the fiue courses & deliuered his counterpartie. Dukes,

marquesses, knights, esquiers, and others ran as fast as euer they might, there was none that abode when the courses came, vntill the earle of Duonshire and his band were deliuered of demands.* 6.59 Then ente∣red the lord Howard sonne to the duke of Norffolke and eleuen companions apparelled and barded in crimsin sattin full of flames of gold, the borders rib∣bed with crimsin veluet, and with much honor (after due reuerence doone to the quéenes) were brought with heralds of armes about the tilts; and so tooke the place to them appointed: right rich was their ap∣parell. [line 10]

Then ran the French king and incountered the same lord Edmund, they brake both their staues va∣liantlie course after course, the incounter ceassed not till they had furnished their fiue courses; so was the lord Edmund deliuered by the French K. Then ran the king of England to a strong gentleman named Rafe Brooke and brake his speare, and ran course af∣ter course, vntill he had finished his courses right no∣blie and like a prince of most valiancie. The residue [line 20] ceassed not vntill they had ech deliuered other of their chalenge.* 6.60 On fridaie the fiftéenth daie of Iune the king of England mounted on a courser roiall, his person armed at all peeces, his apparell and trappers was the one side rich cloath of gold of tissue, the other side cloath of tissue of siluer, and cloath of gold of tis∣sue entered ound the one with the other.

The ound is a worke wauing vp & downe, and all the borders as well trappers as other was garded with letters of fine gold, and all the other side that [line 30] was ound was set with signes called cifers of fine gold, the which were set with great and orientall pearles. The cifers signified letters knit togither in a knot, which was to wit; God my freend, my realme and I maie. This was the deuise and reason thereof. All the kings band were apparelled in like apparell. The French K. likewise armed at all points moun∣ted on a courser roiall,* 6.61 all his apparell as well bards as garments were purple veluet entered the one with the other, embrodered full of little books of white [line 40] sattin, & in the bookes were written A me. About the borders of the bards and the borders of the garments a chaine of blew like iron, resembling the chaine of a well or prison chaine, which was interpreted to be Li∣ber, a booke. Within this booke was written (as is said) A me. Put these two togither and it maketh Li∣berame. The chaine betokeneth prison or bonds, and so maketh togither in English, Deliuer me of bonds. Then they tooke the end of the tilt. [line 50]

* 6.62Readie was monsieur Florengis and with him twelue men of armes with coursers barded: the bards and apparell was crimsin veluet, tawnie vel∣uet, and plunket veluet embrodered borderwise with sheepeheards hookes of cloath of siluer. When they with honour had passed about the tilt (due reuerence to the quéenes and ladies doone) the two kings had their speares readie, and then began the rushing of speares. The king of England this daie ran so fresh∣lie and so manie courses, that one of his best coursers [line 60] was dead that night, this band was deliuered man after man of their pretense of iusts. Then entered bands of monsieur de Rambeurs and monsieur de Puis, ech hauing eleuen persons in number, the one band all white sattin embrodered with blacke, and the other all blacke dropped with siluer drops; who after reuerence doone to the quéenes, at the end of the tilt tooke their places. Then began a new incounter hard and sore, manie of them bare great strokes of the kings, to their honour: and with such violence they ran, as they set their horsses in a sweating heat, and themselues meeting with full force made the frag∣ments or broken péeces of their staues mount aloft in the air like an arow out of a bow; as the poet saith:

Hastae stridentis fractae petit aethera cuspis.

On saturdaie the seuentéenth daie of Iune,* 6.63 the French king with a small number came to the castle of Guisnes about the houre of eight in the morning. The king being in his priuie chamber had thereof knowledge, who with glad hast went to receiue the same French king, and him met and welcomed in friendlie and honorable maner; and after communi∣cation betwéene them had, the king of England de∣parted, leauing the French king there in the sump∣tuous place before named. Then was busie the lord chamberleine, the lord steward, and all other officers, to make readie feast and cheare. It were too long to rehearse all, for such a feast and banket was then made, that of long time before the like had not bene séene. The king of England thus departing, he tooke his horsse, and with a companie of noblemen rode to Ard, where the French quéene and other noble men receiued him with much honour.

After which receiuing,* 6.64 he was by the said quéene and lords brought into a chamber hanged with blew veluet embrodered with flowers delice of cloth of gold, wherein was a great bed of like worke, from whence he was conueied to another chamber, in the which was a kings state. This chamber was hanged and sieled with cloth of gold, embrodered with great cordels or friers knots of cloth of siluer. In the same chamber were two ••upboords, on either side one, fur∣nished with great and goodlie plate gilt. Noble fea∣sting and cheare was there made. After dinner the ladies dressed them to danse, and certeine yoong ho∣nourable lords of England, apparelled after the ma∣ner of Rusland or farre Eastland, whose hosen were of rich gold sattin called anreat sattin,* 6.65 ouerrolled to the knée with scarlet, and on their feet shooes with little pikes of white nailes after the Estland guise, their dublets of rich crimsin veluet and cloth of gold; with wide sléeues lined with cloth of gold: ouer this they had clokes of crimsin veluet short, lined with cloth of gold, on euerie side of the clokes rings of sil∣uer, with laces of Uenice gold, and on their heads they had hats made in the towne of Danske, and purses of seales skinnes, and girdels of the same: all these yoong lords had visards on their faces, and their hats were drawne with like hatbands full of da∣maske gold.

Other ten lords were apparelled in long gownes of blew sattin of the ancient fashion, embrodered with reasons of gold that said Adieu iunesse, Fare∣well youth: they had tippeis of blacke veluet, & hats hanging therby, & on their heads hie violet standing caps, and girdels of silke, and purses of cloth of gold after the ancient maner, with visards on their faces of like anciencie. After all these triumphs and braue∣ries, great store of spices, fruits, iellies, & banketing viands were brought, which being doone and ended, the king tooke leaue of the French queene and ladies, to whome were brought thirtie horsses trapped in da∣maske, white and yellow, and so passed he and his traine the towne of Ard into the field and campe. Right roiallie also was the French K. interteined, and all other after their degree and state. Now when all this solemnitie was ended, the French king tooke leaue of the quéene and ladies of the court. The lord cardinall in statelie attire, accompanied with the duke of Buckingham, and other great lords, conduc∣ted forward the French king, and in their way they incountered and met the king of England and his companie right in the vallie of Anderne,* 6.66 apparelled in their masking apparell, which gladded the French king. After reuerence doone, the said two kings de∣parted for that night, the English to Guisnes, and the French to Ard.

On mondaie, the eighteenth of Iune, was such

an hideous storme of wind and weather,* 6.67 that manie coniectured it did prognosticate trouble and hatred shortlie after to follow betwéene princes. On tues∣daie the nintéenth of Iune, the two kings came to the campe againe armed at all peeces, and there a∣bode them that would come, so that then began the iustes afresh. On wednesdaie the twentith of Iune, the two kings began to hold tournies with all the parteners of their chalenge armed at all péeces. The quéene of France and the quéene of England were [line 10] in the places for them prepared, and there was ma∣nie a goodlie battell performed: the kings dooing as well as the best, so that the beholders spake of them honor. On thursdaie the one and twentith of Iune, the two kings likewise kept the tourneies, so that all those noble men that would prooue their valiancies, were deliuered according to the articles of the tour∣neies, which this daie tooke end. On fridaie the 22 of Iune,* 6.68 the two kings with their retinue did battell on foot at the barriers, and there deliuered all such as [line 20] put foorth themselues to trie their forces. On satur∣daie the thrée and twentith of Iune, the lord cardinall sang an high solemne masse by note,* 6.69 aloft vpon a pompons stage before the two kings & quéenes, the which being finished, indulgence was giuen to all the hearers. The two kings dined in one chamber that daie, and the two quéenes in another. After din∣ner, the two kings with their band entered the field on foot before the barriers, & so began the fight, which continued battell after battell, till all the commers [line 30] were answered. There were deliuered this day thus at the barriers by battell, an hundred and six persons: the two last battels did the kings trie. And so that sa∣turdaie the whole chalenge was performed, and all men deliuered of the articles of iusts, tourneies, and battels on foot at the barriers, by the said two kings and their aids.

After this, there followed roiall maskes, and on the sundaie the foure and twentith of Iune,* 6.70 the king of England with foure companies, in euerie companie [line 40] ten, trimlie appointed in masking apparell, rode to Ard: and likewise the French king accompanied with eight and thirtie persons as maskers repaired to Guisnes. They met on the waie, & each companie passed by other without any countenance making or disuisarding. They were honorablie receiued, as well at the one place as the other. And when they had en∣ded their pastime, banketting, and danses, they retur∣ned and met againe on the way homeward, and then putting off their visards, they louinglie embraced: [line 50] and after amiable communication togither, they tooke leaue each of other, & for a remembrance gaue gifts either to other verie rich and princelie.

* 6.71¶ During this triumph, much people of Picar∣die and west Flanders drew to Guisnes, to sée the king of England & his honor, to whom vittels of the court were giuenin plentie, the conduit of the gate did run wine alwaies. There were vagabonds, plowmen, labourers, and of the bragerie, wagoners and beggers, that for drunkennesse laie in routs and [line 60] heapes.* 6.72 So great resort came thither, that knights and ladies, who were come to sée the noblenesse, were faine to lie in haie and straw, and held them thereof highlie pleased. From the court of the emperour, nor of the ladie Margarets court, nor of Flanders, Bra∣bant, nor Burgognie came neuer a person to an∣swer to the chalenge. By that it séemed that there was small loue betwene the emperour & the French king. Moreouer, monsieur Faiot capteine of Bul∣longne with monsieur Chattelon, did their deuoir to haue taken the towne of saint Omer, of which dooing was thought no goodnesse to the emperour.]

On mondaie the fiue and twentith of Iune, the king with the quéene remooued from Guisnes to Ca∣lis where he remained till the tenth of Iulie,* 6.73 on which daie he rode to Graueling, and was receiued on the waie by the emperour, and so by him conueied to Graueling, where not onelie the king, but also all his traine was cheared and feailed, with so louing ma∣ner, that the Englishmen highlie praised the empe∣rours court. [When the French king and his lords had knowledge of the meeting of the emperour and the king of England in the towne of Graueling, they were therewith grea••lie gréeued, as by manie things appeared. For as the Englishmen were in France disdained, and in their sutes there greatlie deferred, and had little right, and much lesse fauour: so from day to day still more and more began hart∣burning, and in conclusion open warre did arise be∣tweene the two realmes.]

On Wednesdaie the eleuenth of Iulie,* 6.74 the empe∣rour and his aunt the ladie Margaret duchesse of Sauoy came with the king of England to the towne of Calis, and there continued in great ioy and so∣lace, with feasting, banketting, dansing and masking vntill the fouretéenth of Iulie.* 6.75 ¶ For the intertei∣ning of these estates (the English lords and gentle∣men displaced of their lodgings to serue the other and their traine) there was builded a banketting house eight hundred foot compasse, like a theatre, after a goodlie deuise, builded in such maner as (I thinke) was neuer séene, with sixtéene principals made of great masts, betwixt euerie mast foure and twentie foot, and all the outsides closed with boord and can∣uas.

Ouer it, and within round about by the sides, were made thrée scaffolds or lofts one aboue ano∣ther for men and women to stand vpon. And in the midst of the same banketting house, was set vp a great piller of timber made of eight great masts, bound togither with iron bands, for to hold them to∣gither: for it was an hundred and foure and thirtie foot of length,* 6.76 and cost six pounds thirteene shillings and fourepence to set it vpright. The banketing house was couered ouer with canuas, fastened with ropes and iron as fast as might be deuised. And within the said house was painted the heauens, with starres, sunne, mooue, and clouds, with diuerse other things made aboue ouer mens heads: and there were great images of wickers couered, and made like great men of diuerse strange nations: and diuerse reasons were written by them of the countries that they likened to be of, with the armes of those countries hanging by them.

Also there was made as it were manie ships vn∣der saile, and windmils going, and about the high pil∣ler of timber that flood vpright in the middest, was made stages of timber for organs and other instru∣ments to stand vpon, and men to plaie on them, & for other musicians & pageants to be plaied, when the K. of England & the emperor should be at their banket. But in the morning of the same day, the wind began to rise, & at night blew off the canuas,* 6.77 and all the ele∣ments, with the starres, sunne, moone, and clouds, and the wind blew out aboue a thousand torches, and other lights of wax, that were prepared to giue light to the banket, & all the kings seats that were made with great riches, besides all other things, were all dashed and lost.]

The same daie at night that the states were in∣terteined,* 6.78 the king and fiftéen persons were ap∣parelled all in blacke veluet couered with cloth of gold, cut on the veluet, fastened with knots of gold, on the which knots hoong spangles of gold like tufts, and bonnets of the same, & clothes of crimsin sattin and cloth of gold wrapped trauerse, and their buskins of the same cloth of gold. All these lustie maskers went to the emperours lodging, and were receiued,

and in the chamber of presence dansed and reuelled, the which at the emperours request, the king and o∣ther disuisarded themselues, whereby the king was knowne: then the king tooke his leaue, and depar∣ted for that night. On tuesdaie the twelfe of Iulie, bicause the banketting house could not be finished, the emperour and the ladie Margaret supped with the king & the queene at the checker, where the same night after supper reuelled ninetie and six maskers: after the reuels was a banket, after which banket [line 10] the king brought the emperour and the ladie Mar∣garet to the staple, and after withdrew him.

This night were eight companies of maskers, and in euerie companie twelue persons all in gold, siluer and veluet, richlie apparelled, but bicause the roome was small, the shew was the lesse. In these reuels were put in maskers apparell diuerse gentlemen of the French court vnwéeting to the K. or anie other that bare rule.* 6.79 For diuerse yoong gentlemen of the French court fauored more the French partie, than [line 20] the emperours partie; through which meanes they saw and much more heard than they should haue doone. On fridaie the thirteenth daie of Iulie, the em∣perour did intend to haue departed from Calis, but the counsell was such that he departed not that night.

On saturdaie the fouretéenth of Iulie, the empe∣rour tooke his leaue of the queene of England his aunt, and departed toward Graueling, being con∣ducted on his waie by the king of England, to a vil∣lage towards Flanders called Waell, and there [line 30] they imbraced and tooke their leaue either of other in most louing maner. They did not altogither spend the time thus while they were togither, in vaine plea∣sures, and sporting reuels; for the charters before time concluded were read ouer, and all the articles of the league tripartite, agréed betwixt the emperour, the king of England, and the French king, were at full declared, to the which the French king had fullie con∣descended. And for the more proofe thereof, and exem∣plification of the same, he sent monsieur de Roch [line 40] with letters of credence to signifie to the emperour, that in the word of a prince he would obserue, fulfill, performe and kéepe all the same articles, for him, his realme and subiects.* 6.80 Shortlie after that the emperour and the king had taken leaue each of other, and were departed, the king shipped, and with the quéene and all other the nobilitie returned safelie into England.

The king kept his Christmas at Greenwith this yeare, with much noblenesse and open court. And the tenth daie of Februarie, in his owne person, iusted [line 50] with all commers. On Twelfe daie his grace and the earle of Deuonshire, with foure aids, answered at the tourneie all commers, which were sixtéene per∣sons: noble and rich was their apparell, but in feats of armes the king excelled the rest. About this time the king hauing regard to the common welth of his realme, [year 1521] considered how for the space of fiftie yeares past and more,* 6.81 the nobles and gentlemen of Eng∣land, being giuen to grasi•••• of cattell, and kéeping [line 60] of shéepe, had inuented a meane how to increase their yearelie reuenues, to the great decaie and vn∣dooing of husbandmen of the land. For the said no∣bles and gentlemen,* 6.82 after the maner of the Numidi∣ans, more studieng how to increase their pastures, than to mainteine tillage, began to decaie husband tacks & tenements, and to conuert arable ground into pasture, furnishing the same with beasts and shéepe, and also deere, so inclosing the field with hed∣ges, ditches, and pales, which they held in their owne hands, ingrossing woolles, and selling the same, and also shéepe and beasts at their owne prices, and as might stand most with their owne priuate commo∣ditie.

Hereof a thréefold euill chanced to the com∣mon wealth, as Polydor noteth. One,* 6.83 for that there∣by the number of husbandmen was sore diminished, the which the prince vseth chieflie in his seruice for the warres: an other, for that manie townes and villa∣ges were left desolate, and became ruinous: the third, for that both wooll and cloth made thereof, and the flesh of all maner beasts vsed to be eaten, was sold at far higher prices than was accustomed. These enormities at the first begining being not redressed, grew in short space to such force and vigour by euill custome, that afterwards they gathered to such an v∣nited force, that hardly they could be remedied. Much like a disease, which in the beginning with litle paine to the patient, and lesse labour to the surgeon maie be cured; whereas the same by delaie and negligence being suffered to putrifie, becommeth a desperate sore, and then are medicines nothing auailable, and not to be applied, according to his opinion that said:

Helleborum frustra (cùm iam cutis aegratumescit) Poscentes videas: venienti occurrite morbo.* 6.84

The king therefore causing such good statutes as had beene deuised and established for reformation in this behalfe, to be reuiued and called vpon, tooke or∣der by directing foorth his commissions vnto the iusti∣ces of peace,* 6.85 and other such magistrats, that present∣ment should be had and made of all such inclosures, and decaie of husbandrie, as had chanced within the space of fiftie yeares before that present time. The iustices and other magistrates, according to their commission executed the same. And so commande∣ment was giuen, that the decaied houses should bée built vp againe, that the husbandmen should be pla∣ced eftsoones in the same, and that inclosed grounds should be laid open, and sore punishment appointed a∣gainst them that disobeied.

These so good and wholesome ordinances shortlie after were defeated by meanes of bribes giuen vnto the cardinall: for when the nobles and gentlemen,* 6.86 which had for their pleasures imparked the common fields, were loth to haue the same againe disparked, they redéemed their vexation with good sommes of monie; and so had licence to keepe their parks and grounds inclosed as before. Thus the great expecta∣tion which men had conceiued of a generall redresse, prooued void: howbeit, some profit the husbandmen in some parts of the realme got by the moouing of this matter, where inclosures were alreadie laid o∣pen, yer mistresse monie could preuent them; and so they inioied their commons, which before had beene taken from them.

After that this matter for inclosures was thus dispatched,* 6.87 the cardinall boiling in hatred against the duke of Buckingham, & thirsting for his bloud, deuised to make Charles Kneuet, that had beene the dukes surueior, and put from him (as ye haue heard) an instrument to bring the duke to destruction. This Kneuet being had in examination before the cardi∣nall, disclosed all the dukes life. And first he vttered, that the duke was accustomed by waie of talke, to saie, how he meant so to vse the matter, that he would atteine to the crowne, if king Henrie chan∣ced to die without issue: & that he had talke and con∣ference of that matter on a time with George Ne∣uill, lord of Aburgauennie, vnto whome he had giuen his daughter in marriage; and also that he threatned to punish the cardinall for his manifold misdooings, being without cause his mortall enimie.

The cardinall hauing gotten that which he sought for, incouraged, comforted, and procured Kneuet,* 6.88 with manie comfortable words and great promises, that he should with a bold spirit and countenance obiect and laie these things to the dukes charge, with more if he knew it when time required. Then Kneuet

partlie prouoked with desire to be reuenged, and part∣lie mooued with hope of reward, openlie confessed, that the duke had once fullie determined to deuise meanes how to make the king away, being brought into a full hope that he should be king, by a vaine prophesie which one Nicholas Hopkins, a monke of an house of the Chartreux order beside Bristow, cal∣led Henton, sometime his confessor had opened vnto him.

The cardinall hauing thus taken the examinati∣on [line 10] on of Kneuet,* 6.89 went vnto the king, and declared vnto him, that his person was in danger by such traito∣rous purpose, as the duke of Buckingham had con∣ceiued in his heart, and shewed how that now there is manifest tokens of his wicked pretense: where∣fore, he exhorted the king to prouide for his owne suertie with speed. The king hearing the accusation, inforced to the vttermost by the cardinall, made this answer; If the duke haue deserued to be punished, let him haue according to his deserts. The duke her∣vpon [line 20] was sent for vp to London, & at his comming thither,* 6.90 was streightwaies attached, and brought to the Tower by sir Henrie Marneie, capteine of the gard, the sixtéenth of Aprill. There was also atta∣ched the foresaid Chartreux monke, maister Iohn de la Car aliàs de la Court, the dukes confessor, and sir Gilbert Perke priest, the dukes chancellor.

After the apprehension of the duke, inquisitions were taken in diuerse shires of England of him;* 6.91 so that by the knights and gentlemen, he was indicted [line 30] of high treason, for certeine words spoken (as before ye haue heard) by the same duke at Blechinglie,* 6.92 to the lord of Aburgauennie: and therewith was the same lord attached for concelement, and so likewise was the lord Montacute, and both led to the Tower. Sir Edward Neuill, brother to the said lord of A∣burgauennie, was forbidden the kings presence. Moreouer, in the Guildhall, within the citie of Lon∣don, before Iohn Brugge knight, then lord maior of the same citie, by an inquest whereof one Miles [line 40] Gerrard was foreman, the said duke was indicted of diuerse points of high treason, as by the same indic∣ment it appeareth.

Namelie, that the said duke intending to exalt him∣selfe,* 6.93 and to vsurpe the crowne, the roiall power, and dignitie of the realme of England, and to depriue the kings maiestie thereof, that he the said duke might take vpon him the same; against his allegi∣ance, had the tenth daie of March, in the second yéere of the kings maiesties reigne,* 6.94 and at diuerse other times before and after, imagined and compassed the [line 50] kings death and destruction at London, & at Thorne∣burie, in the countie of Glocester. And for the accom∣plishment of his wicked intent and purpose (as in the indictment is alledged) the twentie and fourth daie of Aprill,* 6.95 in the fourth yéere of the kings reigne he sent one of his chapleins called Iohn de la Court, to the priorie of Henton in Summersetshire, which was an house of the Chartreux monks. The effect or substance of whose message was, to vnderstand of one Nicholas Hopkins, a monke of the same house [line 60] (who was vainelie reputed by waie of reuelation to haue foreknowledge of things to come) what should happen concerning the matters which he had imagi∣ned. Which monke, causing the said de la Court first to sweare vnto him, not to disclose his words to a∣nie maner of person, but onelie to the duke his mai∣ster: therewith declared, that his maister the said duke should haue all, willing him for the accomplish∣ment of his purpose, to séeke to win the fauour of the people. De la Court came backe with this answer, and told it to the duke at Thorneburie the morrow after, being the twentie fift of Aprill.

Also the two and twentith of Iulie in the same fourth yeare,* 6.96 the duke sent the same de la Court with letters vnto the said monke, to vnderstand of him further of such matters: and the monke told him againe for answer, that the duke should haue all. And being asked as well now, as before at the first time, how he knew this to be true: he said, By the grace of God. And with this answer de la Court now also returning, declared the same vnto the duke, the twentie fourth of Iulie at Thorneburie aforesaid. Moreouer, the said duke sent the same de la Court a∣gaine to the said monke with his letters, the six and twentith of Aprill, in the fift yeare of the kings reigne, when the king was to take his iournie into France; requiring to vnderstand what should be∣come of these warres: and whether the Scotish king should in the kings absence inuade the realme or not. The monke (among other things) for answer of these letters, sent the duke word,* 6.97 that the king should haue no issue male.

Againe, the said duke the twentith daie of Fe∣bruarie, in the sixt yeare of the kings reigne, being at Thorneburie, spake these words vnto Rafe earle of Westmerland; Well, there are two new dukes created here in England, but if ought but good come to the king, the duke of Buckingham should be next in bloud to sucéed to the crowne. After this, the said duke on the sixtéenth daie of Aprill, in the said sixt yeare of the kings reigne, went in person vnto the priorie of Henton, and there had conference with the foresaid monke, Nicholas Hopkins, who told him, that he should be king. Wherevnto the duke said, that if it so chanced,* 6.98 he would shew himselfe a iust and a righteous prince. The monke also told the duke, that he knew this by reuelation, and willed him in anie wise to procure the loue of the commons, the better to atteine his purposed intention.

The duke at the same time gaue, and promised to giue yearelie vnto the said priorie, six pounds, there∣with to buie a tun of wine. And further he promised to giue vnto the same priorie, in readie monie twen∣tie pounds, whereof ten pounds he gaue in hand, to∣wards the conueieng of water vnto the house by a conduit. And to the said monke Nicholas Hopkins he gaue at that present in reward three pounds, and at an other time fortie shillings, at an other time a marke, and at an other time six shillings eight pense. After this, the twentith daie of March, in the tenth yeare of the kings reigne, he came to the same prio∣rie, & eftsoones had conference with the said monke, to be more fullie informed by him in the matters a∣boue specified. At what time the monke also told him, that he should be king. The duke in talke told the monke, that he had doone verie well, to bind his chapleine Iohn de la Court, vnder the seale of con∣fession, to kéepe secret such matter: for if the king should come to the knowledge thereof, it would be his destruction.

Likewise, the twentith daie of October, in the se∣uenth yeare of the kings reigne, and at diuerse other times, as well before as after,* 6.99 the said duke had sent his chancellor Robert Gilbert chapleine, vn∣to London, there to buie certeine cloathes of gold, siluer, and veluets, euerie time so much as amoun∣ted to the woorth of thrée hundred pounds; to the in∣tent the said duke might bestow the same, as well vpon knights, esquiers, gentlemen of the kings house, and yeomen of his gard, as vpon other the kings subiects, to win their fauours and freendships to assist him in his euill purpose. Which cloathes the said Gilbert did buie, and brought the same vnto the said duke, who the twentith daie of Ianuarie, in the said seuenth yeare, & diuerse other daies and yeares before and after, did distribute and giue the same vn∣to certeine of the kings subiects for the purpose afore

recited, as by the indictment it was inferred.

* 6.100Furthermore the said duke, the tenth of Iulie, in the tenth yeare of the kings reigne, and diuerse other daies and times, as well before as after, did consti∣tute more seuerall and particular officers in his ca∣stels, honours, lordships, and lands than he was accu∣stomed to haue, to the end they might be assistant to him, vnder coulour of such offices, to bring his euill purpose to passe. Moreouer, the same duke sent vnto the king the tenth of Maie, in the ninth yeare of his [line 10] reigne, for licence to reteine anie of the kings sub∣iects, whome it should please him, dwelling within the shires of Hereford, Glocester, and Summerset∣shire; and also, that he might at his pleasure conueie diuerse armors, and habillements for warre into Wales, to the intent to use the same against the king as the indictment imported, for the accomplishing of his naughtie purpose, which was to destroie the king and to vsurpe the roiall gouernement and power to himselfe. [line 20]

Which sute for licence to haue reteiners, and to conueie such armors and habillements of warre, the said Gilbert, the twentith daie of Maie, in the said ninth yeare, and diuerse other daies before and after, at London, and east Gréenewich did follow, labou∣ring earnestlie, both to the king and councell, for ob∣teining the same. On the twentith daie of Iulie in the said ninth yeare, the said duke sent the said Gil∣bert vnto Henton aforesaid, to vnderstand of the said moonke Nicholas Hopkins,* 6.101 what he heard of him: [line 30] and the moonke sent him word, that before Christmas next there should be a change, & that the duke should haue the rule and gouernment of all England. And moreouer, the twentith of Februarie, in the eleuenth yeare of the kings reigne, at Blechingleie in the countie of Surrie, the said duke said vnto the said Robert Gilbert his chancellor, that he did expect and tarie for a time more conuenient to atchiue his pur∣pose, and that it might easilie be doone, if the nobles of this realme would declare their minds togither: [line 40] but some of them mistrusted, and feared to shew their minds togither: and that marred all.

He said further at the same time to the said Gil∣bert, that what so euer was doone by the kings father, was doone by wrong. And still he murmured a∣gainst all that the king ••hen presentlie reigning did. And further he said, that he knew himselfe to be so wicked a sinner,* 6.102 that he wanted Gods fauour: and therefore he knew, that what so euer he tooke in hand against the king had the woorse successe. And further∣more, [line 50] the said duke (to alienate the minds of the kings subiects from their dutifull obeisance towards the said king and his heires) on the twentith daie of September, in the first yeare of his reigne, being then at London, reported vnto the said Robert Gil∣bert, that he had a certeine writing sealed with the kings great seale, comprehensing a certeine act of parlement, in the which it was enacted, that the duke of Summerset one of the kings progenitors was made legitimate:* 6.103 and further, that the said duke [line 60] meant to haue deliuered the same writing vnto king Henrie the seuenth, but (said he) I would not that I had so doone for ten thousand pounds.

And furthermore, the same duke on the fourth of Nouember, in the eleuenth yere of the kings reigne, at east Greenwich in the countie of Kent, said vnto one Charles Kneuet esquier, after that the king had reprooued the duke for reteining William Bulmer knight into his seruice, that if he had perceiued that he should haue beene committed to the Tower (as he doub••ed hée should haue béene) hée would haue so wrought, that the principal dooers therein should not haue had cause of great reioising: for he would haue plaied the part which his father intended to haue put in practise against king Richard the third at Salis∣burie,* 6.104 who made earnest s••te to haue come vnto the presence of the same king Richard: which sute if he might haue obteined, he hauing a knife secretlie a∣bout him, would haue thrust it into the bodie of king Richard, as he had made semblance to knéele downe before him. And in speaking these words, he malici∣ouslie laid his hand vpon his dagger, and said, that if he were so euill vsed, he would doo his best to accom∣plish his pretensed purpose, swearing to confirme his word by the bloud of our Lord.

Beside all this, the same duke the tenth of Maie, in the twelfe yeare of the kings reigne, at London in a place called the Rose, within the parish of saint Laurence Poultnie in Canwike street ward, de∣manded of the said Charles Kneuet esquier, what was the talke amongest the Londoners concerning the kings iourneie beyond the seas. And the said Charles told him, that manie stood in doubt of that iourneie, least the Frenchmen meant some deceit to∣wards the king. Whereto the duke answered, that it was to be feared, least it would come to passe,* 6.105 accor∣ding to the words of a certeine holie moonke. For there is (saith he) a Chartreux moonke, that diuerse times hath sent to me, willing me to send vnto him my chancellor: and I did send vnto him Iohn de la Court my chapleine, vnto whome he would not de∣clare anie thing, till de la Court had sworne vnto him to kéepe all things secret, and to tell no creature liuing what hée should heare of him, except it were to me.

And then the said moonke told de la Court, that neither the king nor his heires should prosper, and that I should indeuour my selfe to purchase the good wils of the communaltie of England; for I the same duke and my bloud should prosper, and haue the rule of the realme of England. Then said Charles Kne∣uet; The moonke maie be deceiued through the diuels illusion: and that it was euill to meddle with such matters. Well (said the duke) it cannot hurt me, and so (saith the indictment) the duke séemed to reioise in the moonks woords. And further, at the same time,* 6.106 the duke told the said Charles, that if the king had misca∣ried now in his last sicknesse, he would haue chopped off the heads of the cardinall, of sir Thomas Louell knight, and of others; and also said, that he had rather die for it, than to be vsed as he had beene.

Moreover, on the tenth daie of September, in the said eleuenth yere of this kings reigne, at Bleching∣lie, in the countie of Surrie, walking in the gallerie there with George neuill knight, lord Aburgauen∣nie, the duke murmuring against the kings coun∣cellors, and there gouernment, said vnto the said George; that if the king died, he would haue the rule of the realme in spite of who so euer said the contra∣rie; and withall said, that if the said lord Aburga∣uennie would say, that the duke had spoken such words, he would fight with him, and lay his sword vpon his pate: & this he bound vp with manie great oths. These were the speciall articles & points com∣prised in the indictment, and said to his charge: but how trulie, or in what sort prooued, I haue not fur∣ther to say, either in accusing or excusing him, other than as I find in Hall and Polydor, whose words in effect, I haue thought to impart to the reader, and without anie parciall wrestling of the same either to or fro.

Sauing that (I that) I maie without offense saie, that (as the rumour then went) the cardinall chieflie procured the death of this noble man, no lesse fauou∣red and beloued of the people of this realme in that season, than the cardinall himselfe was hated and en∣uied. Which thing caused the dukes fall the more to be pitied and lamented, sith he was man of all

other, that chieflie went about to crosse the cardinall in his lordlie demeanor, & headie procéedings. But to the purpose. Shortlie after that the duke had béene in∣dicted (as before ye haue heard) he was arreigned in Westminster hall,* 6.107 before the duke of Norffolke, be∣ing made by the kings letters patents high steward of England, to accomplish the high cause of appeale of the péere or péeres of the realme, and to discerne and iudge the cause of the péeres.

There were also appointed to sit as peeres and [line 10] iudges vpon the said duke of Buckingham, the duke of Suffolke, the marques Dorset, the earls of Wor∣cester,* 6.108 De••o••shire, Essex, Shrewesburie, Kent, Or∣ford, and Derbie, the lord of saint Iohns, the lord de la Ware, the lord Fitz Warren, the lord Willough∣bie, the lord Brooke, the lord Cobham, the lord Her∣bert, and the lord Morleie. There was made within the hall at Westminster a scaffold for these lords, and a presence for a iudge, railed and counterrailed about, and barred with degrées. When the lords had [line 20] taken their place, the duke was brought to the barre, and vpon his arreignement pleaded not guiltie, and put himselfe vpon his péeres. Then was his indict∣ment read, which the duke denied to be true, and (as he was an eloquent man) alledged reasons to falsi∣fie the indictment;* 6.109 pleading the matter for his owne iustification verie pithilie and earnestlie. The kings attourneie against the dukes reasons alledged the examinations, confessions, and proofes of witnesses.

The duke desired that the witnesses might bée [line 30] brought foorth. And then came before him Charles Kneuet, Perke, de la Court, & Hopkins the monke of the priorie of the Charterhouse beside Bath, which like a false hypocrite had induced the duke to the trea∣son with his false forged prophesies. Diuerse pre∣sumptions and accusations were laid vnto him by Charles Kneuet, which he would faine haue couered. The depositions were read, & the deponents deliuered as prisoners to the officers of the Tower. Then spake the duke of Norffolke, and said: My lord, the king our souereigne lord hath commanded that you shall [line 40] haue his lawes ministred with fauour and right to you.* 6.110 Wherefore if you haue anie other thing to say for your selfe, you shall be heard. Then he was com∣manded to withdraw him, and so was led into Para∣dise, a house so named. The lords went to councell a great while, and after tooke their places.

Then said the duke of Norffolke to the duke of Suffolke;* 6.111 What say you of sir Edward duke of Buc∣kingham touching the high treasons? The duke of Suffolke answered; He is giltie: & so said the mar∣ques and all the other earls and lords. Thus was this prince duke of Buckingham found giltie of high [line 50] treason, by a duke, a marques, seuen earles, & twelue barons. The duke was brought to the barre sore cha∣sing, and swet maruellouslie; & after he had made his reuerence, he paused a while. The duke of Norffolke as iudge said; Sir Edward, you haue heard how you be indicted of high treason, you pleaded thereto not giltie, putting your selfe to the péeres of the realme, which haue found you giltie. Then the duke of Norf∣folke [line 60] wept and said;* 6.112 You shall be led to the kings pri∣son, and there laid on a hardle, and so drawne to the place of execution, and there be hanged, cut downe aliue, your members cut off and cast into the fire, your bowels burnt before you, your head smitten off, and your bodie quartered and diuided at the kings will, and God haue mercie on your soule, Amen.

The duke of Buckingham said, My lord of Norf∣folke, you haue said as a traitor should be said vnto, but I was neuer anie: but my lords I nothing ma∣ligne for that you haue doone to me, but the eternall God forgiue you my death, and I doo: I shall neuer sue to the king for life, howbeit he is a gratious prince, and more grace may come from him than I desire. I desire you my lords and all my fellowes to pray for me. Then was the edge of the axe turned towards him, and he led into a barge. Sir Thomas Louell desired him to sit on the cushins and carpet ordeined for him. He said nay; for when I went to Westminster I was duke of Buckingham, now I am but Edward Bohune the most caitife of the world. Thus they landed at the Temple, where recei∣ued him sir Nicholas Uawse & sir William Sands baronets, and led him through the citie, w••o desired euer the people to pray for him, of whome some wept and lamented, and said: This is the end of euill life, God forgiue him, he was a proud prince, it is pitie that hée behaued him so against his king and liege lord, whome God preserue. Thus about foure of the clocke he was brought as a cast man to the Tower.

On fridaie the seuentéenth daie of Maie, about eleuen of the clocke, this duke of Buckingham, earle of Hereford, Stafford, and Northampton,* 6.113 with a great power was deliuered to Iohn Keime & Iohn Skeuington shiriffes, who led him to the scaffold on Tower hill, where he said he had offended the kings grace through negligence and lacke of grace, and de∣sired all noble men to beware by him, and all men to pray for him, and that he trusted to die the kings true man. Thus méekelie with an axe he tooke his death. Then the Augustine friers tooke his bodie, and head, and buried them. Alas that euer the grace of truth was withdrawne from so noble a man, that he was not to his king in allegiance as he ought to haue béene! Such is the end of ambition, the end of false prophesies, the end of euill life, and euill counsell; but speciallie the end of malice, which grew to so huge and monstruous a fire in the hautie hart of the proud car∣dinall, that nothing could asswage it, but the bloud of this noble duke, against whome he had procured this processe in iudgement ended with the execution of death: the torments whereof were (as it seemeth by the sentence of the iudge) much diminished through the mercie of the king.

For though his offense was traitorous, and therfore deserued as law had prouided, and the iudge defined; yet in respect of the offendors person, the kings fauor dispensed with the rigor of iudgement, so that he was beheaded onelie, and his bodie not dismembred. ¶ This duke had begun a great and sumptuous building at his manor of Thornburie,* 6.114 but left the same vnfinished. He made a faire parke hard by the same building, for the which he tooke in much and fruitfull ground. Also another parke at Eastwood, one mile off, he inlarged at two times to the compasse of six miles, for the which déed, and such like, he had manie a cursse of the poore tenants.] At the time of his death (no doubt) his conscience (gi∣uing in greater euidence than 10000 witnesses) told him whether he was justlie condemned or no, for a mans dieng day is as a bill of information, putting him in mind of his life well or ill spent, as one saith:

Pectora terribili cùm mors ferit horrida telo,* 6.115 Quomodo vita tibi sit priùs acta scies.

A conuenient collection concerning the high constables of England, which office ceassed and tooke end at the duke of Buckingham aboue mentioned.

THe death of this duke of Buckingham,* 7.1 being the last constable of England, dooth present apt place to me wherein to insert the names of all such honorable persons as haue béene inuested with that title of the consta∣bleship of England, an office of great account, & such

as sometime was the chéefest place of a temporall subiect in the relme the (high steward excepted) whose power did extend to restreine some actions of the kings. Wherefore being now no such office (for ther•• was neuer anie aduanced therevnto since the behea∣ding of this duke) I thinke it not vuméet to make some memorie of those persons possessing so high a place, least both they and their office might hereaf∣ter grow in vtter obliuion: these therefore they were. [line 10]

* 7.2Alfgarus Stallere, constable to Edward the Con∣fessor, of whome thus writeth the historie of Elie in the second booke written by Richard of Elie a moonke of that house, in the time of Henrie the se∣cond, whose words although they be somewhat long, I shall not gréeue to set downe in this sort. De famosa villa Estre, alio nomine Plassie vocata, dicendum est quàm mi∣serè ab Elie est destracta. Alfgarus quidem Stallere, quod La∣tinè dux dicitur, eam inuasit, & vsus estea. Abbas verò Wolfricus & fratres, cùm sedulò frustra requirerent, Ed∣wardum Confessorem adeunt, cui rex mandauit, vt restitue∣ret: [line 20] sed ille regijs iussis nequaquam obtemperanit. Fratres au∣tem, cùm nec prece nec precio eius animum flectere potuis∣sent, anathematizant eum, nec sententiam super eum vllo dic praetermittebant.

Quod ille diutiùs paruipendens, licèt magnus & potens in regno esset (vti regis constabularius) ab ecclesia eliminatus, & fidelium consortio ad correptionem (vix iam cunctis dete∣stabilis effectus) compulsus peruenire, tandem (plurimùm ob∣iurgatus & correptus à rege) reuersus est in se, & prece tandem nititur obtinere quod iniqua manu cunctatus non est. [line 30] Illi verò hoc cognoscentes, illi annunt, demiserúnt{que} ei (quam∣uis ad suum incommodum) ita vt iureiurando postipsius vi∣tam ab omni suorum inquietudine libera ad ecclesiam possessio rediret. Quod quidem factum est, & scripto Anglici sermo∣nis designatum. Testes rex Edwardus & regina, &c. Which man (after the death of king Edward the Confessor and Harold the vsurper) was when the Normans en∣tered England, as saith the said historie In ergastulo plurimis alijs ferro astrictus vsque ad mortem. [line 40]

* 7.3Walter constable of England in the time of William the Conquerour, and of William Rufus succeeded Alfgarus. Here (before I saie anie more) I thinke it not amisse to set downe somewhat tou∣ching William Fitz Osberne, or Osbert earle of Hereford, whome manie will haue to be constable in the time of the Conquerour: which truelie I can not as yet be led to beleeue. For although that this Wil∣liam was the onelie man, who both persuaded▪ incou∣raged, and procured aid of others to assist William Conquerour for the obteining of England; and that [line 50] this man was (as we commonlie saie) the onelie right hand, chéefe compeller, and disposer of the kingdome, after that William the Conquerour had obteined the same, being also Tribunus militum of all the armie that William Conquerour led into Eng∣land, and the man that persuaded the bishop of Sam∣borrow to compound for the title of the king of Den∣marke made vnto England: yet I suppose him not to be constable, but onelie marshall of England; or [line 60] at the least if he were, it could not be verie long. For that this earle was extreame old, departed the realme, and disposed all the affaires of the Norman bastard beyond the seas, and died about the yeare of our redemption 1072, being about the eight yeare of the reigne of William Conquerour.

* 7.4Milo the sonne of the said Walter, an enimie to king Stephan (who yet confirmed him in his fathers inheritance) was aduanced first to great honors by Henrie the first: who méeting Mawd the empresse at Bristow, and taking hir for lawfull quéene, did con∣tinuallie follow hir faction: for which she, in the sixt yeare of king Stephan, to honour him for his good seruice (as appeareth by the charter thereof) gaue him the earledome of Hereford, constableship of Eng∣gland, the castell of Bironell, & the forrest of Deane. He was lord also of Breckenocke. He translated the chanons of the monasterie of saint Iohns of Lan∣thonie, in the yeare of our redemption 1103, being the fourth yeare of king Henrie the first, to a place néere Glocester, then called Hide, and since Lantho∣nie; as Iohn Stow hath well noted out of other au∣thors.

He married Sibilla the daughter of Bernard Newmarch, a nobleman of Normandie, who obtei∣ned by conquest the lordship of Breckenocke: by whome he had issue fiue sonnes and thrée daughters. The sonnes were Roger, Walter, Henrie, Willi∣am and Mahaell. His three daughters were, Marga∣ret, married to Humfreie Bohune; Bertha the se∣cond was married to Philip Bruse, created by king Stephan lord of Bruse, Gower, Bauld, & Brimble, and in his wiues right lord of Breckenocke; Lucia married to Herebert the sonne of Herebert, base sonne to Henrie the first, who was (in hir right) lord of the forrest of Deane: he died in the eight or (as o∣thers haue) the ninth yeare of king Stephan, being the yeare of our redemption 1143.

William (the sonne of Walter Beauchampe) shiriffe of Worcester,* 7.5 was made high constable of England by king Stephan, in the fift yeare of his reigne, being in the yeare of our redemption 1139, when the king was at Worcester: which honour he tooke from Miles of Glocester; as saith that painefull antiquarie Iohn Stow in his chronicle printed in the yeare of our Lord 1580, fol. 191.

Roger the sonne of Milo succéeded his father in all his inheritance, as well of the earledome,* 7.6 as o∣therwise: whereby he was in time following also constable of England, and (as it is most probable) re∣stored to that office by Henrie the second; for that he was a great enimie to king Stephan. He went a∣mongest others with Henrie Fitz Empresse to Da∣uid king of Scots, who knighted the said Henrie in the fouretéenth yeare of king Stephan: he married Cicilie the daughter of Iohn Fitz Paine, and died without issue.

Walter second sonne to Milo,* 7.7 after the death of his brother Roger was earle of Hereford, constable of England, and lord ouer Gwenthie or Wenthie: he builded in the time of Henrie the first the castels of Glocester, Bristow, and Rochester, with the Tower of London: he held the land of Wenthie by long time, who hauing no heire of his bodie gaue the same land to Henrie of Hereford, and for saking the world tooke monasticall habit on him at Lanthonie, where he was buried, dieng without issue.

Henrie of Hereford the sonne of Milo,* 7.8 after the enterance of Walter his brother into religion, was earle of Hereford, constable of England, and lord of Breckenocke and Deane; who was in Wenthie at a conflict slaine by his owne men, and buried at Lan∣thonie with Walter the constable: after whose death Henrie the second deputed Iago ap Seisell to the cu∣stodie of the land of Wenthie.

William the sonne of Milo,* 7.9 and brother to Hen∣rie of Hereford, was constable of England, after the death of his brother, and died without issue.

Mahaell the yoongest sonne of Milo,* 7.10 after the death of William, was constable of England, who died without issue: whome I feare not to place as constable, since all histories agrée that all the sons of Milo did successiuelie inioie that office, after whome the inheritance comming to their sister, whereof the eldest called Margaret (or Margerie) was married to Humfrie Bohuno, which line of the Bohunes be∣came afterwards constables of England by inheri∣tance.

* 7.11Humfrie de Bohune, steward to Henrie the first, (the sonne of Humfrie de Bohune, steward in house to William Rufus, sonne to Humfrie de Bohune that came in with the Conquerour) was (in the right of his wife Margerie one of the daughters and heire of the foresaid Milo) constable of England, he had issue Humfrie de Bohune.

* 7.12Humfrie de Bohune, constable of England, mar∣ried Margaret sister to William king of Scots and daughter to the earle of Huntington, moother to [line 10] Conon earle of Britaine: he had issue Henrie. This Margaret died the third of king Iohn, being the yeare of Christ 1201. And this Humfrie also died in the time of king Iohn, as some haue: or rather (as others haue) in the time of king Richard the first.

* 7.13Henrie de Bohune, the sonne of the said Hum∣frie and Margaret, was the first earle of Hereford of that name of the Bohunes, contrarie to that re∣ceiued error, which hitherto hath made the other Bo∣hunes earle of Hereford: and contrarie to the prin∣ted pedegrée of the deceassed father of the earle of [line 20] Essex now liuing. For this man, being the first erle of the Bohunes, was made earle of Hereford in the first yeare of king Iohn, as the charter dooth wit∣nesse. He was also constable of England, and mar∣ried Mawd, the daughter and heire of Geffrie lord Ludgarsall sometime earle of Essex, in whose right hir husband was intituled to that honor of the earle∣dome of Essex, by whome he had issue Humfrie his heire. He died about the fourth yeare of Henrie the [line 30] third, being the yeare of our redemption 1220, in his iournie as he went to Ierusalem with other noble∣men.

* 7.14Humfrie de Bohune sonne of Henrie, being the second of that name that was erle of Hereford, was also earle of Essex and constable of England, being by all men termed La bone counte de Hereford. He married Mawd the daughter of the earle of Oxie in Normandie, he had issue Humfrie de Bohune that was taken in the yeare of Christ 1265, being the for∣tie [line 40] & ninth of king Henrie the third at the battell of Euesham, and died in the life of his father, leauing behind him a sonne called Humfrie, heire to him and to his father, which Humfrie the father died in the yeare of our redemption 1275, being the third yeare of king Edward the first.

* 7.15Humfrie de Bohune the third earle of Hereford of that name, the sonne of Humfrie Bohune slaine at the battell of Euesham, was after the death of his grandfather erle of Hereford and Essex, and con∣stable of England, he married Mawd de Ferens, or [line 50] Frenis, and had issue Humfrie, this earle died in the yeare of our redemption 1298, being the twentie sixt of Edward the first, & was buried at Walden with his wife Mawd.

* 7.16Humfrie de Bohune the fourth erle of Hereford of that name, was earle of Hereford, Essex, and con∣stable of England, he married Elizabeth the daugh∣ter to king Edward the first, and widow to Iohn earle of Holland, he had issue Iohn erle of Hereford, Humfrie earle of Hereford, and William earle of [line 60] Northhampton. This Humfrie taking part with Thomas earle of Lancaster was slaine at Borro∣bridge by a Welshman standing vnder a bridge that thrust him thorough with a speare, in the fouretéenth yeare of the reigne of king Edward the second, be∣ing the yeare of our redemption 1321.

* 7.17Iohn de Bohune the eldest sonne of this Humfrie, being the fi••t earle of Hereford, was after the death of his father earle of Hereford, Essex, and constable of England, he married the daughter of Edmund Fitz Alen earle of Arundell, and died without issue in the yeare of Christ 1335, being the ninth yeare of king Edward the third. He was buried in the ab∣beie of Stratford besides London.

Humfrie de Bohune sixt earle of Hereford,* 7.18 being brother to Iohn de Bohune, whome he succeeded, was after the death of his brother earle of Hereford and Essex, and constable of England, he died without issue in the yeare of our Lord 1361, being the thirtie fift of king Edward the third, and was buried at the Augustine friers in London.

William de Bohune seuenth erle of Hereford of that surname,* 7.19 being the sonne of the other Humfrie and brother to the last Humfrie, was at a parlement holden in the tenth yeare of the reigne of king Ed∣ward the third, being in the yeare of our Lord 1336, created earle of Northhampton, and after the death of his brother Humfrie, he was earle of Hereford and Essex, and constable of England. He was in the eighteenth yeare of Edward the third, being the yere of Christ 1344, sent into Britaine as generall ouer the English armie, to restore Iohn de Montford to the dukedome of Britaine: which he did, putting Charles de Blois to flight. He married Elizabeth some saie Eleanor, one of the daughters and heires of Bartholomew Bladesmere baron of Bedes in Kent, by whome he had issue Humfrie.

Humfrie de Bohune, the eight & last erle of Here∣ford of that surname of Bohune,* 7.20 was after the death of William his father earle of Hereford, Essex and Northampton, and constable of England. He aug∣mented the castell of Brecnocke, first built by Ber∣nard Newmarch. He in the eight and twentith yere of Edward the third (as Iohn Stow noteth) being the yeare of Christ 1354, reedified the frier Augustines church in London, in which he was buried. He ma∣ried Ione the daughter of Richard Fitz Alen erle of Arundell, by whome he had issue two daughters and heires, Eleanor the eldest, maried to Thomas of Woodstocke; and Marie the second, maried to Henrie of Bollingbrooke, after king of England, by the name of king Henrie the fourth.

Thomas of Woodstocke the sixt sonne to king Edward the third,* 7.21 was created earle of Bucking∣ham, in the first yeare of Richard the second at his co∣ronation, being the yeare of our Lord 1377, and after duke of Glocester, in the eight yeare of Richard the second 1385. He maried Eleanor eldest daughter of Humfreie Bohune (as before) in whose right he was earle of Essex, Northampton, and constable of Eng∣land, besides which he was also lord of Brecnocke. He had issue one son & foure daughters: his sonne was Humfreie erle of Buckingham, whom K. Richard (after the murthering of his father at Calis) sent in∣to Ireland, where he remained as prisoner vntill the time of king Henrie the fourth, which called him home: who returning into England, died of the plague without issue at Chester: after whome his moother liued not long. Of whose death thus writeth that worthie poet sir Iohn Gower knight, liuing at that time, in his booke of the historie of Richard the second, and Henrie the fourth, commonlie taken as part of his worke intituled & named, Vox clamantis:

Interea transit moriens nec in orbe remansit, Humfredus dictus reddit ille Deo benedictus, Defuncto nato cito post de fine beato, Mater transiuit dum nati funera sciuit, Primo decessit * 7.22 Cignus, dolor vnde repressit Matrem cum pullo sibi mors nec parcit in vllo.

The foure daughters, heires to Thomas of Woodstocke & their brother Humfreie, were Anne the eldest, married to Edmund Stafford erle Staf∣ford, who had issue Humfreie erle of Stafford, Here∣ford, & Northampton, lord of Brecknocke, &c: which Anne after the death of erle Staffor•• ••aid the second time marie William vicont Bou•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 created erle of Ewe in France: the second daughter was Phi∣lip,

which died without issue: the third Ione, was ma∣ried to Gilbert lord Talbot: the fourth Isabell, was a religious person at the Minories in London. This duke of Glocester was murthered at Calis about the yeare of Christ 1398, being the 22 yeare of Ri∣chard the second, touching whose life and death, with the maner thereof, thus writeth the said sir Iohn Gower, in the same booke intituled Vox clamantis:

O quàm fortuna stabilis non permanet vna, Exemplum cuius stat in ordine carminis huius, [line 10] Rex agit, & Cygnus patitur de corde benignus, Ille prostratus non est de rege leuatus, Ad Plessye captus tunc est velut hostia raptus, Rex iubet arma geri, nec eo voluit misereri, Cum sponsa nati lugent quasi morte grauati, Plúss{que} lupo saeuit rex dummodo foemina fleuit, Nil pietas munit quem tunc manus inuida punit, Rex stetit obliquus nec erat tunc vnus amicus, O regale genus, princeps quasi pauper egenus, Turpiter attractus iacet & sine iure subactus, [line 20] Sunt ibi fautores regis de sorte priores, Qui Cygnum pendent, vbi captum ducere tendent, Sic ducendo ducem, perdit sine lumine lucem, Anglia quae tota tenebrescit luce remota, Trans mare natauit, regnum qui semper amauit, Flent centum mille, quia Cygnus praeterit ille, Calisij portus petit vnde dolus latet ortus, Error quem regis genuit putredine legis, Carcere conclusus subitò fuit ille reclusus, Nescit quo fine sit vitae siue ruinae, [line 30] Tunc rex elatum sumpsit quasi falco volatum, Vnde suas gentes perdit custode carentes.

A little after which followeth these verses, touching the deniall of buriall to be granted vnto him among the rest of his honourable and roiall ancestors:

Sic nece deuictum, sic corpus ab hoste relictum, Clam de conclaui, susceperat Anglia naui, Per mare regreditur, corpus nec ad huc sepelitur, Nám{que} sepulturam, defendit rex sibi puram, Desuper à latere, patris loca iusta ten••r••, [line 40] Dummodo quaesiuit, vix bassa sepulchra subiuit.

Of the maner also of whole death the said sir Iohn Gower hath set downe these thrée following verses:

Heu quàm to••torum quidam de sorte malorum, Sic ducis electi plumarum pondere lecti, Corpus quassatum iugulánt{que} necara iugulatum.

His wife Elenor died the third of October, in the yeare of our redemption 1399, being the first yeare of king Henrie the fourth, and was buried at West∣minster on the south side of king Edward the third [line 50] with this epitaph:

Icy gist Elenor de Bohune aysne fille & vn des heyres a honorable seigneur monseigneour Hum∣phrey de Bohune, countie de Hereford, & de Essex, & de Northampton, & constable d'Angliterre, fem∣me a puissant ••••••••ble prince Thomas Woodstocke▪ fi••z tresexc••lle•••• & trespuissant seigneiur Edwarde roy d'Anglite••re pius le cóquest tierce, duc de Glo∣cester, que mo••ust tierce i••ure de October lan du grace 1399, de que alme Dieux fait mercye. [line 60]

Edward Plantagenet sonne to Edmund of Langleie,* 7.23 was by Richard the second created earle of Rutland, and duke of Albemerle, who being con∣stable of England arriued in the thrée and twentith yeare of Richard the second, and in the yeare of our Lord 1399 in Ireland, to bring aid to the king being there in warre. Of this man is more liberall dis∣course in my folowing treatise of the dukes of Eng∣land.

Henrie Persie lord Persie, the sixt lord, and the first earle of Northumberland of that name,* 7.24 was ad∣uanced to that ••onourable title of earle at the coro∣nation of king Richard the second, in the yeare of our redemption 1377. He was made high constable of England by Henrie the fourth, then elected but not crowned king of England, bicause the said earle did giue that ring to the king whereby he was wed∣ded to the kingdome of England, to whome also the king gaue the Ile of man to beare the sword with which he entered the realme. He in the fourth yeare of king Henrie the fourth, being the yeare of Christ 1403, rebelled against the king: but after comming to the king vpon sending for, he was pardoned his life, but commited to safe custodie. After which, in the fift yeare of that king, he was at a parlement hol∣den at London restored to his estate and dignitie, who the yeare following, being the sixt of Henrie the fourth, and the yeare of Christ 1405, againe rebel∣led, and after fled into Scotland, to Dauid lord Fle∣ming who receiued him, and in the seuenth yeare of Henrie the fourth, being the yere of our redemption 1506, as saith Iohn Stow.

This Dauid persuaded the erle to flie into Wales, for which cause the Scots slue the said Dauid. After this, in the ninth yeare of Henrie the fourth, he came into England, raised the people, and was slaine at Broom••ham neere to Hasewood, in a conflict had with him by Thomas Rockleie shiriffe of Yorkshire. He married two wiues, the first was Margaret daugh∣ter to Rafe lord Neuill, by whome he had issue Hen∣rie Persie, surnamed Hotspurre (slaine at the battell of Shrewesburie in the fourth yeare of Henrie the fourth in his fathers life) Thomas and Rafe. His se∣cond wife was Mawd, daughter to Thomas lord Lucie, and sister and heire to Anthonie lord Lucie baron of Cockermouth, being before the widow of Gilbert Humfreuill called the earle of Angus. This ladie Mawd gaue to hir husband the lordship and ca∣stell of Cockermouth, whereby the earles of Nor∣thumberland are bound still to beare the armes of Lucie.

Iohn duke of Bedford the sonne and brother of kings (for so he calleth himselfe in the precept to sum∣mon Reginald lord Greie,* 7.25 & sir Edward Hastings knight, to determine the controuersie for bearing of the armes of Hastings earle of Penbroke in the marshals court) was earle of Richmond and Ken∣dall, and constable of England, being aduanced to that office about the eight yeare of Henrie the fourth his father, being the yeare of our redemption 1406, of whome there is more mention in the following discourse of the protectors of England.

Humfrie earle of Stafford, Hereford,* 7.26 and North∣hampton, lord of Breenocke, Holdernesse, and of Cambridge, and constable of England, and of Do∣uer castell, in the eight yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of Christ 1430, went into France with Henrie the sixt to attend his coronation at Pa∣ris. He was created duke of Buckingham in the two and twentith yeare of Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of Christ 1444. He was slaine at the battell of Northampton in the eight and thirtith yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our Lord 1460, he maried Anne daughter to Rafe Neuil erle of West∣merland: he had amongst manie other of his chil∣dren Humfrie his eldest sonne earle Stafford, hurt (as hath Iohn Stow) with an arrow in the right hand at the battell of saint Albons in the three and thirtith yeare of Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our Lord 1455, of which battell of saint Albons thus writeth Iohn Whethamsted a learned abbat of that h••use:

Dum Maius madidi flos flo•• uit imbribus austri, Mollibus & Zephyrus refouerat flatilus aruos, Flora velut regnans herbis ditauerat hort••s, Post glacies inopes hos fecerat & locuple••es, Sic r••pidis stilbon prae••onibus vndí{que} regnum Repleuerat nimis, sic latè sta••serat ipses, Vt * 7.27 villam tandem tantus peruaserat is••am

Illorum numerus quod vlx euaderet vnus, Quin spolium lueret, spoliantes vel trepidaret. A••cidit ex causa spoliatio tam grauis ista, Mars coeli dominus fuerat tunc, & soror eius In terris domina belli Bellona vocata, Vnde malum multis signanter partibus istis Contigit, & bellum fuit istic grande peractum, * 7.28Sanguis & effusus multus, dux est iugulatus Illius pugnae quae fertur causa fuisse. Bello finito, strepitu quó{que} pacificato, [line 10] Indultum est praedae, praedones quippe fuere Victores omnes, nulli quasi compatientes. Tunc rex, tunc proceres, tunc villani quó{que} plures, * 7.29Ac alij varij fuerant rebus spoliati, Attamen ecclesia, simul ecclesiae bona cuncta * 7.30Intra quae fuerant, sub clausurá{que} iacebant, Manserunt salua nec ei res defuit vlla. Laus igitur domino, laus in specié{que} patrono, Cuius per media stabant sua singula salua, Saluis & in cuncti•• simul abbas frater & omnis. [line 20] Spiritus ille bonus sine fallo spiritus almus, Ad villam regem qui direxit venientem Illius ad medium, nec tunc permiserat ipsum * 7.31Ecclesiam petere, conseruauit sua quaeque. Sed patronus erat qui pro monachis mediarat, A raptore locúm{que} suum seruauit, & omnem Ipsius ornatum fedari nec siuit ipsum. S••rex intrasset, secúm{que} ducem sociasset, * 7.32Valuas ecclesiae, paruissent cuncta rapinae, Nec poterat furias quisquam compescere plebis. [line 30] Laus igitur domino, rursus rursus{que} patrono, Stat locusis••e suo saluus munimine so••o▪ Salua{que} supposita, sua salua iocalia cuncta.

* 7.33Iohn Tiptoth or Tiptost knight, the son of Iohn lord Tiptost, and of Ioice his wife, second daughter to Edmund Charleton lord Powes, was treasuror of the realme in Michaelmasse tearme in the tenth yere of Henrie the fourth, after which he was againe admitted to that office in the one and thirtith and two and thirtith yeare of Henrie the sixt, from which place [line 40] being once more remooued, he was the third time ad∣uanced to the honor of lord treasuror of England in the second of Edward the fourth, and continued the same in the third of the said king. He was created earle of Worcester in the time of king Henrie the sixt. This man in the yeare 1470, being the tenth of king Edward the fourth, tooke his part against the duke of Clarence, and Richard Neuill earle of Warwike, at what time the said duke and earle be∣ing discomfited, sled to the sea side, and thence sailed [line 50] to Southhampton, where they thought to haue had the Trinitie a great ship of the earle of Warwikes; but the lord Scales the queenes brother fought with them, and inforced them to flie into France.

Wherevpon king Edward the fourth came to Southhampton and caused Tiptost earle of Worce∣ster to sit in iudgement vpon certeine gentlemen, as Clapham and others, taken at the same skirmish of Southhampton, where the earle caused the bodies of certeine condemned men, after that they were han∣ged [line 60] to be thrust thorough the fundament vp to the head with stakes, for the which crueltie he and others fell into indignation of the common people. Before which in the eight yeare of king Edward, he was with Iohn Dudleie made constable of the Tower, during their liues, and the longer liuer of them two.

After this in the said yeare 1470, being the tenth of Edward the fourth, in which Henrie the sixt readepted the crowne of England, which yeare of Henrie the sixt is called in the law bookes, the fourtie & ninth yere of the reigne of K. Henrie the sixt. This earle of Worcester was taken in the top of an high trée in the forest of Weibridge in Huntingtonshire, brought to London, and at a parlement arrested and condemned to death, by sir Iohn Uere earle of Ox∣ford. Whervpon he was beheded at Tower hill, and buried in the blacke friers of London. He had three wiues, wherof the first was called Cicilie the daugh∣ter of Richard earle of Salisburie: the second Eli∣zabeth the daughter of Robert Greindoure: the third was Elizabeth, after married to sir William Stan∣leie, which Iohn had by his third wife Edward lord Tiptost who died without issue, & so the inheritance went to the sisters of the said earle Iohn Tiptost.

And here I thinke it not amisse to say somewhat of the lord Beaumont,* 7.34 who being in our chronicles named constable of England (as may appeare in the fiue and twentith yeare of Henrie the sixt, in which yeare he arrested Humfrie duke of Glocester) that for any thing that I can yet sée or learne, this Beau∣mont was not constable by patent during his life, but for the present time to execute the princes plea∣sure, and therefore not méet in this discourse to haue anie speciall place amongest such as were consta∣bles of England, either by descent or patent.

Sir Richard Wooduile knight, earle Riuers,* 7.35 was high constable of England in the fourth yere of king Edward the fourth, of whom is more large mention in the following discourse of the treasurors of Eng∣land in the historie of the reigne of quéene Elizabeth.

George Plantagenet,* 7.36 second sonne to Richard duke of Yorke, was created amongst other estates duke of Clarence, in the yeare of our redemption 1461, being the first yeare of king Edward the fourth immediatlie vpon his coronation, and was made constable of England in the time of Edward the fourth. He in the eight of Edward the fourth, a∣bout the yeare of Christ 1468, maried Isabell the el∣dest daughter of Richard Neuill earle of Warwike and Salisburie, by whom he had issue Edward earle of Warwike and Salisburie, borne vpon the sea in the hauen of Calis, who was in the time of Richard the third a continuall prisoner, and so hauing béene a prisoner, and thereto borne by a certeine fatall desti∣nie, was in the yere of our redemption 1485, being the first of king Henrie the seuenth committed to custodie in the Tower, where he continued all the rest of his life, & was beheaded at Tower hill in the fiftéenth yeare of king Henrie the seuenth, being the yeare of Christ 1499, & was buried at Birsam néere to his ancestors. Besides this Edward, this George duke of Clarence had issue a daughter called Mar∣garet, created by king Henrie the eight countesse of Salisburie, who married sir Richard Poole knight of the garter, descended of the ancient familie of the Pooles in Wales.

Richard Plantagenet,* 7.37 the third sonne to Richard duke of Yorke, was aduanced to the title and honor of the dukedome of Glocester, in the yeare of our re∣demption 1461, being the first yeare of king Ed∣ward the fourth, soone after his coronation. He was high constable of England: he maried Anne second daughter to Richard Neuill earle of Warwike and Salisburie. Which Richard after the death of his bro∣ther king Edward the fourth, did by the murther of his nephues ascend to the highest gouernement of England, and was crowned king by the name of Richard the third.

Henrie Stafford, whome our chronicles doo in manie places corruptlie terme Edward,* 7.38 was sonne to Humfrie earle Stafford, & was high constable of England, and duke of Buckingham. This man rai∣sing warre against Richard the third vsurping the crowne, was in the first yeare of the reigne of the said Richard, being the yeare of Christ 1483, betraied by his man Humfrie Banaster (to whome being in distresse he fled for succour) and brought to Ri∣chard the third then lieng at Salisburie, where the

said duke confessing all the conspiracie, was behea∣ded without arreignement or iudgement, vpon the second of Nouember, in the said yere of our redemp∣tion 1483, he maried Katharine the daughter of Ri∣chard Wooduile, sister to quéene Elizabeth wife to Edward the fourth; & had issue, Edward duke of Buc∣kingham, and Henrie earle of Wilshire, with two daughters, which were, Anne maried to George lord Hastings of whom is descended the erle of Hunting∣ton now liuing, and Elizabeth married to Richard [line 10] Ratcliffe lord Fitz Waters, of whome is issued sir Henrie Ratcliffe knight, now earle of Sussex.

* 7.39Edward Stafford sonne to Henrie duke of Buc∣kingham, being also duke of Bukingham after the death of his father was constable of England, earle of Hereford, Stafford, and Northhampton, being in the first yeare of Henrie the seuenth, in the yeare of our redemption 1485, restored to his fathers digni∣ties and possessions. He is tearmed in the books of the law in the said thirtéenth yeare of Henrie the eight [line 20] (where his arreignement is liberallie set downe) to be the floure & mirror of all courtesie. This man (as before is touched) was by Henrie the seuenth resto∣red to his fathers inheritance, in recompense of the losse of his fathers life, taken awaie (as before is said) by the vsurping king Richard the third. He married Elianor the daughter of Henrie earle of Northumberland, and had issue Henrie lord Staf∣ford (father to Henrie lord Stafford now liuing) and thrée daughters, Elizabeth married to Thomas Ho∣ward [line 30] earle of Surrie, Katharine married to Rafe Neuill earle of Westmerland, and Marie married to George Neuill lord of Aburgauennie. And thus much by Francis Thin touching the succession of the constables of England.]

In this meane while, were the emperour and the French king fallen at variance, so that the warre was renewed betwixt them; for the pacifieng wherof, the cardinall of Yorke was sent ouer to Calis, where [line 40] the ambassadours of both those princes were appoin∣ted to come to him.* 7.40 He arriued there the second of August. There went ouer with him the erle of Wor∣cester, then lord chamberleine, the lord of S. Iohns, the lord Ferrers, the lord Herbert, the bishop of Du∣resme, the bishop of Elie, the primat of Armacane, sir Thomas Bullen, sir Iohn Pechie, sir Iohn Hus∣sie, sir Richard Wingfield, sir Henrie Guilford, and manie other knights, esquiers, gentlemen, doctors, and learned men. Thus honourablie accompanied he [line 50] rode thorough London the twentie fift daie of Iulie,* 7.41 and at Thomas Beckets house the maior and alder∣men tooke leaue of him, praieng God to send him good spéed. Thus passed he to Canturburie, where the archbishop of Canturburie and others receiued him in his statelinesse, and brought him vnto his lodging vnder a canopie to the bishops palace. On the eight daie of Iulie he came to Douer. On the twentith he & the other lords with their retinues tooke passage, and arriued at Calis in safetie, where the lord depu∣tie [line 60] and the councell receiued them with much honour and lodged the cardinall in the Staple hall.

Shortlie after his arriuall at Calis, thither came the chancellor of France, and the countie de Palice, with foure hundred horses, as ambassadors from the French king; and likewise from the emperour came great ambassadors,* 7.42 either partie being furnished with sufficient commissions to treat and conclude of peace as should appeare. But yet when it came to the point, as the one partie seemed conformable to rea∣sonable offers, so the other would not incline that waie; insomuch that they were neuer at one time a∣greeable to anie indifferent motion that could be made. There were also the popes ambassadors, wher∣vpon the cardinall would haue furthered a league betwixt the emperour, the king of England, the king of France, and the pope: but the popes ambassadors wanted commission thereto, and therefore were let∣ters sent to Rome in all hast, and the Frenchmen taried still in Calis, till answer came from thence. The cardinall rode into Flanders to speake with the emperour, which as then laie in Bruges. A mile without Bruges the emperour receiued him, and did to him as much honour as could be deuised. The chéere was great which was made to the English∣men, and of euerie thing there was such plentie, that there was no want of things necessarie, insomuch that of the fare, both for plentifulnesse, delicatnesse, and statelinesse of seruice, a man might haue said:

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 magnorum dixisses esse deorum.

The cardinall after he had soiorned in Bruges the space of thirtéene daies,* 7.43 and concluded diuerse mat∣ters with the emperour, and accomplished his com∣mission, he tooke leaue of his maiestie, and by con∣uenient iorneis returned to Calis, where the ambas∣sadors of France taried his comming: and immedi∣atlie after his returne to Calis, he treated with them of peace, but not so earnestlie as he did before. In fine, nothing was concluded, but onelie that fisher∣men of both the princes might fréelie fish on the seas without disturbance, till the second of Februarie next. When no conclusion of agréement could be ac∣corded, the cardinall sent to the emperour the lord of S. Iohns, and sir Thomas Bullen knight, to aduer∣tise his maiestie what had béene doone, and likewise to the French king, as then lieng in campe with a mightie armie in the marches about Cambreie. The earle of Worcester and the bishop of Elie were sent to informe him of all things that had béene moti∣oned, exhorting him to incline to peace, but he gaue little eare thereto: and then after they had béene a ninetéene or twentie daies in his host they returned. During the continuance of the cardinall in Calis,* 7.44 all writs and patents were there by him sealed, and no shiriffes chosen for lacke of his presence, hauing there with him the great seale, & full power in things, as if the king had béene there in person. ¶Ambassa∣dors comming from the king of Hungarie towards the king of England, were receiued honourablie of the Cardinall during his abode in Calis.

After the returne of the English ambassadours, which the cardinall had sent to the emperour, and to the French king, he returned into England, hauing (as some write) concluded a new league with the emperour,* 7.45 and signified by waie of intendment to the French king in the treatie with his ambassadors, that the king of England meant him not so much fréendship as of late he had doone, for diuerse causes. But speciallie this was vttered, that where it was concluded that the king of Scots should be included within the league (as before yée haue heard) contra∣rie to that agréement, the said king refused to enter as a confederate into the same league: and this no doubt procéeded through counsell of the French king, by whom he was wholie guided. This quarrell was laid as an occasion, whie to mooue the king of Eng∣land (perceiuing himselfe to be dissembled with) to withdraw his good will from the French king.

Who when he vnderstood the drifts of the cardi∣nall, and conclusion of the new league confirmed be∣twixt the king of England and the emperour, he con∣demned the cardinall of vntruth, accused him of dis∣simulation, abhorred his practises, as by the which he lost the fruition of the king of England his freend∣ship, and might no longer inioy it. And herewith he determined with himselfe neuer to put confidence in anie Englishman after, nor to bestow anie gifts or pensions vpon them. For he vsed yéerelie to send

to diuerse of the kings councell after the maner of his predecessors sundrie gifts and summes of monie: ▪ bicause he had imploied more on the cardinall than on the residue, he was the more offended toward him as the head of all this iniurious dooing. Yet he found not himselfe so much gréeued, as to vtter anie bitter words towards the king: but contrarilie within a while after, directed his letters vnto him, signifieng that he meant to continue the league as his freend: but it maie be he did this after a dissembling sort, bi∣cause he would not be at warres with two so mightie [line 10] princes at one time.

* 7.46In this meane while, the warre was pursued be∣twixt the emperour & the French king, as well on the confines towards Flanders, as beyond the moun∣teins in the parties of Lombardie. Tornaie was be∣sieged by the lord Hugh de Moncada, a Spaniard, the which comming vpon the sudden, tooke manie abroad in the fields, yer they knew of his approch, and after this, comming before the citie, he inuironed it with a siege, to kéepe the citizens from stirring foorth, and [line 20] sent part of his armie with the light horsemen to for∣laie the stréets and passages, that no succour should come to them within. The French king assembled an armie, in hope to aid them of Tornaie with men, mu∣nitions, and vittels, the which armie assaied twise or thrise with all endeuor, to haue approched the citie: but in vaine, for with no small losse the French were re∣pelled by the imperials, which neuerthelesse felt their part of slaughter, loosing sundrie of their capteins, as bastard Emerie,* 7.47 and the capteine of Gant. Finallie, [line 30] the French armie brake vp, & was dispersed into for∣tresses. Wherevpon they of Tornaie perceiuing the succours which they hoped for,* 7.48 to faile them thus at néed, rendered the citie to the emperor the last of No∣uember, in this 13 yeare of king Henries reigne.

¶ Pope Leo died this yeare suddenlie, on the first of December,* 7.49 as he laie at the village of Magliana wither he went oftentimes for his recreation. He had heard the first reapport of the taking of Millan, [line 40] which stirred in him such an extreame passion of ioy, that the same night he entered into a small feauer: and for his better remedie he caused himselfe the next daie to be remooued to Rome: where he died within a verie few daies after, notwithstanding the physici∣ans in the beginning made no great reckoning of his disease. There was great suspicion that he was poisoned by Barnabie Malespina his chamberleine, whose office was alwaies to giue him drinke. And yet though he was made prisoner through the suspici∣on of the fact & the vehement reasons of the same; yet [line 50] the matter was dashed and the examination thereof: for that the cardinall de Medicis as soone as he came to Rome, set him at libertie, fearing to fall further in disgrace of the French king, by whose practise it was supposed that Barnabie gaue him the fatall drinke. This was but whispered secretlie, the author being no lesse doubtfull than the coniectures vncerteine.

* 7.50He died (if we consider the common opinion of men) in verie great glorie and felicitie, not so much [line 60] for that by the surprising of Millan he saw himselfe deliuered of dangers & expenses intollerable, which hauing drained him of all store of monie and trea∣sure, he was constreined to aduance all meanes and maners for his supplie and reléeuing: but also that a verie few daies afore his death he receiued aduertise∣ment of the taking of Plaisanca, and the verie daie he died, newes came to him of the winning of Par∣••a: a matter so greatlie desired by him, that at such time as he debated to mooue warre against the Frenchmen, it is verie well remembred that he said vnto the cardinall de Medicis labouring to dissuade hi••, that as he was in nothing more caried to the de∣si••e of that warre, than to recouer to the church those two cities; so when so euer God should blesse him with the effect of that desire, it would not gréeue him to die. He was a prince in whom were manie things worthie to be commended & blamed, and in the estate & discourse of his life he deceiued greatlie the expec∣tation that was had of him, when he was created pope, for that in his gouernement was great discre∣tion, but farre lesse bountie than was looked for.]

After the death of the pope,* 7.51 doctor Richard Pace was sent to Rome, to make fréends in the behalfe of the cardinall of Yorke, who was brought into a vaine hope thorough the kings fauour and furtherance, to be elected pope. But Adrian the sixt of that name was chosen before doctor Pace could come to Rome; and so that sute was dashed.* 7.52 ¶This Adrian bishop of Derchuso (after great contention in the college of cardinals touching the election of a new pope) was preferred to the custome of lotting of voices in the conclaue, without anie affection or parcialitie of voice: he was of nation a Fleming, & in his youth hauing béene schoolemaister to Cesar, and by his meane made cardinall vnder pope Leo, did at that time gouerne Spaine in the absence of Cesar. And as there began some voices to publish for him, so car∣dinall Xisto one of that election, began vnder an ora∣tion speciall, to recount and amplifie his vertues and knowledge, by whose example certeine other cardi∣nals yeelded, and the residue from hand to hand fol∣lowed, though more by constraint than councell.

Thus was he chosen with the voices of all the car∣dinals,* 7.53 and had his creation perfected the same mor∣ning. Wherein this was to be woondered at, that e∣uen those that had elected him could giue no reason, why amid so manie troubles & dangers in the estate ecclesiastike, they had raised to the souereigne sée a stranger, a forrener, and of long absence out of the countrie, & wherin were helping no respects of fauor, no consideration of former merits, nor anie conuer∣sation had with anie of the other cardinals: yea they scarselie knew his name, he had neuer béene in Ita∣lie, and had no hope nor cogitation to see it: of which strauagant maner of dealing, being not able to ex∣cuse themselues, they attributed all to the working of the Holie-ghost, who is woont (for so they alleged) to inspire the hearts of the cardinals in the electing of popes: he receiued newes of his election in the towne of Uictoria in Biskaie, and would not haue imposed vpon him anie other name than his owne, which he caused to be published vnder Adrian the sixt.

Now he made his entrie into Rome the nine and twentith of August,* 7.54 with a great concourse of the commons and the whole court: of whome albeit his comming was desired with an vniuersall gladnesse (for that without the presence forsooth of the popes, Rome beareth more a resemblance of a sauage de∣sart than of a citie) yet that spectacle wrought sun∣drie impressions and diuersities of thoughts in the minds of all men, when they considered that they had a pope for nation and language a stranger, and for the affaires of Italie and the court altogither vnex∣perienced: and also for that he was not of those re∣gions and countries, who by long conuersation were alreadie made familiar with the customes of Italie. The enuie that stirred vp in men this consideration was redoubled by the accident of the plague, which beginning in Rome at his arriuall, afflicted the citie during the whole season of Autumne, to the great calamitie and losse of the people: a matter which in the fansies of men was construed to an euill progno∣stication of his pontificacie.]

Nowithstanding this election of Adrian (as you heare) accomplished;* 7.55 yet doctor Pace kept his iour∣nie according to his commission. This Pace was a right worthie man, and one that gaue in counsell

faithfull aduise. Learned he was also, and indued with many excellent good gifts of nature, courteous, pleasant, and delighting in musike, highlie in the kings fauour, and well heard in matters of weight. But the more the prince fauoured him, the more was he misliked of the cardinall, who sought onelie to beare all the rule himselfe, and to haue no partener; so that he procured that this doctor Pace vnder color of ambassage, should be sent foorth of the realme, that his presence about the king should not win him too much authoritie and fauour at the kings hands. [line 10]

* 7.56This yeare was a great death in London and o∣ther places of the realme. Manie men of honour and great worship died, and amongest other, the bishop of London, doctor Fitz Iames, in whose place was doc∣tor Tunstall elected. The earle of Surrie retur∣ned out of Ireland, and came to the court the fiue and twentith of Ianuarie. Manie complaints were made by the merchants to the king and his councell of the Frenchmen, [year 1523] which spoiled them by sea of their goods. For by reason that the wars were open betwixt the [line 20] emperour, and the French king, manie ships of warre were abroad on both parts, and now and then the Englishmen fell into their hands, and were vsed as enimies; namelie by the Frenchmen, which na∣turallie hated the Englishmen. The French kings ambassadors promised restitution of euerie thing, but little was restored. In this moneth of Ianuarie therefore, the king commanded all his ships to be rigged, and made readie, which was doone with all diligence. [line 30]

* 7.57On the second daie of Februarie, the king as then being at Gréenewich, receiued a bull from the pope, whereby he was declared Defendor of the Christian faith▪ & likewise his successors for euer. The cardinall of Yorke sang the high masse that daie with all the pompous solemnitie that might be, and gaue cleane r••mission of sinnes to all that heard it. This title was ascribed vnto the king, bicause he had written a booke against Luther in Germanie; wherevnto the said Luther answered verie sharpelie, nothing spa∣ring [line 40] his authoritie nor maiestie. ¶ Of which booke published by the king, I will not (for reuerence of his roiallic) though I durst, report what I haue read: bicause we are to iudge honourablie of our ru∣lers, and to speake nothing but good of the princes of the people. Onelie this bréefe clause or fragment I will adde (least I might seeme to tell a tale of the man in the moone) that king Henrie in his said booke is reported to rage against the diuell and antichrist, [line 50] to cast out his some against Luther, to rase out the name of the pope, and yet to allow his law, &c. I sup∣presse the rest for shame, and returne to our historie.]

In this meane time, grudges and displeasures still grew and increased betwixt the king of Eng∣land and the French king,* 7.58 so that their gréefs rank∣led dailie more and more, till at length the duke of Albanie returned into Scotland, contrarie to that which was couenanted by the league. The French king in déed alleaged, that he was not priuie to his [line 60] going thither; and wrote to the king, that the said duke was entered Scotland without his assent: but it was otherwise iudged & knowne, that he had com∣mission of the French king to go thither. Herevpon, the king was sore offended, and prepared for wars. Musters were made of able men, and a note taken of what substance men were. The king also sent six ships to the sea, well trimmed, manned, and vit∣telled.* 7.59 The admerall was one Christopher Coo, an ex∣pert sea man. His commission was, to safe gard the merchants, and other the kings subiects, that were greeuouslie spoiled and robbed on the sea, by French∣men, Scots, and other rouers.

The eight of Februarie, the lord Dacres, warden of the marches fore aneinst Scotland, entered into Scotland with fiue hundred men, by the kings com∣mandement, & there proclamed, that the Scots should come in to the kings peace, by the first of March fol∣lowing, or else to stand at their perils; the duke of Al∣banie being then within fiue miles with a mightie power of Scots. The eleuenth of Februarie, the lord of Aburgauennie was brought from the Tower to Westminster,* 7.60 and there in the kings bench confessed his indictment of mispris••on. The lord Montacute was about the same time restored vnto the kings fa∣uour. ¶ On the second of March, certeine noble men of the empire, arriued in England, to passe into Spaine, who were honourablie receiued; and in ho∣nour of them, great iusts and triumphs were made, which being finished and doone, they tooke their leaue and departed on their iournie.

Duncan Campbell, a Scotish rouer, after long fight,* 7.61 was taken on the sea by Iohn Arundell an es∣quier of Cornewall, who presented him to the king. He was committed to the Tower, & there remained prisoner a long season. All the kings ships were put in a readinesse, so that by the beginning of Aprill, they were rigged and trimmed readie to make saile. ¶ This yeare died the lord Brooke, sir Edward Poi∣nings, knight of the garter, sir Iohn Pechie, and sir Edward Belknap, valiant capteins, which were su∣spected to be poisoned at a banket made at Ard, when the two kings met last. Wheat was sold this yeare in the citie of London, for twentie shillings a quarter,* 7.62 & in other places for twentie six shillings eight pence.

In this yeare Gawan Dowglas, bishop of Dun∣kell fled out of Scotland into England, bicause the duke of Albanie being come thither, had taken vpon him the whole gouernement of the king and realme there, the sequele of whose dooings the bishop sore mis∣trusted. The king assigned vnto this bishop an honest pension to liue on. And shortlie after,* 7.63 was Claren∣ceaux the herald sent into Scotland, vnto the duke of Albanie, to command him to auoid that realme for diuerse considerations; & if he would not, then to de∣fie him, sith contrarie to the articles of the league concluded betwixt France & England, he was ente∣red Scotland without his licence. The duke refused to accomplish the kings commandement, and was therefore defied by the said Clarenceaux.* 7.64 The sixt of March, the French king commanded all English∣mens goods being in Burdeaux, to be attached, and put vnder arrest, and reteined not onelie the monie due to be paid for the restitution of Tornaie, but also withheld the French quéenes dower.

The cardinall vnderstanding that he was euill spo∣ken of,* 7.65 for vsing his power legantine to such aduan∣tage as he did, in selling graces & dispensations,* 7.66 he thought to bestow some part therof amongst the peo∣ple fréelie, without taking anie thing for the same. Wherevpon, when Lent drew neere, he appointed the preachers at Paules crosse, to declare, that it should be lawfull to all persons for that Lent, to eat milke, butter, chéese, & egs. And to the end that none should haue anie scrupulousnesse of conscience in so dooing, he by his authoritie granted remission of sins to all those that did ••at white meats: knowing as it were afore hand, that the people giuen to the obseruance of their religious fast, would not easilie be brought to breake the same, contrarie to the ancient custome v∣sed in their countrie. Neither was he deceiued there∣in, for so farre were the people from receiuing or ac∣counting this as a benefit, that they tooke it rather for a wicked & cursed déed in those that receiued it, & few or almost none could he induce to breake their old or∣der and scrupulous trade in that behalfe.

The king,* 7.67 vnderstanding how his subiects were handled at Burdeaux by the French kings com∣mandement

in breach of the league,* 7.68 the French am∣bassadour was called before the councell, and the car∣dinall laid sore to his charge, that contrarie to his pro∣mise at all times on the French king his maisters behalfe, affirming that he ment nothing but peace and amitie to be obserued in all points with the king of England: yet now the English merchants had not onelie their goods staied at Burdeaux, but also they and their factors were laid in prison, in full breach of all peace and amitie afore time concluded. [line 10] The ambassadour in woords so well as hée could ex∣cused his maister, but in the end hée was comman∣ded to keepe his house: and the French hostages that were appointed héere to remaine for the monie to be paid for the deliuerie of Tornaie, were com∣mitted vnto the safe kéeping of the lord of Saint Iohns, sir Thomas Louell, sir Andrew Windsor, and sir Thomas Neuill, euerie of them to haue one.

Herewith also, all the Frenchmen in London were arrested,* 7.69 committed to prison, and put to their [line 20] fines: but they were more courteouslie vsed than the Englishmen were in France. For after they had béene in durance ten daies, they were set at libertie, vpon finding suerties to appeare before the maior, or else before the councell at a certeine daie, and to paie the fine vpon them assessed, which fine the king par∣doned to diuerse of the poorest sort. But in compari∣son of the Scotish nation,* 7.70 you would haue said, the Frenchmen were in small displeasure: for not one∣lie those that were borne in Scotland, but also diuers [line 30] northernmen borne, within English ground, for en∣uious spite called Scots, were apprehended, impriso∣ned, and grieuouslie fined, although some of them by streict inquirie tried to be Englishmen, escaped without paieng the fine.

There were sent to the sea, vnder conduct of sir William Fitz Williams viceadmerall,* 7.71 twentie & eight goodlie ships well manned and trimmed for the warres, & seuen other ships were sent toward Scot∣land, which entered the Forth, and proffered to enter [line 40] the Scotish ships that laie in the hauens: but the Scots ran their ships aland, and the Englishmen followed with boats, landed, and set the ships on fire, & at Leith tooke certeine prisoners, which they brought into England; and still the kings great nauie kept the narrow seas: for then was neither peace betwixt England and France, nor open warres. The king vnderstanding that the emperor would come to Ca∣lis, so to passe into England, as he went towards Spaine, appointed the lord marquesse Dorset to go to Calis, there to receiue him, and likewise the [line 50] lord cardinall was appointed to receiue him at Do∣uer.

* 7.72The cardinall taking his iournie forward on the twentith of Maie, rode through London, accompa∣nied with two earles, six and thirtie knights, and an hundred gentlemen, eight bishops, ten abbats, thir∣tie chapleins, all in veluet and sattin, and yeomen se∣uen hundred. The marquesse Dorset was gone ouer before vnto Calis: and the fiue and twentith of Maie being sundaie,* 7.73 the said marquesse, with the bishop [line 60] of Chichester, the lord de la Ware, and diuerse other at the water of Graueling, receiued the emperour in the name of the king of England, and with all ho∣nour brought him to Calis, where he was receiued with procession, by the lord Bernes lieutenant of the towne, with the maior and merchants of the Staple, in the best maner that might be deuised.

* 7.74On the mondaie he tooke ship at Calis, and lan∣ded at Douer, where the cardinall with thrée hundred lords, knights, and gentlemen of England was rea∣die to receiue him, and with all honour that might be, brought him to the castell, where he was lodged. On wednesdaie, being the Ascension éeuen, the king came to Douer, and there with great ioy and glad∣nesse, the emperour and he met. On the fridaie in the after noone they departed from Douer, & came that night to Canturburie, so from thence by easie iour∣nies to Gréenewich, where she quéene receiued hir nephue with all the ioy that might be. Here the empe∣rour taried certeine daies in great solace and plea∣sure; and the more to honor his presence,* 7.75 roiall iustes and tourneies were appointed, the which were furni∣shed in most triumphant maner: the king, and the earle of Deuonshire, and ten aids with them, kéeping the place against the duke of Suffolke: the marques Dorset, and other ten aids vpon their part.

On fridaie being the sixt of Iune, the king and the emperour with all their companies, marched toward London, where the citie was prepared for their entrie, after the maner as is vsed at a corona∣tion, so that nothing was forgotten that might set foorth the citie.* 7.76 For the rich citizens well apparelled stood within railes set on the left side of the stréetes, and the cleargie on the right side in rich copes, which censed the princes as they passed, and all the streetes were richlie hanged with clothes of gold, siluer, vel∣uet, and arras, and in euerie house almost minstrel∣sie: and in euerie stréet were these two verses writ∣ten in letters of gold, both Latine and English:

Carolus, Henricus, viuant; defensor vtér{que} Henricus fidei, Carolus ecclesiae.

That is,

Long prosperitie, To Charles and Henrie, Princes most puissant: The one of the faith, The other of the church, Chosen defendant.

Sundrie pageants were deuised, and stages verie faire and excellent to behold, with such melodie of in∣struments, and other tokens of ioy and gladnesse,* 7.77 that woonder it was to consider the manner thereof. The emperour was lodged at the Blacke friers, and all his nobles in the new palace of Bridewell. On Whitsundaie being the eight of Iune, the emperour and the king rode to the cathedrall church of saint Paule, and there heard masse,* 7.78 which was soong by the cardinall that had his trauerse, and cupboord. Before masse, two barons gaue him water, and after the gospell two earles; and at the last lauatorie, two dukes: which pride the Spaniards sore disdained. The emperour thus remained with the king certeine daies and rode to diuerse places with him, being still feasted & banketted, and had all the pleasure shewed to him that might be imagined. At Windsor they taried a whole weeke and more, where on Corpus Christi daie, the emperour ware his mantell of the garter, and sate in his owne stall.* 7.79 On the same daie both the princes receiued the sacrament, and after that seruice was ended, they tooke their corporall othes to kéepe and obserue the league, which was concluded betwixt them. On the morrow after, they departed from Windsor, and by soft and easie iour∣neies they came to Winchester, on the two & twen∣tith of Iune.

Now before the emperour was thus come to Winchester, the earle of Surrie being high adme∣rall of England,* 7.80 was come to Hampton with all the kings nauie, & with him the lord Fitz Walter, the baron Curson, sir Nicholas Carew, sir Richard Wingfield, sir Richard Ierningham, Francis Bri∣an, sir William Barentine, sir Adrian Foskew, sir Edward Donne, sir Edward Chamberleine, sir Richard Cornwall, sir Anthonie Poines, sir Henrie Shirborne, and the viceadmerall sir William Fitz Williams, sir Edmund Braie, sir Giles Capell, sir William Pirton, Iohn Cornwallis, sir Iohn Wal∣lop, sir Edward Echingham, sir William Sidneie, Anthonie Browne, Giles Husie, Thomas Moore, Iohn Russel, Edward Bray, Henrie Owen, George Cobham, Thomas Oldhall, Thomas Louell, Robert

Ierningham, Anthonie Kneuet, sir Iohn Trema••le, and sir William Skeuington the maister of the kings ordinance, & Iohn Fabian sergeant at armes, by whome this enterprise was chieflie mooued, with diuerse others, which in the end of Iune departed from Hampton, noising that they should onelie scowre the seas for safegard of the emperour and his nauie.

* 7.81On the first of Iulie, the emperours nauie came before Hampton, conteining an hundred and foure∣score, [line 10] goodlie ships. Then the emperour tooke leaue of the king, of whome he had manie great gifts, and no∣table summes of monie by waie of lone; & so the sixt of Iulie he tooke his ship, and made saile to Spaine, where he arriued in safetie the tenth daie after. The king borrowed of the citie of London twentie thou∣sand pounds,* 7.82 and deliuered priuie seales for warrant of the repaiment. None were charged but men of good wealth. The like lone was practised through all the realme, not without grudge of manie persons that were called vpon for the same. The earle of Sur∣rie [line 20] hauing wasted the emperour ouer to the coast of Biscaie, vpon his returne finding the wind fauoura∣ble, according to his instructions, made to the coast of Britaine, and landing with his people in number seuen thousand, about fiue miles from Morleis, mar∣ched thither, and assaulting the towne, wan it.

For the maister gunner Christopher Morreis hauing there certeine falcons,* 7.83 with the shot of one of them, stroke the locke of the wicket in the gate, so that it flew open: and then the same Christopher and [line 30] other gentlemen▪ with their souldiers, in the smoke of the gunnes pressed to the gates, and finding the wicket open, entered, and so finallie was the towne of Morleis woone, and put to sacke. The souldiers gained much by the pillage, for the towne was excée∣ding rich, and speciallie of linnen cloth. When they had rifled the towne throughlie, and taken their plea∣sure of all things therein, the earle caused them by sound of trumpet to resort to their standards, and af∣ter they had set fire in the towne, and burned a great [line 40] part thereof, the earle retreated with his armie to∣wards his ships, burning the villages by the waie, and all that night lay on land. On the morrow after they tooke their ships, and when they were bestowed on boord, the earle commanded sixtéene or seuenteene ships small and great, lieng there in the hauen, to be burnt.

When the lord admerall had thus woone the towne of Morleis,* 7.84 he called to him certeine esquiers, and made them knights, as sir Francis Brian, sir An∣thonie [line 50] Browne, sir Richard Cornewall, sir Thomas Moore, sir Giles Huseie, sir Iohn Russell, sir Iohn Reinsford, sir George Cobham, sir Iohn Corne∣wallis, sir Edward Rigleie, and diuerse other. After this they continued a while on the coast of Britaine, and disquieted the Britains by entering their ha∣uens, and sometimes landing and dooing diuerse dis∣pleasures to the inhabitants about the coast. After that the earle had lien a while thus on the coast of [line 60] Britaine, hée was countermanded by the kings letters, who therevpon brought backe his whole fleet vnto a place called the Cow, vnder the Ile of Wight, and then went on land himselfe, discharging the more part of his people, and leauing the residue with certeine ships vnder the gouernance of the viceadmerall sir William Fitz Williams, to kéepe the seas against the French.* 7.85

In this meane while, diuerse exploits were at∣chiued betwixt them of the garrisons in the marches of Calis, & the Frenchmen of Bullo••gne and Bul∣longnois: but still the losse ran for the most part on the French side. For the English frontiers were well and stronglie furnished with good numbers of men of warre, and gouerned by right sage and vali∣ant capteins, which dailie made inuasions vpon the French confines,* 7.86 and namelie sir William Sands treasuror of the towne of Calis, and sir Edward Gilford marshall, were two that did the Frenchmen most displeasure. On the third of Iulie, three hun∣dred French horssemen comming néere to the castell of Guisnes, kept themselues in couert, appointing eight or ten of their companie to shew themselues in sight to the Englishmen within. Wherevpon there went foorth eight archers, and fell in skirmish with those horssemen, till there came thrée other to the re∣scue of the Frenchmen, and skirmished with the ar∣chers on foot.

Herewith issued out of Guisnes twelue de••••∣lances all Welshmen, in rescue of the footmen, and then all the troope of the French horssemen brake foorth and set on the Welshmen. The footmen, so long as they had anie arrowes to bestow, shot lustilie, and in the end were driuen to defend themselues with their swords. The Welshmen keeping togither, en∣tered into the band of the Frenchmen, brake their speares, and after fought and laid about them with their swords, so that they made a waie, and escaped from those thrée hundred French horssemen. Of the French side were slaine thrée men and fiue horsses,* 7.87 the English archers on foot selling their lines dearlie, were all slaine, for the Frenchmen would not take a∣nie of them prisoners, they were so angrie for losse of their fellowes.

On the fiue and twentith of Iulie, the treasuror and marshall of Calis, with fourtéene hundred foot∣men, entered the French pale: and finding not mon∣sieur de Foiat for whome they sought, they went to Whitsand baie, set the towne on fire, and assaulting the church, into which the people were withdrawne, wan it, and afterwards set fire on the steeple, bicause that diuerse, hauing shut vp themselues therein, through counsell of a priest that was with them, re∣fused to yéeld, till the fire caused them to leape downe and so manie of them perished, and the rest were ta∣ken prisoners, and led to Calis. About two daies be∣fore this, to wit, the three and twentith daie of Iulie, one Thwaits a capteine of an English ship, with six score men, archers and others, tooke land beside Bul∣longne, and passing vp into the countrie thrée miles to a towne called Newcastell, forraied all the parts as he went, and in his returne set fire on that towne, and burnt a great part thereof, and came againe to his ship in safetie, notwithstanding fourscore hagbut∣ters, and thrée hundred other men of warre of the countrie came foorth, and pursued the Englishmen verie fiercelie: but the Englishmen putting them backe, got to their ship, and lost not a man.

Moreouer, whilest the warres were thus followed in France, the lord Rosse,* 7.88 and the lord Dacres of the north, which were appointed to keepe the borders a∣gainst Scotland, burnt the towne of Kelsie, and fourescore villages, & ouerthrew eighteene towers of stone, with all their barnekines. Also the king appointed the earle of Shrewesburie to be his lieute∣nant generall of the north parts, against the inuasi∣on which was intended by the duke of Albanie, which earle directed his letters to all the shires lieng from Trent northward, that all men should be in a readi∣nesse. Order was taken by the cardinall, that the true value of all mens substance might be knowne, and he would haue had euerie man sworne to haue vttered the true valuation of that they were woorth, and required a tenth part thereof to bée granted to∣wards the kings charges now in his warres,* 7.89 in like case as the spiritualtie had granted a fourth part, and were content to liue on the other three parts.

This demand was thought gréeuous to them of the citie of London, where the cardinall first mooued it; so that manie reasons were alleaged by them why they iudged themselues sore dealt with. In the end they brought in their billes, which were receiued vpon their honesties.* 7.90 The king in this meane time, being now entered into wars with France, thought not to suffer his enimies to rest in quiet: and there∣fore leauied an armie which he sent ouer to Calis, ap∣pointing the earle of Surrie to be generall of the [line 10] same. When the earle was come to Calis, and had taken order in his businesse for that iournie, he set forward with his armie, being diuided into thrée bat∣tels or wards, of the which, the first was led by sir Robert Ratcliffe, lord Fitz Water, the middle ward or battell the earle himselfe guided, and with him his brother the lord Edmund Howard. The rere∣ward was gouerned by sir William Sands, and sir Richard Wingfield, both being knights of the garter. Capteine of the horssemen was sir Edward [line 20] Guilford.

They entered into the French ground the second of September,* 7.91 being tuesdaie, and tooke their iour∣nie toward Heding. By the way there came to them a great power of Burgognians from the ladie Mar∣garet, as then regent of Flanders, according to the articles of the league. All the townes, villages, and castels in the countrie thorough the which they mar∣ched, were burned, wasted, and destroied on euerie side of their waie: as the towne and castell of Sel∣lois, [line 30] the townes of Brume bridge, Senekerke, Bo∣tingham, & Manstier, the towne and castell of Ner∣bins, the towne of Dauerne, the castels of Colum∣berge, and Rew, the towne and church fortified of Boards, saint Marie de Bois, the towne of Ulaus, the towne and castell of Fringes. On the sixtéenth daie of September, the earle of Surrie with his ar∣mie of Englishmen and Burgognians, came before the castell of Heding, and planted his siege before it. The towne was entered,* 7.92 and part thereof burned [line 40] by the Burgognians.

Within the castell was capteine monsieur de B••ez, hauing prouided for defense of the place all things necessarie; so that the earle of Surrie, and o∣ther the capteins of the hoast, perceiuing they could not within anie short time win it, after they had bin before it eleuen daies, they raised their siege, chéeflie bicause they had no great battering peeces to ouer∣throw the walles. For the weather was such, and the waies waxed so deepe towards the latter end of that [line 50] summer, that they could not conueie with them anie great ordinance. From Heding they passed forward, and comming to Dorlens, burned the towne, and rased the castell. From thense they came vnto the towne of Darrier, which they burnt also and spoiled. Thus they burned and spoiled all the waie as they passed.* 7.93 But the weather still waxed woorse and woorse, so that manie fell sicke through intemperance there∣of, and the Burgognians and Spaniards which were in the armie returned into Flanders. [line 60]

Then the earle of Surrie, perceiuing that he could no longer keepe the field in that season of the yeare, turned backe towards Calis in good order of battell, and came thither the sixtéenth of October. He would gladlie in déed (before the departure of the Burgognians and Spaniards) haue passed the wa∣ter of Somme: but other capteins considering the time of the yeare to be past, and that the whole armie conteined not aboue eightéene thousand men, iudged it more wisedome to returne, and so in the end their opinions were followed. After that the English ar∣mie was returned to Calis, the earle of Surrie sent foorth sir William Sands, sir Maurice Berkeleie, sir William Fitz Williams, and with them three thou∣sand men, which burned Marguison, the towne of saint Iehans rode, and also Temple towne, with ma∣nie villages.

They also brought a maruellous great bootie of goods out of the countrie, which they got at this rode,* 7.94 as fouretéene thousand shéepe, a thousand foure hun∣dred oxen and kine, and other great cattell, a thousand thrée hundred hogs, and eight hundred mares and horsses, besides prisoners. When the earle of Sur∣rie had set things in order, and appointed foorth such as he would haue remaine in the garrisons,* 7.95 on that side the sea; he returned, and all the residue of the ar∣mie (sauing those that were commanded to tarie) came ouer also with the nauie, and arriued in the Thames; and so euerie man into his countrie at his pleasure. There remained also behind a compa∣nie of men of warre called aduenturers,* 7.96 which serued without wages, liuing onelie on that which they could catch & win of the enimies. There were foure hundred of them that went with the armie now this last time into France, and did much hurt vnto the Frenchmen: for they were by practise become ex∣pert and skilfull in the points of warre, and dailie ex∣ploited one enterprise or other, to their owne aduan∣tage, and hinderance of the enimie.

The duke of Albanie being in this meane while e∣stablished gouernour of Scotland,* 7.97 raised an armie of fourescore thousand men and aboue, with the which he approched to the English borders: but made no in∣uasion. The mistrust that he had in the Scots caused him to staie, and therefore he sent to the French king for six thousand Almans, the which he dailie looking for (& that in vaine) droue off time till the end of sum∣mer was now at hand, and then requiring a truce for certeine moneths, obteined it at the kings hand.* 7.98 The earle of Shrewesburie had in a readinesse eight and twentie thousand men to haue resisted him, if he had entered vpon the English confines. After that an ab∣stinence of warre was taken betwixt England and Scotland, then in October following there came into England three personages of small behauiour (as it séemed) ambassadors out of Scotland:* 7.99 they were smallie regarded, and shortlie departed.

Their commission was onelie to vnderstand, whe∣ther the king had assented to the truce or not. Where∣vpon it was thought that they were sent rather for a countenance onelie of fulfilling the promise made by the duke of Albanie at that present, when the truce was granted, than for anie true meaning to accom∣plish that which was promised; that is to saie, to agrée vnto some vnfeined and perfect conclusion of peace. The king héere vpon doubting their old pranks, or∣deined the earle of Northumberland Henrie Persie the fift of that name, warden of the whole marches,* 7.100 who thankefullie receiued the honor thereof, and so he departed. But whatsoeuer matter it was that moo∣ued him, [year 1522] shortlie after he began to make sute to the king, and ceassed not, till he was of that office dischar∣ged: and then the earle of Surrie lord admerall of England was made generall warden, and the lord Marquesse Dorset was made warden of the east and middle marches, and the lord Dacres of the west marches.

The earle of Northumberland was for this refu∣sall of exercising the office of lord warden, greatlie blamed of his owne tenants, and accounted of all men to be void of the loue and desire that noblemen ought to haue to honor and chiualrie. The lord Mar∣quesse Dorset accompanied with sir William Bul∣mer, and sir Arthur Darcie,* 7.101 with manie other of the nobilitie, the second of Aprill then being thursdaie before Easter, entered into Tiuidale, and so passing forward ten miles into Gallowaie, burnt on euerie side the townes and villages. All the night he tarried

within the Scotish ground, and on the morrow be∣ing goodfridaie, he withdrew backe into England with foure thousand neat, hauing burned Grimsleie, Mowhouse, Doufford, Miles, Ackfoorth, Crowling, Nowes manour, Midder, Crowling, Marbottell, Lowbog, Seforth manor, Middell right, Primsted, Broket, Shawes, Harwell, Wide open Haugh, with others.

* 7.102On the fiftéenth daie of Aprill began the parle∣ment, which was holden as then at the Blackefriers, [line 10] and that daie the masse of the Holie-ghost was soong, all the lords being present in their parlement robes. ¶Now when masse was finished, the K. came to the parlement chamber, and there sat downe in the seat roiall or throne, and at his féet on the right side sat the cardinall of Yorke and the archbishop of Can∣turburie, and at the raile behind stood doctor Tunstall bishop of London, which made to the whole parle∣ment an eloquent oration, declaring to the people the office of a king. First he must be a man of iudge∣ment, [line 20] according to the saieng of the prophet Dauid, Deus iudicium tuum regi da, &c. Also he must be a man of great learning, according to the saieng of the pro∣phet,* 7.103 Erudimini qui tudicatis terram. According to which saiengs he said, that God had sent vs a prince of great iudgement, of great learning, and great ex∣perience: which according to his princelie dutie, for∣gat not to studie to set forward all things which might be profitable to his people and realme, least might be laid to his charge the saieng of Seneca; Es [line 30] rex & non habes tempus esse rex? Art thou a king and hast no time to be a king? Which is as much to saie, as; Art thou a king, and dooest nothing profitable to thy people? Art thou a king, and séest the people haue an insufficient law? Art thou a king, and wilt not pro∣uide remedie for the mischéefe of thy people?

These things haue mooued the kings most excel∣lent maiest••e to call this his high court of parle∣ment, both for the remedie of mischéefs which be in the common law, as recoueries, forren vouchers & [line 40] corrupt trials, and for making and ordering of new statutes, which maie be to the high aduancement of the common-wealth. Wherefore he willeth his com∣mons to repaire to the common house, and there to elect them a speaker, or their common mouth, and to certifie the lord chancellor of the same, who should thereof make report to the kings most noble grace, and should declare his pleasure when he would haue him presented to his person. This was the cause of the parlement, as he said. But suerlie of these things [line 50] no word was spoken in the whole parlement, and in effect no good act made, except the grant of a great subsidie were one. But according to this instruction the commons departed to the common house, & chose for their speaker sir Thomas More knight, & presen∣ted him on the saturday after in the parlement cham∣ber,* 7.104 where he (according to the old vsage) disabled himselfe both in wit, learning, & discretion, to speake before the king, and brought in for his purpose how one Phormio desired Haniball to come to his rea∣ding, [line 60] which thereto assented, and when Haniball was come he began to read De remilitari, that is, of cheualrie. When Haniball perceiued him, he called him arrogant foole: bicause he would presume to teach him which was maister of cheualrie, in the feats of warre. So the speaker said, if he should speake before the king, of learning and ordering of a common-wealth and such other like, the king so well learned and of such prudence and experience might saie to him as Haniball said to Phormio. Where∣fore he desired his grace that the commons might choose an other speaker.

The cardinall answered, that the king knew his wit, learning, and discretion by long experience in his seruice: wherefore he thought that the commons had chosen him as the most meetest of all; and so he did admit him. Then sir Thomas Moore gaue to the king his most humble thanks, and desired of him two petitions: the one, if he should be sent from the commons to the king on message and mistake their intent, that he might with the kings pleasure re∣sort againe vnto the commons for the knowledge of their true meaning. The other was, if in communi∣cation and reasoning, any man in the common house should speake more largelie than of dutie he ought to doo, that all such offenses should be pardoned, and that to be entered of record. Which two petitions were granted; and so thus began the parlement and con∣tinued as you shall heare.]

This yeare was the citie and the whole Ile of the Rhodes conquered by the Turke, and all the christi∣ans displaced: whereof Guicciardin hath discour∣sed as followeth.* 7.105 ¶ The end of this yeare (saith he) was made no lesse wretched and vnhappie, than slan∣derous to all christian princes for the losse of the Ile of Rhodes: which Soliman Ottoman tooke by vio∣lence, notwithstanding it was defended by the knights of Rhodes, called in other times more anci∣ent the knights of saint Iohn of Ierusalem. And abiding in that place since they were chased out of Ierusalem, notwithstanding they laie betweene two so mightie princes as the Turke & the Soloan; yet their valour had preserued it of long time, and to the right woorthie glorie of the•••• ••••der, they had remai∣ned as an assured rampie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 christian religion in those seas: & yet they were not without their impu∣tations & notes of infamie, for that hauing a continu∣all custome for the better defending of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shoares, to spoile the vessels of the infidels, the•• ••ere thought sometimes to make pillage of christia•• ships.

The Turke sent into the Iland a woonderfull great armie, which remaining there manie moneths with no lesse horrour to good men for their cruelties, than terrour to all men for their huge numbers, at last he came thither in person. And drawing to his de∣sire of conquest and glorie, the respect of profit and riches which the victorie would yéeld, he lost not one minute of time to vex them.* 7.106 Wherein his industrie was nothing inferiour to his valour, for sometimes he cast monstrous mines and trenches, sometimes he raised platformes of earth and wood, whose height ouertopped the wals of the towne, and sometimes he afflicted them with most furious and bloudie assaults▪ insomuch that as these works and engines were not performed without a woonderfull butcherie & slaugh∣ter of his souldiors; so also the defense of them was so dangerous to the liues of them within, that manie numbers were diminished, manie bodies maimed and made vnseruiceable, & the residue sore terrified by the calamitie of their companions and fréends, to whome they could giue no other propertie of com∣passion, than to mourne with them in their common miserie.

Their aduersitie was so much the more intollera∣ble, by how much their trauels were without fruit, their words without comfort, and their valour dis∣fauoured of fortune, & lastlie their store of gunpow∣der was consumed, which is not the least necessitie for the defense of a place. They saw before their eies huge breaches made into their walles with the ar∣tilleries of their enimies,* 7.107 they discerned seuerall mines wrought into manie parts of the towne, and they found by lamentable experience, that the lesse good they did, the more painfullie they laboured, for that their fortune had reduced them to these termes of extremitie, that in abandoning one place to re∣lieue another, they put both in danger, not hauing numbers sufficient to furnish the seruice, and lesse

expectation of rescue amid perils so raging and des∣perate: so that, what for that their necessities were greater than their hopes, & their defense lesse able by the continuall diminution of their numbers, & last∣lie holding it no breach of honour to preserue by wis∣dome and composition, that they could no longer de∣fend by their valour and prowes, they gaue place to their destinie, and capitulated with the Turke as followeth. That the great maister of their order should leaue the towne to him: that as well he as all [line 10] his knights should depart in safetie, with libertie to earie with them as much of their goods as they could. And for assurance of this capitulation, the Turke should withdraw out of those seas, his fléet or nauie, and retire his armie by land fiue miles from Rhodes. By vertue of which capitulation Rhodes remained to the Turkes, and the christians passed into Sicilie, and so into Italie,* 7.108 kéeping their faith and profession vnuiolated. They found in Sicilie an armie by sea compounded of a certeine number of vessels, with [line 20] great releafe of vittels and munitions, and readie to hoise saile at the next wind to reuittle Rhodes. The slownesse of this reseue was laid to the popes fault.

After they were departed, Soliman for a more contempt of christian religion* 7.109, made his entrie into the citie vpon the daie of the birth of the sonne of God: which daie being celebrated in the churches of christians with noise of musike & holie inuocations, he connected all the churches of Rhodes dedicated to the seruice of Iesus Christ, into Mosqueis (so they [line 30] call their temples) which after all the christian rites and ceremonies were abolished, they made dedica∣torie to Mahomet. Good cause had the christians here∣vpon with heauie hearts to make their complaint to God by the president of the psalmist, lamenting the li∣bertie of the enimies exercising the vehemencie of his rage against Gods people; & full well with swolne eies testifieng the sorrow of their soules might (sad∣lie sounding the dumps of their threnomina) saie:

—perde funditùs [line 40] Hostes proteruos,* 7.110 qui tuum sacrarium Manu nefanda polluunt, Clangunt sonora buccina, non quae tuas Laudes canat, ludibrio Sed festa acerbo quae profanet; in tuis Vexilla figunt turribus, &c.

To vnderstand more of this historie touching the taking of Rhodes, what mooued the Turke to couet the same, his letter comminatorie to Philip de Uilli∣ers who tooke part against him, with other accidents [line 50] and circumstances belonging to this martiall acti∣on;* 7.111 read the report of Edward Hall, which is verie copious and plentifull in this behalfe. And now will we returne to our owne affaires here in England.] About this time the bishop of Durham departed this life,* 7.112 & the king gaue that bishoprike to the cardinall, who resigned the bishoprike of Bath to doctor Iohn Clerke maister of the rolles, and sir Henrie Mar∣neie. that was vicechamberleine, was made lord pri∣uie seale, and shortlie after was created lord Mar∣neie. [line 60] In the end of this yeare, doctor Blith bishop of Chester was attached for treason, but he acquited himselfe. About this time the cardinall exercised his authoritie (which he pretended by his power legan∣tine) verie largelie, not onelie in proouing of testa∣ments in his court, calling the executors and admi∣nistrators before him,* 7.113 of what diocesse soeuer they were, but also by prouisions he gaue all benefices be∣longing to spirituall persons, and ran thereby with∣in danger of the premuni••e, as afterward was laid to his charge.

But after that he perceiued his owne follie and rash dooing herein, contrarie to the lawes, which would not permit that anie such things as were moo∣ued within the prouince of Canturburie, might bee concluded without the authoritie of the archbishop, he sent them againe to Poules, and sate himselfe at Westminster with his cleargie of the prouince of Yorke. And euen as there was much adoo amongst them of the common house about their agréement to the subsidie, so was there as hard hold for a while a∣mongst them of the clergie in the conuocation house. Namelie Richard bishop of Winchester, & Iohn bi∣shop of Rochester held sore against it, but most of all sir Rowland Philips vicar of Croidon, and one of the canons of Poules, béeing reputed a notable preacher in those daies, spake most against that pai∣ment.

But the cardinall taking him aside, so handled the matter with him, that he came no more into the house, willinglie absenting himselfe to his great in∣famie,* 7.114 and losse of that estimation which men had of his innocencie. Thus the belwedder giuing ouer his hold, the other yéelded, and so was granted the halfe of all their spirituall reuenues for one yeare, to bée paid in fiue yeres following, that the burthen might the more easilie be borne. The parlement being be∣gun (as ye haue heard) the cardinall on the nine and twentith day of Aprill came into the common house,* 7.115 and there shewing the great charges that the king necessarilie was at, and dailie must be at in mainte∣nance of his warres against the French and Scots,* 7.116 demanded the summes of eight hundred thousand pounds to bée raised of the fift part of euerie mans goods and lands, that is to wit, foure shillings of eue∣rie pound.

This demand was inforced on the morrow after, by sir Thomas Moore then speaker of the parlement: but he spake not so much in persuading the house to grant it, but other spake as earnestlie against it, so that the matter was argued to and fro, and handled to the vttermost.* 7.117 There were that proued how it was not possible to haue it leuied in monie, for men of lands and great substance had not the fift part of the same in coine. And sith the king by the loane had re∣ceiued two shillings of the pound, which by this rate amounted to 400000 pounds: and new to haue foure shillings of the pound, it would amount in the whole vnto twelue hundred thousand pounds, which is first and last six shillings of the pound, being al∣most a third part of euerie mans goods, which in coine might not be had within this realme.

For the proofe whereof was alleaged, that if there were in England but tw••ntie thousand parishes, and euerie parish should gi•••• an hundred markes, that were but fiftéene hundr•••• thousand markes, which is but an hundred thousand pounds; and there be not ve∣rie manie parishes in England one with another, a∣ble to spare an hundred markes,* 7.118 out of cities and townes. And where it is written, that in England there be fortie thousand parish churches, it was proo∣ued that there were not thirtéene thousand at this daie. Hard hold there was about this demand, and certeine wise and discréet persons were sent to the cardinall, to mooue him to be a meane to the king,* 7.119 that a lesse summe might be accepted: but he answe∣red that he would rather haue his toong plucked out of his head with a paire of pinsers, than to mooue the king to take anie lesse summe: and so with that an∣swer they departed, reporting to the house the cardi∣nals words. Then euerie daie was reasoning, but nothing concluded.

Wherevpon the cardinall came againe into the lower house, and desired that he might reason with them that were against the demand: but he was an∣swered that the order of that house was to heare, and not to reason, except amongst themselues. There he began to shew arguments of the great wealth of the

realme, so that it might be thought, that he repined and disdained that anie man should be wealthie but himselfe. After he was gone, the commons debated the matter according to their former maner, and so in the end concluded of two shillings in the pound, from twentie pounds vpwards, and from fortie shil∣lings to twentie pounds, of euerie twentie shillings twelue pence, and vnder fortie shillings of euerie head of sixtéene yeeres and vpward foure pence to be paid in two yeares. When this was notified to the cardinall, he was much therwith offended, so that to [line 10] please him, at length, the gentlemen of fiftie pounds land and vpward, by the liberall motion of sir Iohn Huseie,* 7.120 a knight of Lincolnshire, were burdened with twelue pence more of the pound of the same lands, to be paid in thrée yeares.

The cardinall to mooue them thereto, bare them in hand that the lords had agreed to foure shillings of the pound, which was vntrue: for they had granted nothing, but staid till they might vnderstand what the commons would doo. The king therefore hauing [line 20] knowledge of this,* 7.121 and such other notable lies vtte∣red by the cardinall, reprooued him therefore verie sharpelie,* 7.122 and said that yer it were long he would looke to things himselfe without anie substitute. A maruellous matter to consider how much the cardi∣nall was cooled herewith, and how lowlie for a while he bare himselfe, so that thereby it well appeared how the maisters sharpenesse now and then, dooth much to refraine the euill nature of the seruant. But the car∣dinall [line 30] within a few daies after, pacifieng the kings displeasure toward him, became nothing the better.

After that the foresaid grant was passed and ac∣corded, the parlement was proroged till the tenth of Iune. During which prorogation, the common peo∣ple said to the burgesses;* 7.123 Sirs, we heare say you will grant foure shillings of the pound, we aduise you to doo so that you may go home: with manie euill words and threatnings. In this season the cardinall by his power legantine dissolued the cōuocation at Pouls called by the archbishop of Canturburie,* 7.124 calling him [line 40] and all the cleargie to his conuocation at Westmin∣ster, which was neuer séene before in England (saith Hall) whereof maister Skelton a merrie poet wrote:

Gentle Paule lay downe thy sweard, For Pe••er of Westminster hath shauen thy beard.

When the parlement was begun againe, the gen∣tlemen that saw themselues charged with twelue pence more of the pound for their lands, did so much, that it was granted, that men of fiftie pounds and vpward in goods, should also pay twelue pence of e∣uerie [line 50] pound in the fourth yeare: which could not bee brought about but with great adoo, and much grud∣ging of the burgesses and commons. The one and thirtith of Iulie, the parlement was adiourned 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Westminster, & there continuing till the thirtéen•••• of August, was that day at nine of the clock at night dissolued. During the time of this parlement, the seuen and twentith of Aprill,* 7.125 was sir Arthur Plan∣tagenet, bastard sonne to king Edward the fourth, at Bridewell created vicount Lisle, in right of his [line 60] wife, which was wife to Edmund Dudleie beheaded.

* 7.126In this yeare the fiftéenth of Iune, Christerne king of Denmarke, with his wife, and a small traine with them, landed at Douer, where he was noblie receiued by the earle of Deuonshire, the bishops of Excester and Rochester, and diuerse knights and es∣quiers which brought them to Gréenwich, where the king and queene rec••iued them with all honor. Now after he had remained at the court certeine daies,* 7.127 he was brought to London, & lodged at Bathplace. He saw the watch on saint Peters eeuen, beeing brought vnto the kings head in Cheape, accompa∣nied with the duke of Suffolke, the earles of Oxford, Essex, and Kent, and diuerse other lords and ladies. The citie made to him and to his wife a costlie ban∣ket that night,* 7.128 and after he had passed the time a while in London, he resorted againe to the king, and had of him great gifts, and so likewise had his wife of the quéene hir aunt, & then taking their leaue they depar∣ted, and were conueied to Douer.* 7.129 And thus after this king had béene in England two and twentie daies, he tooke shipping, and sailed againe into Flanders, where he remained as a banished man out of his owne countrie.

About the same time,* 7.130 the earle of Kildare being restored to the cardinals fauour, and taking to wife the ladie Elizabeth Graie,* 7.131 was sent ouer againe in∣to Ireland to occupie his former office, whereby the assistance of his faithfull friend Hugh Hinke arch∣bishop of Dublin, and chancellour of that land, hee brought the countrie into reasonable good order, so far as the rebellious dooings of the wild Irish would permit. In this meane while,* 7.132 the warre was earnest∣lie pursued betweene England & France, & England and Scotland, insomuch that each part did what in them lay to hurt other. On the borders toward Scot∣land lay the earle of Surrie high admerall of Eng∣land, and the marques Dorset, with his brethren, sir William Compton, & sir William Kingston, with diuerse other knights and esquiers sent to them by the king,* 7.133 which dailie inuaded the realme of Scot∣land, and threw downe the castell of Wederborne, the castell of west Nesgate, the castell of Blackater, the tower of Mackwalles, the tower of east Nesgate, & manie other, and burnt to the number of thirtie and seuen villages, and haried the countrie from the east marches to the west, and neuer had skirmish.

For the Scots, albeit they shewed themselues in plumps, waiting some aduantage, they durst not yet approch to the maine battell of the Englishmen, so that in all this iournie there went but few Eng∣lishmen lost. When the lords perceiued that the Scots ment not to make anie inuasion into England this yeare, they tooke order for the fortifieng of the fron∣tiers, and so returned. It was thought that the cardi∣nall perceiuing in what fauour sir William Comp∣ton was with the king,* 7.134 and doubting least the same might diminish his authoritie, deuised to send him thus into the warres against the Scots. For the said sir William could not well brooke the cardinals pre∣sumption, in taking vpon him so highlie, to the dero∣gation of the kings supreme gouernement, and ther∣fore the cardinall in his absence thought to woorke him out of fauour: but it would not be. For shortlie after was sir William Compton called home to the court againe,

The Frenchmen burned a ship fraught with stone in the hauen of Calis,* 7.135 vpon hope to haue destroied the hauen; but they missed the chanell in bringing in the ship, and so after that the ship was consumed with fire, the stones were recouered out of the water, and brought into Calis, which serued the Englishmen to good vse. Diuerse enterprises were atchiued be∣twixt them of the garrisons French and English in those marches. In Iulie the lord Sands treasuror of Calis, with other capteins & souldiors, to the number of twelue hundred, entered into the confines of their enimies, and came before Bullongne, where they had a great skirmish, & put their enimies to the woorse:* 7.136 and after marching into the countrie, tooke diuerse chur∣ches and other places which the Frenchmen had for∣tified, as the church of Odersall, the steeple of Oding∣ham, and the castell of Hardingham, and so after they had beene within the enimies countrie almost two nights and two daies, they came backe to Calis, ha∣uing not lost past a dozen of their men.

The king of England being aduertised that the

duke of Albanie would returne shortlie into Scot∣land by sea, and bring with him a power of French∣men, prepared a fléet of tall and strong ships méet to encounter with the same duke and his power, and ap∣pointed for admerall, sir William Fitz Williams, & with him sir Francis Brian, sir Anthonie Poines, sargeant Rot, Iohn Hopton, William Ganston, Anthonie Kneuet, Thomas West, and other, which vsed great diligence to haue met with the said duke of Albanie. And as they laie on the French coast, the [line 10] foure and twentith of August being sundaie, at sea∣uen of the clocke in the morning, they landed in the hauen of Treiport,* 7.137 and assaulted the Frenchmen that were in certeine bulworks on the shore, and did what they could to impeach the Englishmens lan∣ding.

But the Englishmen incouraged by their cap∣teins, did so valiantlie (although they were but an handfull of men in comparison of their enimies, as seuen hundred to six thousand) that in the end they [line 20] repelled the Frenchmen, and wan their bulworks of them, and in the same found diuerse peeces of ordi∣nance, which they seized. And perceiuing that the Frenchmen fled to the towne of Treiport, they fol∣lowed, and shot at them right egerlie, so that manie of the Frenchmen were slaine and wounded, yer they could get to the towne. The Englishmen assaul∣ted the gates but could not breake them open:* 7.138 yet they set fire on the suburbes, & also burnt seuen ships which laie in the hauen. The English capteins per∣ceiuing how the people of the countrie came downe [line 30] in great numbers to the rescue of the towne, caused their men to get togither such spoiles as they might bring awaie in that sudden: and then after they had béene on land fiue houres, with like spéed as they came, they retired backe againe to their ships, not without some losse and damage of men both hurt & slaine;* 7.139 as it often hapneth, when those be not found vnprouided which a man vnaduisedlie assaileth.

In this season the king hauing put an armie of [line 40] men in a readinesse, caused the same to be transpor∣ted ouer to Calis, & appointed the duke of Suffolke to haue the leading thereof, and to make a iourneie into France.* 7.140 The duke (according to his commissi∣on) came to Calis the foure and twentith of August, and there abiding the armie, caused all things to be prepared necessarie for the same, as vittels, muni∣tion,* 7.141 and such like. There were appointed to attend him in this iourneie, the lord Montacute, and his brother sir Arthur Pole, the lord Herbert sonne to [line 50] the earle of Worcester, the lord Ferrers, the lord Marneie, the lord Sandes, the lord Barkleie, the lord Powes, and the baron Curson: of knights sir Richard Wingfield chancellour of the duchie of Lancaster, sir Iohn Uéer, sir Edward Neuill, sir William Kingston, sir Richard Weston, sir An∣drew Winsor, sir Robert Wingfield, sir Anthonie Wingfield, sir Edward Guilford, sir Edward Gre∣uile, sir Edward Chamberleine, sir Thomas Lucie, sir Euerard Digbie, sir Adrian Foscew, sir Richard [line 60] Cornewall, sir William Courtneie, sir William Sidneie, sir Henrie Owne, and manie others.

The whole armie (as appéered by the musters taken thereof) consisted in six hundred demilan∣ces, two hundred archers on horssebacke, three thou∣sand archers on foot, and fiue thousand bill men. To these also were adioined seuentéene hundred, which were taken out of the garisons and crewes of Hammes, Guisnes, & Calis, so that in all they were ten thousand and fiue hundred, well armed and ap∣pointed for the warre. Beside them, there were also two thousand six hundred labourers and pioners. When this armie was come ouer to Calis, and all things readie for the iournie, they issued out of Calis and tooke the fields. The vant-gard was led by the lord Sandes. Capteine of the right wing was sir William Kingston, & on the left sir Euerard Dig∣bie. The marshall of Calis sir Edward Guilford was capteine of all the horssemen. The duke him∣selfe gouerned the battell, and sir Richard Wing∣field was capteine of the rere-ward.

While the armie laie without Calis,* 7.142 they dailie came into the towne. And so it happened that a sim∣ple felow cut a pursse, as he made to buie apples, which incontinent was taken, and brought to the maiors house to ward. Which thing diuerse Welsh∣men perceiuing, and not knowing what apperteined to iustice, ran in great companies to the maiors house, & would haue broken the house. The officers of the towne intreated, but the Welshmen more & more approched. The number of the Welshmen was so great, that the watch of Calis strake alarum. Then the lord deputie and the lord Sands did all that in them laie, to bring them to conformitie. But they were so rude, that they nothing them regarded: the priests brought foorth the sacrament, which also was not regarded. Wherefore the lord Ferrers was straightlie commanded to appease their rage, for with him they came thither, which with great paine and intreatie them appeased. And then all the Welsh∣men were commanded to the field, and to depart the towne, and so were all other capteins: and after wards diuerse of the head rioters were apprehended and sore punished for example.

The first enterprise that the duke attempted,* 7.143 was the winning of a castell called Bell castell, to which the lord Sands, and the lord Ferrers being sent, did so much by the power of battrie, that after the wals were beaten, those that were appointed to giue the assalt, prepared them therto. Which when the French men within perceiued,* 7.144 they yéelded the place into the Englishmens hands, and themselues to the mer∣cie of the duke, which receiued them as prisoners, and deliuered the castell to sir William Skeuing∣ton, the which he caused to be rased downe to the ground the seauen and twentith of September. In this season was the duke of Burbon high constable of France reuolted from seruice of the French king to the seruice of the emperour and the king of Eng∣land. For after it was knowne that this duke had his mind alienated from the French king,* 7.145 sir Iohn Russell (that was afterward created erle of Bed∣ford) was sent into France vnto the said duke.

This gentleman being verie faire spoken, & well languaged, in disguised apparell, ordered himselfe so wiselie and fortunatlie in his iorneie, that in couert manner he came to the duke, and so persuaded him, that he continued in his former determination, and auoided the realme of France, as in the French hi∣storie ye maie more at large perceiue. The more to incourage the English souldiers, there was a pro∣clamation made in the host the eight and twentith of September, how the said duke of Burbon was be∣come enimie to the French king, and friend to the king of England; so that hauing in his wages ten thousand Almans, he was readie to inuade France in another part, the more to let & disturb the French kings purposes. For the accomplishing wherof there was sent to him monie in no small summes. After this proclamation the nine and twentith of Septem∣ber, the duke of Suffolke remooued to Ard, and so forward into Picardie. At Cordes betwéene Ter∣wine and saint Omers, there came to him the lord of Isilstein, and with him of Spaniards, Almans,* 7.146 Cleueners, and others, thrée thousand footmen, and fiue hundred horssemen.

The duke being thus furnished with new aid, marched forward in wet weather, and made bridges,

and mended the waies where he passed as well as he might, sending out diuerse companies of his men of warre, to take townes, and fetch in booties on eue∣rie side. The Frenchmen were so afraid of the Eng∣lishmen, that they fled out of their houses, and left the townes and villages void, conueieng such goods as they could awaie with them, but oftentimes they left good store behind them, so that the Englishmen gained greatlie, and namely at Anchor, which was a rich towne, and vpon the Englishmens approch the inhabitants fled out of it, and then the Englishmen [line 10] entred. They tooke also the castell of Bounegard, and put therein a garison,* 7.147 whereof was capteine the lord Leonard Greie, brother to the marquesse Dorset, to conduct vittellers to the armie, which now was farre from anie succours of the English part.

The duke passed forward till he came to the towne of Braie,* 7.148 in the which were sixtéene hundred men of warre, vnder the gouernance of capteine Adrian, and beside his retinue, there came to the succours of [line 20] the towne, monsieur Pontdormie, the vicount La∣uerdam, the vicount Tourraine, monsieur Appling∣court, and monsieur Dampneie, with fiue hundred horssemen, so that in the towne beside the inhabi∣tants were two thousand good men of warre. This towne strandeth on the riuer of Some foure and twentie English miles from Arras, and foureteene of the same miles aboue Amiens. On the twentith of October, the duke caused his ordinance to be brought afore it by foure of the clocke in the mor∣ning, [line 30] the which was so well applied in making bat∣terie to the walles of the towne, that by nine of the clocke the towne was made assaultable; and then the Englishmen, Flemings & Burgognians made forward, and by the good comfort of the lord Sandes and other capteins, they got the diches, and after en∣tred vpon the walles. The Frenchmen stood at de∣fense with pikes, crossebowes, handguns, and hal∣bards, but they were too weake, for on all parts en∣tred the Englishmen, and suddenlie the Frenchmen fled, and the Englishmen followed. [line 40]

* 7.149On the further side of the towne there was a bul∣worke fortified with ordinance verie stronglie to de∣fend the passage ouer the water of Some, which is there diuided into diuerse branches. The French horssemen being withdrawne to the passage, defen∣ded it till the footmen were got ouer the bridge, and then they plucked awaie the plankes of the bridge, so that no man should follow: but the Englishmen cast plankes on the bridge and got ouer, in which pas∣sing [line 50] diuerse were drowned: but such diligence and inforcement was vsed, that they all passed both hors∣men and footmen. Then was the bulworke fiercelie assaulted, and finallie taken by the Englishmen, with all the ordinance. There was also taken cap∣teine Adrian and capteine Utterlieu. The English horssemen followed the Frenchmen, and fiue & tooke manie of them. Sir Robert Ierningham brake a speare on the lord Pontdormie. The lord Leonard Greie did valiantlie that day, which was come from [line 60] the castell of Bounegard, and was here at the win∣ning of Braie, which was taken in maner aboue rehearsed the twentith of October.

* 7.150The Frenchmen when they perceiued that they should not be able to defend, had laid a traine of gun∣powder to set it on fire, in hope to haue destroied manie of the Englishmen as they should be occupi∣ed in gathering the spoile; but by reason that they fol∣lowed their enimies, and got ouer the passage, the fire tooke and set the towne on fire yer the English∣men returned. Yet much wine was saued which laie in cellars, and stood the Englishmen in good steed. The one and twentith day of October the armie and all the ordinance passed ouer the riuer, and came to a towne called Kappe. All the inhabitants were fled,* 7.151 but they had left good plentie of wine & other riches behind them. The garison that laie at anchor know∣ing that the duke was passed the water of Some, rased the towne and castell there called Bounegard, and came to the armie now being lodged at Kappe.

The duke sent to them of Roie, requiring to haue the towne deliuered to him,* 7.152 which they granted to doo, bicause they had no garison of souldiers within to defend the towne. Thither was sent sir Richard Cornewall, with foure hundred men, which receiued the towne and kept it in good quiet, till the duke came thither with his whole armie. On the fiue and twen∣tith daie of October, the duke remooued to a village called Lihome where the souldiers had great pillage.* 7.153 The next daie they went to Dauenker, and the se∣uen and twentith daie they came before the towne of Montdedier, in the which were a thousand foot∣men,* 7.154 and fiue hundred horssemen vnder the gouer∣nance of monsieur de Roch baron, purposing to de∣fend the towne to the vttermost. But after that sir William Skeuington had made batterie from foure of the clocke in the next morning till eight in the same forenoone, with such force that the wals were ouerthrowne and made assaultable,* 7.155 they with∣in yeelded the towne into the dukes hands, with con∣dition they might go with bag and baggage.

The Frenchmen made such hast, and were so glad to be gone, that they left much houshold stuffe be∣hind them, and great plentie of wine. The English∣men also would not suffer them to beare their stan∣dards vnspred, but rent the same in péeces: where∣with the lord Roch baron was highlie displeased, but he could not amend it. The duke remained in Mont∣dedier till the last of October, and then remooued to Roie, where he rested a while with all his armie. On Alhallowes daie,* 7.156 the duke of Suffolke in the chiefe church of Roie made knights, the lord Herbert, the lord Powes, Oliuer Manners, Arthur P••••le, Ri∣chard Sandes, Robert Ierningham, Robert Salis∣burie, Edmund Bening••••eld, Richard Corbet, Tho∣mas▪ Wentworth, William Storton, Walter M••••tell, George Warram, Edward Seimor, that was after duke of Summerset. The morow after the armie remooued to a place called Néele.

The souldiers being thus led from place to place, began to murmur among themselues & to grudge, bicause of the winter season, being nothing meet for their purpose to kéepe the fields: it grieued them that the Burgognions being prouided of wagons,* 7.157 made shift to send the spoile and pillage home into their countrie being at hand, & they to want such meanes to make the best of those things which they got, so that (as they tooke it) they beat the bush & others had the birds. This grudge was yet by gentle words ceassed for a time. On the sixt daie of Nouember the whole armie came to a village called Ueane, and there rested for that night, and on the morow after they returned againe ouer the water of Some, and came to a place called Beausford. At this passage the duke made Iohn Dudleie and Robert Utreight knights.* 7.158

On the eight of Nouember the duke remooued to a place called Mont saint Martine, and from thence was sent the lord Sands to the king in post, to aduertise him in what case the armie stood, and the armie remooued to Permont, and there rested for a time. The Welshmen still murmured that they might not returne home now that the winter was thus farre entered. But there were a sort of men of warre, to the number of a thousand persons vnder the leading of sir Iohn Wallop,* 7.159 which had little wa∣ges or none, liuing only on their aduentures, & were therefore called aduenturers, and of some they were

called Kréekers,* 7.160 which had as good will to be still a∣broad, as the Welshmen had desire to returne home. For these Kréekers by spoiling of townes, taking of prisoners, & other such practises of warlike exploits, made their haunts, and dailie brought to the campe, horsses, mares, vittels, cloth, corne, and other neces∣saries, which might not haue béene missed.

After great raines and winds which had chanced in that season,* 7.161 there followed a sore frost, which was so extreame, that manie died for cold, and some lost [line 10] fingers, some lost toes, and manie lost nailes be∣side their fingers, so extreame was the rigour of that frost. ¶The thirteenth daie of Nouember the duke re∣mooued to a place within two miles of Boghan ca∣stell, and still it froze. The Welshmen in the morning set out a shout, and cried; Home, home. The Kréekers hearing that, cried; Hang, hang. Hereof businesse was like to haue insued, but by policie it was ceas∣sed.* 7.162 Sir Edward Guilford capteine of the horssemen viewing the castell of Boghan, perceiued that the [line 20] marishes (wherewith it was inuironed) were so hard frozen, that great ordinance might passe ouer the same. Which he signified to the duke, & therewith the duke was contented that he should trie what successe would come of giuing the attempt to win it. So was the ordinance brought ouer the marish ground, wher∣of they within being aduertised, immediatlie after thrée shots of canon discharged against them, they yéelded the castell, and all the artillerie within it, of the which there was good store, as thrée score & sixtéene péeces great and small. The kéeping of this castell [line 30] was deliuered to the senescall of Henegow.

In this meane while the lord Sands was come to the court, and informed the king of the state of the armie. The king had before his comming heard that his people in the said armie were in great miserie, both by reason of the intemperat weather, & vnsea∣sonable time of the yeare, the lacke of vittels, & such other discommodities: wherefore he caused a new power of six thousand men to be prepared and sent [line 40] vnto the duke of Suffolke for a reléefe, vnder the lea∣ding of the lord Montioie.* 7.163 But yer this power could be put in order to passe the sea, and before the duke could haue knowledge againe from the king of his further pleasure, he was constreined to breake vp his armie, and returned by Ualencennes, and so through Flanders vnto Calis. He left at Ualencennes all the great artillerie. The king was somewhat displea∣sed with the breaking vp of the armie thus contrarie to his mind, but hearing the resonable excuses which the duke & the capteins had to alleage, he was shortlie [line 50] after pacified. And so after they had remained in Ca∣lis a certeine time, vntill their fréends had asswaged the kings displeasure, they returned, and all things were well taken, and they receiued into as much fa∣uour as before.

But now to returne to the dooings in other parts, as betwixt the Englishmen and Scots, which chan∣ced in this meane while that the duke of Suffolke was thus in France. Ye shall vnderstand, that the [line 60] Scots hearing that the warre was thus turned into France, thought that nothing should be attempted against them, and therefore waxed more bold, and be∣gan to rob and spoile on the marches of England.* 7.164 Wherefore the king sent againe thither the earle of Surrie treasuror and high admerall of England, the which with all speed comming to the west borders, sent for an armie of six thousand men, with the which entering Scotland by the drie marishes, he ouer∣threw certeine castels, piles, and small holds, till he came through the dales to Iedworth, wherein laie a great garrison of Scots,* 7.165 which skirmished with the Englishmen right sharpelie at their first comming, but yet at length the towne, abbeie, and castell were woone, spoiled, and burned.

After this the earle incamped within the Scotish ground from the two and twentith of September till the fiue and twentith of the same moneth, & then returned backe againe into England. During which time the lord Dacres wan the castell of Ferniherst.* 7.166 The French king perceiuing that the Scots did not worke anie notable trouble to the Englishmen to staie them from the inuading of France (& the cause was (as he tooke it) for that they lacked the duke of Albanie, whome they named their gouernour) he therefore prouided a nauie of ships to haue transpor∣ted him ouer into Scotland; so that all things were redie for his iournie. But the Englishmen were re∣die on the sea vnder the conduct of sir William Fitz Williams to stop his passage if he had set forward, wherefore he caused his ships to be brought into Brest hauen, and bruted it abroad, that he would not go into Scotland that yeare.

The king of England being certified that the duke meant not to depart out of France of all that yeare, about the middest of September, commanded that his ships should be laid vp in hauens till the next spring. The duke of Albanie being thereof aduerti∣sed, boldie then tooke his ships,* 7.167 and sailed into Scot∣land with all conuenient spéed, as in the Scotish hi∣storie ye maie read more at large. Shortlie after his arriuall there, he wrought so with the Scots, that an armie was leauied, with the which he approched to the borders of England, & lodged at Cawdestreame, readie to enter into England. The king of Eng∣land hauing aduertisement giuen to him from time to time of the proceedings of his aduersaries, with all diligence caused to be assembled the people of the North parts beyond Trent, in such numbers that there were three thousand gentlemen bearing coats of armes with their powers and strength, which were all commanded to repaire to the erle of Surrie with spéed. The noble marquesse Dorset was appointed with six thousand men to kéepe Berwike,* 7.168 least the Scots should laie siege thereto.

The duke of Albanie hearing of the preparation which the earle of Surrie made against him, sent to him an herald, promising him of his honour to giue him battell; and if he tooke him prisoner, he would put him to courteous ransome, & his bodie to be safe. To whome the earle answered, that much he thanked the duke of his offer, promising him to abide battell if he durst giue it; & that if the said duke chanced to be taken by him or his, he would strike off his head, and send it for a present to his maister the king of Eng∣land, and bade him that he should trust to none other. At this answer the duke and the Scots tooke great despite. The earle of Surrie being at Alnewicke, there came to him the earles of Northumberland and Westmerland, the lords Clifford, Dacres, Lum∣leie, Ogle, & Darcie, with manie knights, esquiers, gentlemen, and other souldiers and men of warre, to the number of fortie thousand. And from the court there came the maister of the horsse, sir Ncholas Ca∣rew, sir Francis Brian, sir Edward Bainton, and others.

The last of October being saturdaie,* 7.169 in the night before the same daie, the duke of Albanie sent two or thrée thousand men ouer the water to besiege the castell of Warke, which comming thither with their great ordinance, beat the castell verie sore, and wan the vttermost ward called the Barnekins. On sun∣daie and mondaie being the first and second of No∣uember, they continued their batterie, and then thin∣king that the place was assaultable, couragiouslie set on the castell, and by strength entered the second ward. Sir William Lisle that was capteine of this castell, perceiuing the enimies to haue woone the

false breies, and that nothing remained but onelie the inner ward or dungeon, incouraged his men to the best of his power, with words of great comfort and manhood, and therewith issued foorth with those few that he had left about him (for he had lost manie at other assaults) and what with couragious shoo∣ting, and manfull fighting, the enimies were driuen out of the place,* 7.170 and of them were slaine, and name∣lie of those Frenchmen which the duke had brought foorth of France, to the number of thrée hundred, [line 10] which laie there dead in fight when the earle of Sur∣rie came thither, besides such as died of wounds, and were drowned.

Then the Scots and Frenchmen remooued their ordinance ouer the water in all hast, and by that time that they were got ouer, the earle of Surrie was come with fiue thousand horssemen, and all his great armie followed. He was sorie that his enimies were gone, and much praised sir William Lisle for his va∣liancie. The earle would gladlie haue followed his [line 20] enimies into their owne borders, but his commission was onelie to defend the realme, and not to inuade Scotland; and therefore he staid, not onelie vnto the great displeasure of himselfe, but also of manie a lu∣stie gentleman, that would gladlie haue séene fur∣ther proofe of the Scotish mens manhood. Shortlie after, the quéene of Scots, moother to the king, sent to hir brother the king of England, for an abstinence of warre, vntill further communication might be had about the conclusion of some good agréement be∣twixt [line 30] the two realmes of England and Scotland, which request to hir was granted; and so the Eng∣lish armie brake vp, and the earle of Surrie retur∣ned to the court.

* 7.171¶In this season the emperour Charles sent to the king of England two mules trapped in crimsin vel∣uet curiouslie embrodered, all the buckles, stirrops and all such other garnishings were siluer and gilt of maruellous cunning worke. He sent also eleuen ge∣nets full goodlie to behold trapped with russet veluet [line 40] richlie wrought, and foure speares, and two iauelins of strange timber & worke richlie garnished, and fiue br••ce of greihounds: and to the queene he sent two mules with rich trappers, and high chaires after the Spanish fashion. All these presents were thankeful∣lie receiued both of the king and quéene.]

Whilest the earle of Surrie was in the marches of Scotland, and the duke of Suffolke in France (as before ye haue heard) the cardinall sent out commis∣sions in the moneth of October, that euerie man be∣ing [line 50] worth fortie pounds, should paie the whole subsi∣die before granted, out of hand, not tarrieng till the daies of paiment limited.* 7.172 This was called an antici∣pation, that is to meane, a thing taken before the time appointed, and was a new tearme not knowne before those daies: but they paied swéetelie for their learning. ¶ In December were taken certeine traitors in Couentrie, one called Francis Philip, schoolemaister to the kings henchmen, and one Chri∣stopher Pickering clearke of the larder, and one An∣thonie [line 60] Mainuile gentleman, which by the persuasion of the said Francis Philip, intended to haue taken the kings treasure of his subsidie, as the collectors of the same came towards London, and then to haue raised men and taken the castell of Kilingworth▪ and to haue arreared warre against the king. The said Francis, Christopher, and Anthonie, were hanged, drawne, and quartered at Tiborne the eleuenth of Februarie, and the other were sent to Couentrie, and there executed.

* 7.173In this yeare the king sent the lord Morleie, sir William Huseie knight, & doctor Lée his almoner to don Ferdinando the archduke of Austrich, with the order of the garter, which in the towne of Nu∣remberge receiued the same, where all the princes of Germanie were then assembled at a diet or coun∣cell. In this meane while, diuerse enterprises and feats of warre were practised and archiued by them of the garrisons in the marches of Calis, and the Frenchmen of Bullogne, and the borders therea∣bouts: but the Frenchmen commonlie were put to the worse. Amongest other exploits, it chanced that one Brereton a gentleman,* 7.174 and capteine of a num∣ber of the aduenturers, as he went about to spoile the towne of Wast, was taken by the French horse∣men, and sold vnto the pezants of the countrie, the which vnmercifullie slue him and sixtéene more that were taken with him, after that the men of warre had deliuered them, and were departed. But this murther was reuenged shortlie by other of the ad∣uenturers, which comming vnto the same towne of Wast, tooke thirtie eight prisoners of the inhabi∣tants, & slue of them thirtie & six, & burned the towne.

In this yeare thorough books of ephemerides,* 7.175 and prognostications,* 7.176 foreshewing much hurt to come by waters & flouds, many persons vittelled themselues and went to high grounds for feare of drowning•• speciallie one Bolton prior of saint Bartholomewes in Smithfield, builded him an house vpon Harow on the hill, onelie for feare of this floud, and thither he went and made prouision of all things necessarie for the space of two moueths. This great raine and wa∣ters should haue fallen in Februarie, but no such thing happened, whereby the follie of men was shew∣ed. The astronomers for their excuse did saie, that in their computation they had miscounted in their number an hundred yeares.* 7.177 A legat was sent from the pope to the king to mooue him to peace: but the king declared to him the whole circumstance of his title, for the which he made wars against the French∣men, and thereof deliuered notes to the said legat, the which departed with the same backe to Rome in post. He had béene first with the French king, and with the emperour, but could not bring them to anie good conformitie, as his desire was to haue doone; so that his trauell was without frute in maner, as it appeared.

Manie enterprises, skirmishes, forreis, and other feats of warre were attempted and put in vre be∣twixt the Englishmen of Calis, Guisnes, and other fortresses there in those marches, and the French∣men of Bullogne, and other of the garrisons in the frontiers of Picardie, and still sir William Fitz Williams as then capteine of Guisnes, sir Robert Ierningham capteine of Newnam bridge, sir Iohn Wallop, and sir Iohn Gage were those that did to the Frenchmen most damage. Also monsieur de Bees being capteine of Bullogne, did for his part what he could to defend the frontiers there, and to an∣noie his enimies. Yet one daie in Maie, sir William Fitz Williams, and sir Robert Ierningham, with seuen hundred men (accounting in that number the Kreekers) went to Bullogne, and there skirmished with the Frenchmen,* 7.178 whilest Christopher Coo a cap∣teine of foure English ships tooke land, and fought with them of base Bullogne on the one side, as the Kréekers assailed them on an other.

There was a sharpe bickering, and in the end the Frenchmen were driuen backe, and diuerse of them slaine & taken, speciallie by the Kréekers,* 7.179 that wan the barriers of them, & so when the tide was turned, Christopher Coo with his men withdrew to his ships, & the Kréekers returned to sir William Fitz Willi∣ams, who staid for them, and then gathering his men togither by sound of a trumpet, sent foorth such as might fetch the drifts of beasts and cattell in the co••n∣trie néere adioning, & with the same returned backe in safetie. On the eight of August monsieur de Bées

accompanied with diuerse French lords and men of war, to the number of eight hundred footmen, and as manie horssemen, came verie earlie in a morning to a village called Bonnings, within the English pale, and leauing there thrée hundred horssemen in am∣bush, road to Kalkewell, and there appointed to tarrie with other thrée hundred men, and the residue of the horssemen and footmen with banner, displaied went foorth and forraied all the countrie.

Sir Robert Ierningham also with foure score [line 10] horssemen issued foorth of Calis, to vnderstand the demeanor of the Frenchmen: but being not able to resist the great number of the Frenchmen, he was chased, and saued himselfe by flight. But this displeasure was shortlie after reuenged by the said Robert, the which comming to Marguison the twelfe of August with three hundred footmen, and thrée score horssemen, he skirmished with the Frenchmen that stood at defense, chased them into the church, and fired them out of the same, so that the Frenchmen leapt [line 20] out of the church to their destruction, for of thrée hun∣dred there were saued but thrée score aliue. On the one and twentith of Maie being Trinitie sundaie,* 7.180 fiue hundred Scotishmen in the morning verie ear∣lie, entred by seuerall foords into England, and laie couertlie by the high waies, in purpose to haue sur∣prised such market men as came to the faire that day kept at Berwike. They tooke diuerse, but finallie be∣ing espied, the alarme rose, and they were fought with right sharplie, who defended themselues with [line 30] such manhood in drawing backe to their aduantage, that if the yoong lord of Fulberie had not come to the succours of the Englishmen, the Scots had gone a∣waie with their bootie. Notwithstanding in the end they were glad to séeke refuge by flight, loosing 200 of their number, which were taken in the chase.

On the fift of Iulie next insuing, sir Iohn a Fen∣wike, Leonard Musgraue, and bastard Heron, with diuerse other English capteins, hauing with them nine hundred men of war, entred the Mers, mind∣ing [line 40] to fetch out of the same some bootie, and encoun∣tring with the Scots being in number two thousand, after sore and long fight, caused them to leaue their ground and to flie, so that in the chase were taken two hundred Scots,* 7.181 and manie slaine, & amongst them were diuerse gentlemen. But sir Rafe a Fenwike, Leonard Musgraue, and the bastard Heron, with thirtie other Englishmen well horssed, followed so farre in the chase, that they were past rescues of their companie, whereof the Scots being aduised, sudden∣lie [line 50] returned, and set on the Englishmen, which oppres∣sed with the multitude of their enimies, were soone ouercome, and there was taken sir Rafe a Fenwike, Leonard Musgraue, and six other: and bastard He∣ron, with seauen other were slaine. The residue by chance escaped. The other Englishmen with their 200 prisoners returned safelie into England.

On the seuenth of Iulie, the Englishmen fought with like fortune against the Scots that were ente∣red England at the west marches. For in the begin∣ning [line 60] they put the Scots to the worse, and tooke thrée hundred of them prisoners: but afterwards, bicause the Englishmen that had taken those prisoners, withdrew out of the field with the same prisoners, the Scots perceiuing the number of the English∣men to be diminished, gaue a new onset on the Eng∣lishmen, and them distressed. After this, the Scots sued for a truce, and had it granted to indure till the feast of saint Andrew.* 7.182 This yeare the first of Sep∣tember was doctor Thomas Haniball maister of the rolles receiued into London with earles, and bi∣shops, and diuerse other nobles and gentlemen, as ambassadors from pope Clement, which brought with him a rose of gold for a token to the king. And on the daie of the natiuitie of our ladie, after a so∣lemne masse song by the cardinall of Yorke, the said present was deliuered to the king: which was a trée forged of fine gold, & wrought with branches, leaues, and floures resembling roses. This tree was set in a pot of gold which had three feet of antike fashion. The pot was of measure halfe a pint, in the vppermost rose was a faire saphire loupe persed, the bignesse of an acorne, the trée was of heigth halfe an English yard, and a foot in bredth.

This yeare in Iulie the lord Archembald Dou∣glas earle of Angus, which had maried the quéene of Scots sister to the king of England, escaped out of France (where he had remained for a season, in ma∣ner as a banished man) and came into England to the king, as then being at Gréenewich, and was of him courteouslie receiued. Sir Anthonie Fitz Her∣bert one of the Iustices of the common plées,* 7.183 sir Rafe Egerton knight, and doctor Denton deane of Lichfield, being sent in the begining of this yeare in∣to Ireland as commissioners, behaued themselues so sagelie, that they reformed diuers wrongs, brought sundrie of the wild Irish by faire means vnto obedi∣ence, and made (by the kings authoritie) the earle of Kildare deputie of the land;* 7.184 before whome the great Onele bare the sword. And the lord Piers Butler earle of Ormond, which before was deputie, was now made high treasurer of Ireland. In Septem∣ber the said commissioners returned.

During all this season, there were dailie attempts made and practised by the Englishmen in the lowe countries, namelie the English horssemen; & the ad∣uenturers rested not, but dailie made inuasions vp∣on the French confines. But the aduenturers about the beginning of winter made an enterprise to fetch some bootie from a village lieng towards Mutrell. They were not fullie two hundred men, and of those there were fiue and twentie horssemen. The French∣men by chance the same time were abroad vnder the conduct of the earle of Dammartine, which was going to S. Omers with fiftéene hundred horsse∣men, and eight hundred footmen, and perceiuing where the aduenturers were comming, made to∣wards them, and after long & cruell fight ouercame them, and slue most part of them, for that in defen∣ding themselues most stoutlie, they had slaine and wounded a great number of the Frenchmen yer they could be ouercome, kéeping themselues close to∣gither, and might not be broken so long as they had anie arrowes to shoot.* 7.185 This was the end of the ad∣uenturers otherwise called Kréekers, being as har∣die men as euer serued prince.

In December there came to London diuerse ambassadors out of Scotland, about a peace to be had, and a marriage concluded betwéene the king of Scots, and the ladie Marie daughter to the king of England,* 7.186 as in the Scotish historie yee shall find more at large expressed. Before the feast of Christ∣masse, the lord Leonard Graie, and the lord Iohn Graie, brethren to the marquesse Dorset, sir George Cobham, sonne to the lord Cobham, William Ca∣rie, sir Iohn Dudleie, Thomas Wiat, Francis Pointz, Francis Sidneie, sir Anthonie Browne, sir Edward Seimor, Oliuer Manners, Perciuall Hart, Sebastian Nudigate, and Thomas Calen, esquiers of the kings houshold, enterprised a cha∣lenge of feats of armes against the feast of Christ∣mas, which was proclaimed by Winsore the herald, and performed at the time appointed after the best maner, both at tilt, tourneie, barriers,* 7.187 and assault of a castell erected for that purpose in the tiltyard at Gréenewich, where the king held a roiall Christmasse that yeare, with great mirth and princelie pastime.

In the moneth of Ianuarie, [year 1525] the cardinall by his

power Legantine,* 7.188 would haue visited the friers ob∣seruants, but they in no wise would thereto condes∣cend, wherefore ninetéene of the same religion were accurssed at Paules crosse, by one of their owne reli∣gion, called frier Forrest. Iohn Iokin Steward of houshold to the French kings mother, this yéere whi∣lest the French king was in Italie, came into Eng∣land, & was receiued in secret maner into the house of one doctor Larke, a prebendarie of S. Stephans, and oftentimes talked with the cardinall about the [line 10] affaires betwixt the kings of England and France, motioning waies for a peace to be concluded. When this was knowne abroad, as at the length it was, monsieur de Prate the emperours ambassador mis∣liked such couert dooings, and sore grudged thereat. The foure and twentith of Ianuarie, the president of Rone called monsieur Brinion, came to London as ambassador from the French king, and was lodged with the said Iohn Iokin.

On sundaie the fift of March were receiued in∣to [line 20] London monsieur de Beuer lord of Campher,* 7.189 ad∣merall of Flanders, and maister Iohn de la Coose, president of Malins, & maister Iohn de la Gache, as ambassadours from the ladie Margaret in the name of the emperour. These ambassadors required thrée things in their suit. First they demanded the ladie Marie the kings onelie daughter to be deliuered out of hand, and she to be named empresse, and to take possession of all the lowe countries, and to be gouer∣nour of the same. Also that all such sums of monie as [line 30] the king should giue with hir in mariage for a dow∣er to be made to hir, should be paid incontinentlie. Thirdlie, that the king of England himselfe should passe the sea, and make warre in France the next summer. The two first demands were not agreed to for certeine causes, and as to this last, the king said he would take aduisement.

On thursdaie the ninth of March, at seauen of the clocke in the morning,* 7.190 there came a gentleman in post from the ladie Margaret gouernesse of Flan∣ders, [line 40] which brought letters conteining how that the foure and twentith of Februarie, the siege of Pauia (where the French king had lien long) was raised by force of battell, and the French king himselfe taken prisoner. The same day the president of Rone, & Iohn Iokin were going to the court (for they had not yet spoken with the king) and in Holburne in their waie heard these tidings, whervpon they returned to their lodging right sorowfull, and within short space after returned to the regent of France. It was thought [line 50] the king would haue agréed with the French king, if this chance had not hapned, for all the people of Eng∣land grudged against Flanders, for the euill demea∣nour of the Flemings in time of the warre. Also the king was displeased with them for inhancing his coine there, which caused much monie to be conueied out of this realme dailie ouer into that countrie. Bounfires and great triumph was made in London for the taking of the French king, on saturdaie the eleuenth of March; and on the morow after being sundaie the twelfe of March, the king came to [line 60] Paules, and there heard a solemne masse, and after the same was ended, the quéere sang Te Deum, and the minstrels plaid on eueri•• side.

¶ Here it is conuenient to adde the battell of Pa∣uia, wherein the French king was taken prisoner, most notablie discoursed by Guicciardine,* 7.191 in the fif∣téenth booke of his historie: the principall matter wherof, to make the report of Pauia and the French king more perspicuous, it were good to inferre. On the night (saith mine author) before the fiue and twen∣tith of Februarie, a daie dedicated by the christians to the apostle saint Matthew, and also the daie of the ••••tiuitie of the emperour, the imperialles determi∣ned to march to Mirabell, where laie incamped cer∣teine companies of horssemen and footmen. In this march they stood vpon this intention, that if the French men mooued, then they had set at libertie the siege of Pauia: and if they mooued not, then to ad∣uenture the fortune of the battell. Therefore the bet∣ter to aduance this determination, all the beginning of the night they gaue manie alarmes, the more to kéepe trauelled and wearie the French men, making semblance as though they would charge them on that side towards Paw, Thesin, and saint Lazarus.

About midnight euerie souldior, by the comman∣dement of the capteins, put on a white cassakin ouer his armor, to be knowne from the Frenchmen. They were cast into two squadrons of horssemen, & foure of footmen▪ In the first were six thousand footmen equallie compounded of lanceknights, Spaniards, and Italians: this squadron was led by the mar∣quesse of Guast: the second stood onelie vpon cer∣teine bands of Spanish footmen vnder the charge of the marquesse of Pisquairo: the third and fourth squadron were of lanceknights, commanded by the viceroy and the duke of Burbon. They arriued at the parke walles certeine houres before daie, and by the working of their masons, and readie willes of their souldiers, they cast downe to the earth thrée score fadome of wall: by which breach, being entred within the parke, the first squadron drew towards Mirabell, and the residue of the armie tooke the waie to the campe.

As soone as the king vnderstood that they were entred into the parke,* 7.192 thinking they would draw to Mirabell, he issued out of his lodging to fight in plaine and open field, desiring to draw the battell rather to that place than to anie other, for the ad∣uantages which it gaue to the horssemen: he com∣manded to turne the artilleries toward the enimies, which beating them in flanke, brought great da∣mage to the reregard. But in the meane while, the battell of the imperialles gaue a furious charge vp∣on the kings squadron, which ordinarilie was the battell: but as the Spaniards went, it was the reregard. The king fought valiantlie, & abode with great courage the violence of his enimies, who with the furie of their harquebuziers forced his men to giue ground, till the rescue of the Switzers came, when the Spaniards were repelled, as well by them as by the horssemen that charged them in flanke. But the viceroy being called in by the marquesse of Pisquairo, who broght to the fight his lanceknights, they were easilie broken, not without great slaugh∣ter of the Switzers, who that daie did nothing an∣swer the opinion of valor which aforetimes they had woont so honorablie to expresse in battelles.

The king kept alwaies the middle of the battell, being inuironed with a great gard of men at armes. And albeit he did what he could to conteine and con∣firme his people:* 7.193 yet after he had fought long with his owne hands, his horsse being slaine vnder him, him selfe lightlie hurt in the face and in the hand, he was stricken downe to the earth, and taken priso∣ner by fiue souldiers that knew not what he was. In which misfortune the viceroy pressing into the throng his maiestie disclosed him selfe to him, who with great reuerence kissed his hand, and receiued him prisoner in the emperours name. At the same time the marquesse of Guast with the first squadron had defeated the horssemen that were at Mirabell. And Anthonie de Leua, who (as was said) had to that end cast downe to the earth so great a quantitie and space of wall, as an hundred and fiftie horssemen might sallie foorth in front, issued out of Pauia, & so charged the French behind, that he put them wholie to flight. And in that feare they were almost all strip∣ped

and trussed, except the reregard of the horsse∣men, which being led by monsieur de Alanson from the beginning of the battell, retired almost whole.

It is holden for certeine, that in this battell were slaine more than eight thousand men of the French campe,* 7.194 part by sword, and part of bodies drowned in the riuer of Thesin, séeking their safetie by swim∣ming. Of this generall number were about twen∣tie of the most noble and apparant lords of France, as the admerall, the lord Iames Chebanes, the lord [line 10] Palissa, and Trimouille, the master of the horsse, monsieur de Aubignie, monsieur de Boissie, and monsieur de la Escud, who being taken gréeuouslie wounded by his enimies, gaue to them his life in stéed of a ransome. The prisoners that were taken were the king of Nauarre, the bastard of Sauoie, the lord Montmerancie, Saint Paule, Brion, A∣nall, monsieur de Chandion, monsieur de Imber∣court, Galeas Uisconte, Frederike Bossolo, Barna∣bie Uisconte, Guidanes, with manie gentlemen, [line 20] and almost all the capteins that escaped the slaugh∣ter of the sword. There was also taken prisoner Ie∣rome Leandro bishop of Brunduso the popes nun∣tio; but by commandement of the viceroy, he was eftsoones set at libertie: as also monsieur Saint Paule and Frederike Bossolo committed to the ca∣stell of Pauia, brake prison a little after, by the cor∣ruption of the Spaniards that had them in charge. Of the imperialles side the vniuersall slaughter excéeded not seauen hundred bodies;* 7.195 and not one [line 30] capteine of name except Ferrand Castriot mar∣quesse of Angeo, the marquesse of Pisquairo was wounded in two places, & Anthonie de Leua light∣lie hurt in the leg. The preie and spoile of this battell was so great, as there had not beene seene in Italie more rich souldiors.

Of so great an armie there was preserned but the reregard of foure hundred lances, commanded by monsieur de Alanson, they neuer came to the fight, neuer suffered charge, nor neuer were followed, but leauing behind them their baggage, they retired [line 40] whole to Piemont, their feare making them more hastie to flie, than carefull of their honor. And as one calamitie followeth another, so the losse of the battell was no sooner reapported at Millaine, than Theodor Triuulce, who laie there in garrison with foure hundred lances, departed and tooke his waie to Musocquo, all the souldiors folowing him by troops: insomuch as the same daie that the king lost the battell, all the dutchie of Millaine was made frée [line 50] from the iurisdiction of the French. The daie after the victorie,* 7.196 the king was led prisoner to the rocke of Pisqueton, for that the duke of Millaine, in regard of his proper suretie, consented hardlie that the per∣son of the king should be kept within the castell of Millaine: he was garded with great gelousie and watch; but in all other things (except his libertie) he was vsed and honored as apperteined to the state and maiestie of a king.

Now (saith mine author, speaking to the readers of his historie) you haue séene set downe the ouer∣throw [line 60] of the French armie in the battell of Pauia:* 7.197 a wretched successe, where was so great expectation of victorie. You haue séene a mightie king deliue∣red vp prisoner into the hands of him, with whom he contended for glorie and emperie: a spectacle most tragicall amongst all the calamities that fortune bringeth vpon mans mortalitie. You haue séene the most part of the nobilitie, and honorable capteins of France, slaine in the seruice and presence of their king: a matter that made more lamentable his owne condition and aduersitie. You haue séene the residue of that armie, so vniuersallie perplexed with feare and confusion, that the same thing that should haue reteined them in so great affliction, made them the lesse assured, and further off from confidence.

When word came to the emperour of all the for∣mer accidents,* 7.198 the eies of euerie man were set to behold with what propertie of affection he would receiue his gladsome news, and to what ends his thoughts were disposed: who so farre as exterior de∣monstrations made shew, expressed great tokens of a mind much moderated, and verie apt to resist easilie the prosperitie of fortune: yea the signes and inclinations appeering so much the more incredible, by how much he was a prince mightie & yong, and as yet had neuer tasted but of felicitie. For after he was informed truelie of so great a victorie, whereof he had the reapport the tenth of March, togither with letters of the French kings owne hand, written ra∣ther in the spirit and condition of a prisoner, than with the courage of a king, he went foorthwith to the church to make his holie oblations to God with ma∣nie solemnities. And the morning folowing he recei∣ued with signes of right great deuotion the sacra∣ment of the eucharist, and so went in procession to our ladies church out of Madrill, where was his court at that time.

His temperance and moderation was aboue the expectation of his estate, and farre contrarie to the course of the time in matters of that nature: for he would not suffer anie bels to be roong, nor boun∣fires to be made, nor anie other manner of publike demonstrations, such as are vsed for glorie or glad∣nesse, alledging with a mind more vertuous than in∣solent, that such propertie of feasting and reioising was due to victories obteined against infidels,* 7.199 but ought to haue no shew where one christian ouercame another. Neither were the actions and gestures of his person and speaches differing from so great a temperance and continencie of mind, which he well expressed in the answers he made to the congratula∣tions of the ambassadours and great men that were about him: to whome he said he was not glad of the accident according to the glorious operation of flesh and bloud, but his reioising was in that God had so manfestlie aided him: which he interpreted to be an assured signe that he stood in his grace and fauour, though not through his owne merit, yet by his cele∣stiall election.* 7.200 The French king being in the custo∣die of the viceroy of Naples (who much comforted him, and praised his valiantnesse, and praied him to be content, for he shoud haue a gentle end) desired to write to his mother, which was to him granted. His verie words were these.

The French kings letter to his mo∣ther the regent of France.

TO aduertise you of my infortunat chance:* 8.1 nothing is left but the honour and the life that is saued. And seeing some other news shall recomfort you, I haue desired to write to you this letter, the which liberallie hath beene granted to me: beseeching you to re∣gard the extremitie of your selfe, in insu∣ing your accustomed wisedome. For I hope that at length God will not forget me, to you recommending your little infants and mine, supplieng you to giue safe conduct, to passe and returne from Spaine, to this bearer that goeth toward the emperor, to know in what wise I shall be intreated. And thus right humbly to your good grace I haue me recommended. This subscri∣bed

by your humble and obedient sonne Francis.

In this estate of aduersitie the people set before their eies all that feare and despaire could imagine:* 8.2 they doubted least so great a calamitie were not the beginning of a further ruine & subuersion: they saw their king prisoner, and with him either taken or slaine in the battell the chiefteins of the kingdome, which in the imagination of their sorrowes they held [line 10] a losse irreparable: they beheld their capteins dis∣comfited, and their souldiers discouraged: a calamitie which stopped in them all hope to be readdressed or re∣assured: they saw the realme made naked of mo∣nie and treasure, and inuironed with most mightie enimies: an affliction which most of all caried their thoughts into the last cogitation of desperat ruine: for the king of England, notwithstanding that he had holden manie parlées and treaties, and shewed in manie things a variation of mind, yet not manie [line 20] daies before the battell, he had cut off all the nego∣ciations which he had interteined with the king, and had published that he would descend into France, if the things of Italie tooke anie good successe.

So that the Frenchmen feared least in so great an oportunitie, the emperour and he would not le∣uie warre against France, either for that there was no other head or gouernour than a woman, and the little children of the king, of whom the eldest had not yet run eight yeares accomplished: or else bicause [line 30] the enimies had with them the duke of Burbon, for his owne particular a puissant prince, and for his authoritie in the realme of France verie popular and strong in opinion, a mightie instrument to stirre vp most dangerous emotions.* 8.3 Besides, the ladie re∣gent, as well for the loue she bare to the king, as for the dangers of the realme was not without hir pas∣sions both proper and particular: for being full of ambition, and most gréedie of the gouernment, shée feared that if the kings deliuerie drew any long tract [line 40] of time, or if anie new difficultie hapned in France, she should be constreined to yéeld vp the administra∣tion of the crowne to such as should be delegate and assigned by the voices of the kingdome. Neuerthe∣lesse amid so manie astonishments and confusions, she drew hir spirits to hir, and by hir example were recomforted the nobles that were of counsell with hir, who tooke spéedie order to man the frontiers of the realme, and with diligence to leuie a good proui∣sion of monie. [line 50]

The ladie regent, in whose name all expeditions and dispatches went out, wrote to the emperour let∣ters full of humilitie and compassion, wherin she for∣gat not by degrées vehement and inducing to solicit a negociation of accord: by vertue whereof, hauing a little after deliuered don Hugo de Moncado,* 8.4 shée sent him to the emperour, to offer him that hir sonne should renounce and disclaime from all rights of the kingdome of Naples, and the estate of Millan, with contentment to refer to the censure and arbitration [line 60] of the law, the titles and rights of Burgundie, which if it apperteined to the emperour, he should acknow∣ledge it for the dowrie of his sister: that he should render to monsieur Burbon his estate togither with his moouabl•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which were of great valour, and also the ••ruits and ••••••enues which had beene le∣uied by the commissioners 〈◊〉〈◊〉 out of the regall chamber: that he should giue to him his sister in ma∣riage, and deliuer vp to him Prouence, if iudgement of the interest and right were made of his side.

And for the more facilitie and spéedie passage of this negociation, rather than for anie desire she had to nourish hir inclination to the warre, she dispat∣ched immediatlie ambassadours into Italie, to re∣commend to the pope and the Uenetians the safetie of hir sonne. To whome she offered, that if for their proper securitie▪ they would contract with hir, and raise armes against the emperour, she would for hir particular aduance fiue hundred lances, togither with a great contribution of monie. But amid these trauels and astonishments,* 8.5 the principall desire as well of hir, as of the whole realme of France, was, to appease and assure the mind of the king of England, iudging trulie that if they could reduce him to amitie and reconcilement, the crowne of France should re∣maine without quarrell or molestation. Where, if he on the one side, and the emperour on the other, should rise in one ioint force, hauing concurrent with them the person of the duke of Burbon, and manie other opportunities and occasions, it could not be but all things would be full of difficulties and dangers.

Of this the ladie regent began to discerne manie tokens and apparances of good hope: for notwith∣standing the king of England immediatlie after the first reapports of the victorie, had not onelie expressed great tokens of gladnesse and reioising, but also pub∣lished that he would in person passe into France: and withall had sent ambassadours to the emperour to solicit and treat of the moouing of warre iointlie togither: yet procéeding in deed with more mildnesse than was expected of so furious shewes and tokens, he dispatched a messenger to the ladie regent, to send to him an expresse ambassadour: which accordinglie was accomplished, and that with fulnesse of authori∣tie and commission, such as brought with it also all sorts of submissions & implorations which she thought apt to reduce to appeasement the mind of that king so highlie displeased. He reposed himselfe altogither vpon the will and counsell of the cardinall of Yorke,* 8.6 who séemed to restreine the king and his thoughts to this principall end, that bearing such a hand vpon the controuersies and quarrels that ran betwéene o∣ther princes; all the world might acknowledge to de∣pend vpon him and his authoritie the resolution and expectation of all affaires.

And for this cause he offered to the emperour at the same time to descend into France with a puis∣sant armie, both to giue perfection vnto the aliance concluded betwéene them before; and also to remooue all scruple and gelousie, he offered presentlie to con∣signe vnto him his daughter, who was not as yet in an age and disposition able for mariage. But in these matters were very great difficulties, partlie depen∣ding vpon himselfe, and partlie deriuing from the emperour, who now shewed nothing of that readi∣nesse to contract with him which he had vsed before: for the king of England demanded almost all the rewards of the victorie, as Normandie, Guien, and Gascoigne, with the title of king of France. And that the emperour, notwithstanding the inequalitie of the conditions should passe likewise into France, and communicate equallie in the expenses and dangers. The inequalitie of these demands troubled not a little the emperour, to whome they were by so much the more grieuous, by how much he remem∣bred that in the yeares next before, he had alwaies deferred to make warre euen in the greatest dan∣gers of the French king. So that he persuaded him∣selfe that he should not be able to make anie founda∣tion vpon that confederation.

And standing in a state no lesse impouerished for monie and treasure,* 8.7 than made wearie with labours and perils, he hoped to draw more commodities from the French king by the meane of peace, than by the violence of armes and warres, speciallie ioi∣ning with the king of England. Besides, he made not that accompt which he was woont to doo of the mariage of his daughter, both for hir minoritie in

age, and also for the dowrie for the which he should stand accomptable for so much as the emperour had receiued by waie of loane of the king of England: he séemed by manie tokens in nature to nourish a woonderfull desire to haue children, and by the neces∣sitie of his condition he was caried with great co∣uetousnesse of moni••: vpon which two reasons he tooke a great desire to marie the sister of the house of Portugall, which was both in an age able for mari∣age, and with whome he hoped to receiue a plentifull [line 10] portion in gold and treasure, besides the liberalities of his owne people offered by waie of beneuolence in case the mariage went forward: such was their desire to haue a quéene of the same nation and lan∣guage, and of hope to procreat children.

For these causes the negociation became euerie daie more hard and desperat betwéene both those princes, wherein was also concurrent the ordinarie inclination of the cardinall of Yorke towards the French king, togither with the open complaints he [line 20] made of the emperour, as well for the interests and respects of his king, as for the small reputation the emperour began to hold of him. He considered that afore the battell of Pauia, the emperour neuer sent letters vnto him which were not written with his owne hand, and subscribed, your sonne and coosine Charles: but after the battell, he vsed the seruice of secretaries in all the letters he wrote to him, infixing nothing of his owne hand but the subscription, not with titles of so great reuerence and submission, but [line 30] onelie with this bare word Charles. In this alterati∣on of affection in the emperour,* 8.8 the king of England tooke occasion to receiue with gratious words and demonstrations, the ambassadour sent by the ladie regent, to whome he gaue comfort to hope well in things to come. And a little afterward, estranging his mind wholie from the affaires which were in ne∣gociation betwéene him and the emperour, he made a confederation with the ladie regent, contracting in the name of hir sonne, wherein he would haue inser∣ted [line 40] this expresse condition, that for the kings ran∣some and deliuerie, should not be deliuered to the em∣perour anie thing that at that time should be vnder the power or possession of the crowne of France.

Shortlie after, the viceroy & the other capteins im∣periall were induced vpon vrgent reasons to trans∣port the person of the French king into a surer hold,* 8.9 than where presentlie he was kept, iudging that for the ill disposition of others, they could not without perill kéepe him garded in the duchie of Millan: in [line 50] which feare ioined to their continuall desire so to doo, they resolued to conueie him to Genes, and from thense by sea to Naples, where his lodging was pre∣pared within the new castell. This determination brought no little gréefe to the king, who from the be∣ginning of his captiuitie, had vehementlie desired to be carried into Spaine: perhaps he had opinion (measuring happilie an other man by his owne na∣ture, or else running with the common errour of mortall men being easilie beguiled in things they de∣sire) [line 60] that if once he were brought to the presence of the emperour, he doubted not of some easie passage for his libertie, either through the emperours benig∣nitie, or by the conditions he meant to offer. The vice∣roy was of the same desire for the augmentation of his owne glorie.

But being reteined for feare of the French armie by sea,* 8.10 they dispatched by common consent monsieur Montmerancie to the ladie regent: who granted to him six light gallies of those that laie in the port of Marseilles vpon promise to haue them restored as soone as the king was arriued in Spaine. With these gallies, he returned to Portofino, where the kings person was alredie arriued, and ioining them to six∣téene gallies of the emperour, which was the nauie appointed at first to conduct him to Naples, he redu∣ced them all into one fléet, and armed them all with footmen of the Spanish. The capteins imperials and the duke of Burbon were persuaded, that the kings person should be led to Naples: but of the contrarie, setting vp saile the seuenth of Iune, they tooke such course, that the eight daie they arriued with a happie voiage at Rosa a hauen of Catalognia: their com∣ming brought no small ioy to the emperour, who vn∣till that daie had vnderstood nothing at all of that re∣solution.

Now as soone as he was made assured of the kings being there,* 8.11 he dispatched commandements vnto all places where he should passe, to receiue him with great honours: onelie till it should be otherwise de∣termined, he gaue order to kéepe him in the castell of Sciatiua néere to Ualence, a castell ancientlie vsed by the kings of Aragon for the garding of great per∣sonages, and wherein had béene kept prisoner for ma∣nie yeares the duke of Calabria. But the delibera∣tion to kéepe him in that place, séeming farre too rigorous to the viceroy, and nothing agréeable to the promises he had made to the king in Italie, he woone so much of the emperour, that till he had taken an o∣ther counsell, the kings person might remaine neere Ualence in a place apt for hunting and other delights of the field. There he left him lodged with sufficient gard vnder the charge of capteine Alarcon, in whose custodie he had alwaies remained since his vnfortu∣nate daie.

From thence the viceroy, togither with Mont∣merancie, went to the emperour to make reapport of the state of Italie, and the discourse of things which till that daie had béene debated with the king, with whome he persuaded the emperour with ma∣nie reasons to draw to accord, for that he could not haue a faithfull amitie and coniunction with the Ita∣lians. The emperour after he had heard the viceroy and Montmerancie, determined to conueie the king into Castillo to the castell of Madrill, a place farre remooued from the sea and the confines of France, where being honored with ceremonies & reuerences agréeable to so great a prince, he should neuerthe∣lesse be kept vnder carefull and strait gard, with li∣bertie to take the aire abroad certeine times of the daie, mounted onelie vpon a mule. The emperour could neuer be brought to admit the king to his pre∣sence, if first the accord were not either established, or at least in an assured hope of resolution.

And to the end there might be interposed in the negociation a personage honorable, & almost equall with the king, Montmerancie was sent in great di∣ligence into France, to bring the duchesse of Alan∣son the kings sister and a widow, with fulnesse of au∣thoritie to debate and contract. And to the end this negociation of accord were not hindered by new dif∣ficulties,* 8.12 there was made a little afterwards a truce vntil the end of December, betweene the emperour and such as administred the gouernment of France. Moreouer the emperour gaue order that one part of those gallies which were come with the viceroy, should returne into Italie to bring the duke of Bur∣bon into Spaine, without whose presence and priui∣tie he gaue out that he would make no conuention: and yet the gallies what for want of monie, and o∣ther impediments, were prepared but with slow di∣ligence.

Whiles the case of the French king was in de∣mand, but not yet determined,* 8.13 by means of sundrie ouerthwarts that ouerthrew the foundation of eue∣rie purpose tending to his deliuerance; it fortuned that the French king falling sicke in the castell of Madrill, and hauing in vaine desired the presence of

the emperour, was caried by his discontentment and melancholie into such extremitie and danger of his life, that the physicians appointed for his cure, told the emperour that they stood desperate of his recoue∣rie, if himselfe in person came not to comfort him with some hope of his deliuerie. The emperour obei∣eng more compassion than the reason of things, was not curious to condescend to performe so good an of∣fice, and as he prepared to visit him accordinglie, his high chancellor séeking to turne him from the ior∣neie, [line 10] told him with manie strong reasons, that he could not go to him in honour, but with intention to deliuer him presentlie and without anie couenant: otherwise as it would be a humanitie not roiall but mercenarie, so it would disclose a desire to recouer him, not mooued of charitie, but pushed on by his pro∣per interest, as not to loose by his death the occasion of the profit hoped for by the victorie.

This counsell assuredlie was graue and honoura∣ble touching the man that gaue it, and no lesse wor∣thie [line 20] to be followed by so great a prince as the empe∣rour: and yet being more caried by the reasons of o∣thers,* 8.14 he tooke post to go to him. But for the danger of the king being almost at the extremitie, the visita∣tion was short, and yet for the time accompanied with gratious words ful of hope that he would deli∣uer him immediatlie vpon his returning to health: in so much that whether it was by the comfort that he breathed into him (in the sicknesse of captiuitie) the promise of libertie excéedeth all medicines) or by the benefit of his youth, which with the fauour of na∣ture [line 30] was stronger than the maladie, he began after this visitation to resume so good disposition, that with∣in few daies he was out of danger, notwithstanding he could not recouer his former health but with verie slowe time.

And now neither the difficulties that were shew∣ed on the emperours side, nor the hopes which were giuen by the Italians, nor anie other nature of im∣pediments whatsoeuer, could staie the voiage of the ladie Alanson into Spaine. For that as nothing [line 40] was more hard or heauie to the Frenchmen than to leaue off the practises and negociations of accord be∣gun with those that had power to restore their king: so nothing was more easie to the emperour, than fée∣ding the French with hopes, to draw their minds from taking armes; and by that meane so to kéepe the Italians in suspense, as not to dare to enter in∣to new deliberations. And in that cunning maner, sometimes vsing delaies, and sometimes pressing for∣ward [line 50] the affaires, he thought to keepe the minds of all men confused and intangled.* 8.15 The ladie Alanson was receiued by the emperour with verie gratious demonstrations and hopes: but the effects fell out both hard and heauie. For when the ministred speech to him for the mariage of his sister the widowe with the king: he made answer; that it was a matter which could not be doone without the consent of the duke of Burbon.

The other particularities were debated by depu∣ties [line 60] of both parts, wherein, as the emperour insisted obstinatlie to haue the dutchie of Burgognie resto∣red as apperteining to him: so the French refused to consent, vnlesse he would accept it for dowrie; or else to referre it to the sentence of the law and iustice to decide the true title. And albeit they could easilie haue condescended to the residue, yet for that they were so farre off for the demand of Burgognie, the ladie Alanson returned at last into France, without winning anie other grace, than a fauour to sée the king hir brother; who growing more and more into distrust of his deliuerie, desired hir at hir departing to admonish his mother,* 8.16 and all the councell from him, to looke carefullie to the profit of the crowne of France, without hauing anie consideration of him, as if he liued not. But notwithstanding the depar∣ture of the ladie Alanson, the sollicitations for the kings deliuerie did not ceasse, for that there remai∣ned behind the president of Paris, and the bishops of Ambrum and Tarbe, who had till then followed the negociation but with verie little hope, sith the em∣perour would not harken to anie condition, if first Burgognie were not rendred, which the king would not be brought to restore, but in a last necessitie.

After this infortunate accident of the French king insued manie troublesome and intricate mat∣ters,* 8.17 among which the case of the French king was descanted vpon, and a sollicitation of peace resolued, which conteined these couenants following. That betwéene the emperour and the French king should be a peace perpetuall, in which should be compre∣hended all such as should be named by their com∣mon consent. That the French king by the sixt daie of the next moneth of March, should be set at libertie vpon the marches in the coast of Fontarabie. That within six weeks after he should consigne to the em∣perour the dutchie of Burgognie, the countie of Charrolois, the iurisdiction of Noiers, the castell Chainro, dependancies of the said dutchie, the vi∣countie of Flussona, the resort of S. Laurence de la Roche, a dependant of Franch countie, togither with all the appurtenances as well of the said dut∣chie as vicountie, all which for hereafter should be separate and exempted from the souereigntie of the realme of France. That at the same and verie in∣stant that the king should be deliuered, there should be put into the emperours hands the Dolphin of France, and with him either the duke of Orleance the kings second sonne, or else twelue principall lords of France, whom the emperour did name.

It was left to the election of the ladie regent, ei∣ther to deliuer the kings second sonne,* 8.18 or the twelue barons, and they to remaine as hostages vntill resti∣tution were made of the lands and places aforesaid, and the peace sworne and ratified, togither with all the articles by the estates generall of France, and inregistred in all the courts of parlement of the kingdome with forme and solemnities necessarie. For the accomplishing wherof, there was set downe a terme of foure moneths: at which time returning the hostages, there should be put into the emperors hands the duke de Angolesme the kings third son, to the end to traine him vp with the emperour, the bet∣ter to interteine and assure the peace. That the French king should renounce and giue vp to the em∣perour all his rights to the realme of Naples, togi∣ther with all such titles and preeminences as were to come to him by the inuestiture of the church. That he should doo the like touching his interest in the state of Millaine, of Genes, of As••, and likewise of Ar∣ras, Tourneie, of the Ile, and of Dowaie. That he should render vp the towne and castell of Hedin as a member of the countie of Artois, with all the muni∣tions, artilleries, and mooueables that were in it when it was last taken. That he should disclaime and yeeld vp all souereigntie in Flanders and Ar∣tois, and all other places or péeces which the empe∣rour possessed.

That on the other side, the emperour should re∣signe and giue vp to him all the right, title,* 8.19 and quar∣rell which he pretended to anie place possessed by the Frenchmen, and especiallie the townes and castell∣domes of Perone, Montdidier, Roie, the counties of Bullongne, Guines, & Ponthiew, with other towns standing vpon the one and other shore of the riuer of Some. That there should be betwéene them a league and confederation perpetuall for the defense of their estates, with oblation to aid one another

when néed required, with 500 men at armes, and ten thousand footmen: that the emperour should promise to giue in marriage to the king the ladie E∣lianor his sister, whom, as soone as the dispensati∣on should be obteined from the pope, he should con∣tract or handfast with words obligatorie for the pre∣sent, and afterwards she should be led into France, to consummate the marriage at the same time that according to the capitulations the hostages were to be deliuered: that she should haue for hir portion two hundred thousand crowns, with iewels according to [line 10] hir estate, the one moitie of the monie to be paid within sixtéene moneths, and the other halfe in one yeare after.

Furthermore, that a mariage should be made be∣twéene the Dolphin & the daughter of the K. of Por∣tugall, daughter to the ladie Elianor, at such time as their age will suffer: that the French king should doo all that he could to induce the ancient K. of Nauarre to giue vp to the emperour the rights of that king∣dome,* 8.20 which in case he would not performe, then the [line 20] king not to aid him with anie succours. That the duke of Guelders, and the countie of Zulffe, and the principall townes of those estates, should promise with sufficient securitie, to giue themselues to the emperour, after his death. That the king should giue no succour to the duke of Wittenberge, nor likewise to Robert de la March. That he should furnish and rigge for the emperour, both when he should passe into Italie, and two moneths after being so requi∣red, twelue gallies, foure ships, & foure gallions, all [line 30] well munitioned and appointed, except men of war, & the said vesselles to be rendred three moneths after accompting from the daie of his imbarking: that in place of the armie by land which the king offered for Italie, he should paie him two hundred thousand crownes in monie, the one halfe within sixtéene mo∣neths, and the other halfe within a yéere after.

Againe, that at the time when the hostages should be deliuered, he should be bound to giue bils of ex∣change for the paie of six thousand footmen for six mo∣neths [line 40] immediatlie after the emperours arriuall in Italie: that he should also furnish for his seruice fiue hundred lances paied, with a band of artillerie. That he should saue harmelesse the emperour of his pro∣mise made to the king of England by pensions, which the French king should paie to him,* 8.21 the are∣rages whereof amounted to fiue hundred thousand crownes, or else to deliuer so much in readie monie to the emperour. That they should both ioine to be∣séech [line 50] the pope to call a generall councell with all spéed, to the end to consult vpon an vniuersall peace amongst christians, to aduance an enterprise a∣gainst the infidels and heretikes, and to grant to all the croisade for thrée yeares. That within six weeks the king should restore the duke of Burbon in most ample forme, into all his estates, goods moouable and vnmoouable, and fruits and reuenues receiued: nor to molest him for anie thing past, nor constraine him to dwell or go to the realme of France. That it should [line 60] be lawfull to the said duke of Burbon, to demand by the waie of law and iustice, the earledome of Pro∣uence. That in like sort all those that had followed him, should reenter in safetie into their goods and states, and namelie the bishop of Autun, and mon∣sieur de saint Ualier.

Moreouer, that the prisoners taken in the warre should be deliuered on both parts within fift••ene daies. That there should be restitution made to the ladie Margaret of Austrich of all that she possessed a∣fore the warre.* 8.22 That the prince of Orange should be set at libertie with restauration to the principali∣tie of Orange, and all that he possessed by the death of his father, which had 〈…〉〈…〉 from him for fol∣lowing the faction of the emperour. That the like should be doone to other barons. That there should be made restitution to the marquesse of Salu••••e of his estate. That the king as soone as he arriued in the first towne of his realme, should ratifie this capi∣tulation, and be bound to procure the Dolphin to ra∣tifie it when he should come to the age of fouretéene yeares. Manie were named by common consent, and cheeflie the Switzers. Onelie there was not one of the potentates of Italie, except the pope, whom they named as conseruator of the accord, and that more for maner sake and ceremonie, than in effect and true meaning. Lastlie, it was expressed in the said capitulation, that in case the king for anie occa∣sion, would not accomplish these matters promised; he should returne true prisoner.

This accord for the parts it conteined, brought no small astonishment to all Christendome.* 8.23 For when it was vnderstood, that the first execution thereof consisted in the deliuerie of the king, all mens opini∣ons were, that being in his libertie, he would not deliuer vp Burgongnie, as being a member of too great importance for the realme of France. And except a few, who had counselled the emperour to it, all his court had the same iudgement, and namelie the Chancellor, who reprehended and detested the matter with so great vehemencie, that notwith∣standing he was commanded to signe the capitula∣tion (according to the office of chéefe chancellors) yet he refused to doo it, alledging; that in such matters, dangerous and hurtfull as that was, he ought not to vse the authoritie that was giuen him: neither could he be altered from this opinion, notwithstanding the emperour was angrie with him: who séeing him so resolute in his opinion, signed it himselfe, and with∣in few daies after went to Madrill, to confirme the aliance, and make a foundation of amitie and good will with the king, whom he interteined in familiar and priuat sort.

Great were the ceremonies and demonstrati∣ons of amitie betwéene them: oftentimes they she∣wed themselues togither in places publike: and as often did they passe in secret familiar discourses.* 8.24 They went togither in one coch vnto a castell not halfe a daies iournie from thence, where was quéene Eleanor, whom the king married. And yet in all these great signes of peace and amitie, he was ob∣serued with as carefull and streict gard as before, without anie aduantage of libertie. So that he was embraced as a brother, and garded as a prisoner. A matter which made manifest to the world, that it was an accord full of discord, an aliance without amitie, and that vpon euerie occasion their ancient gelou∣sies and passions would be stronger in them, than the regard of that aliance, made more by force than freendship. Manie daies were spent in these offices and ceremonies of amitie, when was brought from the ladie regent the ratification, togither with the de∣claration, that with the Dolphin of France they would rather giue in hostage the kings second son, than the twelue barons.

Then the king departed from Madrill, taking his waie to the frontier of his realme, where was to be exchanged his person for his sonnes, who bare verie small age. There was sent to accompanie him the viceroy the worker and author of his deliuerie, to whome the emperour had giuen the citie of Al••, with other estates in Flanders and in the kingdome of Na••les. The king of England hearing that the French king should now be deliuered,* 8.25 sent to him a knight of his chamber, called sir Thomas Ch••nie, to signifie to him the great ioy and gladnesse, which he conceiued for his restitution to libertie, and the con∣clusion of the generall peace. For which kindnesse &

courteous remembrance, the French king thought himselfe much bound (as he confesseth himselfe here after) to the king of England, & thanked him great∣lie hereafter.

* 8.26After much a doo and manie remoouings, the French king was come on the confines of Fonta∣rabie, a towne apperteining to the emperour, stand∣ing vpon the Ocean sea, and is a frontier betwéene Biskaie and the duchie of Guien. And on the other side, the ladie regent was ariued with the children of [line 10] France, at Baion, not manie leagues from Fon∣tarabie. The torments of the gowt tooke hir by the waie, which was the cause that she had lingred some time longer than the daie appointed of permutation. But at last, the eighteenth daie of March, the French king accompanied with the viceroy and capteine A∣larcon with fiftie horsse, was presented vpon the shore of the riuer that diuideth the realme of France from the kingdome of Spaine. And on the other side, vpon the shore opposite appéered monsieur Law∣trech [line 20] with the kings children and like number of horsse. There was in the middest of the riuer a great barke made fast with anchors, in which was no per∣son. The king was rowed néere to this barke in a little boat, wherein he was accompanied with the viceroy, capteine Alarcon, and eight others, all ar∣med with short weapons: and on the other side of the barke were likewise brought in a little boat, mon∣sieur Lawtrech with the ostages & eight others, wea∣poned according to the others. [line 30]

* 8.27After this the viceroy went into the barke with the king, and all his companie: and also monsieur Law∣trech with his eight that accompanied him, so that they were within the barke a like number of both parts, Alarcon and his eight being with the viceroy, and Lawtrech and the others with the person of the king. And when they were all thus within the barke, Lawtrech fetched out of the boat into the barke, the Dolphin, who being giuen to the viceroy and by him committed to capteine Alarcon, was foorthwith be∣stowed [line 40] in their boate, and after him followed the lit∣tle duke of Orleance, who was no sooner entred the barke, than the French king leaped out of the barke into his boate, which he did with such quicknesse and celeritie, that the exchange or permutation was thought to be doone at one selfe instant; so welcome to him was libertie, without the which nothing is swéet, nothing is comfortable, as the poet saith:

Libertas perdulce bonum, bona caetera reddit.

* 8.28Assoone as the king was on the other side of the [line 50] shore, his new libertie making him fearefull of am∣bush, he mounted vpon a Turkish horsse of a woon∣derfull swiftnesse, which was prepared for the pur∣pose: and running betweene feare and gladnesse vp∣on the spurre, he neuer staied till he came to S. Iohn de Lus, a towne of his obedience, foure leagues from the place. And being there readilie relieued with a fresh horsse, he ran with the same swiftnesse to Baion, where, after he had passed ouer the offices of court doone to him by his people, he dispatched [line 60] with great diligence a gentleman to the king of England, to whom he wrote with his owne hand let∣ters of his deliuerie,* 8.29 charging the messenger vnder verie louing commission, to tell the king of Eng∣land, that as he acknowledged the effect of his liber∣tie to be wrought wholie by him and his operations, so in recompense, he offered to remaine to him a per∣petuall and assured friend, and to be guided in all his affaires by his counsell. And afterwards he sent an other solemne ambassage into England, to ratifie the peace which his mother had made with him, as one that reapposed a verie great foundation in the amitie of that king.

* 8.30When the French king was gotten into Baion, being required by a gentleman of the viceroys,* 8.31 to ratifie the accord according to the obligation of his word, being come into a place free and assured, he de∣ferred it from one daie to another, interposing rea∣sons and excuses generall: wherin, to the end to hold still the emperour in hope, he sent to aduertise him by a man especiall, that he forbare for the present to accomplish the ratification, not by omission or wil∣ling negligence, but vpon this necessitie, that before he procéeded reallie to such an act, he was to labour to reappease and reduce the minds of his subiects ill contented with the obligations he had made, ten∣ding to the diminution of the crowne of France. Neuerthelesse, he would in his time resolue all diffi∣culties, and obserue with fidelitie all that he had pro∣mised to him, both in substance and circumstance. By this dealing, no lesse doubtfull for the manner, than dangerous in meaning, might easilie be com∣prehended what were his intentions, the same be∣ing more manifestlie detected at the arriuall of the messengers sent to him not manie daies after, by the pope and Uenetians, in whome was no great néed of industrie or labour, to sound out the plaine course of his inclination.

For,* 8.32 after he had receiued them with manie de∣monstrations and offices of court, he interteined them seuerallie and apart with sundrie spéeches of compassion, such as tended to manifest complaints against the inhumanitie of the emperour: who he said did neuer administer to him during his capti∣uitie, anie one office apperteining to the ranks of a prince, nor at anie time shewed himselfe touched with that affection and commiseration which one prince ought to expresse in the calamities of another: and much lesse would vse anie course of common comfort, either to relieue the heauinesse of his condi∣tion with anie propertie of apt consolation, or once to enter into consideration, that the same accident that had fallen vpon him, might also be as heauilie heaped vpon his owne head. In this complaint, he alleaged the example of Edward king of England called of some Edward Long-shanke. To whome when was presented as prisoner Iohn king of the Frenchmen,* 8.33 taken by the prince of Wales his son in the battell of Poitiers, he did not onelie receiue him with great comfort and compassion of his afflic∣ted case, but also, all the time of his imprisonment within the realme of England, he let him go at liber∣tie vnder a frée gard.

Furthermore he had dailie familiar conuersati∣on with him, he would oftentimes haue him to ac∣companie him on hunting, to communicate in the o∣pen aire and solace of the field, and was not curious to call gim to eat with him at his table. And by these humanities much lesse that he lost his prisoner, or ranged him to an accord lesse fauourable; but of the contrarie, by the operation of those graces and good offices, there grew betwéene them such a familiaritie and confidence, that the French king, after he had continued manie yeares in France, made a volun∣tarie voiage into England, to honour and gratifie vnder that propertie of office, the liberalitie and frankenesse of the king. He alleged that as there was onelie remembrance of two kings of France that had beene taken prisoners in battell, king Iohn and himselfe, so the diuersitie of the examples was also worthie of singular memorie, séeing vpon the one was exercised all facilitie and mildnesse of the victor, and to the other were ministred all those ri∣gours and seuerities, which tyrants in the height and pride of their fortune are woont to vse. Herevn∣to he added manie circumstances discouering the discontentment of his mind, wherevpon insued prac∣tises wherewith the emperour was not well pleased.

〈1 page〉〈1 page〉

said, that he might lawfullie demand anie summe by commission, and that by the consent of the whole councell it was doone, and tooke God to witnes that he neuer desired the hinderance of the com∣mons, but like a true councellor deuised how to in∣rich the king. The king indéed was much offended that his commons were thus intreated, & thought it touched his honor, that his councell should attempt such a doubtfull matter in his name, and to be denied both of the spiritualtie and temporaltie. Therefore be [line 10] would no more of that trouble, but caused letters to be sent into all shires, that the matter should no fur∣ther be talked of: & he pardoned all them that had de∣nied the demand openlie or secretlie. The cardinall, to deliuer himselfe of the euill will of the commons, purchased by procuring & aduancing of this demand, affirmed, and caused it to be bruted abrode, that through his intercession the king had pardoned and released all things.

Those that were in the Tower and Fleet for the [line 20] rebellion in Suffolke,* 8.34 and resisting the commissio∣ners aswell there as in Huntington shire and Kent, were brought before the lords in the Star chamber, and there had their offenses opened and shewed to them: and finallie the kings pardon declared, and thereon they were deliuered. ¶In this season a great number of men of warre laie at Bullongne, and in other places thereabout, which diuerse times attemp∣ted to indamage the Englishmen, and to spoile the English pale: but they could neuer spoile the mari∣shes [line 30] where the greatest part of the cattell belonging to the inhabitants was kept.* 8.35 Tindale men with aid of the Scots, did much hurt in England by robbe∣ries, which they exercised: and therefore were sent thither, sir Richard Bulmere, and sir Christopher Da∣cres, to restreine their dooings. Diuerse came to them, and submitted themselues: but the greatest théeues kept them in the mounteins of Cheuiot, and did much hurt, yet at length they seuered, and manie of them were taken.

The cardinall by his power legantine sent one of [line 40] his chapleins called doctor Iohn Allen, to visit the religious houses of this realme about this season, which doctor practised amongst them greatlie to his profit, but more to the slander both of himselfe and of his maister. On the eightéenth daie of Iune, at the manor place of Bridewell,* 8.36 the kings sonne (which he had begot of Elizabeth Blunt, daughter to sir Iohn Blunt knight) called Henrie Fitzroie, was created first earle of Notingham, and after on the selfe same daie he was created duke of Richmond and Sum∣merset. [line 50] Also the same daie the lord Henrie Court∣neie earle of Deuonshire, and coosine germane to the king, was created marquesse of Excester: and the lord Henrie Brandon sonne to the duke of Suf∣folke and the French queene, a child of two yeares old, was created earle of Lincolne: and sir Thomas Manners lord Roos was created earle of Rutland, and sir Henrie Clifford earle of Cumberland, and the lord Fitzwater sir Robert Ratcliffe was crea∣ted vicount Fitzwater, and sir Thomas Bullen trea∣suror [line 60] of the kings houshold was created vicount Rochefort.

The French kings mother as then regent of France, procured a safe conduct for an ambassador to be sent into England to treat of peace, and there∣with sent Iohn Iokin called monsieur de Uaux, which (as yée haue heard) in the last yeare was kept secret in maister Larks house. By his procurement a truce was granted to indure from the thirtéenth of Iulie for fortie daies betwéene England and France both by sea and land.* 8.37 In the later end of Iulie came into England the chéefe president of Rone with suffi∣cient authoritie to conclude anie agréement that should be granted. At his sute the king was conten∣ted that a truce should be taken, to endure from the foureteenth of August, till the first of December. This yeare the king sent doctor Henrie Standish bi∣shop of saint Asse,* 8.38 and sir Iohn Baker knight into Denmarke, to intreat with the nobles of that coun∣trie for the reduction of their king Christierne to his realme and former dignitie: but the Danes hated him so much for his crueltie, that they could not a∣bide to heare of anie such matter, and so these ambas∣sadors returned without speeding of their purpose for the which they were sent.

But the French ambassadors did so much both by offers and intreaties,* 8.39 that the king condescended to a peace, which being concluded, was proclamed in London with a trumpet the eight of September. By the couenants of this peace the king of Eng∣land should receiue at certeine daies twentie hun∣dred thousand crownes, which then amounted in ster∣ling monie to the summe of foure hundred thousand pounds sterling, of which one paiment of fiftie thou∣sand pounds was paid in hand. In October were sent into France,* 8.40 sir William Fitzwilliam treasu∣ror of the kings house, and doctor Tailor, as ambas∣sadors from the king of England to the ladie regent, whome they found at the citie of Lion, where, of hir they were honorablie receiued: and in their presence the said ladie regent tooke a corporall oth in solemne wise, and according to the custome in such cases vsed, to performe all the articles and couenants passed and concluded in the league and treatie of peace by hir commissioners.

The emperour was nothing pleased, in that the king of England had thus concluded peace with the Frenchmen, and therefore the English merchants were not so courteouslie dealt with, as they had béene afore time.* 8.41 In this winter was great death in Lon∣don, so that the terme was adiourned: and the king kept his Christmasse at Eltham,* 8.42 with a small num∣ber, and therefore it was called the still Christmasse. ¶In Ianuarie was a peace concluded betwixt the realmes of England and Scotland for thrée yeares and six moneths. [year 1526] The cardinall about this time com∣ming to the court, which then laie (as before yée haue heard) at Eltham, tooke order for altering the state of the kings house.* 8.43 Manie officers and other seruants were discharged, and put to their pensions and annu∣ities. In which number were fourescore and foure yeomen of the gard, which before hauing twelue pence the daie with checke, were now allowed six pence the daie without checke, and commanded to go home into their countries. Diuers ordinances were made at that season by the cardinall, touching the gouernance of the kings house, more profitable than honorable, as some said, and were called long after,* 8.44 The statutes of Eltham.

On Shrouetuesdaie there was a solemne iusts held at the manor of Gréenewich, the king & eleuen other on the one part, and the marquesse of Excester with eleauen other on the contrarie part. ¶At those iusts by chance of shiuering of a speare sir Francis Brian lost one of his eies. The eleuenth of Februa∣rie being sundaie, the cardinall with great pompe came to the cathedrall church of Paules, where he sat in pontificalibus vnder his cloth of estate of rich cloth of gold, and there doctor Barnes an Augustine frier bare a fagot for certeine points of heresie allea∣ged against him;* 8.45 and two merchants of the Still∣ard bare fagots for eating of flesh on a fridaie: and there the bishop of Rochester doctor Fisher made a sermon against Martine Luther, which certeine yeares before, that is to wit, about the yeare a thou∣sand fiue hundred and eightéene, had begun to preach and write against the authoritie of the pope.

Ye must here note, that the emperour being at Windsor in the fourtéenth yeere of the kings reigne couenanted, amongst other things, to take to wife the ladie Marie daughter to the king of England: but now vpon considerations his mind changed, for the which the Englishmen sore murmured against him. On the nine and twentith of Aprill being sun∣daie, the cardinall soong a solemne masse in the kings chappell at Gréenewich,* 8.46 and after the same was en∣ded, the king sware in presence of the ambassadors of France,* 8.47 and of the ambassadors of Rome, of the [line 10] emperour of Uenice, and of Florence, to obserue and kéepe the peace and league concluded betwixt him and his louing brother, and perpetuall alie the French king, during his life and one yeare after.

In this meane while, there was a secret league concluded betwixt the pope,* 8.48 the Uenecians, the Flo∣rentins, and Francis Sforza duke of Millan: into the which league the French king also entered, after he was returned into France. There was also place [line 20] left to the king of England to enter into the same league, and likewise to all other kings and princes: and if the king of England would, he should be ad∣mitted as protector of the same. But the emperour might not be admitted, till he had deliuered the French kings children (hauing a reasonable summe of monie for the same) and had restored the duke of Millan to his whole duchie. It was thought indéed, that the emperour being wrongfullie informed a∣gainst this duke, rather through enuie of some of the [line 30] emperours capteins, than for anie cause ministred by the duke, dealt verie streightlie with him, & meant to defeat him of his duchie. For redresse wherof, and also to prouide that the emperor should not grow too strong in Italie to the danger of other estates, this league was deuised: by force whereof he might be brought to reason, if he would refuse conuenient of∣fers and indifferent waies of agréement.

This league was concluded the two and twentith of Maie in this yeare. What followed thereof, ye [line 40] may read more at large in the histories of Italie and France,* 8.49 where the warres are more at large tou∣ched, which chanced in that season betwixt the empe∣rour, and the confederats, and how the imperiall ar∣mie tooke the citie of Rome, and besieging the pope in castell saint Angelo, constreined him to yéeld, and agree to certeine propositions put vnto him.* 8.50 ¶Who being by his aduersitie made naked of all helpe pre∣sent, and lesse expectation to be rescued where was so great want of valour and order, was driuen to [line 50] run the race of his fortune, compounding the sixt daie of Iune with the imperials almost vnder the same conditions with the which he might haue accor∣ded before.* 8.51 That the pope should paie to the armie foure hundred thousand duckets in this order: one hundred thousand presentlie to be defraied of the gold, monie, and treasure reserued in the castell: fif∣tie thousand within twentie daies, and two hundred and fiftie thousand within two moneths: assigning to him for these defraiments, an impost of monie to [line 60] be charged vpon the whole church state. That he should deliuer into the power of the emperour, to re∣teine them so long as he thought good, the castell S. Angelo, the rockes of Ostia, of Ciuita Uecchia, of Ciuita Castelano, togither with the cities of Par∣ma, Plaisanca, and Modena.

* 8.52Furthermore, that the pope togither with all those cardinals that were with him, which were thirtéene in number, should remaine prisoners within the ca∣stell, vntill the first paiment of an hundred and fiftie thousand duckets were satisfied. That afterwards they should go to Naples or to Caietta, to expect what the emperour would determine of them. That for assurance of the paiments, whereo•• the third part apperteined to the Spaniards, he should deliuer in for ostages, the archbishops of Siponto and Pisa, the bishops of Pistoia & Uerona, togither with Iames Saluiatio, Simon de Ricasola, and Laurence bro∣ther to cardinall Rodolffo. That Ranso de Cero, Al∣bert Pio, Oratio Baillon, the knight Casalo, the am∣bassadour of England, with all others that were sa∣ued within the castell, except the pope and the cardi∣nals, should depart in suertie. That the pope should giue absolution to the Colonnois of the censures they had incurred. And that when he should be led out of Rome, a legat should remaine there for him with authoritie to dispose and administer iustice.

During the popes captiuitie,* 8.53 Rome was sore af∣flicted with the plague, in somuch that the rage there∣of so greatlie increased,* 8.54 that the castell of saint An∣gelo was visited, to the great danger of the life of the pope; about whome died certeine speciall men that did seruice to his person: who amid so manie afflicti∣ons and aduersities, and no other hope remaining to him than in the clemencie of the emperour, appointed for legat with the consent of the capteins, cardinall Alexander of Farneso, who notwithstanding being issued out of the castell, and Rome, refused vnder that occasion to go in the, said legation. The capteins de∣sired to carie the person of the pope with the thirtéene cardinals that were with him, to Caietto: but he la∣boured against that resolution with great diligence, petitions, and art.]

¶In the month of Maie was a proclamation made against all vnlawfull games,* 8.55 according to the sta∣tutes made in this behalfe, and commissions awar∣ded into euerie shire for the execution of the same; so that in all places, tables, dice, cards, and bouls were taken and burnt. Wherfore the people murmured a∣gainst the cardinall, saieng: that he grudged at eue∣rie mans plesure, sauing his owne. But this procla∣mation small time indured. For when yoong men were forbidden boules and such other games: some fell to drinking, some to feretting of other mens co∣nies, some to stealing of deere in parks, and other vn∣thriftinesse.]

This yeare in the citie of London a great grudge was conceiued against merchants strangers,* 8.56 for that they by vertue of licences, which they had pur∣chased to bring woad into the realme, contrarie to a statute thereof prouided, brought ouer such plentie thereof, and vttered it aswell in the citie, as abroad in the countrie, so franklie, that Englishmens woad laie vnbought.* 8.57 At length the maior called a common councell in the moneth of August, and there were manie billes laied against the strangers, and at last it was enacted, that no citizen nor fréeman shuld buy nor sell in no place, nor exchange nor meddle with certeine strangers, called Anthonie Bonuice, Laurence Bonuice, Anthonie Uiuald, Anthonie Caueler, Francis de Bard, Thomas Calnecant, and a great sort more, whose names I let passe. And if anie person did meddle or occupie with them con∣trarie to this act, he should loose his fréedome and li∣bertie in the citie of London. By whi••h act the stran∣gers were so brideled, that they came to a reasonable point and conclusion.

In this season the angell noble was iust the sixt part of an ounce Troie,* 8.58 so that six angels were iust an ounce, which was fourtie shillings sterling; & the angell was worth two ounces of siluer: so that six angels were worth twelue ounces, which was but fourtie shillings in siluer. By reason of the good weight and low valuation of the English coine, mer∣chants dailie carried ouer great store, bicause the same was much inhanced there. So that, to méet with this inconuenience, in September proclama∣tion was made through all England, that the angell

should go for seuen shillings foure pence, the roiall for eleuen shillings, & the crowne for foure shillings foure pence. On the fift of Nouember following, by proclamation againe, the angell was inhanced to se∣uen shillings six pence, and so euerie ounce of gold should be fiue and fourtie shillings, and an ounce of siluer at thrée shillings and nine pence in value.

The king kept a solemne Christmasse at Gréene∣wich with reuelles,* 8.59 maskes, disguisings, & bankets: and the thirtith daie of December, was an enterprise [line 10] of iusts made at the tilt by six gentlemen, against all commers, which valiantlie furnished the same, both with speare and sword: and like iusts were kept the third daie of Ianuarie, where were thrée hundred speares broken. That same night, the king and ma∣nie yoong gentlemen with him, came to Bridewell, and there put him and fiftéene other, all in masking apparell, and then tooke his barge, and rowed to the cardinals place, where were at supper a great com∣panie of lords and ladies, and then the maskers dan∣sed, [line 20] and made goodlie pastime: and when they had well dansed, the ladies plucked awaie their visors, and so they were all knowen, and to the king was made a great banket.

On the fourtéenth of Ianuarie came to the court don Hugo de Mendoza, [year 1527] a man of a noble familie in Spaine:* 8.60 he came as ambassadour from the empe∣rour put it to the kings determination, whether his demands which he required of the French king [line 30] were reasonable or not. This noble man tarried here two yéeres.* 8.61 ¶This Christmasse was a goodlie dis∣guising plaied at Graies In, which was compiled for the most part by maister Iohn Roo, sergeant at the law manie yeares past, and long before the car∣dinall had any authoritie. The effect of the play was, that lord gouernance was ruled by dissipation and negligence,* 8.62 by whose misgouernance and euill order ladie publike weale was put from gouernance: which caused rumor populi, inward grudge and disdaine [line 40] of wanton souereignetie, to rise with a great multi∣tude, to expell negligence and dissipation, and to re∣store publike welth againe to hir estate, which was so doone.

This plaie was so set foorth with rich and costlie ap∣parell, with strange deuises of maskes & morrishes, that it was highlie praised of all men,* 8.63 sauing of the cardinall, which imagined that the play had beene de∣uised of him, and in a great furie sent for the said mai∣ster Roo, and tooke from him his coife, and sent him to [line 50] the Fléet; and after he sent for the yoong gentlemen, that plaied in the plaie, and them highlie rebuked and threatned, and sent one of them called Thomas Moile of Kent to the Fléet, but by means of friends maister Roo and he were deliuered at last. This plaie sore displeased the cardinall, and yet it was neuer meant to him, as you haue heard. Wherfore manie wisemen grudged to sée him take it so hartilie, and e∣uer the cardinall said that the king was highlie dis∣pleased with it, and spake nothing of himselfe. But what will you haue of a guiltie conscience but to sus∣pect [line 60] all things to be said of him (as if all the world knew his wickednesse) according to the old verse:

Conscius ipse sibi de se putat omnia dici.]

* 8.64The second of March were receiued into London the bishop of Tarbe, Francis vicount of Thurane, and master Anthonie Uescie second president of Pa∣ris, as ambassadours from the French king. They were lodged in Tailors hall. On Shrouetuesdaie the king himselfe in a new harnesse all gilt, of a strange fashion that had not béene seene,* 8.65 and with him eight gentlemen all in cloth of gold of one sute, embrodered with knots of siluer, and the marques of Excester, and eight with him in blew veluet and white sattin, like the waues of the sea, these men of armes came to the tilt, and there ran manie fresh courses, till two hundred fourescore and six speares were broken, and then they disarmed and went to the quéenes chamber, where for them was prouided a costlie banket.

The French ambassadours sued (as was said) to haue the ladie Marie daughter to the K. of Eng∣land, giuen in mariage to the duke of Orleance,* 8.66 se∣cond sonne to their master the French king: but that matter was put in suspense for diuerse considera∣tions. And one was, for that the president of Paris doubted whether the mariage betweene the king and hir mother (she being his brothers wife) was lawfull or not. ¶While the French ambassadors laie thus in London,* 8.67 it happened one euening as they were com∣ming from the Blacke friers, from supper to the Tailors hall, two boies were in a gutter casting downe rubbish, which the raine had driuen there, and vnwares hit a lackeie belonging to the vicount of Thurane, and hurt him nothing, for scantlie tou∣ched it his cote. But the French lords tooke the mat∣ter highlie, as a thing doone in despite, & sent word to the cardinall. Who being too hastie of credence, sent for sir Thomas Seimor knight, lord maior of the ci∣tie, and in all hast commanded him vpon his allegi∣ance, to take the husband, wife, children, and seruants of the house, and them to imprison, till he knew fur∣ther of the kings pleasure, and that the two boies ap∣prentises should be sent to the Tower: which com∣mandement was accomplished without anie fauor. For the man, and his wife, and seruants,* 8.68 were kept in the counter till the sixt daie of Maie, which was six wéekes full, and their neighbours of gentlenesse kept their house in the meane time, and one of the ap∣prentises died in the Tower, and the other was al∣most lame. Of the crueltie of the cardinall, and of the pride of the Frenchmen, much people spake, & would haue béene reuenged on the Frenchmen, if wise men in the citie had not appeased it with faire words.]

On the foureteenth daie of March were conueied from London to Gréenwich by the earle of Rutland and others,* 8.69 the lord Gabliel de Salamanca earle of Ottonburgh, Iohn Burgraue of Siluerberge, and Iohn Faber a famous clearke, after bishop of Uien, as ambassadors from don Ferdinando, brother to the emperour, newlie elect king of Hungarie and Beame, after the death of his brother in law king Lewes, which was slaine by the Turke the last sum∣mer, as you haue heard before. This companie was welcomed of the high officers, and after brought in∣to the kings presence, all the nobilitie being present, and there after great reuerence made, master Fa∣ber made a notable oration,* 8.70 taking his ground of the gospell, Exijt seminator seminare semen suum, and of that he declared how Christ and his disciples went foorth to sow, and how their seed was good that fell in∣to the good ground, and brought foorth good fruit, which was the christian faith: and then he declared how contrarie to that sowing, Mahomet had sowne séed, which brought foorth euill fruit. He also shewed from the beginning, how the Turkes haue increased in power, what realmes they had conquered, what people they had subdued euen to that daie.

He declared further what acts the great Turke then liuing had doone, and in especiall he noted the getting of Belgrad, and of the Rhodes, and the slai∣eng of the king of Hungarie, to the great rebuke (as he said) of all the kings christened. He set foorth also what power the Turke had, what diuersities of com∣panies, what armor, what capteins he had, so that he thought, that without a maruellous great number of people he could not be ouerthrowne. Wherefore he most humblie besought the king, as S. Georges

knight, and defendor of the faith, to assist the king his master in that godlie warre and vertuous purpose. To this oration the K. by the mouth of sir Thomas Moore answered,* 8.71 that much he lamented the losse that happened in Hungarie, and if it were not for the wars which were betweene the two great princes, he thought that the Turke would not haue enterprised that act. Wherefore he with all his studie would take paine, first, to set an vnitie and peace throughout all christendome; and after that, both with monie and men, he wold be redie to helpe toward that glorious [line 10] warre, as much as any other prince in christendome. After this doone, the ambassadours were well cheri∣shed, and diuerse times resorted to the court, and had great cheare and good rewards, and so the third daie of Maie next insuing, they tooke their leaue and de∣parted homeward.

* 8.72In the winter season of this yeare fell great a∣bundance of raine, and namelie in September, No∣uember, and December. And on the sixtéenth of Ia∣nuarie it rained so abundantlie, that great flouds [line 20] thereby insuing, destroied corne fields, pastures, and drowned manie sheepe and beasts. Then was it drie till the twelfe of Aprill, and from thence it rained euerie day or night till the third of Iune, & in Maie it rained thirtie hours continuallie without ceasing, which caused great flouds, & did much harme, namelie in corne, so that the next yeare it failed within this realme, and great dearth insued.

¶This time a bill was set vp in London, much con∣trarie to the honour of the cardinall,* 8.73 in the which the [line 30] cardinall was warned that he should not counsell the king to marrie his daughter into France: for if hée did,* 8.74 he should shew himselfe enimie to the king and the realme, with manie threatning words. This bill was deliuered to the cardinall by sir Thomas Sei∣mor maior of the citie, which thanked him for the same, & made much search for the author of that bill, but he could not be found, which sore displeased the cardinall. And vpon this occasion the last daie of A∣prill [line 40] at night he caused a great watch to be kept at Westminster, and had there cart guns readie char∣ged, & caused diuerse watches to be kept about Lon∣don, in Newington, S. Iohns stréet, Westminster, saint Giles, Islington, and other places néere Lon∣don: which watches were kept by gentlemen & their seruants, with housholders, and all for feare of the Londoners bicause of this bill. When the citizens knew of this, they said that they maruelled why the cardinall hated them so,* 8.75 for they said that if he mis∣trusted them, he loued them not: and where loue is [line 50] not, there is hatred: and they affirmed that they ne∣uer intended anie harme toward him, and mused of this chance. For if fiue or six persons had made alarm in the citie, then had entred all these watchmen with their traine, which might haue spoiled the citie with∣out cause. Wherefore they much murmured against the cardinall and his vndiscréet dooings.]

The French ambassadors at Greenwich on sunday the fift of Maie,* 8.76 sware in the name of their maister [line 60] the French king to obserue the peace and league con∣cluded betwéene them, for tearme of two princes liues. These ambassadours had great cheare, and iustes were enterprised for the honour and pleasure of them at the kings commandement by sir Nicho∣las Carew, sir Robert Ierningham, sir Anthonie Browne, and Nicholas Haruie esquier chalengers. Against whome ran the marques of Excester, and thirtéen with him as defendants. When these ambas∣sadours should returne, they had great rewards gi∣u••n them of the king, and so tooke their leaue and de∣parted. Shortlie after the king sent sir Thomas Bullen vicount Rochford, and sir Anthonie Browne knight, as ambassadours from him into France, which came to Paris to the bishop of Bath that laie there for the king as legier.* 8.77

Then these thrée went to the court, and saw the French king in person sweare to kéepe the league & amitie concluded betwéene him & the king of Eng∣land. Also the king sent sir Francis Poins knight ambassadour from him to Charles the emperour, and with him went Clarenceaur king of armes, to demand the one halfe of the treasure and ordinance which was taken at Pauia,* 8.78 forsomuch as that warre was made as well at the kings charge as at the em∣perours. Also they were commanded to demand one of the French kings sonnes, which lay in hostage with the emperour, that is to wit, the duke of Orle∣ance to be deliuered to the king of England; and fur∣ther that he shuld call backe his armie out of Italie. And if it were so that he refused these reasonable re∣quests, then should they in the kings name denounce open warre against him. The English merchants liked the matter nothing at all, that there should bée anie warres betwixt the emperour and the king of England. And where they were desired by the cardi∣nall to kéepe their marts at Calis, they would not assent thereto.

¶ In this meane time great warres were mana∣ged betwéen the pope and other princes,* 8.79 amongest whom the duke of Burbon (of whom you haue heard often mention before in sundrie actions) leuieng a great power, led the same towards Rome, and in∣camped within the medow néere to the citie, from whence with the insolencie of a souldier hee sent a trumpet to demand passage of the pope through the citie of Rome, to go with his armie to the realme of Naples. The morning following vpon the point of the daie, by the consideration of his case and the ad∣uersities thereof, he found there remained no other hope for his affaires, than to be resolute to reléeue the afflictions of his armie, and according to the opportu∣nitie that was offered by the citie of Rome, either to die or to vanquish. In which resolution pushed on more and more by the murmurs and exclamations of his souldiers, in whom he could not discerne which was greater, either their insolencies or their ne∣cessities, he drew néere the suburbs by the waie of the mounteine and Santo Spirito, where he began to giue a furious assault. Wherein he séemed to haue the fauour of fortune, who made him present his armie in more suertie by the benefit of a thicke mist, which be∣ing risen before daie, and increased with degrees of fog and thicknesse, became such a couer to his whole campe, that his souldiers were not discerned till they were néere the place where they began to giue the assault.

The duke of Burbon through a last despaire of his estate aduanced before all his companies, either for that he had no other expectation of refuge, in case he returned not victorious, or else by his owne example he thought to call on with a greater courage the lanceknights, who it séemed went not resolutelie to the seruice. But such was his destinie to determine his life & his glorie togither, or rather such the reward of his wilfull forwardnes, which for the most part hea∣peth wretched effects vpon such as seeke not to ac∣companie their valour with counsell and discretion.* 8.80 In the beginning of the assault he was striken with a bullet of an harquebuze, of which wound he fell downe dead to the earth, receiuing iustlie vpon his bodie and life the price of the action, which contrarie to all iustice and pietie he went about to execute. But much lesse that his death did abate or diminish, séeing it did inflame and redouble the courage of his soul∣diers, who fighting with a woonderfull constancie the space of two houres, made waie at last by their hands and weapons to enter the suburbs, wherin they

were not onelie holpen by the weaknesse of the ram∣pires which were great and generall, but also they found helpe in the slender resistance which the de∣fendants made.

* 8.81An experience of right good doctrine to such as haue not as yet gotten by the benefit of examples past, the knowledge of things present, who in that action maie discerne what propertie of difference is betwéene the vertue of souldiours exercised and trai∣ned in war, and armies newlie and hastilie leuied, [line 10] and compounded of the multitude of a people more wilfull than skilfull; and by so much lesse apt to be drawen vnder discipline, by how much more by their nature and custome they are seldome conformable to anie good order. For there was at the defense of the suburbs one part of the youth of Rome, vnder the ensignes of the people; notwithstanding that manie of the Gebelins & faction of Colonno desired, or at least did not feare the victorie of the imperials. They hoped in regard of their faction, to receiue no harme [line 20] or offense by the victors: the same being the cause whie they procéeded so coldlie in the defense. Neuer∣thelesse, for that according to the rules of warre, it is a hard matter to take townes without artilleries, there died of the assailants, partlie by that want, and partlie through their wilfull forwardnesse, about a a thousand footmen; who hauing once by their valor made the waie open to enter in, all the defendants fled before them as men whose feare was far aboue anie other sense or passion in them. [line 30]

* 8.82In which disorder, some tooke the waie which his fortune and not his wit laid out for him: some in the astonishment séeking to flie, who durst no more fight, were slaine by the enimie afore he could re∣solue vpon the waie of his safetie; some either better prepared, or more happilie preserued, found that safe∣tie in running away, which they could not but doubt if they had longer endured the fight: and some with that resolution which their present calamitie would suffer, ran by heapes towards the castell, where in place of rescue they found a feare conformable to [line 40] their owne: insomuch as all things being reduced to confusion and manifest flight, the suburbs were entierlie abandoned & left a preie to the victors. And the person of the pope, who expected with great deuo∣tion in the palace of Uatican what would be the issue of the assault, hearing that the enimies were entred, had also (with the others) his passions of feare & frail∣tie,* 8.83 and in that timorous contemplation of his owne perill, he fled with certeine cardinalles to the castell. [line 50]

His feare kept him from being resolute in a pe∣rill that was so desperate, neither did he thinke, that with the presence and maiestie of his person, though it was couered with the vaile of the highest dignitie on earth, he was able to put by the danger, which the valor and fidelitie of his souldiers could not defend with their weapons. There he consulted with the cardinalles, whether it were more for his safetie to remaine there, or during the furie of the astonish∣ment, to retire with the light horssemen of his gard into some place of more suertie by the waie of [line 60] Rome. But he, who was appointed by destinie, to be an example of the calamities that maie thunder vpon popes, and how fraile is the authoritie and ma∣iestie of that sée, being certified by the relation of Berard de Padoa, who was fled from the armie imperiall, that the duke of Burbon was dead, and that the whole armie standing abated in courage for the death of their capteine, desired to come to accord with him. In which matter they sent out men to parlée with the principalles there, he wretchedlie left there all his councelles to go awaie, both he and his capteins remaining no lesse irresolute in the prouisions for defense, than they had beene slow in the expeditions.

So that the daie following, the Spaniards nei∣ther séeing order nor councell to defend the quarter beyond Tiber, entred the place without anie resi∣stance. And from thence, not finding anie impedi∣ments to stop their victorie, the same euening they entred the citie of Rome by the bridge Xisto,; where,* 8.84 except such as reapposed in the confidence of their fa∣ction, and certeine cardinalles, who for that they bare a name to embrace the emperours quarrell, be∣léeued to find more suertie than the others, all the re∣sidue of the court and citie (as happeneth in accidents so furious) was conuerted into fléeing and confusi∣on. But the souldiours being within the citie, which they knew wanted nothing to make them right glo∣rious, and well satisfied of all things apperteining to their desires, they began to omit no time to execute the thing they had so dearlie bought. Euerie one ran to pillage with the same vnbridled libertie, which in such cases maketh souldiors both insolent and im∣pious.

There was small care or regard borne either to the name of fréends, factions, or fauourers;* 8.85 and much lesse was respected the authoritie of cardinalles and prelats, or dignitie of temples and monasteries; and lastlie, not reserued from violation, the holie reliks brought thither from all parts of the world; yea e∣uen things sacred, and speciallie dedicated, were pro∣faned from their shrines and holie places, and made subiect to the furious wils and discretion of the soul∣diours. It is not onelie impossible to reaccount, but also to imagine the calamities of that citie raised to a woonderfull greatnesse, and appointed by Gods ordinance to suffer manie fortunes and directions, hauing beene sacked by the Goths within ix.C. and lxxx yeares. It is hard to particulate the great∣nesse of the preie, both for the generall wealth and riches which the gréedie hands of the souldiours had made vp in heaps, and for other things more rare and pretious drawne out of the store-houses of mer∣chants and courtiers. But the matter which made the spoile infinit in value, was the qualitie and great number of prisoners redéemed with most rich and huge ransomes.

And to make vp a full tragedie of miserie and infamie,* 8.86 the lanceknights being so much the more insolent and cruell, by how much they bare hatred to the name of the church of Rome, tooke prisoners cer∣teine prelats, whom with great contempt and indig∣nitie they set vpon asses and leane mules, and with their faces reuersed to the crowp of the beasts, they led them thorough the citie of Rome, apparelled with the habits and markes of their dignitie: yea they passed manie of them to cruell torments, who either died in the furie of the action, or at least with the painefulnesse thereof they liued not long after, first yéelding a ransome, and afterwards rendering their liues. The generall slaughter as well at the assault as in the rage of sacking, was about foure thousand bodies. All the palaces of the cardina••les were sac∣ked, except some particulars, who to saue the mer∣chants that were retired thither with their goods, to∣gither with the persons and goods of manie others reserued of the generall calamitie, made promise of great summes of monie. To whom notwithstand∣ing was vsed this iniquitie, that some of them that had compounded with the Spaniards, were after∣wards sacked by the lanceknights, or at least con∣streined to a second ransome.

The ladie marquesse of Mantua compounded for hir palace for the summe of fiftie thousand duc∣kats,* 8.87 which were paied by the merchants and others retired thither: of which summe the rumor ran, that Ferrand hir sonne had ten thousand for his share.

The cardinall of Sienna dedicated in a perpetuall deuotion to the name of the emperor, after he had a∣greed with the Spaniards, as well for him selfe as for his palace, was afterwards made prisoner by the lanceknights, who made bootie and preie of his pa∣lace; and afterwards leading him all naked with buffets and bastanadoes into the borough, he was driuen to redéeme his life out of their hands, with a promise of fiue thousand duckats. The cardinalles Minerua and Ponsero passed vnder almost the like [line 10] calamitie, who being prisoners to the lanceknights, were rated at a ransome which they paied, after they had béene in a vile spectacle caried in procession tho∣rough the towne of Rome.

This furie of souldiours executed in a place of so great riches and profit, could endure no dispensati∣on of anie sort or qualitie of men, seeing the prelats and cardinalles, Spanish and Germans, who made themselues assured that the souldiours of their nati∣on would spare them from oppression and taxation, [line 20] were taken and passed by the same measure of mi∣serie and calamitie as others did. Right pitifull were the criengs and lamentations of the women of Rome:* 8.88 and no lesse woorthie of compassion, the calamitie of nunnes and virgins professed, whom the souldiours rauished by troopes out of their houses to satisfie their lust, no age, no sex, no dignitie or calling was frée from the violation of souldiours, in whom it was doubtfull whether bare more rule, the humor of crueltie to kill, or the appetite of lust to defloure, or [line 30] lastlie, the rage of couetousnesse to rob and spoile: yea in the violation of these women might be discer∣ned a confirmation of the iudgements of God hid∣den from mortall men, for that he suffered to be deli∣uered vp to the vilenesse of men, barbarous and bloo∣die, the renowmed chastitie of women professed and virgins.

To this compassion was ioined the infinite cla∣mors of men forced against all law of humanitie, partlie to wrest from them vnreasonable ransomes, [line 40] and partlie to disclose their goods which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 had hid∣den from the rauine of the souldiors. All 〈◊〉〈◊〉 things, sacraments and reliks of saints, whereof the chur∣ches were full, being despoiled of their ornaments, were pulled downe, and laid vpon the earth, suffring no small prophanations, by the vile hands of the lanceknights. And whatsoeuer remained vpon the preies and spoilings of the imperialles, which were things but base and vile, were raked and caried a∣waie by the pezants and tenants of the lands of the Colonnois, whose insolencie caried them into Rome [line 50] during the generall furie. Onelie the cardinall of Colonno arriuing the daie after, preserued in his compassion the honor of manie women that happilie were fled for rescue into his house. The rumor went that the valuation and price of this sacke in gold,* 8.89 sil∣uer, and iewels, amounted to more than a millian of duckats, but the matter of ransomes conteined a greater quantitie.]

When Rome was thus taken by the imperials, and the pope brought into captiuitie, therewith the [line 60] king was so incensed against the emperour by the instigation of the cardinall, that he had determined not to spare anie treasure for the popes deliuerance. There rose a secret brute in London that the kings confessor doctor Longland,* 8.90 and diuerse other great clerks had told the king that the marriage betweene him and the ladie Katharine, late wife to his brother prince Arthur was not lawfull: wherevpon the king should sue a diuorse, and marrie the duchesse of Alan∣son sister to the French king at the towne of Calis this summer: and that the vicount Rochford had brought with him the picture of the said ladie. The king was offended with those tales, and sent for sir Thomas Seimor maior of the citie of London, se∣cretlie charging him to sée that the people ceassed from such talke.

But what so euer the commons talked, it was determined that the cardinall should go ouer into France as high ambassadour for the king, and to take with him twelue score thousand pounds, to be emploied on the warres to be made by the confede∣rats against the emperour, if he would not condes∣cend to such demands as the English ambassadours on the kings behalfe should exhibit vnto him.* 8.91 The third of Iulie this triumphant cardinall passed tho∣rough London with twelue hundred horsse towards the sea side, and comming vnto Canturburie rested there, and there declared to the people what had chan∣ced vnto the pope, and caused the moonks of Christes church to sing their Letanie after this maner:* 8.92 Sancta Maria ora pro Clemente papa, &c. Then he exhorted the people to fast and praie for the popes deliuerance, ac∣cordinglie as he had alreadie sent commissions vnto all the bishops within the realme to follow that or∣der, which was to fast three daies in the weeke, and to vse in euerie parish solemne processions. The ele∣uenth of Iulie the cardinall tooke shipping at Do∣uer, and landed the same daie at Calis, from whense he departed the two and twentith of Iulie, and with him was the bishop of London Cutbert Tunstall, the lord Sands chamberleine to the king, the earle of Derbie, sir Henrie Guilford, sir Thomas Moore, with manie other knights and esquiers, in all to the number of twelue hundred horsse, and of carriages there were foure score wagons, and three score mules and sumpter horsses.

He that is desirous to vnderstand with what ho∣nour this triumphant cardinall was receiued in all places as he passed thorough Picardie by order gi∣uen by the French king, maie read thereof at large in the chronicles of maister Edward Hall.* 8.93 At Amiens he was receiued by the French king himselfe, and by his moother with all other chéefe péeres of France. There was nothing forgot that might doo him ho∣nour or pleasure. But to the effect of his businesse. After he had shewed his commission, they fell in councell, and in the end grew to a full conclusion of a league to be accorded and established betwixt the kings of England and France:* 8.94 the couenants and articles whereof were drawne and written vp in a faire charter, which was sealed in solemne wise, and deliuered vnto the cardinals by the kings owne hand.

After this, it was agréed, that Odet de Fois, com∣monlie called monsieur de Lawtrech,* 8.95 should go into Italie with a puissant armie to procure the popes deliuerance, & expell the emperours power out of all the partie of Italie, if he refused such reasonable of∣fers & articls of agréement as were drawen, & should be exhibited to him.* 8.96 In this armie went sir Robert Ierningham, Iohn Carew of Hakam, & 80 other English gentlemen, which were sent by the cardi∣nall from Amiens. When the armie was assembled, the cardinall deliuered the monie which he had brought out of England with him in barrels, with the which the armie was paid two moneths before hand, & the surplusage was deliuered to sir Robert Ierningham, which was called treasuror of the wars. This armie was called in Latine,* 8.97 Exercitus Angliae & Gallorum regum pro pontifice Romano liberando congregatus, that is to saie, The armie of the kings of England and France, gathered for the deliuerance of the bishop of Rome: and so was it reputed.

In this meane time the English ambassadors, sir Francis Poins and Clarenceaux the herald, were come into Spaine, and there to the emperour in the towne of Uale Doliffe the sixt of Iulie deliuered

the kings letters, and further declared their message as they had in commandement.* 8.98 The emperor made to them a courteous answer for that time, and said he would take counsell in the matter, and then shuld they receiue further answer, and in the meane time they might repose them. Within a daie or two after he called to him doctor Lée that was the kings am∣bassadour legier there with him, & the said sir Fran∣cis Poins, and said to them; My lords we haue per∣ceiued the king your maisters demands, which are [line 10] weightie and of great importance. Wherefore we intend with all spéed to write to the king our vncle, and when we haue receiued answer from him, we shall deliuer you of such things as you require, prai∣eng you in the meane time to take patience.

The emperour protracted time of purpose, bicause he was loth to answer directlie to such grieuous and most irkesome complaints, bicause he gessed by the course of things that the French king would shortlie be constrained to agrée to those conditions of peace, [line 20] which he at the first had offered. But the French king & the cardinall being togither at Amiens, amongst other things determined there betwixt them in counsell, deuised further what articles of offer should be sent to the emperour, which if he refused, then open defiance to be made vnto him in name of both the kings. The articles were these in effect.

1 First that the French king should paie for his ransome 25000 crownes:* 8.99 one writer calleth it two millians. 2 Also that he should release all the pen∣sion that he had in Naples, with all the right of the [line 30] same. 3 Also that he should neuer claime title to the dutchie of Millane. 4 Also he should release the superioritie of Flanders for euer, and the right which he had to the citie of Torneie. 5 Also he should release all the homages of all persons within those countries. 6 Also to withdraw his armie out of Italie. 7 Also to forsake the aid of the Swit∣zers against the emperour. 8 Also to take no more part with Robert de la March against the emperor. 9 Also neuer to aid the king of Nauarre against [line 40] him, although he had maried the kings sister. 10 Also neuer to aid the duke of Gelderland, nor to chalenge the same dutchie. 11 Also to aid the emperor with ships and men to his coronation. 12 Also to marie the ladie Elenor quéene of Portugall sister to the emperor. 13 Also that the Dolphine should marie the said quéenes daughter. 14 Also that if the French king had anie children male by the said quéene, then the dutchie of Burgognie to remaine to [line 50] the said child being male. 15 Also that the French king should be fréend to the emperour & his fréends, and enimie to his enimies.

These with manie other articles, which were not openlie knowne, were sent to the bishop of Tarbe, and to the vicount of Thuraine ambassadours with the emperour from the French king. Other articles were also sent to the English ambassadours being in Spaine,* 8.100 as to mooue the emperour to some reasona∣ble end with the French king: and that the king of [line 60] England would release vnto him all the summes of monie due to him, as well by the emperour Maximi∣lian his grandfather as himselfe, and take the French king as debtor for the same. If he would not agrée to these offers, then was it accorded, that the French king should marrie the ladie Marie daughter to the king of England, and they both to be enimies to the emperour. When all these things were concluded, the cardinall tooke his leaue of the French king & his moother,* 8.101 and with great rewards returned, comming to Richmond, where the king then laie, the last of September.

* 8.102In October, there came ambassadours from the French king into England, the lord Annas de Mont∣merancie, great maister of the said French kings house, the bishop of Baion chéefe president of Rone, and monsieur de Humiers accompanied with sixtie gentlemen well appointed. These ambassadours were receiued with all honour that might be deui∣sed. On Alhallowes daie the king comming to the cathedrall church of saint Paule, where the cardinall sang masse, sware before the high altar in the pre∣sence of the French ambassadours to kéepe and per∣forme the league.* 8.103 On sundaie the tenth of Nouem∣ber, the king being elected knight of the order of S. Michaell, receiued at Gréenewich the said order by the hands of the great maister of France, and mon∣sieur Humiers that were companions of the same order: in like case as the French king the same daie at Paris receiued the order of the garter by the hands of the lord Lisle, doctor Tailor maister of the rolles, sir Nicholas Carew knight maister of the kings horsses, sir Anthonie Browne knight, and sir Thomas Wriothesleie knight,* 8.104 otherwise called Gar∣tier king of armes, the which were sent thither with the whole habit, collar, and other habillements of the order as apperteined.

After that the French ambassadors had béene highlie feasted, banketed, and interteined, with all honor and pastime conuenient, the great maister and all his companie tooke leaue of the king, and with great rewards returned into France, leauing the bishop of Baion behind them, who abode ambas∣sador legier in England.* 8.105 In this moneth of Nouem∣ber, Arthur Bilneie, Geffreie Lome, and one Gar∣ret that spake against the popes authoritie, were ab∣iured by the cardinall. ¶By reason of the great wet that fell in the sowing time of the corne, and in the beginning of the last yeare, now in the beginning of this, corne so failed, that in the citie of London for a while bread was scant, by reason that commissioners appointed to sée order taken in shires about, ordeined that none should be conueied out of one shire into an other.

Which order had like to haue bred disorder, for that euerie countrie and place was not prouided a∣like, and namelie London,* 8.106 that maketh hir prouision out of other places, felt great inconuenience hereby, till the merchants of the Stiliard, and others out of the Dutch countries, brought such plentie, that it was better cheape in London than in anie other part of England, for the king also reléeued the citizens in time of their néed with a thousand quarters by waie of lone of his owne prouision. The scarsitie at the first was more than the dearth. For in the beginning of their want, wheat was onelie at fifteene shillings a quarter, & from thence it rose to twentie shillings, and after to six and twentie shillings eight pence the quarter, till remedie by outward prouision was pro∣cured and had. In this meane while the lord Lautrech with his armie was entred into Italie, where how he sped, and what came of that expedition, yee shall find in the histories of France and Italie, and there∣fore in this place I passe it ouer. Sir Francis Poins knight, in the end of December, returned out of Spaine into England, leauing Clarenceaux behind him to bring further answer.

The emperour at the request of this sir Francis Poins,* 8.107 who made the same in name of his maister the king of England, was contented to release twelue articles, which were reputed most preiudiciall to the French king, onelie to gratifie the king of England: but the cardinall kept the king still in dis∣pleasure toward the emperor, for the fauour which he bare to the French king, whose onelie purposes he sought to aduance. The articles which were drawne at Amiens when the cardinall was there, were exhi∣bited to the emperor by the French ambassadors, and

bicause he refused the same, word was sent to Cla∣renceaux king of armes, to make defiance to the emperor. Wherevpon on the wednesdaie the two and twentith of Ianuarie, Guien king of armes to the French king, and Clarenceaux king of armes to the king of England, being in the citie of Burges in Spaine, came to the court of Charles the elect empe∣rour, about nine of the clocke in the morning, and there did request of his maiestie, that it would please him to appoint them an houre of audience. [line 10]

The lord de Chaoux by ordinance from his ma∣iestie gaue them answer, that it should be about ten of the clocke before noone the same daie. And at the same houre his maiestie came into the great hall of his court accompanied with diuerse prelats,* 8.108 dukes, marquesses, earles, barons, and other great lords and good personages, of diuerse nations of his king∣dome and seigniories in great number. The empe∣rour sitting in a chaire prepared according to his dignitie, the two kings of armes of France & Eng∣land [line 20] being in the nether end of the hall, holding vpon their left arms each one his coat of armes, did make three solemne reuerences accustomed, with knée to the ground. And when they were at the lowest staire before his imperiall maiestie, Clarenceaux king of armes of England, hauing the words in both their names, spake as followeth.

Sir, following the three edicts inuiolablie kept and obserued by your predecessors emperours of Rome,* 8.109 kings, princes, and capteins, Guien king of [line 30] armes of the most christened king; and also Claren∣ceaux king of armes to the king of England our so∣uereigne & naturall lords: we presenting our selues before your sacred maiestie, for to declare certeine things from the said kings our maisters: beseech your maiestie, that hauing regard to the said lawes according to your benignitie and mercie, that it would please you to giue vs sure accesse and good in∣treating in your countries, lands, and seigniories, at∣tending your answer, with sure conduct to returne [line 40] vnto the countries, lands, and seigniories of our said souereigne lords.* 8.110

The emperour then bad them saie on whatsoeuer the kings your maisters haue giuen you in charge: your priuileges shall be kept, none shall doo you anie displeasure within my kingdomes or territories. After this, Guien read a writing signed with the hand of the said Guien king of armes.

A copie of the said writing [line 50] read as followeth.

SIr, the most christened king my soue∣reigne and naturall lord hath comman∣ded me to saie to you, that he hath concei∣ued a maruellous greefe and displeasure of that, that in place of amitie, which he so much desi∣red to haue with you, the former enmitie in full force still remaineth. By the which he séeth and perceiueth, [line 60] that the euils and inconueniences long since begun, shall continue and augment, not onelie vnto you, and vnto him, with your vassals and subiects, but also vn∣to all christendome: and that the forces and youths which the one and the other ought to emploie against the enimies of the faith, shall be spent to the effusion of christian bloud, and in offense vnto God: and that you and he endowed with so manie gratious gifts, shall not inioy the benefits, which it pleased the son of God to leaue to vs, by his testament, which is peace, whereof all goodnesse procéedeth; and in place of the same shall haue war, wherof foloweth all calamities, dangers, inconueniences, pouerties, and miseries.

Héerewith you shall submit your selfe vnto them whome yée may command,* 9.1 and shall hazard the bloud and substance of your subiects in the pursses of stran∣gers. Euerie one as for himselfe ought to haue re∣gard thereto, and for the short time that we haue here to liue, not to go about to depriue himselfe of that tranquillitie, ioy, good regard and pastime, that the princes may haue by peace: and by following the warre, to be in pouertie, heauinesse, and hazard of losse of goods, honours, and liues: and that worst is, after they haue had euill daies in this world, to be in danger of eternall paine in the world to come, tho∣rough them that haue béene the cause thereof, and that would not yéeld vnto reason.

The king my souereigne lord is readie to put him∣selfe for his part in all deuoir, and more than so, to haue peace and amitie with you: and by this means peace shall be procured throughout all christendome, whereby men might doo God good seruice, in making warre on the Infidels, which will be so thankfull to him, that it will put off the punishment of faults, which haue béene committed héeretofore by reason of the warres, which haue too long indured betwéene you two, and not yet like to ceasse, considering the termes which you hold and séeke to mainteine; sith on the one part, certeine aduowing themselues on you, haue assailed and taken by force the citie of Rome, which is the place of the holie and apostolike sée, where they haue committed and done all the mischéefe that might be deuised.

The churches and relikes were prophaned,* 9.2 the pope holding saint Peters seat, as vicar of God on earth, taken and put out of his libertie. By means whereof, they that haue committed and executed the said execrable deeds and wickednesse, with their au∣thors and fautors, be fallen and run in paines of right; and they that hold them captiues, beare them∣selues on you; and he that dooth keepe them, hath béene and is of the principall capteins, of whome you haue béene serued in your warres in Italie and other parts. And on the other side, the difference which at this time resteth betweene you and the king my so∣uereigne and naturall lord, is principallie vpon the ransome and recouerie of the princes his sonnes, which you hold for hostages of the same. He hath of∣tentimes offered, and yet dooth offer to paie to you, and giue to you, not onelie that which may be said to be reasonable, and in such cases accustomed, but also more largelie.

You ought not to stand vpon things which by force and constraint he hath promised, the which iustlie and honestlie he maie not performe nor accomplish: you had a great deale more gained, to haue taken the said ransome which was offered vnto you, than to continue the warre, and to giue occasion of all the e∣uils and inconueniences that dailie happen thereby thorough christendome. You sée the king of England,* 9.3 with whome he hath brotherlie amitie for euer, and also the Uenetians, Florentines, and duke of Bar, and other princes and potentats, following and hol∣ding the partie of the said christian king, for that they sée he yéeldeth to reason, and by reason you will not thereto incline, the vniuersall peace can not be con∣cluded in christendome. The enimies of the faith gaine countries: all Italie is in armes, bloud and rapine, and the apostolicall sée in trouble: so that if on your part you séeke not remedie, and that things doo thus continue as they haue begun, it is to be feared that God will be angrie.

And for as much (sir) as to the declarations which the aboue said princes haue offered vnto you,* 9.4 and the presentations which the said christian king hath made vnto you, you haue refused to giue eare, thereby to come to some accord with him, and to content your selfe with a ransome more than reasonable: also for

that you will not render vnto his good brother, per∣petuall alie and confederat, the king of England, that which is his, set the pope at libertie, and leaue I∣talie in peace and tranquillitie, he hath commanded me to declare, signifie, and notifie vnto you, his great gréefe and displeasure, with his said good bro∣ther the king of England, that they will hold and take you for their enimie, declaring all maner of treaties and couenants heretofore passed betweene them and you, in all that concerneth your profit & vtilitie to be nothing, and that for his part he will not obserue nor [line 10] kéepe the same.

Naie he hath resolued by all meanes that he may imagine with his good fréends, alies, & confederats, & with all his forces to indamage you, your coun∣tries,* 9.5 lands, and vassals by warre, or otherwise, in such sort as he maie deuise, vntill the time that you haue restored vnto him his children, with honest meanes and couenants touching his ransome, deli∣uered the pope, rendered vnto the king of England that you hold of him, and acquited the summe which [line 20] you owe him, and suffer his alies and confederats to liue in peace, rest, and tranquillitie, and protesteth be∣fore God and all the world, that he dooth not wish nor desire the warre, but that it wholie displeaseth him, and is not therefore the cause of the euill that is or maie come thereof, considering that he hath put, and will put himselfe vnto all reason, as he hath offered and signified vnto you and to all other christian prin∣ces, and yet dooth.

And of all this he calleth God (who knoweth all [line 30] things) to witnesse. And for that vnder colour of the publication of the pretended tretie of Madrill made, he being yet prisoner in Spaine, diuerse of your sub∣iects, and of them of the king of Englands, and of his haue carried their merchandizes and other goods into the kingdomes,* 9.6 streicts, and seignories the one of the other, whereby maie insue great damages, if of them no mention should be made in this present declaration and signification: my souereigne lord and the said king of England be contented that li∣bertie [line 40] be giuen vnto all subiects being in the said kingdomes, countries, streicts, and seigniories, to re∣tire and depart from thence with all their goods and merchandizes within fortie daies after this intimati∣on made. Prouided that you shall doo the like vnto their subiects in all & euerie their merchandizes. Gi∣uen the eleuenth daie of Nouember 1527, & signed Guien king of armes.

The emperour after the defiance giuen by Guien, [line 50] spake in this sort: I doo vnderstand that which you haue read from the king your maister, & I doo much maruell why he dooth defie me,* 9.7 for he being my priso∣ner by right warre, and I hauing his faith by reason he can not doo it. It is vnto me a noueltie to be defied of him, séeing it is six or seuen yeares that he hath warred against me, and yet giuen me no defiance. And sith that by the grace of God I haue defended my selfe from him (as he hath seene, and euerie one [line 60] else) without that he hath giuen me anie warning, or considering the reason and iustification whereon I doo rest my selfe, for the which I thinke I haue not otherwise deserued towards God: I hope that at this time now you aduertise me of it, being aduerti∣sed I shall defend my selfe the better, in such sort that the king your maister shall doo me no hurt: for sith he dooth defie me, I am halfe assured.

And touching that which you spake of the pope, none hath béene more sorrowfull than I of that which was doone,* 9.8 and it was without my knowledge or commandement: and that which hath béene doone, was doone by vnrulie people, without obedience to anie of my capteins. And yet I aduertise you, that the pope long since is set at libertie, and yesterdaie I had certeine newes of it. And touching the sonnes of your maister, he knoweth that I haue them for pled∣ges; and also my lords his ambassadors know well, that the fault hath not lien in me that they haue not béene deliuered. And as for that of the king of Eng∣land my good brother and vncle,* 9.9 I beléeue if it be so as you doo say, that he is not well informed of things passed: and if he were, yet could I not saie as your writing conteineth, I desire to send him my reasons for to aduertise him of all the truth. And I beleeue when he shall know it, that he will be vnto me as he hath béene.

I neuer denied the monie which I borowed of him, and I am readie to paie it as by reason & right I am bound: and thanked be God I haue enough to doo it. Neuerthelesse, if he will make warre against me, it will be to my great displeasure, & I cannot but defend my selfe. I praie to God that he giue me no more occasion than I thinke I haue giuen vnto him. And to the rest, for that your writing is great, and the paper sheweth it selfe to be gentle, séeing that they haue written what they would, you shall giue me the writing, whereby more particularlie I maie answer in another paper, wherein shall be nothing but truth. This answer being made by his maiestie with his owne mouth vnto Guien king of armes, the said Guien tooke his cote of armes that he had on his left arme (as before is said) and put it on, and then Clarenceaux king of armes of England said vnto his maiestie, not by writing, but by mouth, as fol∣loweth.

The English heralds message de∣liuered by word of mouth.

SIr, the king my souereigne lord hath commanded me to say vnto you, that sée∣ing the necessitie of peace in the christian religion, as well by reason of the inforce∣ments manie yéers past, begun by the great Turke enimie vnto our faith, which by force of armes hath taken awaie from the christians the citie and Ile of Rhodes, one of the principall bulworks of christen∣dome, and in Hungarie the fortresse of Belgrad, and part of the countrie there, as also by heresies and new sects, of late risen in diuerse places of christen∣dome; and likewise knowing the great warres be∣ing kindled in all parts,* 10.1 by meanes of which all chri∣stendome is in trouble, confusion, and maruellous diuision, and not long since by your people and mini∣sters and souldiers in your armie, and vnder your capteins the holie citie of Rome hath béene sacked and robbed, the person of our holie father the pope ta∣ken prisoner, and kept by your people, the cardinals likewise taken and put to ransome, the churches rob∣bed, bishops, priests, and people of religion put to the sword, and so manie other euils, cruelties, and inhu∣mane facts committed by your people, that the aire and the land are infected therewith.

And it is verie like, that God is verrie greatlie stirred and prouoked vnto ire. And to speake after the maner of men, if by amendment it be not paci∣fied, innumerable euils and inconueniences shall happen vnto all christendome. And for that the root and increasement of the said warre, proceedeth of the contentions and debates betwéene you, and the most christened king his good brother and perpetuall alie: to make an end of which debates, the king my soue∣reigne lord hath sent his ambassadors and others, vn∣to the most christened king his good brother, with whome he hath doone so much,* 10.2 that for the loue that he hath borne him, he hath made vnto you so great of∣fers, and so reasonable, that you cannot, nor ought

reasonablie to refuse them, as conditions and offers for his ransome excéeding the ransome accustomed of all kings. And if in this, the consideration of peace had not béene, an euill example might thereof grow for other kings and christened princes subiect vnto the like fortune.

Of which offers and conditions he hath likewise aduertised you by his ambassadours,* 10.3 praied and be∣sought you for the honour of God, and the wealth of all christendome, for the benefits and pleasures that he hath doone vnto you diuerse waies, and that in [line 10] time of your great néed, that it would please you to accept the said offers, and make an end of the said warres, that haue too long endured. Likewise as a christened prince bound to the protection of the pope, and sée apostolike, and consequentlie to the deliue∣rance of his holinesse (whom you cannot, nor ought to kéepe prisoner without great offense) that you would restore his holinesse vnto a full and entier li∣bertie. Also he hath oftentimes shewed by diuerse ob∣ligations, [line 20] and other meanes, how you are indebted vnto him in diuerse great summes of monie, that he hath giuen and lent you in your necessitie, requiring you to make paiment.

Of all which things you haue made no account from time to time, but deferred it, and held in sus∣pense the ambassadours of the king my souereigne, without hauing regard to Gods honour, and the ne∣cessitie of all christendome, and the reuerence that ye ought to haue vnto the holie seate and person of our [line 30] holie father the pope, the vicar of God on earth, or vnto the pleasures that you haue receiued of him, or vnto your faith and promise that you so oftentimes haue made.* 10.4 And for this cause the king my said soue∣reigne, by honest reason and iustice constreined, by great and ripe deliberation of his councell, hoping for a finall conclusion, hath caused againe to be pre∣sented offers more large and to greater aduantage than the others before, to put you in deuoir, and to a∣uoid and take awaie all occasion to deferre and dis∣semble [line 40] to come to reason.

Which offers, and the augmenting of the same, haue béene made and made againe, with all demon∣strations and honest resons that haue beene possible, And in the end there hath béene made vnto you in∣stance for the deliuerie of our holie father, whom you haue restreined or caused to be restreined in place of deliuerie, which is very strange, & against the true estate & dutie of a christian prince. So that the king my souereigne, & the most christian king his brother [line 50] and perpetuall alie, can no longer indure it with their honours and dutie towards God and the church. And seeing you will not condescend to reason, nor accept the said offers being more than reasonable, nor satisfie the king my said souereigne of the debts by you due, as you are bound, he hath concluded with the said most christened king his good brother & per∣petuall alie, & other of his confederats, to doo his en∣deuour to constreine you by force & might of armes to deliuer our holie father, & likewise the children of France, whom you hold, in paieng you a reasonable [line 60] ransome, and to satisfie him of that you owe him.

Therefore the king my souereigne lord, as a true and constant prince,* 10.5 willing to kéepe inuiolablie his faith, which he hath promised vnto the said christian prince and other his alies, and not willing to leaue the person of our said holie father the pope in capti∣uitie, as also will not the said christian king: they two doo summon you at this time for all, to accept these last offers, for the deliuerance of the said chil∣dren of France, and for the wealth of an vniuersall peace, & to deliuer the person of our said holie father, & also to paie spéedilie and without anie more delaie, the debts by you due vnto the king my souereigne. And if you refuse these finall offers, and also to deli∣uer the person of our said holie father, and paie the said debtes, as a good christian prince and louer of peace is bound to doo; the king my souereigne, and the said christian king his good brother, not without great sorrow and displeasure,* 10.6 doo declare to be your e∣nimies, and so hereafter doo hold and repute you for such one, denouncing vnto you warre by sea and land, and defieng you with all their forces.

Neuerthelesse, considering that there be diuerse of your subiects, and great quantitie of their goods in the realmes of England and France, and other lands & lordships of the said princes: likewise there be diuerse of the subiects of the kings of England and France, and of their goods in your kingdomes, countries, lands, and lordships,* 10.7 the which may re∣ceiue aswell of the one part as of the other, great and vnrecouerable hurts and damages, if without aduertisements and monition they should be taken and deteined, the kings maiestie my souereigne, and the most christian king of France his good brother be willing that libertie be giuen vnto your subiects being in their kingdomes, countries, and lordships, for to retire and depart with all their goods and mer∣chandize, within fourtie daies after this intimation, so that the like libertie and permission be in like sort granted to their subiects. ¶To this defiance of the king at armes of England the emperours maiestie did answer in these words.

The emperours answer to the English heralds oration.

I Doo vnderstand that which you haue de∣clared, and I cannot thinke that if the king of England were throughlie ad∣uertised of things as they haue passed, and of the reason to which I haue yéelded, he would not saie that which you haue said, and therefore mine intention is to aduertise him. As to that which you spake of the pope, I was neuer consenting to his destruction, which was neuer doone by my comman∣dement: & I giue you to vnderstand, that he is deli∣uered, and I am sorie for the harmes that were doone at the time when he was taken, of the which I take my selfe not to be in fault, as I haue told the king at armes of France, And as to the deliuerance of the French kings sons, where means haue béene made for their deliuerance, I haue béene readie to giue eare thereto, and the fault resteth not in me, for that the peace hath not beene concluded.

But now that you tell me that the king your mai∣ster will force me to deliuer them,* 11.1 I will answer thereto in other sort than hitherto I haue doone, and I trust to kéepe them in such wise, that by force I shall not néed to deliuer them: for I am not accusto∣med to be forced in things which I doo. As to the debt which the king of England hath lent me, I haue ne∣uer denied it, neither doo I denie it, but am readie to paie it as right requireth, as I haue caused it to be de∣clared vnto him, and I my selfe haue shewed no lesse to his ambassadors, and deliuered my saieng by writing, and I cannot beleeue, that for such things (which I refuse not to accomplish) he will make war against me, and if he will so doo it will grieue me, but yet I must defend my selfe: and I praie God that the king your maister giue me not greater occasion to make him war, than I haue giuen him. You shall deliuer me in writing, that which you haue said, to the which I will answer by writing particularlie.

This answer made by the emperour to the king of armes Clarenceaux, the said Clarenceaux tooke his coat of armes, which he had lieng on his left

arme (as before is said) and put it vpon him.* 11.2 The em∣perour herewith commanded him to deliuer by wri∣ting into the hands of the lord of Buclans all that he had vttered by word of mouth, as is aboue expres∣sed. Which Clarenceaux promised to doo, & so he did afterwards, signed with his owne hand, word for word. Clarenceaux hauing thus doone his dutie, in∣continentlie withdrew: but before his departure, the lord of Buclans said to him, and also to Guien, these words insuing. Behold here this writing in my hand, conteining the articles of the composition be∣tweene [line 10] the emperour and the pope.

* 11.3¶That the pope should be no partie against the em∣perour, neither in the affaires of Millaine, nor in the kingdome of Naples. That he should accord vnto the emperour the croisade in Spaine, and a tenth of the reuenues ecclesiastike through all his dominions. That to assure the obseruation of these things, Ostia should remaine in the hands of the emperour, and Ciuita Uecchia which Andrea Dore had left to him [line 20] before. That he should assigne ouer to him Ciuita Castellana, a towne which had refused to receiue the imperials, Mario Perusquo procuror of the filke be∣ing entred within the rocke by secret commission from the pope, notwithstanding he made semblance of the contrarie. That he should also deliuer ouer to him the rocke of Furlie, and to put into his hands for ostages Hyppolito and Alexander his nephues, and till they were come from Parma the emperour to be possessed of the cardinals Pisani, Triuulco, and [line 30] Gaddi, whome they led to the realme of Naples.

Furthermore, that he should make present pai∣ment to the lanceknights of three score thousand du∣cates,* 11.4 and to the Spaniards thirtie & fiue thousand. That in so dooing they should let him come out at libertie with all the cardinals, and they to go out of Rome and out of the castell, alwaies interpreting to libertie when soeuer they should be conueied in safetie to Orbietto, Spoletto, or Perousa. That with∣in fiftéene daies after his going out of Rome he [line 40] should paie the like quantitie of monie to the lance∣knights, and afterwards the residue within thrée moneths to the Spaniards & lanceknights ioint∣lie, according to their shares and portions. Which re∣sidue togither with the summes paid amounted to more than thrée hundred and fiftie thousand ducats.]

This is the true copie (said the lord of Buclans) of the capitulation, made touching the deliuerance of the pope, and how he is deliuered, and depar∣ted from castell saint Angelo, the tenth of De∣cember [line 50] last past: put it in your relation. The said king of armes answered; We will so doo: and so for that time they parted. ¶ Here, bicause mention is made of the popes deliuerance out of prison, it shall not be amisse to set downe the maner thereof as it is reported by Guicciardine.* 11.5 All things hauing their orderlie expedition, & the resolution set downe, that the tenth of December the Spaniards should accompanie him into a place of suertie, he fearing some variation either for the ill mind which he knew [line 60] don Hugo bare to him, or for anie other accident that might happen, the night before he stale secretlie out of the castell in the closing of the euening, disgui∣sed in the attire of a merchant. Lewis de Gonsaguo who was in the paie of the emperour, taried for him in the medowes with a strong companie of harque∣buziers, and with that gard did accompanie him to Montfalcon, where dismissing almost all his bands of footmen, he was led by the same Lewis euen to Orbietto, into which citie he entred by night with∣out the companie of anie one cardinall. An exam∣ple worthie of consideration, and perhaps neuer happened since the church was great, that a pope should in that sort fall from so great a puissance and reuerence, his eies to behold the losse and sacke of Rome, his person to be turned ouer into captiuitie, and his whole estate reduced to the disposing of an other, and within few moneths after, to be restored & established in his former greatnesse. So great to∣wards princes christian is the authoritie of the pope, and the respect which mortall men doo beare to him.]

At the same instant that the heralds were at the emperors court, the emperour called before him the said Guien king at armes of France,* 11.6 and said to him as followeth: S••••h it is reason that you enioy your priuileges, you ought also to doo your dutie; and therefore I praie you declare to your maister, yea euen to his owne person that which I shall tell you, which is this that since the trea••ie of Madrill, contra∣rie to the same, diuerse of my subiects haue béene ta∣ken going about their businesses, and other also go∣ing to serue me in Italie, which haue béene deteined prisoners, euill intreated, and by force thrust into the gallies: and bicause I haue of his subiects the which I might likewise take, yee shall aduertise him, that if he deliuer vnto me mine, I will deliuer his▪ if not, as he shall intreat mine, I will intreat his; and that he send me answer hereof within fortie daies: if not, I will take the refusall for an answer.

The king of armes Guien asked if his maiestie ment this concerning the merchants? Whervnto the emperor answered: This is beside that which is con∣teined in your writing, touching the merchants, to which point (said he) I will answer by writing. And herewith Guien making thrée obeisances, said; Sir I will gladlie doo it. Then said the emperor,* 11.7 Tell the king your maister further, that I beléeue that he hath not béene aduertised of that which I told to his ambassador in Granado, which toucheth him néere. For I told him in such a ••ase so noble a prince, that if he had vnderstood the same, he would haue made me an answer. He shall do well to know it of his ambas∣sador. For by that he shall vnderstand, that I haue kept better faith to him in that I haue promised at Madrill than he to me, and I praie you so tell him, and faile not hereof. Guien answered, Without doubt sir I will doo it: and so making his obeisance he departed.

The emperor appointed Iohn le Alemant the baron of Buclans to see that no displeasure nor e∣uill speach were vsed to the said kings of armes, but that they should be well vsed: which was doone to their good contentation. After this,* 11.8 the seauen and twentith of Ianuarie, the said kings of armes came to the said lord of Buclans, who by the emperours appointment deliuered an answer vnto either of them in writing, accordinglie as the emperor had promised, the copies whereof are set foorth at large in the annales of Aquitaine, and for bréefenesse here o∣mitted. To conclude, the French king tooke such dis∣pleasure with the emperours answers made vnto his king of armes Guien, whereby he was charged to doo otherwise than by his faith giuen he ought to haue doone,* 11.9 that the eight and twentith daie of March being in the citie of Paris, accompanied with a great number of the princes of his bloud, cardinals and other prelats and nobles of his realme, and also the ambassadors of diuerse princes and potentates, he called before him Nicholas Perenot lord of Granuelle, vnto whom he said in effect as followeth.

The French kings oration before an honourable assemblie at Paris.* 12.1

MY lord ambassadors, it hath gréeued me, and dooth gréeue me, that I haue béene constreined to handle you not so courte∣ouslie and gratiouslie as for the good and

honourable behauiour, which you haue shewed in doo∣ing your dutie being here with me, you haue deser∣ued at my hands, sith I must néeds saie, yée haue ac∣quit your selfe in euerie behalfe, as well to the honor of your maister, as good contentation of each man else, so that I am assured the fault resteth not in you, whie things haue not come to better end and purpose than they haue doone, for the good zeale and affection, which I haue euer prooued in you to the aduance∣ment of peace and quieting of things, wherein I [line 10] doubt not but you haue doone your duetie to the full.

But being informed what your maister the elect emperor, against all right and law, as well diuine as humane, had commanded to be doone vnto my am∣bassadors, and likewise to the other of the league re∣maining with him, for the furtherance of things to∣ward a peace, and contrarie to all good customs, which hitherto haue béene obserued betwixt princes, not onelie christians, but also infidels, me thought I could not otherwise doo, for the behoofe of mine owne [line 20] ambassadours,* 12.2 arrested and against reason kept in ward, but to doo the same to you, although I had no mind to vse you euill, for the reasons aboue said, for the which, and for the dutie you haue shewed in dooing that apperteined, I assure you my lord ambassador, that beside that I doubt not but your maister will recompense you for the same, yée may be assured that where particularlie in anie thing I may plea∣sure you, I will doo it with as good a will as you can require me. [line 30]

And to make answer to that which your maister by word of mouth hath said vnto Guien and Cla∣renceaux kings of armes of the king my good bro∣ther and perpetuall and best alie,* 12.3 and of me vpon the intimation of the warre which hath beene made by vs, consisting in eight points, I will that each one vnderstand it. First, as to the which he saith he mar∣uelleth that he hauing me a prisoner by iust warre, and hauing also my faith, I should defie him, and that in reason I neither may nor ought to doo it; I answer [line 40] thereto, that if I were his prisoner here, and that he had my faith, he had spoken true: but I know not that the emperor hath euer at anie time had my faith, that may in anie wise auaile him. For first in what warre so euer I haue béene, I know not that I haue either séene him or encountred with him.

When I was prisoner, garded with foure or fiue hundred harquebuzers,* 12.4 sicke in my bed, and in dan∣ger of death, it was an easie matter to constreine me, but not verie honorable to him that should doo it: and after that I returned into France, I know not [line 50] anie that hath had power to compell me to it: and to doo it willinglie without constraint, it is a thing which I waie more, than so lightlie to bind my selfe thereto. And bicause I will not that my honor come in disputation, although I know well that euerie man of warre knoweth sufficientlie, that a prisoner garded is not bound to anie faith, nor can bind him∣selfe thereto in anie thing: I doo neuerthelesse send to your master this writing signed with mine owne [line 60] hand, the which my lord ambassadour I praie you read, and afterwards promise me to deliuer it vnto your master, and not to anie other. And herewith the king caused it to be deliuered to the said ambassador by master Iohn Robertet, one of the secretaries of the estate, and of his chamber.

* 12.5The ambassador tooke the writing in his hand, and after excused himselfe to the king, saieng: That as to him, by the letter which his master & souereigne lord had written vnto him now lastlie, his commis∣sion was alreadie expired, and that he had no further commandement nor instructions from his maiestie, but to take leaue of the king with as much spéed as he might, and to returne home. Which he most hum∣blie besought him to permit him to doo, without fur∣ther charge or commission, although he knew that he was at his commanddement, and that he might at his pleasure constreine him, as seemed to him good. Herevnto the king answered; My lord am∣bassador, sith you will not take vpon you to read this writing, I will cause it to be read in this companie, to the end that euerie one may vnderstand and know that I am cleered in that, whereof against trueth he goeth about to accuse me.

Beside that, if you afterwards will not beare it,* 12.6 & deliuer it to him, I will send one of my heralds here present to go in companie with you: for whom you shall procure a good & auailable safe conduct, that he maie passe vnto your master, protesting & demand∣ing, that an act maie be registred before this compa∣nie, that if he will not it should come to his know∣ledge, that I am discharged, in that I doo my best to cause him to vnderstand it accordinglie as I ought to doo, and in such sort as he can not pretend cause of ignorance. ¶After the king had ended these words, he called to him the said Robertet, and commanded him to reade the said writing with a lowd voice, which was doone word for word.

The copie of the said writing di∣rected to the emperour.

WE Francis, by the grace of God, king of France, lord of Genes, &c. To you Charles, by the same grace, chosen emperour of Rome, and king of Spaine. We doo you to wit, that being aduertised, that in all the an∣swers that you haue made to our ambas∣sadors and heraulds, sent to you for the e∣stablishing of peace, in excusing your selfe, without all reason you haue accused vs, saieng, that we haue plight you our faith, and that therevpon (besides our promise) we departed out of your hands and power. In defense of our honour,* 13.1 which hereby might be burthened too much against all truth, we thought good to send you this writing; by which we giue you to vnder∣stand, that notwithstanding that no man being in ward is bound to keepe faith, and that the same might be a sufficient excuse for vs: yet for the satisfieng of all men, and our said honor (which we mind to keepe, and will keepe, if it please God, vnto the death) that if ye haue charged, or will charge vs, not onelie with our said faith, and deliuerance, but that euer we did anie thing that became not a gentleman that had respect to his honor; that ye lie falslie in your throat: and as oft as ye saie it,* 13.2 ye lie: and we determine to defend our ho∣nor to the vttermost drop of our bloud. Wherefore, seeing ye haue charged vs a∣gainst all truth, write no more to vs here∣after: but appoint vs the field, and we will bring you the weapons. Protesting, that if after this declaration ye write into anie place, or vse anie words against our honor, that the shame of the delaie of the combat shall light on you, seeing that the offering of combat is the end of all wri∣ting. Made at our good towne and citie of Paris, the eight and twentith daie of

March. In the yere of our Lord, one thou∣sand fiue hundred twentie and eight, be∣fore Easter. Thus signed. Francis.

After that Robertet had read this writing there in presence of the emperours ambassadors,* 13.3 the king made further replie vnto the points conteined in the emperours answers to the defiance: and withall to conclude, told the said ambassador, that his ma∣ster the emperor had constreined him by such mes∣sage [line 10] as he had sent to him, to make the answer in truth, which he had made: and further willed him to deliuer vnto the emperour the writing which he had signed with his hand, and to saie to him, that he tooke him for so honorable a prince, that considering the matter wherewith he charged him, and the answer that he made, he would not faile but to answer him like a gentleman, and not by writing like an ad∣uocate. For if he otherwise doo (said the king) I will answer his chancellor by an aduocate, and a man of [line 20] his estate, and a more honest man than he.

Shortlie after, the emperors ambassadors returned home into Spaine in safetie, and well intreted. And vpō their returne, the ambassadors of France were set at libertie, and deliuered beyond Fonterabie, & so came safelie home into France. Then a French herald, appointed to accompanie the ambassadour Grandeuill, brought the writing of the combat vn∣to the emperor, bicause Grandeuill refused to medle with it. To the which the emperor fiue moneths af∣ter,* 13.4 [line 30] or thereabouts, sent an answer by one of his heralds; who being arriued at Paris, meant vp∣on the sudden to present his letters vnto the French king. But the king getting intelligence thereof, the tenth of September, sitting within his great hall of his palace at Paris aforesaid, before the table of marble in a roiall seat, addressed and set vp for him sixtéene steps in height, appointed to giue audience to the said herald.

* 13.5On his right hand sate in chaires the king of Na∣uarre, [line 40] the duke of Alanson and Berrie, the earle of Foix and Arminacke. And on the same side sate also vpon a bench, the duke of Uandosme a peere of France, lieutenant generall, and gouernor of Pi∣cardie, don Hercules de Est, eldest sonne to the duke of Ferrar, duke of Chartres and Montarges, who latelie before had maried the ladie Rener, a daugh∣ter of France, the duke of Albanie regent and go∣uernor of Scotland, the duke of Longueuille, great chamberleine of France. And néere to them vpon [line 50] another bench sate the presidents and councellors of the court of parlement; and behind them manie gen∣tlemen, doctors, and learned men. On the left hand were set in chaires prepared for them, the cardinall Saluarie the popes legat, the cardinall of Burbon, and duke of Laon, a peere of France, the cardinall of Sens chancellor of France, the cardinall of Lor∣rain, the archbishop of Narbon, the ambassadors of the kings of England and Scotland, of the segniorie of Uenice, of Millan, of the Cantons, of the Suis∣ses, [line 60] and of Florence.

On an other bench sate the bishop of Transilua∣nia, ambassador for the king of Hungarie, the bishop and duke of Langres, one of the peeres of France, the bishop & earle of Noion, an other of the peeres of France, th'archbishop of Lion, primat of all France, the archbishop of Burges primate of Aquitaine, the archbishops of Aux and Rouen, the bishops of Pa∣ris, Meaux, Lizeux, Mascon, Limoges, Uabres, Conserans and Terbe. And behind them sate the masters of the requests,* 13.6 and the councellors of the great councell. On either side the kings seate stood the earle of Beaumont great master and marshall of France, the lord de Brion admerall of France lieutenant generall, and gouernor of Burgognie. And behind the same seat were manie knights of the order, that is to wit, the earle of Lauall, lieute∣nant generall and gouernor of Britaine, the lord of Montmerancie, the lord Daubignie capteine of an hundred lances, and of the Scotish gard, the earle of Brienne, Lignie, and Roussie, the lord of Fleuran∣ges marshall of France, the lord of Ruffoie, the lord of Genoilliac great esquier and master of the artil∣lerie of France, Lois monsieur de Elenes, the lord of Humiers, and the earle of Carpie.

Behind them was the earle of Estamps prouost of Paris, and with him manie gentlemen of the kings chamber: among the which was the earle of Tancaruill, the lord of Guien, the son of the earle of Rous••ie, the son of the lord of Fleuranges, the lord de la Rochpot, the lord Donartie great master of the waters and forrests, the lord of Lude, the lord of Ianlie, the lord de Uillebon, bailie of Rouen, the ba∣ron of Chasteau Morant, the lord de la Loue, the vi∣count de la Motheaugroing, and the lord of Uertes. And besides these, the masters and officers of the houshold & gentlemen waiters, with the more part of the two hundred gentlemen or pensioners, as we terme them. At the entrie into the said throne or tri∣bunall seat, were the capteins of the gards, and the prouost of the houshold. And before the king knéeled the vshers of the chamber vpon the one knée: and at the foot of the step that went vp to the kings seate were the prouosts of the merchants and escheuins of the towne of Paris. Beneath in the hall (the gates whereof were still open) there was an infinite num∣ber of people of all nations: and in presence of them all, the king made this declaration.

The cause wherefore I haue made this assemblie,* 13.7 is, for that the emperour elect hath sent to me an he∣rald of armes, who (as I coniecture, and as the same herald hath said, and as his safe conduct importeth) hath brought me letters patents and autentike, con∣cerning the suertie of the field for the combat that should be betwixt the said elected emperour and me. And forasmuch as the said herald, vnder colour to bring the suertie of the field, may vse certeine ficti∣ons, dissimulations, or hypocrisies, to shift off the matter, whereas I desire expedition, and to haue it dispatched out of hand; so that by the same an end of the warres, which haue so long continued, may be had, to the ease and comfort of all christendome, to a∣uoid the effusion of bloud, and other mischéefes which come thereof: I haue wished it knowne to all chri∣stendome, to the end that euerie one may vnder∣stand the truth, from whence procéedeth the mischéefe and the long continuance thereof.

I haue also caused this assemblie to be made,* 13.8 to shew that I haue not without great cause enterpri∣sed such an act; for the right is on my side: and if I should otherwise haue doone, mine honor had béene greatlie blemished. A thing which my lords that are of my bloud, and other my subiects would haue ta∣ken in euill part. And knowing the cause of the combat, and my right, they will beare with it, as good and loiall subiects ought to doo, trusting by Gods helpe to procéed in such sort therein, that it shall plainelie appéere if the right be on my side or not: and how, against truth, I haue béene accused for a breaker of my faith, which I would be loth to doo, nor at anie time haue meant so to doo. The kings my predecessors and ancestors, whose pictures are ingrauen and set héere in order within this hall, which in their daies haue successiuelie atchiued glo∣rious acts, and greatlie augmented the realme of France, would thinke me vnworthie, and not ca∣pable to be their successor, if against mine honor I should suffer my selfe to be charged with such a

no••e by the emperour, and should not defend my person and honor in the manner and forme accusto∣med.

* 13.9And herewith he declared the whole case as it stood. First, how being taken at Pauia by fortune of war, he neuer gaue his faith to anie of his enimies, & con∣senting to be led into Spaine, caused his owne gal∣lies to be made readie to conueie him thither. Where at his arriuall, he was committed to ward within the castell of Madrill, garded with a great number [line 10] of harquebuziers & others. Which vncourteous dea∣ling found in the emperor, so much gréeued him, that he fell sicke, and laie in danger of death. Wherevpon the emperour comming to visit him after his reco∣uerie of health, an accord was made betwixt the de∣puties of the emperour and the ambassadours of the ladie his moother then regent of France: which ac∣cord was so vnreasonable, that no prince being in li∣bertie would haue consented thereto, nor for his de∣liuerance haue promised so great a ransome. Which [line 20] tretie yet they constrained him (as he said) to sweare to performe, being prisoner, against the protestation which he diuerse times had made, yea as yet being sicke, and in danger of recidiuation; and so conse∣quentlie of death.

After this, he was conueied foorth on his iournie homewards,* 13.10 still garded & not set at libertie. And it was told him, that after he came into France, it was conuenient that he should giue his faith, for that it was knowne well enough, that what he did [line 30] or promised in Spaine, it nothing auailed. And fur∣ther he remembred not that the emperour had told him at anie time, that if he performed not the con∣tents of the treatie, he would hold him for a breaker of his faith, & though he had, he was not in his liber∣tie to make anie answer. Two things therefore said he, in this case are to be considered. One, that the tre∣tie was violentlie wroong out from them that could not bind his person, and the which (as to the residue) had béene accomplished by his moother, deliuering [line 40] his sonnes in hostage. The other thing was his pre∣tended faith, on which they can make ••o ground, sith he was not set at libertie. And herevnto he shewed manie reasons, to prooue that his enimies could not pretend in right that they had his faith.

Further he said, that in matter of combat there was the assailant,* 13.11 which ought to giue suertie of the field, and the defendant the weapons. Herewith al∣so he caused a letter to be read, which the emperour had written to maister Iohn de Caluimont presi∣dent [line 50] of Burdeaux, the said kings ambassadour in the court of the said emperour: the tenor of which letter imported, that the emperour put the said ambassa∣dour in remembrance of spéech which he had vttered to the said ambassadour in Granado,* 13.12 repeating the same in substance as followeth. That the king his maister had doone naughtilie in not keeping his faith which he had of him, acording to the treatie of Ma∣drill: and if the king would saie the contrarie, I will (said the emperour) mainteine the quarrell with my [line 60] bodie against his. And these be the same words that I spake to the king your maister in Madrill, that I would hold him for a lewd and naughtie man, if he brake the faith which I had of him, &c.

Then after the said letter had béene read, he caused also his answer made by way of a cartell to be read, the tenor whereof ye haue heard before. That doone, he continued his tale, in declaring what order he had obserued to procure the emperour to the combat, without all shifting delaies: so as if the herald now come from the emperour would vse anie talke, other than to deliuer him an authentike writing for suer∣tie of the field, and not obserue the contents of his safe conduct, he meant not to giue him audience. And herevpon was the herald called to come in, and de∣clare his message. Who apparelled in his cote of armes, made his appéerance before the king there sit∣ting, accompanied (as ye haue heard.) Unto whome the king said.

Herald, dooest thou bring the suertie of the field,* 13.13 such one as thy maister, being the assailant, ought to deliuer vnto the defendant, being such a personage as I am? The herald herevnto said: Sir, maie it please you to giue me licence to doo mine office? Then said the king; Giue me the pattent of the field, and saie what thou wilt. The herald beginning his tale, The sacred. Tush (said the king) shew me the pattent of the field, for I hold thy master for so noble a prince, that he hath not sent thée without the suertie of the field, sith I haue demanded it; and thou knowest that thy safe conduct conteineth no lesse but that thou shouldest bring it. The herald answered, that he trusted he had brought that which might content his maiestie.

The king replied & said: Herald, giue me the pat∣tent of the field, giue it me: and if it be sufficient, I will receiue it, and after saie what thou wilt. The he∣rald said he had in commandement not to deliuer it, except he might declare that which he had first to saie. The king said: Thy maister can not giue lawes to vs in France. To conclude he told the herald, that he peraduenture might speake things that his mai∣ster would not auouch, and that he had not to deale with him, but with his maister.* 13.14 The herald then re∣quired that he might haue licence to depart: which the king granted. And withall the king commanded that it might be registred what had passed in this be∣halfe, for a testimonie that the fault rested not in him in that he receiued not the pattent. The herald like∣wise for his discharge, required a copie in writing of that which had passed, and the same was granted.

Thus far haue I ouerpassed the common bounds of my purpose, in speaking so largelie of this mat∣ter of combat, bicause of the rarenesse thereof, chan∣cing betwixt two so mightie princes, although it came not to the effect of triall. [year 1528] And now to returne to that which followed further vpon the defiance,* 13.15 de∣nounced to the emperor by the two kings of armes, Guien and Clarenceaux. Ye shall vnderstand, that the lords and nobilitie, to the number of seuen hun∣dred in whose presence it was giuen, tooke it so offen∣siuelie, that drawing foorth their swords, they sware that the same should be reuenged: for otherwise they protested, that the infamie would redound to them and their heires for euer. Herewith the warre was proclamed through all Spaine with baners displaied, in which were painted a red sword, with a burning cresset against the French king and his partakers, but not mentioning the king of England by expresse name. But it was recited in the proclamation, that the king of England had menaced and defied the em∣perour in the French kings quarell.

Then were the English merchants in Spaine at∣tached, and their goods put in safetie,* 13.16 till it might be knowne how the emperours subiects were ordered in England. Then likewise were all the ships of the emperours subiects here arrested: and in sembla∣ble maner all the Englishmen and their goods and ships were arrested by the ladie regent in the low countries. The common people in England much lamented, that warre should arise betwéene the em∣perour and the king of England, speciallie bicause the emperours dominions had holpen and reléeued them with graine in time of their necessitie & want. But cheefelie this matter touched merchants which hanted the emperors dominions. Yet at length were those of the low countries set at libertie, and their goods to them deliuered, in fauour of intercourse of

merchandize. But forsomuch as the Spaniards were still deteined, the ladie regent also deteined the ships and goods of the English merchants though she set their persons at libertie.

By this meanes the trade of merchandize was in maner fore let here in England,* 13.17 and namelie the clothes laie on their hands, whereby the common∣wealth suffered great decaie, and great numbers of spinners, carders, tuckers, and such other that liued by clothworking, remained idle, to their great impo∣uerishment. [line 10] And as this warre was displeasant to the Englishmen, so was it as much or more displea∣sant to the townes and people of the low countries, & in especiall to the townes of Antuerpe & Barrow, where the marts are kept. So that at length there came ambassadours from the ladie regent, the which associating themselues with don Hugo de Mendoza ambassadour for the emperour, came to the king at Richmond the twentie and ninth of March, and there mooued their sute so effectuallie,* 13.18 that an abstinence [line 20] of warre was granted, till time that a further com∣munication might be had: and vpon this point let∣ters were sent into Spaine, France, and Flanders, and so this matter continued vntill answers were brought from thense againe.

The emperours ambassadours intreated not so earnestlie to mooue the king to haue peace with their maister, but the French ambassadours sollicited the king as earnestlie to enter into the warre against him, and suerlie they had the cardinall on their side. But yet the king wiselie considering with other of [line 30] his councell, what damage should insue therby vnto his subiects, and speciallie to the merchants and clo∣thiers, would not consent so easilie to the purpose of the Frenchmen, though he had twentie thousand pounds sterling out of France, of yearelie pension, to continue fréend & alie to the French king. But he protested euer that he would sée the relme of France defended to his power, and studie no lesse to haue a peace concluded, which might be as honourable to the French king as to himselfe, and beneficiall vnto [line 40] their people, of whome by warres, might be made both slaughter and bloudshed, which are compani∣ons vnseparable of battell; as the poet well saith:

Hinc breuiter dirae mortis aperta via est.

On the two and twentith of Februarie the king created at Windsor sir Piers Butler of Ireland,* 13.19 erle of Osserie. ¶Also a Dutch craire of Armew cha∣sed a French craire vp the Thames from Margate to the Tower wharfe, and there as they fought sir [line 50] Edmund Walsingham lieutenant of the Tower perceiuing them,* 13.20 called his men togither, and ente∣ring the ships tooke both the capteins. The kings councell tooke vp the matter betwixt them, for the Fleming chalenged the Frenchman as a lawfull prise. An abstinence of the warre was taken in the beginning of this yeare betwixt Flanders, and the countries of Picardie on this side the riuer of Some to begin the first of Maie & indure till the last of Fe∣bruarie.* 13.21 By means of this truce all the Englishmen [line 60] might lawfullie passe into the low countries, but not into Spaine: which sore gréeued the merchants that haunted those parties. It was further agréed, that if no generall peace could be had, during the time of this truce: then all the merchants should haue respit two moneths after to passe into their owne coun∣tries with their wares and merchandizes in safetie.

In the end of Maie began in the citie of London the disease called the sweating sickenesse,* 13.22 which af∣terwards infected all places of the realme, and slue manie within fiue or six houres after they sickened. This sickenesse, for the maner of the taking of the pa∣tients, was an occasion of remembring that great sweat which raged in the reigne of this kings grand∣father; and happilie men caused the same remedie then vsed to be reuiued. By reason of this sickenesse, the tearme was adiourned, and the circuit of the as∣sises also. There died diuerse in the court of this sick∣nesse, as sir Francis Poins, which had béene am∣bassadour in Spaine, and diuerse others. The king for a space remooued almost euerie daie till he came to Tintinhangar, a place of the abbat of saint Al∣bons, and there he with the quéene, and a small com∣panie about them, remained till the sickenesse was past. In this great mortalitie died sir William Compton knight, and William Carew esquier;* 13.23 which were of the kings priuie chamber.

¶A prisoner brake from the sessions hall at New∣gate when the sessions was doone,* 13.24 which prisoner was brought downe out of Newgate in a basket, he séemed so weake: but now in the end of the sessions he brake thorough the people vnto the Greie friers church, and there was kept six or seauen daies yer the shiriffes could speake with him, and then bicause he would not abiure and aske a crowner, with vio∣lence they tooke him thense, and cast him againe in prison, but the law serued not to hang him.]

Ye heaue heard how the people talked a little be∣fore the cardinals going ouer into France the last yeare,* 13.25 that the king was told by doctor Longland bi∣shop of Lincolne and others, that his mariage with queene Katharine could not be good nor lawfull. The truth is, that whether this doubt was first mooued by the cardinall, or by the said Longland, being the kings confessor, the king was not onelie brought in doubt, whether it was a lawfull marriage or no; but also determined to haue the case examined, cléered, and adiudged by learning, law, and sufficient autho∣ritie.* 13.26 The cardinall verelie was put in most blame for this scruple now cast into the kings conscience, for the hate he bare to the emperor, bicause he would not grant to him the archbishoprike of Toledo, for the which he was a suter. And therefore he did not onlie procure the king of England to ioine in fréend∣ship with the French king, but also sought a diuorse betwixt the king and the quéene, that the king might haue had in marriage the duchesse of Alanson, sister vnto the French king:* 13.27 and (as some haue thought) he trauelled in that matter with the French king at Amiens, but the duchesse would not giue eare therevnto.

But howsoeuer it came about,* 13.28 that the king was thus troubled in conscience concerning his mariage, this followed, that like a wise & sage prince, to haue the doubt cleerelie remooued, he called togither the best learned of the realme,* 13.29 which were of seuerall o∣pinions. Wherfore he thought to know the truth by indifferent iudges, least peraduenture the Spani∣ards, and other also in fauour of the quéene would saie, that his owne subiects were not indifferent iud∣ges in this behalfe. And therefore he wrote his cause to Rome, and also sent to all the vniuersities in Ita∣lie and France, and to the great clearkes of all chri∣stendome, to know their opinions, and desired the court of Rome to send into his realme a legat, which should be indifferent, and of a great and profound iudgement, to heare the cause debated. At whose re∣quest the whole consistorie of the college of Rome sent thither Laurence Campeius, a préest cardinall,* 13.30 a man of great wit and experience, which was sent hither before in the tenth yeare of this king, as yée haue heard, and with him was ioined in commission the cardinall of Yorke and legat of England.

This cardinall came to London in October, and did intimate both to the king & queene the cause of his comming: which being knowne,* 13.31 great talke was had thereof. The archbishop of Canturburie sent for the famous doctors of both the vniuersities to Lam∣beth,

and there were euerie daie disputations and communings of this matter. And bicause the king meant nothing but vprightlie therein, and knew well that the quéene was somewhat wedded to hir owne opinion, and wished that she should do nothing without counsell, he bad hir choose the best clearks of his realme to be of hir counsell, and licenced them to doo the best on hir part that they could, according to the truth. Then she elected William Warham arch∣bishop of Canturburie,* 13.32 and Nicholas Weast bishop of Elie, doctors of the laws; and Iohn Fisher bishop [line 10] of Rochester, and Henrie Standish bishop of saint Assaph, doctors of diuinitie, and manie o••her doctors and well learned men, which for suertie like men of great learning defended hir cause, as farre as lear∣ning might mainteine and hold it vp.

This yeare was sir Iames Spenser maior of London,* 13.33 in whose time the watch in London on Midsummer night was laid downe. About this time the king receiued into fauour doctor Stephan Gar∣diner,* 13.34 whose seruice he vsed in matters of great se∣crecie [line 20] and weight, [year 1529] admitting him in the roome of doctor Pace,* 13.35 the which being continuallie abroad in ambassages, and the same oftentimes not much ne∣cessarie, by the cardinals appointment, at length he tooke such gréefe therewith, that he fell out of his right wits. The place where the cardinals should sit to heare the cause of matrimonie betwixt the king and the quéene,* 13.36 was ordeined to be at the Blacke friers in London, where in the great hall was preparation made of seats, tables, and other furniture, accor∣ding [line 30] to such a solemne session and roiall apparance. The court was platted in tables and benches in manner of a consistorie,* 13.37 one seat raised higher for the iudges to sit in. Then as it were in the midst of the said iudges aloft aboue them three degrées high, was a cloth of estate hanged, with a chaire roiall vnder the same, wherein sat the king; and besides him, some distance from him sat the quéene, and vnder the iud∣ges feet sat the scribes and other officers: the chéefe scribe was doctor Stéeuens, and the caller of the [line 40] court was one Cooke of Winchester.

Then before the king and the iudges within the court sat the archbishop of Canturburie Warham, and all the other bishops. Then stood at both ends within, the counsellors learned in the spirituall laws, as well the kings as the quéenes. The doctors of law for the king (whose names yée haue heard before) had their conuenient roomes. Thus was the court furni∣shed. The iudges commanded silence whilest their commission was read, both to the court and to the [line 50] people assembled.* 13.38 That doone the scribes commanded the crier to call the king by the name of king Hen∣rie of England, come into the court, &c. With that the king answered and said, Héere. Then called he the queene by the name of Katharine quéene of England come into the court, &c. Who made no answer, but rose out of hir chaire.

And bicause shée could not come to the king di∣rectlie, for the distance seuered betweene them, shée [line 60] went about by the court, and came to the king, knee∣ling downe at his féet, to whome she said in effect as followeth:* 13.39 Sir (quoth she) I desire you to doo me ius∣tice and right, and take some pitie vpon me, for I am a poore woman, and a stranger, borne out of your do∣minion, hauing héere no indifferent counsell, & lesse assurance of fréendship. Alas sir, what haue I offen∣ded you, or what occasion of displeasure haue I shew∣ed you, intending thus to put me from you after this sort? I take God to my iudge, I haue beene to you a true & humble wife, euer conformable to your will and pleasure, that neuer contraried or gainesaid any thing thereof, and being alwaies contented with all things wherein you had any delight, whether little or much, without grudge or displeasure, I loued for your sake all them whome you loued, whether they were my fréends or enimies.

I haue béene your wife these twentie yeares and more, & you haue had by me diuerse children. If there be anie iust cause that you can alleage against me, ei∣ther of dishonestie, or matter lawfull to put me from you; I am content to depart to my shame and re∣buke: and if there be none, then I praie you to let me haue iustice at your hand.* 13.40 The king your father was in his time of excellent wit, and the king of Spaine my father Ferdinando was reckoned one of the wisest princes that reigned in Spaine manie yeares before. It is not to be doubted, but that they had ga∣thered as wise counsellors vnto them of euerie realme, as to their wisedoms they thought méet, who déemed the marriage betwéene you and me good and lawfull, &c. Wherefore, I humblie desire you to spare me, vntill I may know what counsell my freends in Spaine will aduertise me to take, and if you will not, then your pleasure be fulfilled. ¶With that she arose vp, making a lowe curtesie to the king, and de∣parted from thence.

The king being aduertised that shée was readie to go out of the house,* 13.41 commanded the crier to call hir againe, who called hir by these words; Katharine quéene of England, come into the court. With that (quoth maister Griffith) Madame, you be called a∣gaine. On on (quosh she) it maketh no matter, I will not tarrie, go on your waies. And thus she departed, without anie further answer at that time, or anie o∣ther, and neuer would appeare after in anie court. The king perceiuing she was departed, said these words in effect: For as much (quoth he) as the quéene is gone, I will in hir absence declare to you all, that shée hath beene to me as true, as obedient, and as conformable a wife, as I would wish or desire. She hath all the vertuous qualities that ought to be in a woman of hir dignitie, or in anie other of a baser e∣state, she is also surelie a noble woman borne, hir conditions will well declare the same.

With that quoth Wolseie the cardinall: Sir,* 13.42 I most humblie require your highnesse, to declare be∣fore all this audience, whether I haue béene the chéefe and first moouer of this matter vnto your maiestie or no, for I am greatlie suspected heerein. My lord cardinall (quoth the king) I can well excuse you in this matter, marrie (quoth he) you haue béene rather against me in the tempting héereof, than a setter for∣ward or moouer of the same. The speciall cause that mooued me vnto this matter, was a certeine scrupu∣lositie that pricked my conscience, vpon certeine words spoken at a time when it was, by the bishop of Baion the French ambassador, who had béene hither sent, vpon the debating of a marriage to be conclu∣ded betweene our daughter the ladie Marie, and the duke of Orleance, second son to the king of France.

Upon the resolution and determination whereof, he desired respit to aduertise the king his maister thereof, whether our daughter Marie should be legi∣timate in respect of this my marriage with this wo∣man, being sometimes my brothers wife. Which words once conceiued within the secret bottome of my conscience, ingendered such a scrupulous doubt,* 13.43 that my conscience was incontinentlie accombred, vexed, and disquieted; whereby I thought my selfe to be greatlie in danger of Gods indignation. Which appeared to be (as me seemed) the rather, for that he sent vs no issue male: and all such issues male as my said wife had by me, died incontinent after they came into the world, so that I doubted the great dis∣pleasure of God in that behalfe.

Thus my conscience being tossed in the waues of a scrupulous mind, and partlie in despaire to haue

anie other issue than I had alredie by this ladie now my wife, it behooued me further to consider the state of this realme, and the danger it stood in for lacke of a prince to succéed me, I thought it good in release of the weightie burthen of my weake conscience, & also the quiet estate of this worthie relme, to attempt the law therin, whether I may lawfullie take another wife more lawfullie, by whome God may send me more issue, in case this my first copulation was not good, without anie carnall concupiscence, and not for [line 10] anie displeasure or misliking of the queenes person and age,* 13.44 with whome I would be as well contented to continue, if our mariage may stand with the laws of God, as with anie woman aliue.

In this point consisteth all this doubt that we go about now to trie, by the learning, wisedome, and iudgement of you our prelats and pastors of all this our realme and dominions now heere assembled for that purpose; to whose conscience & learning I haue committed the charge and iudgement: according to [line 20] the which I will (God willing) be right well content to submit my selfe,* 13.45 and for my part obeie the same. Wherein, after that I perceiued my conscience so doubtfull, I mooued it in confession to you my lord of Lincolne then ghostlie father. And for so much as then you your selfe were in some doubt, you mooued me to aske the counsell of all these my lords: where∣vpon I mooued you my lord of Canturburie, first to haue your licence, in as much as you were metropo∣litane, to put this matter in question, and so I did of [line 30] all you my lords: to which you granted vnder your seales, héere to be shewed. That is truth, quoth the archbishop of Canturburie. After that the king rose vp, and the court was adiorned vntill another daie.

Héere is to be noted, that the quéene in presence of the whole court most gréeuouslie accused the cardi∣nall of vntruth,* 13.46 deceit, wickednesse, & malice, which had sowne dissention betwixt hir and the king hir husband; and therefore openlie protested, that she did vtterlie abhorre, refuse, and forsake such a iudge, as [line 40] was not onelie a most malicious enimie to hir, but also a manifest aduersarie to all right and iustice, and therewith did she appeale vnto the pope,* 13.47 committing hir whole cause to be iudged of him. But notwith∣standing this appeale, the legats sat weekelie, and euerie daie were arguments brought in on both parts, and proofes alleaged for the vnderstanding of the case, and still they assaied if they could by anie meanes procure the quéene to call backe hir appeale, which she vtterlie refused to doo. The king would [line 50] gladlie haue had an end in the matter,* 13.48 but when the legats draue time, and determined vpon no certeine point, he conceiued a suspicion, that this was doone of purpose, that their dooings might draw to none effect or conclusion.

The next court daie, the cardinals sat againe, at which time the councell on both sides were there rea∣die to answer. The kings councell alleaged the ma∣trimonie not to be lawfull at the beginning,* 13.49 bicause of the carnall copulation had betwéene prince Ar∣thur [line 60] and the quéene. This matter was verie vehe∣mentlie touched on that side, and to prooue it, they al∣leaged manie reasons and similitudes of truth: and being answered negatiuelie againe on the other side, it seemed that all their former allegations were doubtfull to be tried, and that no man knew the truth. And thus this court passed from sessions to sessions, and daie to daie, till at certeine of their sessions the king sent the two cardinals to the queene (who was then in Bridewell) to persuade with hir by their wis∣doms, and to aduise hir to surrender the whole mat∣ter into the kings hands by hir owne consent & will, which should be much better to hir honour, than to stand to the triall of law, and thereby to be condem∣ned, which should séeme much to hir dishonour.

The cardinals being in the queenes chamber of presence,* 13.50 the gentleman vsher aduertised the quéene that the cardinals were come to speake with hir. With that she rose vp, & with a skeine of white thred about hir necke, came into hir chamber of presence, where the cardinals were attending. At whose com∣ming, quoth she, What is your plesure with me? If it please your grace (quoth cardinall Wolseie) to go in∣to your priuie chamber, we will shew you the cause of our comming. My lord (quoth she) if yée haue anie thing to saie, speake it openlie before all these folke, for I feare nothing that yee can saie against me, but that I would all the world should heare and sée it, and therefore speake your mind. Then began the cardi∣nall to speake to hir in Latine. Naie good my lord (quoth she) speake to me in English.

Forsooth (quoth the cardinall) good madame, if it please you, we come both to know your mind how you are disposed to doo in this matter betwéene the king and you, and also to declare secretlie our opini∣ons and counsell vnto you: which we doo onelie for verie zeale and obedience we beare vnto your grace. My lord (quoth she) I thanke you for your good will,* 13.51 but to make you answer in your request I cannot so suddenlie, for I was set among my maids at worke, thinking full little of anie such matter, wherein there néedeth a longer deliberation, and a better head than mine to make answer: for I néed counsell in this case which toucheth me so néere, & for anie counsell or freendship that I can find in England, they are not for my profit. What thinke you my lords, will anie Englishman counsell me, or be fréend to me against the K. pleasure that is his subiect? Naie forsooth. And as for my counsell in whom I will put my trust, they be not here, they be in Spaine in my owne countrie.

And my lords, I am a poore woman, lacking wit, to answer to anie such noble persons of wisedome as you be, in so weightie a matter, therefore I praie you be good to me poore woman, destitute of fréends here in a forren region, and your counsell also I will be glad to heare. And therewith she tooke the cardi∣nall by the hand, and led him into hir priuie cham∣ber with the other cardinall, where they tarried a sea∣son talking with the quéene. Which communication ended, they departed to the king, making to him re∣lation of hir talke.* 13.52 Thus this case went forward from court to court, till it came to iudgement, so that euerie man expected that iudgment would be giuen the next day. At which daie the king came thither, and set him downe in a chaire within a doore, in the end of the gallerie (which opened directlie against the iudgement seat) to heare the iudgement giuen, at which time all their proceedings were red in Latine.

That doone, the kings councell at the barre called for iudgement.* 13.53 With that (quoth cardinall Campei∣us) I will not giue iudgement till I haue made re∣lation to the pope of all our procéedings, whose counsell and commandement in this case I will ob∣serue: the case is verie doubtfull, and also the partie defendant will make no answer here, but dooth ra∣ther appeale from vs, supposing that we be not indif∣ferent. Wherfore I will adiourne this court for this time, according to the order of the court of Rome. And with that the court was dissolued, and no more doone. This protracting of the conclusion of the mat∣ter, king Henrie tooke verie displeasantlie. Then cardinall Campeius tooke his leaue of the king and nobilitie, and returned towards Rome.]

Whilest these things were thus in hand, the cardi∣nall of Yorke was aduised that the king had set his affection vpon a yoong gentlewoman named Anne,* 13.54 the daughter of sir Thomas Bullen vicount Roch∣ford, which did wait vpon the quéene. This was a

great griefe vnto the cardinall, as he that perceiued aforehand, that the king would marie the said gen∣tlewoman, if the diuorse tooke place. Wherfore he be∣gan with all diligence to disappoint that match, which by reason of the misliking that he had to the woman, he iudged ought to be auoided more than present death. While the matter stood in this state, and that the cause of the quéene was to be heard and iudged at Rome,* 13.55 by reason of the appeale which by hir was put in: the cardinall required the pope by [line 10] letters and secret messengers, that in anie wise he should defer the iudgement of the diuorse, till he might frame the kings mind to his purpose.

Howbeit he went about nothing so secretlie, but that the same came to the kings knowledge, who tooke so high displeasure with such his cloked dissimu∣lation,* 13.56 that he determined to abase his degrée, sith as an vnthankefull person he forgot himselfe and his dutie towards him that had so highlie aduanced him to all honor and dignitie. When the nobles of the [line 20] realme perceiued the cardinall to be in displeasure,* 13.57 they began to accuse him of such offenses as they knew might be proued against him, and thereof they made a booke conteining certeine articles,* 13.58 to which diuerse of the kings councell set their hands. The king vnderstanding more plainlie by those articles, the great pride, presumption, and couetousnesse of the cardinall, was sore mooued against him; but yet kept his purpose secret for a while. Shortlie after, a parlement was called to begin at Westminster the [line 30] third of Nouember next insuing.

In the meane time the king, being informed that all those things that the cardinall had doone by his power legantine within this realme, were in the case of the premunire and prouision,* 13.59 caused his at∣turneie Christopher Hales to sue out a writ of pre∣munire against him, in the which he licenced him to make his atturneie. ¶And further, the seuentéenth of Nouember the king sent the two dukes of Norf∣folke and Suffolke to the cardinals place at West∣minster,* 13.60 [line 40] who (went as they were commanded) and finding the cardinall there,* 13.61 they declared that the kings pleasure was that he should surrender vp the great seale into their hands, and to depart simplie vnto Asher, which was an house situat nigh vnto Hampton court, belonging to the bishoprike of Winchester. The cardinall demanded of them their commission that gaue them such authoritie, who an∣swered againe, that they were sufficient commissio∣ners, and had authoritie to doo no lesse by the kings [line 50] mouth. Notwithstanding, he would in no wise agrée in that behalfe, without further knowledge of their authoritie, saieng; that the great seale was deliue∣red him by the kings person, to inioy the ministrati∣on thereof, with the roome of the chancellor for the terme of his life▪ whereof for his suertie he had the kings letters patents.

This matter was greatlie debated betwéene them with manie great words, in so much that the dukes were faine to depart againe without their purpose, and rode to Windsore to the king, and made report [line 60] accordinglie; but the next daie they returned againe, bringing with them the kings letters. Then the car∣dinall deliuered vnto them the great seale,* 13.62 and was content to depart simplie, taking with him nothing but onelie certeine prouision for his house: and after long talke betwéene him and the dukes, they depar∣ted with the great seale of England, and brought the same to the king. Then the cardinall called all his officers before him,* 13.63 and tooke accompt of them for all such stuffe, whereof they had charge. And in his galle∣rie were set diuerse tables, wherevpon laie a great number of goodlie rich stuffe, as whole péeces of silke of all colours, veluet, sattin, damaske, taffata, gro∣graine, and other things. Also, there laie a thousand peeces of fine Holland cloth.

There was laid on euerie table, bookes reporting the contents of the same, and so was there inuenta∣ries of all things in order against the kings com∣ming. He caused to be hanged the walles of the gal∣lerie on the one side with cloth of gold, cloth of tissue, cloth of siluer, and rich cloth of bodken of diuerse co∣lours. On the other side were hanged the richest sute of coapes of his owne prouision made for his colle∣ges of Oxford and Ipswich, that euer were séene in England. Then had he two chambers adioining to the gallerie, the one most commonlie called the gilt chamber, and the other the councell chamber, wherein were set vp two broad and long tables vpon trestles, whervpon was set such a number of plate of all sorts, as was almost incredible.

In the gilt chamber were set out vpon the table nothing but gilt plate, and vpon a cupbord and in a window was set no plate but gold, verie rich: and in the councell chamber was all white and parcell gilt plate, and vnder the table in baskets was all old bro∣ken siluer plate, and bookes set by them purporting e∣uerie kind of plate, and euerie parcell, with the con∣tents of the ounces thereof. Thus were all things prepared, giuing charge of all the said stuffe, with all other remaining in euerie office, to be deliuered to the king, to make answer to their charge: for the or∣der was such, that euerie officer was charged with the receipt of the stuffe belonging to his office by in∣denture. To sir William Gascoigne,* 13.64 being his trea∣suror, he gaue the charge of the deliuerie of the said goods, and therwithall, with his traine of gentlemen and yeomen, he tooke his barge at the priuie staires, and so went by water vnto Putneie, where when he was arriued, he tooke his mule, & euerie man tooke their horsses, and rode streight to Asher, where he and his familie continued the space of three or foure weekes, without either beds, shéets, table cloths, or dishes to eat their meat in, or wherwith to buie anie: the cardinall was forced to ••orow of the bishop of Carleill, plate and dishes, &c.]

After this, in the kings bench his matter for the premunire, being called vpon, two atturneis,* 13.65 which he had authorised by his warrant signed with his owne hand, confessed the action, and so had iudge∣ment to forfeit all his lands, tenements, goods,* 13.66 and cattels, and to be out of the kings protection: but the king of his clemencie sent to him a sufficient protec∣tion, and left to him the bishoprikes of Yorke and Winchester, with plate and stuffe conuenient for his degrée. The bishoprike of Duresme was giuen to doctor Tunstall bishop of London,* 13.67 and the abbeie of saint Albons to the prior of Norwich. Also the bi∣shoprike of London being now void, was bestowed on doctor Stokesleie, then ambassadour to the vni∣uersities beyond the sea for the kings mariage.

The ladie Margaret duches of Sauoy aunt to the emperour,* 13.68 and the ladie L••is duchesse of Angolesme mother to the French king, met at Cambreie in the beginning of the moneth of Iune, to treat of a peace, where were present doctor Tunstall bishop of Lon∣don, and sir Thomas Moore then chancellor of the du∣chie of Lancaster, commissioners for the king of England. At length through diligence of the said la∣dies a peace was concluded betwixt the emperour, the pope, and the kings of England and France. All these met there in the beginning of Iulie, accompa∣nied with diuerse great princes and councellors, on euerie part. And after long debating on both sides, there was a good conclusion taken the fift daie of Au∣gust. In the which was concluded, that the treatie of Madrill should stand in his full strength and vertue,* 13.69 sauing the third and fourth, and the eleuenth and four∣téenth

articles, which touch the duchie of Burgognie, and other lordships.

1 Item, it was agréed, that the French king should haue his children againe,* 13.70 paieng to the empe∣rour two millians of crownes of gold, whereof hée should paie at the deliuering of the children, twelue hundred thousand crownes.

2 Item, that the French king should acquit the emperour against the king of England, of fourescore and ten thousand crowns, which the emperour owght [line 10] to the king of England, and the king of England to deliuer all such bonds and gages as he had of the emperours.

3 Item, as touching the remnant, which was fiue hundred and ten thousand crownes, the emperour should haue fiue and twentie thousand crownes rent yearelie, for which he should haue the lands of the du∣chesse of Uandosme, lieng in Flanders and Brabant bound.

4 Item, that Flanders and diuerse other coun∣tries, [line 20] should not behold in chiefe, nor haue resort to the crowne of France.

5 Item, that the realme of Naples, the duchie of Millan, and the countie of Ast, should for euer re∣maine to the emperour.

6 Item, that the French king should withdraw all such souldiors as he had, out of Italie.

7 Item, that the ladie Eleanor should be brought into France, with the French kings children, and in time conuenient should be maried to the French [line 30] king.

8 Item, that the French king should aid the em∣perour with twelue gallies to go into Italie.

9 Item, that all prisoners on both parties should be acquited.

10 Item, that the French king should not aid Robert de la March, against the bishop of Luke.

11 Item, that all the goods mooueable and vnmoo∣uable, of Charles duke of Burbon, should be restored to his heires, they paieng to lord Henrie, marquesse of Dapenete, and earle of Nassaw, lord chamber∣leine [line 40] to the emperour, ten thousand ducats, which he lent to the said duke of Burbon.

12 Item, that Iohn earle of Panthieure, should be remitted to all such goods, as were earle Rene his fathers.

13 Item, the lord Laurence de Gorowood, great master to the emperor, should be restored to the lord∣ships of Chalmont, & Monteualle, which he bought of the duke of Burbon, or to haue his monie againe.

14 Item, Philip de Chalon prince of Orenge and [line 50] viceroy of Naples, to be restored to all his lands in Burgognie.

15 Item, that the duches of Uandosme, and Lois earle of Nauers, should haue all such right and acti∣ons, as they should haue had before the warre began.

In the emperours countries, when all things were written, sealed, and finished, there was a solemne masse soong in the cathedrall church of Cambreie, the two ladies ambassadors of the king of England, sit∣ting in great estate: and after masse the peace was [line 60] proclamed betwéene the thrée princes, and Te Deum soong, and monie cast to the people, and great fires made through the citie. The same night the French king came into Cambreie, well and noblie accom∣panied, and saluted the ladies, and to them made di∣uerse bankets: and then all persons departed into their countrie, glad of this concord. This peace was called the womens peace,* 13.71 for bicause that notwith∣standing this conclusion, yet neither the emperour trusted the French king, nor he neither trusted nor loued him, and their subiects were in the same case. This proclamation was proclamed solemnelie by heralds with trumpets in the citie of London, which proclamation much reioised the English merchants, repairing into Flanders, Brabant, Zeland, and o∣ther the emperors dominions. For during the wars, merchants were euill handled on both parties, which caused them to be desirous of peace.* 13.72] On the foure & twentith of Nouember, was sir Thomas Moore made lord chancellor, & the next day led to the Chan∣cerie by the dukes of Norffolke and Suffolke, and there sworne.

At the daie appointed the parlement began, on which daie the king came by water to his place of Bridewell,* 13.73 and there he and his nobles put on their robes of parlement, and so came to the Blacke friers church, where a masse of the Holie-ghost was solemnelie soong by the kings chappell: and after the masse, the king with all the lords of parlement and commons, which were summoned to appeare at that daie, came into the parlement chamber, where the king sate in his throne or seat roiall: and sir Thomas Moore his chancellor, standing on the right hand of the king behind the barre, made an eloquent ora∣tion.

In this oration he declared, that like as a good shéepheard, which not alonelie keepeth and attendeth well his shéepe, but also foreseeth and prouideth for all things which either may be hurtfull or noisome to his flocke, or maie preserue and defend the same against all perils that may chance to come: so the king which was the shéepheard, ruler and gouernour of his realme, vigilantlie foreséeing things to come, consi∣dered how diuers laws before this time were made, now by long continuance of time and mutation of things, verie insufficient and vnperfect: and also by the fraile condition of man, diuerse new enormities were sproong amongest the people, for the which no law was yet made to reforme the same. Which was the verie cause whie at that time the king had sum∣moned his high court of parlement. And hée re∣sembled the king to a shéepheard or heardman for this cause: for if a prince be compared to his riches, he is but a rich man; if a prince be compared to his honour, he is but an honourable man: but compare him to the multitude of his people, and the number of his flocke, then he is a ruler,* 13.74 a gouernor of might & puissance, so that his people maketh him a prince, as of the multitude of shéepe commeth the name of a shéepheard. And as you sée that amongst a great sort of shepe some be rotten & faultie, which the good shéep∣heard sendeth from the good sheepe: so the great wed∣der which is of late fallen (as you all know) so crafti∣lie, so scabbedlie, yea and so vntrulie iugled with the king, that all men must néedes ghesse and thinke, that he thought in himselfe that he had no wit to per∣ceiue his craftie dooing; or else that he presumed that the king would not sée nor know his fraudulent iug∣ling and attempts. But he was deceiued: for his graces sight was so quicke and penetrable, that hée saw him, yea and saw through him, both within and without, so that all things to him was open, and ac∣cording to his desert he hath had a gentle correction.

Which small punishment the king will not to be an example to other offendors, but clearelie decla∣reth, that whosoeuer hereafter shall make like at∣tempt, or commit like offense, shall not escape with like punishment. And bicause you of the common house be a grosse multitude, and can not speake all at one time: therefore the kings pleasure is, that you shall resort to the nether house, & there amongst your selues, according to the old and ancient custome, to choose an able person to be your common mouth and speaker: and after your election so made, to aduertise his grace thereof, which will declare to you his plea∣sure, what day he will haue him present in this place. After this doone, the commons resorted to the nether

house,* 13.75 and they chose for their speaker Thomas Aud∣leie esquier, and attourneie of the duchie of Lanca∣ster: and the same daie was the parlement adiorned to Westminster.

On the sixt daie of the same moneth, the king came to the parlement chamber, and all the lords in their robes. And there the commons of the nether house presented their speaker, which there made an e∣loquent oration,* 13.76 which consisted in two points. The first point was, that he much praised the king for his [line 10] equitie and iustice, mixed with mercie and pitie, so that none offense was forgotten and left vnpunish∣ed, nor in the punishment the extremitie nor the ri∣gor of the law cruellie extended: which should be a cause to bridle all men from doing like offenses, & also a comfort to offendors to confesse their crime and offense, and an occasion of amendment and re∣conciliation. The second point was, that he disabled himselfe, both for lacke of wit, learning, and discreti∣on to so high an office, beseeching the king to cause [line 20] his commons to resort eftsoones to their common house, and there to choose an other speaker for that parlement.

To this the king (by the mouth of the lord chancel∣lor) answered; that where he disabled himselfe in wit and learning, his owne ornate oration there made testified the contrarie. And as touching his discreti∣on and other qualities, the king himselfe had well knowne him and his doings since he was in his ser∣uice, to be both wise and discreet: and so for an able [line 30] man he accepted him, and for the speaker he him ad∣mitted. When the commons were assembled in the nether house,* 13.77 they began to commune of their griefes, wherewith the spiritualtie had before time greeuouslie oppressed them, both contrarie to the law of the realme, and contrarie to all right: and in spe∣ciallie they were sore mooued with six great causes.

[line 1] The first for the excessiue fines, which the ordinaries tooke for probats of testaments, insomuch that sir Henrie Guilford knight of the garter, and control∣lor [line 40] of the kings house, declared in the open parle∣ment on his fidelitie, that he and others being execu∣tors to sir William Compton knight, paied for the probat of his will to the cardinall and the archbishop of Canturburie a thousand markes sterling. After this declaration were shewed so manie extortions doone by ordinaries for probats of willes, that it were too much to rehearse.

The second was the great polling and extreame [line 2] eraction, which the spirituall men vsed in taking of [line 50] corps, presents, or mortuaries. For the children of the defunct should all die for hunger, and go a beg∣ging, rather than they would of charitie giue to them the séelie cow which the dead man owght, if he had but onelie one; such was the charitie then.

[line 3] The third cause was, that priests being surueiors, stewards and officers to bishops, abbats, and other spirituall heads, had and occupied farmes, gran∣ges, and grasing in euerie countrie, so that the poore husbandmen could haue nothing but of them; and [line 60] yet for that they should paie déerlie.

[line 4] The fourth cause was, that abbats, priors, and spi∣rituall men kept tan-houses, and bought and sold wooll, cloth, and all maner of merchandize, as other temporall merchants did.

[line 5] The fift cause was, bicause that spirituall persons promoted to great benefices, and hauing their li∣uings of their flocke, were lieng in the court in lords houses, and tooke all of the parishioners, and no∣thing spent on them at all: so that for lacke of resi∣dence both the poore of the parish lacked refreshing, and vniuersallie all the parishioners lacked preach∣ing and true instruction of Gods word, to the great perill of their soules.

The sixt cause was, to sée one priest little learned, [line 6] to haue ten or twelue benefices, & to be resident vp∣on none; and to know manie well learned scholars in the vniuersities, which were able to preach & teach, to haue neither benefice nor exhibition.

These things before this time might in no wise be touched, nor yet talked of by anie man,* 13.78 except he would be made an heretike, or léese all that he had. For t hebishops were chancellors, and had all the rule about the king, so that no man durst once presume to attempt anie thing contrarie to their profit or com∣moditie. But now, when God had illuminated the eies of the king, and that their subtile dooings were once espied; then men began charitablie to desire a reformation: and so at this parlement men began to shew their grudges. Wherevpon the burgesses of the parlement appointed such as were learned in the law, being of the common house, to draw one bill of the probats of testaments, another for mortuaries, and the third for non residence, pluralities, and ta∣king of farmes by spirituall men. The learned men tooke much paines, and first set foorth the bill of mor∣tuaries, which passed the common house, and was sent vp to the lords. To this bill the spirituall lords made a faire face, saieng; that suerlie priests and cu∣rats tooke more than they should, and therefore it were well done to take some reasonable order: thus they spake, bicause it touched them little.

But within two daies after was sent vp the bill concerning probats of testaments; at the which the archbishop of Canturburie in especiall, and all other bishops in generall both frowned and grunted, for that touched their profit. Insomuch as doctor Iohn Fisher bishop of Rochester said openlie in the parle∣ment chamber these words: My lords, you sée dailie what billes come hither from the common house,* 13.79 and all is to the destruction of the church. For Gods sake sée what a realme the kingdome of Boheme was; and when the church went downe, then fell the glorie of the kingdome: now with the commons is nothing but Downe with the church; and all this me séemeth is for lacke of faith onlie. When these words were reported to the commons of the nether house, that the bishop should saie, that all their dooings were for lacke of faith, they tooke the matter gréeuouslie, for they imagined that the bishop estéemed them as heretikes, and so by his slanderous words would haue persuaded the temporall lords, to haue restrai∣ned their consent from the said two billes, which they before had passed, as you haue heard before.

Wherefore the commons, after long debate, deter∣mined to send the speaker of the parlement to the kings highnesse,* 13.80 with a gréeuous complaint against the bishop of Rochester. And so on a daie, when the king was at leasure, Thomas Audleie speaker for the commons, and thirtie of the chéefe of the common house, came to the kings presence in his palace at Westminster, whi••h before was called Yorke place; and there verie eloquentlie declared what a dishonor to the king and the realme it was, to saie, that they which were elected for the wisest men of all the shires, cities, and boroughs, within the realme of England, should be declared, in so noble and open presence, to lacke faith: which was equiualent to saie, that they were infidels, and no christians, as ill as Turkes, or Saracens, so that what paine or studie soeuer they tooke for the common wealth, or what acts or lawes soeuer they made or stablished, should be taken as la••es made by Painims and heathen people, and not woorthie to be kept by christian men. Wherefore he most humbly besought the kings highnesse to call the said bishop before him, and to cause him to speake more discréetlie of such a number as was in the com∣mon house.

The king was not well contented with the sai∣eng of the bishop, yet he gentlie answered the spea∣ker, that he would send for the bishop, and send them word what answer he made, and so they departed a∣gaine. After this the king sent for the archbishop of Canturburie and six other bishops, and for the bishop of Rochester also, and there declared to him the grudge of the commons; to the which the bishop an∣swered, that he meant the dooings of the Bohemians was for lacke of faith, and not the dooings of them that were in the common house.* 13.81 Which saieng was [line 10] confirmed by the bishops being present, who had him in great reputation: and so by that onelie sai∣eng the king accepted his excuse, and thereof sent word to the commons by sir William Fitz Willi∣ams knight, treasuror of his houshold; which blind excuse pleased the commons nothing at all.* 13.82 After diuerse assemblies were kept betwéene certeine of the lords, and certeine of the commons, for the billes of probats of testaments, and the mortuaries; the temporaltie laid to the spiritualtie their owne lawes [line 20] and constitutions; and the spiritualtie sore defended them by prescription & vsage, to whom this answer was made by a gentleman of Greies inne: The v∣sage hath euer beene of théeues to rob on Shooters hill, ergo is it lawfull?

With this answer the spirituall men were sore of∣fended, because their dooings were called robberies. But the temporall men stood still by their saiengs, insomuch that the said gentleman said to the archbi∣shop of Canturburie, that both the exaction of pro∣bats [line 30] of testaments, and the taking of mortuaries, as they were vsed, were open robberie and theft. Af∣ter long disputation, the temporall lords began to leane to the commons: but for all that the billes re∣mained vnconcluded for a while. In the meane sea∣son,* 13.83 there was a bill assented to by the lords, and sent downe to the commons: the effect whereof was, that the whole realme by the said act did release to the king, all such summes of monie as he had borrowed of them at the loane, in the fiftéenth yeare of his [line 40] reigne (as you haue heard before.) This bill was sore argued in the common house, but the most part of the commons were the kings seruants, and the other were so laboured to by other, that the bill was assen∣ted vnto.

When this release of the loane was knowen to the commons of the realme, Lord so they grudged & spake ill of the whole parlement. For almost euerie man counted it his debt, and reckoned suerlie of the [line 50] paiment of the same. And therefore some made their willes of the same, and some other did set it ouer to other for debt, and so manie men had losse by it, which caused them sore to murmur, but there was no reme∣die. The king like a good and discréet prince, séeing that his commons in the parlement house had relea∣sed the loane, intending somewhat to requite the same, granted to them a generall pardon of all of∣fenses; certeine great offenses and debts onelie ex∣cepted: also he aided them for the redresse of their [line 60] griefes against the spiritualtie, and caused two new billes to be made indifferentlie, both for the probats of testaments and mortuaries; which billes were so reasonable, that the spirituall lords assented to them all,* 13.84 though they were sore against there mindes, & in especiall the probats of testaments sore displeased the bishops, and the mortuaries sore displeased the par∣sons and vicars.

After these acts thus agréed, the commons made another act for pluralities of benefices, non resi∣dence, bieng selling and taking of farmes by spiri∣tuall persons. Which act so displeased the spiritualtie, that the priests railed on the commons of the com∣mon house, and called them heretikes and schisma∣tikes, for the which diuerse priests were punished. This act was sore debated aboue in the parlement chamber, and the lords spirituall would in no wise consent.* 13.85 Wherefore the king perceiuing the grudge of his commons, caused eight lords and eight of his commons to méet in the Star chamber at an after noone, and there was sore debating of the cause, in somuch that the temporall lords of the vpper house, which were there, tooke part with the commons, a∣gainst the spirituall lords; and by force of reason cau∣sed them to assent to the bill with a little qualifieng. Which bill the next daie was wholie agreed to in the lords house, to the great reioising of the laie people, and to the great displeasure of the spirituall persons. During this parlement was brought downe to the commons the booke of articles, which the lords had put to the king against the cardinall, the chiefe wher∣of were these.

1 First, that he without the kings assent had pro∣cured to be a legat,* 13.86 by reason whereof he tooke awaie the right of all bishops and spirituall persons.

2 Item, in all writings which he wrote to Rome, or anie other forren prince, he wrote Ego & rex meus, I and my king: as who would saie, that the king were his seruant.

3 Item, that he hath slandered the church of Eng∣land in the court of Rome. For his suggestion to be legat was to reforme the church of England, which (as he wrote) was Facta in reprobum sensum.

4 Item, he without the kings assent carried the kings great seale with him into Flanders, when he was sent ambassador to the emperour.

5 Item, he without the kings assent, sent a com∣mission to sir Gregorie de Cassado, knight, to con∣clude a league betwéene the king & the duke of Fer∣rar, without the kings knowledge.

6 Item, that he hauing the French pockes presu∣med to come and breath on the king.

7 Item, that he caused the cardinals hat to be put on the kings coine.

8 Item, that he would not suffer the kings clerke of the market to sit at saint Albons.

9 Item, that he had sent innumerable substance to Rome, for the obteining of his dignities, to the great impouerishment of the realme.

These articles, with manie more, read in the com∣mon house, and signed with the cardinals hand, was confessed by him. And also there was shewed a wri∣ting sealed with his seale, by the which he gaue to the king all his mooueables and vnmooueables. On the daie of the Conception of our ladie,* 13.87 the king at Yorke place at Westminster, in the parlement time, created the vicount Rochford erle of Wilshire, and the vicount Fitz Water was created earle of Sussex, and the lord Hastings was created earle of Huntington. When▪ all things were concluded in the parlement house, the king came to the parlement chamber the 17 daie of December, and there put his roiall assent to all things doone by the lords and com∣mons, and so proroged his court of parlement till the next yeare. After the parlement was thus ended, the king remooued to Gréenewich, and there kept his Christmasse with the queene in great triumph: with great plentie of viands, and diuerse disguisings and enterludes, to the great reioising of his people.]

The king, which all this while, since the doubt was mooued touching his marriage, absteined from the quéenes bed, was now aduertised by his ambassa∣dors, whom he had sent to diuerse vniuersities for the absoluing of his doubt, that the said vniuersities were agreed, and cléerelie concluded, that the one brother might not by Gods law marrie the other bro∣thers wife, carnallie knowen by the first marriage, & that neither the pope nor the court of Rome could

in anie wise dispense with the same. For ye must vnderstand,* 13.88 that amongst other things alleged for disproofe of the mariage to be lawfull, euidence was giuen of certeine words, which prince Arthur spake the morrow after he was first married to the quéene, whereby it was gathered, that he knew hir carnallie the night then passed. The words were these, as we find them in the chronicle of master Edward Hall.

In the morning after he was risen from the bed, in which he had laine with hir all night, he called for drinke, which he before time was not accustomed to [line 10] doo. At which thing, one of his chamberleines mar∣uelling, required the cause of his drought. To whome he answered merilie, saieng; I haue this night béene in the middest of Spaine, which is a hot region, and that iournie maketh me so drie: and if thou haddest beene vnder that hot climat, thou wouldest haue béene drier than I. Againe, it was alleged, that af∣ter the death of prince Arthur, the king was defer∣red from the title and creation of prince of Wales almost halfe a yeare, which thing could not haue béene [line 20] doubted, if she had not béene carnallie knowen. Al∣so she hir selfe caused a bull to be purchased, in the which were these words Velforsan cognitam, that is, and peraduenture carnallie knowen: which words were not in the first bull granted by pope Iulie at hir se∣cond mariage to the king, which second bull with that clause was onelie purchased to dispense with the se∣cond matrimonie, although there were carnall copu∣lation before, which bull néeded not to haue béene pur∣chased, if there had béene no carnall copulation, for [line 30] then the first bull had béene sufficient. To conclude, when these & other matters were laid foorth to prooue that which she denied, the carnall copulation betwixt hir and prince Arthur, hir counsellors left that mat∣ter, and fell to persuasions of naturall reason. And lastlie, when nothing else would serue, they stood stiffe in the appeale to the pope, and in the dispensation pur∣chased from the court of Rome, so that the matter was thus shifted off, and no end likelie to be had [line 40] therein.

The king therefore vnderstanding now that the emperour and the pope were appointed to méet at the citie of Bononie aliàs Bologna, where the emperour should be crowned, sent thither in ambassage from him the earle of Wilshire,* 13.89 doctor Stok••sleie, elected bishop of London, and his almoner doctor Edward Lée, to declare both vnto the pope and emperour, the law of God, the determinations of vniuersities in the case of his mariage, and to require the pope to doo iustice according to truth, and also to shew to the [line 50] emperour, that the king did mooue this matter onelie for discharge of his conscience, and not for anie other respect of pleasure or displeasure earthlie. These ambassadours comming to Bononie were honorablie receiued, and first dooing their message to the pope, had answer of him, that he would heare the matter disputed when he came to Rome, and accor∣ding to right he would doo iustice.

* 13.90The emperour answered, that he in no wise would [line 60] be against the lawes of God, & if the court of Rome would iudge that the matrimonie was not good, he could be content: but he solicited both the pope and cardinals, to stand by the dispensation, which he thought to be of force inough to prooue the mariage lawfull. With these answers the ambassadors depar∣ted and returned homewards, till they came on this side the mounteins, and then receiued letters from the king, which appointed the earle of Wilshire to go in ambassage to the French king which then laie at Burdeaux,* 13.91 making shift for monie for redéeming of his children: and the bishop of London, was ap∣pointed to go to Padoa, and other vniuersities in I∣talie, to know their full resolutions and determinate opinions in the kings case of matrimonie: and the kings almoner was commanded to returne home into England, and so he did.

¶ You haue heard before how the cardinall was attainted in the premunire,* 13.92 and how he was put out of the office of the chancellor, & laie at Asher. In this Lent season the king by the aduise of his councell li∣cenced him to go into his diocesse of Yorke, [year 1530] & gaue him commandement to kéepe him in his diocesse,* 13.93 and not to returne southward without the kings speciall licence in writing. So he made great prouision to go northward, and a pparelled his seruants newlie, and bought manie costlie things for his houshold: and so he might well inough, for he had of the kings gentle∣nesse the bishoprikes of Yorke and Winchester, which were no small things. But at this time diuerse of his seruants departed from him to the kings ser∣uice,* 13.94 and in especiall Thomas Crumwell one of his chiefe counsell, and chiefe dooer for him in the suppres∣sion of abbeies. After that all things necessarie for his iournie were prepared, he tooke his waie north∣ward till he came to Southwell, which is in his dio∣cesse, and there he continued this yeare, euer grud∣ging at his fall, as you shall heare hereafter. But the lands which he had giuen to his colleges in Oxford and Ipswich, were now come to the kings hands, by his atteindor in the premunire: and yet the king of his gentlenesse and for fauour that he bare to good learning, erected againe the college in Oxford,* 13.95 and where it was named the cardinals college, he called it the kings college, & indowed it with faire possessi∣ons, and put in new statutes and ordinances. And for bicause the college of Ipswich was thought to be no∣thing profitable, therefore he left that dissolued.

In this yeare the emperour gaue to the lord ma∣ster of saint Iohnes of Ierusalem, and his brethren the Iland of Malta lieng betwéene Sicill and Bar∣barie, there to imploie themselues vpon Christs eni∣mies, which lord master had no place sure to inhabit there, since he was put frō the Rhodes by the Turke that besieged Uienna, but missed of his expectation. For the christians defended the same so valiantlie a∣gainst the said Turke and his power,* 13.96 that he lost manie of his men by slaughter; manie also miscar∣ried by sicknesse and cold: so that there perished in all to the number of fourescore thousand men, as one of his bassats did afterward confesse, which was to him a great displeasure; and in especiallie bicause he neuer besieged citie before, but either it was yéel∣ded or taken. In the time of this siege a metrician did make these two verses in memorie of the same:

Caesar in Italiam quo venit Carolus anno, Cincta est ripheis nostra Vienna Getis.]

In the beginning of this yeare was the hauing and reading of the new testament in English tran∣slated by Tindall, Ioie, and others,* 13.97 * 13.98 forbidden by the king with the aduise of his councell, and namelie the bishops, which affirmed that the same was not trulie translated, and that therein were prologs and prefaces sounding to heresie, with vncharitable railing against bishops and the cleargie. The king therefore commanded the bishops, that they calling to them the best learned men of the vniuersities, should cause a new translation to be made, that the people without danger might read the same for their better instruction in the lawes of God, and his holie word. Diuerse persons that were detected to vse reading of the new testament, and other bookes in English set foorth by Tindall, and such other as were fled the realme, were punished by order taken a∣gainst them by sir Thomas Moore then lord chancel∣lor, who held greatlie against such bookes, but still the number dailie increased.

¶ In this yeare in Maie,* 13.99 the bishop of London

caused all his new testaments which he had bought with manie other bookes,* 13.100 to be brought into Paules churchyard in London, and there were openlie bur∣ned. In the end of this yeare, the wild Irishmen, knowing the earle of Kildare to be in England, en∣tered his land,* 13.101 and spoiled and burnt his countrie, with diuerse other countries. And the erle of Osserie being the kings deputie made little resistance, for lacke of power. Wherfore the king sent the earle of Kildare into Ireland, & with him sir William Ske∣uington [line 10] knight, master of the kings ordinance, and diuerse gunners with him, which so politikelie orde∣red themselues, that their enimies were glad to of∣fer amends, and to treat for truce: & so sir William Skeuington the next yeere returned into England, leauing there the earle of Kildare for the kings de∣putie.

Now I will returne to the execution of the trea∣tie of Cambreie,* 13.102 in the which it was agréed, that the ladie Eleanor and the French kings children should [line 20] be deliuered when the ransome appointed was paied as you haue heard in the last yeare. Wherefore the French king gathered monie of his subiects with all speed, and when the monie was readie, he sent the great master of France called Annas de Memoran∣cie and diuerse other nobles to Baion with the mo∣nie, and to receiue the ladie and the children. And thi∣ther came to them the great constable of Castile and monsieur Prat for the emperour, & there the crowns were weied and touched: and what fault soeuer the [line 30] Spaniards found in them they would not receiue a great number of them, and so they carried the chil∣dren backe from Fontarbie into Spaine. Thus the great master of France and his companie laie still at Baion, without hauing his purpose performed, from March till the end of Iune, and longer had lien if the king of England had not sent sir Francis Brian to Baion to warrant the paiement: where vp∣on the daie of deliuerance was appointed to be on saint Peters daie in Iune.

At which daie the great master, with one and thir∣tie [line 40] mulets laden with the crownes came to the one side of the riuer of Audaie,* 13.103 which riuer departeth Spaine and France, and there taried till the first daie of Iulie: on which daie the ladie Eleanor and the children were put in two great boates, hauing onelie twelue gentlemen of Spaine with them: and in like maner the great master with two great boats, in the which the mony was, and twelue gentle∣men with him. All these boats met at a bridge made in the middest of the riuer. The constable of Spaine [line 50] and his twelue gentlemen met with the great ma∣ster of France and his twelue gentlemen on the bridge: and after a little salutation, the Frenchmen entered into the two boats where the ladie and the two children were; and the Spaniards into the two boats where the monie was, and then ech part hasted to land. Thus were the French kings wife and chil∣dren deliuered into his hands, for which deliuerance was great ioy and triumph made in France: and al∣so in Iulie were fiers made in London and diuerse [line 60] other places for the same consideration and cause.]

* 13.104¶ Now will we leaue France, and returne to England, renewing the remembrance of cardinall Wolseie, who after great sute made to the king, was licenced to remooue from Asher to Richmond,* 13.105 which place he had a little before repared with great costs, for the king made an exchange thereof with him for Hampton court. The cardinall hauing licence of the king to repaire to Richmond, made hast thither, and lodged there in the lodge of the great parke, which was a verie pretie house, there he laie vntill the be∣ginning of Lent. Then he remooued into the charter∣house of Richmond, where he laie in a lodging which doctor Collet made for himselfe, vntill he remooued northward, which was in the Passion weeke after, and euerie daie he resorted to the charterhouse there, and would sit with one of the most ancient fathers, who persuaded him to despise the vaine glorie of the world.

Then prepared the cardinall for his iournie into the north,* 13.106 and sent to London for liuerie clothes for his seruants, and so rode from Richmond to Hen∣don, from thence to a place called the Rie, the next daie to Raistone, where he lodged in the priorie; the next daie to Huntingdon, and there lodged in the ab∣beie; the next daie to Peterborow, and there lodged in the abbeie, where he abode all the next wéeke, & there he kept his Easter, his traine was in number an hundred and thréescore persons. Upon Maundie thursdaie he made his maundie, there hauing nine and fiftie poore men, whose féet he washed, and gaue euerie one twelue pence in monie, three els of good canuas, a paire of shoes, a cast of red herrings, and three white herrings, and one of them had two shil∣lings.

On thursdaie next after Easter, he remooued to master Fitz Williams, sometime a merchant-tailor of London, and then of the kings councell; the next wéeke he remooued to Stamford, the next daie to Grantham, the next daie to Newarke, and lodged in the castell that night and the next daie also: from thence he rode to Southwell, where he continued most part of all that summer, vntill the latter end of grasse time, and then he rode to Scrobie, where he continued vntill Michaelmasse, and then to Cawood castell within seuen miles of Yorke, whereof we will speake more hereafter. On the sixtéenth of Maie, a man was hanged in chaines in Finsburie field,* 13.107 for murthering doctor Miles vicar of saint Brides. The fourth and fift of Nouember was a great wind,* 13.108 that blew downe manie houses and trées, after which wind followed so high a tide, that it drowned the marshes on Essex side and Kent, with the Ile of Thanet, and other places, destroieng much cattell. The nineteenth of September, in the citie of Lon∣don, a proclamation was made for the restreining of the popes authoritie in England, as followeth.

A proclamation published in Eng∣land in the behalfe of the kings prero∣gatiue roiall against the pope.

THe kings highnes streictlie char∣geth and commandeth, that no maner of person, of what estate, degree, or condition soeuer he or they be of, doo purchase or attempt to pur∣chase from the court of Rome or elswhere, nor vse & put in execution, diuulge, or pub∣lish anie thing hertofore within this yeare passed purchased, or to be purchased here∣after, conteining mater preiudiciall to the high authoritie, iurisdiction, and preroga∣tiue roiall of this his said realme, or to the let, hinderance, or impechment of his gra∣ces noble & vertuous intended purposes in the premisses, vpon paine of incurring his highnesse indignation, and imprison∣ment, and further punishment of their bo∣dies for their so dooing at his graces plea∣sure, to the dreadfull example of all other.

Some iudged, that this proclamation was made,* 14.1 bicause the quéene (as was said) had purchased a new bull for ratification of hir marriage. Others thought that it was made, bicause the cardinall had

purchased a bull to cursse the king, if he would not restore him to his old dignities, and suffer him to correct the spiritualtie, the king not to meddle with the same. In déed manie coniectured, that the cardi∣nall grudging at his fall from so high dignities, stic∣ked not to write things sounding to the kings re∣proch, both to the pope, and other princes; for that ma∣nie opprobrious words were spoken to doctor Ed∣ward Kéerne the kings orator at Rome, and that it was said to him, that for the cardinals sake the king [line 10] should haue the worse spéed in the sute of his matri∣monie.

* 14.2¶Cardinall Wolseie lieng at Cawood, held there an honourable and plentifull house for all commers, and also built & repared the castell, which was great∣lie in decaie, hauing artificers and labourers aboue thrée hundred persons dailie in wages. At length being therevnto persuaded by the doctors of the church of Yorke, he determined to be installed there at Yorke minster, the next mondaie after Alhal∣lowes [line 20] daie, against which time due preparation was made for the same, but not in such sumptuous wise, as his predecessors before him had vsed. For wheras the cardinall was not abashed to send to the king, re∣quiring him to lend him the mitre and pall which he was woont to weare when he sang masse in anie so∣lemne assemblie: the king vpon sight of his letters, could not but maruell at the proud presumptuousnes of the man, saieng: What a thing is this, that pride shuld thus reigne in a person that is quite vnder foot. [line 30]

The daie being once knowne vnto the worship∣full gentlemen of the countrie, and other, as abbats, and priors,* 14.3 and notice of his installation, they sent in such prouision of vittels, that it is almost incredi∣ble, all which was vnknowne to the cardinall, for as much as he was preuented and disappointed of his purpose, by the reason that he was arrested of high treason, as yée shall héereafter heare. So that most part of this former prouision that I speake of, was sent vnto Yorke the same daie of his arrest, and [line 40] the next daie following: for his arrest was kept as close as could be. The order of his arrest was thus. It was appointed by the king & counsell, that sir Walter Walsh knight, one of the kings priuie chamber, should be sent downe with a commission into the north vnto the earle of Northumberland (who was sometime brought vp in house with the cardinall) and they twaine being iointlie in commission to arrest the cardinall of high treason, maister Walsh tooke his horsse at the court gate, about noone, vpon Alhal∣lowes daie, toward the earle of Northumberland. [line 50]

* 14.4And now haue I occasion to declare what hap∣pened about the same time, which peraduenture sig∣nified the troubles following to the cardinall. The cardinall sitting at dinner vpon Alhallowes daie, hauing at his boords end diuerse chapleins sitting at dinner, yée shall vnderstand that the cardinals great crosse stood in a corner at the tables end, leaning a∣gainst the hanging, and when the boords end was ta∣ken vp, and a conuenient time for the chapleins to arise, one doctor Augustine a Uenecian, and physici∣an [line 60] to the cardinall, rising from the table with the o∣ther, hauing vpon him a great gowne of boisterous veluet, ouerthrew the crosse, which trailing downe a∣long the tappet, with the point of one of the crosses, brake doctor Bonars head that the bloud ran downe,* 14.5 the companie there standing greatlie astonied with the chance.

The cardinall perceiuing the same, demanded what the matter meant of their sudden amaze? And they shewed him of the fall of his crosse vpon doctor Bonars head. Hath it (quoth he) drawne anie bloud? Yea forsooth my lord (quoth they.) With that he cast his eies aside, & shaking his head, said Malum omen, & therewith saieng grace, rose from the table, & went to his chamber. Now marke the signification how the cardinall expounded this matter at Pomfret af∣ter his fall. First, yée shall vnderstand,* 14.6 that the crosse which he bare as archbishop of Yorke, signified him∣selfe; and Augustine the physician who ouerthrew the crosse, was onelie he that accused the cardinall, whereby his enimies caught an occasion to ouer∣throw him: it fell vpon doctor Bonars head, who was maister of the cardinals faculties and spirituall iu∣risdictions, and was then damnified by the ouerthrow of the crosse: yea, and more ouer, drawing bloud of him, betokened death, which shortlie after did insue.

About the time of this mischance, the same verie daie and season, maister Walsh tooke his horsse at the court as nigh as could be iudged. Now the appoin∣ted time drew neere of his installation, and sitting at dinner vpon the fridaie next before the mondaie on the which daie he intended to be installed at Yorke, the earle of Northumberland and maister Walsh, with a great companie of gentlemen of the earles house, & of the countrie,* 14.7 whome he had gathered togi∣ther in the kings name, came to the hall at Cawood, the officers being at dinner, and the cardinall not fullie dined, being then in his fruits. The first thing that the earle did after he had set order in the hall, he commanded the porter at the gates to deliuer him the keies thereof. Who would in no wise obeie his commandement, though he were roughlie threate∣ned, and streictlie commanded in the kings name to make deliuerie of them to one of the earles ser∣uants.

Sir (quoth he) seeing that yee doo but intend to set one of your seruants in my place to kéepe the gates,* 14.8 I know no seruant that yée haue but I am as able as he to doo it, and kéepe the gates to your purpose (whatsoeuer it be) also the keies were deliuered me by my lord and maister, wherfore I praie you to par∣don me, for whatsoeuer yée shall command me to doo in the ministration of mine office, I shall doo it with a good will. With that (quoth the earle) hold him a booke (& commanding him to laie his hand thereon:) Thou shalt sweare (quoth he) that thou shalt well and trulie kéepe the gates to the kings vse, and to doo all such things as we shall command: and that yée shall let passe neither in nor out at these gates, but such as yée be commanded by vs. And with this oth he recei∣ued the keies at the earles hands.

Of all these doings knew the cardinall nothing, for they stopped the staires,* 14.9 so that none went vp to the cardinals chamber, and they that came downe could no more go vp againe. At the last one escaped, who shewed the cardinall that the earle was in the hall. Whereat the cardinall maruelled, and would not be∣léeue him, but commanded a gentleman to bring him the truth, who going downe the staires, saw the earle of Northumberland, and returned, and said it was verie he. Then (quoth the cardinall) I am sorie that we haue dined, for I feare our officers be not prouided of anie store of good fish to make him some honorable chéere, let the table stand (quoth he.) With that he rose vp, and going downe the staires, he en∣countered the earle comming vp with all his taile. And as soone as the cardinall espied the earle, he put off his cap, and said, My lord ye be most hartilie wel∣come, and so imbraced each other.

Then the cardinall tooke the earle by the hand, and had him vp into the chamber, whome followed all the number of the earles seruants. From thence he led him into his bed-chamber,* 14.10 and they being there all a∣lone, the earle said vnto the cardinall with a soft voice, laieng his hand vpon his arme: My lord I ar∣rest you of high treason. With which words the car∣dinall being maruellouslie astonied, standing both

still a good space. At last (quoth the cardinall) What authoritie haue you to arrest me? Forsooth my lord (quoth the erle) I haue a commission so to doo. Where is your commission (quoth he) that I may sée it? Naie sir that you may not (said the erle.) Well then (quoth the cardinall) I will not obeie your rest. But as they were debating this matter betwéene them in the chamber, as busie was maister Walsh in arresting doctor Augustine at the doore of the palace, saieng vnto him, Go in traitor or I shall make thée. [line 10]

At the last maister Walsh being entred the cardi∣nals chamber, began to plucke off his hood, and after knéeled downe to the cardinall. Unto whom the car∣dinall said, Come hither gentleman & let me speake with you: Sir, héere my lord of Northumberland hath arrested me, but by whose authoritie he sheweth not, if yée be ioined with him I praie you shew me. Indéed my lord (quoth maister Walsh) he sheweth you the truth.* 14.11 Well then (quoth the cardinall) I praie you let me see it. Sir I beséech you (quoth maister [line 20] Walsh) hold vs excused: there is annexed to our commission certeine instructions, which you may not see. Well (quoth the cardinall) I trow yée are one of the kings priuie chamber, your name is Walsh, I am content to yeeld to you, but not to my lord of Northumberland without I see his commissi∣on: the worst in the kings priuie chamber is suffici∣ent to arrest the greatest péere of the realme by the kings commandement, without anie commission, therefore put your commission and authoritie in exe∣cution, [line 30] spare not, I will obeie the kings will; I take God to iudge, I neuer offended the king in word nor deed.

* 14.12Then the earle called into the chamber diuerse gentlemen of his owne seruants, and after they had taken the cardinals keies from him, they put him in custodie of the earles gentlemen, and then they went about the house to set all things in an order. Then sent they doctor Augustine awaie to London with as much spéed as they could, who was bound vnto [line 40] the horsse like a traitor. But it was sundaie toward night yer the cardinall was conueied from Cawood, who lodged that night in the abbeie of Pomfret. The next daie he remooued toward Doncaster, and was there lodged at the Blacke friers. The next daie he was remooued to Shefield parke, where the earle of Shrewsburie with his ladie, and a traine of gentle∣men and gentlewomen receiued him with much ho∣nour. Then departed all the great number of gentle∣men that conducted him thither. [line 50]

* 14.13The cardinall being thus with the earle of Shrews∣burie, continued there eighteene daies after, vpon whome the earle appointed diuerse gentlemen to at∣tend continuallie, to sée that he should lacke nothing, being serued in his owne chamber as honorablie as he had béene in his owne house, and once euerie daie the earle would repaire to him and commune with him. After the cardinall had thus remained with the earle of Shrewsburie about a fortnight, it came to passe at a certeine time as he sat at dinner in his [line 60] owne chamber, hauing at his boords end a messe of gentlemen and chapleins to kéepe him companie, to∣ward the end of his dinner, when he was come to eating his fruits, his colour was perceiued often to change, whereby he was iudged not to be in good health.

Wherevpon one of his gentlemen said, Sir, me séemes you are not well at ease.* 14.14 To whom he answe∣red with lowd voice, Forsooth no more I am, for I am (quoth he) taken suddenlie with a thing about my sto∣mach, that lieth there along as cold as a whetstone, which is no more but wind, I praie you go to the apo∣thecarie, & inquire of him if he haue anie thing that will breake wind vpward. Then went he to the earle and shewed him what estate the cardinall was in, and what he desired. With that, the earle caused the apothecarie to be called before him, & demanded of him if he had anie thing that would breake wind vp∣ward in a mans bodie. And he answered he had such géere. Then (quoth the earle) fetch me some. Then the apothecarie fetched a white confection in a faire pa∣per, & shewed it to the earle, who commanded one to giue the assaie thereof before him, and then the same to be brought to the cardinall, who receiued it vp all at once into his mouth.

But immediatlie after suerlie, he auoided much wind vpward: Lo (quoth he) ye may see that it was but wind, and now I am well eased, I thanke God, and so rose from the table, and went to his praiers. And that doone, there came on him such a loosenesse, that it caused him to go to the stoole.* 14.15 And not long after the earle of Shrewesburie came into the galle∣rie to him▪ with whome the cardinall met: and then sitting downe vpon a bench, the earle asked him how he did, and he most lamentablie answered him, and thanked him for his good interteinment. Sir (quoth the earle) if ye remember, ye haue often wished to come before the king, to make your answer; and I haue written to the king in that behalfe, making him priuie of your lamentation that yée inwardlie haue receiued for his displeasure, who accepteth all your dooings therein, as friends be accustomed to doo in such cases: wherefore I would aduise you to plucke vp your hart, and be not agast of your enimies, I doubt not but this your iournie to his highnesse shall be much to your aduancement.

The king hath sent for you that worshipfull knight master Kingston,* 14.16 and with him foure and twentie of your old seruants, now of the gard, to the intent yée may safelie come to his maiestie. Sir (quoth the cardinall) I trow master Kingston is constable of the Tower. Yea, what of that (quoth the erle) I assure you he is elected by the king for one of your friends. Well quoth the cardinall, as God will, so be it, I am subiect to fortune, being a true man, readie to accept such chances as shall follow, and there an end; I praie you where is master Kingston. Quoth the earle, I will send for him. I praie you so doo (quoth the cardi∣nall) at whose message he came. And as soone as the cardinall espied him, he made hast to encounter him, and at his comming he knéeled to him, and saluted him in the kings behalfe, whome the cardinall bare∣headed offered to take vp, and said: I praie you stand vp, knéele not to me, I am but a wretch replet with miserie, not esteeming my selfe but as a vile ab∣iect, vtterlie cast awaie, without desert, as God knoweth.

Then said master Kingston with humble reue∣rence: Sir, the king hath him commended vnto you.* 14.17 I thanke his highnesse quoth the cardinall, I trust he be in health. Yea (quoth master Kingston) and he commanded me to saie to you, that you should assure your selfe that he beareth you as much good will as e∣uer he did, and willeth you to be of good chéere. And where report hath béene made, that ye should commit against him certeine heinous crimes, which he thinks to be vntrue, yet he can doo no lesse than send for you to your triall, & to take your iournie to him at your owne pleasure, commanding me to be attendant vpon you. Therefore sir I praie you, when it shall be your owne pleasure to take your iournie, I shall be readie to giue attendance. Master Kingston (quoth he) I thanke you for your newes, and sir, if I were as lustie as I haue béene but of late, I would ride with you in post, but I am diseased with a flux that maketh me verie weake, but I shall with all spéed make me readie to ride with you to morrow.* 14.18

When night came, the cardinall waxed verie sicke

with the laske, the which caused him continuallie to go to the stoole all that night, in so much that he had that night fiftie stooles: therefore in consideration of his infirmitie, they caused him to tarrie all that day: and the next daie he tooke his iournie with master Kingston, and them of the gard, till he came to an house of the earle of Shrewesburies called Hardwike hall, where he laie all night verie euill at ease. The next daie he rode to Notingham, and there lodged that night more sicke: and the next daie he rode to [line 10] Leicester abbeie▪ and by the waie waxed so sicke that he was almost fallen from his mule; so that it was night before he came to the abbeie of Leicester, where at his comming in at the gates, the abbat with all his conuent met him with diuerse torches light, whom they honorablie receiued and welcomed.

To whom the cardinall said: Father abbat, I am come hither to lay my bones among you, riding so still vntill he came to the staires of the chamber, where he allighted from his mule, and master King∣ston [line 20] led him vp the staires, and as soone as he was in his chamber he went to bed. This was on the satur∣day at night, and then increased he sicker and sicker, vntill mondaie, that all men thought he would haue died: so on tuesdaie saint Andrewes euen, master Kingston came to him and bad him good morrow, for it was about six of the clocke, and asked him how he did? Sir (quoth he) I tarrie but the pleasure of God, to render vp my poore soule into his hands. Not so sir (quoth master Kingston) with the grace of God, yée shall liue and doo verie well, if yee will be of [line 30] good cheere. Nay in good sooth master Kingston, my disease is such, that I can not liue: for I haue had some experience in physicke.

Thus it is, I haue a flux with a continuall feuer, the nature whereof is,* 14.19 that if there be no alteration of the same within eight daies, either must insue ex∣coriation of the intrailes, or fransie, or else present death, and the best of them is death, and (as I suppose) this is the eight daie, & if yée sée no alteration in me, there is no remedie, saue (though I may liue a daie [line 40] or twaine after) but death must insue. Sir (quoth maister Kingston) you be in much pensiuenes, doub∣ting that thing, that in good faith yée néed not. Well, well, master Kingston (quoth the cardinall) I sée the matter how it is framed:* 14.20 but if I had serued God as diligentlie as I haue doone the king, he would not haue giuen me ouer in my greie haires: but it is the iust reward that I must receiue for the diligent paines and studie that I haue had to doo him seruice, [line 50] not regarding my seruice to God, but onelie to sa∣tisfie his pleasure.

I praie you haue me most humblie commended vnto his roiall maiestie, & beseech him in my behalfe to call to his princelie remembrance all matters procéeding betwéene him & me from the beginning of the world, and the progresse of the same, &c. Master Kingston farewell, I can no more saie, but I wish all things to haue good successe, my time draweth on fast.* 14.21 And euen with that he began to draw his spéech [line 60] at length, & his toong to faile, his eies being set, whose sight failed him. Then they did put him in remem∣brance of Christ his passion, & caused the yeomen of the gard to stand by to sée him die, and to witnesse of his words at his departure: & incontinent the clocke stroke eight, and then he gaue vp the ghost, and de∣parted this present life: which caused some to call to remembrance how he said the daie before, that at eight of the clocke they should loose their master.

* 14.22Here is the end and fall of pride and arrogancie of men exalted by fortune to dignitie: for in his time he was the hautiest man in all his procéedings a∣liue, hauing more respect to the honor of his person, than he had to his spirituall profession, wherin should be shewed all meekenes, humilitie, and charitie.* 14.23 [An example (saith Guicciardin, who handleth this storie effectuallie, and sheweth the cause of this cardinals ruine) in our daies woorthie of memorie, touching the power which fortune and enuie hath in the courts of princes.] He died in Leicester abbeie, & in the church of the same abbeie was buried. Such is the suertie of mans brittle state, doubtfull in birth, & no lesse fée∣ble in life, which is as vncerteine, as death most cer∣teine, and the meanes thereof manifold, which as in number they excéed▪ so in strangenesse they passe: all degrees of ages & diuersities of sexes being subiect to the same. In consideration whereof, it was nota∣blie said by one that wrote a whole volume of infir∣mities, diseases, and passions incident to children:

A primo vitae diuersos stamine morbos Perpetimur, diris affi••imúrque malis:* 14.24 Donec in occasum redeat qui vixit ab ortu, Antea quàm discat viuere, vita cadit.

This cardinall (as Edmund Campian in his histo∣rie of Ireland describeth him) was a man vndoub∣tedly borne to honor:* 14.25 I thinke (saith he) some princes bastard, no butchers sonne, excéeding wise, faire spo∣ken, high minded, full of reuenge, vitious of his bo∣die, loftie to his enimies, were they neuer so big, to those that accepted and sought his fréendship woon∣derfull courteous, a ripe schooleman, thrall to affec∣tions, brought a bed with flatterie, insatiable to get, and more princelie in bestowing, as appeareth by his two colleges at Ipswich and Oxenford, the one o∣uerthrowne with his fall, the other vnfinished, and yet as it lieth for an house of students, considering all the appurtenances incomparable thorough Chri∣stendome, whereof Henrie the eight is now called founder, bicause he let it stand. He held and inioied at once the bishopriks of Yorke, Duresme, & Win∣chester, the dignities of lord cardinall, legat, & chan∣cellor, the abbeie of saint Albons, diuerse priories, sundrie fat benefices In commendam, a great preferrer of his seruants, an aduancer of learning, stout in euerie quarell, neuer happie till this his ouerthrow. Wherein he shewed such moderation, and ended so perfectlie, that the houre of his death did him more honor, than all the pompe of his life passed. Thus far Campian. Here it is necessarie to adde that notable discourse, which I find in Iohn Stow, concerning the state of the cardinall, both in the yeares of his youth, and in his settled age: with his sudden comming vp from preferment to preferment; till he was aduan∣ced to that step of honor, which making him insolent, brought him to confusion.

¶This Thomas Wolseie was a poore mans sonne of Ipswich, in the countie of Suffolke, & there borne▪* 14.26 and being but a child, verie apt to be learned, by the meanes of his parents he was conueied to the vni∣uersitie of Oxenford, where he shortlie prospered so in learning, as he was made bachellor of art, when he passed not fiftéene yeares of age, and was called most commonlie thorough the vniuersitie the boie bachellor. Thus prospering in learning, he was made fellow of Mawdeline college, and afterward appointed to be schoolemaster of Mawdelin schoole, at which time the lord marquesse Dorset had thrée of his sonnes there at schoole, committing vnto him as well their education as their instruction.* 14.27 It pleased the said lord marquesse against a Christmas season to send as well for the schoolemaster, as for his chil∣dren home to his house for their recreation, in that pleasant and honorable feast.

Then being there, the lord their father, perceiuing them to be right well imploied in learning for their time, he hauing a benefice in his gift, being at that time void, gaue the same to the schoolemaster in re∣ward of his diligence at his departure after Christ∣mas

to the vniuersitie,* 14.28 and hauing the presentation thereof, repaired to the ordinarie for his induction, and being furnished of his instruments, made spéed to the benefice to take possession, and being there for that intent, one sir Iames Paulet knight dwelling thereabouts,* 14.29 tooke occasion against him, and set the schoolemaster by the héeles during his pleasure, which after was neither forgotten nor forgiuen.

For when the schoolemaster mounted to the dig∣nitie to be chancellor of England, he sent for master [line 10] Paulet, & after manie sharpe words, inioined him to attend vntill he were dismissed, and not to depart out of London without licence obteined; so that he continued there within the middle Temple the space of fiue or six yeares, and laie then in the Gate house next the stréet,* 14.30 which he reedified verie sumptuouslie, garnishing the same all ouer the outside with the car∣dinals armes, with his hat, cognisances, and other deuises in so glorious a sort, that he thought thereby to haue appeased his old displeasure. [line 20]

Now after the deceasse of the lord marquesse, this same schoolemaster considering himselfe to be but a simple beneficed man, and to haue lost his fellowship in the college, which was much to his reléefe, thought not long to be vnprouided of some other helpe, and in his trauell thereabouts, he fell in acquaintance with one sir Iohn Naphant,* 14.31 a verie graue & ancient knight, who had a great roome in Calis vnder king Henrie the seuenth: this knight he serued, and beha∣ued himselfe so discreetlie, that he obteined the espe∣ciall [line 30] fauor of his master, insomuch that he commit∣ted all the charge of his office vnto his chapleine, and (as I vnderstand) the office was the treasurorship of Calis, who was in consideration of his great age discharged of his roome, and returned againe into England, and thorough his instant labor, his chap∣leine was promoted to be the kings chapleine,* 14.32 and when he had once cast anchor in the port of promoti∣on, how he wrought, I shall somewhat declare.

He hauing there a iust occasion to be in the sight [line 40] of the king dailie, by reason he said masse before him in his closet, and that being doone, he spent not the daie in idlenesse, but would attend vpon those whom he thought to beare most rule in the councell, the which at that time was doctor For, bishop of Win∣chester, secretarie, and lord of the priuie seale: and al∣so sir Thomas Louell knight, a sage councellor, ma∣ster of the wards, and constable of the Tower: these graue councellors in processe of time perceiued this chapleine to haue a verie fine wit, and thought him [line 50] a méet person to be preferred to wittie affaires. It chanced at a certeine season that the king had an vr∣gent occasion to send an ambassador vnto the empe∣ror Maximilian, who laie at that present in the low countrie of Flanders, not farre from Calis.

The bishop of Winchester, and sir Thomas Lo∣uell, whome the king counselled and debated with vpon this ambassage, saw they had a conuenient oc∣casion to prefer the kings chapleine, whose wit, elo∣quence, and learning, they highly commended to the [line 60] king. The king commanded them to bring his chap∣leine before his presence, with whome he fell in com∣munication of great matters, and perceiuing his wit to be verie fine, thought him sufficient, com∣manding him therevpon to prepare himselfe to his iournie; and hauing his depeach, he tooke his leaue of the king at Richmond about noone; & so comming to London about foure of the clocke, where the barge of Graues end was readie to lanch foorth,* 14.33 both with a prosperous tide and wind, without anie abode he en∣tered the barge.

Hauing so doone, he passed foorth with such spéed, that he arriued at Graues end within little more than thrée houres, where he tarried no longer than his post horsses were a prouiding, and then trauelled so spéedily that he came to Douer the next morning, whereas the passengers were readie vnder saile to Calis, into the which passenger, without tarrieng, he entered, and sailed foorth with them, that long before noone he arriued at Calis, and hauing post horsses,* 14.34 departed from thense with such speed, that he was that night with the emperor, and disclosed the whole summe of his ambassage to the emperor, of whome he required speedie expedition, the which was granted him by the emperor; so that the next daie he was cléerlie dispatched with all the kings requests fullie accomplished.

At which time he made no longer delaie, but tooke post horsses that night, and rode toward Calis, con∣ducted thither with such persons as the emperor had appointed; and at the opening of the gates of Calis, he came thither, where the passengers were as readie to returne into England, as they were before at his iournie forward, insomuch that he arriued at Douer by ten of the clocke before noone, and hauing post horsses,* 14.35 came to the court at Richmond the same night, where he taking some rest vntill the morning, repaired to the king at his first comming from his bedchamber to his closet, whom when the king saw, he checked him, for that he was not on his iournie: Sir (quoth he) if it may please your highnesse, I haue alreadie béene with the emperor, and dispatched your affaires (I trust to your graces contentation) and with that presented vnto the king his letters of credence from the emperor.

The king being in a great maze and woonder of his speedie returne and procéedings,* 14.36 dissembled all his woonder, and demanded of him whether he in∣countered not his pursiuant the which he sent vnto him, supposing him not to be out of London, with letters concerning a verie necessarie matter, ne∣glected in their consultation; Yea forsooth (quoth the chapleine) I met with him yesterdaie by the waie, and hauing no vnderstanding by your graces let∣ters of your pleasure, haue notwithstanding béene so bold vpon mine owne discretion (perceiuing that matter to be verie necessarie in that behalfe) to di∣spatch the same. And forsomuch as I haue excéeded your graces commission, I most humblie require your graces pardon. The king reioising not a little, said; We doo not onelie pardon you thereof, but also giue you our princelie thanks, both for the procéeding therein, and also for your good and speedie exploit, commanding him for that time to take his rest, and repaire againe after dinner for the further relation of his ambassage.

The ambassador, when he saw time, repaired before the king and councell, where he declared the effect of all his affaires so exactlie, with such grauitie and eloquence, that all the councell that heard him, commended him, estéeming his expedition to be al∣most beyond the capacitie of man.* 14.37 The king gaue him at that time the deanrie of Lincolne. From thense forward he grew more and more into estima∣tion and authoritie, and after was promoted by the king to be his almoner. After the death of king Hen∣rie the seuenth, and in the florishing youth of king Henrie the eight, this almoner handled himselfe so politiklie, that he soone found the meanes to be made one of the kings councell,* 14.38 and to grow in fauor with the king, to whome the king gaue an house at Bride∣well in Fleetstréet, sometime sir Richard Empsons, where he kept house for his familie; and so dailie at∣tended vpon the king, and in his especiall fauor, who had great sute made vnto him.

His sentences & wittie persuasions in the coun∣cell chamber were alwaies so pithie, that the councell (as occasion mooued them) continuallie assigned him

to be the expositor to the king in all their procée∣dings, in whome the king receiued such a leaning fantasie, for that he was most earnest and readiest of all the councell to aduance the kings will and plea∣sure: the king therefore estéemed him so highlie, that all the other councellors were put from the great fa∣uor that they before were in, insomuch that the king committed all his will vnto his disposition, which the almoner perceiuing,* 14.39 tooke vpon him therefore to dis∣charge the king of the weightie and troublesome bu∣sinesse, [line 10] persuading the king that he should not néed to spare anie time of his pleasure for anie businesse that should happen in the councell.

And whereas the other councellors would diuerse times persuade the king to haue sometime recourse into the councell chamber, there to heare what was doone; the almoner would persuade him to the con∣trarie, which delited him much: and thus the almo∣ner ruled all them that were before him, such did his policie and wit bring to passe. Who was now in high [line 20] fauor but master almoner? And who ruled all vnder the king, but master almoner? Thus he perseuered in fauor, vntill at last in came presents, gifts, and re∣wards so plentifullie, that he lacked nothing that might either please his fantasie, or inrich his coffers.

And thus proceeding in fortunes blisfulnesse, it chanced the warres betwéene the realmes of Eng∣land and France to be open, insomuch as the king was fullie persuaded in his most roiall person to inuade his forren enimies with a puissant armie; [line 30] wherefore it was necessarie that this roiall enter∣prise should be speedilie prouided and furnished, in e∣uerie degree of things apt & conuenient for the same, for the expedition wherof the king thought no mans wit so méet for policie and painefull trauell,* 14.40 as was his almoner, to whome therefore he committed his whole trust therein, and he tooke vpon him the whole charge of all the businesse, and brought all things to good passe in a decent order, as all maner of vittels, prouisions, and other necessaries conuenient for so [line 40] noble a voiage and armie.

All things being by him perfected, the king ad∣uanced to his roiall enterprise, passed the seas, and marched forward in good order of battell, vntill he came to the strong towne of Terwine, to the which he laid his siege, and assailed it verie stronglie conti∣nuallie with such vehement assaults,* 14.41 that within short space it was yéelded vnto his maiestie, vnto the which place the emperor Maximilian repaired vnto the king with a great armie like a mightie prince, ta∣king [line 50] of the king his graces wages: which is a rare thing, and but seldome seene, an emperor to fight vnder a kings banner.

Thus after the king had obteined this puissant fort and taken the possession thereof, and set all things there in due order, for the defense and preseruation thereof to his vse, he departed thense, and marched toward the citie of Torneie, and there laid his siege in like maner, to the which he gaue so fierce & sharpe assault, that they were constreined of fine force to [line 60] render the towne vnto his victorious maiestie: at which time the king gaue the almoner the bishoprike of the same see,* 14.42 towards his paines and diligence su∣steined in that iournie. Now when the king had esta∣blished all things agréeable to his will and pleasure, and furnished the same with noble capteines & men of warre for the safegard of the towne, he returned againe into England, taking with him diuerse no∣ble personages of France being prisoners, as the duke of Longuile, and vicount Clarimont, with o∣ther which were taken there in a skirmish.

After whose returne, immediatlie the sée of Lin∣colne fell void, by the death of doctor Smith late bi∣shop there, the which benefice his grace gaue to his almoner, late bishop of Torneie elect, who was not negligent to take possession therof,* 14.43 and made all the spéed he could for his consecration: the solemnization whereof ended, he found meanes that he gat the pos∣session of all his predecessors goods into his hands. It was not long after that doctor Benbrike archbi∣shop of Yorke died at Rome,* 14.44 being there the kings ambassador, vnto the which sée the king immediatlie presented his late and new bishop of Lincolne; so that he had thrée bishopriks in his hands in one yeere giuen him.

Then prepared he for his translation from the see of Lincolne, vnto the sée of Yorke,* 14.45 after which solem∣nization doone, he being then an archbishop Primas Angliae, thought himselfe sufficient to compare with Canturburie, and therevpon erected his crosse in the court, and euerie other place,* 14.46 as well within the pre∣cinct and iurisdiction of Canturburie, as in anie o∣ther place. And forsomuch as Canturburie claimeth a superoritie ouer Yorke, as ouer all other bishop∣riks within England, and for that cause claimeth as a knowledge of an ancient obedience of Yorke, to abate the aduancing of his crosse, in presence of the crosse of Canturburie: notwithstanding, the archbishop of Yorke nothing minding to desist from bearing thereof, in maner as I said before, cau∣sed his crosse to be aduanced, as well in the pre∣sence of Canturburie as elsewhere. Wherefore Can∣turburie being mooued therewith, gaue vnto Yorke a certeine checke for his presumption,* 14.47 by reason whereof, there ingendered some grudge betwéene Yorke and Canturburie; Yorke intending to pro∣uide some such meanes, that he would be rather su∣perior in dignitie to Canturburie, than to be either obedient or equall to him. Wherefore he obteined to be made priest cardinall, and Legatus de latere:* 14.48 vnto whome the pope sent a cardinals hat with certeine buls for his authoritie in that behalfe. Yet you shall vnderstand, that the pope sent him this woorthie hat of dignitie, as a iewell of his honor and authoritie, the which was conueied in a varlets budget, who see∣med to all men to be but a person of small estima∣tion.

Wherefore Yorke being aduertised of the basenes of this messenger, & of the peoples opinion, thought it meete for his honor, that this iewell should not be conueied by so simple a person, and therefore caused him to be stopped by the waie immediatlie after his arriuall in England, where he was newlie furnished in all maner of apparell, with all kind of costlie silks,* 14.49 which séemed decent for such an high ambassador, and that doone, he was incountered vpon Blackeheath, and there receiued with a great assemblie of prelats, and lustie gallant gentlemen, and from thense con∣ducted thorough London with great triumph. Then was great and spéedie preparation made in West∣minster abbeie, for the confirmation and acceptance of this high order and dignitie, the which was execu∣ted by all the bishops and abbats about or nigh Lon∣don, with their rich miters and copes, and other orna∣ments, which was doone in so solemne wise, as had not béene seene the like, vnlesse it had béene at the co∣ronation of a mightie prince or king. Obteining this dignitie, he thought himselfe méet to beare rule a∣mong the temporall power, & among the spirituall iurisdiction: wherfore, remembring as well the taunts susteined of Canturburie, as hauing respect to the ad∣uancement of worldlie honor & promotion, he found the meanes with the king,* 14.50 that he was made lord chancellor of England, and Canturburie which was chancellor dismissed, who had continued in that roome long since before the deceasse of Henrie the seuenth. Now being in possession of the chancellorship, and indued with the promotions of the archbishop, & car∣dinall

De Latere, hauing power to correct Canturbu∣rie, and all other bishops and spirituall persons, to as∣semble his conuocation when he would assigne, he tooke vpon him the correction of matters in all their iurisdictions, and visited all the spirituall hou∣ses, hauing in euerie diocesse all maner of spirituall ministers, as commissaries, scribes, apparators, and all other officers to furnish his courts, and presented by preuention whome he pleased vnto all benefices thoroughout all this realme.

And to the aduancing further of his legantine [line 10] iurisdiction and honor, he had masters of his facul∣ties, masters Ceremoniarum, and such other, to the glo∣rifieng of his dignitie. Then had he his two great crosses of siluer, the one of his archbishoprike, the o∣ther of his legacie, borne before him whither soeuer he went or rode, by two of the tallest priests that he could get within the realme. And to increase his gaines, he had also the bishoprike of Durham, and the abbeie of saint Albons in commendation. And after, when doctor For bishop of Winchester died, he [line 20] surrendred Durham into the kings hands, and tooke to him Winchester.* 14.51 Then had he in his hand (as it were in farme) the bishopriks of Bath, Worcester, & Hereford, for so much as the incumbents of them were strangers, and made their abode continuallie beyond the seas in their owne countries, or else at Rome, from whence they were sent in legation to this realme vnto the king, and for their reward at their departure, king Henrie the seuenth gaue them those bishopriks. [line 30]

But they being strangers, thought it more méet for the assurance to suffer the cardinall to haue their benefices for a conuenient sum of monie paid them yearelie, where they remained, than either to be trou∣bled with the charges of the same, or to be yearelie burthened with the conueiance of their reuenues vn∣to them: so that all the spirituall liuings and presenta∣tions of these bishopriks were fullie in his dispositi∣on, to prefer whom he listed. He had also a great num∣ber dailie attending vpon him, both of noblemen & [line 40] woorthie gentlemen,* 14.52 with no small number of the tallest yeomen that he could get in all the realme, in∣somuch that well was that nobleman and gentle∣man, that could preferre a tall yeoman to his ser∣uice.

Ye shall vnderstand, that he had in his hall conti∣nuallie three boords,* 14.53 kept with three seuerall principall officers, that is to saie, a steward which was alwaies a priest; a treasuror a knight; and a comptrollor an esquier; also a cofferer being a doctor; three mar∣shals; [line 50] three yeomen vshers in the hall, besides two groomes, and almoners. Then in the hall kitchin, two clearks of the kitchin;* 14.54 a clearke comptrollor; a surueior of the dressor; a clearke of the spicerie, the which togither kept also a continuall messe in the hall. Also in his hall kitchin he had of master cooks two, and of other cooks, laborers and children of the kitchin, twelue persons; foure yeomen of the scul∣lerie, and foure yeomen of the siluer scullerie; two yeomen of the pastrie, with two other pastelers vn∣der [line 60] the yeomen.

* 14.55Then in his priuie kitchin a master cooke, who went dailie in veluet or in sattin, with a chaine of gold, with two other yeomen and a groome: in the scalding house, a yeoman and two groomes: in the pantrie two persons: in the butterie two yeomen, two groomes, and two pages: and in the yewrie like∣wise: in the cellar thrée yeomen, and thrée pages: in his chandrie two: in the wafarie two: in the ward∣robe of beds, the maister of the wardrobe, and ten o∣ther persons: in the landrie, a yeoman, a groome, thirtie pages, two yeomen purueiors, & one groome: in the bake-house, a yeoman and two groomes: in the wood-yard a yeoman, and a groome: in the barne one: in the garden a yeoman and two groomes: por∣ters at the gate, two yeomen, and two groomes: a yeoman of his barge: and a maister of his horsse: a clearke of the stable, a yeoman of the same: the sad∣ler: the ferrier: a yeoman of his chariot: a sumpter man: a yeoman of his stirrop: a muleter: sixtéene groomes of his stable, euerie of them kept foure gel∣dings.

In the almorie a yeoman and a groome:* 14.56 in his chappell he had a deane, a great diuine, and a man of excellent learning: a subdeane: a repeater of the quire: a gospeller: a pistler: of singing priests ten: a maister of the children: seculars of the chappell, sing∣ing men twelue: singing children ten, with one ser∣uant to await vpon the children: in the reuestrie a yeoman, and two groomes, ouer and besides diuerse reteiners that came thither at principall feasts. For the furniture of his chappell,* 14.57 it passeth my capacitie to declare the number of costlie ornaments and rich iewels that were to be occupied in the same continu∣allie: there hath béene séene in procession, about the hall, foure and fortie verie rich coapes of one sute worne, besides the rich crosses and candlestickes, and other ornaments to the furniture of the same.

He had two crossebearers, and two pillerbearers in his great chamber:* 14.58 and in his priuie chamber these persons: first the chiefe chamberleine, and vicecham∣berleine: of gentlemen vshers, besides one in his priuie chamber, he had twelue dailie waiters; and of gentlemen waiters in his priuie chamber he had six, and of lords nine or ten, who had each of them two men allowed them to attend vpon them, except the earle of Darbie, who had allowed fiue men: then had he of gentlemen, of cupbearers, caruers, and sewers, both of the priuie chamber, and of the great chamber, with gentlemen dailie waiters there, fortie persons: of yeomen vshers six: of groomes in his chamber eight: of yeomen in his chamber fiue and fortie dailie: he had also almes men sometime more in number than other sometime.

There was attending on his boord of doctors and chapleins, besides them of his chappell, sixtéene dailie:* 14.59 a clearke of his closet: secretaries two: and two clearks of his signet: and foure counsellers learned in the law. And forsomuch as it was necessarie to haue diuerse officers of the Chancerie to attend vp∣on him, that is to saie, the clerke of the crowne:* 14.60 a ri∣ding clearke: a clearke of the hamper: and a chafer of the wax: then a clearke of the checke, aswell vp∣on the chapleins, as of the yeoman of his chamber: he had also foure footmen which were garnished in rich running coats,* 14.61 whensoeuer he rode in anie iour∣neie: then had he an herald of armes: and a sarge∣ant of armes: a physician: an apothecarie:* 14.62 foure min∣strels: a kéeper of his tents: an armorer: an in∣structor of his wards: two yeomen of the wardrobe of his robes: and a keeper of his chamber continual∣lie in the court: he had also in his house the surueior of Yorke, and a clearke of the gréene cloth.

All these were dailie attending, downe lieng and vprising, and at meales: he kept in his great cham∣ber a continuall boord for the chamberers and gentle∣men officers, hauing with them a messe of the yoong lords, and another of gentlemen. Besides all these, there was neuer an officer, gentleman, or worthie person, but he was allowed in the house, some thrée, some two, and all other one at the least, which grew to a great number of persons. Thus farre out of the checker roll, besides other officers, seruants, retei∣ners, and suters,* 14.63 that most commonlie dined in the hall. After that he was thus furnished, he was sent twise in ambassage to the emperour Charles the fift, for diuerse vrgent causes touching the kings

maiestie, it was thought, that so noble a prince (the cardinall) was most méet to be sent: wherfore being readie to take vpon him the charge thereof, hée was furnished in all degrées and purposes, most like a great prince.

For first he procéeded foorth furnished like a cardi∣nall: his gentlemen being verie manie in num∣ber, were clothed in liuerie coats of crimsin veluet of the best, with chaines of gold about their necks, and his yeomen and meane officers in coats of fine scar∣let, [line 10] garded with blacke veluet an hand broad. Thus furnished, he was twise sent into Flanders to the emperour then lieng in Bruges, whome he did most highlie interteine, discharging all his charges and his mens. There was no house within the towne of Bruges, wherein anie gentleman of the cardinals was lodged, or had recourse, but that the owners were commanded by the emperours officers, that they,* 14.64 vpon paine of their liues, should take no monie for anie thing that the cardinals seruants did take [line 20] of anie kind of vittels, no although they were dispo∣sed to make anie costlie bankets.

Commanding furthermore their said hostes, to sée that they lacked no such things as they honestlie required for their honestie and pleasure. Also the em∣perours officers euerie night went through the towne from house to house, whereas anie English gentlemen did repast or lodge, and serued their li∣ueries for all night, which was doone in this maner. First, the officers brought into the house a cast of [line 30] fine manchet, and of siluer two great pots with white wine, and sugar to the weight of a pound: white lights and yellow lights of wax: a boll of siluer with a goblet to drinke in, and euerie night a staffe torch: this was the order of the liueries euerie night. And in the morning, when the same officers came to fetch awaie their stuffe, then would they account with the hostes for the gentlemens costs spent in the daie be∣fore. Thus the emperour interteined the cardinall and all his traine for the time of his ambassage there. And that doone, he returned into England with [line 40] great triumph.

* 14.65Now of his order in going to Westminster hall dailie in the tearme. First yer he came out of his pri∣uie chamber, he heard seruice in his closet, and there said his seruice with his chapleine; then going againe to his priuie chamber, he would demand if his ser∣uants were in a readinesse, and furnished his cham∣ber of presence, and waiting chamber. Being thereof then aduertised, he came out of his priuie chamber [line 50] about eight of the clocke, apparelled all in red, that is to say, his vpper garment either of fine scarlet, or else fine crimsin taffata,* 14.66 but most cōmonlie of fine crim∣sin sattin ingrained, his pillion of fine scarlet, with a necke set in the inner side with blacke veluet, and a tippet of sables about his necke, holding in his hand an orenge, whereof the substance within was taken out, and filled vp againe with the part of a sponge, wherein was vineger and other confections against the pestilent aires, the which he most commonlie held to his nose when he came among anie prease, or else [line 60] that he was pestered with manie suters.

* 14.67Before him was borne first the broad seale of England, and his cardinals hat, by a lord, or some gentleman of worship, right solemnlie: & as soone as he was once entered into his chamber of presence, his two great crosses were there attending to be borne before him: then cried the gentlemen vshers, going before him bare headed, and said: On before my lords and maisters, on before, make waie for my lords grace. Thus went he downe through the hall with a sergeant of armes before him, bearing a great mace of siluer, and two gentlemen carieng two great pillers of siluer. And when he came at the hall doore, there was his mule, being trapped all in crimsin veluet, with a saddle of the same stuffe, & gilt stirrups. Then was there attending vpon him when he was mounted, his two crosse-bearers: & his pil∣ler-bearers in like case vpon great horsses, trapped all in fine scarlet. Then marched he forward with a traine of noble men and gentlemen, hauing his foot∣men foure in number about him, bearing ech of them a gilt pollar in their hands.

Thus passed he foorth vntill he came to Westmin∣ster hall doore, and there lighted,* 14.68 and went vp after this maner into the Chancerie, or into the Starre∣chamber: howbeit, most commonlie he would go into the Chancerie, and staie a while at a barre made for him beneath the Chancerie on the right hand, and there commune sometime with the iudges, and some time with other persons: and that doone, he would repaire into the Chancerie, and sitting there vntill eleuen of the clocke, hearing of sutes, and determi∣ning of other matters, from thence he would diuers times go into the Starre-chamber, as occasion ser∣ued. There he neither spared high nor low, but iud∣ged euerie state according to his merits and deserts.

He vsed also euerie sundaie to resort to the court, then being for the most part of all the yeare at Gréenewich, with his former triumphs,* 14.69 taking his barge at his owne staires, furnished with yeomen standing vpon the bails, and his gentlemen being within about him, and landed againe at the thrée cranes in the Uintrie: and from thense he rode vpon his mule with his crosse, his pillers, his hat and broad seale carried afore him on horssebacke through Thames street, vntill he came to Billingsgate, and there tooke his barge againe, and so was rowed to Gréenewich, where he was receiued of the lords and chiefe officers of the kings house, as the treasuror, comptrollor and others, and so conueied vnto the kings chamber. Then the court was woonderfullie furnished with noblemen and gentlemen: and after dinner among the lords, hauing some consultation with the king or with the councell, he would depart homeward with the like triumph.

Thus in great honour, triumph, and glorie, he reigned a long season, ruling all things within the realme apperteining vnto the king. His house was resorted to with noblemen and gentlemen,* 14.70 feasting and banketting ambassadors diuerse times, and all other right noblie. And when it pleased the king for his recreation to repaire to the cardinals house (as he did diuerse times in the yeare) there wanted no preparations or furniture: bankets were set foorth with maskes and mummeries, in so gorgeous a sort and costlie maner, that it was an heauen to behold. There wanted no dames or damosels meet or apt to danse with the maskers, or to garnish the place for the time: then was there all kind of musike and har∣monie, with fine voices both of men and children.

On a time the king came suddenlie thither in a maske with a dozen maskers all in garments like shéepheards, made of fine cloth of gold,* 14.71 and crimosin sattin paned, & caps of the same, with visards of good physnomie, their haires & beards either of fine gold∣wire silke, or blacke silke, hauing sixtéene torch-bea∣rers, besides their drums and other persons with vi∣sards, all clothed in sattin of the same color. And be∣fore his entring into the hall, he came by water to the water gate without anie noise, where were laid diuerse chambers and guns charged with shot, and at his landing they were shot off, which made such a rumble in the aire, that it was like thunder: it made all the noblemen, gentlemen, ladies, and gentlewo∣men, to muse what it should meane, comming so sud∣denlie, they sitting quiet at a solemne banket, after this sort.

* 14.72First yée shall vnderstand, that the tables were set in the chamber of presence iust couered, & the lord car∣dinall sitting vnder the cloth of estate, there hauing all his seruice alone: and then was there set a ladie with a noble man, or a gentleman and a gentlewo∣man throughout all the tables in the chamber on the one side, which were made and ioined as it were but one table, all which order and deuise was doone by the lord Sandes then lord chamberleine to the king and by sir Henrie Gilford comptrollor of the kings ma∣iesties [line 10] house. Then immediatlie after the great chamberleine, and the said comptrollor, sent to looke what it should meane (as though they knew nothing of the matter) who looking out of the windowes into the Thames, returned againe and shewed him, that it séemed they were noblemen and strangers that arriued at his bridge, comming as ambassadours from some forren prince.

* 14.73With that (quoth the cardinall) I desire you, bi∣cause you can speake French, to take the paines to go into the hall, there to receiue them according to [line 20] their estates, and to conduct them into this chamber, where they shall sée vs, and all these noble personages being merie at our banket, desiring them to sit downe with vs, and to take part of our fare. Then went he incontinent downe into the hall, whereas they receiued them with twentie new torches, and conueied them vp into the chamber, with such a noise of drums and flutes, as seldome had béene heard the like. At their entring into the chamber two and two [line 30] togither, they went directlie before the cardinall, where he sate and saluted him reuerentlie.

* 14.74To whom the lord chamberleine for them said: Sir, for as much as they be strangers, and can not speake English, they haue desired me to declare vnto you, that they hauing vnderstanding of this your trium∣phant banket, where was assembled such a number of excellent dames, they could doo no lesse vnder sup∣port of your grace, but to repaire hither, to view as well their incomparable beautie, as for to accompa∣nie [line 40] them at mum-chance, and then to danse with them: and sir, they require of your grace licence to accomplish the said cause of their cōming. To whom the cardinall said he was verie well content they should so doo. Then went the maskers, and first salu∣ted all the dames, and returned to the most worthie, and there opened their great cup of gold filled with crownes and other péeces of gold, to whome they set certeine péeces of gold to cast at.

Thus perusing all the ladies and gentlewomen, to [line 50] some they lost, and of some they woone: and marking after this maner all the ladies, they returned to the cardinall with great reuerence,* 14.75 powring downe all their gold so left in their cup, which was aboue two hundred crownes: At all (quoth the cardinall) and so cast the dice and wan them, whereat was made a great noise and ioy. Then quoth the cardinall to the lord chamberleine,* 14.76 I praie you (quoth he) that you would shew them, that me séemeth there should be a nobleman amongst them, who is more meet to occu∣pie this seat and place than I am, to whome I would [line 60] most gladlie surrender the same according to my dutie, if I knew him.

Then spake the lord chamberleine to them in French, and they rounding him in the eare, the lord chamberlein said to my lord cardinall: Sir (quoth he) they confesse, that among them there is such a noble personage, whome, if your grace can appoint him out from the rest, he is content to disclose himselfe, and to accept your place. With that the cardinall taking good aduisement among them, at the last (quoth he) me séemeth the gentleman with the blacke beard, should be euen be: and with that he arose out of his chaire, and offered the same to the gentleman in the blacke beard with his cap in his hand.* 14.77 The person to whom he offered the chaire was sir Edward Neuill, a comelie knight, that much more resembled the kings person in that maske than anie other.

The king perceiuing the cardinall so deceiued,* 14.78 could not forbeare laughing, but pulled downe his visar and master Neuels also, and dashed out such a pleasant countenance and ••héere, that all the noble estates there assembles, perceiuing the king to be there among them, reioised verie much. The cardi∣nall eftsoons desired his highnesse to take the place of estate. To whom the king answered, that he would go first and shift his apparell, and so departed into my lord cardinals chamber, and there new apparelled him: in which time the dishes of the banket were cleane taken vp, and the tables spred againe with new cleane perfumed cloths, euerie man and wo∣man sitting still, vntill the king with all his maskers came among them againe all new apparelled.

Then the king tooke his seat vnder the cloth of e∣state,* 14.79 commanding euerie person to sit still as they did before: in came a new banket before the king, and to all the rest throughout all the tables, wherein were serued two hundred diuerse dishes, of costlie deuises and subtilties. Thus passed they foorth the night with banketting, dansing, and other triumphs, to the great comfort of the king, and pleasant regard of the nobilitie there assembled. And thus spent this cardinall his time from daie to daie, and yeare to yeare, in such wealth, ioie, triumph, and glorie, hauing alwaies on his side the kings especiall fa∣uour, vntill fortune enuied his prosperitie, and ouerthrew all the foundations of his glorie; which as they were laid vpon sand, so they shroonke and slipt awaie; whereby insued the ruine of his estate, euen to the verie losse of his life, which (as a man of a guiltie conscience, and fearing capitall punishment due by law for his vndutifull demeanour against his souereigne) Edward Hall saith (vpon report) he part∣lie procured, willinglie taking so great a quantitie of a strong purgation, as nature was therewith op∣pressed, and vnable to digest the same; so that in fine he gaue vp the ghost, and was buried in Leicester abbeie: of whome to saie more I will surceasse, con∣cluding onelie with a description which I find of him not impertinent for this place, sith wholie concerning his person.

¶This cardinall (as you may perceiue in this storie) was of a great stomach,* 14.80 for he compted himselfe e∣quall with princes, & by craftie suggestion gat into his hands innumerable treasure: he forced little on simonie, and was not pittifull, and stood affectionate in his owne opinion: in open presence he would lie and saie vntruth, and was double both in speach and meaning: he would promise much & performe little: he was vicious of his bodie, & gaue the clergie euill example: he hated sore the citie of London & feared it: it was told him that he should die in the waie to∣ward London, wherefore he feared least the com∣mons of the citie would arise in riotous maner and so slaie him, yet for all that he died in the waie to∣ward London, carrieng more with him out of the world than he brought into it; namelie a winding shéete, besides other necessaries thought méet for a dead man, as christian comelinesse required. This ruine of the cardinall was not so much as once dreampt vpon, when I. Leland the famous antiqua∣rie wrote this welwishing octastichon vnto the said Wolseie (being then in the flowre of his glorie, and the pearle of his pride) as hereafter followeth.

Sic tuus Henricus, regum qui gloria, florens,* 14.81 Perpetuo studio te colat, ornet, amet: Sic pia coniung at proceres concordia magnos, Vt iusto bell▪ fulmine Turcaruat:

Sic vast••s operum tantorum deni{que} moles Absolua••, summo templa dicata Deo. Sis bonus (ô 〈◊〉〈◊〉) mihi! tutela 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Diceru merito p••aesidiúm{que} meae.

* 14.82After the cardinall was dead, the king remooued from Hampton court to Gréenwich, where he with quéene Katharine kept a solemne Christmasse, and on the Twelfe night he sat in the hall in his estate, whereas were diuerse enterludes, rich maskes a•••• disports, and after that a great banket. Now after [line 10] Christmas he came to his manour of Westminster, which before was called Yorke place: for after that the cardinall was attainted in the premunire, & was gone northward, he made a feoffement of the same place to the king▪ and the chapiter of the cathedrall church of Yorke by their writing consserued the same feoffement, & then the king changed the name and called it the king•• manor of Westminster, and no more Yorke place.

The whole cleargie of England ••uer supported and mainteined the power legantine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the cardi∣nall,* 14.83 [line 20] wherefore the kings learned 〈◊〉〈◊〉 said plain∣lie that they were all in the premuni••e: the spirituall lords were called by processe into the kings B••nch to answer, but before their daie of appearance they in their conuocation concluded an humble submissi∣on in writing, and offered the king a hundred thou∣sand pounds to be their good lord,* 14.84 & also to giue them a pardon of all offenses touching the premunire by act of parlement, the which offer with much labour [line 30] was accepted, and their pardon promised. In this submission the cleargie called the king supreame head of the church of England,* 14.85 which thing they ne∣uer confessed before, wherevpon manie things fol∣lowed after, as you shall heare.

When the parlement was begun the sixt daie of Ianuarie, [year 1531] the pardon of the spirituall persons was signed with the kings hand, and sent to the lords, which in time conuenient assented to the bill, and sent it to the commons in the lower house. Now when it [line 40] was read, diuers froward persons would in no wise assent to it except all men were pardoned, saieng that all men which had anie thing to doo with the car∣dinall were in the same case. The wiser sort answe∣red, that they would not compell the king to giue them his pardon, & beside that it was vncharitablie doone of them to hurt the cleargie, and doo themselues no good: wherefore they aduised them to consent to the bill, and after to sue to the king for their pardon, which counsell was not followed, but they determi∣ned first to send the speaker to the king yer they [line 50] would assent to the bill.

* 14.86Wherevpon Thomas Audleie speaker for the commons, with a conuenient number of the com∣mon house, came to the kings presence, and there elo∣quentlie declared to the king, how the commons sore lamented and bewailed their chance, to thinke or imagine themselues to be out of his gratious fauor, bicause that he had gratiouslie giuen his pardon of the premunire to his spirituall subiects and not to them: wherefore they most humblie besought his [line 60] grace of his accustomed goodnesse and clemencie to include them in the same pardon.* 14.87 The king wiselie answered that he was their prince and souereigne lord, and that they ought not to restraine him of his libertie, nor to compell him to shew his mercie; for it was at his pleasure to vse the extremitie of his laws or mitigate and pardon the same: wherefore sith they denied to assent to the pardon of the spirituall per∣sons, which pardon (he said) he might giue without their assent by his great seale, he would be well adui∣sed yer he pardoned them, bicause he would not be noted to be compelled to it.

With this answer the speaker and the commons departed verie sorowfull and pensiue, and some light persons said that Thomas Crumwell, which was newlie come to the fauour of the king, had disclosed the secrets of the commons, which thing caused the king to be so extreame. The king like a good prince considered how sorowfull his commons were of the answer that he made them,* 14.88 and thought that they were not quiet: wherefore of his owne motion he caused a pardon of the premunire to be drawne, and signed it with his hand, and sent it to the common house by Christopher Hales his atturneie, which bill was soone assented to. Then the commons louinglie thanked the king, and much praised his wit, that he had denied it to them when they vnworth••lie deman∣ded it, and had bountifullie granted it when he per∣ceiued that they sorrowed and lamented.

While the parlement sat▪ on the thirtith daie of March at afternoone, there came into the common house the lord chancellor and diuerse lords of the spi∣ritualtie and ••emporaltie, to the number of twelue, and there the lord chancellor said: You of this wor∣shipfull house (I am sure) be not so ignorant, but you know well,* 14.89 that the king our souereigne lord hath married his brothers wife, for she was both wedded and bedded with his brother prince Arthur, and there∣fore you may suerlie saie that he hath married his brothers wife▪ ••f this marriage be good or no manie clerkes doo doubt. Wherefore the king like a ver∣tuous prince willing to be satisfied in his conscience, & also for the suertie of his realme, hath with great deliberation consulted with profound clerkes, & hath sent my lord of London here present,* 14.90 to the chiefe v∣niuersities of all christendome, to know their opini∣on and iudgement in that behalfe. And although that the vniuersities of Cambridge and Oxford had béene sufficient to discusse the cause, yet bicause they be in his realme, and to auoid all suspicion of parcia∣litie he hath sent into the realme of France, Italie, the popes dominions and Uenecians, to know their iudgement in that behalfe, which haue concluded, written, and sealed their determinations according as you shall heare read. Then sir Brian Tuke tooke out of a box certeine writings sealed, and read them word by word as after insueth, translated out of La∣tine into the English toong.

Determinations of diuerse vniuer∣sities touching the vnlawfulnesse of the kings marriage, and first the deter∣mination of the vniuersitie of Orleance.

NOt long since there were put foorth to vs the college of doctors, regents of the vni∣uersitie of Orleance, these two questions that follow. The first, whether it be lawfull by the law of God for the brother to take to wife that woman whom his brother hath left? The second, if this be forbidden by the law of God, whether this prohibition of the law of God may be remitted by the pope his dispensation? We the foresaid college of doctors regents, according to our custome and v∣sage came manie times togither, and did sit diuerse times vpon the discussing of these foresaid doubts and questions, and did examine and weigh as much as we might diuerse and manie places, both of the old testament and the new, and also the interpretors and declarers both of the law of God and the canon law.

After we had weighed & considered all things ex∣actlie, with good leisure and deliberation we haue all determined and concluded, that these foresaid mari∣ages cannot be attempted, nor enterprised, except a man doo wroong, and plaine contrarie to the law of

God: yea and that although it be doone by pardon and sufferance of the pope. And in witnesse of this conclusion and determination, we haue caused this present publike writing to be signed by the scribe of our said vniuersitie, and to be strengthened & forti∣fied with the seale of the same. Enacted in the chapell of our ladie, the annuntiation, or the good tidings that she had of Christes comming in Orleance, the yeare of our Lord 1529, the 5. daie of Aprill. [line 10]

The determination of the facultie of decrees of the vniuersitie of Paris.

* 16.1IN the name of the Lord so be it. There was put foorth before vs the deane and college of the right councelfull facultie of decrées of the vniuersitie of Paris, this question? Whether that the pope might dispense, that the brother might marrie the wife that his brother hath left, if mariage betweene his bro∣ther now dead and his wife were once consummate? [line 20] We the deane and college of the said facultie after manie disputations and reasons made of both sides vpon this matter, and after great and long turning and searching of bookes, both of the law of God, and the popes law, and of the law ciuill, we counsell and saie that the pope hath no power to dispense in this foresaid case. In witnesse whereof we haue caused this present writing to be strengthened with the seale of our facultie and with the signe of our scribe or chiefe bedle. Yeuen in the congregation or assem∣ble at saint Iohn Laterenense in Paris the second [line 30] daie of Maie 1530.

The determination of ciuilians and canonists of the vniuersitie of Aniou.

* 17.1NOt long time since there were proposed vnto vs the rector and doctors regents in law canon and ciuill of the vniuersitie of Aniou, these two questions [line 40] here following, that is to wit; Whether it is vnlaw∣full by the law of God & the law of nature for a man to marrie the wife of his brother, that is departed without children, so that the marriage was consum∣mate? And againe, whether it is lawfull for the pope to dispense with such marriage? We the aforesaid rector and doctors haue according to our custome and vsage manie times communed togither, and sitten to dispute these questions, and to find out the certein∣tie of them. And after that we had discussed and ex∣amined [line 50] manie and diuerse places, aswell of the law of God as of the law of man, which séemed to per∣teine to the same purpose, and after we had brought reasons for both parties, and examined them: all things faithfullie and after good conscience consi∣dered, and vpon sufficient deliberation and aduise∣ment taken, we define and determine that neither by the law of God nor of nature, it is permitted for any christian man, no not euen with the authoritie of the sée apostolike, or with anie dispensation granted [line 60] by the pope, to marrie the wife that his brother hath left, although his brother be departed without chil∣dren, after that the marriage is once finished and consummate. And for witnes of the aforsaid things, we haue commanded the scribe of our said vniuersi∣tie to signe this present publike instrument, and it to be fortified with the great seale of our vniuersitie. Enacted in the church of saint Peter in Aniou, the yeare of our Lord 1530, the 7 daie of Maie.

The determination of the facultie of diuinitie in the vniuersitie of Paris.

* 18.1THe deane and the facultie of the holie diuinitie of the vniuersitie of Paris, to all them to whom this present writing shall come, wisheth safetie in our sauiour Iesu Christ, which is the verie true safetie. Where of late there is risen a great controuersie of great difficultie, vpon the marriage betweene the most noble Henrie the eight king of England de∣fendor of the faith, and lord of Ireland, &c: and the no∣ble ladie Katharine quéene of England, daughter to the catholike king Ferdinand, which marriage was not onelie contract betwéene hir and hir former hus∣band, but also consummate and finished by carnall intermedling.

This question also was proposed to vs to discusse and examine according to iustice and truth, that is to saie; Whether to marrie hir that one brother dead without children hath left, being so prohibited by the law of God and nature, that it can not be lawfull by the popes dispensation, that any christian man shuld marrie the wife that his brother hath left? We the foresaid deane and facultie calling to our remem∣brance, how vertuous, and how holie a thing, and how agréeable to our profession, vnto our dutie of loue and charitie it is for vs to shew the waie of iu∣stice and right, of vertue and honestie, to them which desire to lead and passe ouer their life in the law of our Lord with su••e and quiet conscience; could not but be readie to satisfie so honest and iust requests: wherevpon after our old woont, we came togither vpon our oth in the church of S. Maturine, and there for the same cause had a solemne masse with deuout praier to the Holie-ghost.

And also we tooke an oth, euerie man to deliuer and to studie vpon the foresaid question, as should be to the pleasure of God & according to conscience. And after diuerse & manie sessions or sittings, which were had and continued in the church of saint Matu∣rine, and also in the college called Sorbon, from the eight daie of Iune to the second daie of Iulie; when we had searched and examined through and through, with as much diligence as we could, and with such reuerence and religion or conscience as becommeth in such a matter, ••oth the bookes of holie scripture, and also the most approoued interpretors of the same: finallie the generall and synodall councels, decrées and constitutions of the sacre and holie church, which by long custome hath béene receiued and approbate.

We the foresaid deane and facultie, disputing vpon the foresaid question, and making answer to the same, and that after the iudgement and full con∣sent of the most part of the said facultie, haue con∣cluded and determined, that the foresaid marriage with the brothers wife, departing without children, be so forbidden both by the law of God & of nature, that the pope hath no power to dispense with such mariages, whether they be contract or to be contract. And for credence, beléefe, and witnesse of this our assertion and determination, we haue caused the seale of our facultie, with our notaries signe, to be put vnto this present writing. Dated in our gene∣rall congregation that we kéepe by an oth at saint Maturines, the yeare of our Lord 1530, the second daie of Iulie.

The determination of the vniuersitie of Burges in Berrie or Biturs.

WE the deane and facultie of diuinitie in the vniuersitie of Burges (bicause we will doo according to the example of S. Paule doctor of the gentiles,* 19.1 which dooth likewise) will begin our wri∣ting with praier for all the belooued of God, a∣mong whome you most deare readers, vnto whome we write, be called: grace, peace, and quietnesse of conscience come to you from God the father, and from our Lord Iesu Christ. While we were gathered

together all into one place (in the octaues of Whit∣suntide) both in bodie and mind, and were sitting in the house of the said deane, there was a question put to vs againe, which had beene proposed to vs often∣times before, being no small question, which was this: Whether the brother taking the wife of his bro∣ther now dead, and the marriage once consummate and perfect, dooth a thing vnlawfull or no?

At the last when we had sought for the truth of the thing, and had perceiued and found it out by much la∣bour [line 10] and studie of euerie one of vs by himselfe, and by much and often turning of holie bookes, euerie one of vs not corrupt, whereby we might the lesse o∣beie the truth, began as the holie ghost did put in his mind, to giue euerie man one arbitrement and sen∣tence, which was this. I haue well perceiued in ve∣rie truth, without regard or respect of anie person, that those persons which be rehearsed in the 18 chap∣ter of the Leuiticall law, be forbidden by the verie law of nature to contract matrimonie togither, and [line 20] that this law can in no wise be released by anie au∣thoritie of anie man, by the which there is made an abhominable discouering of his brothers foulenesse. And this is the signe of our common bedell or nota∣rie, and the seale of our foresaid facultie put vnto this present writing the 10 daie of Iune, in the yeare of our Lord 1530. And bicause the foot of our wri∣ting shall be of one forme and fashion with the head, as we began with praier, so let vs end after the ex∣ample of S. Paule that we spake of before, and saie, [line 30] the grace and fauour of our Lord Iesu Christ, the cha∣ritie and loue of God and the communication of the holie ghost be with you all, Amen.

The determination of the diuines in the popes vniuersitie of Bononie.

GOD best and mightiest taught first the old law and testament with his owne mouth,* 20.1 to forme and fashion according to loue and charitie the ma∣ners [line 40] and life of men. And secondarilie the same God did take afterwards manhood vpon him for to be the redéemer of man, and so made the new law or new testament, not onlie to forme and fashion according to loue and charitie the life and maners of men, but also to take awaie and to declare doubts, the which did arise in manie cases, which when they be once cléerelie determined, shall helpe greatlie to perfect vertue and goodnesse, that is to saie, to perfect loue and charitie. [line 50]

Wherefore we thought it euermore, that it should be our part to follow these most holie doctrines and lawes of our father of heauen, and that we lightned by the light of God aboue & of the holie ghost, should giue our sentence and iudgement in high and doubt∣full matters, after that we haue once leisurelie and sufficientlie taken aduisement vpon the cause, and haue cleerelie searched out and opened the thing by many reasons and writings of holie fathers, as well for the one part as for the other, dooing nothing (as [line 60] néere as we can) rashlie or without deliberation. Therefore where certeine great and noble men did instantlie desire vs, that we would with all dili∣gence possible looke for this case that after insueth, & afterwards to giue our iudgement vpon the same, according to most equitie, right, and conscience, stic∣king onelie to the truth.

All the doctors of diuinitie of this vniuersitie, when we had euerie one by himselfe examined the matter at home in our houses, came all togither in∣to one place, and there treated vpon it manie daies with as much cunning and learning as we could, we anon looked on the case togither, we examined it to∣gither, we compared all things togither, we handling euerie thing by it selfe, did trie them euen as you would saie by line and rule, we brought foorth all ma∣ner of reasons which we thought could be brought for the contrarie part, and afterward solued them, yea euen the reasons of the most reuerend father car∣dinall Caietane, yea and moreouer the Deuterono∣mie dispensation of stirring vp the brothers séed, and shortlie all other maner of reasons and opinions of the contrarie part, as manie as séemed to belong to this purpose.

And this question that was asked of vs, was this: Whether it was forbidden onelie by the ordi∣nance of the church, or else by the law of God, that a man might not marrie the wife left of his brother de∣parted without children? And if it were comman∣ded by both the lawes not to be doone, whether the pope may dispense with anie man to make such ma∣riage? The which question now that we haue exami∣ned both by our selfe secretlie, and also openlie as diligentlie and exactlie as we could possiblie, and dis∣cussed it after the best manner that our wits would serue: we determine, giue iudgement, and saie, and as stiflie as we can we witnesse, and without anie doubt doo stedfastlie hold, that this marriage should be horrible, accurssed, and to be cried out vpon, and vtterlie abhominable not onelie for a christian man, but for an infidell, vnfaithfull or heathen.

And that it is prohibited vnder gréeuous paines and punishments by the law of God, of nature, and of man, and that the pope, though that he almost may doo all things, vnto whome Christ did giue the keies of the kingdome of heauen, hath no power to giue a dispensation to anie man for to contract such mari∣age for anie maner of cause, consideration or sugge∣stion: and all we be readie at all times & in all pla∣ces to defend & mainteine the truth of this our con∣clusion. In witnesse whereof we haue made this pre∣sent writing, and haue fortified the same both with the seale of our vniuersitie, and also with the seale of our college of doctors of diuinitie, and haue sub∣scribed & signed it with our generall and accustomed subscription in the cathedrall church of Bononie, the tenth daie of Iune, the yeare of our Lord 1530.

The determination of the facultie of diuinitie in the vniuersitie of Padua in Italie.

THey that haue written for the maintenance of the catholike faith,* 21.1 affirme that God (best and mightiest) did giue the precepts & commandements of the old law with his owne mouth, to be an exam∣ple for vs, wherein we might sée how we should or∣der our life and maners, and this God had doone be∣fore he became man: and after that he had put vpon him our manhood, & was become redéemer or buier of mankind, he made the new law or testament, and of his méere liberalitie did giue it vs, not onelie for the cause aforsaid; but also to take awaie and de∣clare all maner of doubts and questions that might arise, the which once opened and declared, what their verie true meaning is, to the intent that thereby we might be made perfectlie good, which be greatlie fruitfull vnto vs and wholesome.

And séeing that this was the mind of God in ma∣king these lawes, it hath béene our intent, and euer∣more shall be, as it becommeth christian men, to fol∣low these most solemne ordinances of the most high woorkemaister God, & the helpe of his light, that is aboue the capacitie of nature, to vtter our iudgment in all maner of doubts and hard questions. After we had once considered the thing after the best maner, and had by sufficient leisure made it cleere by manie euident reasons of both parties, and by manie au∣thorities

of the fathers of the church, determining nothing (as neere as we can) rashlie or without con∣uenient deliberation. Séeing therefore that certeine great orators or ambassadors did humblie require and praie vs, that we would vouchsafe to search out with all the diligence we could this case following, and afterwards to giue our sentence vpon the same, plainelie and simplie looking onelie on the truth.

After the doctors of diuinitie of this vniuersitie came togither, and after that we had euerie man ex∣amined [line 10] the thing particularlie in our owne houses, and had beaten it with all learning and cunning that we were able: anon when we were togither, we considered, examined, and weied all things by them∣selues, and brought in all maner of reasons, which we thought might by anie meanes be made to the contrarie, and without all colour or cloke did wholie and cléerlie dissolue them and take them awaie. And amongst all, the dispensation by the law of Deute∣ronomie, of stirring vp the brothers seed, and all ma∣ner [line 20] other reasons and determinations to the contra∣rie, that séemed to vs to perteine anie thing to that purpose, we vtterlie confuted and dispatched them.

The question that is put vnto vs is this; Whether to marrie the wife of our brother departed without children, is forbidden onelie by the law of the church, or by the law of God also? And if it be forbidden by both these laws, whether the pope maie dispense with anie man for such matrimonie or no? Which questi∣on now that we haue discussed it, and as farre as we [line 30] could, haue made it cléere, both priuatlie euerie man by himselfe, and after all togither openlie, we saie, iudge, decrée, witnesse, and for a truth affirme, that such marriage is no marriage; yea and that it is ab∣horred and curssed of euerie christian man, and to be abhominate as a grieuous sinne; and that it is as cleere as can be forbidden vnder most cruell penal∣ties by the lawes of nature, of God, and of man; and that the pope, vnto whome the keies of the kingdome of heauen be committed by Christ the sonne of God, [line 40] hath no power to dispense by the right of law for a∣nie cause, suggestion, or excuse, that anie such matri∣monie should be contracted.

For those things which be forbidden by the law of God, be not vnderneath his power, but aboue it; nor he is not the vicar of God as concerning those t••ings, but onelie in such things as God hath not de∣termined himselfe in his law; but hath left them to the determination and ordinance of man. And to mainteine the truth of this our sentence and conclu∣sion, [line 50] and for the most certeine and vndoubted defense of the same, we all of one mind and accord shall at all times and in euerie place be readie. In witnesse whereof we haue made this writing, and haue autho∣rised it with the accustomed seale of our vniuersitie and also of our college of diuines. Dated at Padua in the church of the heremites of saint Augustine the first daie of Iulie, in the yeare of our Lord 1530.

The determination of the vniuersitie [line 60] of Tholose.

THere was treated in our vniuersitie of Tholose a verie hard question;* 22.1 Whether it be lawfull for the brother to marrie hir which had béene wife to his brother now departed, & that without children? There was besides this an other thing that troubled vs ve∣rie sore; Whether, if the pope which hath the cure of Christs flocke, would by his dispensation (as men call it) suffer this, that then at the least wise it might be lawfull? The rector of the vniuersitie called to counsell all the doctors regents, that were at that time at Tholose for to shew their minds on this que∣stion, and that not once, but twise: for he iudged that counsell giuing ought not to be hasted nor doone vp∣on head, and that we had need of time and space to doo anie thing conuenientlie and as it ought to be.

At the last there came togither into one place all the best learned and cunningest doctors, both of holie diuinitie, and also doctors that were best learned in both lawes; yea, and finallie as manie as had anie experience in anie matter, and were able to doo anie thing either by iudgement and discretion, or by elo∣quence or their excellent wits; and there did sweare that they would obeie the sacred and holie councels, and would follow the decrees of the fathers, which no man that hath anie good conscience will violat or breake. And so euerie man said his mind, & the mat∣ter was debated and reasoned diffuselie and at large for both parts.

In conclusion, we fell so fast to this point, that this was the sentence and determination that our v∣niuersitie, with one voice of all, did determine and conclude with most pure and cléere conscience, and defiled with no maner of leuen of corruption: That it is lawfull for no man, neither by the law of God, nor by the law of nature, to take hir to wife that his brother hath left: and séeing that it maie not be doone by the law of God nor of nature, we answered all, that the pope can loose no man from that law, nor dis∣pense with him. And as for that thing can not be contrarie to our sentence and verdict, that the brother in old time was compelled by the law of Deuterono∣mie to marrie the brothers wife departed without is∣sue. For this law was but a shadow and a figure of things to come, which vanished awaie as soone as e∣uer the light and truth of the gospell appeared. And bi∣cause these things be thus, we haue giuen our sen∣tence after this forme aboue, and haue commanded the same to be signed by our notarie which is our se∣cretarie, and to be fortified and authorised by the put∣ting to of our authenticall seale of our vniuersitie a∣foresaid, at Tholose the calends or first daie of Octo∣ber, the yeare of our Lord 1530.

After these determinations were read, there were shewed aboue an hundred books drawn by doctors of strange regions, which all agreed the kings marriage to be vnlawfull, which were not read, for the daie was spent. Then the chancellor said:

Now you of this common house maie report in your countries what you haue séene and heard, & then all men shall open∣lie perceiue, that the king hath not attempted this matter of will and pleasure, as some strangers re∣port, but onlie for the discharge of his conscience and suertie of the succession of his realme: this is the cause of our repaire hither to you, and now will we depart.

When these determinations were published, all wise men in the realme much abhorred that marri∣age: but women, and such as were more wilfull than wise or learned, spake against the determination, and said that the vniuersities were corrupt and inti∣sed so to doo, which is not to be thought. The king him∣selfe sore lamented his chance, and made no maner of mirth nor pastime as he was woont to doo. He di∣ned and resorted to the quéene as he was accusto∣med, and diminished nothing of hir estate, and much loued and cherished their daughter the ladie Marie: but in no wise he would not come to hir bed. When Easter began to draw neere, the parlement for that time ended, and was proroged till the last daie of March, in the next yéere.* 22.2 In the parlement aforesaid was an act made, that whosoeuer did poison any per∣son, should be boiled in hot water to the death: which act was made, bicause one Richard Roose, in the par∣lement time had poisoned diuerse persons at the bi∣shop

of Rochesters place, which Richard, according to the same act, was boiled in Smithfield the teneber wednesdaie following, to the terrible example of all other.

* 22.3When the vniuersitie aforesaid, and a great num∣ber of clearks and well learned men had determined the kings marriage to be vnlawfull, detestable, and against Gods law (as you haue heard) the king wil∣ling the quéene to haue knowledge of the same, sent to hir diuerse lords of the councell, the last daie of [line 10] Maie, being the wednesdaie in Whitsun wéeke: the which Lords,* 22.4 in hir chamber at Gréenewich, declared to hir all the determinations (as you haue heard) and asked hir whether she would (for the quietnesse of the kings conscience) put the matter to foure prelats, and foure temporall lords of this realme, or abide by hir appeale? The quéene answered:

The king my fa∣ther which concluded my marriage, I am sure, was not so ignorant but he asked counsell of clearks and well learned men before he married me the second [line 20] time: for if he had had anie doubt in my marriage, he would not haue disbursed so great a tresure as he did, & then all the doctors in a maner agréed my mar∣riage to be good, insomuch that the pope himselfe, which knew best what was to be doone, did both di∣spense and ratifie the second marriage, against whose dooings I maruell that any person will speake or write.

And as to the determination of the vniuersitie, I am a woman, and lacke wit and learning to answer [line 30] to them, but to God I commit the iudgement of that, whether they haue doone iustlie or parciallie: for this I am sure, that neither the kings father, nor my fa∣ther would haue condescended to our marriage, if it had beene declared to be vnlawfull. And where you saie that I should put the cause to eight persons of this realme for quietnesse of the kings conscience, I pray God send his grace a quiet conscience. And this shall be your answer: that I saie I am his lawfull wife, and to him lawfullie married, and by the order [line 40] of holie church I was to him espoused as his true wife (although I was not so woorthie) and in that point I will abide till the court of Rome, which was priuie to the beginning, haue made thereof a deter∣mination and finall ending.

With this answer the lords departed to the king, which was sorie to heare of hir wilfull opinion, and in especiall that the more trusted in the popes law, than in kéeping the precepts of God.]

Forsomuch as merchant strangers, bringing [line 50] their wares into the realme, did receiue readie mo∣nie for them, and euer deliuered the same monie to o∣ther merchants by exchange, not emploieng it vpon the commodities of the realme,* 22.5 a proclamation was set foorth and made, that no person should make anie exchange, contrarie to the meaning of a statute or∣deined in the time of king Richard the second: by reason whereof, clothes and other commodities of this realme shortlie after were well sold, till they fell to exchange againe, and that this proclamation was [line 60] forgotten. After Whitsuntide, the king & the queene remooued to Windsor, and there continued till the fourtéenth of Iulie, on the which daie the king remoo∣ued to Woodstocke, and left the quéene at Windsor, where she remained a while, & after remooued to the More, and from thence to Estamstéed, whither the king sent to hir diuerse lords, to aduise hir to be con∣formable to the law of God, shewing sundrie rea∣sons to persuade hir to their purpose, and one among the rest vsed for that present this communication, as I find it left in writing, in the behoofe of the king.

* 22.6¶ Madam, the kings highnesse hath commanded vs repairing vnto you, on his highnesse behalfe to shew vnto you thus much, that his maiestie hauing heretofore sent vnto you a great number of his councellors and learned men, to declare what great iniuries and wrongs by your procurement and soli∣citation were and yet be doone vnto his maiestie and this his realme, in citing his highnesse in his owne person, or by his proctor to appeare at Rome, to make answer to your sute, contrarie to the determination of all lawes, as not onelie the famous vniuersities of christendome, as Paris and Orleance, but also as the most part of the learned men here or elsewhere in that facultie affirme, and as maister deane learned in that facultie can and will testifie vnto you, on his conscience, if it shall please you to heare him, and contrarie also to his estate roiall, and to the priuile∣ges and prerogatiues of this his graces realme.

His highnesse perceiuing your grace not to re∣gard their aduertisements in right and iustice, but still to perseuere and continue, and rather increase your iniurious procurements and solicitations in that behalfe, is not a little gréeued & displeased with your continuance and prosecution of this iniurie and manifest wrong towards his maiestie, and this his graces realme. The continuance of which your vn∣kind dealing hath compelled his highnesse not onelie to absteine from the sight of you, but also to forbeare to receiue anie of your tokens, which doo nothing else but renew and refresh his displeasure, inforcing him also to an indignation, to see tokens offered and sent by hir, who continueth in prosecuting of so nota∣ble an iniurie and manifest wrong towards his ma∣iestie, & this his realme, perceiuing also what bold∣nesse other outward princes might take to misin∣treat his highnesse, when they should vnderstand how his maiestie suffreth himselfe to be wronged by his pretended subiect, and so notable wrong to be doone to this his realme.

And vpon this cause and ground, like as the kings highnesse these certeine moneths past, hath disseue∣red your grace from his presence, so he intendeth yet to continue, and hath commanded vs to shew you, that his pleasure is ye shalbe at your libertie, & (as ye shall thinke most commodious) repaire to either of these thrée places, his manour of Oking, his ma∣nour of Estamsteed, or the monasterie of Bisham, and there to continue without further molesting of his highnesse with your sutes or requests to the con∣trarie, as wherewith ye shall not preuaile; but more and more molesting and troubling his highnesse, pro∣cure his further displeasure towards you.

And though percase the pope shall desist, as per∣ceiuing now the matter of right he will, yet the kings highnesse cannot digest in his stomach this in∣iurie doone, not to be amended or reformed at your graces procurement, but your grace rather suing and instanting the contrarie. And this is the charge, madam, which the kings highnesse hath committed vnto vs, to be spoken vnto you on his highnesse be∣halfe. And to saie to you as of my selfe, concerning the iustnesse of the kings cause, as I haue heretofore said, I shall now repeat and rehearse againe vnto your grace; which is, that your grace being knowne by prince Arthur, ye be not lawfull wife to the kings highnesse our souereigne lord in my conscience.

This speach ended, others of the companie vsed their per∣suasorie talke to the quéene:* 22.7 whose words notwith∣standing did so little mooue hir, that she stood stiffelie in hir first opinion, that she was his true and lawfull wife, and from the same would not by anie meanes be remooued.]

The priests of London being called afore the bishop that would haue had them contributaries to the pai∣ment of the hundred thousand pounds, granted to the king for his pardon of the premunire, kept such a stir

in breaking into the chapiter house (where the bishop sat) all at once, and striking and buffeting the bishops seruants which gaue them euill language, that the bi∣shop was faine to giue them his blessing, and suffer them to depart in quiet for that time. But after, vp∣on complaint made to the lord chancellor, diuerse of them and of their partakers were arrested, and com∣mitted to prison, to the number of fifteéne priests, and fiue laie men, some to the Tower, and some to the Fleet, and to other places, where they remained long after.* 22.8 ¶Thomas Bilneie, bachellor of law, was [line 10] burnt at Norwich the ninteenth of August, and the fourth of December sir Rées Griffin was beheaded at the Tower hill, and his man named Iohn Hewes was drawne to Tiburne, and there hanged and quartered.

The fiue and twentith of Maie, beteene London and Grauesend, were taken two great fishes called whorlepooles, male and female. ¶In this season, there was in the realme much preaching, one lerned man holding against another, namelie in the matter of [line 20] the kings mariage. After Christmas, the parlement began to sit againe, [year 1532] in the which the commons found themselues sore gréeued with the crueltie of ordina∣ries,* 22.9 that called men before them Ex officio. At length, a booke was drawne of all the griefes of the com∣mons, for the cruell demeanor of the cleargie, and the same deliuered to th•• K. by the speaker, humblie beséeching him in the name of all the commons, to take such direction therein, as to his high wisedome might séeme most expedient. The king answered, [line 30] that he would take aduise, and heare the partie accu∣sed speake. He was not so readie to gratifie the com∣mons in their requests, as some thought that he would haue béene, if they had not sticked and refused to passe a statute, which he had sent to them touching wards and primer seasons.

* 22.10After this, was the parlement proroged till the tenth of Aprill. In this parlement was an act made, that bishops should paie no more annates or monie for their bulles to the pope: for it was prooued that [line 40] there had béene paid for bulles of bishops, since the fourth yeare of Henrie the seuenth an hundred thrée∣score thousand pounds sterling, beside other dispen∣sations & pardons. When the parlement was begun againe after Easter, there was a motion made to helpe the king with monie toward his charges about the edifieng of houses, piles, and other fortifications, vpon the borders fore against Scotland, both for bet∣ter habitation to be had there, & also for the restraint [line 50] of the Scots that vsed to make inuasions. There was therefore a fiftéenth granted, but not enacted at this session,* 22.11 bicause that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 began a pesti∣lence in Westminster, 〈…〉〈…〉 parlement was proroged, as ye shall heare in the ne•••• yeare.

* 22.12In this yeare was an old toll demanded in Flan∣ders of Englishmen called th•• ••oll of the hound, which is a riuer and a passage. The toll is twelue pence of a fardell. It had béene often demanded, but neuer paied, insomuch that king Henrie the seuenth for the [line 60] demand of that toll, prohibited all his subiects to kéepe anie mart at Antwerpe or Barrow, till it was promised that vpon their returne the said toll should neuer be demanded. The king sent doctor Knight, and others to Calis, whither came the emperours com∣missioners, and there (vpon talke) the matter was put in suspension for a time. The king hauing purcha∣sed of the cardinall after his attendure in the premu∣nire his house at Westminster,* 22.13 called Yorke place, and got a confirmation of the cardinals feoffement thereof, made of the chapter of the cathedrall church of Yorke, purchased this yeare also all the medows about saint Iames, and there made a faire mansion and a parke for his greater commoditie & pleasure. And bicause he had a great affection to the said house at Westminster, he bestowed great cost in going forward with the building thereof, and changed the name, so that it was after called the kings palace of Westminster.

The fourtéenth daie of Maie,* 22.14 the parlement was proroged till the fourth of Februarie next comming. After which prorogation, sir Thomas Moore, chancel∣lor of England, after long sutes made to the king to be discharged of his office, the sixtéenth of Maie he de∣liuered to the king at Westminster the great seale of England,* 22.15 and was with the kings fauour dischar∣ged, which seale the king kept till mondaie in Whit∣sunwéeke, on which daie he dubbed Thomas Audleie speaker of the parlement, knight,* 22.16 and made him lord kéeper of the great seale, and so he was called. ¶ The king being informed, that the pope and the French king should meet in the beginning of the next spring at Marseiles, he thought good for diuerse considera∣tions, to speake with the French king in his owne person, before the pope and he should come togither: wherevpon it was concluded, that in October follo∣wing, both the princes should méet betwéene Calis and Bullongne. Wherfore the king of England sent out his letters to his nobles, prelats, and seruants, commanding them to be readie at Canturburie the six and twentith of September, to passe the seas with him, for the accomplishment of the interuiew be∣twixt him and the French king.

On the first of September being sundaie,* 22.17 the K. being come to Windsor, created the ladie Anne Bullongne marchionesse of Penbroke, and gaue to hir one thousand pounds land by the yeare; and that solemnitie finished, he rode to the college, where af∣ter that seruice was ended, a new league was con∣cluded and sworne betwene the king, and the French king, Messire Pomoraie the French ambassador be∣ing present. On the tenth of October,* 22.18 the king came to Douer, and on the eleuenth daie in the morning at thrée of the clocke hée tooke shipping at Douer rode, and before ten of the same daie, he with the la∣die marchionesse of Penbroke landed at Calis, where he was receiued with all honour, and lodged at the Eschecker. There came to him whilest he laie in Calis, diuerse lords from the French court, and amongst other the lord great maister of France, and the archbishop of Roane, which were honorablie of him receiued, and with them he tooke a daie and place of méeting with the king their maister.

Wherevpon the one and twentith of October, he marched out of Calis, accompanied with the dukes of Norffolke and Suffolke, the marquesses of Dor∣set and Excester, the erles of Arundell, Oxford, Sur∣reie, Essex, Darbie, Rutland, Huntington, and Sus∣sex, with diuerse vicounts, barons, knights of the garter, and other of the nobilitie and gentlemen freshlie apparelled, and richlie trimmed; and com∣ming to the place appointed, he there met with the French king,* 22.19 who was come to receiue him with all honor that might be: and after salutations and em∣bracings vsed in most louing maner, the king of England went with the French K. to Bullongne; and by the waie was incountered by the French kings thrée sons, and other great lords that atten∣ded them, with welcomming the king of England; he them gentlie receiued, and so all this noble com∣panie came to Bullongne, where the king of Eng∣land and his nobles were so noblie interteined, fea∣sted, banketed, and cheared, that woonder it was to consider the great plentie of viands, spices, wines, and all other prouision necessarie for man and horsse, so that there was no more but aske and haue; and no man durst take anie monie, for the French king paid for all.

The fiue and twentith of October, whilest the king laie thus in Bullongne, the French king called a chapiter of the companions of his order named S. Michaell, of whome the king of England was one, and so there elected the dukes of Norffolke and Suf∣folke to be companions of the same order:* 22.20 and being brought to the chapiter, they had their collars deli∣uered to them, and were sworne to the statutes of the order, their obeisance to their souereigne lord alwaie reserued. Thus the two kings laie in Bullongne, [line 10] mondaie, tuesdaie, wednesdaie, and thursdaie: and on fridaie the fiue and twentith of October, they departed out of Bullongne to Calis. Without the towne of Calis about the distance of two miles, the duke of Richmond the kings base son, with a great companie of noble men,* 22.21 which had not béene at Bul∣longne, met them, and saluting the French king, embraced him in most honorable and courteous ma∣ner.

Thus they passed forward, and came to Newn∣ham [line 20] bridge, and so to Calis, where was such prouisi∣on made for the receiuing of them, as well for lodg∣ings, plate, and all such other furniture of houshold, as also of all sorts of viands, wines, and other neces∣saries, that it séemed woonderfull: in so much as the proportion assigned to the French lords oftentimes was so abundant, that they refused a great part thereof. The French kings traine was twelue hun∣dred horsses, or rather aboue. But there was lodging inough in Calis, not onlie for them, but also for ma∣nie [line 30] other, so that there were aboue eight thousand persons lodged within the towne in that season. The French king comming thither on the fridaie, tarri∣ed there till tuesdaie the thirtith of October, and then departed; the king of England accompanieng him out of the towne, till he came to enter into the French ground, and there either tooke leaue of other with right princelie countenance, louing behauiour, and so hartie words, that all men reioised that saw them. [line 40]

Whilest the two kings laie in Calis, the lord An∣nas de Montmorancie earle of Beaumont, great master of the French kings house, & Philip de Cha∣bot erle of Newblanke, great admerall of France, were admitted into the order of the garter,* 22.22 the king calling a chapiter for that purpose, of the knights of that order, at the which the French king was present, and ware a blew mantell, because he was one of the same order. Whilest the king was in the French kings dominion, he had the vpper hand, and likewise [line 50] had the French king in his dominion. And as the French king paid all the Englishmens charges at Bullongne: so did the king of England at Calis. There rose about the same season such sore weather, storms and rigorous winds, continuing for the more part at north and northwest, that the king staied at Calis for a conuenient wind till tuesdaie the thir∣téenth of Nouember at midnight, and then taking his ship, landed at Douer the next daie about fiue of the clocke in the morning.* 22.23 And herewith vpon his [line 60] returne, he married priuilie the ladie Anne Bul∣longne the same daie, being the fourteenth daie of Nouember, and the feast daie of saint Erkenwald; which marriage was kept so secret, that verie few knew it till Easter next insuing, when it was per∣ceiued that she was with child.

When the king should passe ouer the sea, he con∣sidered that the Scots would happilie attempt some∣what to the preiudice of his subiects in his absence, which sticked not (he being within the realme) to rob both by sea and land. Wherefore to resist their ma∣lice, he appointed sir Arthur Darcie with thrée hun∣dred men to go vnto Berwike, to defend the borders from inuasions of the Scots, who shortlie after by the middle marches entred the realme, and came to a place called Fowberie, and stering certeine villa∣ges in their waie, returned. The erle of Angus as then was at Berwike as a banished man; and the said sir Arthur determined to reuenge this displea∣sure: and therevpon with foure hundred men made a rode into Scotland, and set a village on fire. Then immediatlie assembled togither eight hundred Scots, and began to approch néere to the English men, who perceiuing them, caused their trumpet to blow the retreit, and the erle and twentie with him shewed himselfe on an hill, euen in the face of the Scots, and the trumpet blew at their backs, so that the Scots thought that there had beene two compa∣nies, which caused the Scots to flie,* 22.24 and the English∣men followed and slew a great number of them, and tooke manie of them prisoners.

After Christmasse sir Thomas Audleie lord kée∣per of the great seale was made high chancellor of England. And when the parlement began, [year 1533] * 22.25 because the office of the speaker was void, Humfreie Wing∣field of Greis inne was chosen speaker. In this par∣lement was an act made, that no person should ap∣peale for anie cause out of this realme to the court of Rome, but from the commissarie to the bishop, and from the bishop to the archbishop, and from the arch∣bishop to the king; and all causes of the king to be tried in the vpper house of the conuocation.* 22.26 It was also enacted the same time, that quéene Katharine should no more be called queene, but princesse Dowa∣ger, as the widow of prince Arthur. ¶In the season of the last summer died William Warham archbi∣shop of Canturburie, and then was named to that sea Thomas Cranmer the kings chapleine, a man of good learning, and of a vertuous life, which latelie before had béene ambassador from the king to the pope.

After that the king perceiued his new wife to be with child, he caused all officers necessarie to be appointed to hir, and so on Easter euen she went to hir closet openlie as quéene;* 22.27 and then the king ap∣pointed the daie of hir coronation to be kept on Whitsundaie next following: and writings were sent to all shiriffs, to certifie the names of men of fortie pounds to receiue the order of knighthood, or else to make fine. The assesment of the fine was ap∣pointed to Thomas Cromwell, maister of the kings iewell house, & councellor to the king, a man newlie receiued into high fauour. He so vsed the matter, that a great summe of monie was raised to the kings vse by those fines. The matter of the quéenes appeale wherevnto she still sticked, and by no means could be remooued from it, was communed of, both in the parlement house, and also in the conuocation house, where it was so handled, that manie were of opinion, that not onelie hir appeale, but also all other appeales made to Rome were void and of none ef∣fect: for that in ancient councels it had béene deter∣mined, that a cause rising in one prouince should be determined in the same.

This matter was opened with all the circum∣stances to the ladie Katharine Dowager (for so was she then called) the which persisted still in hir former opinion,* 22.28 and would reuoke by no meanes hir ap∣peale to the court of Rome. Wherevpon the archbi∣shop of Canturburie accompanied with the bishops of London, Winchester, Bath, Lincolne, and diuers other learned men in great number, rode to Dun∣stable, which is six miles from Ampthill, where the princesse Dowager laie, and there by one doctor Lée she was cited to appeare before the said archbishop in cause of matrimonie in the said towne of Dun∣stable, and at the daie of appearance she appeared not, but made default, and so she was called peremp∣torie

euerie daie fiftéene daies togither,* 22.29 and at the last, for lacke of appearance, by the assent of all the learned men there present, she was diuorsed from the king, and the mariage declared to be void and of none effect. Of this diuorse and of the kings mariage with the ladie Anne Bullongne men spake diuerse∣lie; some said the king had doone wiselie, and so as became him to doo in discharge of his conscience. O∣ther otherwise iudged, and spake their fansies as they thought good: but when euerie man had talked [line 10] inough, then were they quiet, and all rested in good peace.

In Maie pope Clement sent an orator to the king, requiring him to appeare personallie at the generall councell which he had appointed to be kept the yeére following. But when his commission was shewed, at the earnest request of the king, there was neither place nor time specified for the keeping of that coun∣cell; and so with an vncerteine answer to an vncer∣teine demand he departed, but not vnrewarded. The [line 20] king vnderstanding that the pope,* 22.30 the emperor, & the French king shuld méet at Nice in Iulie folowing, appointed the duke of Norffolke, the lord Rochford brother to quéene Anne, sir William Pawlet con∣trollor of his house, sir Anthonie Browne, and sir Francis Brian knights, to go in ambassage to the French king, and both to accompanie him to Nice, and also to commune with the pope there concerning his staie in the kings diuorse. These worthie perso∣nages made their prouision readie; and so with the [line 30] number of eight score horsses they went to Douer, and passing ouer to Calis, tooke their waie through France, to accomplish their ambassage as they had in commandement.

* 22.31In the beginning of Maie, the king caused open proclamations to be made, that all men that claim∣ed to doo anie seruice, or execute anie office at the so∣lemne feast of the coronation by the waie of tenure, grant, or prescription, should put their grant thrée wéekes after Easter in the Starrechamber before [line 40] Charles duke of Suffolke, for that time high steward of England, and the lord chancellor and other com∣missioners.* 22.32 The duke of Norffolke claimed to be erle marshall, and to exercise his office at that feast; the erle of Arundell claimed to be high butler, and to exercise the same; the erle of Oxford claimed to be chamberlaine; the vicount Lisle claimed to be pan∣tler; the lord Aburgauennie to be chiefe larderer; and the lord Braie claimed to be almoner, and sir Henrie Wiat knight claimed to be ewrer. All these [line 50] noble personages desired their offices with their fées.

Beside these, the maior of London claimed to serue the quéene with a cup of gold, and a cup of as∣saie of the same, and that twelue citizens should at∣tend on the cupboord, and the maior to haue the cup and cup of assaie for his labor: which petition was al∣lowed. The fiue ports claimed to beare a canopie o∣uer the quéens head the daie of the coronation with foure guilt belles, and to haue the same for a reward, [line 60] which to them was allowed.* 22.33 Diuerse other put in petie claimes which were not allowed, bicause they séemed onlie to be doone at the kings coronation. All this season great purueiance was made of all ma∣ner of vittels: & lords, knights & esquierrs were sent for out of all countries, which came to London at their daie with a great number of people.

¶After that the kings highnesse had addressed his gratious letters to the maior and communaltie of the citie, signifieng to them, that his pleasure was to solemnize and celebrate the coronation of his most deare and welbeloued wife quéene Anne, at Westminster the Whitsundaie next insuing, wil∣led them to make preparation, as well to fetch hir grace from Greenwich to the Tower by water, as to sée the citie ordered and garnished with pageants in places accustomed, for the honor of hir grace. When she shuld be conueied from the Tower to Westmin∣ster, there was a common councell called, and com∣mandement was giuen to the haberdashers (of which craft the maior sir Stephan Pecocke then was) that they should prepare a barge for the bachelors, with a wa••ter and a foist, garnished with banners and strea••ters likewise, as they vse to doo▪ when the maior is presented at Westminster on the morrow after Simon and Iude. Also all other crafts were commanded to prepare barges, and to garnish them, not alonelie with their banners accustomed,* 22.34 but also to decke them with targets by the sides of the bar∣ges, and to set vp all such séemelie banners and ban∣nerets as they had in their halles, or could get meet to furnish their said barges, and euerie barge to haue minstrelsie: according to which commande∣ments great preparation was made for all things necessarie for such a noble triumph.

The ninetéenth daie of Maie,* 22.35 the maior and his brethren all in scarlet, and such as were knights had collars of S S, and the remnant hauing good chains, and the counsell of the citie with them, assembled at saint Marie hill, and at one of the clocke descended to the new staire to their barge, which was garnished with manie goodlie banners and streamers, and rich∣lie couered. In which barge were shalmes, shagbu∣shes, and diuerse other instruments, which continu∣allie made goodlie harmonie. After that the maior and his brethren were in their barge, séeing that all the companies to the number of fiftie barges were readie to wait vpon them, they gaue commande∣ment to the companies, that no barge should rowe néerer to another than twise the length of the barge vpon a great paine. And to sée the order kept, there were thrée light wheries prepared, and in euerie one of them two officers to call on them to kéepe their or∣der, after which commandement giuen, they set foorth in order as hereafter is described.

First before the maiors barge was a foist or waf∣ter full of ordinance,* 22.36 in which foist was a great dra∣gon continuallie moouing and casting wild fire: and round about the said foist stood terrible monsters and wild men casting fire, and making hideous noi∣ses. Next after the foist a good distance came the ma∣iors barge: on whose right hand was the bachelors barge, in the which were trumpets and diuerse other melodious instruments; the deckes of the said barge and the sailyards, with the top castels were hanged with rich cloth of gold and silke: at the foreship and the sterne were two great banners rich, beaten with the armes of the king and the quéene, and on the top castell also was a long streamer newlie bea∣ten with the said armes. The sides of the barge was set full of flags and banners of the deuises of the companie of the haberdashers and merchants ad∣uenturers, and the cords were hanged with innu∣merable pensel••es, hauing little belles at the ends, which made a goodlie noise and a goodlie sight, waue∣ring in the wind. On the outside of the barge were thrée dozen scutchions in mettall of arms of the king and the queene, which were beaten vpon square bucram diuided, so that the right side had the kings colours, and the left side the queenes, which scutchi∣ons were fastened on the clothes of gold and siluer, hanging on the decks on the left hand.

On the left hand of the maior was another foist,* 22.37 in the which was a mount, and on the same stood a white falcon crowned, vpon a roote of gold inuiro∣ned with white roses and red, which was the quéens deuise; about which mount sat virgins singing and plaieng sweetlie. Next after the maior followed his

fellowship the habardashers; next after them the mercers, then the grocers, and so euerie companie in his order, and last of all the maior and shiriffes officers, euerie companie hauing melodie in his barge by himselfe, and goodlie garnished with ban∣ners, and some garnished with silke, and some with arras and rich carpets, which was a goodlie sight to behold: and in this order they rowed to Gréenwich, to the point next beyond Gréenwich, and there they turned backeward in another order, that is to wit, [line 10] the maior and shiriffs officers first, and the meanest craft next, and so ascending to the vttermost crafts in order, and the maior last, as they go to Paules at Christmas, and in that order they rowed downe∣ward to Gréenwich towne, and there cast anchor, making great melodie.

* 22.38At thrée of the clocke the queene appéered in rich cloth of gold, entring into hir barge accompanied with diuerse ladies and gentlewomen: and inconti∣nent the citizens set forwards in their order, their [line 20] minstrelles continuallie plaieng, and the bache∣lors barge going on the quéens right hand, which she tooke great pleasure to behold. About the quéenes barge were manie noble men, as the duke of Suffolke, the marques Dorset, the erle of Wilshire hir father, the erles of Arundell, Darbie, Rutland, Worcester, Huntington, Sussex, Oxford, and ma∣nie bishops and noble men, euerie one in his barge, which was a goodlie sight to behold. She thus being accompanied rowed toward the tower: and in the [line 30] meane waie the ships which were commanded to lie on the shore for letting of the barges, shot diuerse peales of guns, and yer she was landed, there was a maruellous shot out of the tower as euer was heard there. And at hir landing there met with hir the lord chamberlaine with the officers of armes, and brought hir to the king, which receiued hir with lo∣uing countenance at the posterne by the water side, and then she turned backe againe, and thanked the maior and the citizens with manie goodlie words, [line 40] and so entred into the tower. After which entrie the citizens all this while houered before the tower▪ ma∣king great melodie, and went not on land, for none were assigned to land but the maior, the recorder, and two aldermen. But for to speake of the people that stood on either shore to behold the sight, he that saw it not would scarse beleeue it.

* 22.39On Fridaie at dinner serued the king all such as were appointed by his highnesse to be knights of the bath, which after dinner were brought to their chambers, and that night were bathed and shriuen, [line 50] according to the old vsage of England, and the next daie in the morning the king dubbed them according to the ceremonies thereto belonging, whose names insue; the marques Dorset, the erle of Darbie, the lord Clifford, the lord Fitzwater, the lord Hastings, the lord Mounteagle, sir Iohn Mordant, the lord Uaur, sir Henrie Parker, sir William Winsore, sir Francis Weston, sir Thomas Arundell, sir Iohn Halston, sir Thomas Poinings, sir Henrie Sauell, sir George Fitzwilliam, sir Iohn Tindall, sir Tho∣mas [line 60] Iermeie.

* 22.40To the intent that the horsses should not slide on the pauement, nor that the people should not be hurt by horsses, the high stréets where the queene should passe were all grauelled from the tower to temple barre▪ and railed on the one side, within which railes stood the crafts along in their order from Grace church, where the merchants▪ of the still••••rd stood till the little conduit in Cheape, where the aldermen stood: and on the other side of the stréet stood the con∣stables of the citie, apparelled in veluet and silke, with great slaues in their hands, to cause the people to kéepe roome and good order. And when the stréets were somwhat ordered, the maior clothed in a gowne of crimsm veluet, and a rich collar of SSS,* 22.41 with two footmen clad in white and red damaske, rode to the tower to giue his attendance on the quéene, on whome the shiriffs with their officers did wait till they came to tower hill, where they taking their leaue, rode downe the high stréets, commanding the constables to sée roome and good order kept, and so went and stood by the aldermen in Cheape.

Now before the quéen and hir traine should come, Cornehill and Gratious stréet were hanged with fine scarlet, crimsin, and other grained cloths, and in some place with rich arras, tapistrie, and carpets; and the most part of the Cheape was hanged with cloth of tissue, gold, veluet, and manie rich hangings, which made a goodlie shew, and all the windowes were replenished with ladies and gentlewomen, to behold the quéene and hir traine as they should passe by.* 22.42 The first of the queenes companie that set for∣ward were twelue Frenchmen, which were belong∣ing to the French ambassador clothed in coates of blew veluet, with sléeues of yellow and blew veluet, and their horsses trapped with close trappers of blew sarsenet powdered with white crosses: after them marched gentlemen, esquires and knights two and two: after them the iudges, and after them the knights of the bath in violet gownes, with hoods purfled with miniuer like doctors; after them ab∣bats, then barons; after them bishops, then earls and marquesses; then the lord chancellor of Eng∣land; after him the archbishop of Yorke, and the ambassador of Uenice, after him the archbishop of Canturburie and the ambassador of France, after rode two esquiers of honor with robes of estat rolled and worne bauldrike-wise about their necks, with caps of estate, representing the dukes of Norman∣die & Aquitaine: after them rode the maior of Lon∣don with his mace and garter in his cote of armes, which maior bare his mace to Westminster hall.

After all these rode the lord William Howard with the marshalles rod,* 22.43 deputie to his brother the duke of Norffolke marshall of England, which was ambassador then in France: and on his right hand rode Charles duke of Suffolke, for that daie high constable of England, bearing the verder of siluer apperteining to the office of constableship, and all the lords for the most part were clothed in crimsin▪ vel∣uet▪ and all the queenes seruants or officers of armes in scarlet. Next before the queene rode hir chancel∣lor hareheaded, the sargeants and officers of armes rode on both the sides of the lords. Then came the quéene in a litter of white cloth of gold, not couered, nor bailed, which was lead by two palfries clad in white damaske downe to the ground, head and all, led by hir footmen. She had on a circut of white cloth of tissue,* 22.44 and a mantell of the same furred with er∣mine, hir haire hanged downe, but on hir head shee had a coise with a circlet about it full of rich stones. Ouer hir was borne a canopie of cloth of gold, with foure guilt slaues and foure siluer belles. For the bearing of which canopie were appointed sixtéene knights, foure to beare it one space on foot, and o ther foure another space▪ according to their owne appoint∣ment.

Next after the quéene rode the lord Borough hir chamberleine, next after him William Coffin mai∣ster of the horsses, leading a spare horsse with a side saddle trapped downe with cloth of tissue. After him rode seauen ladies▪ in crimsin veluet turned vp with cloth of gold and of tissue, and their horsses trapped with cloth of gold,* 22.45 after them two chariots couered with red cloth of gold. In the first chariot were two ladies, which were the old dutchesse of Norffolke, and the old marchionesse Dorset. In the second chariot

were foure ladies all in crimsin veluet. Then rode seauen ladies in the same sute, their horsses trappers and all. Then came the third chariot all white, with six ladies in crimsin veluet; next after them came the fourth chariot all red with eight ladies also in crimsin veluet: after whom followed thirtie gentle∣women all in veluet and silke in the liuerie of their ladies, on whom they gaue their attendance. After them followed the gard in cotes of goldsmiths worke. [line 10]

Thus they rode foorth till they came to Fanchurch, where was made a pageant all with children,* 22.46 appa∣relled like merchants, which welcommed hir to the citie, with two proper propositions both in French and English. And from thence she rode to Grati∣ous church corner, where was a costlie and a mar∣uelous cunning pageant made by the merchants of the Stilliard, for there was the mount Parnassus with the founteine of Helicon, which was of white marble, and foure streames without pipe did rise an [line 20] ell high, and met togither in a little cup aboue the founteine, which founteine ran abundantlie racked Rhenish wine till night. On the mounteine sat Apol∣lo, and at his feet sat Calliope, and on euerie side of the mounteine sat foure muses plaieng on seue∣rall sweet instruments, and at their féet epigrams and poeses were written in golden letters, in the which euerie muse according to hir propertie praised the quéene.

The quéene from thence passed to Leaden hall, [line 30] where was a goodlie pageant with a type and a hea∣uenlie roofe, and vnder the type was a roote of gold set on a little mounteine inuironed with red roses and white: out of the type came downe a falcon all white & sat vpon the roote, and incontinent came downe an angell with great melodie, and set a close crowne of gold on the falcons head. And in the same pageant sat saint Anne with all hir issue beneath hir▪ and vnder Marie Cleoph sat hir foure children, of the which children one made a goodlie oration to the queene of the fruitfulnes of saint Anne and of hir [line 40] generation,* 22.47 trusting that like fruit should come of hir. Then she passed to the conduit in Cornhill, where were thrée graces set in a throne, afore whom was the spring of grace continuallie running wine. Afore the founteine sat a poet declaring the properties of euerie grace: and that doone euerie ladie by hir selfe, according to hir propertie, gaue to the quéene a seuerall gift of grace.

That doone, she passed by the great conduit in chéepe,* 22.48 which was newlie painted with armes of de∣uises: [line 50] out of the which conduit by a goodlie founteine set at the one end ran continuallie wine both white and claret all that afternoone, and so she rode to the Standard which was richlie painted with images of kings and quéenes, and hanged with banners of armes, and in the top was maruellous swéet harmo∣nie both of song and instrument. Then she went for∣ward to the crosse, which was newlie guilt, till she came where the aldermen stood, and then master Ba∣ker the recorder came to hir with low reuerence,* 22.49 ma∣king [line 60] a proper and briefe proposition, and gaue to hir in the name of the citie a thousand marks in a purse of gold, which she thankefullie accepted with manie goodlie words, and so rode to the little conduit, where was a rich pageant full of melodie and song.

In this pageant was Pallas, Iuno and Uenus, and before them stood Mercurie, which in the name of the thrée goddesses gaue to hir a ball of gold diui∣ded in thrée, signifieng thrée gifts which the thrée god∣desses gaue to hir, that is to saie, wisedome, riches, and felicitie. As she entered into Paules gate there was a pretie pageant, in which sat thrée ladies richlie clothed, and in a circle on their head was written Regina Anna prosperè procede & regna. T••e ladie in the middes had a tablet, in the which was written Venia∣mica coronaberis, and vnder the tablet sat an angell with a close crowne, and the ladie sitting on the right hand had a tablet of siluer in which was written, Do∣miné dirige gressius meos, & the third ladie had a tablet of gold with letters azure written, Confido in Domi∣no, & vnder their féet was written in legible letters:

Regina Anna nouum regis de sanguine natum Cùm paries, populis aurea seclatuis.

And these ladies cast downe wafers, on the which the two verses were written. From thence she pas∣sed to the east end of Paules churchyard against the schoole, where stood on a scaffold two hundred chil∣dren well apparelled,* 22.50 which said to hir diuerse goodlie verses of poets translated into English, to the ho∣nour of the king and hir, which she highlie commen∣ded. And when she came to Ludgate, the gate was newlie garnished with gold & bise. And on the leads of saint Martins church stood a goodlie queere of sing∣ing men and children, which soong new balads made in praise of hir. After that she was passed Ludgate, she procéeded toward Fléetstréet, where the conduit was newlie painted, and all the armes and angels refreshed, & the chime melodiouslie sounding. Upon the conduit was made a towre with foure turrets,* 22.51 and in euerie turret stood one of the cardinall ver∣tues with their tokens and properties, which had se∣uerall spéeches, promising the queene neuer to leaue hir, but to be aiding and comforting hir: and in the middest of the towre closelie was such seuerall so∣lemne instruments, that it séemed to be an heauen∣lie noise, and was much regarded and praised: and beside this the said conduit ran wine claret and red all the afternoone.

So she with all hir companie and the maior rode foorth to Temple barre, which was newlie painted and repared,* 22.52 where stood also diuerse singing men and children, till she came to Westminster hall, which was richlie hanged with cloth of arras, and new glased. And in the middest of the hall she was taken out of hir litter, & so led vp to the higher deske vnder the cloth of estate, on whose left hand was a cupbord of ten stages maruellous rich and beautifull to behold▪ and within a little season was brought to the quéene with a solemne seruice in great standing spice plates, a void of spice and subtilties with ipo∣cras and other wines, which she sent downe to hir ladies, and when the ladies had dranke, she gaue har∣tie thanks to the lords and ladies, with the maior and other that had giuen their attendance on hir, and so withdrew hir selfe with a few ladies to the Whitehall and so to hir chamber, and there shifted hir, and after went into hir barge secretlie to the king to his ma∣nour of Westminster, where she rested that night.

On sundaie the maior ••lad in crimsin veluet and with his collar,* 22.53 and all the aldermen and shiriffes in scarlet, and the counsell of the citie tooke their barge at the crane by seauen of the clocke and came to Westminster, where they were welcomed & brought into the hall by master treasuror and others of the kings house, and so gaue their attendance till the quéene should come foorth. Betwéene eight and nine she came into the hall, and stood vnder the cloth of estate, and th••n ••ame in the kings chappell, and the moonks of Westminster all in rich copes, and manie bishops and abbats in copes and miters which went into the middest of the hall, and there stood a season. Then was there a raie cloth speed from the quéenes standing in the hall through the palace and sanctua∣rie, which was raised on both sides to the high altar of Westminster. After that the raie cloth was cast, the officers of armes appointed the order accusto∣med.

First went gentlemen, then esquiers, then knights,* 22.54 then the aldermen of the citie in their cloks of scarlet, after them the iudges in their mantels of scarlet and coiffes. Then followed the knights of the bath being no lords, euerie man hauing a white lace on his left sléeue, then followed barons and vicounts in their parlement robes of scarlet. After them came earls, marquesses and dukes in their robes of estate of crimsin veluet furred with ermine poudered ac∣cording to their degrées. After them came the lord [line 10] chancellor in a robe of scarlet open before, bordered with lettise: after him came the kings chapell and the moonks solemnelie singing with procession, then came abbats and bishops mitered, then sargeants and officers of armes, then after them went the ma∣ior of London with his mace and garter in his cote of armes, then went the marquesse Dorset in a robe of estate which bare the scepter of gold, and the earle of Arundell which bare the rod of iuorie with the doue both togither. [line 20]

Then went alone the earle of Oxford high cham∣berleine of England which bare the crowne, after him went the duke of Suffolke in his robe of estate also for that daie being high steward of England, ha∣uing a long white rod in his hand, and the lord Wil∣liam Howard with the rod of the marshalship,* 22.55 and e∣uerie knight of the garter had on his collar of the or∣der. Then proceeded foorth the quéene in a circot and robe of purple veluet furred with ermine in hir here coiffe and circlet as she had the saturdaie, and ouer hir was borne the canopie by foure of the fiue ports, [line 30] all crimsin with points of blue and red hanging on their sléeues, and the bishops of London and Win∣chester bare vp the laps of the queenes robe. The queenes traine which was verie long was borne by the old duches of Norffolke: after hir folowed ladies being lords wiues, which had circots of scarlet with narow sléeues, the brest all lettise with bars of bor∣ders according to their degrées, and ouer that they had mantels of scarlet furred, and euerie mantell [line 40] had lettise about the necke like a neckercher like∣wise poudered, so that by the pouderings their de∣gree was knowen. Then followed ladies being knights wiues in gownes of scarlet, with narow sléeues without traines, onlie edged with lettise, and likewise had all the queenes gentlewomen.

When she was thus brought to the high place made in the middest of the church,* 22.56 betwéene the quéere and the high altar, she was set in a rich chaire. And after that she had rested a while, she descended downe to the high altar and there prostrate hir selfe [line 50] while the archbishop of Canturburie said certeine collects: then she rose, and the bishop annointed hir on the head and on the brest, and then she was led vp againe, where after diuerse orisons said, the archbi∣shop set the crowne of saint Edward on hir head, and then deliuered hir the scepter of gold in hir right hand, and the rod of iuorie with the doue in the left hand, and then all the queere soong Te Deum, &c. Which doone, the bishop tooke off the crowne of saint [line 60] Edward being heauie and set on the crowne made for hir. Then went she to saint Edwards shrine and there offered, after which offering doone she withdrew hir into a little place made for the nones on the one side of the queere.

Now in the meane season euerie duches had put on their bonets a coronall of gold wrought with flowers, and euerie marquesse put on a demie coro∣nall of gold, euerie countesse a plaine circlet of gold without flowers, and euerie king of armes put on a crowne of coper and guilt, all which were worne till night.* 22.57 When the quéene had a little reposed hir, the companie returned in the same order that they set foorth, and the quéene went crowned and so did the la∣dies aforesaid. Hir right hand was susteined by the earle of Wilshire hir father, and hir left hand by the lord Talbot deputie for the earle of Shrewesburie and lord Forinfall his father. Now when she was out of the sanctuarie and appéered within the palace, the trumpets plaied maruellous freshlie, then she was brought to Westminster hall, & so to hir withdraw∣ing chamber: during which time the lords, iudges, maior and aldermen put off their robes, mantels and clokes, and tooke their hoods from their necks and cast them about their shoulders, and the lords sat on∣lie in their circots, and the iudges and aldermen in their gownes.* 22.58 And all the lords that serued that daie serued in their circots and their hoods about their shoulders: also diuerse officers of the kings house being no lords had circots and hoods of scarlet edged with mineuer, as the treasuror, controllor, & master of the iewell house, but their circots were not guilt.

While the queene was in hir chamber,* 22.59 euerie lord and other, that ought to doo seruice at coronations, did prepare them according to their dutie, as the duke of Suffolke high steward of England which was rich∣lie apparelled, his doublet and iacket set with orient pearle, his gowne of crimsin veluet imbrodered, his courser trapped with a cloth trapper head and all to the ground of crimsin veluet, set full of letters of gold of goldsmiths worke, hauing a long white rod in his hand; on his left hand rode the lord William, deputie for his brother as earle marshall with the marshals rod, whose gowne was crimsin veluet, and his horsse trapper purple veluet cut on white sattin imbrodered with white lions. The earle of Oxenford was high chamberleine, the earle of Essex caruer, the earle of Sussex sewer, the earle of Arundell cheefe butler,* 22.60 on whom twelue citizens of London did giue their attendance at the cupbord. The earle of Dar∣bie cupbearer, the vicount Lisle pantler, the lord of Aburgaine chéefe larder, the lord Braie almoner for him and his coparteners, and the maior of Oxford kept the buttrie bar, and Thomas Wiat was chéefe eurer for sir Henrie Wiat his father.

When all things were redie, the quéene vnder hir canopie came to the hall, and washed and sat downe in the middest of the table vnder the cloth of estate. On the right side of the chaire stood the countesse of Oxford widow,* 22.61 and on the left side stood the countesse of Worcester all the dinner season, which diuerse times in the dinner time did hold a fine cloth before the quéenes face when she list to spet or doo otherwise at hir pleasure. At the tables end sat the archbishop of Canturburie on the right hand of the quéene, and in the middest betwéene the archbishop and the coun∣tesse of Oxford stood the earle of Oxford with a white staffe all dinner time, and at the quéenes féet vnder the table sat two gentlewomen all dinner time. When all these things were thus ordered, in came the duke of Suffolke and the lord William How∣ard on horssebacke,* 22.62 and the sargeants of armes be∣fore them, and after them the sewer, and then the knights of the bath bringing in the first course which was eightéene dishes, besides subtilties and ships made of wax maruellous gorgious to behold, all which time of seruice the trumpets standing in the window at the nether end of the hall plaied melo∣diouslie.

When hir grace was serued of two dishes, then the archbishops seruice was set downe, whose sew∣er came equall with the third dish of the quéenes ser∣uice on his left hand. After that the quéene and the archbishop was serued, the barons of the ports be∣gan the table on the right hand next the wall, next them at the table sat the masters and clearks of the Chancerie,* 22.63 and beneath them at the table other doc∣tors and gentlemen. The table next the wall on

the left hand by the cupbord, was begun by the maior and aldermen, the chamberleine and the councell of the citie of London, and beneath them sat substanti∣all merchants, and so downeward other worshipfull persons. At the table on the right hand in the middest of the hall sat the lord chancellor, and other temporall lords on the right side of the table in their circots: and on the left side of the same table sat bishops and abbats in their parlement robes: beneath them sat the iudges, sargeants, & the kings councell, beneath [line 10] them the knights of the bath. At the table on the left hand, in the middle part, sat dutchesses, marquesses, countesses, baronesses, in their robes, and other la∣dies in circots, and gentlewomen in gownes. All which ladies and gentlewomen sat on the lest side of the table along, and none on the right side.

When all were thus set, they were incontinent serued, and so quicklie that it was maruell: for the seruitors gaue such good attendance, that meat or drinke nor any thing else néeded not to be called for, [line 20] which in so great a multitude was maruell. As tou∣ching the fare, there could be deuised no more costlier dishes nor subtilties.* 22.64 The maior of London was ser∣ued with thrée and thirtie dishes at two courses, and so were all his brethren, and such as sat at his table. The quéene had at hir second course foure and twen∣tie dishes, and thirtie at the third course: & betwéene the two last courses, the kings of armes cried lar∣ges, in thrée parts of the hall: and after stood in their place, which was in the bekins at the kings bench. [line 30] And on the right hand out of the cloister of S. Ste∣phans, was made a little closet, in which the king with diuerse ambassadors stood to behold the seruice. The duke of Suffolke and the lord William rode often times about the hall,* 22.65 chering the lords, ladies, and the maior and his brethren. After they all had di∣ned, they had wafers and ipocras, and then they wa∣shed, and were commanded to rise, and to stand still in their places, before the table or on the formes till the queene had washed. [line 40]

When she had taken wafers and ipocras, the ta∣ble was taken vp, and the earle of Rutland brought vp the surnap, and laid it at the boords end, which im∣mediatlie was drawne, and cast by master Rode, marshall of the hall: and the quéene washed, and after the archbishop, and when the surnap was drawne off, she arose and stood in the middest of the palace hall: to whome the earle of Sussex in a good∣lie spice plate brought a void of spice and comfets. After him the maior of London brought a standing [line 50] cup of gold, set in a cup of assaie of gold, and after that she had droonke, she gaue the maior the cup, with the cup of assaie, bicause there was no leiar, accor∣ding to the claime of the citie, thanking him and all his brethren,* 22.66 for their paine. Then she vnder hir cano∣pie departed to hir chamber, and at the entrie of hir chamber, she gaue the canopie with bels and all, to the barons of the ports, according to their claime, with great thanks. Then the maior of London bea∣ring his cup in his hand, with his brethren, went [line 60] through the hall to their barge, and so did all other no∣ble men and gentlemen, for it was six of the clocke. On mondaie were the iusts at the tilt, before the kings gate,* 22.67 where the maior and his brethren had a goodlie standing: but there were verie few speares broken, by reason the horsses would not cope. On wednesdaie, the king sent for the maior and his bre∣thren to Westminster, and there he himselfe gaue to them hartie thanks, with manie goodlie words. On Midsummer daie after, the ladie Marie the French quéene died in Suffolke, who was the late wife to Lewes the twelfe, & after married to Charles duke of Suffolke, & was buried at S. Edmundsbu∣rie. The K. kept his progresse about London, bicause of the quéene.] The seuenth of September being sun∣daie, betwéene thrée & foure of the clocke in the after∣noone, the queene was deliuered of a faire yoong la∣die, on which daie the duke of Norffolke came home to the christening, which was appointed on the wed∣nesdaie next following, and was accordinglie ac∣complished on the same daie, with all such solemne ceremonies as were thought conuenient. The god∣father at the font, was the lord archbishop of Can∣turburie, the godmothers, the old dutches of Norf∣folke, & the old marchionesse Dorset widow▪ and at the confirmation the ladie marchionesse of Excester was godmother: the child was named Elizabeth.

Upon the daie of the christening,* 22.68 the maior sir Stephan Peacocke, in a gowne of crimsin vel••et, with his collar of SS, and all the aldermen in scar∣let, with collars and chaines, and all the councell of the citie with them, tooke their barge after dinner, at one of the clocke, and the citizens had another barge, and so rowed to Gréenwich, where were ma∣nie lords, knights, and gentlemen assembled. All the walles betwéene the kings palace & the friers were hanged with arras, and all the waie strawed with gréene rushes: the friers church was also hanged with arras.

The font was of siluer,* 22.69 and stood in the middest of the church, thrée steps high, which was couered with a fine cloth, and diuerse gentlemen with aperns and towels about their necks gaue attendance about it, that no filth should come in the font, ouer it hoong a square canopie of crimsin sattin, fringed with gold, about it was a raile couered with red saie: betweene the quier and the bodie of the church was a close place with a pan of fire, to make the child readie in. When all these things were ordered, the child was brought to the hall, and then euerie man set forward; first the citizens two and two, then gentlemen, esqui∣ers and chapleins,* 22.70 next after them the aldermen and the maior alone: next the maior the kings councell, the kings chappell in copes: then barons, bishops, earles, then came the earle of Essex, bearing the co∣uered basins gilt, after him the marquesse of Exce∣ster with the taper of virgin wax, next him the mar∣quesse Dorset bearing the salt.

Behind him the ladie Marie of Norffolke, bear∣ing the créesome which was verie rich of pearle and stone, the old dutches of Norffolke bare the child in a mantell of purple veluet, with a long traine furred with ermine. The duke of Norffolke with his mar∣shall rod went on the right hand of the said dutches, and the duke of Suffolke on the left hand, and before them went the officers of armes. The countesse of Kent bare the long traine of the childs mantell, and betwéene the countesse of Kent and the child went the earle of Wilshire on the right hand, and the earle of Darbie on the left hand, supporting the said traine: in the middest ouer the said child was borne a cano∣pie, by the lord Rochford, the lord Husée, the lord Wil∣liam Howard,* 22.71 and by the lord Thomas Howard the elder, after the child followed manie ladies and gen∣tlewomen. When the child was come to the church doore, the bishop of London met it with diuerse bi∣shops and abbats mitred.

When the ceremonies and christening were en∣ded, Garter cheefe king of armes cried alowd, God of his infinite goodnesse send prosperous life & long to the high and mightie princesse of England Eliza∣beth: & then the trumpets blew. Then the archbishop of Canturburie gaue to the princesse a standing cup of gold:* 22.72 the dutches of Norffolke gaue to hir a standing cup of gold, fretted with pearle: the mar∣chionesse of Dorset gaue thrée gilt bolles, pounced with a couer: and the marchionesse of Excester gaue thrée standing bolles grauen, all gilt with a couer.

Then was brought in wafers, com••ets,& ••p••••rasse in such plentie, that eue••i•• man had as much as he would desire. Then they set forwar••s, the truwpets going before in the same order towards the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 palace, as they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when they came thitherwards, s••∣uing that the gifts that the godf••ther 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the god∣mothers gaue, were b••ene before the child by foure persons,* 22.73 that is to saie. First sir Iohn Dudleie bare the gift of the ladie of Excester, the ••ord Thomas Ho∣ward the yoonger bare the gift of the ladie of Dorset; [line 10] the lord Fitzwater bare the gift of the ladie of Norf∣folke, and the earle of Worcester bare the gift of the archbishop of Canturburie, & all the oneside as they went was full of staffe torches to the number of fiue hundred, borne by the gard and other of the kings seruants, and about the child were borne manie o∣ther proper torches by gentlemen.

In this order they brought the princesse to the Q. chamber, & tarried there a while with the maior & his brethren the aldermen, and at the last the dukes of [line 20] Norffolke & Suffolke came out frō the K. thanking them hartilie, who commanded them to giue thanks in his name: which being doone with other courtesies they departed, & so went to their barges. From that time forward (God himselfe vndertaking the tuition of this yoong princesse, hauing predestinated hir to the accomplishment of his diuine purpose) she pro∣spered vnder the Lords hand, as a chosen plant of his watering, & after the reuolution of certeine yeares with great felicitie and ioy of all English hearts at∣teined to the crowne of this realme, and now reig∣neth [line 30] ouer the same: whose heart the Lord direct in his waies, and long preserue hir in life, to his godlie will and pleasure, and the comfort of all true and faithfull subiects. Of the blessed natiuitie of this most grati∣ous virgine quéene,* 22.74 as also of hir baptisme and con∣firmation in the christian faith, with all the solemni∣ties and ceremonies recorded in our English an∣nales, hir education, hir knowledge in diuerse lan∣guages, hir peaceable gouernement, and manie o∣ther trim discourses C. O. in his Ei••enarchia, or [line 40] Elisabetha hath made honorable mention, saieng:

Septembris (Deus hoc voluit) quae septima luxest * 22.75Consecrata venit Domino voluentibus aennis, Parturijt coniux Henrici principis Anna, Vi dolor increuit, praescripto sedula nutrix Perstat in offici••, matronáque nobilis instat Auxilium latura suum, cùm pondus in auras Maturum genitrix enixa puerpera languet, Certa tamen verae{que} salutis signa dabantur. Postquam pulchellae faciei prodijt infans [line 50] Compositis membris, speciosam vt caera liquescens Fingitur in formam, populo mirante, periti Artificis manibus: tensis adsidera palmis Foemina conclamat senior, Benedicite Christo Praesentes Domino, ô vos benedicite Christo, Virgo beat matrem, virgo modo nata patrémque, Britannos omnes posthâc haec virg•• beabit, Haec sola est nostrae spes & solatia gentis. Rex pater inuisit celeri sua gaudia passis Matrem & filiolam, verbis solatus ••micis [line 60] Languidam adhuc illā, partús{que} doloribus aegram, &c.]

¶This yéere also,* 22.76 one Pauier the towne clerke of the citie of London hanged himselfe, which suerly was a man that in no wise could abide to heare the gospell should be in English. And I my selfe heard him once saie to me and other that were by, swearing a great oth, that if he thought the kings highnesse would set foorth the scripture in English, and let it be read of the people by his authoritie, rather than he would so long liue, he would cut his owne throat, but he brake promise, for (as you haue heard) he hanged himselfe: but of what mind and intent he so did, maie be soone gathered. For God had (no doubt) appointed him to that iudgement, no lesse heauie than his offense was heino••s; namelie the contempt of Gods word, the knowle••ge where of Dau••d ••esired, preferring it before gold 〈◊〉〈◊〉 siluer, yea before pearles & pretious stones in richnesse▪ and before honie and the honie∣combe in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as the paraphrase noteth saieng:

〈…〉〈…〉 sapi•••••• incùnda palato!* 22.77 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉

¶About this time the pope, by lingering sicknes, (whose grée••e in the first apprehension was the pains of the stomach,* 22.78 which drawing with them to pa••••ions of a feuer and other accidents, kept him long time vexed and tormented) sometimes séeming to be re∣duced to the point of death, and sometimes so eased and reléeued,* 22.79 that he gaue to others but not to him∣selfe a kind of hope of recouering, being no longer able to make resistance against his maladie, exchan∣ged his life the fiue and twentith of September, lea∣uing behind him in the castell of saint Angcomanie rich stones and iewels, more than was expected of him, and in the chamber of the sée apostolike infinit offices, contrarie to custome and good order, but in the treasurie a verie small store of monie, wherin he beguiled the opinion of all men. He was raised from base degrée to the place of the popedome with woon∣derfull felicitie, but in managing the place he proo∣ued a verie great variation of fortune, wherein if both the properties of fortune be euenlie balanced the one with the other, the woorser fortune without all comparison was farre more familiar with him than the better.

For as there could happen to him no greater in∣felicitie than the aduersitie of his imprisonment (for that with his owne eies he beheld with so great a ruine and destruction the sacke of Rome;* 22.80 a desola∣tion which his fortune suffered him to bewaile with pitie and compassion, but not to turne awaie or re∣medie the harme) so also by him mooued the generall desolation of his naturall countrie, to the which by how much more he was bound by perpetuall obliga∣tions, by so much greater was his aduersitie to be a chiefe instrument in the ruine of the place where he had taken his first being.

He died hated of all the court, suspected to most princes, and for the discourse of his life, he left behind him a renowme rather hatefull than acceptable: for he was accounted couetous, of little fidelitie, and naturallie farre off from dooing pleasures to men. And in that humor albeit during his time of pope he created one and thirtie cardinals;* 22.81 yet vpon none of them did he impose that dignitie to content himselfe but was drawne as it were by the violent law of ne∣cessitie and to please others: yea he called to that dig∣nitie the cardinall of Medicis, not of his proper and frée election, but at the contemplation and persuasion of others, and at that time when being oppressed with a dangerous maladie, if he had died, he had left his friends and kindred in the state of beggers and de∣priued of all aid. Neuerthelesse he was in counsell verie graue, and in his actions much foreséeing; tou∣ching passions and affections a conqueror of him∣selfe, and for the facultie of his mind & spirit of great capacitie and power, if timorousnesse had not often∣times corrupted his iudgement.

Immediatlie after his death the cardinals going the same night into the conclaue,* 22.82 elected in his place with full voice, Alexander of the familie of Farne∣sa, a Roman by nation, and for his time the most an∣cient cardinall of the court: in which election their voices seemed conformable to the iudgement and in∣stance that Clement had made, the person elected be∣ing most woorthie to be preferred before all the other

to so souereigne a degrée: for that he was both fu••ni∣shed with doctrine and good learning, and fullie re∣plenished with good apparanees and customes. And for the cardinals, they were so much ••••••more for∣ward to passe the election in his person, by how much for the greatnesse of his age, being alreadie vpon the thréescore and seuenth yeare, and supposed to beare a weake and vnsound complexion (which opinion he nourished with art) they hoped he would not ••it long in the seat; whereby the dignitie of the place and pri∣ma••e [line 10] might fall to one of them, whose eies looked for the glorie which their hearts lusted, being vtterlie e∣stranged from God and godlinesse, as altogither ad∣dicted to the wanton desires of temporall delites, that they might passe their daies in delicacie; as one noteth trulie of all that viperous generation,* 22.83 saieng:

Omnibus idem animus, ce••f••s ••••rans••er arces. Idem animuis 〈…〉〈…〉 De grege quid fiat nibili gen••impia ••••rans▪ Spectat magnif•••••••• ambitiofa 〈◊〉〈◊〉: [line 20] Elysios horum nullus contendit ad agras. Nil coeleste iuuat, ter••ea sol••placen••.]

About this season, the craftie practises of one E∣lizabeth Barton,* 22.84 named the holie man of Kent, came to light and were discouered: so that she and hir adherents in Nouember folowing were brought to the Starchamber, & there before the kings coun∣cell confessed their feined hypocrisie and dissembled holinesse, traitorous purposes and intents. The names of those hir adherents, which were presented [line 30] with hir before the lords in the Starchamber were as followeth: Richard Master priest, parson of Al∣dington in Kent: Edward Bocking doctor in diui∣nitie, a moonke of Canturburie: Richard Dering, moonke also of Canturburie: Edward Twaites gentleman: Thomas Laurence register to the archdeacon of Canturburie: Henrie Gold parson of Aldermarie, bachellor of diuinitie: Hugh Rich frier obseruant: Richard Rifbie: and Thomas Gold gentleman. They were adiudged vpon their confes∣sion [line 40] aforesaid,* 22.85 to stand at Pauls crosse in the sermon time, where they with their owne hands should seue∣rallie deliuer ech of them to the preacher that should be appointed, a bill, declaring their subtill, craftie, and superstitious dooings. Which thing they did the sundaie next following, standing vpon a stage at the crosse erected for that purpose. But for their trea∣sons commited, the order was respited till the par∣lement next following, in the which they were at∣tainted, and suffered (as after ye shall heare.) [line 50]

In this meane time, the Scots were not quiet, but still robbed the kings subiects both by sea and land:* 22.86 wherevpon the king caused them to be requited, not onelie by the borderers and other to them asso∣ciate, which entring by the marches, burnt manie of their strong piles, but also he set foorth certeine ships which entered into their streames, and fetched out manie of those prises, which they had taken out of their hauens and créekes, mawger all their heads. Yet was there no warre proclaimed, but still com∣missioners [line 60] sat and communed of agréement, and amends to be made on either part. Now in the end when the Scots had much demanded, and little or nothing granted, they for that time being wearie of warre, desired peace, which was concluded to indure both the kings liues. And so the twentith daie of Maie in the yeare following, it was openlie procla∣med, to the comfort of all them that delited in peace and godlie quietnesse.

At the suit of the ladie Katharine Dowager, a cursse was sent from the pope,* 22.87 which curssed both the king and the realme. This cursse was set vp in the towne of Dunkirke in Flanders (for the bringer thereof durst no nearer approch) where it was taken 〈…〉〈…〉

After Christmas the parlement began,* 22.88 wherein the forenamed Elizabeth Barton and other hir com∣pli••es were attainted of treason,* 22.89 for sundrie practised deuises and tales by them aduanced, put in vre, and ••old, sounding to the vtter reproch, perill, and de∣struction of the kings person, his honour, fame and dignitie: for they had of a diuelish intent put in the heads of manie of the kings subiects; that to the said Elizabeth Barton was giuen knowledge by reue∣lation from God and his saints, that if the king pro∣céeded to the diuorse, and maried another, he should not be king of this realme one moneth after, and in the reputation of God not one daie nor houre.

This Elizabeth first through sickenesse, being of∣tentimes brought as it were into a transe, whereby hir visage and countenance became maruellouslie altered at those times when shee was so vexed, at length, by the incouraging, procurement, and infor∣mation of the forenamed Richard Master person of Aldington, she learned to counterfeit such maner of transes (after she came to perfect health) as in hir sickenes by force of the disease she had bene acquain∣ted with: so that she prac••••sed, vsed, and shewed vnto the people diuerse maruellous and sundre alterati∣ons of the sensible parts of hir bodie, craftilie vtte∣ring in hir said feigned and false transes, diuerse and manie counterfeit, vertuous, and holie words, tending to the re••uke of sin, and reproouing of such new opinions as then began to rise.

And to bring the people the more in beliefe with hir hypocriticall dooings, she was counselled to saie in those hir transes, that she should neuer be perfect∣lie whole, till she had visited an image of our ladie, at a place called Court at Stréet, within the parish of Aldington aforesaid. Thither was she brought, and by the meanes of the said Richard Master, and Ed∣ward Bocking, that was now made of counsell in the matter, there assembled about two thousand per∣sons at the daie appointed of hir thither comming, to sée the miracle. At which daie, being brought be∣fore all that assemblie and multitude of people, shee falselie feigned and shewed vnto the people in the chappell of our ladie there in Court at Street,* 22.90 manie alterations of hir face, and other outward sensible parts of hir bodie, and in those transes she vttered woonderous words, as she was before subtilie and craftilie induced, and taught by the said Edward Bocking and Richard Master.

And amongst other things she vttered, that it was the pleasure of God, that the said Bocking should be hir ghostlie father, and that she should be a religious woman. And within a while, after such feig∣ned and counterfeit transes, she appeared to the peo∣ple to be suddenlie relieued from hir sickenesse and afflictions, by the intercession and meane of the i∣mage of our ladie, being in the same chappell. By reason of which hypocriticall dissimulation, the said Elizabeth was brought into a maruellous same, credit,* 22.91 and good opinion of a great multitude of the people of this realme. And to increase the same, by counsell of the said Edward Bocking, she became a

nun in the prsorie of saint Sepulchres at Canturbu∣rie, to whome the said Edward Bocking had com∣monlie his resort, not without suspicion of inconti∣nencie, pretending to be hir ghostlie father by Gods appointment. And by conspiracie betwene hir & him, she still continued in practising hir dissembled tran∣ses, alledging, that in the same she had reuelations from almightie God and his saints, and amongst o∣ther, that which (as before we haue mentioned) tou∣ched the kings mariage, as ye haue heard. [line 10]

This matter proceeded so farre, that there was a booke written by hir complices, and namelie by Thomas Laurence, register to the archbishop of Canturburie, of hir feigned and counterfeit mi∣racles, reuelations, and hypocriticall holinesse. All things were handled so craftilie, that not one∣lie the simple, but also the wise and learned sort were deceiued by the same,* 22.92 insomuch that Wil∣liam Warham the late archbishop of Canturbu∣rie, and Iohn Fisher bishop of Rochester, and di∣uerse [line 20] others, being informed thereof, gaue credit thereto. All which matters and manie other had bene traitorouslie practised and imagined amongest the parties manie yeres, chieflie to interrupt the diuorse and to destroie the king, and to depriue him from the crowne and dignitie roiall of this realme, as in the act of their attaindor made more at large it maie appeare, and likewise in the chronicles of maister Edward Hall. Therefore to conclude with hir and hir adherents, on the one and twentith of Aprill next [line 30] following, she with diuerse of them before condem∣ned,* 22.93 was drawen to Tiburne, and there executed, as iustlie they had deserued; where and when she made this con••ession following, euen at the present time that she suffered, in the hearing of the people.

The words of Elizabeth Barton, other∣wise called the holie maid of Kent at the houre of hirdeath in maner of a confession.

HIther am I come to die, and I [line 40] haue not beene the onelie cause of mine owne death, which most iustlie I haue deserued, but also I am the cause of the death of all these persons which at this time here suffer: and yet to say the truth, I am not so much to be blamed, considering that it was wel known vnto these learned men, that I was a poore wench, without learning, and therefore [line 50] they might haue easilie perceiued, that the things that were doone by me, could not proceed in any such sort, but their capaci∣ties and learning could right well iudge from whence they proceeded, and that they were altogither feined: but bicause the things which I feined were profitable vn∣to them, therefore they much praised mee, and bare me in hand that it was the holie ghost, and not I that did them, and then I [line 60] being puft vp with their praises, fell into a certeine pride and foolish fantasie with my selfe, and thought I might feine what I would, which thing hath brought me to this case, and for the which now I crie God and the kings highnes most hartilie mercie, and desire all you good people to praie to God to haue mercie on me, and on all them that suffer here with me.

* 23.1In this parlement also was made the act of suc∣cession, for the establishing of the crowne, to the which euerie person being of lawfull age should bée sworne. On mondaie the thrée & twentith of March in the parlement time,* 23.2 were solemnlie receiued into London ambassadours from Iames the fift king of Scots, the bishop of Aberdine, the abbat of Kinlos, and Adam Otterborne the kings attourneie, with diuerse gentlemen on them attendant, which were brought to the tailors hall, and there lodged. And on the daie of the Annunciation, they were brought to the kings palace at Westminster, where they shewed their commission and message, for the which the king appointed them daies to counsell.* 23.3 During the parlement time, euerie sundaie at Paules crosse preached a bishop, declaring the pope not to be su∣preme head of the church.

The thirtith of March was the parlement proro∣ged, and there euerie lord, knight, and burges,* 23.4 and all other were sworne to the act of succession, and sub∣scribed their hands to a parchment fixed to the same. The parlement was proroged till the third of No∣uember next. After this were commissioners sent into all parts of the realme, to take the oth of all men and women to the act of succession. Doctor Iohn Fisher, and sir Thomas More knight, and doctor Nicholas Wilson parson of saint Thomas apostles in London, expreslie denied at Lambeth before the archbishop of Canturburie, to receiue that oth. The two first stood in their opinion to the verie death (as after ye shall heare) but doctor Wilson was better aduised at length, and so dissembling the matter es∣caped out of further danger.

¶In this yéere it chanced that two merchant stran∣gers fell in loue with a harlot,* 23.5 which was called Woolfes wife, and this harlot had often hanted the strangers chambers. And so on a time the said harlot appointed these strangers to come to Westminster, and she had prepared for them a bote, in the which bote was but one man to row which was a strong theefe, and in the end of the bote laie Woolfe hir husband, couered with a leather that botemen vse to couer their cushins with, and so these strangers sat them down mistrusting nothing. Now when this boteman had brought them as farre as a place called the tur∣ning tree, suddenlie stepped vp the said Woolfe,* 23.6 and with his dagger thrust the one of them through: the other cried out to safe his life, and offred great sums of monie to the boteman and him to saue his life. But no proffers would be heard, nor mercie would they extend, but as cruell murtherers without pitie slue the other also, and bound them face to face, and so threw them into the Thames in the foresaid place, where they were long after before they were ••ound. But immediatlie the harlot Woolfes wife went to the strangers chambers,* 23.7 & tooke from thence so much as she could come by. And at the last she and hir hus∣band (as they deserued) were apprehended, arreigned, and hanged at the aforesaid turning trée.]

On the ninth of Iulie was the lord Dacres of the north arreigned at Westminster of high trea∣son,* 23.8 where the duke of Norffolke sate as iudge▪ and high steward of England. The said lord Dacres be∣ing brought to the barre, with the axe of the Tower before him, after his indictment read, so improoued the same, answering euerie part and matter therein conteined, and so plainlie and directlie confuted his accusers, which were there readie to auouch their ac∣cusations, that to their great shames, and his high honor, he was found that day by his péeres not guil∣tie, whereof the commons not a little reioised, as by their shout and crie made at those words, not guiltie, they fréelie testified.

The two and twentith of Iulie was Iohn Frith burned in Smithfield,* 23.9 for the opinion of the sacra∣ment: and with him the same time, and at the same stake, suffered also one Andrew Hewet, a yoong man,

by his occupation a tailor. The eleuenth of August were all the places of the obseruant friers suppressed,* 23.10 as Gréenwich, Canturburie, Richmont, Newarke, and Newcastell, and in their places were set Augu∣stine friers, and the obseruant friers were placed in the roomes of the graie friers. ¶ The one and twen∣tith of September, doctor Tailor master of the rolles, was discharged of that office, and Thomas Cromwell sworne in his place the nintéenth of Oc∣tober. Moreouer the third of Nouember, the parle∣ment [line 10] began againe,* 23.11 in the which was concluded the act of supremacie, which authorised the kings highnes to be supreme head of the church of England, and the authoritie of the pope abolished out of the realme. ¶In the same parlement also was giuen to the king, the first fruits and tenths of all spirituall dignities and promotions. This yeare came the great admerall of France into England,* 23.12 ambassadour from the French king, and was honorablie receiued.

In this time died the earle of Kildare, prisoner [line 20] in the Tower, and his sonne Thomas Fitzgaret be∣gan to rebell, [year 1535] and tooke all the kings ordinance, and sent to the emperour, requiring him to take his part: also he slue the bishop of Dublin, and robbed all such as would not obeie him. In the beginning of this yeare, the duke of Norffolke and the bishop of Elie went to Calis,* 23.13 and thither came the admerall of France. On the two & twentith of Aprill the prior of the Charterhouse at London,* 23.14 the prior of Beuall, the prior of Erham, Reinalds a brother of Sion, & Iohn [line 30] vicar of Thistleworth, were arreigned and condem∣ned of treason: and therevpon drawne, hanged and quartered at Tiburne the fourth of Maie: their heads and quarters were set ouer the bridge & gates of the citie, one quarter excepted, which was set vp at the Charterhouse at London. ¶ On the eight of Maie, the king commanded that all belonging to the court should poll their heads, & to giue example, caused his owne head to be polled, and his beard from thencefoorth was cut round, but not shauen, which [line 40] fashion the courtiers imbraced, and would (no doubt) haue put in practise, though they had not beene there∣vnto bound by precept: for the people imitate the prince, as the poet long ago well noted, saieng:

Regis ad exemplum totus componitur orbis.

¶The fiue and twentith daie of Maie, was in saint Paules church at London examined ninetéene men and six women borne in Holland,* 23.15 whose opinions were, first, that in Christ is not two natures, God and man: secondlie, that Christ tooke neither flesh nor [line 50] bloud of the virgin Marie: thirdlie, that children borne of infidels shall be saued: fourthlie, that bap∣tisme of children is to none effect: fiftlie, that the sa∣crament of Christs bodie is but bread onelie: sixtlie, that he, who after his baptisme sinneth wittinglie, sinneth deadlie, and cannot be saued. Fourtéene of them were condemned, a man & a woman of them were burned in Smithfield, the other twelue were sent to other townes there to be burnt.]

On the ninetéenth of Iune were three moonkes [line 60] of the Charterhouse hanged,* 23.16 drawne, and quartered at Tiburne, and their heads and quarters set vp about London, for denieng the king to be supreme head of the church: their names were, Exmew, Middlemoore, and Nudigate. Also the one and twen∣tith of the same moneth▪* 23.17 and for the same cause, doc∣tor Iohn Fisher bishop of Rochester was beheaded for denieng of the supremacie, and his head set vpon London bridge, but his bodie buried within Bar∣king churchyard. This bishop was of manie sore la∣mented, for he was reported to be a man of great learning, and of a verie good life. The pope had elec∣ted him a cardinall, and sent his hat as far as Calis, but his head was off before his hat was on▪ so that they met not.* 23.18 On the sixt of Iulie was sir Thomas Moore beheaded for the like crime, that is to wit, for denieng the king to be supreme head. And then the bodie of doctor Fisher was taken vp, and buried with sir Thomas Moores in the Tower. This man was both learned and wise, and giuen much to a cer∣teine pleasure in merie taunts and ••easting in most of his communication, which maner he forgat not at the verie houre of his death.

¶I cannot tell (saith master Hall) whether I should call him a foolish wise man, or a wise foolish man,* 23.19 for vndoutedlie he beside his learning, had a great wit, but it was so mingled with taunting and mocking, that it seemed to them that best knew him, that hée thought nothing to be well spoken except he had mi∣nistred some mocke in the communication. Inso∣much as at his comming to the Tower, one of the officers demanded his vpper garment for his fee, meaning his gowne: and he answered, he should haue it, and tooke him his cap, saieng it was the vp∣permost garment that he had. Likewise euen going to his death at the Tower gate, a poore woman cal∣led vnto him, and be sought him to declare what he had doone with euidences of hirs in the time that he was in office (which after he was apprehended shée could not come by) and that he would intreat shée might haue them againe, or else she was vndoone.* 23.20 He answered, good woman, haue patience a little while, for the king is so good vnto me, that euen with∣in this halfe houre he will discharge me of all busi∣nesse, and helpe thée himselfe.

Also when he went vp the staiers on the scaffold, he desired one of the shirifes officers to giue him his hand to helpe him vp, and said; When I come downe againe, let me shift for my selfe as well as I can. Also the hangman knéeled downe to him, asking him forgiuenesse of his death (as the maner is) to whome he said, I forgiue thée, but I promise thee thou shalt neuer haue honestie by striking off my head, my necke is so short. Also euen when he should laie downe his head on the blocke, he hauing a great graie beard, stroked out his beard, and said to the hangman, I praie you let me laie my beard ouer the blocke, least you should cut it. Thus with a mocke he ended his life.

God had in most bountifull sort powred his bles∣sings vpon this man, induing him with eloquence, wisedome and knowledge: but the grace of God withdrawne from him, he had the right vse of none, no not of reason as it should be rightlie vsed. God had extraordinarilie blessed his children, and namelie his thrée daughters, to whome he had giuen an admirable dexteritie in the science of toongs and arts, as Iohn Leland our reuerend antiquarie noteth in a proper and learned epigramme, saieng:

Desine facundas nimiùm laudare diserti Natas Hortensi maxima Roma tui••* 23.21 Candida tres Charites nam Mori cura politi Obscurant multis nomina vestra modis▪ Non illis studium Milesia vellera dextra Carpere, non facili ducere fila manu•• Sed iuuat eloquij crebro monumenta Latini Versare, & doctis pingere verba notis, Nec minùs authores Graecos euoluere▪ Homerum Et quem dicendi gloria prima manet▪ Vt nec Aristotelis dicam quo pectore libr•••• Scrutentur, sophiae mystica dona deae. Turpe viris posthac erit ignorare Mineruae Artes, gre•• adeò quas muli••bris amet.

And yet was not the will of God for the infusing of spirituall graces, so linked to that of temporall,* 23.22 as because the one was granted, therefore the other must not be denied. For the blessings of God which be outward, are common to the wicked with the

good: the sun shinesh vpon all, the raine is kept from none: naie, God with a sparing hand reacheth out those things to the faithfull, which with full gripes he filleth out and powreth into the laps and bosoms of infidels and epicures: insomuch that the prophet Da∣uid noting no lesse, with a kind of indignation ope∣ned his mouth saieng; I was grieued at the wicked, I doo also see the vngodlie in such prosperitie, these flo∣rish in the world, these haue riches in possession, and I said; Then haue I cleansed my heart in vaine, [line 10] and washed my hands in innocencie: yea, and I had almost said euen as they; but lo, then should I haue condemned the generation of Gods children. But the end of these men, being set in slipperie places, are cast downe and destroied, yea suddenlie doo they con∣sume and come to a fearefull end: euen like as a dreame when one awaketh, so dooth God make their image to vanish out of the citie.

* 23.23And albeit the fall of this sir Thomas More was reprochfull, issuing from a treasonable offense: yet as in pagans manie times there is somwhat which [line 20] may teach christians lessons for their lerning to their shame: so in this papist was one praise-worthie pro∣pertie among the rest most eminent, which I will note to the rebuke of protestants. ¶The reuerend fa∣ther doctor Elmer bishop of London,* 23.24 in a sermon at Paules crosse by him made in a solemne audience assembled at the parlement time 1584, teaching diuerse points of doctrine, and the duties of sundrie degrées, said, that it was commendable for noble men and gentlemen, and a great furtherance to [line 30] the loue of religion, to be deuout: he brought an ex∣ample of sir Thomas More, a man for his zeale (saith the bishop) to be honored, but for his religion to be abhorred.

This knight would diuerse times put on a sur∣plesse,* 23.25 and helpe the préest in proper person to saie seruice: insomuch that vpon a time being at Chelsie, and busie about that exercise, the duke of Norffolke then liuing, came to the said sir Thomas, then [line 40] lord chancellor of England, about speciall affaires: and being informed that sir Thomas was at the church; thither went the duke, expecting the end of seruice.* 23.26 In the end, the duke and the lord chancellor met, and after mutuall gréeting the duke said thus:

What! is my lord chancellor become a parish clarke? What will the kings maiestie saie to this geere, when he shall vnderstand that the lord chancellor of Eng∣land, a speciall péere of the realme, and in highest roome of honor in the land next the prince is become [line 50] a parish clarke?

Now trulie (saith sir Thomas) I thinke, and verelie beléeue, that his highnesse will be so farre to misdéeme or mislike me herein, that when he shall heare of the care which I haue to serue both his maister and mine, he will accept and take me for a faithfull seruant. And thus much of him.]

* 23.27This yéere in the time that the king went his pro∣gresse to Glocester, and to other places westward, the king of Scots was installed knight of the gar∣ter at Winsore by his procurator the lord Erskin: [line 60] and in October following, Stephen Gardner (which after the cardinls death was made bishop of Win∣chester) was sent ambassador into France,* 23.28 where he remained thrée yeeres after. ¶In August the lord Thomas Fitzgerard, sonne to the earle of Kildare, was taken in Ireland, and sent to the tower of Lon∣don.

In the moneth of October, doctor Lée and other were sent to visit the abbeies,* 23.29 priories, and nunries in England, who set all those religious persons at libertie that would forsake their habit, and all that were vnder the age of foure and twentie yéeres▪ and the residue were closed vp that would remaine. Fur∣ther, they tooke order that no men should haue accesse to the houses of women, nor women to the houses of men, except it should be to heare their seruice. The abbat or prior of the house, where anie of the brethren was willing to depart, was appointed to giue to e∣uerie of them a priests gowne for his habit, and for∣tie shillings in monie, the nunnes to haue such appa∣rell as secular women ware, and to go whither them liked best. ¶The eleuenth of Nouember was a great procession at London for ••oie of the French kings recouerie of health from a dangerous sicknesse. ¶In December a surueie was taken of all chanteries, and the names of them that had the gift of them.

The princesse Dowager ••••eng at K••imbalton, fell into hir last sicknesse,* 23.30 * 23.31 whereof the king being ad∣uertised, appointed the emperors ambassador that was legier here with him named Eustachius Capu∣tius, to go to visit hir, and to doo his commendations to hir, and will hir to be of good comfort. The ambas∣sador with all diligence did his duetie therein, com∣forting hir the best he might: but she within six daies after, perceiuing hir selfe to wax verie weake and féeble, and to féele death approching at hand, caused one of hir gentlewomen to write a letter to the king, commending to him hir daughter and his, be∣seeching him to stand good father vnto hir: and further desired him to haue some consideration of hir gen∣tlewomen that had serued hir, and to sée them besto∣wed in marriage. Further, that it would please him to appoint that hir seruants might haue their due wages, and a yéeres wages beside. This in effect was all that she requested, and so immediatlie herevpon she departed this life the eight of Ianuarie at Kimbalton aforesaid, and was buried at Peter∣borow. ¶The nine and twentith of Ianuarie quéene Anne was deliuered of a child before hir time, which was borne dead.

On the fourth of Februarie the parlement be∣gan, in the which (amongst other things) enacted,* 23.32 all religious houses of the value of three hundred marks and vnder, were giuen to the king, with all the lands and goods to them belonging.* 23.33 The number of these houses were thrée hundred seauentie and six; the va∣lue of their lands yearlie aboue two and thirtie thou∣sand pounds; their moouable goods one hundred thousand; the religious persons put out of the same houses, amounted to the number of aboue 10000. This yéere was William Tindall burnt at a towne betwixt Bruxels and Maclin called Uillefort.* 23.34 This Tindall, otherwise called Hichins, was borne in the marches of Wales, and hauing a desire to translate and publish to his countrie diuerse books of the bible in English, and doubting to come in trouble for the same, if he should remaine here in England, got him ouer into the parties of beyond the sea, where he translated not onelie the new testament into the English toong, but also the fiue bookes of Moses, Io∣sua, Iudicum, Ruth, the books of the kings, and Pa∣ralipomenon, Nehemias, or the first of Esdras, and the prophet Ionas.

Beside these translations, he made certeine tre∣tises, and published the same, which were brought o∣uer into England, and read with great desire of di∣uerse, and of many sore despised and abhorred, so that proclamations were procured foorth for the condem∣nation and prohibiting of his ••••oks (as before you haue heard.) Finallie, he was apprehended at Ant∣werpe by meanes of one Philips an Englishman, and then scholer at Louaine. After he had remain∣ed in prison a long time, and was almost forgotten, the lord Cromwell wrote for his deliuerance; but then in all hast, because he would not recant anie part of his doctrine, he was b••rned (as before you haue heard.) Of whose conuersation and doctrine, innocent in the world, and sincere for truth, as al∣so

of his death and martyrdome, read the martyrolo∣logie of Iohn Fox our ecclesiasticall chronographer Anno 1536. sub Hen. 8.

* 23.35On Maie daie were solemne iusts kept at Gréen∣wich, and suddenlie from the iusts the king departed, not hauing aboue six persons with him, and in the euening came to Westminster. Of this sudden de∣parting many mused, but most chéeflie the quéene. ¶On the next morrow, the lord Rochford brother to the quéene,* 23.36 and Henrie Norris were brought to [line 10] the tower of London prisoners. Also the same daie about fiue of the clocke in the after noone, queene Anne of Bullongne was brought to the tower of London, by sir Thomas Audleie lord chancellor, the duke of Norffolke, Thomas Cromwell secretarie, and sir William Kingston constable of the tower; and when she came to the tower gate,* 23.37 entring in ••he fell on hir knées before the said lords, beséeching God to helpe hir, as she was not guiltie of that whereof she was accused, and then desired the said lords to [line 20] beséech the kings grace to be good vnto hir, and so they left hir there prisoner.* 23.38 On the fiftéenth of Maie quéene Anne was arreigned in the tower of Lon∣don on a scaffold for that purpose, made in the kings hall, before the duke of Norffolke, who sate vnder the cloth of estate as high steward of England, with the lord chancellor on his right hand, the duke of Suffolke on his left hand, with marquesses and lords, &c: and the earle of Surrie sat before the duke of Norffolke his father, as earle marshall of Eng∣land. The kings commission being read, the consta∣ble [line 30] of the tower, and the lieutenant brought the queene to the barre, where was made a chaire for hir to sit downe in, and there hir indictement was read, wherevnto she made so wise and discréet answers, that she seemed fullie to cleere hir selfe of all matters laid to hir charge: but being tried by hir péeres, whereof the duke of Suffolke was chiefe, she was by them found guiltie, and had iudgement pronounced by the duke of Norffolke. [line 40]

* 23.39Immediatlie the lord Rochford the queenes bro∣ther was likewise arreigned and condemned: the lord maior of London, his brethren the aldermen, the wardens and foure persons mo of euerie the twelue principall companies being present. The seauen∣teenth of Maie, the lord Rochford brother to the quéene, Henrie Norris, Marke Smeton, William Brierton, and Francis Weston, all of the kings priuie chamber, about matters touching the quéene were beheaded on the tower hill:* 23.40 the lord Roch∣fords [line 50] bodie with the head was buried in the chappell of the tower, the other foure in the churchyard there. On the ninetéenth of Maie quéene Anne was on a scaffold (made for that purpose) vpon the gréene within the tower of London, beheaded with the sword of Calis, by the hands of the hangman of that towne: hir bodie with the head was buried in the quéere of the chappell in the tower.]

The words of queene Anne [line 60] at hir death.

GOod christian people, I am come hither to die, for according to the law, and by the law I am iudged to die, and therfore I will speake nothing against it. I am come hither to accuse no man, nor to speake anie thing of that whereof I am accused & condemned to die, but I praie God saue the king and send him long to reigne ouer you, for a gentler, nor a more mercifull prince was there neuer, and to me he was euer a good, a gentle, and a souereigne lord. And if anie person will meddle of my cause, I require them to iudge the best. And thus I take my leaue of the world, and of you all, and I hartilie desire you all to praie for me, Oh Lord haue mercie on me, to God I com∣mend my soule, Iesu receiue my soule: di∣uerse times repeting those words, till that hir head was striken off with the sword.

Now bicause I might rather saie much than suffi∣cientlie inough in praise of this noble quéene, as well for hir singular wit and other excellent qualities of mind, as also for hir fauouring of learned men, zeale of religion, and liberalitie in distributing almes in reliefe of the poore, I will refer the reader vnto ma∣ster Fox his volume of Acts and Monuments,* 24.1 where he commendeth hir mild nature in taking admoni∣tion, prooueth hir marriage lawfull, defendeth hir suc∣cession, ouerthroweth the sinister iudgements, opini∣ons and obiections of backebiters against that ver∣tuous quéene, sheweth hir faith and trust in Christ at hir death, and finallie how the protestants of Ger∣manie forsooke king Henrie for the death of so good a princesse. ¶Anglorum praelia saith,* 24.2 that this good quéene was forwarned of hir death in a dreame, wherein Morpheus the god of sléepe (in the likenesse of hir grandfather) appéered vnto hir, and after a long narration of the vanities of this world (how enuie reigneth in the courts of princes, maligning the for∣tunate estate of the vertuous, how king Henrie the eight and his issue should be the vtter ouerthrow and expulsion of poperie out of England, and that the go∣uernment of quéene Elizabeth should be established in tranquillitie & peace) he saith vnto hir in conclu∣sion by waie of prophesie, as our poet hath recorded:

Forti sis animo, tristis si nuncius adsum,* 24.3 Insperata tuae velox necis aduenit hora, Intra triginta spacium moriere dierum: Hoc magnum mortis solamen habeto futurae, Elizabetha suis praeclarè filia gestis Nomen ad astraferet patris, matrísque, suúmque.]

Immediatlie after hir death, in the wéeke before Whitsuntide, the king married the ladie Iane Sei∣mer,* 24.4 daughter to sir Iohn Seimer knight, which at Whitsuntide was openlie shewed as quéene. And on the tuesdaie in Whitsunwéeke, hir brother sir Edw. Seimer was created vicount Beauchampe, and sir Water Hungerford, lord Hungerford. The eight of Iune began the parlement,* 24.5 during the which the lord Thomas Howard, without the kings assent, affied the ladie Margaret Duglas daughter to the quéene of Scots, and neece to the king,* 24.6 for which act he was atteinted of treason, and an act made for like offen∣dors, and so he died in the tower, and she remained long there as prisoner. In the time of this parlement the bishops and all the cleargie of the realme held a solemne conuocation at Paules church in London, where after much disputation and debating of mat∣ters, they published a booke of religion,* 24.7 intituled Ar∣ticles deuised by the kings highnesse, &c. In this booke is speciallie mentioned but thrée sacraments. Also beside this booke certeine iniunctions were gi∣uen foorth, wherby a number of their holie daies were abrogated, & speciallie those that fell in haruest time. ¶ The nine & twentith of Iune,* 24.8 the king held a great iusting and triumph at Westminster, where were or∣deined two lighters made like ships to fight vpon the water, one of the which brake in the midst, wherby one Gates a gentleman, & seruant to M. Kn••net was drowned in his harnesse. In the other a gun brake hir chamber, & maimed two of the mariners.] Thomas Cromwell secretarie vnto the king, and

maister of the rols, was made lord kéeper of the pri∣uie seale, and the ninth of Iulie the lord Fitzwaren was created erle of Bath,* 24.9 and the morrow after the said lord Cromwell was created lord Cromwell. The eightéenth of Iulie he was made knight, and vi∣car generall vnder the king ouer the spiritualtie, and sat diuerse times in the conuocation amongst the bi∣shops as head ouer them. The two and twentith of Iulie,* 24.10 Henrie duke of Richmont and Summerset, earle of Northampton, base sonne to the king, begot [line 10] of the ladie Tailebois then called Elizabeth Blunt, departed this life at saint Iames, and was buried at Thetford in Norffolke, of whome you shall find more in the treatise of the dukes of this land.

In September, Thomas Cromwell lord priuie seale and vicegerent, sent abroad vnder the kings spirituall priuie seale certeine iniunctions, com∣manding that the persons and curats should teach their parishioners the Pater noster, the Aue & Creed, with the ten commandements, and articles of the [line 20] faith in English. These articles and iniunctions be∣ing established by authoritie of parlement,* 24.11 and now to the people deliuered, bred a great misliking in the harts of the common people, which had beene euer brought vp and trained in contrarie doctrine. And herewith diuerse of the cleargie as moonks, priests, and others, tooke occasion herby to speake euill of the late procéedings of the king, touching matters of religion, affirming that if spéedie remedie were not in time prouided, the faith would shortlie be vtterlie [line 30] destroied, and all praier and diuine seruice quite abo∣lished and taken awaie.

Manie sinister reports, slanderous tales, and feig∣ned fables were blowne abroad, and put into the peo∣ples eares, and diuerse of the nobilitie did also what they could to stir the commons to rebellion, faithful∣lie promising both aid and succour against the king. The people thus prouoked to mischiefe, and deceiued through ouer light credence, incontinentlie as it were to mainteine that religion, which had so manie [line 40] yeares continued, and béene estéemed, they stiffelie and stoutlie conspired togither,* 24.12 and in a part of Lin∣colneshire they first assembled, and shortlie after ioi∣ned into an armie, being (as it was supposed) of men apt for the warres, in number about twentie thou∣sand. Against these rebels with all the hast that might be, the king in his proper person vpon intelli∣gence therof had marched towards them,* 24.13 being fur∣nished with a warlike armie, perfectlie appointed of all things that to such a companie should apper∣teine. [line 50]

The rebels hearing that his person was present with his power to come thus against them, began to feare what would follow of their dooings: and such nobles and gentlemen as at the first fauoured their cause, fell from them and withdrew, so that they be∣ing destitute of capteines, at length put certeine petitions in writing, which they exhibited to the king, professing that they neuer intended hurt to∣wards his roiall person.* 24.14 The king receiued their pe∣titions, [line 60] which consisted in choise of councellors, sup∣pression of religious houses, maintenance of the ser∣uice of almightie God, the statute of vses, the release of the fifteenth, and receiuing of the first fruits, with such other matters as nothing apperteined to them: wherevpon he made them answer in pithie sentence, reprouing them of their presumptuous follie and re∣bellious attempt, to meddle in anie such matters and weightie affaires, the direction whereof onelie belonged to him, and to such noble men and councel∣lors as his pleasure should be to elect and choose to haue the ordering of the same.

Wherfore he aduised them to remember their rash and inconsiderate dooings, and that now in anie wise they should resort home to their houses, and no more to assemble contrarie to his lawes and their owne allegiances; and also to cause the prouokers of this mischiefe to be deliuered to the hands of his lieute∣nant, and further to submit themselues wholie to such punishment as he and his nobles should thinke them worthie to receiue: for otherwise he would not suf∣fer that iniurie at their hands to go vnreuenged.* 24.15 Af∣ter the Lincolnshire men had receiued the kings an∣swer thus made to their petitions, each mistrusting other, who should be noted the greatest meddler, sud∣denlie they began to shrinke, and got them home to their houses without longer abode.

Herewith the duke of Suffolke the kings lieute∣nant was appointed to go with the armie, to see the countrie set in quiet, accompanied with the lord ad∣merall, sir Francis Brian, and sir Iohn Russell that were ioined with him also in commission for the ordering of things there within the countie of Lin∣colne. The duke entred into the citie of Lincolne the seuentéenth of October. On the ninetéenth all the in∣habitants of Louth (according to order giuen by the duke) came to Lincolne,* 24.16 and there in the castell made their submission, holding vp their hands, and crieng for the kings mercie. And herwith were chosen foorth Nicholas Melton, capteine Cobler, & thirteene more, which were commanded to ward, and all the residue were new sworne to the king, renouncing their for∣mer oth receiued in time of their rebellion, and then departed home to their houses in the kings peace. After this were proclamations made abrode in the countrie in euerie market towne by the heralds of armes, Summerset and Winsore, that the capteins and souldiers of the dukes armie should not take a∣nie mans goods, cattels, or vittels, except they paied or agréed with the owners of the same.

And further commandement was giuen, that all inhabitants and dwellers within the townes and villages about, should repaire to the citie of Lin∣colne, with all maner of vittels as well for men as horsses, where they should receiue paiment at reaso∣nable prices for the same. After this, there was like∣wise proclamation made for the apprehending of all such lewd persons, as had sowne anie false rumors abrode in the countrie (the cheefe occasion of this re∣bellion) bruting that the king pretended to haue the gold in the hands of his subiects brought into the tower to be touched, and all their cattell vnmarked,* 24.17 the chalices, goods, and ornaments of parish chur∣ches, fines for christenings, weddings, and buriengs, licences to eat white meat, bread, pig, goose or ca∣pon, with manie other slanderous, false, and detesta∣ble tales and lies, forged of diuelish purpose to in∣courage the people to rebellion. If therefore anie man could apprehend such as had béene the setters foorth and sowers of such seditious reports, they that brought them in, should be so rewarded, as they should thinke their labour well bestowed.

Moreouer, if there were anie assemblies made in anie part of the realme without the kings licence, by anie vnrulie persons, and would not depart to their houses vpon warning by his graces proclama∣tions, they should not looke for further mercie at the kings hand, but to be prosecuted with fire and sword to the vttermost. To conclude, by the wise and sage direction taken in appeasing the countrie by that no∣ble duke, all things were quieted in those parties. Di∣uerse of the principall offendors were sent vnto London. He that tooke vpon him as cheefe capteine of the rout, was the same that called himselfe cap∣teine Cobler: but he was indeed a moonke named doctor Makarell, which afterwards with diuerse o∣thers was executed.

But now in the meane time, whilest the duke

was sent forwards into Lincolneshire, within six daies after the king was trulie informed, that there was a new stir begun in the north parts by the peo∣ple there,* 24.18 which had assembled themselues into an huge armie of warlike men & well appointed, both with capteins; horsses, armor, and artillerie, to the number of fortie thousand men, which had incamped themselues in Yorkeshire. These men declared by their proclamations solemnlie made, that this their rising and commotion should extend no further, but onelie to the maintenance and defense of the faith [line 10] of Christ, and deliuerance of holie church, sore decaied and oppressed, and also for the furtherance as well of priuate as publike matters in the realme, touching the wealth o•• all the kings poore subiects.

They named this their seditious voiage, an holie and blessed pilgrimage:* 24.19 they had also certeine ban∣ners in the field, in which was painted Christ hang∣ing on the crosse on the one side, and a chalice with a painted cake in it on the other side, with diuers other banners of like hypocrisie and feigned holinesse. The [line 20] souldiers had also imbrodered on the sléeues of their cotes in stéed of a badge, the similitude of the fiue wounds of our sauiour, and in the middest thereof was written the name of our Lord. Thus had the re∣bels hast of sathan with false and counterfeit signes of holinesse set out themselues, onelie to deceiue the simple people in that their wicked and rebellious en∣terprise against their liege lord and naturall prince, whome by the law of nations and by Gods com∣mandements they were bound in conscience to o∣beie, [line 30] and so farre to be from lifting vp the least finger of their hand, as rather to put life and goods in hazard for his sake, to testifie their allegiance.

The spéedie diligence and loiall dutie which was found at that present in the worthie councellour George earle of Shrewesburie,* 24.20 is not to be forgot∣ten, who immediatlie after he vnderstood how the northerne men were thus vp in armes, considering how much it imported to stop them of their passage before they should aduance too far forwards, where∣by [line 40] they might both increase in power, and put all o∣ther parts of the realme in hazard, through feare or hope to incline to their wicked purposes, he sent abroad with all spéed possible to raise such power of his seruants, tenants, and fréends, as by anie means he might make, and withall dispatched one of his ser∣uants to the king, both to aduertise him what he had doone, and also to purchase his pardon, for making such leuie of power, before he had receiued his ma∣iesties [line 50] commission so to doo.

I haue heard by relation of men of good credit that were there present: that when such knights and gentlemen as were of his councell, and other of his especiall fréends were come vnto him, he put foorth this question to them; Whether his fact in raising a power of armed men without the kings commission (although he had doone it to resist the rebels) were treason or not?* 24.21 Wherevnto when answer was made by some that were knowne to haue skill in the laws [line 60] of the realme, how that by no means it could be in∣tended treason, sith his intent was good, and no euill thereby meant, but contrarilie the aduancement of the kings seruice dutifullie sought: Yee are fooles (quoth the earle) I know it in substance to be treason, and I would thinke my selfe in an hard case, if I thought I had not my pardon comming.

Such a reuerend regard had this noble earle vn∣to his bounden allegiance towards his prince, that whatsoeuer seemed but as it were to sound in anie be∣halfe to the breach thereof,* 24.22 it so troubled his loiall mind, that he could not be satisfied, till as it were in confessing his fault: where according to the truth there was none at all. He had signified his assured fi∣delitie in crauing pardon, where otherwise he might haue looked for thanks, which indéed he receiued with his pardon, according to his petition, and a commissi∣on to procéed as he had begun. Moreouer, whereas there were diuerse speaches amongst the soldiors in the armie, vttered by some not altogither happilie well disposed, that the said earle had so good liking of the northerne mens cause, that when it came to the point of triall, he would surelie ioine with them against that part, which he yet pretended to main∣teine.

To put that mat••er out of doubt, he caused the multitude of his soldiours to come before him,* 24.23 and there declared to them, that he vnderstood what lewd talke had béene raised of his meaning among them in the campe, as if he had fauoured the part of the re∣bels:

But (saith he) whatsoeuer their colourable pre∣tense may be, true it is, that traitors they are in this their wicked attempt. And whereas my ancestors haue beene euer true to the crowne, I meane not to staine my bloud now in ioining with such a sort of traitors, but to liue and die in defense of the crowne, if it stood but vpon a stake: and therefore those that will take my part in this quarrell, I haue to thanke them, and if there be anie that be otherwise minded, I would wish them hence. And herewith he caused his chapleine to minister an oth to him, which he re∣ceiued to the effect aforesaid, in the presence of them all.

And verelie this was thought to be doone not with∣out great cause that mooued him thereto: for where∣as the more part of his soldiours consisted of the countrie people,* 24.24 who with forged tales and wicked surmises were easilie led to beléeue whatsoeuer was reported in fauor of the rebels, and disfauor of such as were then chiefe councellors to the king, against whome they pretended to rise (although there was no reasonable occasion leading them therevnto) it was greatlie to be suspected, least they might thorough some traitorous practise haue béene induced to forget their dutifull allegiance to their souereigne, and soul∣diorlike obedience to their leaders, insomuch that the capteins of the rebels were persuaded (and some of them reported no lesse) that they might haue fought with the duke of Norffolke, and the earle of Shre∣wesburie, on this hither side of the riuer of Dun, e∣uen with their owne men, not néeding to haue brought a man of their armie with them.

Therefore it was thought, that the oth which the earle of Shrewesburie in that sort receiued before all his people there openlie in field,* 24.25 serued to great pur∣pose; to put out of his soldiours wauering heads all such lewd expectation that he would turne to the eni∣mies, staieng thereby their fickle minds; sith they were now assured, that he being their chiefteine meant no dissimulation. A matter trulie of no small importance, considering the fauor which the com∣mons bare towards him, and the opinion they had conceiued of his high prowesse; so that which waie he inclined, it was thought verelie the game were likelie to go. But now after the king was aduertised of that perilous commotion of the northerne men, he appointed not onlie the said earle of Shrewesburie to raise a power to resist them: but also ordeined the duke of Norffolke his lieutenant generall, with the marquesse of Excester,* 24.26 and the said earle of Shre∣wesburie, the earles of Huntington and Rutland, accompanied with a mightie power to go against them.

These lords raising such retinues of souldiers and men of warre as were to them assigned, made for∣ward to the place where the armie of the rebels was then incamped, which was beyond the towne of Doncaster, in the high waie towards Yorke. But

first the said earle of Shrewesburie, with the earles of Huntington▪ and Rutland, and such other that were next adioining to those parties, with their pow∣ers assembled out of the shires of Salop, Stafford, Leicester, Rutland, Notingham, and Derbie, came to a place in Notingham shire called Blithlow, and there taking the musters of their people, streight∣waies passed foorth to Doncaster, and appointed cer∣teine bands of their men, to lie in places where anie ••oords or passages laie ouer the riuer of Dun, that [line 10] runneth by the northside of Doncaster, to staie the e∣nimies if they should attempt to come ouer. Short∣lie after came the duke of Norffolke, and finallie the marquesse of Excester with a iollie companie of westerne men, well and perfectlie appointed.

When these capteins and sage councellors being here assembled, vnderstood the manner of the nor∣therne men, their number, and readinesse to battell, they first practised with great policie, to haue paci∣fied the matter without bloudshedding: but the nor∣therne [line 20] men were so bent to mainteine their wilfull enterprise, that there was no hope to take vp the matter without battell: therefore a daie was set, on the which they should trie the quarrell bewixt them with dint of sword.* 24.27 But sée the chance. The night be∣fore the daie assigned for this bloudie and vnnaturall battell, to haue béene fought betwixt men of one na∣tion, and subiects to one king; there fell a raine not great to speake of, but yet as it were by miracle, the riuer of Dun rose suddenlie on such a height,* 24.28 that sel∣dome had béene séene there the like hugenesse of wa∣ter:* 24.29 [line 30] so that the daie when the houre of battell should come, it was not possible for the one armie to come at the other, and so the appointment made betwéene both the armies for triall of the matter by force of armes, was by Gods good prouidence disappointed, and manie an innocent mans life preserued, that should haue died, if their purposes had taken place.

After this by the great wisedome and policie of the nobles and capteins, a communication was had, [line 40] and an agréement made vpon the kings pardon, ob∣teined for all the capteins and chiefe dooers in this insurrection, and promise made that they should be gentlie heard, to declare such things as they found themselues gréeued with: and that vpon their arti∣cles presented to the king, their reasonable petitions should be granted,* 24.30 as by him & his councell it should be thought expedient, whereby all troubles might be quieted, and ech thing brought to a good conclusion. Herewith euerie man departed, and those which be∣fore [line 50] came as hot as fire to fight, letted of their despe∣rat purpose, by Gods mercifull prouidence, returned now peaceablie to their houses without anie more businesse.

At the selfe same time that these northerne men were lodged neere to Doncaster, and the kings pow∣er readie to stop them of their passage (as before ye haue heard) there was an other armie readie to haue marched southwards thorough Lancashire: but by the faithfull diligence of the earle of Derbie, who with the forces of Lancashire and Cheshire was ap∣pointed [line 60] to resist them,* 24.31 they were likewise kept backe and brought to quiet; notwithstanding they were a verie great number assembled togither of the com∣mons out of Cumberland, Westmerland, and of the north parts of Lancashire. The earle of Sussex was sent downe by the king, to ioine in assistance with the earle of Derbie; who causing diuerse of the chiefe procurers of that rebellion in those parties to be ap∣prehended and arreigned, they being found giltie had iudgement, and were executed, as the abbats of Walleie, Sauleie, and others.

* 24.32In time of this rebellion, a priest that by a but∣cher dwelling within fiue miles of Windsor had been procured to preach in fauor of the rebels, and the but∣cher (as well for procuring the priest thereto, as for words spoken as he sold his meat in Windsor) were hanged: the priest on a tree at the foot of Windsor bridge, and the butcher on a paire of new gallowes set vp before the castell gate, at the end of the same bridge. The words which the butcher spake were these. When one bad him lesse for the carcase of a sheepe than he thought he could make of it: Naie by Gods soule (said he) I had rather the good fellowes of the north had it, and a score more of the best I haue, than I would so sell it. This priest and butcher being accu∣sed on a mondaie in the morning whilest the kings armie was in the field, and the king himselfe lieng at Windsor, they confessed their faults vpon their examinations, and by the law martiall they were adiudged to death, and suffered as before is mentio∣ned. This yeare in December,* 24.33 the Thames was fro∣sen ouer: insomuch that the king and quéene rode thorough London to Gréenewich.

In Christmas the king by his messengers and he∣ralds sent downe into the north his generall par∣dons to all the offendors;* 24.34 [year 1537] and shortlie after Aske that had beene the principall procurer,* 24.35 & as it were chiefe capteine of the northerne rebels, came to London, and now was both pardoned and receiued into fa∣uor, receiuing of the kings bounteous liberalitie, apparell, and diuerse other rewards, whereof he was most vnwoorthie: for there liued not (as Hall saith) a verier wretch, as well in person as conditions and déeds, speciallie towards the kings maiestie, as after appeared.* 24.36 ¶ Sir Rafe Euers kept Scarbrow castell in the north, being six wéeks besieged by the rebels, twentie daies whereof he and all his companie (which were his onelie friends, seruants, and tenants, and serued for good will to him) were forced to susteine themselues with bread and water, and yet he kept the same to the end of that rebellion; and so deliue∣red it to king Henrie, who sent him soone after to serue in the borders against Scotland, where in great credit he continued his seruice, kéeping the Scots without dooing hurt to England, and with such obedience of them, as within twentie miles of the borders of Scotland fore against him, there was not a Scot but at his commandement: and so conti∣nued, till he was killed in the yeare 1545.]

The twelfe of Nouember,* 24.37 sir Thomas Newman priest bare a faggot at Paules crosse, for singing masse with good ale. On the third of Februarie, Tho∣mas Fitzgaret sonne and heire to the earle of Kil∣dare was beheaded, and fiue of his vncles were drawne, hanged, and quartered at Tiborne for trea∣son. In the same moneth Nicholas Musgraue,* 24.38 Tho∣mas Tilbie, with others, began a new rebellion at Kirkvie Stephan in Westmerland, who hauing got togither eight thousand men, besieged the citie of Carleill, from whence they were beaten with the on∣lie power of the citie: and in returning from thense, the duke of Norffolke, who then was lieutenant of the north, incountered with them, tooke the capteins, and according to the law martiall areigned seuentie and foure of them, whome he hanged on Carbeill wals; but Musgraue escaped.

In the same moneth of Februarie began a new commotion,* 24.39 by the procurement of sir Francis Bi∣god, who being intised to that mischieuous enterprise by certeine wicked persons, forgat his dutie to his prince, although he had béene a man (as Hall saith) that vndoubtedlie loued God, and reuerenced his prince with a right obedient and louing feare: but such are men when God leaueth them, and that they will take in hand things which Gods most holie word vtterlie forbiddeth. This last rebellion began in Setrington, Pikering, Leigh, and Scarbrow; but

it was quickelie suppressed, and the said sir Francis Bigod apprehended, and brought to the Tower. The said sir Francis & one Halam, hauing raised a great companie of rebels, meant to haue taken the towne of Hull,* 24.40 there to haue fortified themselues, and to haue assembled more power; but by the wisedome of sir Rafe Ellerkar, & the maior of the towne of Hull, the said Halam, & thréescore other of the rebels with∣out anie slaughter were taken, which Halam was afterwards hanged in chaines, and two other with [line 10] him, at the said towne of Hull. Sir Francis Bigod fled, & could not be heard of for a time, but at length he was also apprehended.

Moreouer, about the latter end of this twentith and eight yeare,* 24.41 the lord Darcie, Aske, sir Robert Constable, sir Iohn Bulmer and his wife, sir Tho∣mas Persie brother to the erle of Northumberland, sir Stephan Hamilton, Nicholas Tempest esquier, William Lomleie, began eftsoones to conspire, al∣though euerie of them before had receiued their par∣dons: [line 20] and now were they all taken and brought to the Tower of London as prisoners.* 24.42 This yeare Ro∣bert Packington a mercer of London, a man both rich, wise, and of good credit, dwelling at the signe of the leg in Cheapside, on a morning going (as his cu∣stome was) about foure of the clocke to heare masse, in the church then called S. Thomas of Acres, & now the Mercers chappell, as he crossed ouer the stréet from his house to the church, was suddenlie murthe∣red with a gun, the cracke whereof was heard of the [line 30] neighbors, and of a great number of laborers that stood at Soper lane end, and saw the said Packing∣ton go foorth of his house: but there was such a thicke mist that morning, as the like had not béene séene, by couert whereof the murtherer found shift the more easilie to escape.

Manie were suspected, but none found in fault, albeit forsomuch as he was one that would speake his mind freelie, and was at the same time one of the burgesses of the parlement for the citie of London, [line 40] and had talked somewhat against the couetousnesse and crueltie practised by the cleargie, it was mistru∣sted least by some of them he came thus to his end. At length the murtherer in déed was condemned at Banburie in Oxfordshire, to die for a fellonie which he afterwards committed: and when he came to the gallowes on which he suffered, he confessed that he did this murther, and till that time he was neuer had in anie suspicion thereof. ¶ The nine and twentith of March, were twelue of the Lincolneshire rebels [line 50] drawne to Tiburne, and there hanged and quarte∣red, fiue of them were priests, the residue laie men. One of the priests was doctor Makarell, and an o∣ther was the vicar of Louth.

* 24.43About this season the maner of casting pipes of lead for the conueiance of water vnder the ground, without occupieng of soulder to the same, was in∣uented by Robert Brocke clearke, then one of the kings chapleins, an inuention right necessarie for the sauing of expenses: for two men and a boie will [line 60] doo that in one daie, which before could not be doone by manie men in manie daies. Robert Cooper gold∣smith was the first that made the instruments, and put this inuention in practise. ¶ In the verie begin∣ning of this yeare,* 24.44 certeine commissioners being sent into Summersetshire to take vp corne, the peo∣ple began to make an insurrection: but by the wise∣dome and diligence of yoong master Paulet & others the same was suppressed, and the beginners thereof, to the number of thréescore, were apprehended & con∣demned, and fourtéene of them were hanged and quartered, one of the number being a woman, the residue were saued by the kings mercifull par∣don.

In Iune the lord Darcie & the lord Huseie were arreigned at Westminster before the marquesse of Excester then high steward,* 24.45 where they were found guiltie, and had iudgement, as in cases of high trea∣son. Shortlie after also were arreigned sir Robert Constable, sir Thomas Persie, sir Francis Bigod, sir Stephan Hamilton, sir Iohn Bulmer,* 24.46 and his wife, or rather (as some report) his paramour: also William Lomleie, Nicholas Tempest, William Thurst abbat of Founteins, Adam Subburie abbat of Ierueux, William Wold prior of Birlington, al∣so the abbat of Riuers, and Robert Aske.* 24.47 They were all found guiltie of high treason, and all put to death. Sir Robert Constable was hanged in chains ouer Beuerleie gate at Hull, and Robert Aske was also hanged in chains on a tower at Yorke, and Marga∣ret Cheineie sir Iohn Bulmers paramour burnt in Smithfield in London. The other suffered at Ti∣burne.

In the latter end of Iune, was the lord Darcie beheaded at the Tower hill, and shortlie after the lord Huseie was likewise beheaded at Lincolne. This yeare at saint Georges feast, was the lord Crom∣well made knight of the garter. In October on saint Edwards euen,* 24.48 which falleth on the twelft of that moneth, at Hampton court the quéene was deliue∣red of hir sonne named Edward, for whose birth great ioie was made thorough the realme, with thanksgiuing to almightie God, who had sent such a yoong prince to succéed his father in the crowne of this realme (as afterwards he did) by the name of king Edward the sixt. His godfathers at the font∣stone were the archbishop of Canturburie & the duke of Norffolke, the ladie Marie was his godmoother, and at the bishopping, the duke of Suffolke was his godfather. On the eightéenth of October he was made prince of Wales, duke of Cornewall, and erle of Chester.

But as ioie is often mixed with sorrow, so at that time it came to passe by the death of his moother,* 24.49 that noble and vertuous ladie queene Iane, which depar∣ted out of this life the fourteenth daie of this moneth of October, to the great griefe of the whole realme: but namelie the king hir husband tooke it most grie∣uouslie of all other, who remoouing to Westminster, there kept himselfe close a great while after. The eight of Nouember, the corps of the quéene was ca∣ried to Windsor, with great solemnitie, and there buried in the midst of the quire in the castell church. There was also a solemne hearse made for hir in Paules church, and funerall exequies celebrated, as well as in all other churches within the citie of Lon∣don. Thus was the king left againe a widower, and so continued the space of two yeares togither.* 24.50 Upon the death of which quéene Iane, and the birth of prince Edward hir son this distichon following was made:

Phoenix Iana iacet nato Phoenice,* 24.51 dolendum Saecula Phoenices nulla tulisse duas.

The king held his Christmas at Gréenewich, and as well he as all the court ware mourning apparell, till the morrow after Candlemas daie, & then he and all other changed. [year 1538] This yeare Edward Seimer vi∣count Beauchampe the quéenes brother was created earle of Hertford,* 24.52 & sir William Fitzwilliams lord high admerall was created earle of Southhampton, ¶ and master Paulet was made vicetreasuror,* 24.53 sir Iohn Russell comptrollor of the kings house, master Henedge, master Long, master Kneuet of the kings priuie chamber, knights; master Coffin, master Li∣ftar, & master Seimer the quéenes brother, knights. On Allhallowes euen, the lord Thomas Howard, brother to the duke of Norffolke,* 24.54 died prisoner in the Tower of London, and was buried at Thetford, and then the ladie Margaret Dowglas was pardoned,

and released out of the Tower. The foure and twen∣tith of Februarie,* 24.55 being sundaie, the rood of Boxleie in Kent, called the rood of grace, made with diuerse vices, to mooue the eies and lips, was shewed at Paules crosse by the preacher, which was the bishop of Rochester, and there it was broken and plucked in peeces.

The fiue and twentith of Februarie, sir Ihon Al∣len priest, and also an Irish gentleman of the Garets were hanged & quartered at Tiburne. The second of March, the image of the rood, called saint Sauior [line 10] at Bermonseie abbeie in Southworke,* 24.56 was taken downe by the kings commandement. The one and twentith of March, Henrie Harsam customer of Plimmouth, and Thomas Ewell, were hanged and quartered at Tiburne.] In Maie a frier obseruant called frier Forrest was apprehended, for that he was knowne in secret confessions to haue declared to manie of the kings liege people,* 24.57 that the king was not supreame head of the church, where he had [line 20] by his oth neuerthelesse affirmed him so to be. Wher∣vpon in his examination, that point being laid to his charge, he answered that he tooke his oth with his outward man, but his inward man neuer consented therevnto. But being further accused of diuerse he∣reticall and damnable opinions that he held & main∣teined contrarie to the scripture, at length being not able to defend the same, he submitted himselfe to the punishment of the church.

Now when vpon this his submission, hauing more libertie than before he had to talke with whome he [line 30] would, and other hauing libertie to talke with him, he was incensed by some such as had conference with him, that when his formall abiuration was sent him to read and peruse, he vtterlie refused it, and obstinatelie stood in all his heresies and trea∣sons. Wherevpon he was condemned, & afterwards on a paire of new gallowes prepared for him in Smithfield, he was hanged by the middle and arme∣holes all quicke, and vnder the gallowes was made [line 40] a fire wherewith he was consumed and burnt to death.* 24.58 There were diuerse of the councell present at his death readie to haue granted him pardon, if a∣nie sparke of repentance would haue appeared in him. There was also a pulpit prepared, in which that renowmed preacher Hugh Latimer, then bi∣shop of Worcester, by manifest scriptures confuted the friers errors, and with manie godlie exhortati∣ons mooued him to repentance, but he would neither heare nor speake. [line 50]

A little before the execution, an huge and great image was brought to the gallowes. This image was fetched out of Wales, which the Welshmen had in great reuerence: and it was named Daruell Ga∣theren. They had a prophesie in Wales, that this image should set a whole forest on fire, which prophesie was now thought to take effect,* 24.59 for he set this frier Forrest on fire, and consumed him to nothing. The frier when he saw the fire come, caught hold on the ladder, which he would not let go, but in that sort vn∣patientlie [line 60] tooke his death, so as if one might iudge him by his outward man, he appeared (saith Hall) to haue small knowledge of God, and lesse trust in him at his ending: otherwise he would haue béene per∣suaded to patience,* 24.60 and a christian farewell to the world. ¶Upon the gallows that he died on, was set vp in great letters these verses here following:

Dauid Daruell Gatheren, As saith the Welshmen, Fetched outlawes out of hell: Now is he come with speare and shield, In harnesse to burne in Smithfield, For in Wales he maie not dwell.

And Forrest the frier, That obstinate lier, That wilfullie shall be dead: In his contumacie, The gospell dooth denie, The king to be supreme head.]

In Iulie was Edmund Cuningsbie atteinted of treason, for counterfeiting the kings signe ma∣nuell, and in August was Edward Clifford for the same cause atteinted, and both put to execution as traitors at Tiburne.* 24.61 In September by the speciall motion of the Lord Cromwell, all the notable ima∣ges,* 24.62 vnto the which were made anie especiall pilgri∣mages and offerings, were vtterlie taken awaie, as the images of Walsingham, Ipswich, Worcester, the ladie of Wilsdon, with manie other, and likewise the shrines of counterfeit saints, as that of Thomas Becket, and others. And euen foorthwith, by meanes of the said Cromwell, all the orders of friers and nuns, with their cloisters and houses,* 24.63 were suppressed and put downe. ¶ As for the images of our ladie of Walsingham, and Ipswich, were brought vp to London, with all the iewels that hoong about them, and diuerse other images both in England & Wales, wherevnto anie common pilgrimage was vsed, for auoiding of idolatrie, all which were burnt at Chelsie by the lord priuie seale.

On the first of September being sundaie, one Gratnell hangman of London and two other were hanged at the wrestling place by Clearken well,* 24.64 for robbing a booth in Bartholomew faire, at which exe∣cution were aboue twentie thousand people, as Ed∣ward Hall himselfe (then a present beholder) iudged. This moneth of September, Thomas Cromwell lord priuie seale, vicegerent to the kings highnesse, sent foorth iniunctions to all bishops & curats through the realme,* 24.65 charging them to see that in euery parish church, the bible of the largest volume, printed in English, were placed for all men to read on: and that a booke of register were also prouided and kept in euerie parish church, wherein shall be written eue∣rie wedding, christening, and burieng,* 24.66 within the same parish for euer.

Saint Augustines abbeie at Canturburie was suppressed, and the shrine & goods taken to the kings treasurie, as also the shrine of Thomas Becket in the priorie of Christs church was likewise taken to the kings vse, and his bones, scull and all,* 24.67 which was there found, with a peece broken out by the wound of his death, were all burnt in the same church by the lord Cromwell. The moonks there were commanded to change their habits, &c. The one and twentith of October, the church of Thomas Becket in London called the hospitall of saint Thomas of Acres was suppressed. Nicholas Gibson groser, for this yeare shiriffe of London, builded a free schoole at Ratcliffe, néere vnto London, appointing to the same,* 24.68 for the instruction of thréescore poore mens children, a schoole∣master and vsher, with a stipend of ten pounds by the yere to the master, and six pounds thirteene shillings foure pence to the vsher. He also builded there cer∣teine almes houses for fouretéene poore and aged per∣sons, who quarterlie receiue six shillings eight pence a peece for euer.]

In this season sute was made to the king by the emperour, to take to wife the duchesse of Millan: but shortlie after that sute brake off, bicause (as was thought) the emperours councell ment by a cautell to haue brought the king in mind to sue for a licence of the pope. Then the duke of Cleue began to sue to the king, that it would please him to match with his sister the ladie Anne, which after tooke effect. In No∣uember, one Iohn Nicholson, otherwise called Lam∣bert,

a priest,* 24.69 was accused of heresie, for holding opi∣nion against the bodilie presence in the sacrament of the altar. He appealed to the kings maiestie, who fa∣uourablie consented to heare him at a daie appoin∣ted, against which daie, in the kings palace at West∣minster, within the kings hall, there was set vp a throne or seat roiall for the king, with scaffolds for all the lords, and a stage for Nicholson to stand vpon.

This Nicholson was esteemed to be a man well learned, but that daie he vttered no such knowledge [line 10] (saith Hall) as was thought to be in a man of that estimation. Diuerse arguments were ministred to him by the bishops, but namelie the king pressed him sore, and in the end offered him pardon if he would renounce his opinion: but he would not consent thereto, and therefore he was there condemned, and had iudgement, and so shortlie after he was drawne into Smithfield, and there burnt to ashes. The third of Nouember,* 24.70 Henrie Courtnie marques of Exce∣ster and earle of Deuonshire, Henrie Poole lord [line 20] Montacute, and sir Edward Neuill brother to the lord Aburgauennie, were sent to the tower, being accused by sir Geffrie Poole, brother to the lord Mon∣tacute, of high treason. They were indicted for deui∣sing to mainteine, promote, & aduance one Reginald Poole, late deane of Excester, enimie to the king beyond the sea, & to depriue the king. The marques, and the lord Montacute were arreigned the last of December at Westminster before the lord Audleie that was chancellor, and for that present time high [line 30] steward of England, and there they found him giltie.

* 24.71The third daie after were arreigned sir Edward Neuill, sir Geffreie Poole, two priests called Crofts and Collins, & one Holland a mariner, & all attein∣ted.* 24.72 ¶The sixteenth of Nouember, was the blacke friers in London suppressed, the next daie the white friers, the graie friers, and the moonks of the Char∣terhouse, and so all the other immediatlie. The foure and twentith of Nouember, the bishop of Rochester [line 40] preached at Paules crosse,* 24.73 & there shewed the bloud of Hales, and affirmed the same to be no bloud, but honie clarified, and coloured with saffron, as it had beene euidentlie prooued before the king and his councell. Also foure anabaptists, thrée men, and one woman,* 24.74 all Dutch, bare fagots at Paules crosse the same daie. The nintéenth of Nouember, a man and a woman Dutch anabaptists, were burnt in Smith∣field.]

The ninth of Ianuarie, the lord marques, and [line 50] the lord Montacute, [year 1539] with sir Edward Neuill lost their heads on the Tower hill.* 24.75 The two priests and Holland were drawne to Tiburne, and there han∣ged and quartered. Sir Geffreie Poole had his par∣don. ¶On Ashwednesdaie, Iohn Ihons, Iohn Pot∣ter, & William Manering, were hanged in the prin∣ces liueries (bicause they were the princes seruants) on the southside of Paules chuchyard, for killing Roger Cholmeleie esquier in that place, of malice prepensed. The third of March, sir Nicholas Carew of Bedington in the countie of Surrie knight of [line 60] the garter,* 24.76 and maister of the kings horsse, condem∣ned before of treason, was beheaded on the Tower hill, where he made a godlie confession, both of his fault, and superstitious faith, giuing God thanks, for that his hap was to be prisoner in the Tower, where he first sauored the pleasant tast of Gods holie word, meaning the bible in English, which there he read by the exhortation of one Thomas Philips then kéeper of that prison, and sometime a citizen and point-ma∣ker of London, who had béene in some trouble for religion, and examined before doctor Stokeslie bi∣shop of London, and sir Thomas More, but through his wise demeanor and mild answers, he escaped their hands.

The ninth of March,* 24.77 the king created sir Willi∣am Paulet knight treasuror of his house, lord saint Iohn, and sir Iohn Russell comptrollor of his house∣hold, lord Russell. Also either then or shortlie after, was sir William Par created lord Par. The new abbeie of white moonks at the Tower hill, and the Minories, nuns without Algate, were suppressed on the last of March. The same time the king caused all the hauens to be fensed with bulworks, and blocke∣houses, and riding to Douer,* 24.78 he tooke order to haue bulworks made alongst the sea coasts, and sent com∣mission to haue generall musters made through the realme. Moreouer on Easter daie there were thrée∣score saile discouered that laie in the Downes, and for that it was neither knowne what they were, nor what they intended to doo, all the able men in Kent rose and mustered in armour the same daie. The eight and twentith of Aprill began a parlement at Westminster,* 24.79 in the which Margaret countesse of Salisburie, Gertrude wife to the marques of Exce∣ster, Reginald Poole cardinall, brother vnto the lord Montacute, sir Adrian Foskew, & Thomas Ding∣leie knight of saint Iohns, and diuerse other were atteinted of high treason,* 24.80 which Foskew and Ding∣leie the tenth of Iulie were beheaded.

In this parlement the act of the six articles was established.* 24.81 Of some it was named the bloodie sta∣tute, as it prooued indéed to manie. And euen shortlie after the making thereof, when the first inquest for inquirie of the offendors of the same statute sat in London at the mercers chappell, those that were of that inquest were so chosen foorth for the purpose, as there was not one amongst them that wished not to haue the said statute put in execution to the vtter∣most, insomuch that they were not contented onelie to inquire of those that offended in the six articles conteined in that statute, but also they deuised to in∣quire of certeine branches (as they tooke the matter) belonging to the same, as of those that came seldome to heare masse, that held not vp their hands at the sacring time, who tooke no holie bread nor holie wa∣ter, who vsed to read the bible in churches, or in com∣munication séemed to despise preests, or images in the churches, &c. To conclude, they inquired so dili∣gentlie of them that had so offended in anie of those articles or the branches, that they indicted & presen∣ted to the number of fiue hundred persons and a∣boue, so that if the king had not granted his pardon, for that he was informed by the lord Audleie then lord chancellor that they were indicted of malice, a great manie of them which alreadie were in pri∣son, had died for it in Smithfield, in frieng a faggot. But although the king at that present granted his gratious pardon, and forgaue all those offenses:* 24.82 yet afterwards, during the time that this statute stood in force, which was for the space of eight years insuing, they brought manie an honest and simple person to death. For such was the rigor of that law, that if two witnesses, true or false, had accused anie, and ad∣uouched that they had spoken against the sacrament, there was no waie but death; for it booted him not to confesse that his faith was contrarie, or that he said not as the accusers reported, for the witnesses (for the most part) were beléeued.

The king being informed that the pope by insti∣gation of cardinall Poole,* 24.83 had mooued and stirred di∣uers great princes and potentats of christendome to inuade the realme of England; without all delaie rode himselfe toward the sea coasts, and sent diuerse of his nobles and councellors to surueie all the ports and places of danger on the coast, where anie meet and conuenient landing place might be doubted, as well in the borders of England, as also of Wales: in

which dangerous places he caused bulworks and forts to be erected. And further, he caused the lord ad∣merall earle of Southampton to prepare in a readi∣nesse his nanie of ships, for defense of the coasts. Be∣side this, he sent forth commissions to haue generall musters taken through the realme, to vnderstand what number of able men he might make account of: and further to haue the armor and weapons séene and viewed. Nothing left he vndoone that tended to the foreséeing and preuenting of a mischiefe to insue, [line 10] which in a prince is counted a vertue, because such prouidence and circumspection is reputed no lesse in a priuat & ordinarie man, as the poet Plautus saith;

Virtus est, vbi occasio admonet, dispicere.

Sir William Forman knight, at that present maior of London, was commanded to certifie the names of all the able men within the citie and liber∣ties thereof, betwéene the ages of thrée score and of sixtéene, with the number of armors and weapons of all kinds of sorts. Wherevpon the said maior and his brethren ech one in his ward, by the oth of the [line 20] common councell and constable, tooke the number of men, armor, and weapons. And after well consi∣dering of the matter, by view of their bookes, they thought it not expedient to admit the whole number certified for apt and able men: and therefore assem∣bling themselues againe, they chose forth the most able persons, and put by the residue, speciallie such as had no armor, nor for whom anie could be proui∣ded. But when they were crediblie aduertised by [line 30] Thomas Cromwell lord priuie seale (to whome the citie was greatlie beholden) that the king himselfe would see the people of the citie muster in a conue∣nient number, and not to set forth all their power, but to leaue some at home to kéepe the citie; then eftsoons euerie alderman repaired to his ward, and there put aside all such as had iacks, cotes of plate of maile,* 24.84 and brigandines, and appointed none but such as had white armor, except such as should beare mo∣rish pikes, which ware no armor but sculles, and [line 40] there was no stranger (although he were a denisine) permitted to be in this muster.

Euerie man being of anie abilitie, prouided him selfe a cote of white silke, and garnished their base∣nets with turues like caps of silke, set with owches, furnished with chaines of gold and feathers, or cau∣sed their armor to be guilt, and likewise their hal∣berds and pollaxes. Some, and especiallie certeine goldsmiths, had their whole armor of siluer bullion. The lord maior, the recorder, the aldermen, and e∣uerie [line 50] other officer beside were gorgeouslie trimmed, as for their degrees was thought séemelie. The ma∣ior had sixteene tall fellowes on foot attending on him with guilt halberds, apparelled in white silke doub∣lets, and their hose and shooes were likewise white, cut after the Almaine guise, pounsed and pulled out with red sarsenet: their ierkins were of white lea∣ther cut, and chains about their necks, with feathers and brooches in their caps. The recorder and euerie alderman had about him foure halberders trimmed [line 60] also in warlike sort. The chamberleine of the citie, the councellors & aldermens deputies were appoin∣ted to be wiflers on horssebacke, which aloft on their armor ware white damaske cotes, mounted on good horsses well trapped, with great chaines about their necks, and proper iauelins or battell axes in their hands, and caps of veluet richlie trimmed.

* 24.85The wiflers on foot, being in number foure hun∣dred proper light persons, were clad in white ierkins of leather cut, with white hose and shooes, euerie man with a iauelin or slaughsword in his hands, to kéepe the people in arraie. They had chaines about their necks,* 24.86 and fethers in their caps. The minstrels were in white, with the armes of the citie, and so was eue∣rie other person at this muster without anie diuersi∣tie; the lord maior, recorder, and aldermen, onelie ex∣cepted, who had crosses of veluet or satin pirled with gold. The standard bearers were the tallest men of e∣uerie ward, for whome were made thirtie new stan∣dards of the deuise of the citie, beside baners. Eue∣rie alderman mustred his own ward in the fields, to sée that euerie man were in furniture prouided as was requisite.

The eight of Maie being the daie appointed for to shew themselues before the king,* 24.87 euerie alderman in order of battell with those of his ward came into the fields at Mile end, and then all the gunners seue∣red themselues into one place, the pikes into ano∣ther, and the archers into an other, and likewise the bilmen, and there cast themselues in rings, and other formes of battell, which was a beautifull sight to be∣hold: for all the fields from white Chapell to Mile end, and from Bednall greene to Ratcliffe & Step∣nie, were all couered with armour, men, and wea∣pons, and especiallie the battell of pikes séemed to be as it had béene a great forrest. Then was euerie part diuided into thrée battels, a for-ward, a midle-ward, and a rere-ward.

About seauen of the clocke marched forward the light péeces of ordinance, with stone and powder.* 24.88 Af∣ter them followed the drums and fifes, and immedi∣atlie after them a guidon of the armes of the citie. Then followed master Sadler capteine of the gun∣ners on horssebacke armed, and in a cote of veluet, with a chaine of gold, and foure halberders about him apparelled as before is recited. Then followed the gunners foure in a ranke,* 24.89 euerie one going fiue foot in sunder, which shot altogither in diuerse places verie liuelie, and in speciallie before the kings maie∣stie, which at that time sat in his new gatehouse at his palace of Westminster, where he viewed all the whole companie. In like maner passed the other companies of all the three battels in good and séeme∣lie order. The foremost capteine at nine of the clocke in the morning, by the little conduit came and ente∣red into Paules churchyard, and from thense directlie to Westminster, and so through the sanctuarie, and round about the parke of S. Iames, and vp into the field, comming home through Holborne, and as the first capteine entered againe to the little conduit, the last of the muster entered Paules churchyard,* 24.90 which was then about foure of the clocke in the afternoone. The number, beside the wiflers, and of other wai∣ters was fiftéene thousand.

¶ The eight of Iulie, Griffith Clearke,* 24.91 vicar of Wandsworth, with his chapleine and his seruant, & frier Waire, were all foure hanged and quartered at S. Thomas Waterings. The tenth of Iulie sir Adrian Fortescue, and Thomas Dingleie were be∣headed. The ninth of September,* 24.92 the nunnerie of Clerkenwell and diuerse others were suppressed.] This yeare the sixtéenth of September came to London duke Frederike of Baniere, the Palsgraue of the Rhine, and the eightéenth of the same moneth came to London the marshall of Hans Frederike prince elector of Saxonie, and the chancellor of Wil∣liam duke of Cleue, Gulicke, Gelderland, and Ber∣ghen. The Palsgraue was receiued and conducted to Windsore by the duke of Suffolke, and the other were accompanied with other noble men, and the thrée and twentith of the same moneth they all came to Windsore, where eight daies togither they were continuallie feasted, and had pastime shewed them, in hunting and other pleasures, so much as might be.* 24.93 The Palsegraue shortlie after departed homewards and was princelie rewarded, & at that present was the marriage concluded betwixt the king and the ladie Anne, sister vnto duke William of Cleue,

& great preparation was made for the receiuing of hir.* 24.94 ¶ The twelfe of October the nunnerie of Hali∣well, & foorthwith the priorie of S. Marie oueries in Southworke, and S. Bartholomews in Smithfield, were suppressed, & all their lands & goods taken to the kings vse. Thomas Huntlow of London for this yeare shiriffe,* 24.95 gaue the habardashers certeine tene∣ments, for the which they be bound to giue to ten poore almes people of the same companie, euerie one of them eight pence euerie fridaie for euer: and also at euerie quarter dinner kept by the masters, to be [line 10] giuen to euerie one of those ten poore people a penie loafe, a pottell of ale, a péece of beefe worth foure pence in a platter, with porage, and foure pence in monie.]

The fouretéenth of Nouember, Hugh Feringdon abbat of Reding, and two priests, the one called Rug, and the other Onion, attainted of high treason for denieng the supremacie of the king ouer the church of England, were drawne, hanged, and quar∣tered at Reding. The same daie was Richard Whi∣ting [line 20] abbat of Glastenburie likewise hanged and quartered on Towre hill beside his monasterie, for the same matter and other treasons whereof he had beene conuicted. The first of December was Iohn Bech abbat of Colchester put to death for the like offense.* 24.96 In December were appointed to wait on the kings person fiftie gentlemen called pensio∣ners, or speares, vnto whome was assigned the sum of fiftie pounds yeerelie a péece, for the maintenance [line 30] of themselues and two horsses, or one horsse and a gelding of seruice.

The eleuenth daie of December at the turne pike on this side Graueling, was the ladie Anne of Cleue receiued by the lord deputie of the towne of Calis, and with the speares and horssemen belong∣ing to the retinue there. When she came within little more than a mile of the towne of Calis, she was met by the erle of Southampton high admerall of Eng∣land, who had in his companie thirtie gentlemen of the kings houshold, as sir Francis Brian, sir Tho∣mas [line 40] Seimer, and others, beside a great number of gentlemen of his owne retinue clad in blue veluet, and crimsin satin, and his yeomen in damaske of the same colours. The mariners of his ship were appa∣relled in satin of Bridges,* 24.97 cotes & slops of the same colour. The lord admerall brought hir into Calis by Lanterne gate. There was such a peale of ordi∣nance shot off at hir entrie, as was maruellous to the hearers. The maior presented hir with an hun∣dred markes in gold, the merchants of the staple [line 50] with an hundred souereignes of gold in a rich purse. She was lodged in the kings place called the Chec∣ker, and there she laie fiftéene daies for want of pro∣sperous wind.

During which time, goodlie iusts and costlie ban∣kets were made to hir, for hir solace and recreation. And on S. Iohns daie in Christmasse,* 24.98 she with fiftie saile tooke passage about noone, and landed at Dele in the Downes about fiue of the clocke, where sir Tho∣mas Chenie lord Warden of the ports receiued hir. [line 60] She taried there a certeine space in a castell newlie built, and thither came the duke of Suffolke, and the dutches of Suffolke, and the bishop of Chichester with a great number of knights and esquiers, and ladies of Kent and other, which welcomed hir grace, and brought hir that night vnto Douer castell, where she rested till mondaie, on which daie (notwithstand∣ing it was verie foule and stormie weather) she pas∣sed towards Canturburie, and on Baram downe met hir the archbishop of Canturburie, with the bi∣shops of Elie, S. Asse, S. Dauies, and Douer, and so brought hir to S. Augustins without Canturburie, where she laie that night. The next daie she came to Sittingburne, and laie there that night. As she pas∣sed towards Rochester on Newyeares euen, on Reinam downe met hir the duke of Norffolke, and the lord Dacres of the south, and the lord Montioie, with a great companie of knights and esquiers of Norffolke and Suffolke, with the barons of the es∣cheker which brought hir to Rochester, where the laie in the palace all Newyeares daie. On which daie, the king (longing to sée hir) accompanied with no more but eight persons of his priuie chamber, [year 1540] both he and they all apparelled in marble cotes,* 24.99 priuilie comming to Rochester, suddenlie came to hir pre∣sence, wherof at the first she was somewhat astonied, but after he had spoken to hir and welcomed hir, she with louing countenance and gratious behauiour him receiued, and welcomed him on hir knées, whom he gentlie tooke vp and kissed, and all that after noone communed and deuised with hir, supped that night with hir, and the next daie he departed to Gréene∣wich, and she came forward to Dartford.

On the morrow the third daie of Ianuarie being saturdaie, in a faire plaine of Blackeheath, more neere to the foot of Shooters hill, than the ascendent of the same, called Blackheath hill, was pitched a paui∣lion of rich cloth of gold, and diuerse other tents and pauilions, in which were made fiers and perfumes for hir and such ladies as were appointed to receiue hir:* 24.100 and from the tents to the parke gate of Greene∣wich, all the bushes and fixs were cut downe, and a large open waie made for the shew of all persons. And first next to the parke pale on the east side stood the merchants of the stilliard, and on the west side stood the merchants of Genoa, Florence and Uenice, and the Spaniards in cotes of veluet. Then on both sides the waie stood the merchants of the citie of Lon∣don, and the aldermen, with the councellors of the said citie, to the number of a hundred and thréescore which were mingled with the esquiers; then the fiftie gentlemen pensioners: and all these were apparel∣led in veluet and chaines of gold, trulie accounted to the number of twelue hundred & aboue, beside them that came with the king and hir, which were six hun∣dred in veluet cotes and chaines of gold. Behind the gentlemen stood the seruingmen in good order well horssed and apparelled, that who so euer had well viewed them, might haue said, that they for tall and comelie personages, and cleane of lim and bodie, were able to giue the greatest prince in christendome a mortall breakefast, if he had béene the kings eni∣mie.

About twelue of the clocke, hir grace with all the companie which were of hir owne nation, to the number of an hundred horsse, accompanied with the dukes of Norffolke and Suffolke, the archbishop of Canturburie, and other bishops, lords, and knights, which had receiued and conueied hir, came downe Shooters hill towards the tents, and a good space from the tents met hir the earle of Rutland appoin∣ted lord chamberlaine to hir grace, sir Thomas De∣nise hir chancellor, and all hir councellors and offi∣cers, amongst whome doctor Daie (appointed to be hir almoner) made to hir an eloquent oration in La∣tine, presenting to hir on the kings behalfe all the of∣ficers and seruants: which oration was answered vnto by the duke hir brothers secretarie, there being present: which doone the ladie Margaret Dowglas,* 24.101 daughter to the quéene of Scots, the ladie mar∣quesse Dorsset, daughter to the French quéene, be∣ing néeces to the king, and the dutches of Ritchmond the countesses of Rutland and Hereford, with diuers other ladies and gentlewomen, to the number of threescore and fiue, saluted and welcomed hir grace, who alighted out of hir chariot in the which she had rid all hir long iourneie, and with courteous demeanor

& louing countenance, gaue to them hartie thanks, and kissed them all, and after all hir councellors and officers kissed hir hand: which doone, she with all the ladies entered the tents, and there warmed them a space.

When the king knew that she was arriued in hir tent, he with all diligence set out through the parke. And first issued the kings trumpets, then the kings officers sworne of his councell, next after came the gentlemen of his priuie chamber, after them follo∣wed [line 10] barons, the yoongest first, and sir William Hol∣lis lord maior of London rode with the lord Par that was the yoongest baron. Then followed the bi∣shops, and immediatlie after them the earles, and then the duke of Bauiere, and countie Palatine of the Rhine, with the liuerie of the Toison or golden fléece about his necke.

Then came the ambassadours of the French king and emperour, next to whome followed the lord pri∣uie seale lord Cromwell, and the lord chancellour, [line 20] then Garter king at armes, and the other officers and sargeants of armes gaue their attendance on each side the lord. The lord marquesse Dorset bare the sword of estate, and after him a good distance follow∣ed the kings highnesse,* 24.102 mounted on a goodlie cour∣ser. To speake of the rich and gorgeous apparell that was there to be séene that daie, I haue thought it not greatlie necessarie, sith each man may well thinke it was right sumptuous, and as the time then serued, verie faire and costlie, as they that are desi∣rous [line 30] to vnderstand the same may read in maister Halles chronicle more at large, which in this part I haue thought good to abridge.

* 24.103After the king followed the lord chamberleine, then came sir Anthonie Browne maister of his horsses, a goodlie gentleman, and of personage verie séemelie, richlie mounted, & leading the kings horsse of estate by a long reine of gold. Then followed his pages of honour riding on great coursers, and last∣lie followed sir Anthonie Wingfield capteine of the [line 40] gard, and then the gard well horssed, and in their rich cotes. In this order rode the king till he came to the last end of the ranke of the pensioners, & there e∣uerie person that came with him placed himselfe on the one side or the other, the king standing in the middest.

When hir grace vnderstood that the king was come, she came foorth of hir tent, and at the doore ther∣of, being set on a faire and beautifull horsse richlie trapped, she rode foorth towards the king, who percei∣uing [line 50] hir to approch, came forward somewhat beyond the crosse on Blackheath, and there staied till she came néerer, & then putting off his cap, he made for∣ward to hir, and with most louing countenance and princelie behauiour saluted,* 24.104 welcomed, and imbra∣ced hir, to the great reioising of the beholders: and she likewise not forgetting hir dutie, with most ami∣able aspect and womanlie behauiour receiued him with manie apt words and thanks, as was most to purpose. Whilest they were thus talking togither, the [line 60] fiftie pensioners with the gard departed to furnish the hall at Gréenewich. After the king had talked with hir a small while, he put hir on his right hand, and so with their footmen they rode togither, and with their companies being thus met, returned in this manner through the rankes of the knights and esquiers (which stood still all this while and remooued not.)

* 24.105First hir trumpets set forward being twelue in number, beside two ketledrums on horssebacke; then followed the kings trumpeters, then the kings coun∣cellors, then the gentlemen of the priuie chamber, af∣ter them the gentlemen of hir graces countrie in ••otes of veluet, and all on great horsses. Then the maior of London with the yoongest baron, then all the barons: next them the bishops, then the earles, with whom rode the earles of Ouerstein and Wal∣dec hir countrimen, then the dukes of Norffolke and Suffolke, and the archbishop of Canturburie, and duke Philip of Bauier: next followed the ambassa∣dors, then the lord priuie seale, and the lord chancellor, then the lord marquesse Dorset that bare the sword: next followed the king himselfe equallie riding with the ladie Anne,* 24.106 and behind him rode sir Anthonie Browne with the kings horsse of estate, as yée haue heard, and behind him rode sir Iohn Dudleie mai∣ster of hir horsses, leading hir spare horsse trapped in rich tissue downe to the ground; after them followed henxmen and pages of honor.

Then followed the ladie Margaret Dowglas, the ladie marquesse Dorset, the dutches of Richmond and Suffolke, the countesses of Rutland and Hert∣ford, and other countesses.* 24.107 Then came hir chariot in which she had rid all hir iournie, well carued and gilt with the armes of hir countrie curiouslie wrought & couered with cloth of gold, all the horsses were trap∣ped with blacke veluet, and on them rode pages of honor, in which chariot rode two ancient ladies of hir countrie: next after the chariot, followed six ladies and gentlewomen of hir countrie verie beautifull and richlie apparelled, and with them rode six ladies of England. Then followed an other chariot, gilt and furnished, then ten English ladies, and next them an other chariot couered with blacke cloth, and therein rode foure gentlewomen that were hir chamberers. Then followed all the remnant of the ladies, gentlewomen and damosels in great num∣ber: and last of all came an other chariot all blacke, with thrée launders apperteining to hir grace; next after followed an horslitter of cloth of gold and crim∣sin veluet vpon veluet paled, with horsses trapt ac∣cordinglie, which the king had sent to hir. Then fol∣lowed the seruingmen of hir traine, all clothed in blacke, mounted on great horsses, euerie one in due place and decent order, so that it was verie mag∣nificall and more than princelie brauerie that then was exhibited to the beholders eies, as the poet saith:

Cernitur hîc plusquam regia pompa comes.

In this order they rode through the rankes and through the parke, till they came at the late friers wall, where all men alighted except the king, the two maisters of the horsse, and the henxmen, which rode to the hall doore, & the ladies rode to the court gate, & as they passed, they might behold on the wharfe, how the citizens of London were rowing vp and downe on the Thames right before them, euerie craft with his barge garnished with banners, flags, streamers, pencels, and targets, painted and beaten with the kings armes, some with hir armes, and some with the armes of their craft and mysterie.

There was also a barge called the bachellors barke, richlie decked, on the which waited a foist that shot great peeces of artillerie, and in euerie barge was great store of instruments of diuerse sorts, and men and children singing and plaieng altogither, as the king and the ladie Anne passed by on the wharfe. When the king and she were within the vtter court,* 24.108 they alighted from their horsses, and the king louing∣lie imbraced hir, kissed hir, & had hir welcome to hir owne, leading hir by the left arme through the hall, which was furnished beneath the harth with the gard and aboue the harth with the fiftie pensioners, with their battell axes; and so the king brought hir vp to hir priuie chamber, where he left hir for that time. Assoone as the king and she were entered the court, a great peale of artillerie was shot off from the tower of Gréenwich, and there about.

When the kings companie and hirs were once

come within the parke (as before yée haue heard) then all the horssemen on Blackeheath brake their araie, and had licence to depart to London or otherwhere to their lodgings.

* 24.109On the tuesdaie following, being the daie of the Epiphanie, the mariage was solemnized betwixt the king and the said ladie. She was fetched from hir chamber by the lords, so that she going betwéene the earle of Ouersteine, and the grand master Hoscon∣der, which had the conduct and order to sée the mari∣age performed, she passed through the kings chamber [line 10] & all the lords before hir, till shée came into the galle∣rie, where the king was readie, staieng for hir, to whom she made thrée low obeisances and courtesies. Then the archbishop of Canturburie receiued them, and married them togither, and the earle of Ouer∣steine did giue hir. When the mariage was celebrate they went hand in hand into the kings closet, and there hearing masse, offered their tapers, and after Masse was ended, they had wine and spices. And [line 20] that doone, the king departed to his chamber, and all the ladies waited on hir to hir chamber, the duke of Norffolke going on hir right hand, and the duke of Suffolke on hir left.

After nine of the clocke, the king hauing shifted his apparell, came to his closet, & she likewise in hir haire, & in the same apparell she was married in she came to hir closet with hir sargeant at armes, & all hir officers before hir like a quéene, & so the king and she went openlie in procession, and offered and dined [line 30] togither. After they had supped togither, there were bankets and maskes, and diuerse disports shewed, till time came, that it pleased the king and hir to take rest. On the sundaie after were kept solemne iusts,* 24.110 which greatlie contented the strangers. This daie she was apparelled after the English manner, with a French hood, which became hir excéeding well. When the earle of Ouersteine and the other lords and ladies which had giuen their attendance on hir grace all that iourneie, had béene highlie feasted [line 40] and interteined of the king and other of the nobles, they tooke leaue, and had great gifts giuen to them, both in monie and plate, and so returned toward their countrie, leauing behind them the erle of Wal∣decke, and diuerse gentlemen and damosels to re∣maine with hir, till she were better acquainted in the realme.

The fourth of Februarie, the king and she remoo∣ued to Westminster by water,* 24.111 on whome the lord maior & his brethren, with twelue of the chéefe com∣panies [line 50] of the citie, all in barges gorgeouslie garni∣shed with baners, penons, and targets, richlie coue∣red, and furnished with instruments, sweetlie soun∣ding, gaue their attendance: and by the waie, all the ships shot off, and likewise from the tower, a great peale of ordinance went off iustilie.* 24.112 The twelfe of Februarie, the duke of Norffolke was sent in am∣bassage to the French king, of whome he was well interteined, and in the end of the same moneth he re∣turned againe into England. [line 60]

* 24.113After Christmas, the priorie church of S. Marie O∣ueris in Southworke was purchased of the king by the inhabitants of the Borow, D. Gardener bishop of Winchester putting to his helping hand: they made thereof a parish church, and the little church of Marie Magdalen ioining to the same priorie, was made all one church, and saint Margarets in South∣worke a parish,* 24.114 was admitted to the same parish. ¶The twelfe of March, Henrie Bourcher erle of Es∣sex riding a yoong horsse, was cast, & brake his necke, at his manour in Essex: he was the eldest earle in England. The nintéenth of March, Iohn Uere erle of Oxford,* 24.115 high chamberleine of England, deceassed at his manour in Essex. The tenth of Aprill, sir Willi∣am Peterson priest, late commissarie of Calis,* 24.116 and sir William Richardson priest of S. Maries in Ca∣lis, were both there drawne, hanged, and quartered in the market place for denieng obstinatelie the kings supremacie.]

The third sundaie in Lent, one doctor Barnes pre∣ched at Paules crosse,* 24.117 and in his sermon inueighed against the bishop of Winchester, for doctrine by him preached in the same place, the first sundaie of that Lent, intreating of iustification. Among other taunts that Barnes vttered against the bishop, this was one, that if he & the bishop were both at Rome, he knew that great sums of monie would not saue his life, where but for the bishop, there was no great feare, but small intreatance would serue. The bishop offended herewith, complained of Barnes to the K. and had him examined, & at length by the kings com∣mandement he came to the bishops house, where the matter was so handled at this time, that Barnes with two other preachers, the one named Hierome, and the other Garret (of whom hereafter more shall be said) were appointed to preach at S. Marie spittle by London in the Ester wéeke. In that sermon which Barnes made before all the people, he asked the bi∣shop forgiuenesse, for speaking so vnreuerentlie of him in his former sermon, and required the bishop (if he did forgiue him) in token thereof to hold vp his hand, which like as it was long before he did, so (as manie thought afterward) it was but a frigned forgiuenesse.

The twelfe of Aprill began a parlement,* 24.118 and sir Nicholas Hare was restored to the office of speaker, who togither with sir Humfreie Browne knight, and William Connesbie esquier, the three and twentith of Februarie last past, had bincalled before the lords into the Starchamber, for being of counsell with sir Iohn Shelton knight, in making a fraudulent will of his lands, to the hinderance of the kings preroga∣tiue, and contrarie to the statute of Anno 27, for the which offense they were all at that time dismissed of their offices and seruices to the king, and the two knights were immediatlie sent to the tower, and three daies after Connesbie was committed thither also. They remained there in ward about ten daies, and were then deliuered. Sir Humfreie Browne was the kings sargeant at law, sir Nicholas Hare was one of the kings councellors, and speaker of the parlement, who being then depriued, was now a∣gaine thereto restored. William Connesbie was attorneie of the dutchie of Lancaster. In this parle∣ment, were freelie granted without contradictions, foure fiftéenes and a subsidie of two shillings of lands, and twelue pence of goods, toward the kings great charges of making B••lworkes.

The eighteenth of Aprill at Westminster was Thomas lord Cromwell created earle of Essex,* 24.119 and ordeined great chamberleine of England, which of∣fice the earles of Oxford were woont euer to enioie; also Gregorie his sonne was made lord Cromwell. The foure and twentith of Aprill, Thomas lord Audleie, & chancellor of England, with sir Anthonie Browne, maister of the kings horsses, were made knights of the night honourable order of the garter. On Maie daie, was a great triumph of iusting at Westminster, which iusts had beene proclaimed in France, Flanders, Scotland, and Spaine, for all commers that would, against the challengers of England; which were, sir Iohn Dudleie, sir Thomas Seimer, sir Thomas Poinings, sir George Carew knights, Anthonie Kingston, and Richard Crom∣well esquiers, which said challengers came into the lists that daie richlie apparelled, and their horsses trapped all in white veluet, with certeine knights and gentlemen riding afore them, apparelled all in white

veluet, and white sarsenet, and all their seruants in white dublets, and hozen cut after the Burgonion fashion: and there came to iust against them the said daie, of defendants fortie six, the earle of Surrie be∣ing the formost, lord William Howard, lord Clin∣ton, and lord Cromwell, sonne and heire to Thomas Cromwell earle of Essex, and chamberleine of Eng∣land, with other, which were richlie apparelled.

And that day, sir Iohn Dudleie was ouerthrowne in the field,* 24.120 by mischance of his horsse, by one master [line 10] Breme defendant, neuerthelesse he brake diuerse speares valiantlie after that. And after the said iusts were doone, the said challengers rode to Durham place, where they kept open houshold, and feasted the king and quéene, with hir ladies, and all the court. The second of Maie, Anthonie Kingston & Richard Cromwell were made knights at the said place. The third of Maie,* 24.121 the said challengers did tournie on horssebacke with swords, & against them came nine and twentie defendants; sir Iohn Dudleie, and the [line 20] earle of Surrie running first, who in the first course lost both their gantlets: and that daie, sir Richard Cromwell ouerthrew master Palmer in the field off his horsse, to the great honor of the challengers. On the fift of Maie,* 24.122 the said challengers fought on foot at the barriers, and against them came thirtie de∣fendants, which fought valiantlie: but sir Richard Cromwell ouerthrew that daie at the barriers ma∣ster Culpeper in the field.

The said challengers brake vp their houshold, af∣ter [line 30] they had kept open hospitalitie, and feasted the king, quéene, and all the lords, beside all the knights and burgesses of the common house in time of the parlement, and the maior, aldermen, and all their wiues to their no small honor, though great expense. In the parlement which began the eightéenth of A∣prill last past, the religion of saint Iohns in Eng∣land, commonlie called the order of knights of the Rhodes,* 24.123 was dissolued; & on the ascension day, being the fift of Maie, sir William Weston knight, prior [line 40] of saint Iohns departed this life for thought (as was reported) which he tooke to the heart, after he heard of that dissolution of his order.* 24.124 ¶For the king tooke all the lands that belonged to that order into his hands, to the augmentation of his crowne, and gaue vnto euerie of the challengers aboue written for a re∣ward of their valiantnesse, a hundred marks, and a house to dwell in of yearelie reuenues out of the said lands for euer.]

The same moneth were sent to the Tower doctor [line 50] Samson,* 24.125 bishop of Chichester, and doctor Wilson, for reléeuing certeine traitorous persons: and for the same offense was one Richard Farmer, a grocer of London, a rich and welthie man, and of good estimati∣on in the citie, committed to the Marshalseie, & after at Westminster hall arreigned, and atteinted in the premunire; so that he lost all his goods. ¶The ninth daie of Iulie,* 24.126 Thomas lord Cromwell, late made earle of Essex (as before you haue heard) being in the councell chamber, was suddenlie apprehended & com∣mitted [line 60] to the Tower of London: the which manie la∣mented, but more reioised, and speciallie such as ei∣ther had béene religious men, or fauoured religious persons, for they banketed & triumphed togither that night, manie wishing that that daie had béene seuen yeares before; & some fearing that he should escape, although he were imprisoned, could not be merie.

Other who knew nothing but truth by him, both lamented him, and heartilie praied for him. But this is true, that of certeine of the cleargie he was dete∣stablie hated, and speciallie such as had borne swinge and by his meanes were put from it: for in déed he was a man that in all his dooings seemed not to fa∣uor anie kind of poperie, nor could not abide the snuffing pride of some prelats, which vndoubtedlie (whatsoeuer else was the cause of his death) did shor∣ten his life, and procured the end that he was brought vnto: which was, that the ninteenth daie of the said moneth he was atteinted by parlement, and neuer came to his answer: which law manie reported that he caused first to be made, howbeit the plaine truth thereof I know not. The articles for which he died appeare in the records, where his attaindor is writ∣ten, which are too long here to be rehearsed; but to con∣clude he was there atteinted of heresie and high trea∣son, and the eight & twentith of Iulie was brought to the scaffold on the Tower hill, where he said these words following.

The words of the lord Cromwell spo∣ken at his death.

I Am come hither to die, and not to purge my selfe, as may happen some thinke that I will, for if I should so doo, I were a verie wretch and a miser. I am by the law con∣demned to die, and thanke my Lord God, that hath appointed me this death for mine offense. For since the time that I came to yeares of discretion I haue liued a sinner, and offended my Lord God, for the which I aske him hartilie forgiuenesse. And it is not vnknowne to manie of you, that I haue beene a great traueller in the world, and being but of a base degree, was called to high estate. And since the time I came therevnto, I haue offended my prince, for the which I aske him hartilie forgiuenesse, and beseech you all to praie to God with me, that he will forgiue me. O Father forgiue me, O Sonne forgiue me, O Holie ghost forgiue me, O three persons and one God forgiue me. And now I praie you that be here, to beare me record, I die in the catholike faith, not doubting in anie article of my faith, no nor doubting in anie sacrament of the church. Manie haue slan∣dered me, and reported that I haue beene a bearer of such as haue mainteined euill o∣pinions, which is vntrue: but I confesse, that like as God by his holie spirit dooth instruct vs in the truth, so the diuell is rea∣die to seduce vs, and I haue beene seduced: but beare me witnesse, that I die in the ca∣tholike faith of the holie church, and I har∣tilie desire you to praie for the kings grace, that he may long liue with you in health and prosperitie, & after him that his sonne prince Edward, that goodlie impe may long reigne ouer you. And once againe I desire you to praie for me, that so long as life remaineth in this flesh, I wauer no∣thing in my faith.

Then made he his praier, which was long, but not so long as godlie and learned,* 25.1 and after com∣mitted his soule to the hands of God, and so patient∣lie suffered the stroke of the ax, by a ragged and but∣cherlie miser, which ill fauouredlie performed the office. This man being borne in Putneie, a village in Surreie by the Thames side,* 25.2 foure miles distant from London, was sonne to a Smith, after whose deceasse, his mother was married to a Shereman. But notwithstanding the basenesse of his birth and

lacke of maintenance was at the beginning (as it happeneth to manie others) a great let and hinde∣rance for vertue to shew hir selfe: yet through a sin∣gular excellencie of wit, ioined with an industrious diligence of mind, and helpe of knowledge, gathered by painefull trauell, and marking the courses of states and gouernements as well of his natiue countrie at home, as in forren parties abrode, he grew to such a sufficient ripenesse of vnderstanding and skill, in ordering of weightie affaires, that he [line 10] was thought apt and fit for anie roome or office wher∣to he should be admitted.

Which being perceiued of cardinall Wolseie, then archbishop of Yorke, he tooke him into his ser∣uice, and making him his solicitor, imploied him about businesse oftentimes of most importance, wherein he acquited himselfe with such dexteritie, as answered alwaies the credit committed to him. Af∣ter the cardinals fall;* 25.3 he was aduanced to the kings seruice, behauing himselfe so aduisedlie in matters [line 20] which he tooke in hand, that within a small time he rose to high authoritie, and was admitted to be of the priuie councell, bearing most rule of all other vnder the king, as partlie ye haue heard: so that by him it well appeared, that the excellencie of heroicall ver∣tues, which aduance men to fame and honor, resteth not onelie in birth and bloud, as a priuilege appro∣priate and alonelie annexed vnto noble houses, but remaineth at the disposition of almightie God the gi∣uer & disposer of all gifts, who raiseth the poore manie [line 30] times from the basest degrée, and setteth him vp with princes, according to the saieng of Ecclesiastes:

Qui iacuit tetro quandóque in carcere vinctus, Parta suis meritis regia sceptra tulit.

Neuerthelesse, concerning the lord Cromwell earle of Essex, if we shall consider his comming vp to such high degree of honor as he atteined vnto, we maie doubt whether there be cause more to maruell at his good fortune, or at his woorthie and industrious demeanor.* 25.4 But sith in the booke of Acts and Monu∣ments [line 40] ye maie find a sufficient discourse hereof, we néed not to spend more time about it, saue onelie as master Fox hath trulie noted, such was his actiuitie and forward ripenesse of nature, so readie and preg∣nant of wit, so discreet and well aduised in iudge∣ment, so eloquent of toong, so faithfull and diligent in seruice, of such an incomparable memorie, so bold of stomach and hardie, and could doo so well with his pen, that being conuersant in the sight of men, he could not long continue vnespied, nor yet vnproui∣ded [line 50] of fauor and helpe of friends, to set him forward in place and office.

Thankefull he was and liberall, not forgetting be∣nefits receiued, as by his great courtesie shewed to Friscobald the Italian it well appeared:* 25.5 a fauourer of the poore in their sutes, and readie to reléeue them that were in danger to be oppressed by their mightie aduersaries: a fauorer of the gospell, and an enimie to the pride of prelates, verie stout, and not able well to put vp iniuries, which wan him shrewd enimies [line 60] that ceassed not (as was thought) to séeke his ••uer∣throw, till at length they had brought to passe that they wished. Carefull he was for his seruants, and readie to doo them good, so that fearing the thing which came to passe, he prouided well for the more part of them, notwithstanding his fall. And thus much for the lord Cromwell. The morrow after Midsummer daie, the king caused the queene to remooue to Rich∣mont, supposing it to be more for hir health, and more for hir pleasure.

* 25.6The sixt of Iulie, certeine lords came downe in∣to the nether house, & expresselie declared causes, for the which the kings marriage was not to be taken lawfull: & in conclusion, the matter was by the con∣nocation cléerelie determined, that the king might lawfullie marrie where he would, and so might she. And thus were they cléerelie diuorsed, and by the par∣lement it was enacted, that she should be taken no more for queene, but called the ladie Anne of Cleue▪ In this yeare, the lord Leonard Greie,* 25.7 brother vnto Thomas marquesse Dorset, being the kings lieute∣nant in Ireland, was reuoked home, and vpon his comming to London was sent to the Tower. In Iulie the prince of Salerne, and the lord Lois Da∣uola came into England to sée the king, & after they were departed, don Frederike, marquesse of Padu∣la, brother to the duke of Ferrara, the prince of Ma∣cedonie, the marquesse of Terra Noua, & monsieur de Flagie, with other, came from the emperors court into England to sée the king, the which on Marie Magdalens daie came to the court at Westmin∣ster, and after they had béene highlie feasted, and no∣blie interteined, they were richlie rewarded as the other, and so departed.

The eight and twentith of Iulie (as you haue heard before) the lord Cromwell was beheaded, and likewisewith him the lord Hungerford of Heitesbu∣rie, who at the houre of his death séemed vnquiet,* 25.8 as manie iudged him rather in a frensie than otherwise: he suffered for buggerie. The thirteenth of Iulie were drawne on hurdels from the Tower to Smithfield,* 25.9 Robert Barns doctor of diuinitie, Thomas Garard, and William Ierom bachellors in diuinitie: Ierom was vicar of Stepnie, and Garard was person of Honie ••ane: also Powell Fetherston, and Abell priests. The first thrée were drawne to a stake, there before set vp, and then burned. The other three were drawne to the gallowes, and hanged, beheaded and quartered. The thrée first (as is found in their attein∣dor) were executed for diuerse heresies, but none al∣ledged, whereat (saith Hall) I haue much maruelled, that their heresies were so manie, and not one al∣ledged as a speciall cause of their death. And verelie at their deaths they asked the shiriffs what was their offense for which they were condemned? Who answe∣red, they could not tell: but most men said it was for preaching against the doctrine of Stephan Gar∣diner bishop of Winchester, who chieflie (as the same Hall saith) procured their deaths. The last thrée, to wit, Powell, Fetherston, and Abell, suffered for trea∣son, as in their atteindor was speciall mention made, to wit, for denieng the kings supremacie, and affirming his mariage with the ladie Katharin Do∣wager to be good.

The fourth of August,* 25.10 Thomas Empson some∣time a moonke of Westminster, which had béene in prison for treason in Newgate now for the space of thrée yeares and more, came before the iustices of gaole deliuerie at Newgate, and for that he would not aske the kings pardon, nor be sworne to be true to him, his moonks garment was plucked from his backe, and he repriued, till the king were informed of his malicious obstinacie: and this was the last moonke that was séene in his clothing in England till queene Maries daies. The fourth of August were drawne from the Tower of London to Tiburne,* 25.11 Giles Heron gentleman, Clement Philpot gentle∣man, late of Calis, and seruant to the lord Lisle, Darbie Genning, Edmund Brindholme priest, chapleine to the said lord Lisle, William Horne late a laie brother of the Charterhouse of London, and an other offendor: which six persons were there han∣ged and quartered, and had béene atteinted of trea∣son by parlement. The same daie also was one Charles Carew gentleman hanged for robbing of the ladie Carew.

The eight of August was the ladie Katharine Howard néece to the duke of Norffolke, and daugh∣ter

to the lord Edmund Howard shewed openlie as quéene at Hampton court.* 25.12 The eleuenth of Sep∣tember a stranger was hanged in Moorefield, na∣med Iames Rinatian, who had slaine his maister, one Capon a Florentine in a garden, for his harlot. In the latter end of this summer, was vniuersallie through the most parts of this realme great death by a strange kind of hot agues and fluxes,* 25.13 and some pestilence, in which season was such a drought, that wels and small riuers were cleane dried vp, so that [line 10] much cattell died for lacke of water, and the Thames was so shalow, & the fresh water of so small strength that the salt water flowed aboue London bridge, till the raine had increased the fresh waters.

On the two and twentith of September, Rafe Egerton, seruant to the lord Audleie, lord chancel∣lor, and one Thomas Harman seruant to one master Flightwood, were drawne, hanged, and quartered, the one for counterfeiting and antidating of the kings seale in a sign••t, wherewith he sealed licen∣ces for deuizens, vnder the name of the clearkes of [line 20] the chancerie: and the other, that is to saie Harman, for writing them. One Tuckefield, being of their faction, robbed the lord Audleies chappell and fled, who being afterward apprehended at Calis, which towne he would haue betraied, he slue himselfe with a dagger. In the end of this yeare, the French king made a strong castell at Ard,* 25.14 and also a bridge ouer into the English pale, which bridge the crew of Calis did beat downe, and the Frenchmen built it vp a∣gaine, but the Englshmen beat it downe againe. [line 30] After this, the K. sent about fiftéene hundred worke∣men to fortifie the towne of Guisnes,* 25.15 and sent with them fiue hundred men of warre to gard them.

It was reported in France, that a mightie ar∣mie was come ouer foorth of England with great ordinance: which brute caused the French king to send to the frontiers of Picardie the duke of Uan∣dosme, and other capteins with all spéed to defend the same. The king of England hearing thereof, sent [line 40] the earles of Surrie, and Southampton, and the lord Russell,* 25.16 high admerall into the marches of Calis, to set order there, and after them he likewise sent two hundred light horssemen of the borders of Scotland, whom the Frenchmen called Stradiots. The lords hauing set order in things, shortlie returned. A boie, oneRichard Mekins, not past fiftéene yeares of age, was burnt in Smithfield,* 25.17 for speaking against the sacrament, and contrarie to the statute of the six ar∣ticles. The bishop of London was thought in great [line 50] fault, for procuring that terrible execution, seeing the yoong fellow was but an ignorant foole without learning, and gladlie recanted that wherewith he was charged.

About the latter end of this yeare, doctor Sam∣son bishop of Chichester, [year 1541] and doctor Wilson, which had béene committed to the tower (as before ye haue heard) were now pardoned of the king, and set a∣gaine at libertie. In the beginning of this yeare, fiue priests in Yorkeshire began a new rebellion, [line 60] with the assent of one Leigh,* 25.18 a gentleman, and nine temporall men, all which persons were apprehended, and in diuers places put to execution. The said Leigh and two other, the one named Taterfall a clothier, & the other Thornton a yeoman, on the seuentéenth of Maie, were drawne through London to Tiburne, and there executed. And sir Iohn Neuill knight, and ten other persons,* 25.19 died for the same cause at Yorke. The same daie, Margaret countesse of Salisburie, that had remained a long time prisoner in the tower, was beheaded there within the tower. She was the last of the right line and name of Plantagenet. The ninth of Iune for example sake, two of the kings gard, the one named Damport, and the other Chap∣man, were hanged at Greenwich by the friers wall, for robberies which they had committed.

¶ On the tenth of Iune,* 25.20 sir Edmund Kneuet knight, of Norffolke, was arreigned before the kings iustices (sitting in the great hall at Gréene∣wich) maister Gage, comptrollor of the kings house∣hold, maister Southwell, sir Anthonie Browne, sir Anthonie Winke••ield, maister Wrisleie, and Ed∣mund Peckham, cofferer of the kings houshold, for striking of one maister Clers of Norffolke, seruant with the earle of Surrie, within the kings house in the tenis court. There was first chosen to go vpon the said Edmund, a quest of gentlemen,* 25.21 and a quest of yeomen, to inquire of the said stripe, by the which in∣quests he was found giltie, and had iudgement to lose his right hand. Wherevpon was called to doo the execution, first the sergeant surgion with his in∣struments apperteining to his office: the sergeant of the woodyard with the mallet, and a blocke where∣vpon the hand should lie: the maister cooke for the king, with the knife: the sergeant of the larder, to set the knife right on the ioint: the sergeant ferrer, with the searing irons to seare the veines: the sergeant of the poultrie, with a cocke, which cocke should haue his head smitten off vpon the same blocke, and with the same knife: the yeoman of the chandrie, with seare cloths: the yeoman of the skullerie, with a pan of fire to heate the irons, a chafer of water to coole the ends of the irons, and two formes for all officers to set their stuffe on: the sergeant of the cellar, with wine, ale, and béere: the yeoman of the yewrie in the sergeants stead, who was absent, with bason, ewre, and towels.

Thus euerie man in his office readie to doo the execution,* 25.22 there was called foorth sir William Pic∣kering knight marshall, to bring in the said Ed∣mund Kneuet; and when he was brought to the bar, the chiefe iustice declared to him his trespasse, and the said Kneuet confessing himselfe to be giltie, humblie submitted him to the kings mercie: for this offense he was not onelie iudged to lose his hand, but also his bodie to remaine in prison, and his lands and goods at the kings pleasure. Then the said sir Ed∣mund Kneuet desired that the king of his benigne grace would pardon him of his right hand,* 25.23 and take the left, for (quoth he) if my right hand be spared, I maie hereafter doo such good seruice to his grace, as shall please him to appoint. Of this submission and request the iustices foorthwith informed the king, who of his goodnesse, considering the gentle heart of the said Edmund, and the good report of the lords, gran∣ted him his pardon, that he should lose neither hand, lands, nor goods, but should go frée at libertie.]

The lord Leonard Greie being indicted of cer∣teine points of treason by him committed, as was alledged against him, during the season that he was the kings lieutenant in Ireland, to wit, for deliue∣ring his nephew Girald Fitzgerard brother vnto Thomas Fitzgerard before executed, and also for that he caused certeine Irishmen to inuade the lands of the kings friends, whome he fauoured not: on the fiue and twentith of Iune he was arreigned at Westminster in the kings bench, and appointed to be tried by knights, because he was a lord by name, and no lord of the parlement; but he discharged the iurie, and confessed the indictement, wherevpon he had iudgement, and on the eight and twentith of Iune being saint Peters euen, he was beheaded at tower hill,* 25.24 where he ended his life verie quietlie and godlie.

This noble man as he was come of high linage, so was he a right valiant and hardie personage, ha∣uing in his time doone his prince and countrie good seruice, both in Ireland, France, and other pla∣ces,

greatlie to his commendation, although now his hap was thus to loose his head, as conuicted by law, and his renowme (ouercast with a cloud of dis∣grace) vanished, as future chances befell, to the abo∣lishing of the present honor which sometime he in∣ioied. Howbeit, his estimation he might haue pre∣serued vnblemished, had prouident circumspecti∣on vndertaken the direction of his dooings, and that he had borne his eies in his forehead, to foresee all af∣terclaps, which a wise man will in no case neglect: [line 10]

Nam sapiens in fronte oculos habet, omnia spectans, Omnia prudenti cum ratione videns.

The same daie that he suffered, there was execu∣ted at saint Thomas Waterings thrée gentlemen, Iohn Mantell, Iohn Frowds, and george Roidon: they died for a murther committed in Sussex (as their indictement imported) in companie of Thomas Fines lord Dacres of the south.* 25.25 The truth whereof was thus. The said lord Dacres, through the lewd persuasion of some of them, as hath béene reported, [line 20] meaning to hunt in the parke of Nicholas Pelham esquire at Laughton, in the same countie of Sussex, being accompanied with the said Mantell, Frowds, and Roidon, Iohn Cheinie and Thomas Isleie gen∣tlemen, Richard Middleton and Iohn Goldwell yeo∣men, passed from his house of Hurstmonseux, the last of Aprill in the night season, toward the same parke, where they intended so to hunt; and comming vnto a place called Pikehaie in the parish of Hil∣lingleie, they found one Iohn Busbrig, Iames Bus∣brig, and Richard Sumner standing togither; and [line 30] as it fell out through quarelling, there insued a fraie betwixt the said lord Dacres and his companie on the one partie, and the said Iohn and Iames Bus∣brig and Richard Sumner on the other: insomuch that the said Iohn Busbrig receiued such hurt, that he died thereof the second of Maie next insuing.

Wherevpon, as well the said lord Dacres as those that were there with him, and diuerse other likewise that were appointed to go an other waie to méet [line 40] them at the said parke,* 25.26 were indicted of murther: and the seauen and twentith of Iune the lord Dacres himselfe was arreigned before the lord Audleie of Walden then lord chancellor, sitting that daie as high steward of England, with other péeces of the realme about him, who then and there condemned the said lord Dacres to die for that transgression. And afterward the nine and twentith of Iune being saint Peters daie, at eleuen of the clocke in the fore∣noone, the shiriffs of London, accordinglie as they [line 50] were appointed, were readie at the tower to haue re∣ceiued the said prisoner, and him to haue lead to exe∣cution on the tower hill. But as the prisoner should come forth of the tower, one Heire a gentleman of the lord chancellors house came, and in the kings name commanded to staie the execution till two of the clocke in the afternoone, which caused manie to thinke that the king would haue granted his par∣don.* 25.27 But neuerthelesse, at three of the clocke in the same afternoone, he was brought forth of the tower, [line 60] and deliuered to the shiriffs, who lead him on foot be∣twixt them vnto Tiburne, where he died. His bodie was buried in the church of saint Sepulchers. He was not past foure and twentie yéeres of age, when he came through this great mishap to his end, for whome manie sore lamented, and likewise for the o∣ther thrée gentlemen, Mantell, Frowds, and Roi∣don. But for the sad yoong lord, being a right to∣wardlie gentleman, and such a one, as manie had conceiued great hope of better proofe, no small mone and lamentation was made; the more indéed, for that it was thought he was induced to attempt such follie, which occasioned his death, by some light heads that were then about him.

The first of Iulie a Welshman a minstrell was hanged and quartered for singing of songs, which were interpreted to be prophesies against the king. This summer the king tooke his progresse to Yorke,* 25.28 and passed through Lincolneshire, where was made to him an humble submission by the temporaltie, and confessing their faults, they humblie thanked him for his pardon, which he had granted them.* 25.29 The towne of Stanford gaue to him twentie pounds, the citie of Lincoln fortie pounds, Boston fiftie pounds, that part of the shire which is called Linscie gaue thrée hundred pounds, and Kesterne and the church of Lincolne presented him with fiftie pounds. At his entring into Yorkeshire, he was met with two hundred gentlemen of the same shire, in cotes of veluet, and foure thousand tall yeomen and seruing men well horssed, which on their knees made their submission, by the mouth of sir Robert Bowes, and gaue to the king nine hundred pounds. On Barnes∣dale the archbishop of Yorke,* 25.30 with thrée hundred priests and more met the king, and making a like submission, gaue to him six hundred pounds. The like submission was made by the maiors of Yorke, Newcastell, and Hull, and ech of them gaue to the king an hundred pounds.

After he had béene at Yorke twelue daies,* 25.31 he came to Hull, where he deuised certeine fortificati∣ons. This doone, he passed ouer the water of Hum∣ber, and so through Lincolneshire, returned toward the south parts, and at Alhallowen tide came to Hampton court. About the same time, the king had knowledge that the quéene liued dissolutelie, in v∣sing the vnlawfull companie of one Francis Di∣ram,* 25.32 with whome she had beene too familiar before hir maraiage with the king; & not meaning to for∣go his companie now in time of hir marriage, with∣out regard had either to the feare of God, or the king hir husband, the last summer being in progresse with the king at Pomfret, the seuen and twentith of Au∣gust, she reteined the said Francis Diram in hir ser∣uice, to the intent she might vse his companie in such vnlawfull sort the more freelie: and not satisfied with him, she also vsed the vnlawfull companie of Tho∣mas Culpeper esquire, one of the gentlemen of the kings priuie chamber, as well at Pomfret aforesaid on the nine and twentith and last of August afore∣said, and on the first of September,* 25.33 as at diuerse o∣ther times and places before and after. Wherevpon, the thirtéenth of Nouember, sir Thomas Wriothes∣leie knight the kings secretarie, came to Hampton court vnto the said quéene, and called all hir ladies, gentlewomen, and seruants into hir great chamber, & there openlie in presence of them all, declared hir offenses committed in abusing of hir bodie before hir mariage, & therwith he discharged hir houshold.* 25.34 The morrow after she was conueied to Sion, the ladie Bainton and certeine gentlewomen and some of hir seruants being appointed to wait vpon hir there, till the kings pleasure might be further knowen. Cul∣peper, Diram, and others were had to the tower. Di∣ram in his examination being charged with the fa∣miliaritie which had béene betwixt them, before she was married to the king, confessed that he and she said quéene had made a precontract togither, and that he concealed it for hir preferment in marriage to the king, after he vnderstood the king began to cast a li∣king towards hir.

The first of December, Culpeper and Diram were arreigned at the Guildhall in London, before the lord maior sitting there in iudgement as chéefe iudge, hauing the lord chancellor vpon his right hand, and the duke of Norffolke vpon his left hand, the duke of Suffolke the lord priuie seale, the earles of Sussex and Hereford, with diuerse other of the

councell sitting there as iudges in commission that daie: the prisoners in the end confessed the indicte∣ment, and had iudgement to die, as in cases of trea∣son.

* 25.35The tenth of December, the said Culpeper and Diram were drawen from the tower vnto Tiburne and there Culpeper had his head striken off, and Di∣ram was hanged, dismembred and headed. Culpe∣pers bodie was buried in S. Sepulchers church, but both their heads were set on London bridge. The two and twentith of December were arreigned in [line 10] the Kings bench at Westminster,* 25.36 the ladie Marga∣ret Howard, wife to the lord William Howard, Ka∣tharine Tilneie, & Alice Restwold gentlewomen, Ioane Bulmer, wife to Anthonie Bulmer gentle∣man, Anne Howard, wife to Henrie Howard es∣quier, and brother to the late queene, Malein Tilneie widow, Margaret Benet, wife to Iohn Benet gen∣tleman, Edward Walgraue gentleman, William Ashbie gentleman; all these were condemned of mis∣prision of treason, for concealing the queenes misde∣meanour. [line 20] And the same daie in the afternoone, the lord William Howard, and Damport a gentleman were likewise arreigned, and condemned of the same offense, and as well these as the other were ad∣iudged to lose their goods, & the profits of their lands during life, and to remaine in perpetuall prison.

The sixtéenth of Ianuarie the parlement began at Westminster,* 25.37 in the which the lords and commons exhibited certeine petitions to the king. [year 1542] First, that he would not vex himselfe with the quéenes offense, [line 30] and that she and the ladie Rochford might be attain∣ted by parlement:* 25.38 and to auoid protracting of time, they besought him to giue his roiall assent thereto, vnder his great seale, without staieng for the end of the parlement. Also, that Diram and Culpeper be∣fore attainted by the common law, might also be at∣tainted by parlement, & that Agnes duches of Norf∣folke, and Katharine countesse of Bridgewater hir daughter, which for concealing the said offense, were committed to the towre, and indicted of misprision, [line 40] & the lord William Howard arreigned of the same, might likewise be attainted. Also, that who soeuer had spoken or doone anie thing in detestation of hir naughtie life, should be pardoned.

To these petitions the king granted, thanking the commons,* 25.39 for that it appéered they tooke his griefe to be theirs: wherevpon the quéene and the ladie Roch∣ford were attainted by both the houses. On the tenth of Februarie,* 25.40 the quéene was conueied from Sion to the towre by water, the duke of Suffolke, the lord [line 50] priuie seale, and the lord great chamberleine, hauing the conduction of hir. The next daie after being sa∣turdaie, and the eleuenth of Februarie, the king did send his roiall assent by his great seale, and then all the lords were in their robes, and the common house called vp, & there the act was read, and his assent de∣clared. And so on the thirtéenth daie, those two ladies were beheaded on the greene within the towre with an ax,* 25.41 where they confessed their offenses, and died re∣pentant. [line 60]

Before this, on the thrée and twentith daie of Ia∣nuarie was the king proclamed king of Ireland,* 25.42 as it was enacted both by authoritie of the parlement here, and also of an other parlement holden at Du∣blin in Ireland, there begun the thirteenth of Iune last past, before sir Anthonie Saintleger knight, and the kings deputie there, where as till that time the kings of England were onlie intituled lords of Ire∣land. In the beginning of March died sir Arthur Plantagenet vicount Lisle, bastard sonne to Ed∣ward the fourth, in the towre of London vnattain∣ted, when he should haue béene deliuered and set at libertie.

The occasion of his trouble for the which he was committed to the towre,* 25.43 rose vpon suspicion that he should be priuie to a practise, which some of his men (as Philpot and Brindholme executed the last yeare as before ye haue heard) had consented vnto, for the betraieng of Calis to the French, whilest he was the kings lieutenant there. But after that by due triall it was knowne that he was nothing guiltie to the matter, the king appointed sir Thomas Wriotheslie his maiesties secretarie, to go vnto him, and to deli∣uer to him a ring, with a rich diamond for a token from him, & to will him to be of good chéere. For al∣though in that so weightie a matter, he would not haue doone lesse to him if he had béene his owne son; yet now vpon through triall had, sith it was mani∣festlie proued that he was void of all offense, he was sorie that he had béene occasioned so farre to trie his truth: and therefore willed him to be of good chéere and comfort, for he should find that he would make accompt of him as of his most true and faithfull kinsman, and not onelie restore him to his former li∣bertie, but otherwise forth he readie to pleasure him in what he could. Master secretarie set foorth this message with such effectuall words, as he was an elo∣quent and well spoken man, that the lord Lisle tooke such immoderate ioy thereof,* 25.44 that his hart being op∣pressed therwith, he died the night following through too much reioising. After his deceasse, the twelfe of the same moneth of March, sir Iohn Audeleie sonne and heire to the said lord Lisles wife, was at West∣minster created vicount Lisle. ¶The seuentéenth of March one Margaret Dauie a yoong woman, being a seruant, was boiled in Smithfield for poisoning of hir mistres with whome she dwelt, and diuerse other persons.

In the Lent season,* 25.45 whilest the parlement yet con∣tinued, one George Ferrers gentleman, seruant to the king, being elected a burgesse for the towne of Plimmouth in the countie of Deuonshire, in going to the parlement house, was arrested in London by a processe out of the Kings bench, at the sute of one White, for the sum of two hundred markes or there∣abouts, wherein he was late afore condemned, as a suertie for the debt of one Weldon of Salisburie: which arrest being signified to sir Thomas Moile knight, then speaker of the parlement, and to the knights and burgesses there, order was taken, that the sargeant of the parlement, called S. Iohn, should foorthwith repaire to the counter in Bredstréet (whi∣ther the said Ferrers was caried) and there demand deliuerie of the prisoner.

The sargeant (as he had in charge) went to the counter, and declared to the clearks there what he had in commandement. But they and other officers of the citie were so farre from obeieng the said com∣mandement, as after manie stout words they forci∣blie resisted the said sargeant, whereof insued a fraie within the counter gates, betwéene the said Fer∣rers and the said officers, not without hurt of either part: so that the said sargeant was driuen to defend himselfe with his mace of armes, & had the crowne thereof broken by bearing off a stroke, and his man striken downe. During this brall, the shiriffes of London, called Rowland Hill, and Henrie Suc∣kliffe came thither,* 25.46 to whome the sargeant complai∣ned of this iniurie, and required of them the deliue∣rie of the said burgesse, as afore. But they bearing with their officers, made little accompt either of his complaint or of his message, reiecting the same con∣temptuouslie, with much proud language, so as the sargeant was forced to returne without the priso∣ner, wheras if they had obeied authoritie, and shewed the seruice necessarilie required in their office and person, they might by their discretion haue appeased

all the broile, for wisedome assuageth the outrage & vnrestreinable furiousnes of war, as the poet saith:

Instrumenta feri vincit sapientia belli.

The sargeant thus hardlie intreated, made returne to the parlement house, and finding the speaker, and all the burgesses set in their places, declared vnto them the whole case as it fell, who tooke the same in so ill part, that they altogither (of whome there were not a few, as well of the kings priuie councell, as al∣so of his priuie chamber) would sit no longer without their burges, but rose vp wholie, and repaired to the [line 10] vpper house, where the whole case was declared by the mouth of the speaker,* 25.47 before sir Thomas Aud∣leie knight then lord chancellor of England, and all the lords and iudges there assembled, who iudging the contempt to be verie great, referred the punishment thereof to the order of the common house. They re∣turning to their places againe, vpon new debate of the case, tooke order, that their sargeant should eft∣soones repaire to the shiriffe of London, and require [line 20] deliuerie of the said burgesse, without anie writ or warrant had for the same, but onelie as afore.

And yet the lord chancellor offered there to grant a writ, which they of the common house refused, being in a cléere opinion, that all commandements and o∣ther acts of procéeding from the nether house, were to be doone and executed by their sargeant without writ, onelie by shew of his mace, which was his war∣rant. But before the sargeants returne into Lon∣don, the shiriffes hauing intelligence how heinouslie [line 30] the matter was taken,* 25.48 became somwhat more mild, so as vpon the said second demand, they deliuered the prisoner without anie deniall. But the sargeant hauing then further in commandement from those of the nether house, charged the said shiriffes to ap∣peere personallie on the morrow, by eight of the clocke before the speaker in the nether house, and to bring thither the clearks of the counter, and such officers as were parties to the said affraie, and in like manner to take into his custodie the said White, [line 40] which wittinglie procured the said arest, in contempt of the priuilege of the parlement.

Which commandement being doone by the said sargeant accordinglie, on the morrow the two shi∣riffes, with one of the clearks of the counter (which was the chiefe occasion of the said affraie) togither with the said White, appeered in the common house, where the speaker charging them with their con∣tempt and misdemeanor aforesaid, they were com∣pelled to make immediat answer, without being ad∣mitted [line 50] to anie counsell. Albeit, sir Roger Cholmelcie, then recorder of London, and other of the councell of the citie there present, offered to speake in the cause, which were all put to silence, and none suffered to speake, but the parties themselues: wherevpon in conclusion,* 25.49 the said shiriffes and the same White, were committed to the Tower of London, and the said clearke (which was the occasion of the affraie) to a place there called litle ease, and the officer of Lon∣don which did the arrest, called Tailor, with foure o∣ther [line 60] officers to Newgate, where they remained from the eight & twentith vntill the thirtith of March, and then they were deliuered, not without humble sute made by the maior of London & other their fréends.

And for somuch as she said Ferrers being in exe∣cution vpon a condemnation of debt, and set at large by priuilege of parlement, was not by law to be brought againe into execution, and so the partie with∣out remedie for his debt, as well against him as his principall debter; after long debate of the same by the space of nine or ten daies togither, at last they resolued vpon an act of parlement to be made, and to reuiue the execution of the said debt against the said Welden which was principall debter, and to dis∣charge the said Ferrers.* 25.50 But before this came to passe, the common house was diuided vpon the que∣stion: howbeit in conclusion, the act passed for the said Ferrers, woone by fourtéene voices.

The king then being aduertised of all this procée∣ding, called immediatlie before him the lord chancel∣lor of England and his iudges, with the speaker of the parlement, and other of the grauest persons of the nether house, to whome he declared his opinion to this effect. First commending their wisedomes in mainteining the priuileges of their house (which he would not haue to be infringed in anie point) he alle∣ged that he being head of the parlement, and atten∣ding in his owne person vpon the businesse thereof, ought in reason to haue priuilege for him and all his seruants attending there vpon him.* 25.51 So that if the said Ferrers had beene no burgesse, but onlie his ser∣uant, yet in respect thereof he was to haue the pri∣uilege as well as anie other.

For I vnderstand (quoth he) that you not onelie for your owne persons, but also for your necessarie seruants, euen to your cookes and horssekéepers, in∣ioie the said priuilege; in somuch as my lord chancel∣lor here present hath informed vs, that he being spea∣ker of the parlement, the cooke of the Temple was arrested in London, and in execution vpon a statute of the staple. And for somuch as the said cooke, du∣ring all the parlement, serued the speaker in that of∣fice, he was taken out of execution, by the priuilege of the parlement. And further we be informed by our iudges, that we at no time stand so highlie in our estate roiall, as in the time of parlement, wherein we as head, and you as members, are conioined and knit togither into one bodie politike, so as whatsoe∣uer offense or iniurie (during that time) is offered to the meanest member of the house, is to be iudged as doone against our person, and the whole court of par∣lement. Which prerogatiue of the court is so great (as our learned councell informeth vs) as all acts and processes comming out of anie other inferiour courts must for the time cease and giue place to the highest.

And touching the partie,* 25.52 it was a great presump∣tion in him, knowing our seruant to be one of this house, and being warned thereof before, would ne∣uerthelesse prosecute this matter out of time, and therevpon was well worthie to haue lost his debt (which I would not wish) and therefore doo commend your equitie, that hauing lost the same by law, haue restored him to the same against him who was his debter. And if it be well considered, what a charge hath it béene to vs and you all, not onelie in expense of our substance, but also in losse of time, which should haue béene imploied about the affaires of our realme, to fit here welnigh one whole fortnight a∣bout this one priuat case, he may thinke himselfe better vsed than his desert. And this may be a good example to other to learne good maners, & not to at∣tempt anie thing against the priuilege of this court, but to take their time better. This is mine opinion, and if I erre, I must referre my selfe to the iudge∣ment of our iustices here present, and other learned in our lawes.

Whervpon sir Edw. Montacute lord chiefe iustice,* 25.53 verie grauelie told his opinion, cōfirming by diuers reasons all that the king had said, which was assen∣ted vnto by all the residue, none speaking to the con∣trarie. The act in déed passed not the higher house, for the lords had not time to consider of it, by reason of the dissolution of the parlement, the feast of Easter then approching. Bicause this case hath beene diuer∣slie reported, and is commonlie alleged as a presi∣dent for the priuilege of the parlement; I haue ende∣uored my selfe to learne the truth thereof, and so set

it forth with the whole circumstance at large accor∣ding to their instructions, who ought best both to know and remember it.

This yeare in Maie the king tooke a lone of mo∣nie of all such as were valued at fiftie pounds and vpward in the subsidie bookes.* 25.54 The lord priuie seale, the bishop of Winchester,* 25.55 sir Iohn Baker, and sir Thomas Wriothesleie were commissioners about this lone in London, where they so handled the mat∣ter, that of some head citizens they obteined a thou∣sand markes in prest to the kings vse. They that laid [line 10] forth anie summe in this wise, had priuie scales for the repaiment thereof within two yeares next insu∣ing.* 25.56 Diuerse of the Irish nobilitie came this yeere into England, and made their submission to the king as in the Irish chronicle it is more particularlie tou∣ched. Also wars fell out betwixt England and Scot∣land, the causes whereof (as appeereth by a declarati∣on set forth by the king of England at this present) in effect were these. First there were diuerse of the English rebels,* 25.57 such as had moued the commotion [line 20] in the north and Lincolneshire, that fled into Scot∣land, and were there mainteined: and although re∣quest had béene made that they might be deliuered, yet it would not be granted.

Moreouer, where the king of Scots had promised to repaire vnto Yorke the last yeare, and there to méet his vncle the king of England, wherevpon the king of England to his great charges had made pre∣paration for their méeting there; the same was not [line 30] onelie disappointed, but also at the kings being at Yorke, in lieu thereof an inuasion was made by the Scots, as it were in contempt and despite of the king of England, who notwithstanding imputing the default of méeting to the aduise of his nephues councell, and the inuasion to the lewdnesse of his sub∣iects, was contented to giue courteous audience vn∣to such ambassadors as the same king of Scots sent into England, which came to the king at Christmas last, and with manie swéet and pleasant words excu∣sed that which was doone amisse, & sought to persuade [line 40] kindnesse and perfect amitie in time to come. And for the better accomplishment thereof, they offered to send commissioners to the borders, there to deter∣mine the debate betwixt them of the confines, if it would please the king likewise to send commissio∣ners for his part, which to doo he gratiouslie condes∣cended, desirous to make triall of his nephue in some correspondence of deeds, to the faire and plea∣sant messages in words which he had receiued from [line 50] him.

Herevpon commissioners were sent from either king, the which met and talked. But where the Eng∣lishmen chalenged a peece of ground, vndoubtedlie vsurped by the Scots, being for the same shewed such euidence as more substantiall,* 25.58 or more autentike can not be brought forth for anie ground within the realme; the same was neuerthelesse by the Scots denied and reiected, onelie for that it was made (as they alleged) by Englishmen, and yet was it so an∣cient, as it could not be counterfeited now, and the [line 60] value of the ground so little, and of so small weight, as no man would attempt to falsifie a writing for such a matter. But yet this deniall notwithstanding, the English commissioners departed from the Sco∣tish commissioners as fréends, taking order, as hath béene accustomed, for good rule vpon the borders in the meane time to be obserued.

After their departure, the lord Maxwell warden of the west marches in Scotland, made proclamati∣on in deed for good rule to be kept: but neuerthelesse added therwith, that the borderers of Scotland shuld withdraw their goods from the borders of England, and incontinentlie after the Scotish borderers, on the fourth of Iulie entered into England suddenlie, & spoiled the kings subiects, contrarie to the league, and euen after the plaine maner of warre. Where∣vpon the king of England greatlie maruelling, was driuen to furnish his borders with a garrison for defense of the same, as mistrusting a further mis∣chiefe intended by the enimie, whose treacherie & loose dealing became a whetstone to the kings wrath, and set him in a heat of indignation, as the poet saith:

Iam Scotus Henrici iustam irritauerat iram Foedifragus.

Then was Iames Leirmouch master of the Sco∣tish kings houshold sent into England with letters deuised in the best maner,* 25.59 offering a good redresse of all attempts: and yet neuerthelesse at the entrie of the said Leirmouth into England, a great number of Scots then not looked for, made a rode into Eng∣land, to the great annoiance of the English borders, which dealing, though it much mooued the king of England to take displeasure against the Scots, yet he gaue gentle audience to Leirmouth at his com∣ming vnto him, and by his faire words and promises was partlie pacified. But in the meane time, the déeds of the Scotish borderers were as extreame as might be. And in a rode made by sir Robert Bowes for reuenge thereof, the same sir Robert, and manie other with him, were taken prisoners, and could not be deliuered, nor admitted to paie their fine and ran∣some, as hath beene euer accustomed betwixt them on the borders.

And where at the same time,* 25.60 an assurance was made on both sides for a season, at the sute of the said Leirmouth, the Scots ceased not to make sundrie inuasions into England, in such wise, as the king no longer trusting to their faire words, but weieng their déeds, put an armie in a readinesse for defense of his subiects, as the due meane to atteine such a peace, as for the safetie of his people and dominions, he thought it stood with his honour to procure. After which preparation made, and knowledge thereof had, the king of Scots made new sute to haue the matter taken vp by treatie. Wherevpon the king caused the armie to staie about Yorke, and appointed the duke of Norffolke his lieutenant ge∣nerall, the lord priuie seale, the bishop of Durham, & sir Anthonie Browne master of his horsses, to treat & conclude with the ambassadors of Scotland some friendlie peace, vpon reasonable and indifferent conditions, as should be thought requisit, for the a∣uoiding of warres, than by sundrie inuasions of the Scots made open and manifest. But after they had viewed ech others commissions, and began to pro∣pone articles, the Scotish commissioners to pro∣tract time,* 25.61 at the first seemed to like such articles as the English commissioners had proponed, and made semblance as if there were no doubt, but that in case their king & ours might méet, all matters shuld be quietlie compounded and ended: and so taking it as for a thing sure and certeine, they onlie desired sir daies to obteine answer from their master, and our armie for that time to staie: wherevnto the English commissioners accorded.

After those six daies was sent a commission out of Scotland, to conclude a méeting preciselie, at such a place as they knew well could not in the winter season be obserued nor kept. Wherewith when the English commissioners séemed nothing content, the Scotish commissioners shewed forth instructions, wherein libertie was giuen to them to excéed their commission in the appointing of a place, & to consent to anie other by the English commissioners thought méet and conuenient. But when the English com∣missioners refused to deale with men wanting suffi∣cient commission to warrant their dooings, the Sco∣tish

commissioners required other six daies respit, to send for a larger commission, which being granted, at the end of those six daies, they brought forth a commission made in good forme, and without excep∣tion or restraint of place: but therewith they shewed instructions conteining a like restraint, as in the former commission was expressed. And thus driuing forth the matter by trifting, vpon purpose onelie to win time, they hoped thereby through the winter comming on, that the English armie should not be [line 10] able much to annoie their countrie for that yeare. And so their talke brake vp without anie conclusion of agréement at all; and forthwith was the armie set forward, a good part whereof had lien all this time of the treatie in Yorke, and in the countries therea∣bouts.

When the whole power was assembled, the duke of Norffolke then lieutenant generall,* 25.62 accompani∣ed with the earles of Shrewsburie, Derbie, Cumber∣land, Surreie, Hertford, Angus, Rotland, and the [line 20] lords of the north parts, and sir Anthonie Browne master of the horsses, sir Iohn Gage controllor of the kings house, and others, hauing with them twentie thousand men well and warlike appointed, entred Scotland the one and twentith of October, and tar∣ried there eight daies, without hauing anie battell offered vnto them, in which space they burnt these townes and villages, Paxton, Ramrige, Stine, Gradin, Shilles, lang Ednem, Newton, Skitshell, Newthorne, Smellem spittle, the two Merdens, [line 30] Sledericke, and the two Brorlawes, Floris, and the Faire croft, Ednem spittle, Roxborough, Kelscie and the abbeie, long Spronstow, Riden, and Haden∣ston. For they had determined with fire and sword to take vtter reuenge, crieng out, as the poet saith;

Vindice ferro opus esse, opus esse & vindice flamma, Acclamant omines.

Now while the duke was at Farnton, the fourth daie after his comming into Scotland, there came to speake with him halfe a mile from the campe, the [line 40] bishop of Orkeneie, and Iames Leirmouth sent from the king of Scots to intreat of peace, but they agréed not. Finallie, after the Englishmen had lien so long within Scotland as they might recouer vit∣tles, at length for necessitie they returned to Ber∣wike.* 25.63 In all which iourneie the standard of the earle of Southampton, late lord priuie seale (which died at Newcastell before their entring into Scotland) was borne in the fore-ward, because he was appointed capteine of the same. [line 50]

The king of Scots, hearing that the English ar∣mie was returned, raised a power of fiftéene thou∣sand men forth of all parts of his realme, vnder the guiding of the lord Maxwell (or rather of Oliuer Sincler, as the Scots affirme) boasting to tarrie as long in England,* 25.64 as the duke of Norffolke had tarried in Scotland. And so on fridaie being saint Katharins euen, they passed ouer the water of Eske, and burnt certeine houses of the Greues on the ve∣rie border. Thomas bastard Dacres, with Iacke of Musgraue sent word to sir Thomas Wharton lord [line 60] Warden for the king vpon the west marches, to come forward to succour them. But in the meane while the Scots entring verie fierclie, the aforesaid two valiant capteins, bastard Dacres and Mus∣graue, manfullie set vpon the Scots with one hun∣dred light horsses, and left a stale on the side of a hill, wherewith the Scots were woonderfullie dismaied, thinking that either the duke of Norffolke with his whole armie had béene come to those west marches,* 25.65 or that some other great power had beene comming against them, when they saw onelie sir Thomas Wharton with three hundred men marching forward toward them.* 25.66 But so it fortuned at that time vn∣doubtedlie, as God would haue it, that the Scots fled at the first brun••, whome the Englishmen follo∣wed, and tooke prisoners at their pleasure; for there was small resistance, or none at all shewed by the Scots.

Amongst others that were taken,* 25.67 we find these men of name, the earle of Castill and Glencarne, the lord Maxwell admerall of Scotland, and warden of the west marches, the lord Flenung, the lord Su∣merwell, the lord Oliphant, the lord Greie, sir Oli∣uer Sincler the kings minson, Iohn Ro••••o lord of Gragie, Robert Erskin son to the lord Erskin, Carre lard of Bredon, the lord Maxwelles two bre∣thren, Iohn Lesl••ie bastard son to the earle of Ro∣thus, George Hume lard of H••mitton, Iohn Maie∣land lard of Wike castell, Iames Pringell, Iames Sincler brother to Oliuer Sincler, Iohn Carmell capteine of Craiforth, Patrike Hebborne esquire, Iohn Seton esquire son in law to the lord Erskin, William Seton esquire, Iohn Steward cousin to the king, Iohn Morrowe esquire, Henrie Drou∣mont esquire, Iames Mitton esquire, Iohn Cor∣murth esquire capteine of Gainsforth, Iames Mit∣ton esquire, and other esquiers and gentlemen (be∣side the earles and lords before mentioned) to the number of two hundred and aboue,* 25.68 and more than eight hundred other persons of meaner calling; so that some one Englishman, yea some women had thrée or foure prisoners. They tooke also foure and twentie peeces of ordinance, foure carts laden with speares, and ten pauilions, with other things of price; so that this might well be said to be the handie worke of God, and the verse of the psalme verified:

Contemplans dixi, Haec est mutatio dextrae Numinis excelsi mortalia cuncta gubernans.

The king of Scots tooke such griefe and inward thought for his ouerthrow,* 25.69 and also for the murther of an English herald that was slaine at Dunbar, by one Léech an Englishman (the which for the re∣bellion in Lincolnshire was fled into Scotland) that he fell into a hot ague, and thereof died, although ma∣nie reported that he was at the bickering, and recei∣ued there his deaths wound, and fled there with into Scotland. But of his death, and of the birth of his daughter ye may see more in the historie of Scot∣land.

Of these prisoners before named,* 25.70 one and twen∣tie of them were brought to London, and on the nine∣téenth of December entred into the citie by Bishops gate, and so were conueied to the tower, where they remained for the space of two daies: and vpon saint Thomas daie the apostle, being the one and twentith of December, they were conueied to Westminster, sir Iohn Gage constable of the tower riding before them, and the lieutenant of the same tower riding behind them. They rode two and two togither, and eight of them being earls and lords, had new gowns of blacke damaske furred with blacke conie, cotes of blacke veluet, and doublets of sattin, with shirts and other apparell bought new for them at the kings charges.

Thus being solemnelie conueied through the stréets of London vnto Westminster, they came before the councell sitting in the Starchamber,* 25.71 and there the lord chancellor declared to them their vntruth, vnkindnesse, and false dissimulation, decla∣ring further how the king had cause of war against them, both for denieng of their homages, and also for their traitorous inuasions made into his realme without defiance, and for keeping his subiects priso∣ners without redemption, contrarie to the ancient laws of the marches; for which dooings, God (as they might perceiue) had scourged them. Howbeit the K. more regarding his honor than his princelie power,

was content to shew them kindnesse for vnkind∣nesse, and right for wrong. And although he might kéepe them in streict prison by iust law of armes, yet he was content that they should haue libertie to be with the nobles of his realme in their houses, and so according to their estates, they were appointed to dukes, earles, bishops, knights, and gentlemen, which so interteined them, that they confessed them∣selues neuer to be better vsed, nor to haue had grea∣ter cheere in all their life times. [line 10]

The earle of Cassils was appointed to be with the archbishop of Canturburie, the earle of Glencarne with the duke of Norffolke, the lord Fleming with the lord priuie seale, the lord Maxwell with sir Antho∣nie Browne, the lord Sumerwell with the lord chan∣cellor, the lord Oliphant with sir Thomas Lée, Oli∣uer Sincler with the duke of Suffolke, Robert Erskin with the bishop of Westminster, the lord Mont••th with sir Antonie Wingfield, the lord Mon∣t••th with sir Rafe Sadler, George Hume with the [line 20] earle of Hertford, the lord of Gragie with sir Tho∣mas Cheincie, the lard of Gredon with maister Gos••wike, Henrie Maxwell with sir Richard Long, Thomas Cra••ford with sir Arthur Darcie, Patrike Hebborne with sir Thomas Wriothesleie, Iames Pringell with sir Richard Rich, Iohn Matland with sir Edward North, the lord Greie, Iames Sincler, and Iohn Lisleie, were appointed to men of such cre∣dit, as were thought méet to answer for their safe keeping.

The two and twentith of December, tidings [line 30] came of the king of Scots death, and vpon S. Iohns daie in Christmas weeke the foresaid lords of Scot∣land were brought to the court, which was then at Greenwich, where they had great cheare, and went before the king to the chappell, and were lodged with∣in the court. Herevpon ye must consider, that where∣as the king of Scots had left no issue behind him in life but onelie one daughter, the king and his coun∣cell perceiuing a meane now offered, whereby with∣out [line 40] warre the two realmes might be vnited, these Scotish lords hauing first made the motion them∣selues,* 25.72 for a mariage to be had betwixt prince Ed∣ward and their yoong queene, the king required their helpe vnto the furtherance of that matter, which might be a great benefit to themselues & their coun∣trie. This they promised faithfullie to doo, and aswell by themselues as by their friends, to bring the same so effect, so much as the king could require. Where∣vpon the king was not onelie contented to release them home, but also highlie rewarded them with rich [line 50] and costlie gifts of sundrie sorts, in most bountifull wise, as Anglorum praelia noteth verie well, saieng:

Praeterea ex auro captucos corquibus ornat, Et sumptum, vestes, argentum donat & aurum.

* 25.73The thirtith of December they departed from the court, and the morrow after, eight of them dined with sir Iohn Cotes then lord maior of London, and the rest with the shiriffes, and had verie great ••heare. On Newyeares daie they departed from [line 60] London homewards towards Scotland, [year 1543] and rode to Enfield to sée the prince, and there dined that day, greatlie reioising, as by their words and counte∣nance it séemed, to behold so proper and towardlie an impe. From thence they kept on their iournie till they came to the north parts, where they found the duke of Suffolke the kings lieutenant there, and with him remained till such pledges were come forth of Scotland, as it was couenanted they should leaue behind them.

The duke then after he had receiued the hostages, permitted them to depart, and so they returned into Scotland, where they were gladlie welcomed by their kinsmen and friends. With them went also the earle of Angus, who had béene banished Scotland,* 25.74 and hauing remained here in England a long time, receiued of the kings fée, a thousand marks by yeare; and likewise his brother sir George Dowglas, who had fiue hundred markes yearelie likewise of the kings gift. They were now both restored home into their countrie, and that (as was said) by the kings last will. The said earle of Angus, and diuerse of the lords that had beene prisoners here in England, were made of the priuie councell of the realme by the earle of Arraine, that was chosen gouernour to the yoong quéene, and of the realme, as next heire appa∣rent: notwithstanding that the archbishop of saint Andrews, and cardinall of the sée of Rome, enimie mortall vnto the king of England for the popes cause (and partlie set on by the French king) had for∣ged a will,* 25.75 expressing how the king had made him gouernour (associat with two earles of his affinitie) as well of the queene as realme, contrarie to the lawes of Scotland. Wherevpon the said earle of Ar∣raine, according to his right (as he pretended) with the helpe of his friends,* 25.76 tooke vpon him the au∣thoritie of gouernor, and put the said cardinall in pri∣son, and deliuered sir Robert Bowes, and the other English prisoners, by their bonds,* 25.77 according to the custome of the marches.

All this yeare was neither perfect peace nor o∣pen warre betwixt England and France, but the merchants ships were taken and robbed on both parts, and at length merchants goods were seized, and the ambassadors of both realms staied. Howbeit, shortlie after the ambassadors were deliuered: but the merchants still were robbed, and no warre pro∣clamed. In the end of this yeare came from the go∣uernor of Scotland as ambassadors,* 25.78 sir William Hamilton, and Iames Leirmouth the secretarie of Scotland, whose message was so meanlie liked, that they were faine to send an herald into Scotland for other ambassadors, and so came hither the earle of Glencarne, and sir George Dowglas: but whatsoe∣uer their answer was, sir George returned in post, and within twentie daies came backe againe with an answer that was well liked of. But shortlie after they brake promise, and went from that which they had couenanted, greatlie to their reproch.

Wood was sold verie deare in the winter season of this yeare,* 25.79 and likewise vittels both flesh and fish grew to an high price towards the spring, by reason (as was thought) of the vntemperate wet summer last past, causing great death among cattell. A quar∣ter of mutton was sold for two shillings, or seuen grotes, a lambe at thrée shillings, or thrée and foure pence, which afore that time was esteemed scarse woorth sixteene pence. Against Easter at a court of aldermen kept in the Guildhall the twentith of March 1542 it was enacted by the lord maior and his brethren,* 25.80 that the maior and shiriffs should be serued at their tables but with one course at dinner and supper in their houses; the maior to haue but seuen di∣shes at the most at one messe for his owne table, and the shiriffs and euerie other alderman but six dishes, vpon paine to forfeit for euerie dish fortie shillings at euerie time when they offended in this ordinance. Also that the sargeants and yeomen of their houses should haue but thrée dishes at dinner or supper, the swordbearers messe onlie excepted, which should be allowed to haue one dish more. It was also enacted, that from the feast of Easter then next insuing, nei∣ther the maior nor his brethren should buie anie crane, swan, or bustard, vpon paine to forfeit for eue∣rie foule by them so bought, twentie shillings, the of∣fense to be tried by oth, if it should be presented.* 25.81

In the beginning of this yeare, on Trinitie sundaie, was a new league sworne betwéene the

king and the emperour at Hampton court, either of them to be friends to the others friends, and enimies to the others enimies.* 25.82 ¶ In this yeare also a procla∣mation was made, whereby the people were licen∣ced to eate whit meats in Lent, but streictlie for∣bidden the eating of flesh. Wherevpon shortlie after the earle of Surrie, with diuerse lords, knights, and gentlemen, were imprisoned for eating of flesh in the same Lent, contrarie to the said proclamation. The eight of Maie, one Léech, sometimes bailie of Louth,* 25.83 who had killed Summerset one of our heralds [line 10] of armes at Dunbar in Scotland, was drawne to Tiburne, and there hanged and quartered. And the twelfe of Iune, Edward Leech his brother, and with him a priest, for the same fact were likewise executed at Tiburne.

This yeare the first cast péeces of iron that euer were made in England,* 25.84 were made at Buckesteed in Sussex, by Rafe Hoge, and Peter Bawd.] The third of Iune came to the court from the realme of Ireland, thrée Irish lords, Obrin, Macke William a [line 20] Burgh,* 25.85 and Macke Gilpatrike. In Iulie the said Obrin was created earle of Townon, Macke Wil∣liam a Burgh, earle of Claurickford, and sir Dunon Obrin was made baron of Ebrankie, and so with rewards they tooke leaue and returned. The same moneth also, the Scotish ambassadors returned with great rewards. The twelfe of Iulie, at Hamp∣ton court,* 25.86 the king maried the ladie Katharine Par, widow, late wife vnto the lord Latimer deceased, and then she was nominated quéene, and so pro∣clamed. [line 30]

In the parlement holden this yeare at Westmin∣ster, a subsidie was granted to the king, to be paied in thrée yeares. Euerie Englishman being woorth in goods twentie shillings & vpward to fiue pounds, paied foure pence of euerie pound. From fiue pounds to ten pounds, eight pence. From ten pounds to twentie pounds, sixtéene pence. From twentie pounds and vpward, of euerie pound two shillings. Strangers as well denizens as other, be∣ing [line 40] inhabitants, doubled this summe: and euerie stranger not bring an inhabitant, that was sixteene yéeres of age and vpwards, paid foure pence for eue∣rie poll. And for lands, fées, and annuities, euerie one borne within the kings dominions,* 25.87 paid eight pence of the pound, from twentie shillings to fiue pounds. And from fiue pounds to ten pounds, sixtéene pence. From ten pounds to twentie pounds, two shillings. And from twentie pounds and vpwards, thrée shil∣lings; [line 50] strangers still doubling this summe. The cleargie granted a subsidie of six shillings the pound, to be paied of their benefices in perpetuities in three yeares insuing: and euerie priest hauing no perpe∣tuitie, but an annuall stipend, paid yearelie (du∣ring the said thrée yeares) six shillings and eight pence.

About the same time, the king and the emperour sent Garter and Toison Dor,* 25.88 kings at armes, to de∣mand the performance of certeine articles of the [line 60] French king, which if he denied, they were comman∣ded then to defie him, but he would not suffer them to come within his land, & so they returned. Whervp∣on the king caused the said demands to be declared to the French ambassador at Westminster. And in Iulie the king sent ouer six thousand men, vnder the leading of sir Iohn Wallop, appointed to haue the generall conduction of them, accompanied with di∣uerse other knights, esquiers and gentlemen right hardie and valiant. Sir Thomas Seimer was mar∣shall of that armie, sir Robert Bowes treasuror, sir Richard Cromwell capteine of the horssemen, and sir George Carew his lieutenant. There were like∣wise sir Thomas Palmer, sir Iohn Reinsforth, sir Iohn saint Iohn, and sir Iohn Gascoigne, knights, that were capteines of the footmen. They were ap∣pointed to ioine with the emperours power, and so to make warre into France. They departed from Calis the two and twentith of Iulie. The third of August open warre was proclamed in London be∣twixt the emperour and the king of England on the one part, and the French king on the other, as eni∣mie mortall to them both, and to all other christian princes beside, as he that had confederated himselfe with the Turke.

The armie that was sent ouer vnder the leading of sir Iohn Wallop, passed foorth from the marches of Calis, and keeping alongst betwixt the borders of the French and Burgonion pales and confines, and ioining with the emperors forces, Spaniards, Wallons, and Dutch, came at length before Lander∣seie, a towne latelie fortified by the French,* 25.89 within the borders of the emperors dominions, to the which they laid a strong siege. At length the emperour ha∣uing dispatched his wars against the duke of Cleue, who had submitted himselfe vnto him, came now to the siege of Landerseie, with a mightie power of sun∣drie nations, so that the towne was sore constreined and in danger to haue béene lost, if at that present the French king had not likewise with an huge ar∣mie of Frenchmen, Switzers, Lantsquenets,* 25.90 Itali∣ans, and others, come to the rescue, pitching downe his campe, making countenance as if he ment pre∣sentlie to giue battell: and verelie it was thought that two such powers as were there at that time so néere togither, should neuer haue departed without battell. The emperor thinking suerlie to fight, raised his siege, and drew his people into the field. The Frenchmen thereby espieng their aduantage, put as well fresh men as vittels, and all kind of muniti∣on necessarie into the towne, and in the meane while kept the emperours people occupied with hot skir∣mishes.

But now after the towne was thus reléeued, which thing the French king onelie wished to accom∣plish, the next daie when the emperor was readie with his armie ranged in battell to haue fought with his aduersaries, the French king put his armie also in order; but hauing no mind to come forward, he trifled foorth that daie, and in the night following, secretlie departed with as much haste as was possi∣ble. When the next morning had discouered the Frenchmens flight (for manie so termed this their sudden retire) it was no néed to bid diuerse troops of the emperours armie to hie after them: but some made too much haste.* 25.91 For the French king suspecting what would insue, appointed his eldest sonne Henrie the Dolphin to remaine behind with the rereward, accompanied with diuerse noble capteins, which or∣dered their people in their retire with such warinesse and héedfull skill, as the reason of warre required, that such of the emperours campe as aduentured ouer rashlie, and shewed themselues more forward than wise, fell within danger of such ambushments as were by the waie couertlie laid in places of ad∣uantage: and so diuerse were taken, as sir George Carew, sir Thomas Palmer knight porter of Calis, Edward Bellingham, and others. But neuerthelesse a great number of such Frenchmen as could not make waie, and kéepe pase with their maine troops, were snapped vp, slaine, and taken in no small num∣bers by their enimies, who followed them as egre as tigers, and as the describer of that pursute saith:

Imbuit & gladios manante cruore Britannus.

This was after Alhalowentide, so that now by reason the winter was farre entred, and the weather waxing extreame foule, and contrarie to an armie that should lie in the fields, the emperour brake vp

his campe and licenced the most part of his people to depart home into their countries,* 25.92 for all hope to win Landerseie at that time was cleane cut off, sith it was vittelled and newlie furnished with fresh men and munition. After that the warres were once o∣pen betwixt England and France, sundrie enter∣prises were attempted by the parties on either side in the marches of Calis and Bullognois, in which, for the most part, the Englishmen got the vpper hand of their enimies. [line 10]

At one time the Frenchmen, to the number of eight hundred, comming in the night season to enter into the English pale by the turne pike at Hammes, in purpose to make some spoile in the countrie there, were assailed vpon the sudden by sir George Sum∣merset, and sir William Walgraue, latelie before come ouer with two hundred men out of Suffolke, to strengthen the English pale against the enimies, and at this time did behaue themselues so valiantlie, that they disappointed the enimies of their purpose. [line 20] For whereas they were entered into a lane inclosed with hedges on either side, sixtéene archers getting into the grounds on the backe side of the hedges li∣eng alongst the lane, through which the Frenchmen were marching, placed themselues as they saw their aduantage, and so bestowed their shot, that they gal∣led the Frenchmen in such wise, that they were for∣ced to recule in so great disorder, that other of the Englishmen comming vpon them, easilie slue and tooke of them no small number. [line 30]

Beside this, at sundrie times the Englishmen in∣uading the countrie of Bullognois, wasted the townes and villages, brought awaie great booties of goods and cattell, to the great impouerishing of the countrie. They burnt at one time the towne of Au∣dinghen, and tooke the stéeple of the church there, into the which were fled six score pezzants with their wiues and children, whome the Englishmen threw downe headlong out of the steeple, bicause they had most stubbornelie refused to yéeld. In this yeare a [line 40] great death of the pestilence reigned in London,* 25.93 and therefore Michaelmasse terme was adiourned to S. Albons, and there kept till the end thereof. The eightéenth of December the archbishop of Cantur∣buries palace at Canturburie was burnt,* 25.94 and ther∣in was burnt his brother in law, and other men.

In Christmasse weeke came to the king lieng at Hampton court, Ferdinando Gonzaga viceroie of Sicilie,* 25.95 prince of Malfeta, duke of Iuano, the em∣perours capteine generall. The chiefest cause of his [line 50] comming was, to appoint what time the emperours armie should be readie to inuade France. He had great chéere, and at his departure was rewarded with a hundred and fiftie thrée ounces of gold in plate, and foure thousand and thrée ounces in guilt plate, all verie curiouslie wrought, and all the time of his being here, his charges were borne by the king. The sundaie before Christmas, the lord Willi∣am Par brother to the quéene, who had married the daughter & heire of Henrie Bourchier erle of Essex, [line 60] at Hampton court was created earle of Essex,* 25.96 & sir Will. Par knight vncle to them both, was made lord Par of Horton, & chamberleine to the quéene.

[year 1544] On New yeares daie, was sir Thomas Wrio∣thesleie the kings secretarie made lord Wriothesleie of Tichfield.* 25.97 ¶ This yeare chanced foure eclipses, one of the sunne the fourtéenth of Ianuarie, and three of the moone. On the seuenth of March, Germaine Gardner, and Larke person of Chelseie were execu∣ted at Tiburne, for denieng the kings supremacie, & with whom was executed for other offenses one Sin∣gleton. And shortlie after Ashbeie was likewise exe∣cuted for the supremacie. In this yeare sir Iohn Al∣len (who had bin twise maior of London, & of coun∣cell to the king) departing out of this life, did giue to the citie of London a rich collar of gold, to be worne by the maior: which collar was first worne by sir William Laxton on S. Edwards daie, to the elec∣tion of the new maior, who gaue to euerie ward in London twentie pounds to be distributed to the poore housholders, besides to one hundred and twen∣tie persons, three score men euerie of them a gowne of brode cloth, and a blacke cap, and thréescore wo∣men, to euerie of them a gowne of the like cloth, and a white kerchiefe. Humfreis Monmouth,* 25.98 and Iohn Coles which were shiriffes in his maioraltie, in the beginning of their yeare put awaie twelue sarge∣ants and twelue yeomen, till they were forced by a court of common councell to take them againe.]

In this meane while was the cardinall of Scot∣land deliuered forth of prison, and shortlie after got into his hands againe all such conclusions as were made touching the marriage betwixt the quéene of Scots and prince Edward, procuring in maner all the lords and nobles of the realme to renounce that which they had promised to the king of England, as well diuerse of those whome the said king had relea∣sed home out of captiuitie, as others. Wherwith the king tooke such sore displeasure, that he prepared an armie to passe into Scotland by sea, and ordeined the lord Edward Seimer,* 25.99 earle of Hertford to be lieute∣nant of the north parts, and to haue the leading of the same armie, who went thither in March, as well for defense of the borders, as to foresee all things in order for the armie that should thus go into Scot∣land, whereof he was appointed generall.

When all things were in a readinesse for the na∣uie which was rigged to set forward towards Scot∣land, and that the soldiers were come which were ap∣pointed to go with sir Iohn Dudleie lord Lisle,* 25.100 and high admerall of England in that voiage, they were imbarked, and so the two and twentith of March the said lord admerall, with sir Nicholas Pointz, and di∣uerse other knights and capteins departed from the port of London towards the north parts; and com∣ming to Newcastell, found the erle of Hertford rea∣die with such power as was appointed to be there at a daie assigned, forth of those countries that lie from Trent northwards. And now wanted nothing to fur∣ther their iournie, but a conuenient wind; which cau∣sed them to staie certeine daies at the said towne of Newcastell, and in the villages thereabouts.

After that the earle of Hertford,* 25.101 and the lord ad∣merall, accompanied with the earle of Shrewesbu∣rie, the lords Cobham, Clinton, Couiers, Stinton, the lord William Howard; and manie other right valiant knights, gentlemen, and capteines, had lien with the armie and nauie readie at Newcastell a certeine time,* 25.102 looking for a prosperous wind to set forward on their purposed iournie, at length the same came about verie fit to serue their turne, and then with all spéed the soldiers were bestowed aboord, euerie companie in their appointed vessels: and here∣with vp went the sailes, and forth they got into the maine seas, making their course directlie towards the Forth, a gulfe or riuer in Scotland, able to beare vessels fiftie miles vp within the countrie. There were at the least two hundred saile which the lord ad∣merall had caused to come togither, according to his commission, rigged, trimmed,* 25.103 and furnished with all things necessarie for the conduction of such an armie, estéemed to be about ten thousand men.

The third of Maie they arriued in the Forth, en∣tring betwéene two Ilands, the Bas and the Maie.* 25.104 The next daie being the fourth of Maie, the whole ar∣mie was landed two miles by west the towne of Lith, at a place called Grantham crag. And forth∣with the lord lieutenant putting his people in good

order of warre, marched on towards the said towne of Lith. The lord admerall led the fore-ward, the lord lieutenant the battell, and the earle of Shrewesburie gouerned the rere-ward. Before they came to the towne of Lith, they found in their waie readie to im∣peach their passage six thousand horssemen beside foot∣men. At the first the Scots made towards the Eng∣lishmen,* 25.105 as if they had ment to set vpon the voward: but being manfullie assailed by the hatquebutters, fiue hundred in number, and shrewdlie by them cur∣ried [line 10] and galled, they had no mind to come forward, but perceiuing how willing the Englishmen were to incounter with them, after certeine shot on both sides, they made a sudden retreat, and leauing their artillerie behind them,* 25.106 they fled to Edenburgh.

The first man that fled (as the talke went) was the cardinall, who perceiuing the deuotion which the En∣glishmen had to sée his holinesse, had no mind to ta∣rie. With him also fled the gouernour, the earles of Huntleie, Murreie, and Bothwell: as for their soldi∣ers, they were disparkled, and feared the English [line 20] forces as the lambe dooth the wolfe, the doe the dog, or the hart the lion: to vse the words of Anglorum praelia verie fitlie describing this battell, and saieng:

Exhorrent, vt dama canes, vt cerua leones.

The Englishmen thus hauing put their enimies to flight,* 25.107 & seized vpon their artillerie, made streight to the towne of Lith, and entered it without anie great resistance, wherein they incamped themselues the same night to their most ease and aduantage, and afterwards landed their vittels and great artillerie. [line 30] They found also in this towne such plentie of riches as they looked not to haue found in anie one towne of Scotland.

The sixt of Maie they went towards Edenburgh, and as they approched néere the towne, the prouost of the same towne accompanied with one or two bur∣gesses,* 25.108 and two or three officers at armes, desired to speake with the kings lieutenant, and in the name of all the towne, said that the keies of the towne should [line 40] be deliuered vnto his lordship, conditionallie that they might go with bag & baggage, and the towne to be saued from fire.* 25.109 Wherevnto answer was made by the said lord lieutenant, that where the Scots had so manifestlie broken their promises confirmed by oths and seales, and certified by the whole parlement, as was euidentlie knowne to the world, he was sent thither by the kings highnesse to take vengeance of their detestable falsehood, to declare and shew the force of his highnesse sword to all such as should [line 50] make anie resistance vnto his graces power sent thi∣ther for that purpose. And therfore he told them reso∣lutelie, that vnlesse they would yéeld vp their towne franklie without condition, and cause man, woman, and child, to issue foorth into the fields, submitting them to his will and pleasure, he would put them to the sword, and their towne to the fire. The prouost answered it were better to stand to their defense.

Wherevpon charge was giuen to the said pro∣uost and officer at armes, vpon their perill to de∣part. And foorthwith the lord lieutenant sent to the [line 60] voward, commanding that they should march to∣ward the towne, which right hardilie they did, and the English gunners manfullie assailed the gates; namelie sir Christopher Morice master of the ordi∣nance,* 25.110 insomuch that the Scots were beaten from their ordinance, and the gate called Canogate bea∣ten open with shot of the great artillerie, and there∣with the Englishmen entering the same gate by fine force,* 25.111 beat downe & slue a great number of Scots, and continuallie without staieng was the great ordi∣nance drawne vp the stréet to the castell gates: but those that were within the castell shot so freelie at the Englishmen thus approching with their great artil∣lerie, that diuerse were slaine, the artillerie of the ca∣stell beat so directlie alongest the high stréet, as the Englishmen came vp the same. At length also one of the Englishmens culuerings was striken, and dismounted, and therevpon they were forced to re∣tire backe and giue ouer their enterprise of making batterie to the castell, wanting pioners, baskets, and other things necessarie for such a purpose.

This daie the Englishmen set fire in diuerse parts of the towne, but they had not leasure to mainteine it, by reason of the smoke rising and troubling them so extremelie, that no great hurt could be doone that daie, for that the night also came on, and so they de∣parted backe againe to their campe at Lith. But the next daie, a certeine number of Englishmen vnder the leading of doctor Leigh, went againe to Eden∣burgh, and did what they could, vtterlie to destroie the whole towne with fire, and so continued all that daie & the two daies next following. During all this violence offered by the English to the enimie, & no∣thing left but despaire of life, the women and chil∣dren beholding this desolation, made such outragi∣ous exclamations and wofull lamentations, that heauen it selfe rang with their noise, as verie pi∣thilie is described by Chr. O. in his report, saieng:

Foeminei sexus gemitus ad sydera grandi Tolluntur strepitu, puerorum clamor in auras, Nil nisi triste fuit, faciésque miserrima rerum.

In the mean time,* 25.112 foure thousand light horsse∣men, vnder the leading of the lord Euers, came from our borders, as order was taken afore, and ioi∣ned themselues with the armie thus lieng in Lith, where after their comming, they did such exploits, in riding and wasting the countrie, that within se∣uen miles euerie waie of Edenburgh, they left few places, either pile, village, or house vnburnt. And be∣side this, they brought great numbers of cattell dai∣lie into the armie, and met with much good stuffe, which the inhabitants of Edenburgh had for the safetie of the same conueied out of the towne.

The names of the knights made at Lith after the burning of Edenburgh by the earle of Hertford,* 25.113 ge∣nerall of the kings armie there, on sundaie the ele∣uenth of Maie, in the six & thirtith yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the eight, in the yeare 1544, as they were deliuered to me by sir Gilbert Dethike knight, aliâs Garter, king of armes, are as followeth: The lord Clinton, the lord Coniers, sir William Wroughton, sir Thomas Holcroft, sir Edward Dorrell, sir Iohn Luttrell, sir Iohn Ienins, sir Tho∣mas Waterton, sir Charles Howard, sir George Blunt, sir Peter Mewtas, sir Edward Warner, sir Rafe Bulmer, sir Hugh Cholmeleie, sir Tho∣mas Leigh, aliàs doctor Leigh, sir Richard Leigh, sir Peter Leigh, sir Iohn Leigh of Booth, sir Lau∣rence Smith, sir William Uauasour, sir Richard Shirburne, sir Robert Stapleton, sir Thomas Holt, sir William Dauenport, sir Rafe Leicester, sir Humfrie Bradborne, sir Thomas Maliuereie, sir Francis Hothome, sir Iohn Massie, sir Leonard Beckwith, sir Thomas Cokaine, sir Peter Fresh∣well, sir Richard Egerton, sir Anthonie Neuill, sir Iohn Neuill, sir William Ratcliffe, sir George Bowes, sir Brian Brereton, sir William Brere∣ton, sir Roger Brereton, sir Edward Waren, sir Brian Leiton, sir Robert Wurseleie, sir Thomas Talbot, sir Hugh Caluerleie, sir Iohn Clere, sir Ri∣chard Holland, sir Thomas Uenables, sir Iohn Constable, sir Edmund Trafford, sir Iohn Ather∣ton, sir Richard Cholmeleie, sir Philip Egerton, sir Hugh Willoughbie, sir Thomas Constable, sir William Woodhouse, sir Edmund Sauage, and sir Thomas Gerard.

On the fourtéenth daie the Englishmen brake

downe the ••ir•• of the hauen of Lith, and burnt eue∣rie sticke of it. This doone, and hauing shipped their great artillerie, and taken foorth all such Scotish ships as were méet to serue, appointing them to at∣tend on their ships, they tooke vpon them to returne home by land▪ Amongst other ships which the Eng∣lishmen had in Lith h••uen; there were two of nota∣ble fairenesse, the one called the Salamander, giuen by the French king at the marriage of his daughter into Scotland, the other called the Unicorne, made [line 10] by the late Scotish king••punc; The balast of these two ships was cannon 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which they found in the towne, to the number of foure score thousand. The rest of the Scotish ships being taken awaie togither with their owne ships, which they brought with them, were for the more part pestered with the spoile and boot••es of the souldiors & mariners. On the fiftéenth of Maie; their armie and their fleet departed from Lith both in one houre, the towne being set on fire and burned to the gro••nd.* 25.114 [line 20]

The English armie incamped that night at a place called Seaton, seuen miles from Lith, where they burnt the castell, and destroied the orchards and gardens with the more despite, for that the lord Sea∣ton owner of the place,* 25.115 was the chiefe laborer to helpe the lord cardinall out of prison. The same daie was Haddington burnt,* 25.116 with a great nunrie and house of friers there. The next night they incamped beside Dunbar, where they had an alarum giuen them, but in the morning they burnt the towne of [line 30] Dunbar,* 25.117 and marched foorth, though somewhat staid by the waie, by reason of the mist and fog, which was verie thicke, continuing all the forenoone, and bicause also they vnderstood how the lords of Seton & Hume with the lard of Bouclough, and others, had assem∣bled a power of men of warre, and were minded to impeach their passage at a streict named the Pease.

But after that the mist brake vp, which was about two of the clocke in the afternoone, the Englishmen came forward, and passed the same streict without a∣nie [line 40] resistance. For the Scotish lords perceiuing that they were not of power sufficient to incounter with the Englishmen, minded not to put their people in their danger, but wiselie retired, suffering the Eng∣lishmen to passe at their pleasure, who that night lodged at Ranton, eight miles distant from our bor∣ders, where hauing ouerthrowne a pile which stood there, they dislodged the next morrow, and the same daie being the eightéenth of Maie, they entered into Berwicke:* 25.118 so ending their voiage with great ioie and gladnesse, not hauing lost past fortie persons in [line 50] all this iournie.

The names of the chiefe townes, castels, and pla∣ces burned in this voiage,* 25.119 were these: the burow and towne of Edenburgh, with the abbeie called ho∣lie Rood house, and the kings palace adioining to the same. The towne of Lith burnt, and the hauen and pire destroied, the castle and village of Cragmiller, the abbeie of Newbottle, part of Muskelburow towne, with the chappell of our ladie of Lauret, Pre∣ston [line 60] towne and the castell, Seton castell, Hading∣ton towne, with the friers and nunrie, a castell of O∣liuer Sinclers, the towne of Dunbar, Lanreston with the grange, Drilaw, Wester crag, Enderligh, the pile, and the towne, Broughton, Thester fields, Crawnend, Dudi••ton, Stan house, the Ficket, Be∣uerton, Tranent, Shenston, Markle, Trapren, Kirk∣land hill, Hatherwike, Belton, east Barnes, Bow∣land, Butterden, Quickewood, Blackeburne, Ran∣ton, Bildie and the Tower, Kinkorne, saint Mi∣nees, the quéenes ferrie, part of Petin Waines, and the burnt Iland, were burned by the fleet on the sea.

For during the continuance of the armie at Lith, the ships laie not idle, but scowring the riuer, burnt diuerse places, and left neither ship, craier, nor bote belonging to anie village, towne, créeke, or hauen, vpon either side of the foord, betwéene Sterling, and the mouth of the riuer, vnburned, or brought awaie,* 25.120 which space conteineth fiftie miles in length. About the same time the earle of Lenox fled out of Scot∣land into the rebne of England, where he was right gladlie receiued by king Henrie, and shortlie he ob∣teined in marriage the ladie Marie Dowglas, néece to the king of England, and returned soone after in∣to Scotland by sea, accompanied with a good compe∣tent crue of English. But finding no such friend∣ship among his countrie men as he looked to haue doone, he was constreined to returne, without atchi∣uing the enterprise which he had taken in hand, in hope of such assistance by his friends, as now failed him at néed.

¶In the moneth of Maie proclamation was made for the inhancing of gold to eight & fortie shillings,* 25.121 & siluer foure shillings the ounce. Also the K. caused to be coined base monie,* 25.122 which was since that time called downe, the fift yeare of Edward the sixt, and called in the second of queene Elizabeth.* 25.123 In the same moneth also passed through the citie of London in warlike maner, to the number of seauen hundred Irishmen, hauing for their weapons, darts, and handguns, with bagpipes before them: and in saint Iames parke besides Westminster they mustered before the king.* 25.124 In Iune the letanie or procession was set foorth in English, with commandement by the king to be generallie vsed in parish churches.] About the same time that the armie before remem∣bred, was set forward into Scotland vnder the gui∣ding of the earle of Hertford, as before yée haue heard, the king by aduise of his councell tooke order for the leuieng of a mightie armie, to passe ouer into France,* 25.125 according to the appointment taken with his confederate, fréend and colleague, the emperour, against the French king, at that present common aduersarie to them both, and not long before had en∣tered in league with the Turks, as Ch. Oc. noteth:

—cum dira foedera Turcis Iunxerat, heu nimiùm res est indigna relatu, Christicolam facere hoc, qui relligionis amantem Se profitens, titulum pietatis venditat orbi.

There were appointed thrée battels,* 25.126 the voward vnder the leading of the duke of Norffolke, the bat∣tell vnder the guiding of the duke of Suffolke, which also was reckoned to be the kings battell, bicause his maiestie ment to be present with the same in person, and the rere-ward was led by the lord Russell lord priuie seale. Those of the fore-ward were appare∣led in blew cotes garded with red, and had caps and hosen after the same sute, partie blue and partie red, their caps made fit for their sculs, which were put in∣to the same. The battell in cotes, caps, and hosen, af∣ter the like fashion, but their colours were red and yellow.

The duke of Norffolke and the lord priuie seale,* 25.127 accompanied with diuerse other noble men, as the earle of Surreie sonne to the said duke of Norffolke marshall of the field, the earle of Oxford, the lord Greie of Wilton lieutenant of Hammes, whose name euen then began to grow famous, the lord Ferrers of Charteleie, and sir Richard Deuereux his sonne and heire, that brought with them a great number of Welshmen, sir Thomas Cheinie lord warden of the cinque ports, the lord Mountioie a to∣wardlie yoong gentleman, well learned, and for his time perfect in all points and qualities fit for a noble man, sir Francis Brian knight, one of the kings priuie chamber, and no lesse affectioned to his ser∣uice, than of him fauoured and well estéemed, sir Tho∣mas Poinings capteine of Guisnes, and diuerse

others beside, no lesse worthie to be remembred for their valure and merits, if time would permit to re∣hearse them, passed ouer to Calis about Whitsun∣tide, and from thence marching forward to France, left Bullongne on their right hand, & kéeping foorth towards Muttrell, ioined with an armie which the emperour had raised for that purpose, vnder the lea∣ding of the countie de Buren, admerall of the low countries,* 25.128 and so these armies being vnited in one, came before Muttrell, and there laid siege to that [line 10] towne, being well manned and furnished with all things necessarie for defense, as well in vittels as munition. The chéefe capteine of which towne was mounsieur de Biez one of the marshals of France,* 25.129 and gouernour also in the absence of monsieur de Uandosme of Picardie, who being within Bullong∣ne & hearing how the English armie was passed by, and drew towards Muttrell, he left Bullongne, and with all speed got him into Muttrell, not mistrusting anie thing of that policie which the king of England [line 20] went about, which was, to send this armie to besiege Muttrell, to the end the Frenchmen might be kept occupied further off, while he with the residue of his power should come and besiege Bullongne, which towne standing most commodious for his purpose, he ment by force to bring vnder his subiection.

Herevpon was the duke of Suffolke appointed with the kings armie to passe ouer,* 25.130 accompanied with the earle of Arundell marshall of the field, the lord saint Iohn, and the bishop of Winchester, sir [line 30] Iohn Gage comptrollor of the kings house, sir An∣thonie Browne maister of the kings horsse, with di∣uerse other worthie capteins, all which the ninteenth of Iulie came before Bullongne, incamped on the eastside of the said towne aloft vpon the hill,* 25.131 and af∣ter for his more safetie remooued into a vallie, where after manie sharpe skirmishes they first entered the base towne, being left and forsaken by the inhabi∣tants, which hauing set fire on their fishing nets, and other such baggage, vnder couert of the smoke, got [line 40] them vp into the high towne, before the Englishmen could espie them. After this, the Old man, otherwise called Le toure dordre, standing without the towne for a direction to them that were to enter the hauen, and now being kept by sixtéene souldiers, was yéelded vp by them, vpon presenting the canon before it.

The Frenchmen within the towne, being des∣poiled of those two places, yet spared not to shoot off from their walles and bulworkes, dooing what da∣mage they might deuise, and namelie from the ca∣stell [line 50] and gréene bulworke they did much hurt to the Englishmen with their shot, whereof they made no spare, till at length they were forced to be quiet: for the Englishmen so applied them with such plentie of their shot, that the Frenchmen had no oportunitie to doo them anie great hurt with their artillerie. The fourtéenth of Iulie,* 25.132 the king in person, accompanied with diuers of the nobilitie, passed the seas from Do∣uer to Calis; and the six and twentith of the same mo∣neth incamped himselfe before Bullongne on the north side, within lesse than three quarters of a mile [line 60] of the towne, where he remained, till the towne was surrendered into his hands. The king being then in campe, it was a matter of ease to discerne which was he, for none of the rest came néere him in tal∣nesse by the head: as for his proportion of lims, it was answerable to his goodlie stature and making: a memorable description whereof, as also of his artificiall armour, I find reported as followeth:

Rex capite Henricus reliquos supereminet omnes, Heros praeualidus seu fortia brachia spectes, Seu suras quas fuluo opifex incluserat auro, Siue virile ducis praestanti pectore corpus, Nulla vi domitum, nullo penetrabile ferro, &c.

Beside the trenches which were cast, and brought in maner round about the town, there was a mount raised vpon the east side; and diuerse peeces of artil∣lerie planted aloft on the same, the which togither with the morter péeces, so•••• annoied them within, & battered downe the steeple of our ladies church. To conclude▪ the batterie was made in most forcible wise in thrée seuerall places, and the walles, towers, and castell were vndermine••; and the towne within so beaten with shot out of the campe, and from the mount and trench by the morter péeces, that there were verie few houses left whole therein. The towne thus standing in great distresse, there were two hundred Frenchmen and Italians, which interprised vnder the conduct of Io••ourtio to enter the town in couert of the night, which exploit they so warilie at∣chiued, that by meanes of a priest that could speake the English toong, they passed by the scouts, & through the watch, so as the most part of them were got ouer the trenches yer it was knowne what they were: to the number of six score of them got into the towne, but the residue after they were once descried, being intercepted, were taken or slaine. Although this small succour somewhat relieued them within, and put them in some hope to defend the towne some∣what longer against the kings power: yet ••t length when a péece of the castell was blowne vp, and the breaches made, as was thought reasonable, the as∣sault was giuen by the lord admerall Dudleie,* 25.133 that was come thither from the sea, which he had scowred after his returne foorth of Scotland.

This assault was couragiouslie giuen, and to speake a truth, no lesse manfullie defended: so that when the assailants had perceiued in what state the breaches stood, and what prouision they within had made for defense of their towne, which vndoubtedlie was great (for nothing was by them omitted, that might either aduantage the defendants, or annoie the assailants) those that were appointed in this sort to giue the assault, were called backe, and so they retired, but not without losse on both sides, and namelie of them within. For during the time of the assault, the great artillerie did beat still vpon them that presented themselues at the breaches to re∣pell the assailants, and so diuerse of their valiant capteins and braue souldiers were slaine at this as∣sault, & among other, capteine Philip Corse. Shortlie after, the capteins within the towne, doubting to be eftsoones assaulted, and perceiuing themselues in ex∣treame danger to lose the towne by force, if they pro∣uided not the sooner, by rendering it to saue them∣selues: they sent foorth two of their chiefe capteins, monsieur Semblemont, and monsieur de Haies, which declared vnto the king, that monsieur de Uer∣uine gouernour of the towne, with his retinue, was contented to deliuer the towne vnto his grace, with condition that they might passe wi••h ••ag and bag∣gage. Which request the king, like a noble and merci∣full prince, fréelie granted: and so the next daie, the duke of Suffolke rode into Bullongne, vnto whome in the kings name the keies of the towne were deli∣uered,* 25.134 & in the afternone departed out of Bullongne all the Frenchmen with heauie hearts, to the num∣ber of six thousand, as C. O. witnesseth, saieng:

Sex hinc exierant Gallorum millia gentis.

The number of the men of warre that were strong and able to serue,* 25.135 were of horssemen sixtie se∣uen, of footmen fiftéene hundred, thréescore and three, of the which number eight hundred were harquebut∣ters, of hurt men fourescore and seuen, of women & children ninetéene hundred and twentie seuen, beside a great number of aged & sicke persons, not able to depart with the others. The last person that came foorth was monsieur de Ueruine himselfe, who vpon

his approch to the place where the king stood, alighted from his horsse, and came to the king, and after hée had talked with him a space, the king tooke him by the hand, and he reuerentlie kneeling vpon his knées, kissed his hand, and afterward mounted vpon his horsse, and so departed, following his companie.

The eight of September, the king hauing the sword borne before him by the lord marques Dorset,* 25.136 like a puissant conqueror rode into Bullongne, and the trumpetters standing on the walles, sounded [line 10] their trumpets at the time of his entering, to the great comfort of the beholders. In the entering, there met him the duke of Suffolke, and deliuered to him the keies of the towne, and so he rode foorth to his lodging that was prepared for him on the south side of the towne. Within two daies after, the king rode about the towne within the walles, and appoin∣ted that our ladie church of Bullongne should bée ta∣ken downe, and in the place thereof a mount to bée made, for the more strengthening of the towne. Fi∣nallie [line 20] after he had set things in order for the safe kée∣ping of this his towne of Bullongne, by his princely force thus woone out of the possession of his aduer∣saries hands, he appointed the lord Lisle high adme∣rall of the seas, to be his deputie of the same towne, and then determining not to staie there any longer, he tooke the seas,* 25.137 & returned into England, landing at Douer the first of October.

In this meane time, whilest the king of Eng∣land laie (as ye haue heard) with his siege about [line 30] Bullongne, and the duke of Norffolke, and lord pri∣uie seale about Mutterell, the emperour inuaded France by Champeigne, winning diuerse castels and townes, as Comersis, Lignie, saint Desir, Chausteau, Thierie, and others. But at the length, meanes were made by treatie to haue the matter taken vp, as in the end it was, and a peace concluded without consent of the king of England, although there was place left for him and other princes to enter into this agréement of peace.* 25.138 But the king of [line 40] England hauing now defraied no small quantitie of treasure in these warres, beside the trauell of his owne person and his people, and hauing the thing now in a maner sure in his possession, which he chief∣lie went about to obteine, that is to wit, the strong towne of Bullongne, he would not agrée vnto anie peace, except he might inioy that towne, at that in∣stant redie to be deliuered into his hands. And euen now after it was to him deliuered, hearing that for certeine, the peace was concluded betwixt the empe∣rour [line 50] and the French king, he determined to breake vp his camps: but neuerthelesse to kéepe Bullongne in his possession, in despite of all his aduersaries. But here, before we procéed anie further, we haue thought good somewhat to speake touching the siege which all this white continued afore Mutterell, where the Englishmen and Burgonians inforced them∣selues by all waies and meanes they could deuise, how to constreine their enimies within the towne. On the other part, monsieur de Biez, and those that [line 60] were with him in gard of the same towne, left no∣thing vndoone that might serue for their defense, and make to the annoiance of their enimies.

There were with monsieur de Biez within the towne,* 25.139 an hundred men at armes of the retinue of the constable of France, vnder the leading of the lord de la Guich an expert man of war. There were also with the lord of Genlie, foure ensignes of French footmen. Count Berenger a Neapolitane with a thousand footmen Italians. Capteine Fran∣cisco de Chiaramont, a Neapolitane also, with the like number of Italian footmen. So that the towne might séeme sufficientlie furnished with men, and they wanted neither shot nor powder requisit, so that there was no spare thereof when occasion serued on either part.

The duke of Norffolke and the lord priuie seale caused amount to be raised,* 25.140 and aloft thereon were certeine peeces of artillerie planted to shoot into the towne. Moreouer they compassed the walles so on ech hand with their seuerall camps and trenches, that hardlie might anie escape either in or out vnespied. Sir Francis Brian was appointed with certeine bands,* 25.141 conteining about the number of a thousand men, to lodge in a campe fortified by himselfe, ouer against one part of the towne, to stop certeine passa∣ges on that side, that no succors should enter by the same to the reléefe of them within. There were skir∣mishes dailie betwixt them that sallied forth of the gates, and the Englishmen that watched and war∣ded in the trenches, and other places, insomuch that diuerse lost their liues, and some were irrecouerablie wounded, as Anglorum praelia witnesseth, saieng:

Confossi saeuo moriuntur vulnere multi Disperso cerebro; faciei nulla figura.

On a daie as sir Thomas Poinings soldiours were warding in one of the trenches,* 25.142 an Italian se∣cretlie comming forth of the towne, fetched awaie the said sir Thomas Poinings his ensigne; and not∣withstanding the pursute that was made after him, he escaped and got into the towne with it, to the great displeasure of the whole campe. But as the enimies sometimes went awaie with the aduantage of their attempted enterprises, so ofttimes againe they paid for their aduenturing ouer rashlie aboue the com∣mon price of the market.

But here I cannot but lament the negligence vsed in that season: for there is not one English writer to be found extant, that hath written anie thing effectuallie of the exploits atchiued in that iornie;* 25.143 so as we are driuen to borrow of the aduersa∣ries that haue written thereof, wanting other helps of our owne nation to furnish our booke héerin accor∣ding to our wished purpose. But neuerthelesse, to giue occasion to those that yet liue, and can best doo it, to set forth hereafter a more perfect discourse ther∣of, I haue thought it not amisse to recite in part what I haue read and learned of such things as then were accounted worthie of relation, and now like to be buried in the dimme booke of obliuion, vnlesse some fauourer of notable euents chancing in the as∣siegement of those two townes, Bullongne and Muttrell, will put to his helping hand to report the same to posteritie.

Among other stratagems, one I remember,* 25.144 de∣uised and put in practise by the lord Mountioie, as thus. The enimies had espied a place of aduantage without the towne, where vnder fauour of the shot of certeine peeces of great artillerie lodged vpon some platforms or bulworks within the towne, they might lie without the walles betwixt the English∣mens trenches and the towne ditches, and there co∣uer themselues within a litle trench or counterscarpe made for the purpose, and out of the same be readie with their harquebusses to shoot at the Englishmen, so soone as anie of them should once shew his head out of the trenches, to the great danger of them that warded in the same.

The lord Mountioie perceiuing this, deuised with himselfe how to rouse the enimies out of that lurking place, and withall came to the duke of Nor∣folke, and desired licence to put the deuise (which he had alreadie forecast in his mind) in practise. But the duke being not willing that he should put him∣selfe in such danger, was loth to grant thereto, but rather persuaded with him not to attempt it: for (said he) my lord, yée may doo the king better seruice than so to hazard your life, and cast your selfe awaie,

as it is verie like you should, in aduenturing vpon such a desperat peece of seruice, and therfore I would not wish you to meddle therewith, for we shall o∣therwise prouide for the matter well inough. But the lord Mountioie still persisted in his sute verie earnestlie, declaring that he doubted not (by Gods helpe) but to atchiue his purpose to his good conten∣tation without anie great danger, if that were exe∣cuted which he tooke to be necessarie for the accom∣plishment of his deuise: and that was to haue cer∣teine [line 10] peeces of the great ordinance shot off that waie forth,* 25.145 at what time the wind stood méet to car∣rie the smoke full vpon the place where the French∣men laie. At length vpon his earnest sute, the duke gaue him licence to trie what he could doo, comman∣ding the great ordinance to be laid and charged rea∣die to shoot off as he should appoint it. Herewith the lord Mountioie taking with him fouretéene of his owne soldiors (of the which number one of them for∣sooke to go through with him when it came to the [line 20] point) immediatlie vpon the shooting off of the artil∣lerie, & that all the ground about was couered ouer with smoke, he came to the place where those French∣men laie vnder couert of their trench, and so displa∣ced them, that they had no liking eftsoones to lodge so neere vnto such vnfriendlie neighbors.

Manie other valiant and politike feats (no doubt) were atchiued during this siege, & happilie as wor∣thie the rehearsall as this. But sith it was the inuen∣tion of so noble a yoong gentleman,* 25.146 I haue estéemed [line 30] it not impertinent to speake thereof, and withall to lament the losse of the inuentor, who being taken a∣waie shortlie after in his returne homewards, by vntimelie death, was like (if he had liued to grea∣ter yéers of experience) to haue prooued comparable in valor to anie of his noble progenitors. But now to speake of other incidents that chanced whilest this siege remained before Muttrell, you must vnder∣stand that the most part of the vittels that was spent in the campe was brought to them either from the kings campe at Bullogne, or else from S. Omers, [line 40] to conueie the same so far off, it was néedfull to haue the carriage garded with good troops and bands both of horssemen and footmen: for the French fortresses were stronglie furnished with great numbers of men of war, which vpon occasions were readie to take aduantages offered.

And as it fortuned at one time among other, there was a conuoie of certeine wagons loden with vitels appointed to come from saint Omers, the same be∣ing [line 50] garded with diuerse bands of Englishmen and Burgonions, sent thither for that purpose, the which marching forward from saint Omers, kept not so good order as had béene requisit: whereof certeine companies of French horssemen that were abroad being aware, set vpon the Burgonions that were attendant vpon the foremost carriages, and finding them in some disorder, easilie discomfited them, follo∣wed, and slue them in the chase, till they came to the hindermost carriages, where six hundred English men that attended on the same, impaled themselues [line 60] with their wagons, so as the Frenchmen could take no aduantage: but with shot of the English archers were so curried and galled that they were driuen to retire,* 25.147 and that in such hast, as they left diuerse of their companie captiues in the Englishmens hands beside those that were faire laid to take their last sléepe there on the ground. Neuerthelesse, of the Burgonions there were slaine foure hundred, and much good vittels lost, the bottoms of the hogsheads and other vessels being beaten out, and manie a good Flemish mare killed or taken. For the Frenchmen found small resistance (as before ye haue heard) till they approched to the Englishmen, by whose accusto∣med manhood, some part of the vittels of that con∣uoie was saued, to the releefe of the campe, which not∣withstanding by losse of the residue suffered great want for the time.

Moreouer, somewhat towards the latter end of this siege, the earle of Surreie son vnto the duke of Norffolke and marshall of his field, accompanied with the lord warden of the cinque ports, and diuerse other valiant capteins English & Burgonions mar∣ched forth into the countrie towards Abuile, where they tooke and burnt a proper towne called saint Re∣quiers:* 25.148 and after comming to another towne cal∣led Rieu, they found no bodie at home but women and children, for the men were departed out of it be∣fore their comming thither. When they had taken their pleasure in sacking all such goods as they found there fit to be carried awaie, they spared the towne from fire, and so departed. And thus after they had béene two daies and two nights abroad in the coun∣trie, they returned home to the campe with a great bootie of beasts, sheepe, and other things which they had got in that voiage.

But now to conclude with this siege of Muttrell, after the king had woone Bullongne,* 25.149 and vnderstood how the emperor had agréed with his aduersarie the French king, he resolued to haue his armie to raise that siege which thus had lien before Muttrell, and with all cōuenient spéed to draw toward Calis. And because it was signified that the Dolphin of France Henrie was comming forward with a great pow∣er, which had béene raised by his father the French king to resist the emperor, and now was sent vnder the conduct of the said Dolphin, to the succours of them that were besieged in Muttrell, the king sent the earle of Arundell, sir Iohn Gage, sir George Carew, sir Iohn Reinsford, and others, with a chosen number of lustie soldiors vnto Muttrell, to reinforce his armie there, that in leuieng the campe, and with∣drawing backe, they might be the better able to with∣stand anie attempt which the enimies might put in execution to their annoiance. And verelie this was doone with good aduise and necessarie consideration, for the Englishmen that had lien so long time at the siege before Muttrell, wanting such behoouefull re∣freshment as those were stored with that laie before Bullongne, hauing the seas open, and all things at pleasure brought vnto them forth of England, were sore weakened and decaied by death and sicknesse, and now in raising their campe had manie things to looke vnto, as well for the conueieng of their ordi∣nance, trusse, and baggage, as their feeble and disea∣sed persons: so that if the Dolphin with his armie might haue made such spéed forward as to haue ouer∣taken them with his maine power before they had come to Bullongne, it was to be feared least he might haue put them in danger of a plaine distresse. But with such timelie foresight as was vsed the siege was raised, and the armie retired first to Bullongne, and after to Calis without losse, although the French horssemen in great number followed, and sundrie times made proud proffers to giue the charge vpon the hindermost companies; but nothing was doone to make great account of, except certeine skirmi∣shes that were procured, and alarums giuen, as in such cases it fortuneth.

The Dolphin notwithstanding that the siege was thus raised from Muttrell, yer he could come thither, yet he kept forward his iourncie,* 25.150 to prooue what he might doo to recouer Bullongne, which towne the king of England (as ye haue heard) had left in the keeping of the lord Lisle high admerall. The same towne being then weake, God knoweth, on all sides through batterie and minings, which by the kings power had béen made, to bring it into his subiection,

and the trenches not cast downe, nor the ordinance mounted.

The Dolphin being come before the towne, sent certeine bands of his best soldiors by night to giue a camisado to the base towne.* 25.151 They that thus were sent, entred the same the ninth of October, about two of the clocke in the morning, where they tooke the stand watches, and slue (beside a great number of sicke and weake persons) as well soldiors as other, before they could araie themselues, or well get out of [line 10] their beds. But after, the Frenchmen and Italians fell to rifling and breaking vp of coffers, scattering here and there abrode, and began to fall to their vit∣tels, which they found there in good plentie. The Eng∣lishmen that were driuen vp to the gates of the high towne, got weapons that were throwne downe vnto them foorth of the same, & assembling togither, fierce∣lie entred in amongst the prease of their enimies. And herewith there sallied foorth of the high towne sir Thomas Poinings with a band of two hundred [line 20] soldiors,* 25.152 the which togither with the other so bestirred themselues, that they manfullie beat backe the eni∣mies, slue to the number of eight hundred of them, and chased the residue out of the towne, which fled o∣uer the sands vp to the hill, where the Dolphin him∣selfe stood with a great troope of horssemen about him, and durst not once come downe to the rescue of his people, for feare of the great artillerie that with plentie of bullets saluted the enimies, after that the breake of the daie had once discouered them in sight. [line 30] Amongst other that were slaine in this repulse of the Frenchmen, le segneur de Foquessolles, another of the marshall de Biez his sons in law, and sene∣schall of Bullongne was one.

Thus the Dolphin, perceiuing that it would no∣thing auaile him to make anie further attempt a∣gainst Bullongne, passed foorth toward Guisnes, & shortlie after through want of vittels, and sicknesse which sore infested his campe, brake vp his armie, and returned into France: so that the proud enterprises [line 40] of the vainglorious and most insolent French turned to their owne great shame, as C. O. trulie saith:

Sic Galli in magnum cesserunt dedecus ausa.

But shortlie after Christmas came downe an ar∣mie of fourtéene thousand, vnder the conduction of monsieur de Biez,* 25.153 the which the six and twentith of Ianuarie incamped on the west side of Bullongne beyond the hauen, where they laie ten daies: but on the sixt of Februarie, the earle of Hertford, the lord admerall, as then lord lieutenant of the towne of Bullongne, the lord Greie of Wilton, sir Thomas [line 50] Poinings & others, hauing assembled out of the ga∣risons on that side the seas, to the number of foure thousand footmen, & seuen hundred horsmen, whereof an hundred or foure score were Albanoises, issued foorth of Bullongne about foure of the clocke in the morning, and comming to the place where the king had incamped during the time of the siege, they staid there, and put themselues in order of battell: and a∣bout six of the clocke, it being then a low water, cap∣teine Edward Breie, with three hundred shot, was [line 60] appointed to passe ouer, and to giue the enimies an alarum in their campe.

At which instant the trumpets sounded, and the drums stroke vp in the English armie, and here∣wi••h they being diuided into three battels, and to ech one his gard of two hundred horssemen, beside the od hundred that attended as a defense to the residue, they shewed themselues to their enimies. The Frenchmen perceiuing this, packed awaie with all haste possible,* 25.154 marching toward Hardilo in two battels. Wherevpon the English capteins leauing their footmen behind them, and taking onelie with them the horssemen, followed with all spéed after their enimies, and comming to the bridge commonlie cal∣led pont de Bricque, which certeine English carpen∣ters garded with a number of harquebutters, and foure small field peeces, had forced and repared the same that night: and so the horssemen finding it suf∣ficientlie repared, passed ouer, and comming to S. Estienne, they found there fiue hundred Dutch hors∣men, commonlie called Swart rutters, that were lodged there to kéepe that passage: but being surpri∣sed on the sudden by the English horssemen, and sharpelie assailed, they were wholie distressed, and the most part of them taken prisoners, and there∣with left with the followers of the armie, were af∣ter slaine, bicause they knew not where to bestow them.

But now the hill of saint Estienne being thus gained by the English horsmen, they put themselues in order of battell againe, appointing an hundred of their men at armes to follow and kéepe aloofe as a stale to relieue their fellowes in time of need, when they saw them in anie danger. The lords, to incou∣rage euerie one to doo his dutie, rode vp and downe about the troops, & vsing manie comfortable words,* 25.155 desired them, that although they were but an hand∣full in comparison to the number of their enimies, they would yet in regard of the honour of the realme of England, make a proffer of an onset to the eni∣mies, that they might perceiue that there they were to giue them battell, and to follow, as they should sée them their capteins and gouernors to lead them the waie.* 25.156 Herewith forward they make towards the enimie, and ouertaking them three miles on the hi∣therside of Hardilo sands, they valiantlie gaue the charge, and thrusting in betwixt the two French bat∣tels, ouerthrew their cariages, tooke their ordinance and munitions, slue and bare downe manie of them that preased foorth to defend the same.

Monsieur de Biez being in the fore ward,* 25.157 brought backe the strongest and best armed men he had to re∣sist his enimes, ranging them in order so, as he ment to haue inclosed the English horssemen betwixt his battels and the sea, and so to haue distressed them. But this purpose being espied first of all by the lord admerall,* 25.158 the Englishmen by his valiant incou∣ragement gaue a new charge, and breaking through their ranks by force, came backe againe vnto their hundred men of armes that kept aloofe, and there staied till their footmen might come to them, who by this time were aduanced within sight of them, but distant yet by the space of two English miles, or little lesse.

Monsieur de Biez, perceiuing that the English footmen began thus to approch, made forward againe with his armie, so fast as was possible for his people to march, drawing still his armed men and best soul∣diors to the hindermost ranks, there to be readie to withstand the Englishmen, as they should offer to assaile them: and in this order the Frenchmen made away, and rested not till they came to Hardilo sands, being a place of such strength and aduantage,* 25.159 by rea∣son of the streict, that after they were once got thither, they might account themselues out of all danger, and therefore there they staid, and dispatched an he∣rald vnto the chiefteins of the English armie, to sig∣nifie vnto them, that there they ment to abide and to giue them battell, if they would aduance forward to fight with them: but yet they would not in anie wise come foorth of their strength vnto some euen ground, although they were earnestlie required therevnto. Wherevpon the Englishmen, to light them a candle that they might sée where they were, set all the villages & houses about on a light fire, con∣tinuing the same all that afternoone, and most part of the night following, and the next morning betwixt

foure and fiue of the clocke, they came backe a∣gaine vnto Bullongne with all their spoiles and pri∣soners.

They tooke in this incounter seuen peeces of ar∣tillerie,* 25.160 two of brasse and fiue of iron; also the peeces of aduantage of the armour of monsieur de Biez, beside apparell, plate, and furniture in great plentie, as well taken in the field, as also in their campe, where they left their tents standing, & all their proui∣sion of vittels wholie vnremoued. The same péeces of [line 10] armour were sent ouer into England to the king for a witnesse of the good successe that had thus happened to his people in this famous enterprise, in the atchi∣uing wherof there were not past halfe a dozen Eng∣lishmen slaine, besides those that were hurt, which neither were manie, as vnder halfe a score at the most.

[year 1545] Whilest such things were in dooing about Bul∣longne,* 25.161 and other places (as before ye haue heard in this twentie and sixt yeare) the ships of the west [line 20] countrie and other coasts of this realme wasted a∣broad on the seas, and tooke to the number of thrée hundred & od French ships, so that the Graie friers church in London was laid full of wine,* 25.162 the Austine friers and Blacke friers full of herring, and other fish that was taken, as the same should haue béene con∣ueied into France. About the same season the king demanded a beneuolence of his subiects spirituall and temporall, towards the maintenance of the warres against the Frenchmen and Scots. ¶On the [line 30] twelfe of Ianuarie,* 25.163 the lord chancellour, the duke of Suffolke, and other of the kings councell, began to sit at Bainards castell, where they first called before them the maior and aldermen, &c. And bicause Ri∣chard Read alderman would not agree to paie as they set him; he was commanded vpon paine to serue the king in his warres of Scotland, who de∣parted from London the thrée and twentith of Ia∣nuarie.

Also sir William Roch alderman, for words of [line 40] displeasure taken by the kings councell,* 25.164 was by them sent to the fléet, where he remained till passion sundaie. On the six and twentith of Ianuarie, there camped on the west side of Bullongne beyond the hauen, an armie of French, to the number of eigh∣téene thousand, where they laie ten daies, and the sixt of Februarie were put to flight by the earle of Hertford, and sir Iohn Dudleie lord admerall, then deputie of Bullongne. On the thirteenth of Fe∣bruarie,* 25.165 a priest was set on the pillorie in Cheape, [line 50] and burnt in both chéekes with the letters F. and A. and a paper on his head, wherein was written, For false accusing: which iudgement was giuen by the lord chancellor in the Starre chamber, a notable ex∣ample of iustice. Great cause haue I to wish the like to the like accuser, who neuer yet repented, but contrariwise sweareth and forsweareth that he ne∣uer did anie such act against his brother.]

* 25.166In the beginning of March sir Rafe Euers lord warden of the marches after manie fortunate rodes [line 60] and forraies made into Scotland, assembled now a∣bout foure thousand men, & entering with the same into Scotland, was incountered at Halidon rig by the earle of Arraine and other Scotishmen, which so beset the Englishmen with thrée battels on ech side, that in the end they slue the said lord warden, with the lord Ogle,* 25.167 and a great number of other gentle∣men and commons, beside prisoners, which they tooke, so that few escaped the Scotishmens hands. Among other prisoners taken,* 25.168 Richard Read an alderman of London aforesaid was one. The death of sir Rafe Euers was greatlie bemoned: for he had shewed great proofe of his valiant prowesse at sundrie times before; namelie in this yeare past, as at the taking and burning of the towne of I••dworth, which enter∣prise was atchiued the tenth of Iune, beside diuerse other exploits fortunatelie brought to passe by his high valiancie and manhood, till his hap was at this present to finish his daies: whose life though then it tooke end, yet shall not his fame & good report (purcha∣sed by martiall courage, policie, and dangerous ad∣uentures) perish or decaie; as the poet trulie saith:

Parta labore volat vas••um bona fama per orbem, Haec veluti Phoebus non m••ritura manet.

This yeare on saint Georges daie sir Thomas Wriothestleie lord chancellor of England was made knight of the garter.* 25.169 Also Trinitie terme was ad∣iourned by reason of the warres, but the escheker and the court of the tenths were open, for those that were accomptable in either of the said courts.* 25.170 The thir∣teenth of Iune Robert Luken seruant to sir Hum∣frie Browne one of the iustices of the kings Bench, Anne Askew gentlewoman, otherwise called Anne Kime, wife to one Kime, a gentleman of Lincolne∣shire, and Ione Sautereie, wife to Iohn Sautereie of London, were arreigned in the Guildhall of Lon∣don, for speaking against the sacrament of the altar (as they tearmed it) contrarie to the statute of the six articles: but because no witnesse appeared against the women, nor against Luken, one onelie excepted, who was thought to accuse him rather of malice, than otherwise, they were by twelue honest substan∣tiall men of the citie (sworne to passe vpon their in∣dictments) cléerelie acquited and discharged.

The same daie also was a pewterer named Tho∣mas Daie discharged,* 25.171 by the pardon granted in the last parlement, after he had remained in prison in Newgate the space of thrée yeares now past, con∣demned long before the date of the same pardon, for the article of auricular confession comprised within the same statute. About the same time, to wit the se∣uenth of Iune a great armie of Frenchmen came downe to Bullongne, and néere to the hauen incam∣ped themselues.* 25.172 In this armie were reckoned to be twelue thousand lanceknights, twelue thousand French footmen, six thousand Italians, foure thou∣sand of legionarie soldiours of France, & a thousand or twelue hundred men of armes, beside seuen or eight hundred light horsmen. After some skirmishes not greatlie to their aduantage, they began yet to build a fort, which at length they accomplished,* 25.173 as af∣ter shall appeare. ¶About the fiue & twentith of Iune, was a great tempest in Derbishire, where thorough trées were ouerturned, & diuerse churches, chappels, and houses were vncouered. Also in Lancashire,* 25.174 there fell hailestones as big as mens fists, which had diuerse prints in them, some like mens faces, some like gun holes, &c.]

The same moneth also the lord Lisle admerall of England with the English fléet entered the mouth of Saine, and came before Newhauen,* 25.175 where a great nauie of the Frenchmen laie, to the number of a two hundred ships, and six and twentie gallies, wher∣of the pope (as was reported) had sent twentie well furnished with men and monie, to the aid of the French king. The Englishmen being not past an hundred and thréescore saile, and all great ships, de∣termined not to set vpon the Frenchmen where they laie: but yet approching néere vnto them, shot off cer∣teine péeces of ordinance at them, and thereby cau∣sed the gallies to come abroad, which changed shot a∣gaine with the Englishmen. The gallies at the first had great aduantage, by reason of the great ••alme. Twise either part assaulted other with shot of their great artillerie, but suddenlie the wind rose so high, that the gallies could not indure the rage of the seas, and so the Englishmen for feare of flats were com∣pelled to enter the maine seas, and so sailed vnto

Portesmouth where the king laie, for he had know∣ledge by his espials that the Frenchmen intended to land in the Ile of Wight, wherefore he repaired to that coast, to see his realme defended.

After this, the eighteenth of Iulie the admerall of France monsieur Danebalte hoised vp sailes,* 25.176 and with his whole nauie came foorth into the seas, and arriued on the coast of Sussex before bright Ham∣stéed, and set certeine of his soldiors on land, to burne and spoile the countrie: but the beacons were fired, & the inhabitants thereabouts came downe so thicke, [line 10] that the Frenchmen were driuen to flie with losse of diuerse of their numbers: so that they did little hurt there. Immediatlie herevpon they made to the point of the Ile of Wight, called saint Helens point, and there in good order vpon their arriuall they cast an∣chors, and sent dailie sixtéene of their gallies to the verie hauen of Portesmouth. The English nauie li∣eng there in the same hauen, made them readie, and set out toward the enimies, and still the one shot hot∣lie [line 20] at the other: but the wind was so calme, that the kings ships could beare no saile, which greatlie grie∣ued the minds of the Englishmen, and made the eni∣mies more bold to approch with their gallies, and to assaile the ships with their shot euen within the ha∣uen.

The twentith of Iulie, the whole nauie of the Eng∣lishmen made out,* 25.177 & purposed to set on the French∣men, but in setting forward, thorough too much fol∣lie, one of the kings ships called the Marie Rose [line 30] was drowned in the middest of the hauen, by reason that she was ouerladen with ordinance, and had the ports left open, which were verie low, and the great artillerie vnbreeched; so that when the ship should turne, the water entered, and suddenlie she suncke. In hir was sir George Carew knight and foure hundred soldiours vnder his guiding. There escaped not past fortie persons of all the whole number. On the morrow after about two thousand of the French∣men landed in the Ile of Wight,* 25.178 where one of their [line 40] chiefe capteins named le cheualier Daux, a Prouen∣cois was slaine with manie other, and the residue with losse and shame driuen backe againe to their gallies.

The king perceiuing the great Armada of the Frenchmen to approch, caused the beacons to be fi∣red, and by letters sent into Hamptonshire, Sum∣mersetshire, Wiltshire, and into diuerse other coun∣tries adioining, gaue knowledge to such as were ap∣pointed to be readie for that purpose, to come with [line 50] all spéed to incounter the enimies. Wherevpon they repaired to his presence in great numbers well fur∣nished with armor, weapon, vittels, and all other things necessarie, so that the Ile was garnished, and all the frontiers alongest the coasts fortified with ex∣céeding great multitudes of men. The French cap∣teins hauing knowledge by certeine fishermen, whom they tooke, that the king was present, & so huge a power readie to resist them, they disanchored and drew along the coast of Sussex, and a small number [line 60] of them landed againe in Sussex, of whome few re∣turned to their ships: for diuerse gentlemen of the countrie, as sir Nicholas Pelham, and others, with such power as was raised, vpon the sudden, tooke them vp by the waie and quickelie distressed them.

When they had searched euerie where by the coast, and saw men still readie to receiue them with bat∣tell, they turned sterne, and so got them home againe without anie act atchiued woorthie to be mentioned. The number of the Frenchmen was great,* 25.179 so that diuerse of them that were taken prisoners in the Ile of Wight, and in Sussex, did report that they were thrée score thousand. The French king aduertised the emperor most vntrulie by letters, that his armie had gotten the Ile of Wight with the ports of Ham∣ton, and Portesmouth, and diuerse other places. In August following,* 25.180 the earle of Hertford entered a∣gaine into Scotland with twelue thousand men, and destroied all the townes in the middle marches, bur∣ned Coldingham abbeie, and passed to the west mar∣ches, sore annoieng and indamaging the Scots, and yet neither they, nor the Frenchmen that were sent into Scotland this yeare to the aid of the Scots, vn∣der the leading of monsieur de Lorges, Montgome∣rie his father, durst once come foorth into the field to incounter with him.

Also in the beginning of this moneth the citie of London set foorth a thousand soldiors of archers,* 25.181 har∣quebutters, pikes, and bils, which went to Douer, and so passed ouer vnto Calis, to serue the king in his wars on that side the seas.* 25.182 In the same moneth that valiant capteine sir Thomas Poinings knight, lord Poinings, and the kings lieutenant of his towne and marches of Bullogne departed this life, after he had to his great honor atchiued manie woor∣thie enterprises in seruice of his prince against the enimies, so that his death was much lamented. A gentleman vndoubtedlie deseruing to be had in per∣petuall memorie: and pitie it is, that diuerse such va∣liant feats as he in his life time atchiued, were not committed to writing, to remaine for examples sake to posteritie.

Also in the same moneth at Guilford died the noble and valiant duke of Suffolke Charles Brandon lord great maister of the kings houshold,* 25.183 a right hardie gentleman, and yet not so hardie, as almost of all e∣stats and degrees of men, high & low, rich and poore, hartilie beloued, & his death of them greatlie lamen∣ted: his bodie was honorablie buried at Windsore, at the kings costs.* 25.184 This man in his daies had doone to the king and realme right agreeable seruices, as well in peace, as in wars, both in England, France, Scotland, and Ireland, he died the kings generall lieutenant of his armie then appointed to resist the Frenchmen, if they durst haue landed.

But now, whereas in this meane time we haue spoken nothing of the dooings in Scotland, where the warre was still continued, the king of France sent thither certeine bands of Frenchmen, vnder the gouernement of monsieur de Lorges,* 25.185 to aid the Scots against the Englishmen; and the king of En∣gland waged manie strangers, and sent them with certeine Englishmen to the borders, for defense of the same against the inuasions of the enimies: for after the arriuall of the Frenchmen, a great armie of Scots was raised, and approched néere to the bor∣ders, where for a certeine time they incamped, so that manie thought some notable enterprise would haue béene attempted. But after they had laine in campe a certeine time, they brake vp, and departed without attempting anie further exploit.

Shortlie after the earle of Hertford lieng on the borders, as lieutenant of the north parts of Eng∣land,* 25.186 calling to him an armie of twelue thousand men, or thereabouts, what of Englishmen and stran∣gers, entred Scotland with the same, and burnt a great part of the Mers, and Teuidale, as Kelsaie ab∣beie and the towne; Melrosse abbeie & Driborne ab∣beie, also Iedworth abbeie, and diuerse other places, townes, and villages, to the number of fiue score. Kelsaie abbeie was defended a while by thrée hun∣dred Scots, but in the end the most part of them were slaine, & taken by the strangers and others that gaue the assault. Thus the earle of Hertford sore in∣damaged the Scots by this inuasion, and yet neither they, nor the Frenchmen their assistants, dur•••• come foorth into the field once to incounter with him.

On the sixtéenth of September a number of

Scots and Frenchmen attempted to enter into England on the east borders. But the Englishmen perceiuing them about to passe by a certeine streict, set vpon them, and slue and tooke of them to the num∣ber of seuen score. Among the prisoners that were taken, the lord of Humes sonne, and a French cap∣teine were accompted chiefest. Also in another rode made into the west borders, the lord Maxwels sonne, and diuerse others were taken.* 25.187 But at an other time about the same season also, certeine Englishmen to [line 10] the number of fiue hundred, making their entrie by the west borders into Scotland, were discomfited by the Scots, and the more part of them either taken or slaine. Thus were they occupied as well on the bor∣ders betwixt England and Scotland, in this season, as also in the marches of Calis, Guisnes, and Bul∣lognois, where the garrisons lieng in those places, made continuall rodes & forraies into the marches of the enimies countrie, and oftentimes chanced to incounter with some of their troops. [line 20]

The capteine of Ard, monsieur de Dampiere, ha∣uing got for a supplie from the French campe at Bul∣logne, the companie of the men of armes that be∣longed to the duke of Orleance, led by his lieute∣nant monsieur de Tauannes, chanced on a daie to incounter with the Englishmen guided by that va∣liant baron the lord Greie of Wilton, capteine of the towne of Guisnes, who being accompanied with a number of valiant gentlemen & soldiers, distressed their enimies, & slue the capteine of Ard the foresaid [line 30] lord de Dampiere there in field. Diuerse other skir∣mishes and incounters chanced in that summer, on the further side the seas. And moreouer, now after that the French nauie was withdrawen (as ye haue heard) from the coasts about Portesmouth, that mar∣tiall chiefteine, sir Iohn Dudleie, lord Lisle, and high admerall of England, hauing all his ships, men, mu∣nition, & furniture readie, set forward from Portes∣mouth hauen, to haue fought with the Frenchmen, if they had still kept the seas, but they were with∣draw••e [line 40] home into harborough.

Wherevpon the lord admerall meaning to re∣uenge their brauados, and presumptuous attempts made at Portesmouth, and in the Ile of Wight, ap∣proched to the coasts of Normandie, and landed with six thousand men at Treport, burnt the suburbes of that towne, with the abbeie, and certeine villages and houses thereabouts. Also they destroied thirtie ships, and a barke there found in the hauen: and after they had wrought their pleasures, they returned to [line 50] the sea, and so home, not hauing lost past fourtéene persons in the execution of this whole enterprise. Of this great spoile & ouerthrow giuen at Treport, by the kings admerall, I find these verses remembred:

—Treportem passibus aequis * 25.188Ordine seruato (qui mus est militis) intrant: Obuius vt quisque est, is stricto sternitur ense, Ast alius volucri traiectus membra sagitta, Occidit exanguis, foedátque cruore plateas. Dum reclusa alius vult prospectare fenestra, [line 60] Nec conferre pedem, nec aperto praelia Marte Commiscere audet, glandis transfigitur ictu. Omne genus telorum ad caedem immittitur atram.

In this meane while monsieur de Biez, being in∣camped néere to Bullogne with such a puissant ar∣mie (as before you haue heard) busied about the buil∣ding of a fort, there was not such diligence vsed ther∣in, as was promised on his part in accomplishing the same, to the French kings great displeasure (as some write) who had meant with that armie (if this fort had béene finished at the appointed time) to haue gone to besiege the towne and castell of Guisnes: but now the time being prolonged, and not without some suspicion least monsieur de Biez cared not how long the warres indured in that sort, so as he might command ouer so manie princes and great lords as were there vnder his gouernance, at length before the fort were fullie finished, he remooued to mount Lambert with the more part of the armie, preten∣ding as though he meant to fight with the English∣men, the which (as he said) he vnderstood were purpo∣sed to come with a conuoie of vittels from Calis to Bullogne.

Whilest he there remained, manie princes and great lords came from the court, that laie at an ab∣beie called forrest Montier, eleuen leagues from Bullogne beyond Muttrell, on the waie towards Abuille, in hope that battell should haue followed be∣wixt the English and French armies. Among other that came thither are these remembred as principall, monsieur Danguien, monsieur Daumalle, mon∣sieur le duc de Neuers, monsieur le conte de La∣uall, and monsieur de la Trimouille. Monsieur Dau∣malle eldest sonne to the duke of Guise, being lod∣ged in the vantgard that was gouerned by monsieur de Brissac, chanced on a daie to be present at a skir∣mish, where shewing himselfe verie forward, he was striken through the sight of his helmet, with a light horssemans staffe, that pearsing in betwixt his nose and his eie, entred halfe a foot into his head, as mon∣sieur de Langeie writeth,* 25.189 and breaking off a two sin∣gers beneath the iron, the same iron remained still within his head: but yet escaping out of the English mens hands, he came backe to the campe, had the truncheon and iron pulled out of his head, and being dressed was conueied in a litter to Piquignie, where he laie for two or thrée daies in such danger, that no man looked that he should haue escaped with life.

There were manie of these skirmishes, wherin the Englishmen bare themselues so valiantlie, that the Frenchmen went awaie oftentimes with losse of manie of their noble men and best souldiers. At one time they lost the lord Menaintuille brother to the lord de Tillebonne, being slaine with stroke of lance and pike. At another time they lost likewise a yoong lord of Picardie called le seigneur de Fretoie. At length, after their new fort or basti••lion was brought in some strength, they furnished it in most defensible wise with men, munition and vittels, na∣ming it Monpleastre. Herewith monsieur de Biez departing from mount Lambert with part of the ar∣mie, came downe towards Calis,* 25.190 and entring into the English pale beside Grauelin, wan certeine bul∣works, and incountring diuerse new bands of Lei∣cestershiremen and others, latelie before sent ouer, distressed them, and after burnt certeine villages, forraied the countrie almost to Marke, and after∣wards in great hast with their bootie and pillage they turned. This enterprise was exploited by the French men about S. Matthews daie in September.

There were with monsieur de Biez at this enter∣prise the lord of Brissac,* 25.191 who gouerned the vaunt∣gard, and had with him his owne companie of men of armes, and the light horssemen of whome he had the generall conduct. There was also the companie of men at armes that belonged to the constable of France, led by the lord Guich, & fiftie men of armes vnder the gouernance of the lord of Helleie, the companie also of the lord of Boisie, the companie of the lord Escars, and that of the lord de la Roch du Maine, & others. There was also monsieur de Taies generall of the French footmen, and manie yoong princes and lords of high estate, as monsieur Fran∣cis de Bourbon, duc Danglien, Francis de Lor∣raine, duke Daumalle latelie recouered of his hurt, the duke of Neuers, and the earle de Lauall that in this voiage was hurt with an harquebush shot in the arme.

The three and twentith of Nouember, a parlement began at Westminster,* 25.192 in the which was granted to the king a subsidie of the spiritualtie of six shillings the pound, to be paid in two yeares next insuing: and of the temporaltie two shillings and eight pence of the pound in goods, and foure shillings of the pound in lands, to be paid likewise within two yeares. Also in this parlement all colleges, chanteries, and hospi∣tals were committed to the king, to order, by alte∣ring or transposing the same as to him should séeme expedient, which at the prorogation of the same parle∣ment [line 10] he promised should be doone to the glorie of God, and the common profit of the realme. The foure and tw••ntith of December, the said parlement was proroged, on which daie the king comming into the house, to giue his roiall assent vnto such acts as were passed, the speaker made vnto him an eloquent oration, to the which although the custome hath euer beene that the lord chancellor should make answer, it pleased the king at that present to make the answer himselfe, which he vttered as here ensueth. [line 20]

The kings oration in the par∣lement house.

ALthough my chancellor, for the time being, hath before this time vsed verie eloquentlie and substantiallie, to make answer to such orations as hath béene set foorth in this high court of parlement; yet is he not so able to open and set foorth [line 30] my mind and meaning, and the secrets of my heart, in so plaine and ample manner, as I my selfe am and can doo. Wherefore I taking vpon me to answer your eloquent oration maister speaker, saie, that where you in the name of our welbeloued commons, haue both praised and extolled me, for the notable qualities that you haue conceiued to be in me: I most hartilie thanke you all, that you haue put me in remembrance of my dutie, which is to indeuour my selfe to obteine and get such excellent qualities, [line 40] and necessarie vertues, as a prince or gouernour should or ought to haue, of which gifts I recognise my selfe both bare and barren, but of such small qua∣lities as God hath indued me withall, I render to his goodnesse my most humble thanks, intending with all my wit and diligence to get and acquire to me such notable vertues and princelie qualities, as you haue alledged to be incorporated in my person. These thanks for your louing admonition and good [line 50] counsell first remembred,* 26.1 I eftsoones thanke you. Againe, bicause that you considering our great charge, not for our pleasure, but for your defense, not for our gaine, but to our great cost, which we haue latelie susteined, aswell in defense of our and your enimies, as for the conquest of that fortresse, which was to this realme most displesant and noisome, and shalbe (by Gods grace) hereafter to our nation most profitable and pleasant, haue fréelie of your owne minds granted to vs a certeine subsidie, here in an [line 60] act specified, which verelie we take in good part, re∣garding more your kindnesse, than the profit there∣of, as he that setteth more by your louing harts than by your substance. Beside this hartie kindnesse, I cannot a little reioise, when I consider the perfect trust and confidence, which you haue put in me, as men hauing vndoubted hope and vnfeined beléefe in my good dooings and iust proceedings for you, with∣out my desire or request, haue committed to mine order and disposition all chanteries,* 26.2 colleges, hospi∣tals, and other places specified in a certeine act, firm∣lie trusting that I will order them to the g lorie of God, and the profit of the common-wealth. Surelie if I (contrarie to your expectation) should suffer the ministers of the church to decaie, or learning (which is so great a iewell) to be minished, or poore and mise∣rable to be vnreléeued, you might saie that I being put in so speciall a trust, as I am in this case, were no trustie fréend to you, nor charitable to mine euen christian, neither a louer to the publike wealth, nor yet one that feared God, to whome accompt must be rendered of all our dooings. Doubt not I praie you, but your expectation shall be serued, more godlie and goodlie than you will wish or desire, as hereafter you shall plainlie perceiue.

Now sith I find such kindnesse on your part to∣wards me, I cannot choose but loue and fauour you, affirming that no prince in the world more fauou∣reth his subiects than I doo you; nor no subiects or commons more loued and obeied their souereigne lord, than I perceiue you doo me, for whose defense my treasure shall not be hidden, nor if necessitie re∣quire, my person shall not be vnaduentured. Yet al∣though I wish you, and you with me, to be in this perfect loue and concord, this fréendlie amitie cannot continue, except both you my lords temporall, and my lords spirituall, and you my louing subiects, stu∣die and take paine to amend one thing, which surelie is amisse, and farre out of order, to the which I most hartilie require you: which is, that charitie and con∣cord is not among you, but discord and dissention bea∣reth rule in euerie place. Saint Paule saith to the Corinthians, and the thirtéenth chapter:* 26.3 Charitie is gentle, charitie is not enuious, charitie is not proud, and so foorth in the said chapter. Behold then what loue and charitie is among you, when the one calleth an other heretike and anabaptist, and he calleth him againe papist, hypocrite, and pharisie? Be these to∣kens of charitie amongst you? Are these signes of fraternall loue betweene you? No, no, I assure you that this lacke of charitie amongst your selues will be the hinderance and asswaging of the feruer 〈◊〉〈◊〉 betwéene vs, as I said before, except this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be salued, and cleerelie made whole. I must néeds iudge the fault and occasion of this discord to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by negligence of you the fathers and preachers of the spiritualtie: for if I know a man which liueth in adul∣terie, I must iudge him a lecherous and a carnall person: if I sée a man boast and brag himselfe, I can∣not but déeme him a proud man. I sée heere dailie that you of the cleargie preach one against another, teach one contrarie to another, inueigh one against an other without charitie or discretion: some be too stiffe in their old Mumpsimus, other be too busie and curious in their new Sumpsimus: thus all men almost be in varietie and discord, and few or none preacheth trulie and sincerelie the word of God, according as they ought to doo. Shall I iudge you charitable per∣sons dooing this? No, no, I cannot so doo. Alas, how can the poore soules liue in concord, when you prea∣chers sow amongst them in your sermons debate and discord? Of you they looke for light, and you bring them to darkenesse. Amend these crimes I exhort you, and set foorth Gods word, both by true preaching and good example giuing: or else I, whome God hath appointed his vicar and high minister here, will sée these diuisions extinct, and these enormities corrected according to my verie dutie, or else I am an vnpro∣fitable seruant, and an vntrue officer. Although I saie the spirituall men be in some fault, that charitie is not kept amongst you; yet you of the temporaltie be not cleare and vnspotted of malice and enuie: for you raile on bishops, speake slanderouslie of preests, and rebuke and taunt preachers, both contrarie to good order and christian fraternitie. If you know suerlie that a bishop or preacher erreth, or teacheth peruerse doctrine, come and declare it to some of our councell, or to vs, to whome is committed by God the

high authoritie to reforme and order such causes and behauiors, and be not iudges your selues, of your owne fantasticall opinions and vaine expositions, for in such high causes you may lightlie erre. And al∣though you be permitted to read holie scriptures, and to haue the word of God in your mother toong, you must vnderstand, that it is licenced you so to doo, onelie to informe your owne consciences, and to in∣struct your children and familie, and not to dispute, and make scripture a railing and a taunting stocke [line 10] against priests and preachers, as manie light per∣sons doo. I am verie sorie to know and heare, how vnreuerentlie that most pretious iewell the word of God is disputed, rimed, soong, and iangled in euerie alehouse and tauerne, contrarie to the true meaning and doctrine of the same: and yet I am euen as much sorie, that the readers of the same follow it in dooing so faintlie and coldlie. For of this I am sure, that charitie was neuer so faint amongst you, and ver∣tuous and godlie liuing was neuer lesse vsed, nor [line 20] God himselfe amongst christians was neuer lesse re∣uerenced, honored, or serued. Therfore (as I said be∣fore) be in charitie one with an other, like brother and brother: loue, dread, and serue God, to the which I as your supreame head and souereigne lord exhort and require you, and then I doubt not, but that loue and league that I spake of in the beginning, shall neuer be dissolued or broken betwéene vs. And to the ma∣king of laws which we haue now made and conclu∣ded, I exhort you the makers to be as diligent in [line 30] putting them in execution, as you were in making & furthering of the same: or else your labour shall be in vaine, & your common-wealth nothing releeued. Now to your petition, concerning our roiall assent to be giuen to such acts as haue passed both houses, they shall be read openlie that ye may heare them.

Then were they openlie read, and to manie his grace assented, and diuerse he assented not vnto. Thus the kings oration was to his subiects there pre∣sent [line 40] such comfort, that the like ioie could not be vnto them in this world. And thus the acts read (as the manner is) and his assent giuen, his grace rose and departed. Manie proper feats of armes were ex∣ploited and doone in this meane while, betwixt the parties English and French about Bullongne. [year 1546] On the morrow after the feast of the Epiphanie, there came a conuoie of vittels towards the French fort, garded with thrée or foure thousand lancequenetz vnder their coronell the Reingraue and certeine [line 50] French horssemen.* 26.4 The earle of Surreie then lieu∣tenant of Bullongne aduertised thereof, made out with such power as he might conuenientlie spare of them within Bullongne and the Old man, to cut off those vittels: but comming to encounter with the enimies at saint Estiens, he was put to flight: sir Edward Poinings capteine of a band called the kings gard of Bullongne was slaine in that conflict with fifteene or sixtéene other capteins,* 26.5 beside offi∣cers and common soldiors. About the same time the [line 60] Frenchmen made a voiage vnto the Isle of Brasill, with a ship called the barke Ager, which they had ta∣ken from the Englishmen before: and in their waie they met with a little craier, of the which one Gol∣ding was master, a proper man and an hardie. The barke perceiuing the craier to be an Englishman, shot at hir and bowged hir. Wherevpon straitwaies the craier drew to the great barke, and six or seauen of the Englishmen leapt into hir.* 26.6 In the meane time while the Frenchmen, without regard of perill to∣wards themselues, looked ouer hatches to behold how the craier sunke there at hand before them, not mistrusting anie thing that the Englishmen might doo against them, it fortuned that those Englishmen which got vp into the barke, found in the end thereof a great number of lime pots, which they with water quenched, or rather (as the nature thereof is) set them on fire, and threw them so thicke at the Frenchmen which were there aboord, that they blinded them, in such wise as those few Englishmen that entred the ship vanquished the Frenchmen, and driuing them vnder hatches, shut the same, and brought the barke awaie with them home into England. In the latter end of March the brothell houses called the Stues on the banke side in Southworke were conuerted from such filthie vses by the kings commandement,* 26.7 the bawds and ruffians being put out, and other persons of honest behauior placed in their rooms to inhabit in the same houses. This was doone by proclamation and sound of trumpet by an herald of armes.

¶On the seuen and twentith of Aprill being tues∣daie in Easter wéeke William Foxleie pot-maker for the mint of the Tower of London fell asléepe,* 26.8 and so continued sléeping, and could not be wakened with pricking, cramping, or otherwise burning what∣soeuer, till the first daie of the next terme, which was full fouretéene daies, and as manie nights or more, for that Easter terme beginneth not before seauen∣téene daies after Easter. The cause of his thus sléep∣ing could not be knowen, though it were diligentlie searched for by the kings physicians and other lear∣ned men, yea the king himselfe examining the said William Foxleie, who was in all points found at his waking to be but as if he had slept but one night: he was liuing in the Tower of London in the yéere of our Lord God 1579.]

This yéere by meanes made by the emperor, com∣missioners were appointed to méet & treat of some accord betweene the realmes of England & France,* 26.9 so that the king of England sent ouer to Guisnes, Cutbert Tunstall bishop of Duresme, sir William Paget his secretarie, and doctor Tregonell: and the French king sent to Ard a bishop, the chiefe president of Rouen, and a notarie, but no conclusion followed of their trauell. Wherevpon the king of England hauing perfect knowledge how the Frenchmen in∣tended to build a fortresse at saint Iohns rode be∣twéene Bullongne and Calis, to the great annoi∣ance of both those places, if they might haue compas∣sed their purpose; he meant to preuent that deuise of his aduersaries, sending ouer the earle of Hertford and the lord Lisle high admerall of England, with manie valiant capteins, which got the rode but two daies before the Frenchmen had appointed to be there. But when they vnderstood that the English∣men had so preuented them, they staied about Hardi∣low, where monsieur de Biez their generall gaue order to incampe, and durst not once come forward to assaie the English forces: so that without anie impeachment by land, the Englishmen built certeine fortresses, to wit, two at the same place of saint Iohns rode, otherwise called Hamble Thew, and an other about a two miles from thence at a place called Blacke Nesse.* 26.10 There was in the earle of Hertfords campe beside Englishmen diuerse stran∣gers, Almains, Spaniards and Italians. And be∣cause it is not much impertinent to the matter, we haue thought good here to set downe the whole num∣ber of all the kings forces at that present in his paie that were there vnder the said earle of Hertford the kings generall lieutenant. First the earle had two hundred, the lord William Sturton thrée hundred, the lord Iohn Greie brother to the marques Dorset two hundred, the lord Braie one hundred, sir Tho∣mas Seimer knight marshall of the host one hun∣dred, sir Henrie Kneuet capteine of the horssemen one hundred, sir Iohn Harrington treasuror, of the armie one hundred, sir Thomas Wiat master of the

ordinance one hundred, sir Mauris Barkleie thrée hundred, sir Thomas Holcroft two hundred, sir Walter Dennis two hundred, sir George Blewet two hundred, sir Richard Greenefield two hundred, sir George Cornewall two hundred, sir Iohn Lut∣terell one hundred, sir Edmund Hussie one hundred, Gorge Throkmorton two hundred, capteine Brough∣ton two hundred, capteine Palmer two hundred, capteine Chancie two hundred, capteine Windam two hundred, capteine Stukeleie one hundred, cap∣teine Blewet one hundred, capteine Sidnam one [line 10] hundred, capteine Bret one hundred, capteine Dier one hundred, capteine Euans one hundred, Spani∣ards fiftéene hundred, Italians two hundred, Eleue∣ners thrée hundred; lancequenets vnder the gouern∣ment of their coronell Conrade Phenning, common∣lie called Courtpennie, thrée thousand. The summe of all the soldiors in Bullongne & Bullongnois were 93000. Here you must note, that whilest the Eng∣lish armie laie thus in the field till the forts of Ham∣ble Thew and Blacke Nesse were in building, the [line 20] French gallies were on the seas, and now and then came and approched néere to the shore, where the En∣glish armie laie in campe, at the which they shot off their ordinance: and the Englishmen answered them againe with the like. They came also before Calis, and shot off at the towne. But the lord ad∣merall being there, made out to encounter them, notwithstanding they did first much hurt, and tooke awaie diuerse of the English vessels laden with [line 30] vittels.

The eighteenth daie of Maie there were foure of the kings ships, and foure pinases abroad on the seas afore the hauen of Hamble Thew, and there came eightéene of the French gallies to set vpon them, and so there was great shooting betweene them:* 26.11 and at length one of their gallies was taken, in the which were aboord fourtéene score soldiors and seauen score rowers:* 26.12 the rest of their gallies packed awaie. Moreouer, whilest the campe laie thus at Hamble [line 40] Thew, it chanced that on a daie a mutinie rose a∣mong that they got themselues into order of battell, seized vpon the great artillerie, and shewed countenance as if they would haue set vpon the residue of the whole campe. Herevpon euerie soldior was com∣manded to repaire to his ensigne, and the Spaniards came and ioined with the Englishmen, readie to take such part as they did. At length by the diligence of the chiefteines, and good countenance of the Eng∣lish [line 50] soldiors and Spaniards the tumult was staied, and six of the principall beginners were hanged.

The one and twentith of Maie the French armie came and incamped beyond Bullongne at the church on the hill: and the morrow after the earle of Hert∣ford marched with his power to a place within two miles of them, and certeine footmen and horssemen went foorth and skirmished with them; and in the meane time the artillerie ceassed not to shoot off, as well from the French campe and fortresse as from [line 60] Bullongne and the Old man. This daie were slaine fouretéene Frenchmen and two taken prisoners; and thrée of the English part were likewise taken, and so the earle of Hertford returned to his campe, and left the lancequenets vpon the hill, incamped before the enemies faces, not two miles distant from them, in which place a fort was begun to be raised, which was after called the fort of Bullongne Berg. The next daie,* 26.13 to wit, the thrée and twentith of Maie the soldiors of Bullongne and the lancequenets skirmi∣shed with the Frenchmen, slue and tooke of them se∣uen score and aboue▪ of the which there were fortie that were in cotes of veluet, and diuerse also with chaines.

Here you must vnderstand, that now in this meane while by the motion of diuerse princes, a mée∣ting was had of sundrie commissioners, appointed to treat of some peace, to be concluded betwixt the two kings of England and France. Herevpon there came to Guisnes for the king of England the earle of Hertford, the bishop of Winchester, sir Iohn Dudleie vicount Lisle baron of Maupas, and high admerall of England, sir William Paget the kings secretarie, and doctor Nicholas Wootton deane of Canturburie. For the French king there came to Ard monsieur Claude Danebault admerall of France, being also one of the foure marshals of that realme, the bishop of Eureux, monsieur Reimund chiefe president of Rone, the secretarie Bouchetell. Diuerse times they met betwixt Ard and Guisnes, and after long debating of matters, and diuerse breakings off: yet at length the seauenth of Iune a peace was concluded, and proclamed as well in the court as in the citie of London on Whitsundaie the thirtéenth of Iune, with sound of trumpet,* 26.14 accord∣ing to the manner: and in like sort the same daie it was proclamed at Paris and at Rone. The chiefest article of which peace was this, that the French king paieng to the king of England 800000 crownes within the terme of eight yeares, should haue Bul∣longne againe to him restored, which in the meane time should remaine in the hands and possession of the king of England, as a pledge and gage for assu∣rance of the said moneie.

On the seuen & twentith of Iune doctor Crome recanted at Paules crosse:* 26.15 which recantation was vrged vpon this occasion. When the chanteries & col∣leges were giuen by act of parlement into the kings hands (as is aboue remembred) which was about the moneth of December 1545,* 26.16 the next lent following doctor Crome preaching in the mercers chappell, a∣mong other reasons and persuasions, to rouse the peo∣ple from the vaine opinion of purgatorie,* 26.17 inferred this, grounding vpon the said act of parlement: that if trentals and chanterie masses could auaile the soules in purgatorie, then did the parlement not well in giuing awaie monasteries, colleges, & chan∣teries, which serued principallie to that purpose. But if the parlement did well (as no man could denie) in dissoluing them & bestowing the same vpon the king, then is it a plaine case, that such chanteries and pri∣uat masses doo nothing conferre so reléeue them in purgatorie. This Dilemma of doctor Crome, no doubt, was insoluble: but notwithstanding the charitable prelats (for all the kings late exhortation vnto chari∣tie) were so charitable to him that they brought him Coram nobis, and so handled him that they made him recant his words. ¶ On the sixtéenth of Iune were letters patents deliuered to sir Thomas Cheinie treasuror of the kings houshold,* 26.18 and lord warden of the cinque ports, wherby he was authorised to be the kings agent in christening the Dolphins daughter of France named Elizabeth. A true copie of which let∣ters patents is here recorded, bicause the said action hath béene ignorantlie transferred from the said sir Thomas Chemie to sir Henrie Kneuet: as appeareth in Holinsheds chronicle published 1577, pag. 1608.

A true copie of the kings letters patents to sir Thomas Cheinie.

HEnricus octauus Dei gratia Angliae, Franciae, & Hiberniae rex, fidei defen∣sor, & in terra ecclesiae Anglicanae & Hibernicae supremum caput. Praedile∣cto & fideli consiliario nostro Thomae Cheinie sa∣cri ordinis nostri garterij militi, domino gardiano

quinque portuum, & hospitij nostri thesaurario sa∣lutem. Cùm illustrissima princeps ac consanguinea nostra charissima domina Katharina illustrissimi principis consanguinei & filij nostri charissimi Henrici Franciae Delphini christianissimi princi∣pis Francisci Francorum regis fratris, amici & confoederati nostri perpetui, filij primogeniti con∣iunx praeclarissima, nuper (diuina cooperante cle∣mentia) prolem foeminam enixa sit: nos summo∣perè cupientes pacis, amicitiae, & vnionis vin∣culum [line 10] inter praefatum christianissimum Franco∣rum regem & nos iam nuper redintegratum, fir∣mioribus quibus possumus nexibus astringi, adma∣iorem ipsius corroborationem & firmitatem, ac vt dicto illustrissimo filio nostro in hac parte gratifi∣cemur, etiam compaternitatisfoedus duximus adij∣ciendum. Quocirca ad leuandum de sacro fonte vice & nomine nostro dictam prolem ex praefata illustrissima domina Katharina dicti illustrissimi [line 20] principis coniuge, & consanguinca nostra a charis∣simanatam, illique nomen Elisabethae imponen∣dum, & ipsam nomine Elisabethae in illius baptis∣mo nominandā, caeterá{que} omnia & singula in prae∣missis, & circa ea necessaria seu quouismodo opor∣tuna nomine nostro faciendum & exercendum, e∣tiamsi maiora existant superiùs expressis, & man∣datum de se exigant magis speciale quàm superiùs est insertum: te commissarium ac ambassiatorem [line 30] & procuratorem nostrum specialem ordinamus, facimus, & constituimus per praesentes: promit∣tentes nos ratum, gratum, & firmum habituros quicquid per te gestum & procuratum siue actum fuerit in praemissis. In cuius reitestimonium has literas nostras fieri fecimus patentes. Teste me ipso apud Greenewich sextodecimo die Iunij anno regni nostri tricesimo octauo.

Henrie Rex.

The king hauing passed ouer the foresaid letters [line 40] patents to sir Thomas, and he in forwardnesse to execute his charge, to the intent that his retinue and attendants should no waies offensiuelie behaue themselues against the French, with whom the king was verie carefull to continue and mainteine the peace interchangeablie agreed vpon and concluded, his maiestie to preuent and cut off all occasions that might anie waie impeach, interrupt, or violate this peace, commanded the lords of his councell to di∣rect letters with all expedition to the said sir Thomas, [line 50] then vpon his voiage into France, conteining a prescript forme of demeanor, which the gentlemen & yeomen attendant vpon him in France should vse, during the time of their abode in those forren parts: a copie of which letter, being a testimoniall of the king of Englands inclinable mind to peace hereaf∣ter followeth out of the verie originall, as the same was subscribed by the lords.

[line 60]

A copie of the said letters sent in post to sir Thomas Cheinie being vpon his voiage into France.

AFter our right hartie commendations to your good lordship. The kings maiestie hath willed vs to signifie vnto you, that his highnesse expresse pleasure and comman∣dement is, ye should in his maiesties name declare to such gentlemen as accompanie you into France, that they haue in remembrance so to vse & behaue them selues among the Frenchmen as well on the waie as at the court, in such sort as they by communication vpon feats of the warre passed giue no occasion of priuat displeasure. Wherein therefore it shall be ex∣pedient, that either they saie nothing, vnlesse they be prouoked; or in that case call the things happened fortune de la guerre, without comparison of things chanced on our part or on theirs, but turne the com∣munication to reioise in peace. In the conditions whereof they shall pretend ignorance, without spea∣king of the keeping still of Bullogne, or deliuerance of it againe, but as shall please the princes for the continuance of peace, wherein by Gods grace the crueltie of warre shall be conuerted into extreamitie of friendship, to the weale and commoditie of both realmes.

And forsomuch as there want not in the world naughtie men of the state of moonks and friers, who for malice of the alteration of their estate here, would gladlie defame our religion towards God, as though we had with them cast out all; his highnesse expresse pleasure and commandement is, that considering at this first entrie of you, the behauiour of your compa∣nie shall be much marked and noted in matters of religion and circumstances: of the same they should therfore haue so much the more regard both to their communications and also behauiors, and not onelie in speech to forbeare to dispute or intermedle with the state of their policy there, but also in their diet on the fish daie and deuout hearing of masse, follow the order of the kings maiesties relme, so as their conuer∣sation & behauior maie be cōfusion to such as would defame this realme in the contrarie. Thus fare your good lordship right hartilie well. From Greenewich the ninteenth of Iune 1546. Your lordships assured louing friends, Thomas Wriothesleie canc. W: Saint-Iohn. I: Russell. Cut••: Duresme. Steph: Winton. Anthonie Brenne. William Petres. This letter was thus indorsed. ¶To our assured louing friend sir Thomas Cheinie knight of the order, treasuror of the kings maiesties houshold, and lord warden of the cinque ports, presentlie in speciall commission from the kings maiestie into France. Hast, post hast for thy life, to Douer, Calis, or where he shall chance to be: hast, hast.

Thus farre of sir Thomas Cheinie, imploied a∣bout the kings affaires in France; namelie the chri∣stening of the Dolphins daughter: wherein we haue béene the more copious in words, bicause it hath béen published, that sir Henrie Kneuet was there vnto personallie deputed: which to be vntrue, both the let∣ters patents and the letter missiue doo sufficient∣lie prooue; both which we receiued at the hands of an * 28.1 ancient seruitor, attendant vpon the same sir Thomas at his béeing in France to execute his charge in the kings behalfe. Of which woorthie knight when we come to the yeare and daie of his death, we will deliuer further report to his high commendati∣on, but yet none otherwise than as by warranted intelligence we shall be directed.]

The same time was a combat fought before the French king betwixt two Spaniards,* 28.2 Iulian Rom∣erou, and one Morow. They both serued the king of England in the last wars against France: but Mo∣row had reuolted from his seruice to the French kings, and for certeine spéeches which he had vttered, was chalenged to fight the said combat by the said Iulian, for whome sir Henrie Kneuet vndertooke that he should stand to his chalenge, and trie it with his aduersarie, which he now did, and vanquished him in lists, the fight being appointed on horsse∣backe. Incontinentlie after,* 28.3 sir Henrie Kneuet sick∣ned and died at Corbell, and was buried in Paris within the church of S. Paule. Moreouer, for the full establishment of the peace, and to receiue the French kings oth, the vicount Lisle lord admerall, with the bishop of Duresme, and diuerse other lords, and gen∣tlemen,

to the number of one hundred and aboue, all in veluet cotes and chaines of gold, with fiue and fortie yeomen right séemelie appointed,* 28.4 went into France, departing from Bullogne the tenth of Iu∣lie, and came to Mellune a towne beyond Paris, where the French king then laie, by whome and the Dolphin his sonne they were roiallie receiued, fea∣sted, and banketted: and hauing doone that for the which he was sent, the said lord admerall Dudleie the first of August tooke his leaue of the French king, [line 10] who rewarded him with a cupboord of plate all gold, valued at 1500 pounds. The lords also and gentle∣men had chaines of gold giuen to them, and the yeo∣men had two hundred crownes bestowed amongst them, and so the lord admerall returned into Eng∣land. This lord admerall, during the time that he had to deale with the French, so valiantlie demea∣ned himselfe, and was such a terror and astonish∣ment to the enimie, as it is left written of him, that they durst not quéech in his presence, but were like a [line 20] sort of timorous cattell, giuing roome to the raging lion ranging ouer the pastures with hir yoonglings, and making the verie heauens to ring with hir ro∣ring, after she hath filled hir selfe with bulles flesh, and laid hir selfe downe to rest being wearie with eating; the comparison verie aptlie followeth:

Vtque iracundo cedunt armenta leoni, Pascua cum plenus bacchante furore peragrat Solus cum catulis, coelum, & rugitibus implens Conspicitur, postquam taurorum carnibus atra [line 30] Sit saturata fames, lassúsque recumbit edendo: Tantus terror erat Gallis Dudleius Heros.

In the same moneth of August monsieur Dane∣balt high admerall of France,* 28.5 accompanied with the bishop of Eureux, the earle of Nauteuill knight of the order, the earle of Uilliers, the chiefe president of Roan, secretarie Bouchetell, monsieur de Cana∣ples knight of the order, monsieur de Taies knight of the order, monsieur de Masilerie viceadmerall of France, monsieur de Desse, the baron de la Gard, [line 40] with diuerse other lords and capteines of honor, be∣side two hundred gentlemen well appointed, leused from Déepe with twelue gallies and a right faire ship called the Sacre of Déepe, and so making saile he staied not anie where to take land, till he came in∣to the Thames, where at Blackewall he was recei∣ued into the kings barge by the earles of Darbie and Essex, who brought him to Gréenewich, where he landed, and lodged there that night.

* 28.6The next daie he came vp with all his gallies, [line 50] and landed at the Tower wharfe. Upon all the banks by the water side were laid péeces of artillerie, which shot off freelie, and so likewise did all the artillerie in the ships, but speciallie from the Tower was shot a maruellous great peale of ordinance. From whence being landed, they rode thorough London in great triumph (the maior and the crafts standing in the streets in verie good order) vnto the bishops palace by Paules, where the French admerall lodged till Bartholomew euen, on which daie he was conueied [line 60] toward Hampton court, where in the waie the prince hauing with him the archbishop of Yorke,* 28.7 the earles of Hertford and Huntington, and aboue two thousand horsse, met him and imbrased him in such courteous and honorable wise, that all the behol∣ders greatlie reioised, and much maruelled at the said princes high wit and great audacitie, and so the French admerall came to the court, giuing the prince the vpper hand as they rode. And at the vtter gate of the court, the lord chancellor, and all the kings councell receiued him, and brought him to his lodging.

On Bartholomew daie the king admitting him to his presence, welcomed him, and in great triumph went to the chappell, where the king receiued his oth to performe the articles of the league,* 28.8 as it was co∣uenanted. To speake of the bankettings, huntings▪ and such like honorable sorts of interteinements, it were much to vtter, and hard to beléeue. But on fri∣daie following,* 28.9 being the seuen and twentith of Au∣gust, he being rewarded with a cupboord of plate, to the value of twelue hundred pounds, returned to London, and on the sundaie next insuing tooke his gallies and departed. Beside the kings gifts, he had giuen to him by the citie of London two flaggons guilt, and two other that were parcell guilt, valued at one hundred thirtie six pounds, beside wine, wax, and torches. There were diuerse of his companie also that went not awaie vnrewarded, hauing both plate, and also manie horsses, and greihounds giuen them.

Although this peace pleased both the English and French nations, yet suerlie both mistrusted the con∣tinuance therof. And verelie the old prouerbe séemed to be throughlie verefied, which saith, that what the eie séeth, the hart rueth: for the Frenchmen still lon∣ged for Bullogne, and the Englishmen meant not willinglie to giue it ouer. For during the French admerals being in England, monsieur de Chatillon capteine of Montplaisier began to make a new ba∣stilion euen at the verie mouth of the hauen, na∣ming it Chatillons garden. Wherevpon that noble gentleman the lord Greie of Wilton, shortlie after appointed to be deputie of the towne and countie of Bullogne, perceiuing the great inconuenience that this new building would bring to the towne if it went forwards, did aduertise the king thereof,* 28.10 ear∣nestlie beséeching his grace, that the matter might be throughlie considered of.* 28.11 Sir Thomas Palmer was the messenger.

The king vpon the intelligence, asked his coun∣cels aduise, which onelie went wholie, that the condi∣tions of the peace were not in anie wise to be infrin∣ged. This resolued, secretarie Paget then knight, and afterwards lord, was commanded accordinglie to draw a letter to the lord Greie, the which ••he king himselfe did signe, willing that the messenger should further know of his pleasure before he departed. Wherevpon sir Thomas Palmer, hauing his dis∣patch at the secretaries hands, did get word to be giuen to the king, who presentlie sent for him into his priuie chamber, and betwixt them two, vsed these words: Palmer, you haue there a letter from vs to the lord Greie,* 28.12 that he doo in no wise deale in the matter that he hath by you aduertised vs of. Not∣withstanding, I will that you deliuer him this mes∣sage from vs.

Bid him call to mind how that his brethren and himselfe not a short time, but euen from tender yeares, nor farre off, but still neere to our person, we haue brought him vp, which (tell him) not vniustlie, if that be in him that we conceiue dooth bréed in vs an od trust of feruencie to serue vs of him, more than a common seruant or subiect. By that token will him whatsoeuer I haue written to the contrarie, that he presentlie impeach the fortification of Chatillons garden, and rase it if it be possible: and this my mes∣sage shall be his cléering therein, & the seruice grate∣fullie accepted.

Sir Thomas Palmer somewhat a∣stonied hereat, considering the weightinesse of the cause, and the contrarietie of the letter and message, began to put the king in mind of the small credit that his bare errand of right was like to haue, so flat against that which his maiesties letters imported. But the king cutting off his tale▪

Deliuer thou the message (quoth he) at his choise then be the executing thereof.

Sir Thomas thus dispatched, with great spéed ar∣riued

at Bullogne immediatlie vpon the opening of the gates at after noone. His letters and message deliuered, the lord Greie streight assembled the coun∣cell, shewed them the kings letters, which read, he caused sir Thomas to pronounce before them the message also. Euerie man was to saie his aduise: it went roundlie through the boord without anie que∣stion, that the letter was to be followed, the message not to be staied on. The lord Greie hauing heard, and not replieng anie thing, willed sir Thomas to be cal∣led [line 10] in againe, bad him repeat his message, and ther∣whilest made a clearke of the councell to write the same Verbatim. This doone, he praied the whole table to set their hands vnto it, which they did, and the lord Greie taking the same into his hands, without fur∣ther opening, declaring his resolution, brake vp councell, commanded streight the gates to be shut, gaue priuie warning, that certeine bands with ar∣mour and weapon, and likewise pioners should that night by an houre be in a readines. [line 20]

The houre came, himselfe with the warned com∣panie issued out, passed ouer the water, and without anie alarum of the enimie,* 28.13 did ouerthrow in thrée or foure houres, what in two or three moneths had bin raised, and so in great quietnesse returned into the towne. Presentlie he dispatched sir Thomas Pal∣mer backe againe to the king with the newes, whose returne was so sudden, as the king himselfe being in the chamber of presence, & séeing him, said alowd: What? Will he doo it or no? Sir Thomas giuing no [line 30] other answer, but presenting his letters, and saieng, that thereby his maiestie should know. The king againe in earnest mood, Naie tell vs I saie, whether he will doo it or not? Then sir Thomas told him that it was doone, and the whole fortification cleane rased. Whereat the king taking great ioy, presentlie called to certeine of the lords of the councell that were by, and said: How saie you my lords, Chatillons garden the new fort is laid as flat as this floore. One streight amongst them gaue iudgement, that he that had [line 40] doone it,* 28.14 was worthie to lose his head. The king streight replied, he had rather lose a dozen such heads as his was that so iudged, than one such seruants as had doone it: and herewith he commanded, that the lord Greies pardon should presentlie be made, the which with a letter of great thanks, and promise of reward, was returned by the said sir Thomas Palmer to the said lord Greie; but the reward fai∣led, the king not continuing long after in life: the like hap whereof had oftentimes happened vnto di∣uerse [line 50] of his worthie ancestors vpon their due deserts to haue béene considered of, and therefore the case the lesse strange.

This haue I set downe the more willinglie, for that I haue receiued it from them, which haue heard it reported, not onlie by the lord Greis owne mouth, but also by the relation of sir Thomas Palmer, and others that were present: the same not tending so much to the lord Greies owne praise, as to the be∣tokening of the kings noble courage, and the great secret trust which he worthilie reposed in the said lord [line 60] Greie.

Here is to be noted also, lest any man should mistake the matter, as if the king dealt indirectlie herein, that his maiestie knowing how the French∣men in going about to build this fort, did more than they might by the couenants of the peace; and there∣fore was resolued at the first aduertisement thereof, to haue it rased. But yet for that it might happilie haue béene signified ouer vnto the Frenchmen, be∣fore my lord Greie could haue accomplished the feat, he therefore wiselie wrote one thing in his let∣ters, wherevnto manie might be priuie, and ••en•• se∣cret knowledge by words contrarie to the contents of the same letters, so as if the messenger were tru∣stie, his pleasure might not be discouered to the hin∣derance or dispappointing of the same. But now to our purpose.

The French king after this, bicause as yet hée would not séeme to breake the peace, commanded the trenches and new fortifications made about this fortresse, called Chatillons garden thus cast downe, to be filled by his owne people, and so it rested during the life of king Henrie: but afterwards it was be∣gun againe, and finished, as after ye shall heare. A∣bout Michaelmas in this present yeare,* 28.15 Thomas duke of Norffolke, and Henrie earle of Surrie that was his sonne and heire, vpon certeine surmises of treason, were committed to the tower of London,* 28.16 and immediatlie after Christmas, the thirtéenth of Ianuarie, the king then lieng in the extremities of death, the said earle was arreigned in the Guildhall of London, before the lord maior, the lord chancellor, and diuerse other lords and iudges being there in commission. Where if he had tempered his answers with such modestie as he shewed token of a right perfect and readie wit, his praise had béene the grea∣ter. Some things he flatlie denied, seeking to wea∣ken the credit of his accusers by certeine circum∣stances: other he excused with interpretations of his meaning, to proue the same to be far otherwise than was alleged against him.

And one speciall matter amongest other where∣with he was charged, was, for bearing certeine arms that were said to belong to the king, and to the prince. The bearing where of he iustified and mainte∣ned, that (as he tooke it) he might beare them as be∣longing to diuerse of his ancestors, and withall af∣firmed, that he had the opinion of heralds therein. But yet to his indictment he pleaded not giltie: and for that he was no lord of the parlement, he was in∣forced to stand to the triall of a common inquest of his countrie, which found him giltie, and therevpon he had iudgement of death: and shortlie after, to wit, the 19 of Ianuarie,* 28.17 he was beheaded on the tower hill. ¶In this moneth of Ianuarie, the church of the late graie friers in London was opened, and masse ••oong there:* 28.18 and that daie preached at Paules crosse the bishop of Rochester, who declared the kings gift to the citie of London, for the relieuing of the poore people, which was by patent vnder his great seale. Saint Bartholomews spittle, the church of the graie friers, and two parish churches, the one of saint Nicholas in the shambles, the other saint Ewine in Newgate market, all to be m••de on pa∣rish church of the graie friers church; and in lands he gaue for the maintenance of the same 500 markes by yeare for euer, & this church to be named Christs church, founded by king Henrie the eight.]

The duke was atteinted by parlement, and the atteindor after reuersed in the first yeare of quéene Marie. The euill hap as well of the father,* 28.19 as of the sonne, was greatlie lamented of manie, not onelie for the good seruice which the duke had doone in his daies in defense of this realme, but also for that the earle was a gentleman well learned, and knowne to haue an excellent wit, if he had béene thankefull to God for the same, and other such good gifts as he had indued him withall. The king now lieng at the point of death, made his last will and testament,* 28.20 wherein he not onelie yéelded himselfe to almightie God; but also tooke order, that during the minoritie of his sonne prince Edward, his executors should be councellors and aiders to him in all things, as well concerning priuate as publike affaires. They were sixtéene in number, whose names were as hereafter followeth.

Thomas Cranmer archbishop of Canturburie,* 28.21 Thomas Wriothesleie lord chancellor, sir William

Paulet knight of the order, lord Saint-Iohn, & great master of the houshold: sir Edward Seimer knight of the order, earle of Hertford, and high chamber∣leine of England: sir Iohn Russell knight of the or∣der, lord priuie seale: sir Iohn Dudleie knight of the order, vicount Lisle, & baron of Maupas, high adme∣rall of England: Cutbert Tunstall bishop of Dur∣ham: sir Anthonie Browne knight of the order, and master of the horsse: sir Edmund Montacute knight chiefe iustice of the cōmon plees: sir Thomas Brom∣leie knight, one of the iustices of the kings bench: sir [line 10] Edward North knight, chancellor of the augmenta∣tion: sir William Paget knight of the order: sir Anthonie Dennie knight: sir William Herbert knight: sir Edward Wotton knight, treasuror of Calis: Nicholas Wotton deane of Canturburie and Yorke.

So soone as the noble king had finished his last will and testament, as afore is said, he shortlie there∣vpon yeelded vp his spirit to almightie God,* 28.22 depar∣ting this world the eight and twentith daie of Ianu∣arie, [line 20] in the eight and thirtith yeare of his reigne, and in the yeare of our Lord 1546, after the accompt of the church of England; but after the accompt which we follow in this booke 1547, beginning our yeare the first of Ianuarie. He reigned thirtie and seuen yeares, nine moneths and od daies. His bodie (accor∣ding to his will in that behalfe) was conueied to Windsor with all funerall pompe, and in the college there interred. Of this tresnoble and trespuissant monarch, I find these few verses, which maie serue [line 30] in good stead of an epitaph or funerall inscription:

* 28.23Henricus princeps propè lustra peregerat octo, Et populum magna prudens cum laude regebat, Ex quo magna solitractauit sceptra Britanni: Cùm Deus omnipotens, morbo obrepente, moneret Hinc emigrandum de vita. Proh doloringens! Quo•• pia pleb••lachrymis quàm tristibus ora rigauit? Quàm grauiterregni proceres planxere cubantem? Anglia tota iacet moerens, lugubris & amens, Nil opis apportant medici, nil profuit herba•• [line 40] Quae solet humanis membris adferre salutem, Pharmaca nil prosunt, praebetur potio frustra•• Heu nulla tristis mors est medicabilis arte.

* 28.24This noble prince was right fortunate in all his dooings, so that commonlie whatsoeuer he attem∣ted, had good successe, as well in matters of peace as of wars. Of personage he was tall and mightie, in his latter daies somwhat grosse, or as we tearment, bourlie: in wit and memorie verie perfect: of such [line 50] maiestie tempered with humanitie, as best became so noble and high an estate: a great fauorer of lear∣ning, as he that was not ignorant of good letters himselfe▪ he was of great magnificence and libera∣litie, insomuch that Iohn Leland that woorthie anti∣quarie, hauing tasted of his roiall bountifulnesse, hath le•••• no lesse te••tified to the world in a proper e∣p••gram▪ which I will not omit, least I should wil∣fullie conceale a manifest protestation of his thank∣fulnesse le••t witnessed vnto the world in writing: [line 60]

* 28.25Antèsuos Phoebus radios ostende•••• mundo. Definet, & claras Cynthia pulchra faces: Antè slùet ••apidu•••• tacitis fine piscibus ae••uo••punc; Spinifer & nullam sentis habebit auem: Antè sacrae quercus cessabunt spargere ramos, Florá{que} sollicita pingere prata manu: Quàm rex diue tuum labatur pectore nostro Nomen, quod studijs portus & aura meis.

And the same Iohn Leland, who deseruedlie had, tasted the fruits of the kings largesse, was not vnac∣quainted with the fame of his renowme, which had made it selfe knowne by restles flight to nations far and neare, some to their smart hauing felt the valor of his forces, and others submitting themselues for feare of vtter desolation. Wherevpon he became a terror to his enimies, and yet none more desirous of peace than he, if by anie other meanes (besides vio∣lence) the same might haue béene obteined. Suffici∣ent cannot be said in his high & merited commenda∣tion, considering that as his victories were singular, so were they also manifold; and hard it is for the pen of a cunning rhetorician to paint him out according to his dignitie: howbeit the said Iohn Leland hath left in writing a proper epigram, deuised in praise of this most excellent king, by way of comparison, to his immortall commendation, as here followeth:

* 28.26Quantum puniceis nouo rosetis Cedunt vere suis rubeta spinis▪ Quantum lilio amoenioris horti Gemmae omnes aliae nitore cedunt: Quantum caetera punicis decoro Malis poma quidem rubore cedunt: Quantum coniferis breues myricae Concedunt quo{que} gloria cupressis: Quantum stellig ero repressa tellus Caelo mole sua & nigrore cedit: Tantum omnes alij, celebritate, Fama, nomine, gloriá{que} vera (Vt mittam ingenij valentioris Lumen, flumina, fulmen at{que} vires Rari iudicij tui perennes) Concedunt tibi principes sereni•• Henrice, ô patriae tuae columna Talis, qualis erat celebris illa Olim quam extulit Henricus triumphans.

Of lerned men that liued in the daies of this most famous prince, we find manie, as first Iohn Colet deane of Paules, and founder of the schoole there, he was borne in London of honest parents; William Lillie borne in the town of Odiham in Hampshire, and was the first schoolemaster of Paules schoole af∣ter it was erected; Thomas Linacer, or rather Lina∣ker, borne in Darbie, a learned physician, and well séene in the toongs; Iohn Skelton a pleasant poet, Richard Pace that succeeded Iohn Colet in the roome of deane of Paules, Iohn Fisher bishop of Rochester of whome ye haue heard before, Thomas More borne in London of whome mention likewise is made in the life of this famous king; William Horman borne in Salisburie viceprouost of Eaton college, a learned man, as by his works it appeareth; Iohn Frith borne in London, William Tindall, of which two persons ye haue heard likewise in the hi∣storie of this king; Robert Wakefield excellentlie seene in toongs, Iohn Rastall a citizen and stationer of London, Christopher Saint German an excel∣lent lawier, Robert Barnes of whom also we haue made mention before.

Sir Thomas Eliot knight, Edward Lée archbi∣shop of Yorke, Iohn Leland a diligent searcher of antiquities, Anne Askew wrote certeine treatises concerning hir examinations, sir Iohn Bourchier knight lord Berners translated the chronicles of sir Iohn Froissard out of French into English, Willi∣am Chubs, Henrie Standish a frier minor and bi∣shop of saint Assaph wrote against Erasmus for his translation of the new testament, to his small praise as he handled the matter; Thomas surnamed Philo∣melus a Londoner an excellent poet, William Grocine verie expert in both toongs Gréeke and La∣tine, Thomas Spenser a Carmelite frier borne in Norwich, Henrie Bullocke, William Latimer, Yoong a moonke of Ramseie, Arnold of London wrote certeine collections touching historicall mat∣ters, Thomas Lupset a Londoner a learned yoong man departed this life in the six and thirtith yeare of his age about the yeare of our Lord 1532, he wrote sundrie vertuous treatises; William Melton chan∣cellor

of Yorke, Iohn Sowle a Carmelite frier of London and a doctor of diuinitie, Iohn Batemanson a Charterhouse moonke & prior of his house at Lon∣don, Richard Whitford.

Thomas Altourborne in Norffolke and fellow with Bilneie in suffering persecution vnder cardi∣nall Wolseie, Henrie Bradshaw borne in Chester where he was professed a blacke moonke wrote the life of saint Werbourgh and a certeine chronicle, Iohn Palsgraue a citizen of London wrote in∣structions [line 10] for the perfect vnderstanding of the French toong, Iohn Skuish a Cornishman wrote certeine abbreuiations of chronicles with a treatise of the warres of Troie, Anthonie Fitzherbert a iudge wrote an abridgement of the lawe, Iohn Lit∣tleton wrote also of the principles of the law but he liued before this season, Wilfride Holme wrote a treatise of the rebellion in Lincolneshire and in the North after the maner of a dialog, Iohn Constable an excellent poet and rhetorician, Iohn Hilier, Ed∣ward [line 20] For student in the kings college in Cam∣bridge was aduanced to the bishops sée of Hereford and was imploied in diuerse amb••ssages from king Henrie the seuenth both into Germanie and Italie.

Iohn Lambert aliàs Nichols borne in Norffolke, of whome yee haue heard in the historie of this king, how he suffered for the controuersie of the sacra∣ment; George Fulberie, Iohn Hooker, Thomas Lanquet wrote an epitome of chronicles and also of the winning of Bullongne, Iohn Shepre, Leonard [line 30] Cox wrote diuerse treatises, one in English rhe∣torike whereof Bale maketh no mention; Thomas Soulmon borne in the Ile of Gernseie verie studi∣ous in histories as by his writings and notes it ap∣peareth, Iohn Longland bishop of Lincolne, Mau∣rice Chancie a Charterhouse moonke, Cutbert Tun∣stall bishop of Duresme, Richard Samson, Alban Hill a Welshman an excellent physician, Richard Croke verie expert in the Gréeke toong, Robert Whittington borne in Staffordshire néere to Lich∣field [line 40] wrote diuerse treatises for the instruction of Grammarians, Iohn Aldrige bishop of Carleill, Iohn Russell gathered a treatise intituled Super iure Caesaris & Papae, he wrote also commentaries in Canti∣ca; William Roie, Simon Fish a Kentishman borne wrote a booke called the supplication of beg∣gers.

Iohn Powell and Edward Powell Welshmen wrote against Luther, Edward died in Smithfield for treason in denieng the kings supremacie in the [line 50] yeare 1540; Iohn Houghton gouernour of the Char∣terhouse moonks in London died likewise for trea∣son in the yeare a thousand fiue hundred thirtie and fiue; Iohn Rickes being an aged man, forsaking the order of a frier Minor, which he had first professed, imbraced the gospell; George Bullen lord Rochford, brother to quéene Anne, wrote diuerse songs and so∣nets; Francis Bigod knight borne in Yorkeshire wrote a booke against the cleargie intituled De im∣propriationibus, and translated certeine bookes from Latine into English, he died for rebellion in the yeare a thousand fiue hundred thirtie and seauen; Richard Wise, Henrie Morleie lord Morleie, wrote diuerse treatises, as comedies and tragedies, the life of sectaries, and certeine rithmes; William Bote∣uille aliàs Thin restored Chaucers workes by his learned and painfull corrections.

Iohn Smith sometime schoolemaister of Heiton, Richard Turpine borne of a worshipfull familie in England & seruing in the garrison of Calis wrote a chronicle of his time, he died in the yéere a thousand fiue hundred fortie and one, and was buried in saint Nicholas church in Calis; Sir Thomas Wiat knight, in whose praise much might be said, as well for his learning as other excellent qualities meet for a man of his calling, he greattlie furthered to in∣rich the English toong, he wrote diuerse matters in English méeter, and translated the seauen penitenti∣all psalmes, and (as some write) the whole psalter, he died of the pestilence in the west countrie, being on his iourneie into Spaine, whither he was sent am∣bassadour from the king vnto the emperour, in the yeare a thousand fiue hundred fortie and one; Henrie Howard earle of Surrie, sonne to the duke of Norf∣folke, delighted in the like studies with sir Thomas Wiat, wrote diuerse treatises also in English mée∣ter, he suffered at Tower hill, as in the historie of this king before yée haue heard.

Iohn Field a citizen and lawyer of London wrote sundrie treatises, as his owne answers vnto cer∣teine articles ministred to him by sir Thomas More, the bishop of Rochester, Rastall, and others; when he was in prison for religion, he wrote also a treatise of mans fréewill, De seruo hominis arbitrio, and collections of the common lawes of the land, &c: Tristram Re∣uell, Henrie Brinklow a merchant of London wrote a little booke, which he published vnder th•• name of Roderike Mors, and also a complaint vpon London, &c: Robert Shinglet••n borne of a good fa∣milie in Lancashire wrote a treatise of the seauen churches, and other things, as of certeine prophesies, for the which (as some write) he suffered at London, being conuict of treason in the yeare 1544: Willi∣am Parreie a Welshman wrote a booke intituled Speculum iuuenum.

Of strangers that liued here in this kings daies, and for their works which they wrote were had in estimation, these we find recorded by maister Bale: Barnard Andreas a Frenchman, borne in Tolouse an Augustin Frier, and an excellent poet; Adrian de Castello, an Italian of Corneto a towne in Thus∣caine, he was commended vnto king Henrie the se∣uenth by the archbishop Morton, and therevpon was first made bishop of Hereford, and after resigning that sée, was aduanced to Bath and Welles; Andre∣as Ammonius an Italian of the citie of Luca, se∣cretarie to the king▪ wrote diuerse treatises; Iames Calco an Italian also of Pauia in Lumbardie, by profession a Carmelite frier, an earnest defender of the diuorse betwixt the king and the ladie Katharine Dowager, disproouing the marriage be••wixt them to be in anie wise lawfull.

Thus farre the right high and renowmed Henrie the eight, sonne and successor to Henrie the seuenth.

Notes

• * 1.1

  1509 Anno Reg. 1.
• * 1.2

  Henrie the ••ight procla∣•••••• king.
• * 1.3

  Polydor.
• * 1.4

  Councellors to king Hen∣rie the eight.
• * 1.5

  King Henries ••••••hes.
• * 1.6

  ••is councel∣l••••s good 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.7

  A proclama∣tion.
• * 1.8

  Multitudes of suters what shifts they made to be heard.
• * 1.9

  Empson and Dudleie com∣mitted to the Tower.
• * 1.10

  Promoters punished.
• * 1.11

  I.S. pag. 893.
• * 1.12

  The funerall pompe and so∣lemnitie of Henrie the seuenth.
• * 1.13

  Edw. Hall, in Hen. 8. fol. j.
• * 1.14

  The corps put into a charriot sumptuouslie garnished.
• * 1.15

  The order of the pompe and mourners.
• * 1.16

  The charriot brought into Paules church.
• * 1.17

  Description of the curious hearse at Westminster.
• * 1.18

  The bodie o•• the dead king interred.
• * 1.19

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 1.20

  The duke of Bucking∣hams rich 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.21

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 1.22

  A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sight 〈◊〉〈◊〉 virgins in white, with branches of white wax.
• * 1.23

  K. Henries apparell at his coronatiō.
• * 1.24

  The kings traine and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.25

  The quéenes traine and the sumptuous∣nesse of the same.
• * 1.26

  The coronati∣on of king Henrie and quéene Ka∣tharine.
• * 1.27

  Homage doone to the king at his coronatiō both of the lords spiritu∣all & tempo∣rall.
• * 1.28

  Sir Robert Dimmocke the kings champion.
• * 1.29

  The knights an••wer to the king of he∣ralds.
• * 1.30

  The maner of the same knights te∣nure.
• * 1.31

  Sir Stephā Genings ma∣ior of London.
• * 1.32

  Iusts and turnement••▪
• * 1.33

  The enterpri∣sers of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 iusts.
• * 1.34

  Goodlie she•••• & delightfull.
• * 1.35

  Pallas knights the defendants.
• * 1.36

  Another band of horssemen richlie 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.37

  Eight knights ar∣me•• at all paints.
• * 1.38

  From head 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.39

  Dimas knights.
• * 1.40

  A conceipt or deuise of a p••rke with 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c.
• * 1.41

  The kings wisedome in preuenting an inconuenients
• * 1.42

  Henrie y^e duke of Bucking∣hams brother created erle of Wilshire.
• * 1.43

  A great plague in Calis.
• * 1.44

  A parlement.
• * 1.45

  Empson and Dudleie at∣teinted of treason.
• * 1.46

  Polydor.
• * 2.1

  Most of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the co••••cell a∣gainst Emp∣son.
• * 2.2

  Matters ob∣iected against Empson.
• * 2.3

  Wrong main∣teined against the kings li••ge people.
• * 2.4

  Iniurie doone to the kings wards.
• * 2.5

  A charge of manifest op∣pression and extortion.
• * 2.6

  Empson som∣time recorder of Couentrie.
• * 2.7

  Empson in∣dicted & ••ound guiltie.
• * 2.8

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 plague.
• * 2.9

  1••••0
• * 2.10

  The king run 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at tilt in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 owne ••erson.
• * 2.11

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Hall in 〈…〉〈…〉 vj. The king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 disguised 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Robin ••••ods men 〈◊〉〈◊〉 disport.
• * 2.12

  •• banket.
• * 2.13

  The king and others disguised after the Turkish ••••••hion.
• * 2.14

  A maske wherein the king was an actor.
• * 2.15

  Certeine la∣dies richlie attired and a••∣ter a strange fashion.
• * 2.16

  The ladie Marie sister to the king.
• * 2.17

  Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fol. vij. Running at the ring.
• * 2.18

  The king ve∣rie roiallie ar∣raied runneth at the ring in the sight of the ambassadours & beareth the prise awaie.
• * 2.19

  King Henrie goeth a mai∣eng with o∣ther of his courtiers.
• * 2.20

  The king a good archer.
• * 2.21

  The king cha¦lengeth all commers at sundrie exer∣cises of ac∣tiuitie
• * 2.22

  Abr. Fl. ex I.S. pag. 894. Pouls schoole.
• * 2.23

  The king ••••∣parel••ed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 one of the gard.
• * 2.24

  The king fighteth wit•• a battle are against an Almaine.
• * 2.25

  The king (with his ••••∣sistants) cha∣lengeth all commers at tilt.
• * 2.26

  A roiall 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.27

  A maske of fourteene 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 2.28

  The birth of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 first 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sonne of king Hen∣•••• the eight.
• * 2.29

  •• goodlie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a moue∣•••• pageant.
• * 2.30

  A s••lemne 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at West∣minster.
• * 2.31

  •• pageant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 like a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 forrest 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 2.32

  The foure knights issue out of the pa∣geant all ar∣med.
• * 2.33

  Gorgeous shewes in apparell.
• * 2.34

  The king vn∣der a pauilion of cloth of gold and purple veluet, &c.
• * 2.35

  Sir Charles Brandon on horssebacke in a long robe of russet satt••re like a religi∣ous person.
• * 2.36

  Henrie Guil∣ford esquier in russet cloth of gold, with his deuise.
• * 2.37

  The mar∣quesse Dorset and sir Tho∣mas Bullen like pilgrims.
• * 2.38

  The great O neall made knight.
• * 2.39

  A pageant de∣uised to run vpon whéeles.
• * 2.40

  A goodlie she•• of the king & fiue other with him.
• * 2.41

  The rudene•••• of the people assembled to sée the shewe••
• * 2.42

  The depar∣ture of the kings yoong sonne out of this life.
• * 2.43

  Ambassador•• from the king of Spaine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 aid against t•••• Moores.
• * 2.44

  Lord Darc••e knight of the garter.
• * 2.45

  Anno reg. ••.
• * 2.46

  The seuenth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hath Iohn Stow.

  Empson and Dudleie be∣headed.
• * 2.47

  The king lost much monie at tenise.
• * 2.48

  Anno Reg. 3. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hill in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 8. fol. xj. 1••.
• * 2.49

  The king and three other courtiers challengers.
• * 2.50

  A deuise of a ship vnder s••••le
• * 2.51

  The king brake more staues than the rest and had the prise giuen him.
• * 2.52

  The lord Darcie and his compa∣nie readie at Plimmouth.
• * 2.53

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fol. xij.
• * 2.54

  The vnruli•• behauiour of the English∣men.
• * 2.55

  The lord Darcie hono∣rablie recei∣ued of the K. of Aragons councell.
• * 2.56

  The lord Darcie dis∣contented at the bishops declaration.
• * 2.57

  A shrewd traie begun vpon a small occasion.
• * 2.58

  Edw. Hall.
• * 2.59

  The English men desire to sée the Spa∣nish court.
• * 2.60

  The lord Darcie retur∣neth out of Spaine.
• * 2.61

  The duchesse of Sauoie sē∣deth to king Henrie for aid against the duke of Gel∣ders.
• * 2.62

  Thom. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gouernour of the English ordinance. The sort is woone.
• * 2.63

  The towne of Aiske burned.
• * 2.64

  Uenlow be∣sieged by the English.
• * 2.65

  The duchesse of Sauoie be∣stoweth new coats on the English sol∣diors.
• * 2.66

  Andrew Barton a ••••••tish pirat.
• * 2.67

  A cruell fight 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the sea, be∣••••eene the said pirat and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 l••rds Ho∣wards.
• * 2.68

  Andrew Bartō slaine.
• * 2.69

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Fl. ex Ed••. Hall in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. fol. xvj. The Scots prisoners in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bishop of ••orks place.
• * 2.70

  King Henrie the eight ta∣keth the popes part against the French king.
• * 2.71

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag. 314. Cardinall S. Petri ad v••••∣cula made pope.
• * 2.72

  Pope Iulie a factious fel∣low and an enimie to peace.
• * 2.73

  Indirect meanes to at∣teine the pope∣dome.
• * 2.74

  A prouerbe vpon the popes dissem∣bling, Gui••c. 305.
• * 2.75

  Buch. in Psal. 15.
• * 2.76

  Abr. Fl. ex Ed. Hall in Hen. 8 fol. xv. Christmasse pastimes or delights at Gréenwich.
• * 2.77

  The king & fiue other as∣saile the ca∣stell.
• * 2.78

  Maskers dis∣guised after the Italian fashion.
• * 2.79

  A parlement. The summe of the bishop of Canturbu∣ries oration in the parle∣ment.
• * 2.80

  Abr. Fl. ex 〈◊〉〈◊〉. pag. 896.
• * 2.81

  Newbolt a yeoman of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gard hange••▪
• * 2.82

  G••. Ha. in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 5.
• * 2.83

  Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fol. xij▪ Ierome Bo••••uise the popes collector and proctor in England a false knaue▪
• * 2.84

  The Fren•••• king hath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hands full of troubles.
• * 2.85

  Anno Reg 4 Sir Edmu•••• Howard 〈◊〉〈◊〉 admerall.
• * 2.86

  Noblemen appointed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the viage Biskaie.
• * 2.87

  The Eng∣lish nobles ar∣riue on the c••ast of Bis∣••••••e.
• * 2.88

  The English campe great∣lie hindered for want of beasts to draw their ••rdinance.
• * 2.89

  A gentle offer by the king of Nauarre to y^e Engl••shmen▪
• * 2.90

  The effect of the bishops message sent from the king of Aragon to the lord mar∣quess••.
• * 2.91

  Great death of the flix by vnwoonted diet.

  The lord marquesse sendeth to the K. of Spaine to performe promise.
• * 2.92

  The king of Spaines ar∣mie vnder the conduct of the duke of Alua.
• * 2.93

  The kingdom of Nauarre gotten to the K. of Spaine.
• * 2.94

  A fraie be∣twéene the Englishmen & the townes∣men of Sancta Maria.
• * 2.95

  S. I••hans burnt by the English.
• * 2.96

  The English campe in Bis∣kaie breaketh vp.

  The armie dispersed into sundrie villa∣ges.
• * 2.97

  Unappeacea∣ble rage a∣mongest the English soul∣diers.
• * 2.98

  The English armie retur∣neth out of Biskaie.
• * 2.99

  The lord ad∣merall in Britaine.
• * 2.100

  Conquer and diuerse other places burnt by sir Edward Howard lord admerall of England.
• * 2.101

  Diuers gen∣tlemen knigh∣ted by the lord admerall.
• * 2.102

  The request of the lords of Britaine to the lord ad∣merall.
• * 2.103

  A truce requi∣red for six daies▪
• * 2.104

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 2.105

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉

  •• description 〈…〉〈…〉 s••ewes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 triumphs 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 2.106

  The king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to Por∣••••s••••uth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cap∣••••••s ouer 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ships.
• * 2.107

  The kings 〈◊〉〈◊〉 setteth 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.108

  The English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 incoun∣••••reth with the French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the coast 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Britaine.
• * 2.109

  A cruell fight betwixt the two nauies.
• * 2.110

  The English Regent, and the French Carrik burnt togither.
• * 2.111

  The French nauie flieth.
• * 2.112

  The kings ship roiall cal∣led Henrie grace de Dieu
• * 2.113

  A parlement wherein it was conclu∣ded that king Henrie in pro∣per person should inuade France.
• * 2.114

  Abr. Fl. ex I.S. pag. 897. Great sub∣sidie.
• * 2.115

  Bow stéeple builded.
• * 2.116

  Kings palace at Westmin∣ster burned.
• * 2.117

  Edmund de la Poole be∣h••aded.
• * 2.118

  F••l. Hall in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 8. fol. xxij. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 descrip∣t••••n of a rich mount being •• Christmasse 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.119

  Sir Charles Brandon cre∣ated vicount Lisle.
• * 2.120

  The nauie set out againe.
• * 2.121

  The English nauie purpo∣sing to set vp∣on the French in the hauen, are defeated by a mischāce.
• * 2.122

  The lord ad∣merall would haue the king present in per∣son at the en∣counter, and is rebuked.
• * 2.123

  Guic. pag 32••
• * 2.124

  Anno Reg. 5.
• * 2.125

  A consultati•••• about the as∣saulting of Prior Ieh••••
• * 2.126

  The adme∣rall roweth into the baie where the Prior laie.
• * 2.127

  Sir Edward and Howard admerall drowned.
• * 2.128

  The French gallies land in Sussex, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 certeine cotages.
• * 2.129

  The lord Thomas Ho∣ward made admerall.
• * 2.130

  The earle of Shrewesbu∣rie sent into France with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 armie.
• * 2.131

  The English armie mar∣cheth vnto Terwine.
• * 2.132

  The baron of Carew slaine.
• * 2.133

  The lord Pontremie capteine of Terwine.
• * 2.134

  Terwine besieged.
• * 2.135

  The king in person pasteth ouer into France.
• * 2.136

  The order of the kings ar∣mie.
• * 2.137

  This man was after∣ward cardi∣nall.
• * 2.138

  The French armie appro∣cheth, & their number.
• * 2.139

  The northern prickers plaie the men.
• * 2.140

  The drie wednesdaie.
• * 2.141

  The bombard called the red gun ouer∣throwne.
• * 2.142

  The great gun gotten by the French, by the foolish hardinesse of the maister carpenter.
• * 2.143

  The lord Wa∣lon sendeth the earle of Essex word that he is come to serue the king of England.
• * 2.144

  The king in∣campeth to Arkes.
• * 2.145

  The king nameth to ••••siege.
• * 2.146

  Ed••. Hall in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 8. fol. 28.
• * 2.147

  St••adiots ••••imbed and ••••••••tered 〈…〉〈…〉 English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 horsse∣••••••▪
• * 2.148

  Watchmen found sléeping serued iustlie.
• * 2.149

  Culpeper vn∣der-marshall of Calis.
• * 2.150

  Abr. Fl. ex Ed. Hall in H. 8. fol. xxviij.
• * 2.151

  The follie of a couper.
• * 2.152

  The emperor Maximilian and the king of England meet.
• * 2.153

  The kings harnesse and furniture.
• * 2.154

  A letter of de∣fiance sent by the Scotish king to king Henrie.
• * 2.155

  The king of Englands speach to the Scotish kings herald vttered with∣out premedi∣tation.
• * 2.156

  The effect of the Scotish kings letter to K. Henre. Sée historie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Scotland, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 295, and Edw. H. ••▪ in H.••. fol. xxix, xxx▪
• * 2.157

  King Henr•••• his answ•••••• to the Scot•• kings letter•• Sée historie of Scotlan•• pag. 297. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Edw. Hall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 He. 8. fol. 30••••••
• * 2.158

  An euill 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to breake the league of peace.
• * 2.159

  The king of Nauarre a king without a realme, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.160

  The king of Englands an∣swere to the ••ast clause of the Scotish kings letter.
• * 2.161

  An hundred angels to a Scotish he∣rald for a re∣ward.
• * 2.162

  Fourtéene hundred men of armes hath Monsieur de Langeie.
• * 2.163

  Monsieur de Piennes ap∣pointed by the French king to vittell Terwine.
• * 2.164

  The emperor Maximilian weareth a crosse of saint George as souldier to the king of Eng∣land.
• * 2.165

  A Fraie be∣weene the Almans of the kings campe, and the Englishmen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 appeased 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the discre∣•••••••• of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.166

  The king and the emperour consult which waies were best to besiege Terwine, to preuent the vittelling of it.
• * 2.167

  Fiue bridges made in one night for the armie to passe ouer the riuer at Terwine.
• * 2.168

  Polydor. The force of sudden chance in warre.
• * 2.169

  Edw. Hall. Polydor.
• * 2.170

  The king with his bat∣tell of footmen.
• * 2.171

  The Estradi∣ots mista∣king footmen for horssemen fled first.
• * 2.172

  A great ouer∣throw giuen to the French, king Henrie in person be∣ing present.
• * 2.173

  The emperor ••••courageth his Almans to plaie the men.
• * 2.174

  The battell of spurres.
• * 2.175

  Sir Iohn Pechie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 baneret, an•• Iohn 〈◊〉〈◊〉 knight.
• * 2.176

  Terwine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vp to king Henrie.
• * 2.177

  The citizen•• of Terwine sworne to king Henrie. The king ••••••tereth into Terwine.
• * 2.178

  Terwine burnt.
• * 2.179

  King Henrie marcheth on with his ar∣mie to besiege Tornaie.
• * 2.180

  The king g••••eth to Lisle 〈◊〉〈◊〉 visit the yoong prince Castile.
• * 2.181

  Sir Henrie Guilford 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of y^e kings horsse▪
• * 2.182

  The Pals∣graue of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & his traine come to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the K. of England.
• * 2.183

  A false rumor of the kings 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.184

  The king and his traine ig∣norant of the waie to his campe by meanes of a ••••st.
• * 2.185

  Tornaie sum∣moned by Gartier king of armes.
• * 2.186

  The prouost of Tornaies words to the distressed townesmen.
• * 2.187

  Tornaie be∣sieged by king Henrie.
• * 2.188

  Sée Hall in Henrie. 8. fol. 37, 38. & histo∣rie of Scot∣land, pag. 297, 298.
• * 2.189

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fo. xliiij, xlv.

  The citie of Tornaie on all sides be∣sieged.
• * 2.190

  The prouosts words to the townesmen.
• * 2.191

  The prouost with eleuen more submit themselues & yeéld vp the citie to the king.
• * 2.192

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taken in the king of Eng∣lands behalfe.
• * 2.193

  The king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cert•••••••• gentlemē (〈◊〉〈◊〉 their good ser∣uice) knights.
• * 2.194

  Sir Edward Poinings 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lieute∣nant of Tor∣naie.
• * 2.195

  I••stes held 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tornaie for disport of the prince of Castile & the duchesse of Sauoie.
• * 2.196

  The prince & the duchesse returne to Lisle.
• * 2.197

  The king re∣turneth into England.
• * 2.198

  A mortalitie.
• * 2.199

  Vrbs Tornaci.
• * 2.200

  Lord Humes entereth the borders of England.
• * 2.201

  Englishmen assaile the Scots.
• * 2.202

  Scots put to flight.
• * 2.203

  Lord cham∣berleine es∣capeth. The ill road.
• * 2.204

  Norham ca∣stell besieged.
• * 2.205

  Norham ca∣stell deliuered.
• * 2.206

  The earle of Surrie lieu∣tenant of the north raiseth an armie.
• * 2.207

  The lord ad∣merall ioineth with the earle of Surrie his father.
• * 2.208

  The lord Ho∣ward adme∣rall captein•• of the fore∣ward.
• * 2.209

  The strength of the place where king Iames lay in∣camped, called Floddon.
• * 2.210

  An herald sent from the earle of Sur∣rie to king Iames.
• * 2.211

  The lord ad∣merals mes∣sage to the king of Scots.
• * 2.212

  Andrew Barton, of whom menti∣on before pag. 811.
• * 2.213

  A good po∣licie.
• * 2.214

  Ilaie and Yorke he∣ralds.
• * 2.215

  The Scotish herald doth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 errand to 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 2.216

  Baffulling what it is a∣mong the Scots.
• * 3.1

  The Scotish herald is de∣t••ined of the English.
• * 3.2

  The earle of Surrie re∣mooueth his campe ouer the water of Till.
• * 3.3

  The lord Ho∣ward taketh view of the Scotish ar∣mie.
• * 3.4

  The earle of Surrie retur∣neth againe ouer the wa∣ter of Till.
• * 3.5

  The valiant determination of the earle to incounter the Scots.
• * 3.6

  The ordering of the Eng∣lish armie.
• * 3.7

  The Scotish kings thought at the view of the English armie.
• * 3.8

  King Iames and all the rest alight from horssebacke.
• * 3.9

  The order of the Scotish hoast.
• * 3.10

  French ••••••∣teins in the Scotish 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.11

  The battell is begun, and sir Edmund Howard in∣countred with the earles of Lenox and Argile.
• * 3.12

  Thus hath Iouius, al∣though Hall saith, that the lord Dacres stood still all day vnfough∣ten with.
• * 3.13

  The Scots put to the worsse in the right wing.
• * 3.14

  Sir Edw••r•• Stanlie and his archers breake the Scots arr••••••.
• * 3.15

  The left wing of the Scots is dis∣comfited.
• * 3.16

  The Scotish kings magna∣nimitie,
• * 3.17

  A sore ••ight.
• * 3.18

  The king fighteth him∣selfe right va∣••••antlie.
• * 3.19

  The stout sto∣••ach of king Iames.
• * 3.20

  He is slaine.
• * 3.21

  Two battels of Scots fought not, but gaue the l••••king on.
• * 3.22

  Pau. Iouius. Edw. Hall.
• * 3.23

  Seuen cul∣uerings called seuen sisters & why.
• * 3.24

  Edw. Hall. The English mens ouerrash hardinesse turnes them to hurt.
• * 3.25

  The bodie of king Iames found hauing diuerse dead∣lie wounds.
• * 3.26

  Scots flie at the peale of guns.
• * 3.27

  The kings thankfulnesse signified to his good ser∣uitors in war.
• * 3.28

  Wolsie de∣scribed.
• * 3.29

  Inclosures of the fields a∣bout London, cast downe & ouerthrowne.
• * 3.30

  Anno Reg. 6. Abr. Fl. ex I.S. pag. 902.
• * 3.31

  Freé schoole at Waltham∣stow.
• * 3.32

  Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fol. 46. The king and the new duke of Suffolke defenders at the tilt against all commers.
• * 3.33

  A cap of ••••••••••tenance se•••• to the king from the po••••▪
• * 3.34

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag. 490. Pope Iulie compared to Anteus.
• * 3.35

  Guic. pag. 631.
• * 3.36

  The purposes of pope Io•••• the second 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his death.
• * 3.37

  The pope •• mal content
• * 3.38

  The king of England in∣••••tuled Christia∣n••s••imo by the p••pe.
• * 3.39

  Against cli∣••ing to the popedome by simonie.
• * 3.40

  Madame Fe∣lice the popes daughter hir request.
• * 3.41

  The descrip∣••••on of pope Iulie, and his properties.
• * 3.42

  Antith. Christ. & pap•• pag. 26, 28.
• * 3.43

  Brighthelm∣ston in Sus∣sex burnt.
• * 3.44

  Prior Iehan capteine of the French galies shot into the eie with an arrow.
• * 3.45

  Sir Iohn Wallop in Normandie.
• * 3.46

  The French king procu∣reth the pope to be a meane for peace be∣tweene king Henrie and him.
• * 3.47

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag 633. Creation of pope Leo the tenth.
• * 3.48

  Coronation of pope Leo the tenth.
• * 3.49

  Pope Leo a poore priso∣ner the verie same daie twelue mo∣neth of his e∣lection and in∣thronization.
• * 3.50

  A mariage concluded.
• * 3.51

  A peace con∣cluded be∣tweene Eng∣land & 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.52

  Polydor.
• * 3.53

  The ladie Marie aff•••••• to K. Lewes of France.
• * 3.54

  Edw. Hall in He. 8. fol. xlvii••••
• * 3.55

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 solemnized betwéene the French king▪ and the ladie Marie sister to K. Henrie.
• * 3.56

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Hall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 H. 8. fol. x••••••••
• * 3.57

  English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dis∣••••••••ged of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 places ••nd offices ••••der the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.58

  The Dol∣•••••••• causeth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••usts 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be pr••cla∣••ed a•• Paris.
• * 3.59

  English nobi∣••••tie craue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to go 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.60

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the said ••usts.
• * 3.61

  The ladie Marie crow∣•••••• queéne of France.
• * 3.62

  She is recei∣ued into Pa∣ris.
• * 3.63

  The heralds reward.
• * 3.64

  The time hor•• lōg these iusts lasted and the maner therof.
• * 3.65

  The duke of Suffolke in∣countreth a tall and strong Alman.
• * 3.66

  The duke foiles the Alman.
• * 3.67

  The yoong lord Greies prowesse.
• * 3.68

  A description of the pompe and brauerie in apparell at this solemne tilt.
• * 3.69

  Anthonie Bounarme with his ten speares all at once about him.
• * 3.70

  Abr. Fl. e•• Guic. pag. 6••5.
• * 3.71

  Difficulties about the practise of peace.
• * 3.72

  The French councell ac∣cord for peace.
• * 3.73

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the capitu∣lation for peace.
• * 3.74

  The French king marri•••••• the ladie M••••rie sister to the king of Eng∣land.
• * 3.75

  Richard Hun ••••nged in ••ollards 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Edw. Hall H. ••. fol. l, li, 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.76

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 death 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 what 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.77

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hall. in 〈…〉〈…〉. fol. lv, vlj. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gorgious & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 maske 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the ••ing was 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 3.78

  A tent of cloth ••f gold with a ••h••w of ••r••ed men.
• * 3.79

  The king and the marquesse Dorset make a challenge at iusts.
• * 3.80

  A parlement wherein sir Thomas Ne∣uill was pro∣s••quutor or speaker.
• * 3.81

  Doctor Ben∣brike archbi∣shop of Yorke and cardinall poisoned at Rome.
• * 3.82

  The K. in per∣son purposed to passe the seas to sée the French king his brother.
• * 3.83

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag 684.
• * 3.84

  The variable∣nesse of his fortune.
• * 3.85

  The duke of Suffolke and others sent into France to bring the French quéene into England. Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag. 685. Francis the first coms to the crowne.
• * 3.86

  His praise∣worthie pro∣perties.
• * 3.87

  The duke of Suffolke winneth the good will of the quéene Dowager of France.

  Polydor Edw. Hall.
• * 3.88

  Anno Reg. 7. The French quéene mar∣ried to the duke of Suf••folke.
• * 3.89

  Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fol lvj. Robin hood and his tw•• hundred men present the••••selues to the king & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in a 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.90

  A shew of two ladies in a rich chariot drawne with fiue horsses.
• * 3.91

  The king and certeine no∣bles ran their horsses vo∣lant.
• * 3.92

  The archbi∣shop of Yorke elected cardi∣nall.
• * 3.93

  A parlement at Westmin∣ster.
• * 3.94

  Cardinall Wolsie made lord chan∣cellor.
• * 3.95

  Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fol. lvij.
• * 3.96

  The cardi∣nals hat re∣c••iued by the Kentish gen∣tlemen with great solem∣nitie.

  Guic. pag. 682. Two elefants presented to the pope.
• * 3.97

  Gu. H••.
• * 3.98

  The lord Mountioy made gouer∣nour of Tor∣naie.
• * 3.99

  A mutinie a∣mongst the soldiers at Tornaie.
• * 3.100

  The king kept his Christmasse at Eltham.
• * 3.101

  Courtlie pa∣stime on the Twelf night.
• * 3.102

  The birth of Margaret daughter to the queene of Scots, and of the earle An∣gus after∣wards mari∣ed to the earle of Lenox.
• * 3.103

  Edw. Hall. The queene of Scots and the earle of Angus hir husband come into Eng∣land.
• * 3.104

  The birth of ladie Marie the kings daughter, af∣terwards queene.
• * 3.105

  Anno Reg. 8.
• * 3.106

  The king sendeth for the queene of Scots and hir husband to his court.
• * 3.107

  The queene of Scots comming to London, and so to Greene∣wich.
• * 3.108

  Three queenes in the English court at once.
• * 3.109

  The second daie of so∣lemne iusts held by the king and o∣thers against all commers.
• * 3.110

  A castell bu••••••ded by the king at Tor∣naie.
• * 3.111

  Iustice exec••∣ted by cardi∣nal Wolsie vp•• offendors of sundrie qua••••∣ties and de∣grees.
• * 3.112

  Erection of new courts by the kings commissio••.
• * 3.113

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Hall.
• * 3.114

  Polydor.
• * 3.115

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 is ••••••trarie to 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.116

  ••••lla. in lac. 4.
• * 3.117

  The duke of Suffolkes ••ope hinde∣••ed by the cardinall.
• * 3.118

  Edw. Hall. An ambassa∣•••••• from the em••erour Maximilian.
• * 3.119

  The cardinall an enimie to peace.
• * 3.120

  Ed. Hall in Hen. 8. fol. lix. A moueable garden called the garden of Esperance, verie costlie & artificiallie wrought.
• * 3.121

  Iohn Hooker, aliàs Vowell. Corpus Chri¦sti college in Oxford foun∣ded by Ri∣chard Fox bi∣shop of Win∣chester.
• * 3.122

  Bishop Ol∣dom of Exce∣ster is vtterlie against Foxs mind to found a college for moonks.
• * 3.123

  Oldom giueth Fox the name of ••ounder, & contenteth himselfe with the name of benefactor.
• * 3.124

  Hall in H. 8. fol. lix.
• * 3.125

  The insolent sawcinesse of the French∣men against the English.
• * 3.126

  The diuelish malice of the Frenchmen.
• * 3.127

  Stranger•• outlace E••g••lishm•• all honesti••, equitie, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 conscience▪
• * 3.128

  Iohn Lin∣colne the ••••∣thor of the ••••∣surrection 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ill Maie 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.129

  The grée••e•• particular•••••• in Lincol•••• bill for the ci∣ties behooft.
• * 3.130

  Lincolne a great enimi•• to stranger••▪
• * 3.131

  Lincolne p••••∣secuteth his information 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gréeuances by specialties.
• * 4.1

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hall in Hen. 8. fol. 60.
• * 4.2

  In vndiscret preacher.
• * 4.3

  Note the sa••∣cie, brode, shamelesse, and dishonest boa∣sting of the strangers in their lewdnes
• * 4.4

  Anno Reg. 9. Strangers iniuriouslie abused of di∣uerse yoon∣kers.
• * 4.5

  The cardi∣nals aduise to the maior in this hurli-burlie.
• * 4.6

  Councell ta∣ken by the ma∣ior and his brethren how to pre∣uent the hurt at hand.
• * 4.7

  Euill Maie daie, as Edw. Hall noteth it.
• * 4.8

  The heat of the hurlie burlie.
• * 4.9

  The raging madnesse of the mutiners.
• * 4.10

  Nicholas Downes sore hurt.
• * 4.11

  The rioters malicious purpose a∣gainst one Mewtas.
• * 4.12

  Sir Thomas Parre infor∣meth the king of the riot and rebellion.
• * 4.13

  Certeine lords with their powers come to Lon∣don about this riot.
• * 4.14

  A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of oier and de∣terminer to ••••••quire and p••∣nish the o••••••••∣dors.

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. lxi••▪ The cause why the citie thought the duke of Norf∣folke bare them an old grudge.
• * 4.15

  Sir Iohn Fineux.
• * 5.1

  This statute bringeth the rioters w••••••∣in compasse of treason.
• * 5.2

  Diuers tru∣••es betweene 〈◊〉〈◊〉 king and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 forren princes.
• * 5.3

  Iudge Fine∣ux interpre∣teth the said statute.
• * 5.4

  Order for pro∣ceeding a∣gainst the said offendors.
• * 5.5

  Manie of the offendors in∣dicted at Guildhall.
• * 5.6

  The whole number of the rebellious r••nt.
• * 5.7

  What was laid to Lin∣colnes charge▪
• * 5.8

  Eleuen paire of gallows e∣rected for the executing of the rebels.
• * 5.9

  Edw. Hall. in Hen. 8. fol. lxij.
• * 5.10

  Iohn Lin∣colne the au∣thor of ill Maie daie executed in Cheape side.
• * 5.11

  Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fol. lxii.
• * 5.12

  The recorde•• in the behalfe of the citie speaketh hum∣blie to the K. touching the riot.
• * 5.13

  The kings answer wher∣in their sute is denied.
• * 5.14

  The quéene of Scots retur∣neth toward Scotland.
• * 5.15

  The king cō∣meth to West∣minster hall, and there sit∣teth in iudge∣ment himselfe.
• * 5.16

  The kings gratious and generall pardon.
• * 5.17

  The blacke wagon that followed ill Maie daie.
• * 5.18

  Solemne ••••∣stes between the king and others.
• * 5.19

  A gallant and glorious sh••••
• * 5.20

  The king & the duke run personallie.
• * 5.21

  The sweting sicknesse per∣emptorie and deadlie.
• * 5.22

  Abr. Flem,
• * 5.23

  Sée before. pag. 763, 764▪
• * 5.24

  1519 Anno Reg. 1••.
• * 5.25

  The tearme begun at Ox∣ford and ad∣iourned to Westminster.
• * 5.26

  ••ardinall 〈…〉〈…〉 from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pope. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 5.27

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hall. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈…〉〈…〉 at 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 5.28

  ••br. Fl. ex Edw. Hall in H ••. fol. lxiiij.
• * 5.29

  Cardinall C••••peius ••••ceiued with ••reat pompe.
• * 5.30

  What trum∣perie was in dosed in the lord legats chests.
• * 5.31

  The glorious shewes or pompous port of the two car∣dinals going to the court.
• * 5.32

  Sée after in the extract out of Guicci∣ardine.

  A craftie feare of the pope.
• * 5.33

  The court of the legat erec∣ted by the car∣dinall.
• * 5.34

  Examples of great ones what it dooth.
• * 5.35

  Gu. Ha. in Eccl. cap. 10.
• * 5.36

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag. 756.
• * 5.37

  The pope so∣liciteth all the princes of chri¦stendome a∣gainst the Turke.
• * 5.38

  The ambition and tyrannie of Selim a∣gainst his fa∣ther & affines.
• * 5.39

  Selim ouer∣throweth the Sophi of Persia.
• * 5.40

  The state of the Soldan king of Soria and Aegypt.
• * 5.41

  By whole e∣lection the Soldans were chosen.
• * 5.42

  The Turks slaieth the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Soldans and subdueth all Soria and Aegypt.
• * 5.43

  The Turks ambition hath no bounds o•• circumscrip∣tion.
• * 5.44

  The pope put of feare that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Turke 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ouerrun 〈◊〉〈◊〉 territories 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Italie.
• * 5.45

  The pope 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his securi∣•••••••• •• tuition.
• * 5.46

  ••••litike deui∣••••s to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & preuēt ••he Turkes ••••••poses.
• * 5.47

  Why it was generallie thought that this warre would haue ••••ckie succes.
• * 5.48

  This ope∣••••••h the place in our Eng∣lish historie.
• * 5.49

  The popes negociation naked of all hope & issue.
• * 5.50

  The death of Selim, and succession of Soliman.
• * 5.51

  Aliance be∣twixt the pope & the French king.
• * 5.52

  The excessiue pride of the cardinall.
• * 5.53

  The cardinall taketh it in scorne to be called brother by the archbi∣shop.
• * 5.54

  The French king writeth to cardinall Woolsie.
• * 5.55

  Ambassadors from the French king.
• * 5.56

  An vnreaso∣nable number for an ambas∣sage.

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Hall in Hen. 8. fol lxv. The ambassa∣dors of Frāce receiued on Blackeheath.
• * 5.57

  The French ambassadors come to the court.
• * 5.58

  Articles of ••••gréement 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the deliuer•• of Torna••••.
• * 5.59

  Edw. H••ll ••n H. 8. fol. l••••.
• * 5.60

  〈…〉〈…〉 maister 〈…〉〈…〉 rolles.
• * 5.61

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 5.62

  A statelie or ••••all banket 〈◊〉〈◊〉 two hun∣dred and sixtie 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 5.63

  The king of Englands ••••nific••nce and bounti∣fulnesse to the French am∣bassadours & ••entlemen.
• * 5.64

  Ambassadors sent from king Henrie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the French 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 5.65

  Edw. Hall in H. 8 fol. lxv••. A banketting house of the French kings descri∣bed.
• * 5.66

  The maner how Tornaie was deliuered to the French king.
• * 5.67

  Ed. Hall in H. 8. fol. lxvii. The light and misliked de∣meanour of diuerse yoong gentlemen of England & the French king.
• * 5.68

  Preparation for solemne disport.
• * 5.69

  A comedie of Plautus plaied before the king.
• * 5.70

  A iustes.
• * 5.71

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rewarde••.
• * 5.72

  Abr. Fl. ex 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 5.73

  The porti•••• giuē with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 kings daugh∣ter of Eng∣land.
• * 5.74

  Peace and ••••liance betwix•• the French king and the Spanish so∣lemnlie ce∣lebrated.
• * 5.75

  The death of Iohn Ia Tri∣uulce, a noble seruitour in the French affaires.
• * 5.76

  The death of the emperour Maximilian 〈◊〉〈◊〉. pag 763.
• * 5.77

  •• description of the empe∣••••••s qualities.
• * 5.78

  The French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and the Spanish 〈◊〉〈◊〉 aspire to the empire.
• * 5.79

  The king of Spains claim to the empire.
• * 5.80

  The French king in hope to be emperor as well as the Spanish.
• * 5.81

  The French king builded his hope vpon the humors of the princes of Germanie.
• * 5.82

  The French king relieth vpon the ••a∣uour of the pope.
• * 5.83

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Ha••l. in H. 8. fol. lxviij, &c.

  Charles the fift, king of Spaine cho∣sen emperour.
• * 5.84

  The kings affablenesse & familiaritie with the infe∣rior sort of people grud∣ged at of the councell.
• * 5.85

  Certeine of the priuie chamber re∣mooued, and others in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 roome app••••••••ted.
• * 5.86

  The king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quéene at H••••uering in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Bower.
• * 5.87

  Newhall in Essex called Beaulieu.
• * 5.88

  A maske of graue and ancient cour∣tiers.
• * 5.89

  A maske of youthfull courtiers.
• * 5.90

  The king ••••t∣teth in the Starcham∣ber in iudge∣ment.
• * 5.91

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 humor of the cardinal 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 5.92

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 5.93

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Hall in 〈…〉〈…〉. lxix. Preparation for the inter∣••••••ning of the emperour Charles into England.
• * 5.94

  A deuise of a ••••••gon vpon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sudden.
• * 5.95

  The whole maner of the interuiew cō∣mitted to the cardinall.
• * 6.1

  Ab. Fl. ex Ed. Hall in H. 8. fol. lxx.
• * 6.2

  The first ar∣ticle of the in∣teruiew of the two kings & their traine.
• * 6.3

  The maner of their méeting and mutuall gréeting.
• * 6.4

  What both the kings were to doo the mor∣row after the first inter∣uiew.
• * 6.5

  Order for feats of che∣ualrie and ac∣tiuitie and the place thereto appointed.
• * 6.6

  Order for ••••••periorit••e to be giuen to the king of England 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the quéene within the French ter∣ritorie.
• * 6.7

  Order for restraint of assemblies to the places appointed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the interui••••.
• * 6.8

  Order for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 princes 〈…〉〈…〉 going 〈◊〉〈◊〉 comming.
• * 6.9

  Order for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 armes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••rrisons.
• * 6.10

  The last 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this ••••••trument for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ratificati∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the arti∣••••••s therein 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.11

  Great hatred betweéne the •• cardinall, and the duke of Bucking∣ham.
• * 6.12

  The earle of Kildare com∣mitted to¦ward.
• * 6.13

  Edw. Hall.
• * 6.14

  Good seruice doone by the earle of Sur∣rie.
• * 6.15

  Polydor.
• * 6.16

  The earle of Northumber∣land commit∣ted to prison.
• * 6.17

  Anno Reg. 12.
• * 6.18

  The king set∣teth forward towards France.
• * 6.19

  The emperor Charles the fift landeth in England.
• * 6.20

  The méeting of the emperor and K. Henrie at Douer castell.
• * 6.21

  The emperor and K. Henrie kéepe Whit∣suntide at Canturburie.
• * 6.22

  Polydor.
• * 6.23

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 labouret•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hinde•• the purposed i••∣teruiew.
• * 6.24

  Edw. Hall.
• * 6.25

  The king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at Calis▪
• * 6.26

  Ed. Hall. in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fol. lxxiij. The descrip∣tiō of the new palace before Guisnes.
• * 6.27

  The forg•••••• of the said palace.
• * 6.28

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.29

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.30

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.31

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.32

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.33

  Great cost vpō popish trum∣perie & super∣sticious trash.
• * 6.34

  The kings closet.
• * 6.35

  The quéenes closet.
• * 6.36

  A priuie gallerie.
• * 6.37

  Houses of of∣fices both ho∣nourable and otherwise necessarie.
• * 6.38

  Tents erected.
• * 6.39

  A banketting house for so∣lace and dis∣port.
• * 6.40

  The great pompe of car∣dinall Wooisie.
• * 6.41

  Great credit committed to the cardinall by both the kings.

  The inter∣uiew of the two kings in the vale of Andren.
• * 6.42

  Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fol. lxxvij. The French kings roiall ornaments.
• * 6.43

  The descrip∣tion of the French kings person.
• * 6.44

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.45

  The leng•••• of the camp••▪
• * 6.46

  The two kings make chalenge to all comm•••••• at iusts, &c.
• * 6.47

  The two quéenes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at the camp••.
• * 6.48

  Ed. Hall in ••••▪ fol. lxxv••••, &c. The French kings rich a∣raie at these iusts.
• * 6.49

  The king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Englands sumptu••us furniture at the same iusts.
• * 6.50

  The two kings enter 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the field.
• * 6.51

  The king of England run∣••eth against Grandeuile.
• * 6.52

  Monsieur de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and ••is band.
• * 6.53

  T••e ••••••ire of t••e French king and his pa••t••ners at 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.54

  The king of England and the parteners of his cha∣lenge.
• * 6.55

  Monsi••u•• Leskew.
• * 6.56

  The marques de Salons & his band.
• * 6.57

  The two kings armed enter the field.
• * 6.58

  A deuise o•• conceipt.
• * 6.59

  The lord Ho∣ward and his eleuen compa∣nions in armes.
• * 6.60

  The king of England and his band with their deuise on their appa∣rell.
• * 6.61

  The French king, his fur∣niture and de∣uise vpon his ornaments.
• * 6.62

  Monsieur Florengis and his com∣panie.
• * 6.63

  The French king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to Guisnes the king of England 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.64

  The king of England in∣terteined of the French queene.
• * 6.65

  A masa•••• the French court of Eng∣lish lords.
• * 6.66

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 kings 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.67

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.68

  Barriers.
• * 6.69

  The cardinall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 masse 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the two kings.
• * 6.70

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.71

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.72

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.73

  King Henrie departed from Guisnes to Calis, a from thence to Graueling to visi•• the em∣perour.

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hall in H. S. fol. 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 6.74

  The emperor commeth to Calis to king Henrie.
• * 6.75

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 927. Banketting house within the towne of Calis.

  R••. Turpin.
• * 6.76

  Goodlie work∣manship with∣in the banket∣ting house.
• * 6.77

  Banketting house defaced by tempest.
• * 6.78

  A statelie mask to solace the emperor & his companie.
• * 6.79

  French gen∣tlemen in mas∣kers apparell vnwéeting to them that bare rule in the reuels.
• * 6.80

  The king re∣turneth into England.
• * 6.81

  Polydor.
• * 6.82

  An inconue∣nience of tur∣ning arable ground into pasture.
• * 6.83

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wealth 〈…〉〈…〉 thereby.
• * 6.84

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.85

  Commissions granted for the mainte∣nance of ••l∣lage and lai∣eng open of inclosures▪
• * 6.86

  Bribes.
• * 6.87

  The cardina•••• deuiseth the destruction of the duke of Bucking∣ham.
• * 6.88

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 imboider•••••• Kneuet a∣gainst the duke.
• * 6.89

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.90

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.91

  Anno Reg. 13.
• * 6.92

  The duke of Buckingham 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of ••nion.
• * 6.93

  The effect of the dukes 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.94

  The duke is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Lon∣don.
• * 6.95

  Thus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 had sent 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Hentons 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the duke the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ouer to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his chan∣cellor, as by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other i∣••••ment ap∣••••ereth.
• * 6.96

  The monks reuelation was peremp∣torie to the duke.
• * 6.97

  But herein the moonke lied.
• * 6.98

  The duke & the monke haue confe∣rence saith the indict∣ment.
• * 6.99

  Robert Gil∣bert the dukes chapleine and chancellor his errand to London.
• * 6.100

  Meanes that the duke vsed to make him∣selfe strong a∣gainst the king.
• * 6.101

  A fa••se pro∣phesieng moonke.
• * 6.102

  He was in a verie ill mind ••f this were true.
• * 6.103

  A certeine writing legi∣timating the duke of Summerset.
• * 6.104

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.105

  The duke 〈◊〉〈◊〉 couereth the secrecie of all the matter 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his owne vndoome▪
• * 6.106

  But the end of that ioy was heaui∣nesse.
• * 6.107

  The duke of ••••••••ingham 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at ••••••••minster.
• * 6.108

  The names 〈◊〉〈◊〉 duk••s 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for his 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.109

  Pol••do••. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Hall.
• * 6.110

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hall. in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 f••l. lxxxvj.
• * 6.111

  The duke of Buckingham ••••nuinced of h••gh treason.
• * 6.112

  The duke of Bucking∣hams iudge∣ment pronoun¦ced b•• the ••••ke of Norf∣f••••ke.

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Grafton. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 St••w.
• * 6.113

  The duke of Buckingham beheaded on a scaffold at Tower hill.
• * 6.114

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 929. Iohn Leland.
• * 6.115

  Gu. Ha••in eccl. cap. 11.
• * 7.1

  The collection of Fr. Thin in this yere 1585.
• * 7.2

  Alfgarus Stallere.
• * 7.3

  Walter of Glocester.
• * 7.4

  Milo of Here∣ford.
• * 7.5

  William Beaucha••••••▪
• * 7.6

  Roger fitz Milo.
• * 7.7

  Walter fitz Milo.
• * 7.8

  Henrie of Hereford.
• * 7.9

  William fitz Milo.
• * 7.10

  Mahaell fitz Milo.
• * 7.11

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.12

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.13

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.14

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.15

  Humfrie de Bohune.
• * 7.16

  Humfrie de Bohune.
• * 7.17

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.18

  Humfrie de Bohune.
• * 7.19

  William de Bohune.
• * 7.20

  Humfrie de Bohune.
• * 7.21

  Thomas of Woodstocke.
• * 7.22

  The duke of Glocester, bi∣cause the swan was his cognisance.
• * 7.23

  Edward Plantagenet.
• * 7.24

  Henrie Persie
• * 7.25

  Iohn of ••••••••ford.
• * 7.26

  Humfrie Stafford.
• * 7.27

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.28

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.29

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.30

  T••e abbeie of 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 7.31

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.32

  R••••h. Plan∣tigenet duke of Yorke.
• * 7.33

  Iohn Tip∣toth or Tiptost.
• * 7.34

  Lord Beau∣mont
• * 7.35

  Richard Wooduile.
• * 7.36

  George Plantagenet▪
• * 7.37

  Richard Plantagenet.
• * 7.38

  Henrie Staf∣ford.
• * 7.39

  Edward Stafford.
• * 7.40

  Cardinall Woolsie sent ouer to Calis.
• * 7.41

  Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. lxxxvj.
• * 7.42

  The emperor & the French king their am∣bassadours méet at Calis, to treat of a peace.
• * 7.43

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 receiueth the cardinall with great honour at Bruges▪
• * 7.44

  Cardinall Woolsie car∣rieth the great seale with him to Calis, & then sealeth writs and patents
• * 7.45

  Polydor.
• * 7.46

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.47

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Hall.
• * 7.48

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 deli∣•••••••• vp to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••peror.
• * 7.49

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Fl. ex 〈…〉〈…〉 813. The death of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Leo the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 who (as ••is suspec∣t••d) was poi∣••••n••d.
• * 7.50

  The manner and or••er of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 popes 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪
• * 7.51

  Polydor. Cardinall woolsie ma∣keth meanes to be elected pope.
• * 7.52

  Guic. pag. 823.
• * 7.53

  The election of Adrian to the popedome woondered at, and why.
• * 7.54

  Pope Adrian the sixt, com∣meth to Rome.
• * 7.55

  The descrip∣tion of doctor Pace.
• * 7.56

  Edw. Hall. Doctor Tun∣stall made bi∣shop of Lon∣don.
• * 7.57

  The title of Def••ndor of the ••aith gi∣uen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈…〉〈…〉 Eng∣land and his successors for e••er.

  I. S. pag. 930. King Henrie wrote against Luther.

  Abr. Fl. ex adm. A.G. ad Ang. & Scot. ex••us. Gen. 1558. in fol. 69.
• * 7.58

  The king of England and the ••ing of France at va∣••iance.
• * 7.59

  Christopher Coo admerall.
• * 7.60

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Aburg••ue••••nie arreign••d at Westmin∣ster.
• * 7.61

  A Scotish r••∣uer taken on the sea by Iohn Arun∣dell.
• * 7.62

  Great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of corne.
• * 7.63

  Clarenceaux sent into Scotland.
• * 7.64

  The French K. attachet•• the English∣mens goods 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Burdeaux.
• * 7.65

  Polydor.
• * 7.66

  The cardi∣nals liberali∣tie by vertue of his spirit••••all power 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sooth.
• * 7.67

  Anno Reg▪ ••
• * 7.68

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 French ••••bassador is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 before 〈◊〉〈◊〉 councell.
• * 7.69

  The French∣•••••• in Lōdon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arested a••d put to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fines. 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 7.70

  If the Scots 〈◊〉〈◊〉 England ••••p••ehended 〈◊〉〈◊〉. fined
• * 7.71

  The nauie 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 7.72

  Cardinall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when he receiued the emperour at Douer.
• * 7.73

  The marques Dorset recei∣ueth the em∣per••ur at Graueling.
• * 7.74

  The emperor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 7.75

  Iustes and iournies at Gréenwich.
• * 7.76

  Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fol. xcviij.
• * 7.77

  Sée Ed. Hall in H. 8. fo. xcv••▪ & deinceps.
• * 7.78

  Note the pride of cardi∣nall woolsie.
• * 7.79

  The emperor and the king of England sweare each to other to ob∣serue the league made betwixt them.
• * 7.80

  Erle of Sur∣rie high adme∣rall of Eng∣land.
• * 7.81

  The emperor departeth out of England towards Spaine.
• * 7.82

  The king bo∣roweth 20000 pounds of the citie.
• * 7.83

  The maner of the winning of Morleis in Britaine by the earle of Surrie.
• * 7.84

  Diuerse gen∣tlemen knigh∣ted by the erle of Surrie vpō the winning of Morleis.
• * 7.85

  Polydor.
• * 7.86

  Sir William Sands 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sir Edward Gilford 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whips t•• t••e Frenchmen▪
• * 7.87

  The valian•• of the We••••••••men against the French.
• * 7.88

  The lords Rosse & D••∣cres of the north 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Scotland 〈◊〉〈◊〉 spoile the 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 7.89

  The cardinall will have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 man 〈…〉〈…〉 to tell 〈…〉〈…〉 is woorth.
• * 7.90

  The earle of ••••rrie sent 〈◊〉〈◊〉 an armie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••nuade France.
• * 7.91

  The 〈…〉〈…〉 with the English host.
• * 7.92

  The castell of ••eding besie∣ged by the Englishmen.
• * 7.93

  The earle of Surrie retur∣neth with his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to Ca∣lis.
• * 7.94

  A great bootie woone by the Englishmen.
• * 7.95

  The earle of Surrie retur∣neth with his armie into England.
• * 7.96

  Aduenturers
• * 7.97

  The duke of Albanie leui∣eth an armie of Scots to inuade Eng∣land.

  Polydor.
• * 7.98

  Truce be∣twixt Eng∣land & Scot∣land.

  Edw. Hall.
• * 7.99

  A meane am∣bassage out of Scotland.
• * 7.100

  The earle of Northumber∣land warden of the whole marches.
• * 7.101

  The Mar∣quesse Dorset entereth into Scotland and burneth di∣uerse townes there.
• * 7.102

  A parlement holden at the Blackefriers in London. Edw. Hall. in H. 8▪ fol. Cvj.
• * 7.103

  The oration of doctor Tunstall bi∣shop of Lon∣don.
• * 7.104

  The oration of sir Tho∣mas More speaker for commons.
• * 7.105

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag i.••▪ Rhodes tak•••• by Soliman Ottoman.
• * 7.106

  The Turke•• great indu∣strie equiua∣lent to his valour.
• * 7.107

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 calamities & ruines infor∣ced by this warre.
• * 7.108

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 ren∣dered by to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Turke.
• * 7.109

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.110

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 74.
• * 7.111

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.112

  Cardinall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 made bishop of Durham.
• * 7.113

  The cardinall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 7.114

  The cleargie grant halfe of all their spi∣rituall reue∣nues for one yeare.
• * 7.115

  Anno Reg. 1••.
• * 7.116

  A great subsi∣die demanded by the cardi∣nall in the cōmon house.
• * 7.117

  Hard hold a∣bout grant of the great subsidie.
• * 7.118

  There are no•• 10000 pari∣shes in Eng∣land as Stow hath trulie noted.
• * 7.119

  The obstinate answer of the cardinall to the motion of the common house in the parlement.
• * 7.120

  Sir Iohn Huseie.
• * 7.121

  Polydor.
• * 7.122

  Cardinall 〈…〉〈…〉 by the king.
• * 7.123

  Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cx.
• * 7.124

  The cardinall dissolueth the archbishop of Canturbu∣ries conuo∣cation.
• * 7.125

  Arthur Plan∣tagenet crea∣ted vicount Lisle.
• * 7.126

  The king of Denmake arriueth in England.
• * 7.127

  Sée Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cxj.
• * 7.128

  The ketteth of London 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the •• of Denmark.
• * 7.129

  The king of Denmarke de∣parteth out of England 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Flanders.
• * 7.130

  Polydor.
• * 7.131

  The earle of Kildare resto∣red to his of∣fice of deputi∣ship in Irelād.
• * 7.132

  Edw. Hall.
• * 7.133

  Scotland sore spoiled.
• * 7.134

  Polydor.
• * 7.135

  The French∣men meaning to destroy Ca∣lis hauen▪ are disapproued by missing the chanell.
• * 7.136

  A rode 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ground.
• * 7.137

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.138

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 7.139

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.140

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.141

  The duke of 〈…〉〈…〉 into France with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 armie.
• * 7.142

  A riot at Ca∣lis.

  Edw. Hall. pag. Cxiiiii
• * 7.143

  Bell castell assaulted.
• * 7.144

  Bell castell yeelded vp to the English∣men.
• * 7.145

  Sir Iohn Russell crea∣ted afterward erle of Bed∣ford.
• * 7.146

  The Spani∣ards ioine with the En∣glish armie.
• * 7.147

  The castell of Bounegard manned by the English∣men.
• * 7.148

  The towne of Braie besie∣ged.
• * 7.149

  Braie won by assault.
• * 7.150

  A traine of gunpowder laid.
• * 7.151

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.152

  Roie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the 〈…〉〈…〉 Suffolke.
• * 7.153

  Lihome 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 7.154

  Montded•••••• besieged▪
• * 7.155

  Montd••••ie•• yeelded.
• * 7.156

  Knights made by the duke of S••••••olke in Franc••.
• * 7.157

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••∣mongst 〈◊〉〈◊〉 English s••••••diers.
• * 7.158

  Iohn 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Utreig•••• knight••••
• * 7.159

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 7.160

  ••d••entures 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Kreekers.
• * 7.161

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 frost.
• * 7.162

  Boghan 〈◊〉〈◊〉 assaulted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yeelded.
• * 7.163

  The duke of Suffolke 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vp 〈◊〉〈◊〉 armie and c••mmeth to Calis.
• * 7.164

  The Scots soule the English ••••••rches. The earle of S••rrie inua∣•••••• Scot∣land.
• * 7.165

  Iedworth 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 7.166

  The castell of Ferniherst woon by the lord Dacres.
• * 7.167

  Sée the histo∣rie of Scot∣land, pag. 309. & sic deinceps.
• * 7.168

  Berwike chéeflie regar∣ded.
• * 7.169

  The castell of Warke assaul∣ted by the Scots.
• * 7.170

  The Scots & French dri∣uen backe from Warke castell.
• * 7.171

  Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cxvj. A present sent by the empe∣rour to the king.
• * 7.172

  An anticipa∣tion.
• * 7.173

  The archduke of Austrich made knight of the garter.
• * 7.174

  Brereton capte••ne of the 〈…〉〈…〉 s••aine.
• * 7.175

  15••••
• * 7.176

  Bolton 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of S. B••r••••••¦lomewes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at Harow•• the hill to a¦uoid flouds prognostica¦ted that 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 7.177

  Anno Reg. •••• A legat 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rome to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a peace be∣tweene king Henrie and the French king.
• * 7.178

  Christ••pher Coo.
• * 7.179

  The krée∣kers 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 7.180

  The Scots 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Eng∣land rob the market∣•••••• going to Berwike 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 7.181

  The Scots 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to flight 〈◊〉〈◊〉 slaine.
• * 7.182

  The popes ••••bassadour presenteth the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with a 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 7.183

  Commissio∣ners sent into Ireland to re∣forme the countrie.
• * 7.184

  The earle of Kildare made deputie of Ireland.
• * 7.185

  The end of the Kréekers.
• * 7.186

  Sée the histo∣rie of Scot∣land, pag. 312▪
• * 7.187

  Sée these triumphs in Edw. Hall pag. Cxxxiij.
• * 7.188

  The friers obseruants impugne the cardinals au∣thoritie.
• * 7.189

  Ambassadors from the em∣perour and their requests.
• * 7.190

  Newes of the siege of Pauia & the taking of the French king prisoner.
• * 7.191

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag. 902, & sic deinceps. The battell of Pauia, wherein the French king is taken pri∣soner.
• * 7.192

  Whie the French king desired to fight in plaine and o∣pen field.
• * 7.193

  The ma•••••• how the French king was vanqui∣shed and ta∣ken prisoner••.
• * 7.194

  The number •••• the French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in this battell.
• * 7.195

  The number of the slaine in the impe∣rialles side.
• * 7.196

  The French king led pri∣soner to the rocke of Pis∣queton.
• * 7.197

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 pag ••04.
• * 7.198

  Guic. pag. 915. The modera∣tion and tem∣perance of the emperour vp∣on the newes of the victorie.
• * 7.199

  A most excel∣lent conceipt and saieng of the emperour.
• * 7.200

  Ed. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cxxxvj.
• * 8.1

  This he wrote being the emperors prisoner.
• * 8.2

  Guic. pag. 625. The manifold passions or perplexities of the people in generall.
• * 8.3

  The ladie re∣gent hir selfe was partaker of these griefs and feares.
• * 8.4

  The ladie re∣gents offer to the emperor for the deliue∣rie of hir sonne
• * 8.5

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 standeth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in feare 〈…〉〈…〉 king of ••••••••lands 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪
• * 8.6

  Note how forren chro∣niclers could report of car∣dinall Wo••l∣sie.
• * 8.7

  The empe∣rours hope to recouer more pro•••• by the French king in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 than 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 8.8

  ••••at mooued 〈◊〉〈◊〉 king of England 〈…〉〈…〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 regents ••••bassadour.
• * 8.9

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 pag. 930. The person of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 led pri∣s••••er into Spaine.
• * 8.10

  M••nsieur Montmera••∣•••••• sent to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ladie re∣••••nt.
• * 8.11

  The emperor commandeth that the French king should be re∣ceiued with honour in all places where he should passe.
• * 8.12

  A truce for a time betwéene the emperour and the gouer∣nors of Frāce.
• * 8.13

  The French king extreme∣lie sicke in the castell of Ma∣drill.

  Guic. pag. 937.
• * 8.14

  The emperor visiteth the French king in durance.
• * 8.15

  The ladie A∣lanson trea∣teth with the emperour for the kings de∣liuerie.
• * 8.16

  The French king is care∣full ouer the crowned France.
• * 8.17

  Guic. 961▪ & dein••••ps. The treatie of Madri••l touching the deliuerie of the French king.
• * 8.18

  What was left to the lad•••• regents elec∣tion in this capitulation.
• * 8.19

  Couenants concerning the emperour, and of him to be kept and performed.
• * 8.20

  T••ese 〈◊〉〈◊〉 restraine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of the French 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 8.21

  The king of England in∣cluded in this yeare.
• * 8.22

  The prince 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Orange ••••cluded also 〈◊〉〈◊〉 th••s peace.
• * 8.23

  Whie this ac∣cord set all Christendome in a woonde∣ring.
• * 8.24

  The French king marrieth the emperors sister accor∣ding to a clause in the capitulation.
• * 8.25

  The king of England glad of the French kings deliue∣rance.
• * 8.26

  Guic. pag. 966. The maner of the deliuerie of the French king.
• * 8.27

  The French king with the viceroy are imbarked.
• * 8.28

  The French K. is not a litle glad of his li∣bertie.
• * 8.29

  The king of England the procurer of the French kings libertie.
• * 8.30

  Guic. pag. 968.
• * 8.31

  The French king is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 verie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to ratifie the accord.
• * 8.32

  The French king compla••∣neth vpon the emp••rour to the messen∣gers sent from the pope and the Ue∣netians.
• * 8.33

  The king of England al∣ledged by the French king as a preside•••• of humanitie in the case of a captiue king.
• * 8.34

  The rebels pardoned af∣ter their ap∣pearance in the Star chamber.
• * 8.35

  Tindale men great robbers
• * 8.36

  K. Henries base sonne created earle and duke in one daie.
• * 8.37

  A truce be∣twéene Eng∣land & France for fortie daies.
• * 8.38

  Ambassa•••••••• sent into Denma••••••.
• * 8.39

  A peace pro∣clamed be∣tweene Eng∣land & Frāce.
• * 8.40

  The ladie re∣gent sworne to performe the articles of the league.
• * 8.41

  A winters death.
• * 8.42

  The still Christmasse.
• * 8.43

  The cardina•••• altereth the state of the kings hous∣hold.
• * 8.44

  The statutes of Eltham.
• * 8.45

  Doct. Barne•• and two mer∣chants of the Stillard beare fagots.
• * 8.46

  Anno. Reg. 18.
• * 8.47

  K••ng Henrie s••••rne to per∣for••e the lea∣gue concluded.
• * 8.48

  A secret lea∣g•••• betwixt 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pope and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 states of I••alie.
• * 8.49

  Read Guic. ••••.18.
• * 8.50

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag. 1067
• * 8.51

  The pope be∣ing abando∣ned of all ••opes, com∣p••••ndeth with the im∣perials.
• * 8.52

  A hard article ••nd to be me••∣••••lled how the pope and his 〈…〉〈…〉 brooke.
• * 8.53

  Guic. pag. 1072
• * 8.54

  The castell where the pope was pri∣soner infected with the pla∣gue.
• * 8.55

  Ed. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cxlix.
• * 8.56

  Great grudge against stran∣gers for pro∣curing licēces to sell w••dad.
• * 8.57

  Edw. Hall. H. 8. fol. Cliiij.
• * 8.58

  Ualuation of certeine coins as angels, rials, crowns, &c.
• * 8.59

  Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cliiij.
• * 8.60

  An ambassa∣dour from the emperour.
• * 8.61

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cliiij. A plaie at Graies In.
• * 8.62

  The argu∣ment of the plai••▪
• * 8.63

  The cardi∣nall is offen∣ded at it and punisheth the author and actors of the same.
• * 8.64

  Ambassadors frō the Frēch king.
• * 8.65

  Edw. Hall pag. Clv. A iustes.
• * 8.66

  Sute by the French am∣bassadors for the ladie Ma∣rie to be mar∣ried to the duke of Or∣leance.
• * 8.67

  Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fol. Clv. The dogged nature of the French for a matter of no∣thing.
• * 8.68

  The cardi∣nals cruelt••••.
• * 8.69

  Ambassadors from the king of Hungarie.
• * 8.70

  An oration made by mai∣ster Faber.
• * 8.71

  The kings answer by the mouth of sir Thomas Moore.
• * 8.72

  A verie wet season for a long time by continuall raine.
• * 8.73

  Anno. Reg. 19. Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fo. Clvj.
• * 8.74

  A caueat to the cardinall by a libell set ••y in Lōdon.
• * 8.75

  The citizens of London are hated of the cardinall▪ and he also of them
• * 8.76

  The French ambassadors in the name of their maister sweare to ob∣serue the league.

  See Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol▪ Clv. & deinceps.
• * 8.77

  Ambassadors into France.
• * 8.78

  An ambassage to the emperor
• * 8.79

  Abr. Fl. ex Guic. pag. 106•• The duke of Burbon in∣campeth néere Rome.
• * 8.80

  The duke of Burbon slain at the assault of Rome.
• * 8.81

  The morall of the fore said action woorth the noting.
• * 8.82

  Rome taken and sacked.
• * 8.83

  The pope with certeine cardinals flie to the castell of saint Angelo.
• * 8.84

  The Spani∣ards enter in∣to Rome by the bridge Xisto.
• * 8.85

  The reader is to tol••erate the report of this historie though sauouring of superstition.
• * 8.86

  This spec∣tacle could not but affoord plentie of hart-greéfe.
• * 8.87

  Composition•• with the soul∣diours to sa•••• certeine pla∣ces vnsacked▪
• * 8.88

  The shame∣full and la∣mentable ab∣use which the souldiors offe∣red to the fe∣male sex.
• * 8.89

  The value of this sacke in gold, siluer, and iewels.
• * 8.90

  The kings marriage brought in question.
• * 8.91

  The cardinall goeth ambas∣sadour into France.
• * 8.92

  A procession. A new deut∣sed letanie.
• * 8.93

  The cardinall is honoura∣blie receiued by the Frēch king.
• * 8.94

  A league be∣twéene Eng∣land and France.
• * 8.95

  Monsieur de Lawtrech.
• * 8.96

  Sir Robert Ierningham.
• * 8.97

  The name of the armie sent into Italie.
• * 8.98

  The empe∣rours answer to the am∣bassadors.
• * 8.99

  Articles pro∣poned to the emperor being in number fiftéene.
• * 8.100

  Articles sent to y^e English ambassadors in Spaine.
• * 8.101

  The cardinall returneth out of France.
• * 8.102

  Ambassadors from the French king.
• * 8.103

  The king of England re∣ceiueth the or∣der of saint Michae••l.
• * 8.104

  The French king recei∣ueth the order of the garter.
• * 8.105

  Bilneie and other abiured.
• * 8.106

  Dearth of corne in Lon∣don and else∣where.
• * 8.107

  The emperor releaseth 12 preiudiciall articles to the French king.
• * 8.108

  The emperor ••••mmeth at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 houre of ••••dience.
• * 8.109

  The words of Clarence∣••ux king of armes to the emperor.
• * 8.110

  The emperor giueth the heralds liber∣tie to speake.
• * 9.1

  The inconue∣niences of warre mooued to y^e emperor.
• * 9.2

  The herald prosecuteth the state of Rome & the pope in la∣mentable sor••.
• * 9.3

  The herald mooueth the emperor with the king of Englands example, &c.
• * 9.4

  The herald commmeth to the verie drift of his message.
• * 9.5

  What the king of Eng∣lād desireth of the emperour in the French kings behalfe.
• * 9.6

  The king of Englands meaning and the French kings for the returne of the emperours subiects out of their coun∣tries, and con∣trariwise.
• * 9.7

  The empe∣rors words to Guien the French kings herald.
• * 9.8

  How the em∣peror was af∣fectioned for the pope in his captiuitie.
• * 9.9

  The emperor seemeth loth to incur the ••. of Englands displeasure.
• * 10.1

  The report of the herald falleth out iu∣stifiable by Guicciardines discourse, lib. 18.
• * 10.2

  The king of England fa∣uoured the French king.
• * 10.3

  The herald useth an argu∣ment drawne from benefits receiued to mooue the emperour.
• * 10.4

  The herald of England sheweth the emperour what is the king of Eng∣lands present determination ••f his offers be refused.
• * 10.5

  The disposi∣tion of the king of Eng∣land to the pope and the French king.
• * 10.6

  The defiance intimated to the emperor by the herald of England.
• * 10.7

  Libertie gran¦ted to the em∣perors sub∣iects in Eng∣land and France to re∣turne to their owne coun∣tries, and the like demanded on the contra∣rie part.
• * 11.1

  The empe∣rors modesti•• in this point notable.
• * 11.2

  The English herald is cō∣manded by the emperour to leaue his ora∣tion behind him in wri∣ting.
• * 11.3

  Guic. pag. 1085. Accord be∣twéene the pope & the emperours agents.
• * 11.4

  Heauie pai∣ments for the pope to dis∣charge.
• * 11.5

  Guic. pag. 1085 The manner of the popes go∣ing out of pri∣son.
• * 11.6

  The empe∣rors words to the French herald.
• * 11.7

  This the em∣peror infer∣reth to iustifie his owne dea∣lings by waie of comparison
• * 11.8

  The heralds receiue the emperors an∣swer in wri∣ting.
• * 11.9

  The s••auen & twentith ••••th Guic. pag. 1••••1.
• * 12.1

  This speach of the kings dooth wholie concerne the emperor and fauoureth of displeasure▪
• * 12.2

  What induced the French king to vse some discour∣tesie against the emperors ambassadors.
• * 12.3

  The king an∣swereth the emperours words vtte∣red to Guien his herald.
• * 12.4

  The French K. saith that constraint and necessitie made him tractable to the emperor.
• * 12.5

  The empe∣rors ambassa∣dor refuseth to read the French kings letters sent to his soue∣reigne.
• * 12.6

  The French king deliuer∣eth his mind with a corage, as vtter eni∣mie to the em∣perour.
• * 13.1

  The French kings allega∣tions in de∣fense of his honor charged with vntruth.
• * 13.2

  The French king giueth the emperor the lie: sée Guic. pag 10••••
• * 13.3

  This Rober∣tet was one of the secretaries to the estate.
• * 13.4

  The emperor answereth the French kings letters.
• * 13.5

  What states both natiue and forren were present in the French kings hall.
• * 13.6

  Who stood on either side of the French kings seate roiall.
• * 13.7

  The king she∣weth the first cause of this assemblie of honorable per∣sonages.
• * 13.8

  Further caus•• whie the said assemblie was procured.
• * 13.9

  The French king in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of all his 〈…〉〈…〉 that he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gaue his faith to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ergo not to the empe∣rour.
• * 13.10

  The king ••rosecuteth the discourte∣s••e of the em∣perour in his ••eclaration.
• * 13.11

  The field, that is, a place where they may safelie come to fight in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be∣fore indiffe∣rent iudges.
• * 13.12

  Guic. pag. 1091.
• * 13.13

  The French kings talke and commu∣nication to the emperors am∣bassador vtte∣red with in∣dignation.
• * 13.14

  The herald requireth li∣bertie to de∣part.
• * 13.15

  The empero•••• defied by the kings of Eng∣land and France.
• * 13.16

  English mer∣chants staied in Spaine.
• * 13.17

  The incōmo∣ditie rising of lacke of inter∣course for tra∣ficke.
• * 13.18

  An abstinence of war gran∣ted vpon sute made to the king of Eng∣land.
• * 13.19

  Creation of the earle of Osserie.
• * 13.20

  Sir Edmund Walsingham.
• * 13.21

  A truce and the benefits insuing from the same.
• * 13.22

  The sweating sickenesse, whereof died both courtiers and others.
• * 13.23

  Sir William Compton.
• * 13.24

  Abr. Fl. ex 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pag 959. A prisoner brake frō the sessions house. Register of Greie friers.
• * 13.25

  DoctorLong∣land bishop of Lincolne.
• * 13.26

  Why the car∣dinall was suspected to be against the marriage.
• * 13.27

  Polydor.
• * 13.28

  Edw. Hall▪
• * 13.29

  The king is desirous to be resolued by the opinions of the learned touching his marriage.
• * 13.30

  Cardinall Campeius sent into England.
• * 13.31

  The matter touching the kings mar∣riage debated.
• * 13.32

  The quéene chooseth law∣yers for hir part.
• * 13.33

  Polydor.
• * 13.34

  Doctor Ste∣phā Gardner.
• * 13.35

  Doctor Pace falleth out of his wits.
• * 13.36

  Anno Reg. 21. Edw. Hall.
• * 13.37

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 959. The maner of the session, e∣uerie perso∣nage of ac∣count in his place.
• * 13.38

  The king and queene called into the court.
• * 13.39

  Quéene Ka∣tharines la∣mentable and p••••hie spéech in presence of the court.
• * 13.40

  The quéene iustifieth the mariage.
• * 13.41

  The quéene departing on•• of the court is called againe.
• * 13.42

  The cardinall requireth to haue that de∣clared which was well en∣ough known.
• * 13.43

  The king confesseth that the sting of conscience made him mislike this mariage.
• * 13.44

  The state of the question.
• * 13.45

  The king submitteth himselfe to the censures of the learned in this case of diuorse.
• * 13.46

  The quéene accuseth car∣dinall Wolsie.
• * 13.47

  She appeleth to the pope.
• * 13.48

  The king mistrusteth the legats of séeking de∣laies.
• * 13.49

  The present mariage whie thought vn∣lawfull.
• * 13.50

  Quéene Ka∣tharine and the cardinals haue c••mmu∣nication in hir priuie chamber.
• * 13.51

  The quéene refuseth to make sudden answer to so weightie a matter as the diuorse.
• * 13.52

  The king & quéenes mat∣ter commeth to iudgement.
• * 13.53

  Cardinall Campeius refuseth to giue iudge∣ment.
• * 13.54

  The kings affection and goodwill to the ladie Anne Bullen.
• * 13.55

  The secret working and dissimulation of cardinall Wolseie.
• * 13.56

  The king cō∣ceiueth dis∣pleasure a∣gainst the cardinall.
• * 13.57

  Edw. Hall.
• * 13.58

  Articles exhi∣bited against the cardinall.
• * 13.59

  The cardinall sued in a pre∣munire.
• * 13.60

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 966, 967.
• * 13.61

  The cardinall is loth to part from the great seale.
• * 13.62

  The cardinall discharged of y^e great seale.
• * 13.63

  The cardinall calleth all his officers to accounts.
• * 13.64

  The cardinall of Yorke go∣eth to Asher, and hath his plentie turned into penurie.
• * 13.65

  Iohn Scute, and Edmund Iennie.
• * 13.66

  The cardinall condemned in a premunire.
• * 13.67

  The bishop∣rike of Du∣resme giuen to doctor Tunstall.
• * 13.68

  The duchesse of Sauoy, and the duchesse •••• Angolesme méet about •• treatie o•• peace.
• * 13.69

  Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fo. clxxx••••
• * 13.70

  Read more hereof in Guic. pag. 1145. & deinceps.
• * 13.71

  The womens peace.
• * 13.72

  Sir Thomas Moore lord chancellor.
• * 13.73

  Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fo. clxxx•••• An oration made in the audience of the parlement by sir Tho∣mas Moore.
• * 13.74

  Wherein the person of the king is pro∣perlie reputed a ruler.
• * 13.75

  Thomas ••udleie cho∣sen speaker.
• * 13.76

  An oration made by the speaker of the parlement.
• * 13.77

  The commōs of the lower house com∣plaine against the clergie.
• * 13.78

  The bishops sticke hard a∣gainst these billes.
• * 13.79

  The saieng of Iohn Fi∣sher bishop of Rochester▪
• * 13.80

  A complaint made to the king against the bishop of Rochester.
• * 13.81

  The bishops excuse to the kings ma∣iestie.
• * 13.82

  Hard hold be∣twéene the lords spiritu∣all and tem∣porall about the probats of willes and mortuaries.
• * 13.83

  The loane of monie released to the king, which he borowed in anno reg. 15.
• * 13.84

  The matter of testaments and mortua∣ries modera∣ted by the king.
• * 13.85

  All against the cleargie both head and taile.
• * 13.86

  Articles ••••h••∣bited against the cardinall of Yorke▪
• * 13.87

  Creation of earles at Yorke place.
• * 13.88

  A speciall argument in disproofe of the marriage.
• * 13.89

  Ambassadors sent to Italie out of Eng∣land about this intricate matter of the marriage.
• * 13.90

  The empe∣rours answer to the ambas∣sadors.
• * 13.91

  The earle of Wilshire am∣bassador to the French king, & others sent to other pla∣ces.
• * 13.92

  Abr. Flem. ex Edw. Hall. in H. 8. fol. cxcj.cxcij.
• * 13.93

  The cardinall licenced to re∣paire into Yorkeshire.
• * 13.94

  Thomas Crumwell aduanced to the kings seruice.
• * 13.95

  The kings college in Ox∣ford otherwise called Christs church.
• * 13.96

  The number of the Turks that died at the siege of Uienna.
• * 13.97

  Anno. Reg. 2••.
• * 13.98

  The new te∣stament tran∣slated into English.
• * 13.99

  Edw. Hall in H. 8. fol. Cxci••
• * 13.100

  Tindals te∣staments burned.
• * 13.101

  The wild I∣rish spoile the earle of Kil∣dares coun∣trie, &c.
• * 13.102

  The executi∣on of the trea∣tie accorded vpon at Cam∣breie.
• * 13.103

  The deliue∣rance of the French kings children.
• * 13.104

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 968, 969.
• * 13.105

  Cardinall Wolseie re∣mooueth to Richmond.
• * 13.106

  The cardi•••••• prepareth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his iournie into the north.
• * 13.107

  Uicar of S. Brides slain.
• * 13.108

  A great wind.
• * 14.1

  What was su••mised to be the cause of this procla∣mation.
• * 14.2

  Abr. Fl. ex I.S. pag. 970. The cardinall at his manor of Cawood keepeth a bountifull house.
• * 14.3

  The cardinall knoweth not that he was to be arrested of treason.
• * 14.4

  Prognostica∣tions of the cardinals ru∣ine or fall.
• * 14.5

  Doctor Bo∣nars head broken.
• * 14.6

  How the car∣dinall expoun∣ded the fall of his crosse.
• * 14.7

  The earle of Northumber∣land aresteth the cardinall.
• * 14.8

  The porters words to the earle.
• * 14.9

  The cardinall maruelleth at the earls sud∣den comming.
• * 14.10

  The action of arrest which the cardinall taketh in ill part.
• * 14.11

  The cardinall desireth to sée the commissi∣on of the arest.
• * 14.12

  The cardinall committed to the custodie of the earls gen∣tlemen.
• * 14.13

  The cardinall honourablie receiued and serued at the earle of Shrewsbu∣ries house.
• * 14.14

  The cardinall sickneth sit∣ting at the ••able.
• * 14.15

  The cardinall falleth into a flux that cost him his life.
• * 14.16

  Sir William Kingston is sent to fetch vp the cardi∣nall before the king.
• * 14.17

  Talke be∣twixt the said sir William & the cardinall.
• * 14.18

  The cardinall extremel••e
• * 14.19

  The cardinall affirmeth by his owne ex∣perience in physicke that he can not liue.
• * 14.20

  The cardinall ascribeth his fall to the iust iudgement of God.
• * 14.21

  Manifest in∣dication of death in the cardinall.
• * 14.22

  Example of pride and ar∣rogancie.
• * 14.23

  Guicc. pag. 1139.
• * 14.24

  Sebast. Aust••∣rius.
• * 14.25

  The descrip∣tion of cardi∣nall Wolseie, set downe by Edmund Campian.
• * 14.26

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 904, 905, &c.

  The ascen∣ding of Tho∣mas Wolseie. Bachellor of art at fiftéene yeares old.
• * 14.27

  Schoolema∣ster to the marquesse Dorsets children▪
• * 14.28

  Thomas Wolseie gat a benefice.
• * 14.29

  Thomas Wolseie set in the stocks by sir Iames Paulet. Wolseies im∣prisonment reuenged.
• * 14.30

  Gatehouse of the middle Temple new builded.
• * 14.31

  Sir Iohn Naphant treasuror of Calis, Tho∣mas Wolsie his chapleine.
• * 14.32

  Thomas Wolsie was chapleine to Henrie the s••uenth.
• * 14.33

  Thomas Wolseie am∣bassador to the emperor.
• * 14.34

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 verie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and readie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his ambas∣sage.
• * 14.35

  His return•• into Engla•••• after his a••••bassage dis∣charged.
• * 14.36

  The king maruelleth at the cardinals spéedie re∣turne.
• * 14.37

  Thomas Wolseie dea•••• of Lincolne. Thomas Wolseie the kings almo∣ner.
• * 14.38

  Thomas Wolseie of the priuie coun∣cell vnto Henrie the eight.
• * 14.39

  The cardinall presumeth too ••••re vpon a conceit and flattering opi∣nion of his owne quali∣t••••s and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 f••uor.
• * 14.40

  The cardinall taketh vpon him the ma∣naging of all the kings af∣faires.
• * 14.41

  Sée before pag▪ 821, 822.
• * 14.42

  Thomas Wolseie bi∣shop of Tor∣••••ie in Frāce.
• * 14.43

  Thomas Wolseie bi∣shop of Lin∣colne.
• * 14.44

  Sée pag. 835.
• * 14.45

  Thomas Wolseie arch∣bishop of Yorke.
• * 14.46

  Note the pride of Wol∣seie and his ambition▪
• * 14.47

  The two archbishops at strife for the preroga∣tiue.
• * 14.48

  Thomas Wolseie car∣dinall, see pag. 837.
• * 14.49

  The cardinall in all his ac∣tions standeth vp on his re∣putation.
• * 14.50

  Thomas Wolseie lord chancellor ar∣rogateth all that he may to himselfe by vertue of his promotions,
• * 14.51

  Thomas Wolseie bi∣shop of Win∣chester, he had also thrée o∣ther bishop∣riks in his hands as it were in farme.
• * 14.52

  What kind of persons he re∣teined in his seruice.
• * 14.53

  The order of the cardinals house, and first of his hall.
• * 14.54

  The hall kit∣chin.
• * 14.55

  The priuie kitchin. The scalding house. The pantrie. The butterie. The yewrie. The cellar. The chandrie wafarie, &c.
• * 14.56

  Thomas Wolseis chap∣pell and such as bare office there.
• * 14.57

  The furni∣ture of his chappell.
• * 14.58

  Officers of credit about Thomas Wols••ie in his priuie chamber.
• * 14.59

  Attendants on his boord.
• * 14.60

  Officers of the Chancerie
• * 14.61

  His footmen.
• * 14.62

  His herald at armes & other officers.
• * 14.63

  Thomas Wolseie twise ambassador to the emperour Charles.
• * 14.64

  The empe∣rors munifi∣cence notable and worthie his imperiall person.
• * 14.65

  The maner of his going to Westminster hall dailie in the terme time.
• * 14.66

  His owne ap∣parell of crim∣sin and other sumptuous stuffe.
• * 14.67

  The tokens and marks of his dignities borne before him.
• * 14.68

  His behauior in the court of Chancerie & Starchamber
• * 14.69

  His order of going to and cōming from the court.
• * 14.70

  The cardi∣nals house like a princes court for all kind of bra∣uerie & sump∣tuousnesse.
• * 14.71

  A maske and banket, the king in person present at the cardinals house.
• * 14.72

  The cardi∣nals statelie sitting at ta∣ble like a prince.
• * 14.73

  The cardinall knew not that the king was in the number.
• * 14.74

  The cardinall reuerentlie sa∣luted of the maskers.
• * 14.75

  The cardinall plaieth at dice.
• * 14.76

  He suspecteth that the king is present and abateth his estate.
• * 14.77

  He taketh 〈◊〉〈◊〉 marks 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and is decei∣ued.
• * 14.78

  The king dis∣uisardeth his face and is ve∣rie pleasant.
• * 14.79

  A new banket vpon the sud∣den of 200 dishes.
• * 14.80

  Ab. Fl. ex Edw. Hal. Clxxxxiiij. The descrip∣tion of the cardinall.
• * 14.81

  Ad Tho. W••••∣uesegū archi••∣piscopum Isurocanu••.
• * 14.82

  The king and ••••eene kept a ••o••emne Christmasse 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Greenwich
• * 14.83

  The cleargie in danger of a p••emunire.
• * 14.84

  The offer of the cleargie to the king.
• * 14.85

  The king first named supreme head.
• * 14.86

  Thom. Aud∣lie speaker for the commons.
• * 14.87

  The summe of the kings wise answer.
• * 14.88

  The kings voluntarie inclination to pardon the premunire.
• * 14.89

  Touching the kings mari∣age.
• * 14.90

  Namelie Ed∣mund Bon∣ner.
• * 16.1

  Lawiers of Paris.
• * 17.1

  Aniou.
• * 18.1

  Paris.
• * 19.1

  Burges.
• * 20.1

  Bononie.
• * 21.1

  Padua.
• * 22.1

  Tholose.
• * 22.2

  An act of poi∣soning▪
• * 22.3

  Anno Reg. 23.
• * 22.4

  M••ssage sent to the quéene from the king.
• * 22.5

  A proclamati∣on for mer∣chant stran∣gers.
• * 22.6

  Ab••. Fle. ex lib. m••nuscripto. Talke to Q. Katharine.
• * 22.7

  The queene standeth stiffe in hir opinion concerning the contro∣uersie of hi•• mariage.
• * 22.8

  Iohn Sow.
• * 22.9

  Crueltie of ordinaries.
• * 22.10

  The parlemēt proroged. Annates for∣bidden to be paid.
• * 22.11

  A fiftéenth granted.
• * 22.12

  A toll deman∣ded in the low countries.
• * 22.13

  Yorke place or white Hall now the palace of Westmin∣ster.

  S. Iames.
• * 22.14

  Anno reg. ••4▪ The parlem•••• proroged.
• * 22.15

  Sir Thomas Moore deliue∣reth vp the great seale.
• * 22.16

  Sir Thomas Audleie lord kéeper of the great seale.
• * 22.17

  The ladie Anne Bul∣longne created marchiones of Penbroke.
• * 22.18

  The king passeth ouer to Calis.
• * 22.19

  The inter∣uiew betwixt the kings of England and France.
• * 22.20

  The dukes of Norffolke and Suffolke 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into the order of S. Michaell.
• * 22.21

  The duke of Richmond.
• * 22.22

  The great master and admerall of France made knights of the garter.
• * 22.23

  The king re∣turneth into England. He marrieth the lady Anne Bullongne.
• * 22.24

  Scots dis∣comfited by the English∣men.
• * 22.25

  Sir Thomas Audleie lord chancellor.
• * 22.26

  Quéene Ka∣tharine to be named prin∣cesse Dowa∣ger.
• * 22.27

  Quéene Anne.
• * 22.28

  Anno. reg. ••5.
• * 22.29

  The ladie Katharine Dowager called per∣emptorilie.
• * 22.30

  Ambassadors to the French king.
• * 22.31

  Proclamati∣on for the co∣ronation of quéene Anne.
• * 22.32

  The seuerall claimes of di∣uerse honora∣ble and wor∣shipfull per∣sons.
• * 22.33

  The recei∣uing, conuei∣eng, and coro∣nation of queene Anne, wife to the high & migh∣ty prince king Henrie the eight.

  Edw. Hall. CCxij.

  The kings letters to the maior of Lon∣don, touching the corona∣tion.
• * 22.34

  The cities preparation.
• * 22.35

  Hir com∣ming by wa∣ter from Gréenewich on thursdaie.
• * 22.36

  The maiors barge with the conceits and deuises thereof.
• * 22.37

  A foist with •• mount and o∣ther deuises.
• * 22.38

  Quéene Anne taketh barge with hir name attend∣ing vpon hir.
• * 22.39

  Knights of the bath serue at dinner.
• * 22.40

  The recei∣uing and con∣ueieng of the quéen through London.
• * 22.41

  The maior in a gowne of crimsm vel∣uet.
• * 22.42

  The attire of certeine Frenchmen belonging to the French embassador▪
• * 22.43

  The two dukes of Norffolke and Suffolke in their offi∣ces.
• * 22.44

  Quéene Annes attire verie sumptu∣ous and roiall
• * 22.45

  Thrée chari∣ots with goodlie ladies and gentle∣women.
• * 22.46

  Sundrie pa∣geants with the descripti∣ons of their deuises.
• * 22.47

  An oration made to the quéene by one of the children in the page∣geant.
• * 22.48

  The conduit in Cheape runneth wine white and cla∣ret.
• * 22.49

  The recorder presenteth a 1000 marks in gold to the quéene for a gratuitie in y^e cities behalfe.
• * 22.50

  Two hundred children vpon a scaffold gra∣ting the Q. with verses.
• * 22.51

  Goodlie me∣lodie.
• * 22.52

  The quéene commeth to Westminster hall and the maner of hir receiuing.
• * 22.53

  Sundaie be∣ing Whitsun∣daie the firs•• daie of Iune, and the daie of hir coronatiō.
• * 22.54

  The comelie ••••der & araie k••pt on the coronation daie of euerie attendant in his degrée.
• * 22.55

  The quéene vnder a cano∣pie borne by ••••ure of the ••••que ports.
• * 22.56

  The maner of the coronatiō as it was then vsed.
• * 22.57

  The quéene and the ladies in their pompe
• * 22.58

  The attire of the lords all the time that they serued.
• * 22.59

  The order and sitting at dinner.
• * 22.60

  Twelue citi∣zens of Lon∣don attendant at y^e cupboord.
• * 22.61

  The maner of sitting at the table.
• * 22.62

  The bringing in of the first course.
• * 22.63

  How the seue∣rall tables were furni∣shed.
• * 22.64

  The maior of Londons seruice.
• * 22.65

  The duke of Suffolke and Norffolke rode about the hall.
• * 22.66

  The claime of the citie of London.
• * 22.67

  Running at tilt.
• * 22.68

  Edw. Hall. C••xvij.
• * 22.69

  The christe∣ning of quéene Elizabeth.
• * 22.70

  The honou∣rable traine of courtiers in their degrées.
• * 22.71

  A canopie borne ouer the yoong princesse.
• * 22.72

  Rich gifts giuen to the princesse.
• * 22.73

  Who bare the gi••ts presen∣ted to the princesse.
• * 22.74

  Angl. pra••l.
• * 22.75

  Septimo Septem∣bris, videlices die Dominico nasci∣tur Elisabetha.
• * 22.76

  Edw. Hal. Ccxvii••.

  Pauier a con∣temner of the gospell, & his shamefull end.
• * 22.77

  Eob. Hess. in psal. 119.
• * 22.78

  Guic. pag. 1182, &c.
• * 22.79

  Death of pope Clement the seuenth.
• * 22.80

  Pope Cle∣ment more infortunate than fortu∣nate.
• * 22.81

  How manie cardinals he created du∣ring his popedome.
• * 22.82

  Creation of pope Paule the third a Roman borne.
• * 22.83

  Antith. Christi & papae. pag. 16.
• * 22.84

  Elizabeth Barton.
• * 22.85

  Penance at Pauls crosse.
• * 22.86

  The Scots mooue warre.
• * 22.87

  A cursse pro∣cured from the pope.
• * 22.88

  ••534
• * 22.89

  Elizabeth Barton at∣tainted.
• * 22.90

  A forged miracle.
• * 22.91

  Elizabeth Barton be∣comm••th a nun.
• * 22.92

  The archbi∣s••op of Can∣tur••urie and ••••••bishop of Rochester giue credit to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hypocriti∣cal pra••tises.
• * 22.93

  Elizabeth Barton exe∣c••ted.
• * 23.1

  Th•• act of ••••tablishm••••t the crowne.
• * 23.2

  Ambassadors foorth of Scotland.
• * 23.3

  The p••pes supremacie denied in sermons.
• * 23.4

  The lords sworne to the succession.
• * 23.5

  Ab. Fl. ex Edw. Hall 224▪ Woolfes wife a notable harlot.
• * 23.6

  The end of vnlawful loue and lust.
• * 23.7

  The reward of murther committed through co∣uetousnesse.
• * 23.8

  Anno Reg. 26. The lord Da∣cres of the north ar∣reigned.
• * 23.9

  Iohn Frith burned.
• * 23.10

  Iohn Stow. Frieries suppressed.
• * 23.11

  The parlemēt againe be∣ginneth.
• * 23.12

  The admerall of France cō∣meth in am∣bassage into England.
• * 23.13

  Anno Reg. 27.
• * 23.14

  Iohn Stow. Certeine pri∣ors arreigned and executed for treason.
• * 23.15

  Iohn Stow. pag. 1004. Hollanders condemned for heretikes.
• * 23.16

  Moonks of y^e Charterhouse executed.
• * 23.17

  The bishop of Rochester beheaded.
• * 23.18

  Sir 〈◊〉〈◊〉 M••••re be∣headed.
• * 23.19

  Abr. Fl. ex Edw. Hall. fol. CCxxvj.
• * 23.20

  Sir Thomas Moore a scof∣fer & mocker at the verie houre of his death.
• * 23.21

  I. Lelandi M••ri∣ades, siue Ch••••i∣taea corona▪
• * 23.22

  Spirituall graces doo not necess••rilie concurr•• a•• depend vpon temporall.
• * 23.23

  Sir Thomas More in some cases com∣m••nded.
• * 23.24

  Abr. Flem. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a ser∣mon made at Paules crosse by doctor El∣mer bishop of London on the eightéenth of October 1584.
• * 23.25

  Whether it w••re mattins or euensong it makes no matter.
• * 23.26

  Sir Thomas More de∣uo••tlie giuen in his kind.
• * 23.27

  The king of Scots knight of the garter.
• * 23.28

  The bishop of Winchester ••mbassador into France. I. Stow.
• * 23.29

  Uisitation of religious hou∣se••.
• * 23.30

  1536.
• * 23.31

  The ladie Katharine Dowager decease••h.
• * 23.32

  Religious houses giuen to the king.
• * 23.33

  I. Stow.
• * 23.34

  William Tin∣dall burnt.
• * 23.35

  Anno reg. 28.
• * 23.36

  Abr. Fl. ex I. Stow. 1006. Quéene Anne committed to the tower.
• * 23.37

  Hir impreca∣tion at the tower gate on hir knees.
• * 23.38

  She is ar∣reigned in the tower.
• * 23.39

  The lord Rochford condemned.
• * 23.40

  Quéene Anne and diuerse others behea∣ded.
• * 24.1

  I. For in mai∣tyrologio.
• * 24.2

  Ang. praelia▪
• * 24.3

  Ann•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 prae∣dicitur. Pla. in Phe. Socratis tale quiddam somnia••i••.
• * 24.4

  The king ma∣rieth ladie Iane Seimer
• * 24.5

  A parlement▪
• * 24.6

  The lord Th. Howard at∣teinted of treason.
• * 24.7

  A booke pub∣lished concer∣ning religio•• by the king.
• * 24.8

  I. Stow. Triumph at Westminster▪
• * 24.9

  Ad••unce∣••••••t of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Crom∣well.
• * 24.10

  The death of the kings base sonne.
• * 24.11

  The people grudged at the iniuncti∣ons establish∣ed by act of parlement.
• * 24.12

  A traitorous conspiracie.
• * 24.13

  The Lincoln∣shire men in armes a∣gainst the king.
• * 24.14

  The petiti∣ons of the re∣bels receiued of the king and of what points they consisted.
• * 24.15

  The Lincoln∣shiremen giue ouer their re∣bellious en∣terprise.
• * 24.16

  The rebels submit them∣selues and re∣ceiue a new oth of fealtie to the king.
• * 24.17

  False rumors the occasion of rebellions.
• * 24.18

  A com••otion in the north par••s.
• * 24.19

  An holie pil∣grimage.
• * 24.20

  The faithfull diligence of the earle of Shrewsburie
• * 24.21

  A good mean∣ing or intent dooth not by and by iustifie and make good the action.
• * 24.22

  The loialtie of the earle.
• * 24.23

  What the earle said to them that talked lewdlie of him in the campe.
• * 24.24

  He was pro∣uided of ill souldiors that so vndutifulli•• to deale with him would be induced.
• * 24.25

  The oth of the earle of Shre••wesburie in presence of the people ne∣cessarie.
• * 24.26

  The duke of Norffolke the kings li••ute∣nant.
• * 24.27

  The euen of Simon and Iude.
• * 24.28

  A s••oud.
• * 24.29

  Gods proui∣dence staieth them from battell.
• * 24.30

  The matter is taken vp.
• * 24.31

  An other ar∣mie of rebels marching southwards through Lan∣cashire.
• * 24.32

  A butcher & a priest hanged and the cause why.
• * 24.33

  A great frost.
• * 24.34

  Generall par∣dons.
• * 24.35

  Aske rewar∣ded.
• * 24.36

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 1010. Sir Ra••fe E∣uers his good seruice in the north.
• * 24.37

  Penance at Paules crosse. The earle of Kildare exe∣cuted.
• * 24.38

  Tilbie. A new rebel∣lion.
• * 24.39

  Sir Francis Bigod procu∣reth a new commotion.
• * 24.40

  The purpose of the rebels.
• * 24.41

  Aske & others practise to raise a new rebellion.
• * 24.42

  Robert Pac∣kington mur∣thered.
• * 24.43

  Rich. Grafton. The inuenti∣on of casting pipes.
• * 24.44

  Anno reg. 29.
• * 24.45

  Execution.
• * 24.46

  Areignment.
• * 24.47

  Execution.
• * 24.48

  The birth of king Edward the sixt.
• * 24.49

  The death of quéene Iane.
• * 24.50

  Iohn Fox in Acts & Mo∣numents.
• * 24.51

  These verses were thought to be made by master Armi∣gill Wade.
• * 24.52

  Creation of officers.
• * 24.53

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S pag. 1011, 1012.
• * 24.54

  Lord Tho∣mas Howard deceassed.
• * 24.55

  Good of grace shewed at Paules.
• * 24.56

  Saint Saui∣or in South∣worke.
• * 24.57

  Anno Reg 30. Frier For∣rest.
• * 24.58

  Frier For∣rest burnt.
• * 24.59

  A prophesie.
• * 24.60

  R••c. Graf. in fol. pag. 1237.
• * 24.61

  Execution.
• * 24.62

  Certeine ima∣ges takē away and remooued from their places.
• * 24.63

  Ab. Fl. ex I.S. pag. 1013.
• * 24.64

  Hangman hanged.
• * 24.65

  The bible in euerie church to be read.
• * 24.66

  Register booke in euerie church to be kept.
• * 24.67

  Thomas Becket burnt.
• * 24.68

  Frée schoole and almes houses at Ratcliffe.
• * 24.69

  Iohn Nichol∣son aliàs Lambert.
• * 24.70

  The marques of Excester condemned.
• * 24.71

  I. Stow. pag. 1019.
• * 24.72

  Frieries suppressed.
• * 24.73

  Bloud of Hales shewed at Pauls crosse.
• * 24.74

  Anabaptists.
• * 24.75

  The lord marques executed.
• * 24.76

  Sir Nicho∣las Carew executed.
• * 24.77

  Creation of new officers.
• * 24.78

  Bulworks & blockhouses builded.
• * 24.79

  Anno Reg. 31 A parlement. Attaindors.
• * 24.80

  Execution.
• * 24.81

  The statute of the six ar∣ticles,

  An inquest of inquirie.
• * 24.82

  The extreme procéeding in execution of the six arti∣cles.
• * 24.83

  Prouision for defense of the realme.
• * 24.84

  Preparation in London for a muster to be made and shewed before the king.
• * 24.85

  The wiflers.
• * 24.86

  The min∣strels.
• * 24.87

  Euerie alder∣man with his ward in order o•• battell.
• * 24.88

  The order of the Londo∣ners in their musters.
• * 24.89

  The king ta∣keth view of the Londo∣ners in their musters.
• * 24.90

  The number of Londoners in this mu∣ster.
• * 24.91

  Iohn Stow. Uicar of Wandsworth and other exe∣cuted.
• * 24.92

  Clerkenwell and other sup∣pressed.

  The Pals∣graue & other strangers come ouer in∣to England.
• * 24.93

  The mariage concluded be∣twixt king Henrie & the ladie Anne Cleue.
• * 24.94

  I. Stow, pag. 1016.
• * 24.95

  Thom. Hunt∣low his cha∣ritie.
• * 24.96

  Pensioners instituted.
• * 24.97

  Ladie Anne of Cleue is receiued into Calis.
• * 24.98

  She landeth in Kent.
• * 24.99

  The king commeth to see hir at Ro∣chester.
• * 24.100

  The order of receiuing hir on Blacke∣heath.
• * 24.101

  The ladies that receiued hir on Black∣heath.
• * 24.102

  The kings maiestie on horssebacke.
• * 24.103

  Who followed the king.
• * 24.104

  The méeting of the king & the ladie Anne of Cleue on Blackeheath.
• * 24.105

  The kings trumpets and the ladie Anne of Cléeues.
• * 24.106

  The king and the ladie Anne ride togither.
• * 24.107

  Hir chariot wherein she rode all hir iourneie.
• * 24.108

  The king welcommeth hir to Green∣wich.
• * 24.109

  The mariage is solemnized betwixt king Henrie & the ladie Anne of Cleue.
• * 24.110

  Iusts and tornements.
• * 24.111

  The king and the ladie Anne remooue to Westminster.
• * 24.112

  The duke of Norffolke ambassador into France.
• * 24.113

  S. Marie O∣ueries made a parish church.
• * 24.114

  Iohn Stow. Erle of Essex deceassed.
• * 24.115

  Earle of Ox∣ford deceassed.
• * 24.116

  Priests at Calis exe∣cuted.
• * 24.117

  D. Barnes.
• * 24.118

  Sir Iohn Shelton, sir Nicholas Hare, sir Humfreie Browne fraudulent lawiers pu∣nished.
• * 24.119

  Aduanc••ment of Thomas Cromwell.
• * 24.120

  Sir Iohn Dudleie o∣uerthrowne.
• * 24.121

  ••••••rnieng.
• * 24.122

  B••rri••rs.
• * 24.123

  The order of the Rhodes dissolued.
• * 24.124

  I S. pag 1019. Saint Iohns in Smithfield suppressed.
• * 24.125

  The bishop of Chichester, & doctor Wilson committed to the Tower.
• * 24.126

  Abr. Fle. ex. Ed. Hal. Ccxlij. The lord Cromwell committed to the Tower.
• * 25.1

  Sée Iohn Fox in the Acts & Monuments.
• * 25.2

  A description of the birth of Thomas Cromwell and other cir∣cumstances.
• * 25.3

  Thomas Cromwell in most au∣thoritie vnder the king.
• * 25.4

  Iohn Fox in the Acts and Monuments.
• * 25.5

  Friscobald an Italian, sée Iohn Fox in the Acts and Monuments.
• * 25.6

  The mariage betwixt the king and the ladie Anne of Cleue adiud∣ged vnlawful.
• * 25.7

  The lord L••••••onard Gr•••••• committed the Tower. The prince 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Salerne.
• * 25.8

  The lord Hungerford executed for buggerie.
• * 25.9

  Execution of Barnes and others.
• * 25.10

  Thomas Empson 〈◊〉〈◊〉 obstinate moonke.
• * 25.11

  Execution 〈◊〉〈◊〉 treason.
• * 25.12

  P••••lots cause 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mur∣••••••rs.
• * 25.13

  •• death and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ought. I. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 25.14

  A Castell built 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ard.
• * 25.15

  Guisnes fortified.
• * 25.16

  The earles of Surrie and Southamton sent to Calis.
• * 25.17

  Richard Me∣kins burnt. Sée Iohn Fox in the Acts & Monuments.
• * 25.18

  Anno Reg. 33. A new rebel∣lion practised in Yorkshire.
• * 25.19

  Sir Iohn Neuill exe∣cuted.

  The countesse of Salisburie beheaded. Execution of two of the gard.
• * 25.20

  Abr. Fl. ex I.S▪ pag. 1020. Sir Edmund Kneuet ar∣reigned for striking in the court.
• * 25.21

  The order of euerie officer about that execution.
• * 25.22

  Iudgement vpon Kneuet to lose his hand.
• * 25.23

  He is par∣doned.
• * 25.24

  The lord Le∣onard Greie beheaded.
• * 25.25

  The true re∣port of the cause where∣vpon the mur∣ther of Iohn Busbrig in∣sued.
• * 25.26

  The lord Da∣cres arreig∣ned before the lord Audleie.
• * 25.27

  Lord Dacres executed at Tiburne.
• * 25.28

  The king ••••∣eth in pro∣gresse into Yorkesh••re.
• * 25.29

  Gifts giue•• to him by them of Lin∣colneshire.
• * 25.30

  Gifts giuen him by them of Yorkeshire.
• * 25.31

  Hull fortifie••▪
• * 25.32

  Diram and Culpeper quéene Ka∣tharins para∣mours.
• * 25.33

  At Lincolne (saith Hall) in August, wher she gaue to him a rich cap and a chaine.
• * 25.34

  Quéene Ka∣tharine detes∣ted of inconti∣nent liuing.
• * 25.35

  Culpeper and Diram execu∣ted.
• * 25.36

  Attaindors.
• * 25.37

  A parlement.
• * 25.38

  The petitiōs of the lords & commons of the parlement i•• the king.
• * 25.39

  The quéene and other at∣tainted by parlement,
• * 25.40

  The quéen•• sent to the towre.
• * 25.41

  She is be∣headed.
• * 25.42

  The king proclamed king of Ire∣land.
• * 25.43

  The occasion of sir Arthur Plantage∣nets trouble.
• * 25.44

  The lord Li∣sle dieth tho∣rough immo∣derate ioy.
• * 25.45

  George Fer∣rers a burges of the parle∣ment arrested, and what mis∣chiefe insued.
• * 25.46

  The shiriffes and officers denie the deli∣uerie of the burgesse.
• * 25.47

  The speaker of the parle∣ment decla∣reth all the matter to the lords.
• * 25.48

  The shiriffes deliuer the burgesse and are charged to appéere be∣fore the spea∣ker.
• * 25.49

  The shiriffes committed to the Tower.
• * 25.50

  An act passeth for George Ferrers.
• * 25.51

  Priuilege of a burgesse of the parlement or of anie ser∣uant to such like officers belonging.
• * 25.52

  The king counted it presumption to arrest the burgesse.
• * 25.53

  Sir Edward Montacute lord chiefe iustice.
• * 25.54

  Anno Reg. 34.
• * 25.55

  A lone.
• * 25.56

  Submission of the Irish nobilitie.
• * 25.57

  The caus••s of the wars be∣twixt Eng∣land & Scot∣land.
• * 25.58

  The wilfull obstinatnesse of the Scotish cōmissioners.
• * 25.59

  Iames Leir∣mouth.
• * 25.60

  King Henrie forced to take armes against the Scots.
• * 25.61

  The double dealing of the Scots in the negotiation a∣bout an agrée∣ment.
• * 25.62

  The English armie entreth into Scot∣land.
• * 25.63

  The earle of Southamp∣tons stan∣dard.
• * 25.64

  An armie of Scots inuade England.
• * 25.65

  The error of the Scots.
• * 25.66

  The Scots flie.
• * 25.67

  Scotish lords taken at Solem Mosse.
• * 25.68

  The number of prisoners and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taken.
• * 25.69

  The death of the king of Scotland.
• * 25.70

  Foure and twentie hath Hall.

  Scots prisoners brought to London.
• * 25.71

  The Scots prisoners be∣fore the coun∣cel in the S••a•• chamber.
• * 25.72

  A motion of a marriage be∣tweene prince Edward and the yong Sco∣tish queene.
• * 25.73

  The Scots depart into their owne countrie.
• * 25.74

  The munif••∣cense of king Henrie to the earle of Angus.
• * 25.75

  Archbishop of S. Andrew deadlie enimie to K. Henrie.
• * 25.76

  The earle of Arraine.
• * 25.77

  Sir Robert Bowes de∣liuered.
• * 25.78

  Ambassadors from Scot∣land.
• * 25.79

  A dearth.
• * 25.80

  A necessarie & wholsome ordinance for moderati∣on in diet.
• * 25.81

  Anno. Reg. 35. A league be∣twixt the king of England and the empe∣rour.
• * 25.82

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 1016. Whit meats licenced to be eaten in Lent, and noble men punished for breaking the law.
• * 25.83

  Summerset an herald kil∣led, & the offen∣dor dieth as a traitor.
• * 25.84

  First iron péeces cast.
• * 25.85

  Creations of earles and barons.
• * 25.86

  The king ma∣rieth the ladie Katharine Par.
• * 25.87

  Corporations, fraternities, & cōmunalties paid more as well of their lands as goods as appeareth by the statute.
• * 25.88

  Articles de∣manded of the French king.
• * 25.89

  Landerseie besieged.
• * 25.90

  The French king commeth to the rescue of Landerseie.
• * 25.91

  The French king retireth backe with his armie.
• * 25.92

  The emperor breaketh vp his campe.
• * 25.93

  A great death in London.
• * 25.94

  I. Stow, pag. 1••27.
• * 25.95

  Ambassadors from the em∣perour.
• * 25.96

  The lord Par created earle of Essex.
• * 25.97

  The lord Wriothesleie. Abr. Fl. ex I S. pag. 1027▪ Foure E∣••lipses.

  Germaine Gardner and other execu∣ted.

  I Stow 1005. Charitable déeds of sir Iohn Allen.
• * 25.98

  Shiriffes put awaie their officers.
• * 25.99

  The earle of Hertford lieutenant of the north.
• * 25.100

  The lord ad∣merall Dud∣leie setteth foorth from London to∣wards Scot∣land.
• * 25.101

  Anno Reg. 36.
• * 25.102

  The armie setteth for∣ward by sea towards Scotland.
• * 25.103

  The number of the Eng∣lish armie.
• * 25.104

  The English armie landeth in Sco••land.
• * 25.105

  The Scots offer to im∣peach the Englishmens passage.
• * 25.106

  The Scots flie to Eden∣burgh.
• * 25.107

  The English armie entreth into Lith.
• * 25.108

  The prouost of Eden∣burghs re∣quest.
• * 25.109

  The earle of Hertfords answer.
• * 25.110

  Sir Christo∣pher Morice.
• * 25.111

  Edenburgh entered by force.
• * 25.112

  The lord E∣uers brought a power of horssemen from the bor∣ders.
• * 25.113

  Knights crea∣ted at Lith by the earle of Hertford.
• * 25.114

  Lith burnt.
• * 25.115

  The lord Seaton.
• * 25.116

  Haddington burnt.
• * 25.117

  Dunbar burnt.
• * 25.118

  The end of the voiage.
• * 25.119

  Townes burnt in the same voiage.
• * 25.120

  Sée more heereof in Scotland.
• * 25.121

  Abr. Fl. ex I. Stow. 1029.
• * 25.122

  Base monie coined.
• * 25.123

  Irish in war∣like manner passe through the citie.
• * 25.124

  Procession in English.
• * 25.125

  An armie le∣uied to inuade France.
• * 25.126

  Thrée battels apointed with their seuerall lieutenants.
• * 25.127

  The duke of Norffolke & the lord priuie seale.
• * 25.128

  The countie de Buren.
• * 25.129

  Monsieur de Biez.
• * 25.130

  The duke of Suffolke.
• * 25.131

  Bullongne besieged.
• * 25.132

  The king passeth the seas to Bul∣longne.
• * 25.133

  Bullongne assaulted.
• * 25.134

  Bullongne deliuered.
• * 25.135

  The number of them that went fort•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Bullongne.
• * 25.136

  The king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into Bul••ongne.
• * 25.137

  The king re∣t••rneth into England.
• * 25.138

  The emperor c••ncludeth a peace with the french king.
• * 25.139

  The number of the men of war in Mut∣trell.
• * 25.140

  A mount raised.
• * 25.141

  Sir Francis Brian.
• * 25.142

  Tiberio, that alter serued the king of England.
• * 25.143

  Negligence of English∣men for not putting their valiant doo∣ings in wri∣ting.
• * 25.144

  A stratagem of the lord Mountioie.
• * 25.145

  A politike feat atchiued by the lord Mountioie.
• * 25.146

  The lord Mountioie a noble yoong gentleman.
• * 25.147

  The English archers gall the French horssemen.
• * 25.148

  Saint Re∣quiers burnt by the Eng∣lishmen. Rieu sacked
• * 25.149

  The siege 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Muttrell broken vp.
• * 25.150

  The Dol∣phin commeth before Bul∣longne with his great power.
• * 25.151

  A camisado 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to base Bullongne.
• * 25.152

  ••n euer∣throw giuen to the French 〈…〉〈…〉 Bul∣longne.
• * 25.153

  Monsieur de Biez cōmeth before Bul∣longne with an armie.
• * 25.154

  The French∣men dislodge out of their 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 25.155

  The comfor∣table words▪ of the English capteins.
• * 25.156

  The English horssemen charge the French bat∣tels.
• * 25.157

  The valiant order of mon∣sieur de Biez.
• * 25.158

  The lord ad∣merall his re∣die cōceiuing the meaning of the enimies
• * 25.159

  Hardilo sands.
• * 25.160

  Artillerie gained.
• * 25.161

  Iohn Stow.
• * 25.162

  Great pri••es of French goods taken by the Wes∣terne ships.
• * 25.163

  Abr. Fl. ex I. S. pag. 1030.
• * 25.164

  Sir William Roch sent to the Fléet.
• * 25.165

  Execution for false ac∣cusation.
• * 25.166

  The discomfi∣ture gotten by the Scots at Halidon rig.
• * 25.167

  The valiant sir Rafe E∣uers slaine.
• * 25.168

  Read, alder∣man of Lon∣don prisoner.
• * 25.169

  Anno Reg. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rich. 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 25.170

  Anne Aske•• and others ar∣reigned and acquited.
• * 25.171

  Thomas Daie pew∣terer.
• * 25.172

  Martin de Bellaie.
• * 25.173

  The new fort before Bul∣logne. I. S. pag. 1031.
• * 25.174

  Hailestones figured like mens heads.
• * 25.175

  The English fléet commeth before New∣hauen.
• * 25.176

  The French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 landeth in the Ile of Wight.

  The French∣men land in Sussex.
• * 25.177

  The Marie Rose drowned by negligence.
• * 25.178

  Frenchmen distressed in the Ile of Wight.
• * 25.179

  The number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the French 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 25.180

  The earle of Hertford fo••∣ra••••th the middle mar∣ches of Scot∣land.
• * 25.181

  The Londo∣ners set foorth a power into France.
• * 25.182

  The death of the valiant lord Poi∣nings.
• * 25.183

  The death of the duke of Suffolke.
• * 25.184

  His iust com∣mendation.
• * 25.185

  Monsieur de Lorges sent into Scot∣land with cer∣teine French bands.
• * 25.186

  The earle of Hertford in∣uadeth Scot∣land.
• * 25.187

  Ouerthrowes on both sides, betwixt the English and Scots.
• * 25.188

  T••eporte oppi∣dum Galliae ma∣ritimum à Iohanne Dud∣leio praefecto re∣giae clas••is diri∣pitur & flam∣mis absumitur.
• * 25.189

  Martin de Bellaie, seig∣neur Langeie in his memo••∣res.
• * 25.190

  Monsieur de Biez forra••eth the English pale about Calis.
• * 25.191

  Martin de Bellaie.
• * 25.192

  •• parlement. •• s••bsidie 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 26.1

  The kings thanks to his commons.
• * 26.2

  The kings promises for the well dis∣posing of chantries and colleges.
• * 26.3

  Charitie and concord in common∣wealths be things most necessarie: but in matters of religion, charitie and con∣cord is not e∣nough, with∣out veritie and true wor∣ship of God.
• * 26.4

  The Rein∣graue.
• * 26.5

  The English men put to flight.
• * 26.6

  The barke Ager an En∣glish ship re∣couered.
• * 26.7

  The Stues suppressed.
• * 26.8

  Ab. Fl. ex I.S.. William Fox∣leie slept more than foure∣téene daies, and as manie nights with∣out waking.
• * 26.9

  Anno Reg. 38.
• * 26.10

  Hamble Thew 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the En∣glishmen.
• * 26.11

  •• French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taken,
• * 26.12

  •• mutinie in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 English 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 26.13

  A great skir∣mish.
• * 26.14

  A peace con∣cluded and proclamed.
• * 26.15

  I. Stow, pag. 1033.
• * 26.16

  Iohn Fox in Acts & Mo∣numents.
• * 26.17

  D. Crome r••••canteth at Paules crosse.
• * 26.18

  Abr. Fle. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 manuscrip••oa•• Henr. Tenant tradito.
• * 28.1

  Henrie Te∣nant.
• * 28.2

  A combat be∣twéene Iu∣lian Rome∣rou, and Mo∣row,
• * 28.3

  The death of sir Henrie Kneuet.
• * 28.4

  The lord 〈…〉〈…〉 went into France to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 kings 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 28.5

  An ambassage 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of France.
• * 28.6

  The kings ••••ips that laie the riuer betwixt Gra∣••••send & Det∣••••••d, shot off ••••stilie, & like∣wise the French gal∣l••••s ••alsed them againe.
• * 28.7

  The French admerall receiued by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Edward.
• * 28.8

  The admerall of France re∣ceiueth an oth.
• * 28.9

  His gifts that he had of the king & others.
• * 28.10

  The lord Greie of Wilton.
• * 28.11

  Sir Tho∣mas Palmer.
• * 28.12

  King Henries message to the lord Greie by sir Thomas Palmer.
• * 28.13

  Chattilons garden ouer∣throwen and rased downe.
• * 28.14

  The lord Greies ser∣uice verie ho∣norablie ac∣cepted of the king.
• * 28.15

  The duke of Norffolke cō••mitted to the tower.
• * 28.16

  154••
• * 28.17

  The earle of Surrie be∣headed.
• * 28.18

  I. S. pag. 1034 king Henrie his gift to the citie of Lon∣don.
• * 28.19

  The duke atteinted.
• * 28.20

  The king ma••keth his te∣stament.
• * 28.21

  His execut••••••.
• * 28.22

  The decease of King Henrie the eight.
• * 28.23

  Henricus octa∣•••• post 38. 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 28.24

  The descrip∣tion of King Henrie the eight.
• * 28.25

  Ad Henricum octa••um, regem Angliae, maxi∣•••••• studiosorum ••••••torem.
• * 28.26

  Comparatio in gloriam Henric•• octaui regis po••entissimi.